From ed84bcadd3a50e0b39efb187d7455240667515d2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: yoshi-code-bot <70984784+yoshi-code-bot@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Tue, 24 Oct 2023 07:16:16 -0700 Subject: [PATCH] chore: Update discovery artifacts (#2270) ## Deleted keys were detected in the following stable discovery artifacts: bigtableadmin v2 https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b9ff5f2f249d9ebb738e5df825fb7501d2d10d22 monitoring v1 https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/076ced0843d3b3459879e31d41ea24e9f019f136 places v1 https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/03d6ee06a5f48125d0e46cf5efaedff8a545b8b2 ## Deleted keys were detected in the following pre-stable discovery artifacts: beyondcorp v1alpha https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/fec04ebdc774f15c6c08547650ef587d8e291f04 ## Discovery Artifact Change Summary: feat(accessapproval): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/3fe698afcdb23690c0a10dea106d3054537b48cd feat(aiplatform): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b4b36537303ab4686a3877d3a282aa8353b94cb9 feat(alloydb): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/87358d36316db619f5be1f00114ee6416627ed46 feat(appengine): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/7c5bbe0709b588619e935b5da18a13099c5e1397 feat(artifactregistry): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/2faa4e9e6efd49b760b85117b639ff49ef66af6c feat(assuredworkloads): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/92894654804f67d974fc25cf2475ab82389e4de1 feat(baremetalsolution): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/c0b373b30842d7455f91ea2d3f5bff04df445a3c feat(beyondcorp): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/fec04ebdc774f15c6c08547650ef587d8e291f04 feat(bigtableadmin): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b9ff5f2f249d9ebb738e5df825fb7501d2d10d22 feat(cloudbuild): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/99c478a940732002110679df64900fe1bb439b1b feat(clouddeploy): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/07c06336c464a0177de87fddab304e98fd96bc52 feat(cloudfunctions): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/d95886232d5044f84a68cb70830ee211a9a06e6e feat(cloudkms): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/0a90d9f16bbbf78b9c5b460e4b97825ea24ec9ca feat(compute): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/2f0724d98c4170fe7435de0a0fac105fc4b90c16 feat(contactcenterinsights): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4d7c9e02a2b558e61f276ad6938d82fb53225114 feat(container): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/366ac62970e94e072ad60fcc89963e1dedef1d7d feat(content): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/f6211335fd08298cf892f429f530d114e15c4cae feat(contentwarehouse): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/56529f11803c31dacd79dae787f788a1a2d453be feat(datafusion): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/e6165e34de4a34411e8b3f65688591c46b65ed17 feat(dialogflow): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/8aeb3371a6e339c03ea46f2ace46294326e82acc feat(dlp): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/a6d52ad99ec06db33b54cc6377ef72c0a777b3ed feat(doubleclicksearch): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/8d1613d6877a576be65dec0c381343df91379e65 feat(gkehub): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/7be996dc268e7342705367e382dd0407730ac46d feat(gkeonprem): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/df3e187d7825da7343d76851b3108be854b03d2f feat(healthcare): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/9ea3dfc0ed98d965e8e895c3c2a13c4bedc41f82 feat(migrationcenter): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/23dae4d25200f3557d3baef33bc18e28f7082423 feat(monitoring): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/076ced0843d3b3459879e31d41ea24e9f019f136 feat(notebooks): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/f6c9f4c50a3b6551d69aac3a99d1b771694d9391 feat(ondemandscanning): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/e97ab25e0cc1fd70754d0d6144327ac79291f407 feat(places): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/03d6ee06a5f48125d0e46cf5efaedff8a545b8b2 feat(redis): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/0b2d6d3204d5b4b9387769a0e71f42feb89fb7ef feat(securitycenter): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/037314c7be3fe28435567338c31b9a35b6f733dc feat(spanner): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b6c7e9280aff62dc811730b265926dfbdfb878ef fix(translate): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/557a6661976022d46a954b4e2f88259f28080e85 feat(workstations): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4faa8352a80b6093af222e1e2cbfc5e6b6bc0fd1 --- ...sapproval_v1.folders.approvalRequests.html | 15 +- ...val_v1.organizations.approvalRequests.html | 15 +- ...approval_v1.projects.approvalRequests.html | 15 +- ...form_v1.projects.locations.customJobs.html | 4 + ...ns.featurestores.entityTypes.features.html | 100 +- ...m_v1.projects.locations.featurestores.html | 14 +- ...ts.locations.hyperparameterTuningJobs.html | 4 + ...latform_v1.projects.locations.nasJobs.html | 8 + ...v1beta1.projects.locations.customJobs.html | 4 + ...ects.locations.featureGroups.features.html | 86 +- ...ns.featurestores.entityTypes.features.html | 124 +- ...eta1.projects.locations.featurestores.html | 18 +- ...ts.locations.hyperparameterTuningJobs.html | 4 + ...rm_v1beta1.projects.locations.nasJobs.html | 8 + docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.accounts.html | 4 +- ...dmin_v1alpha.properties.channelGroups.html | 12 +- .../dyn/androidenterprise_v1.permissions.html | 4 +- ...oidmanagement_v1.enterprises.policies.html | 16 +- ...ry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.html | 30 + ..._v1.organizations.locations.workloads.html | 6 + ...ution_v2.projects.locations.instances.html | 12 +- ...lution_v2.projects.locations.networks.html | 15 +- .../dyn/batch_v1.projects.locations.jobs.html | 8 +- ...ions.locations.global_.partnerTenants.html | 2 +- ...s.global_.partnerTenants.proxyConfigs.html | 32 +- ...min_v2.projects.instances.appProfiles.html | 20 + ...bleadmin_v2.projects.instances.tables.html | 1 - docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.members.html | 8 +- docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html | 720 ++--- docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.v1.html | 6 +- docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.builds.html | 8 + ...oudbuild_v1.projects.locations.builds.html | 8 + ...dbuild_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html | 12 + docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.triggers.html | 12 + ...ild_v2.projects.locations.connections.html | 8 +- ....projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.html | 2 + ...s.deliveryPipelines.releases.rollouts.html | 3 + ...ryPipelines.releases.rollouts.jobRuns.html | 2 + ...tions_v1.projects.locations.functions.html | 5 +- ...cloudresourcemanager_v1.organizations.html | 8 +- .../dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1.projects.html | 4 +- ...resourcemanager_v1beta1.organizations.html | 8 +- ...cloudresourcemanager_v3.organizations.html | 4 +- .../dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.projects.html | 4 +- docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnects.html | 4 +- docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html | 14 +- docs/dyn/compute_beta.disks.html | 1 + ...te_beta.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.html | 4 + ...compute_beta.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.html | 262 ++ .../compute_beta.publicDelegatedPrefixes.html | 261 ++ .../compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html | 12 +- docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionDisks.html | 1 + docs/dyn/compute_beta.snapshots.html | 3 + docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendBuckets.html | 352 +++ docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html | 34 + docs/dyn/compute_v1.disks.html | 1 + ...pute_v1.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.html | 4 + docs/dyn/compute_v1.html | 5 + docs/dyn/compute_v1.interconnects.html | 4 +- .../compute_v1.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.html | 262 ++ .../compute_v1.publicDelegatedPrefixes.html | 261 ++ .../dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html | 35 + docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionDisks.html | 1 + docs/dyn/compute_v1.snapshotSettings.html | 256 ++ docs/dyn/compute_v1.snapshots.html | 3 + ...s_v1.projects.locations.conversations.html | 14 +- ...tainer_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html | 50 + ...projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html | 20 + .../container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html | 50 + ..._v1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html | 20 + ...r_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html | 100 + ...projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html | 35 + ...ainer_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html | 100 + ...ta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html | 35 + docs/dyn/content_v2_1.accounts.html | 104 + docs/dyn/content_v2_1.localinventory.html | 48 +- ...usion_v1.projects.locations.instances.html | 22 +- ...sion_v1.projects.locations.operations.html | 4 +- ..._v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html | 64 +- ...ojects.locations.instances.namespaces.html | 8 +- ...v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html | 4 +- ...ojects.locations.conversionWorkspaces.html | 20 +- ...ocations.agents.environments.sessions.html | 9 + ...v3.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html | 9 + ...ocations.agents.environments.sessions.html | 9 + ...a1.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html | 9 + ...anizations.locations.discoveryConfigs.html | 888 ++++++ docs/dyn/dlp_v2.organizations.locations.html | 5 + ...2.projects.locations.discoveryConfigs.html | 888 ++++++ docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.html | 5 + docs/dyn/doubleclicksearch_v2.conversion.html | 6 + ...gkehub_v1.projects.locations.features.html | 548 ++++ ...b_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html | 224 ++ ...ub_v1beta.projects.locations.features.html | 224 ++ ...rojects.locations.vmwareAdminClusters.html | 6 +- ...ts.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.html | 8 +- ...ojects.locations.datasets.hl7V2Stores.html | 2 +- ...ts.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.html | 8 +- ...rojects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html | 59 + ...ojects.locations.datasets.hl7V2Stores.html | 2 +- docs/dyn/iap_v1.v1.html | 6 +- ...cts.locations.integrations.executions.html | 8 +- ...tions.integrations.versions.testCases.html | 8 +- ...ions.products.integrations.executions.html | 16 +- ...cts.locations.global_.domains.backups.html | 12 +- ...v1.projects.locations.global_.domains.html | 30 +- ...projects.locations.global_.operations.html | 4 +- ...1.projects.locations.global_.peerings.html | 12 +- ...cts.locations.global_.domains.backups.html | 12 +- ...a1.projects.locations.global_.domains.html | 30 +- ...projects.locations.global_.operations.html | 4 +- ...1.projects.locations.global_.peerings.html | 12 +- ...cts.locations.global_.domains.backups.html | 12 +- ...a1.projects.locations.global_.domains.html | 30 +- ...projects.locations.global_.operations.html | 4 +- ...1.projects.locations.global_.peerings.html | 12 +- ...oncenter_v1.projects.locations.groups.html | 16 +- ...migrationcenter_v1.projects.locations.html | 2 + ...er_v1alpha1.projects.locations.assets.html | 36 + ...er_v1alpha1.projects.locations.groups.html | 16 +- .../monitoring_v1.projects.dashboards.html | 336 +- ...ng_v3.services.serviceLevelObjectives.html | 2 +- ...books_v1.projects.locations.instances.html | 45 + ...ebooks_v1.projects.locations.runtimes.html | 49 + ...dscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.html | 15 + ...ning_v1beta1.projects.locations.scans.html | 15 + docs/dyn/places_v1.places.html | 256 +- docs/dyn/playintegrity_v1.v1.html | 2 +- ...chaenterprise_v1.projects.assessments.html | 2 +- .../redis_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html | 1 + ...s_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html | 1 + docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.html | 5 + .../securitycenter_v1.folders.locations.html | 91 + ...nter_v1.folders.locations.muteConfigs.html | 177 ++ ...securitycenter_v1.folders.muteConfigs.html | 18 +- ...HealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html | 495 +++ ...itycenter_v1.folders.sources.findings.html | 25 + docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.html | 5 + ...ritycenter_v1.organizations.locations.html | 91 + ...1.organizations.locations.muteConfigs.html | 177 ++ ...tycenter_v1.organizations.muteConfigs.html | 18 +- ...HealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html | 495 +++ ...ter_v1.organizations.sources.findings.html | 35 + docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.html | 5 + .../securitycenter_v1.projects.locations.html | 91 + ...ter_v1.projects.locations.muteConfigs.html | 177 ++ ...ecuritycenter_v1.projects.muteConfigs.html | 18 +- ...HealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html | 495 +++ ...tycenter_v1.projects.sources.findings.html | 25 + docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1beta2.folders.html | 2 +- .../securitycenter_v1beta2.organizations.html | 2 +- docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1beta2.projects.html | 2 +- ...projects.instances.databases.sessions.html | 166 +- .../dyn/testing_v1.projects.testMatrices.html | 36 +- ..._v1.projects.locations.targetProjects.html | 8 +- ...ha1.projects.locations.targetProjects.html | 8 +- ...ojects.locations.workflows.executions.html | 4 +- ...flows_v1.projects.locations.workflows.html | 2 +- ...rojects.locations.workstationClusters.html | 12 + .../acceleratedmobilepageurl.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/accessapproval.v1.json | 9 +- .../documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json | 2 +- .../accesscontextmanager.v1beta.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/acmedns.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/admin.datatransfer_v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/admin.directory_v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/admin.reports_v1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/admob.v1beta.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json | 2 +- .../documents/advisorynotifications.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/aiplatform.v1.json | 32 +- .../documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json | 64 +- .../documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1.json | 9 +- .../documents/alloydb.v1alpha.json | 9 +- .../documents/alloydb.v1beta.json | 9 +- .../documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json | 4 +- .../documents/analyticsadmin.v1beta.json | 2 +- .../documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json | 2 +- .../documents/analyticshub.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/analyticshub.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../androiddeviceprovisioning.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/androidenterprise.v1.json | 6 +- .../documents/androidmanagement.v1.json | 6 +- .../documents/androidpublisher.v3.json | 2 +- .../documents/apigateway.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/apigateway.v1beta.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/apikeys.v2.json | 2 +- .../documents/appengine.v1.json | 3 +- .../documents/appengine.v1alpha.json | 2 +- .../documents/appengine.v1beta.json | 3 +- .../documents/area120tables.v1alpha1.json | 2 +- .../documents/artifactregistry.v1.json | 32 +- .../documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json | 2 +- .../documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json | 7 +- .../documents/assuredworkloads.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../authorizedbuyersmarketplace.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/backupdr.v1.json | 4 +- .../documents/baremetalsolution.v2.json | 8 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/batch.v1.json | 4 +- .../documents/beyondcorp.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/beyondcorp.v1alpha.json | 28 +- .../documents/bigquery.v2.json | 2 +- .../documents/bigqueryconnection.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/bigquerydatatransfer.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/bigtableadmin.v2.json | 50 +- .../documents/binaryauthorization.v1.json | 2 +- .../binaryauthorization.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/blockchainnodeengine.v1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v2.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v3.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/books.v1.json | 2 +- .../businessprofileperformance.v1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json | 50 +- .../documents/checks.v1alpha.json | 2 +- .../documents/chromemanagement.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/chromepolicy.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/chromeuxreport.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/civicinfo.v2.json | 2 +- .../documents/classroom.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/cloudasset.v1.json | 8 +- .../documents/cloudasset.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/cloudasset.v1p1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/cloudasset.v1p5beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/cloudasset.v1p7beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/cloudbilling.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/cloudbilling.v1beta.json | 2 +- .../documents/cloudbuild.v1.json | 16 +- .../documents/cloudbuild.v2.json | 6 +- .../documents/cloudchannel.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/clouddeploy.v1.json | 7 +- .../clouderrorreporting.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/cloudfunctions.v1.json | 8 +- .../documents/cloudfunctions.v2.json | 2 +- .../documents/cloudfunctions.v2alpha.json | 2 +- .../documents/cloudfunctions.v2beta.json | 2 +- .../documents/cloudkms.v1.json | 9 +- .../documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1.json | 8 +- .../cloudresourcemanager.v1beta1.json | 4 +- .../documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2.json | 2 +- .../cloudresourcemanager.v2beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/cloudresourcemanager.v3.json | 6 +- .../documents/cloudscheduler.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/cloudscheduler.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/cloudshell.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/cloudsupport.v2.json | 2 +- .../documents/cloudsupport.v2beta.json | 2 +- .../documents/cloudtrace.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/cloudtrace.v2.json | 2 +- .../documents/cloudtrace.v2beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/composer.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/composer.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/compute.alpha.json | 4 +- .../documents/compute.beta.json | 224 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json | 541 +++- .../documents/connectors.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/connectors.v2.json | 2 +- .../documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json | 22 +- .../documents/container.v1.json | 41 +- .../documents/container.v1beta1.json | 67 +- .../documents/containeranalysis.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/containeranalysis.v1alpha1.json | 2 +- .../documents/containeranalysis.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/content.v2.1.json | 59 +- .../documents/contentwarehouse.v1.json | 2729 ++++++++++++++--- .../documents/customsearch.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/datacatalog.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/datacatalog.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/dataflow.v1b3.json | 2 +- .../documents/datafusion.v1.json | 15 +- .../documents/datafusion.v1beta1.json | 57 +- .../documents/datalabeling.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/datalineage.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/datamigration.v1.json | 14 +- .../documents/datamigration.v1beta1.json | 8 +- .../documents/dataproc.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/datastore.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/datastore.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/datastore.v1beta3.json | 2 +- .../documents/dialogflow.v2.json | 78 +- .../documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json | 78 +- .../documents/dialogflow.v3.json | 86 +- .../documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json | 86 +- .../documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/displayvideo.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/displayvideo.v2.json | 2 +- .../documents/displayvideo.v3.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json | 738 ++++- .../discovery_cache/documents/docs.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/domainsrdap.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/doubleclickbidmanager.v2.json | 2 +- .../documents/doubleclicksearch.v2.json | 16 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json | 2 +- .../documents/driveactivity.v2.json | 2 +- .../documents/drivelabels.v2.json | 2 +- .../documents/drivelabels.v2beta.json | 2 +- .../documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/eventarc.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/eventarc.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/fcm.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/fcmdata.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/firebase.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/firebaseappcheck.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/firebaseappcheck.v1beta.json | 2 +- .../documents/firebaseappdistribution.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json | 2 +- .../documents/firebasedynamiclinks.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/firebasehosting.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/firebasehosting.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/firebaseml.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/firebaseml.v1beta2.json | 2 +- .../documents/firebasestorage.v1beta.json | 2 +- .../documents/firestore.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/firestore.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/firestore.v1beta2.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/forms.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/gkebackup.v1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json | 376 ++- .../documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json | 6 +- .../documents/gkehub.v1alpha2.json | 2 +- .../documents/gkehub.v1beta.json | 6 +- .../documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/gkehub.v2alpha.json | 2 +- .../documents/gkeonprem.v1.json | 5 +- .../documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1.json | 2 +- .../gmailpostmastertools.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/groupsmigration.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/healthcare.v1.json | 8 +- .../documents/healthcare.v1beta1.json | 124 +- .../documents/homegraph.v1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2beta.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json | 4 +- .../documents/iap.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/identitytoolkit.v2.json | 2 +- .../documents/integrations.v1alpha.json | 12 +- .../documents/jobs.v3p1beta1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/keep.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/language.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/language.v1beta2.json | 2 +- .../documents/language.v2.json | 2 +- .../documents/libraryagent.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/licensing.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/lifesciences.v2beta.json | 2 +- .../documents/localservices.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/managedidentities.v1.json | 8 +- .../documents/managedidentities.v1alpha1.json | 8 +- .../documents/managedidentities.v1beta1.json | 8 +- .../documents/migrationcenter.v1.json | 10 +- .../documents/migrationcenter.v1alpha1.json | 40 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/ml.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/monitoring.v1.json | 47 +- .../documents/monitoring.v3.json | 4 +- .../mybusinessaccountmanagement.v1.json | 2 +- .../mybusinessbusinessinformation.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/mybusinesslodging.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/mybusinessnotifications.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/mybusinessplaceactions.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/mybusinessqanda.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/mybusinessverifications.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/notebooks.v1.json | 118 +- .../documents/notebooks.v2.json | 2 +- .../documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json | 16 +- .../documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json | 16 +- .../documents/orgpolicy.v2.json | 2 +- .../documents/osconfig.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json | 2 +- .../documents/osconfig.v1beta.json | 2 +- .../documents/pagespeedonline.v5.json | 2 +- .../paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/places.v1.json | 196 +- .../documents/playcustomapp.v1.json | 2 +- .../playdeveloperreporting.v1alpha1.json | 2 +- .../playdeveloperreporting.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/playgrouping.v1alpha1.json | 2 +- .../documents/playintegrity.v1.json | 4 +- .../documents/policyanalyzer.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/policyanalyzer.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/policytroubleshooter.v1.json | 2 +- .../policytroubleshooter.v1beta.json | 2 +- .../documents/privateca.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/privateca.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/prod_tt_sasportal.v1alpha1.json | 2 +- .../documents/publicca.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/publicca.v1alpha1.json | 2 +- .../documents/publicca.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1.json | 14 +- .../documents/pubsub.v1beta1a.json | 2 +- .../documents/pubsub.v1beta2.json | 2 +- .../rapidmigrationassessment.v1.json | 2 +- .../readerrevenuesubscriptionlinking.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/realtimebidding.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json | 4 +- .../documents/recommender.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/recommender.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json | 6 +- .../documents/redis.v1beta1.json | 6 +- .../documents/reseller.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/resourcesettings.v1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json | 2 +- .../documents/runtimeconfig.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/safebrowsing.v4.json | 2 +- .../documents/safebrowsing.v5.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/script.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/searchconsole.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/securitycenter.v1.json | 468 ++- .../documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json | 22 +- .../documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json | 24 +- .../serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json | 2 +- .../serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/servicecontrol.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/servicecontrol.v2.json | 2 +- .../documents/servicedirectory.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/servicedirectory.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/servicemanagement.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/serviceusage.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/slides.v1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/spanner.v1.json | 46 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/speech.v1p1beta1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json | 4 +- .../documents/streetviewpublish.v1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json | 2 +- .../documents/tagmanager.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/tagmanager.v2.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/testing.v1.json | 8 +- .../documents/texttospeech.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/texttospeech.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/tpu.v1alpha1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v2.json | 2 +- .../documents/tpu.v2alpha1.json | 2 +- .../documents/transcoder.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/translate.v3.json | 32 +- .../documents/translate.v3beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/travelimpactmodel.v1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/vault.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/versionhistory.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/vmmigration.v1.json | 10 +- .../documents/vmmigration.v1alpha1.json | 10 +- .../documents/vmwareengine.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/vpcaccess.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/webfonts.v1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/webrisk.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/workflowexecutions.v1.json | 6 +- .../documents/workflowexecutions.v1beta.json | 2 +- .../documents/workflows.v1.json | 4 +- .../documents/workflows.v1beta.json | 2 +- .../documents/workstations.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/workstations.v1beta.json | 17 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json | 2 +- .../documents/youtubeAnalytics.v2.json | 2 +- .../documents/youtubereporting.v1.json | 2 +- 466 files changed, 15701 insertions(+), 2199 deletions(-) create mode 100644 docs/dyn/compute_v1.snapshotSettings.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/dlp_v2.organizations.locations.discoveryConfigs.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.discoveryConfigs.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.locations.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.locations.muteConfigs.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.locations.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.locations.muteConfigs.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.locations.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.locations.muteConfigs.html diff --git a/docs/dyn/accessapproval_v1.folders.approvalRequests.html b/docs/dyn/accessapproval_v1.folders.approvalRequests.html index 27e2b2380db..8ec490186b6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/accessapproval_v1.folders.approvalRequests.html +++ b/docs/dyn/accessapproval_v1.folders.approvalRequests.html @@ -135,7 +135,8 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # The resource name of the request. Format is "{projects|folders|organizations}/{id}/approvalRequests/{approval_request}". "requestTime": "A String", # The time at which approval was requested. - "requestedExpiration": "A String", # The requested expiration for the approval. If the request is approved, access will be granted from the time of approval until the expiration time. + "requestedDuration": "A String", # The requested access duration. + "requestedExpiration": "A String", # The original requested expiration for the approval. Calculated by adding the requested_duration to the request_time. "requestedLocations": { # Home office and physical location of the principal. # The locations for which approval is being requested. "principalOfficeCountry": "A String", # The "home office" location of the principal. A two-letter country code (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2), such as "US", "DE" or "GB" or a region code. In some limited situations Google systems may refer refer to a region code instead of a country code. Possible Region Codes: * ASI: Asia * EUR: Europe * OCE: Oceania * AFR: Africa * NAM: North America * SAM: South America * ANT: Antarctica * ANY: Any location "principalPhysicalLocationCountry": "A String", # Physical location of the principal at the time of the access. A two-letter country code (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2), such as "US", "DE" or "GB" or a region code. In some limited situations Google systems may refer refer to a region code instead of a country code. Possible Region Codes: * ASI: Asia * EUR: Europe * OCE: Oceania * AFR: Africa * NAM: North America * SAM: South America * ANT: Antarctica * ANY: Any location @@ -194,7 +195,8 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # The resource name of the request. Format is "{projects|folders|organizations}/{id}/approvalRequests/{approval_request}". "requestTime": "A String", # The time at which approval was requested. - "requestedExpiration": "A String", # The requested expiration for the approval. If the request is approved, access will be granted from the time of approval until the expiration time. + "requestedDuration": "A String", # The requested access duration. + "requestedExpiration": "A String", # The original requested expiration for the approval. Calculated by adding the requested_duration to the request_time. "requestedLocations": { # Home office and physical location of the principal. # The locations for which approval is being requested. "principalOfficeCountry": "A String", # The "home office" location of the principal. A two-letter country code (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2), such as "US", "DE" or "GB" or a region code. In some limited situations Google systems may refer refer to a region code instead of a country code. Possible Region Codes: * ASI: Asia * EUR: Europe * OCE: Oceania * AFR: Africa * NAM: North America * SAM: South America * ANT: Antarctica * ANY: Any location "principalPhysicalLocationCountry": "A String", # Physical location of the principal at the time of the access. A two-letter country code (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2), such as "US", "DE" or "GB" or a region code. In some limited situations Google systems may refer refer to a region code instead of a country code. Possible Region Codes: * ASI: Asia * EUR: Europe * OCE: Oceania * AFR: Africa * NAM: North America * SAM: South America * ANT: Antarctica * ANY: Any location @@ -242,7 +244,8 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # The resource name of the request. Format is "{projects|folders|organizations}/{id}/approvalRequests/{approval_request}". "requestTime": "A String", # The time at which approval was requested. - "requestedExpiration": "A String", # The requested expiration for the approval. If the request is approved, access will be granted from the time of approval until the expiration time. + "requestedDuration": "A String", # The requested access duration. + "requestedExpiration": "A String", # The original requested expiration for the approval. Calculated by adding the requested_duration to the request_time. "requestedLocations": { # Home office and physical location of the principal. # The locations for which approval is being requested. "principalOfficeCountry": "A String", # The "home office" location of the principal. A two-letter country code (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2), such as "US", "DE" or "GB" or a region code. In some limited situations Google systems may refer refer to a region code instead of a country code. Possible Region Codes: * ASI: Asia * EUR: Europe * OCE: Oceania * AFR: Africa * NAM: North America * SAM: South America * ANT: Antarctica * ANY: Any location "principalPhysicalLocationCountry": "A String", # Physical location of the principal at the time of the access. A two-letter country code (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2), such as "US", "DE" or "GB" or a region code. In some limited situations Google systems may refer refer to a region code instead of a country code. Possible Region Codes: * ASI: Asia * EUR: Europe * OCE: Oceania * AFR: Africa * NAM: North America * SAM: South America * ANT: Antarctica * ANY: Any location @@ -296,7 +299,8 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # The resource name of the request. Format is "{projects|folders|organizations}/{id}/approvalRequests/{approval_request}". "requestTime": "A String", # The time at which approval was requested. - "requestedExpiration": "A String", # The requested expiration for the approval. If the request is approved, access will be granted from the time of approval until the expiration time. + "requestedDuration": "A String", # The requested access duration. + "requestedExpiration": "A String", # The original requested expiration for the approval. Calculated by adding the requested_duration to the request_time. "requestedLocations": { # Home office and physical location of the principal. # The locations for which approval is being requested. "principalOfficeCountry": "A String", # The "home office" location of the principal. A two-letter country code (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2), such as "US", "DE" or "GB" or a region code. In some limited situations Google systems may refer refer to a region code instead of a country code. Possible Region Codes: * ASI: Asia * EUR: Europe * OCE: Oceania * AFR: Africa * NAM: North America * SAM: South America * ANT: Antarctica * ANY: Any location "principalPhysicalLocationCountry": "A String", # Physical location of the principal at the time of the access. A two-letter country code (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2), such as "US", "DE" or "GB" or a region code. In some limited situations Google systems may refer refer to a region code instead of a country code. Possible Region Codes: * ASI: Asia * EUR: Europe * OCE: Oceania * AFR: Africa * NAM: North America * SAM: South America * ANT: Antarctica * ANY: Any location @@ -349,7 +353,8 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # The resource name of the request. Format is "{projects|folders|organizations}/{id}/approvalRequests/{approval_request}". "requestTime": "A String", # The time at which approval was requested. - "requestedExpiration": "A String", # The requested expiration for the approval. If the request is approved, access will be granted from the time of approval until the expiration time. + "requestedDuration": "A String", # The requested access duration. + "requestedExpiration": "A String", # The original requested expiration for the approval. Calculated by adding the requested_duration to the request_time. "requestedLocations": { # Home office and physical location of the principal. # The locations for which approval is being requested. "principalOfficeCountry": "A String", # The "home office" location of the principal. A two-letter country code (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2), such as "US", "DE" or "GB" or a region code. In some limited situations Google systems may refer refer to a region code instead of a country code. Possible Region Codes: * ASI: Asia * EUR: Europe * OCE: Oceania * AFR: Africa * NAM: North America * SAM: South America * ANT: Antarctica * ANY: Any location "principalPhysicalLocationCountry": "A String", # Physical location of the principal at the time of the access. A two-letter country code (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2), such as "US", "DE" or "GB" or a region code. In some limited situations Google systems may refer refer to a region code instead of a country code. Possible Region Codes: * ASI: Asia * EUR: Europe * OCE: Oceania * AFR: Africa * NAM: North America * SAM: South America * ANT: Antarctica * ANY: Any location diff --git a/docs/dyn/accessapproval_v1.organizations.approvalRequests.html b/docs/dyn/accessapproval_v1.organizations.approvalRequests.html index aa68cc96f05..e12ae3578f5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/accessapproval_v1.organizations.approvalRequests.html +++ b/docs/dyn/accessapproval_v1.organizations.approvalRequests.html @@ -135,7 +135,8 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # The resource name of the request. Format is "{projects|folders|organizations}/{id}/approvalRequests/{approval_request}". "requestTime": "A String", # The time at which approval was requested. - "requestedExpiration": "A String", # The requested expiration for the approval. If the request is approved, access will be granted from the time of approval until the expiration time. + "requestedDuration": "A String", # The requested access duration. + "requestedExpiration": "A String", # The original requested expiration for the approval. Calculated by adding the requested_duration to the request_time. "requestedLocations": { # Home office and physical location of the principal. # The locations for which approval is being requested. "principalOfficeCountry": "A String", # The "home office" location of the principal. A two-letter country code (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2), such as "US", "DE" or "GB" or a region code. In some limited situations Google systems may refer refer to a region code instead of a country code. Possible Region Codes: * ASI: Asia * EUR: Europe * OCE: Oceania * AFR: Africa * NAM: North America * SAM: South America * ANT: Antarctica * ANY: Any location "principalPhysicalLocationCountry": "A String", # Physical location of the principal at the time of the access. A two-letter country code (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2), such as "US", "DE" or "GB" or a region code. In some limited situations Google systems may refer refer to a region code instead of a country code. Possible Region Codes: * ASI: Asia * EUR: Europe * OCE: Oceania * AFR: Africa * NAM: North America * SAM: South America * ANT: Antarctica * ANY: Any location @@ -194,7 +195,8 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # The resource name of the request. Format is "{projects|folders|organizations}/{id}/approvalRequests/{approval_request}". "requestTime": "A String", # The time at which approval was requested. - "requestedExpiration": "A String", # The requested expiration for the approval. If the request is approved, access will be granted from the time of approval until the expiration time. + "requestedDuration": "A String", # The requested access duration. + "requestedExpiration": "A String", # The original requested expiration for the approval. Calculated by adding the requested_duration to the request_time. "requestedLocations": { # Home office and physical location of the principal. # The locations for which approval is being requested. "principalOfficeCountry": "A String", # The "home office" location of the principal. A two-letter country code (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2), such as "US", "DE" or "GB" or a region code. In some limited situations Google systems may refer refer to a region code instead of a country code. Possible Region Codes: * ASI: Asia * EUR: Europe * OCE: Oceania * AFR: Africa * NAM: North America * SAM: South America * ANT: Antarctica * ANY: Any location "principalPhysicalLocationCountry": "A String", # Physical location of the principal at the time of the access. A two-letter country code (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2), such as "US", "DE" or "GB" or a region code. In some limited situations Google systems may refer refer to a region code instead of a country code. Possible Region Codes: * ASI: Asia * EUR: Europe * OCE: Oceania * AFR: Africa * NAM: North America * SAM: South America * ANT: Antarctica * ANY: Any location @@ -242,7 +244,8 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # The resource name of the request. Format is "{projects|folders|organizations}/{id}/approvalRequests/{approval_request}". "requestTime": "A String", # The time at which approval was requested. - "requestedExpiration": "A String", # The requested expiration for the approval. If the request is approved, access will be granted from the time of approval until the expiration time. + "requestedDuration": "A String", # The requested access duration. + "requestedExpiration": "A String", # The original requested expiration for the approval. Calculated by adding the requested_duration to the request_time. "requestedLocations": { # Home office and physical location of the principal. # The locations for which approval is being requested. "principalOfficeCountry": "A String", # The "home office" location of the principal. A two-letter country code (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2), such as "US", "DE" or "GB" or a region code. In some limited situations Google systems may refer refer to a region code instead of a country code. Possible Region Codes: * ASI: Asia * EUR: Europe * OCE: Oceania * AFR: Africa * NAM: North America * SAM: South America * ANT: Antarctica * ANY: Any location "principalPhysicalLocationCountry": "A String", # Physical location of the principal at the time of the access. A two-letter country code (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2), such as "US", "DE" or "GB" or a region code. In some limited situations Google systems may refer refer to a region code instead of a country code. Possible Region Codes: * ASI: Asia * EUR: Europe * OCE: Oceania * AFR: Africa * NAM: North America * SAM: South America * ANT: Antarctica * ANY: Any location @@ -296,7 +299,8 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # The resource name of the request. Format is "{projects|folders|organizations}/{id}/approvalRequests/{approval_request}". "requestTime": "A String", # The time at which approval was requested. - "requestedExpiration": "A String", # The requested expiration for the approval. If the request is approved, access will be granted from the time of approval until the expiration time. + "requestedDuration": "A String", # The requested access duration. + "requestedExpiration": "A String", # The original requested expiration for the approval. Calculated by adding the requested_duration to the request_time. "requestedLocations": { # Home office and physical location of the principal. # The locations for which approval is being requested. "principalOfficeCountry": "A String", # The "home office" location of the principal. A two-letter country code (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2), such as "US", "DE" or "GB" or a region code. In some limited situations Google systems may refer refer to a region code instead of a country code. Possible Region Codes: * ASI: Asia * EUR: Europe * OCE: Oceania * AFR: Africa * NAM: North America * SAM: South America * ANT: Antarctica * ANY: Any location "principalPhysicalLocationCountry": "A String", # Physical location of the principal at the time of the access. A two-letter country code (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2), such as "US", "DE" or "GB" or a region code. In some limited situations Google systems may refer refer to a region code instead of a country code. Possible Region Codes: * ASI: Asia * EUR: Europe * OCE: Oceania * AFR: Africa * NAM: North America * SAM: South America * ANT: Antarctica * ANY: Any location @@ -349,7 +353,8 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # The resource name of the request. Format is "{projects|folders|organizations}/{id}/approvalRequests/{approval_request}". "requestTime": "A String", # The time at which approval was requested. - "requestedExpiration": "A String", # The requested expiration for the approval. If the request is approved, access will be granted from the time of approval until the expiration time. + "requestedDuration": "A String", # The requested access duration. + "requestedExpiration": "A String", # The original requested expiration for the approval. Calculated by adding the requested_duration to the request_time. "requestedLocations": { # Home office and physical location of the principal. # The locations for which approval is being requested. "principalOfficeCountry": "A String", # The "home office" location of the principal. A two-letter country code (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2), such as "US", "DE" or "GB" or a region code. In some limited situations Google systems may refer refer to a region code instead of a country code. Possible Region Codes: * ASI: Asia * EUR: Europe * OCE: Oceania * AFR: Africa * NAM: North America * SAM: South America * ANT: Antarctica * ANY: Any location "principalPhysicalLocationCountry": "A String", # Physical location of the principal at the time of the access. A two-letter country code (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2), such as "US", "DE" or "GB" or a region code. In some limited situations Google systems may refer refer to a region code instead of a country code. Possible Region Codes: * ASI: Asia * EUR: Europe * OCE: Oceania * AFR: Africa * NAM: North America * SAM: South America * ANT: Antarctica * ANY: Any location diff --git a/docs/dyn/accessapproval_v1.projects.approvalRequests.html b/docs/dyn/accessapproval_v1.projects.approvalRequests.html index 7cec004a579..9a5aaceb594 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/accessapproval_v1.projects.approvalRequests.html +++ b/docs/dyn/accessapproval_v1.projects.approvalRequests.html @@ -135,7 +135,8 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # The resource name of the request. Format is "{projects|folders|organizations}/{id}/approvalRequests/{approval_request}". "requestTime": "A String", # The time at which approval was requested. - "requestedExpiration": "A String", # The requested expiration for the approval. If the request is approved, access will be granted from the time of approval until the expiration time. + "requestedDuration": "A String", # The requested access duration. + "requestedExpiration": "A String", # The original requested expiration for the approval. Calculated by adding the requested_duration to the request_time. "requestedLocations": { # Home office and physical location of the principal. # The locations for which approval is being requested. "principalOfficeCountry": "A String", # The "home office" location of the principal. A two-letter country code (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2), such as "US", "DE" or "GB" or a region code. In some limited situations Google systems may refer refer to a region code instead of a country code. Possible Region Codes: * ASI: Asia * EUR: Europe * OCE: Oceania * AFR: Africa * NAM: North America * SAM: South America * ANT: Antarctica * ANY: Any location "principalPhysicalLocationCountry": "A String", # Physical location of the principal at the time of the access. A two-letter country code (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2), such as "US", "DE" or "GB" or a region code. In some limited situations Google systems may refer refer to a region code instead of a country code. Possible Region Codes: * ASI: Asia * EUR: Europe * OCE: Oceania * AFR: Africa * NAM: North America * SAM: South America * ANT: Antarctica * ANY: Any location @@ -194,7 +195,8 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # The resource name of the request. Format is "{projects|folders|organizations}/{id}/approvalRequests/{approval_request}". "requestTime": "A String", # The time at which approval was requested. - "requestedExpiration": "A String", # The requested expiration for the approval. If the request is approved, access will be granted from the time of approval until the expiration time. + "requestedDuration": "A String", # The requested access duration. + "requestedExpiration": "A String", # The original requested expiration for the approval. Calculated by adding the requested_duration to the request_time. "requestedLocations": { # Home office and physical location of the principal. # The locations for which approval is being requested. "principalOfficeCountry": "A String", # The "home office" location of the principal. A two-letter country code (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2), such as "US", "DE" or "GB" or a region code. In some limited situations Google systems may refer refer to a region code instead of a country code. Possible Region Codes: * ASI: Asia * EUR: Europe * OCE: Oceania * AFR: Africa * NAM: North America * SAM: South America * ANT: Antarctica * ANY: Any location "principalPhysicalLocationCountry": "A String", # Physical location of the principal at the time of the access. A two-letter country code (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2), such as "US", "DE" or "GB" or a region code. In some limited situations Google systems may refer refer to a region code instead of a country code. Possible Region Codes: * ASI: Asia * EUR: Europe * OCE: Oceania * AFR: Africa * NAM: North America * SAM: South America * ANT: Antarctica * ANY: Any location @@ -242,7 +244,8 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # The resource name of the request. Format is "{projects|folders|organizations}/{id}/approvalRequests/{approval_request}". "requestTime": "A String", # The time at which approval was requested. - "requestedExpiration": "A String", # The requested expiration for the approval. If the request is approved, access will be granted from the time of approval until the expiration time. + "requestedDuration": "A String", # The requested access duration. + "requestedExpiration": "A String", # The original requested expiration for the approval. Calculated by adding the requested_duration to the request_time. "requestedLocations": { # Home office and physical location of the principal. # The locations for which approval is being requested. "principalOfficeCountry": "A String", # The "home office" location of the principal. A two-letter country code (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2), such as "US", "DE" or "GB" or a region code. In some limited situations Google systems may refer refer to a region code instead of a country code. Possible Region Codes: * ASI: Asia * EUR: Europe * OCE: Oceania * AFR: Africa * NAM: North America * SAM: South America * ANT: Antarctica * ANY: Any location "principalPhysicalLocationCountry": "A String", # Physical location of the principal at the time of the access. A two-letter country code (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2), such as "US", "DE" or "GB" or a region code. In some limited situations Google systems may refer refer to a region code instead of a country code. Possible Region Codes: * ASI: Asia * EUR: Europe * OCE: Oceania * AFR: Africa * NAM: North America * SAM: South America * ANT: Antarctica * ANY: Any location @@ -296,7 +299,8 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # The resource name of the request. Format is "{projects|folders|organizations}/{id}/approvalRequests/{approval_request}". "requestTime": "A String", # The time at which approval was requested. - "requestedExpiration": "A String", # The requested expiration for the approval. If the request is approved, access will be granted from the time of approval until the expiration time. + "requestedDuration": "A String", # The requested access duration. + "requestedExpiration": "A String", # The original requested expiration for the approval. Calculated by adding the requested_duration to the request_time. "requestedLocations": { # Home office and physical location of the principal. # The locations for which approval is being requested. "principalOfficeCountry": "A String", # The "home office" location of the principal. A two-letter country code (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2), such as "US", "DE" or "GB" or a region code. In some limited situations Google systems may refer refer to a region code instead of a country code. Possible Region Codes: * ASI: Asia * EUR: Europe * OCE: Oceania * AFR: Africa * NAM: North America * SAM: South America * ANT: Antarctica * ANY: Any location "principalPhysicalLocationCountry": "A String", # Physical location of the principal at the time of the access. A two-letter country code (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2), such as "US", "DE" or "GB" or a region code. In some limited situations Google systems may refer refer to a region code instead of a country code. Possible Region Codes: * ASI: Asia * EUR: Europe * OCE: Oceania * AFR: Africa * NAM: North America * SAM: South America * ANT: Antarctica * ANY: Any location @@ -349,7 +353,8 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # The resource name of the request. Format is "{projects|folders|organizations}/{id}/approvalRequests/{approval_request}". "requestTime": "A String", # The time at which approval was requested. - "requestedExpiration": "A String", # The requested expiration for the approval. If the request is approved, access will be granted from the time of approval until the expiration time. + "requestedDuration": "A String", # The requested access duration. + "requestedExpiration": "A String", # The original requested expiration for the approval. Calculated by adding the requested_duration to the request_time. "requestedLocations": { # Home office and physical location of the principal. # The locations for which approval is being requested. "principalOfficeCountry": "A String", # The "home office" location of the principal. A two-letter country code (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2), such as "US", "DE" or "GB" or a region code. In some limited situations Google systems may refer refer to a region code instead of a country code. Possible Region Codes: * ASI: Asia * EUR: Europe * OCE: Oceania * AFR: Africa * NAM: North America * SAM: South America * ANT: Antarctica * ANY: Any location "principalPhysicalLocationCountry": "A String", # Physical location of the principal at the time of the access. A two-letter country code (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2), such as "US", "DE" or "GB" or a region code. In some limited situations Google systems may refer refer to a region code instead of a country code. Possible Region Codes: * ASI: Asia * EUR: Europe * OCE: Oceania * AFR: Africa * NAM: North America * SAM: South America * ANT: Antarctica * ANY: Any location diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.customJobs.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.customJobs.html index 99c3044c49f..c1adc5da1a4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.customJobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.customJobs.html @@ -164,6 +164,7 @@

Method Details

"experiment": "A String", # Optional. The Experiment associated with this job. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadataStores}/contexts/{experiment-name}` "experimentRun": "A String", # Optional. The Experiment Run associated with this job. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadataStores}/contexts/{experiment-name}-{experiment-run-name}` "network": "A String", # Optional. The full name of the Compute Engine [network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the Job should be peered. For example, `projects/12345/global/networks/myVPC`. [Format](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/networks/insert) is of the form `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. Where {project} is a project number, as in `12345`, and {network} is a network name. To specify this field, you must have already [configured VPC Network Peering for Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/vpc-peering). If this field is left unspecified, the job is not peered with any network. + "protectedArtifactLocationId": "A String", # The ID of the location to store protected artifacts. e.g. us-central1. Populate only when the location is different than CustomJob location. For unprotected artifacts, the value of this field is ignored. List of supported locations: https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/locations "reservedIpRanges": [ # Optional. A list of names for the reserved ip ranges under the VPC network that can be used for this job. If set, we will deploy the job within the provided ip ranges. Otherwise, the job will be deployed to any ip ranges under the provided VPC network. Example: ['vertex-ai-ip-range']. "A String", ], @@ -273,6 +274,7 @@

Method Details

"experiment": "A String", # Optional. The Experiment associated with this job. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadataStores}/contexts/{experiment-name}` "experimentRun": "A String", # Optional. The Experiment Run associated with this job. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadataStores}/contexts/{experiment-name}-{experiment-run-name}` "network": "A String", # Optional. The full name of the Compute Engine [network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the Job should be peered. For example, `projects/12345/global/networks/myVPC`. [Format](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/networks/insert) is of the form `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. Where {project} is a project number, as in `12345`, and {network} is a network name. To specify this field, you must have already [configured VPC Network Peering for Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/vpc-peering). If this field is left unspecified, the job is not peered with any network. + "protectedArtifactLocationId": "A String", # The ID of the location to store protected artifacts. e.g. us-central1. Populate only when the location is different than CustomJob location. For unprotected artifacts, the value of this field is ignored. List of supported locations: https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/locations "reservedIpRanges": [ # Optional. A list of names for the reserved ip ranges under the VPC network that can be used for this job. If set, we will deploy the job within the provided ip ranges. Otherwise, the job will be deployed to any ip ranges under the provided VPC network. Example: ['vertex-ai-ip-range']. "A String", ], @@ -424,6 +426,7 @@

Method Details

"experiment": "A String", # Optional. The Experiment associated with this job. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadataStores}/contexts/{experiment-name}` "experimentRun": "A String", # Optional. The Experiment Run associated with this job. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadataStores}/contexts/{experiment-name}-{experiment-run-name}` "network": "A String", # Optional. The full name of the Compute Engine [network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the Job should be peered. For example, `projects/12345/global/networks/myVPC`. [Format](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/networks/insert) is of the form `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. Where {project} is a project number, as in `12345`, and {network} is a network name. To specify this field, you must have already [configured VPC Network Peering for Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/vpc-peering). If this field is left unspecified, the job is not peered with any network. + "protectedArtifactLocationId": "A String", # The ID of the location to store protected artifacts. e.g. us-central1. Populate only when the location is different than CustomJob location. For unprotected artifacts, the value of this field is ignored. List of supported locations: https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/locations "reservedIpRanges": [ # Optional. A list of names for the reserved ip ranges under the VPC network that can be used for this job. If set, we will deploy the job within the provided ip ranges. Otherwise, the job will be deployed to any ip ranges under the provided VPC network. Example: ['vertex-ai-ip-range']. "A String", ], @@ -546,6 +549,7 @@

Method Details

"experiment": "A String", # Optional. The Experiment associated with this job. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadataStores}/contexts/{experiment-name}` "experimentRun": "A String", # Optional. The Experiment Run associated with this job. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadataStores}/contexts/{experiment-name}-{experiment-run-name}` "network": "A String", # Optional. The full name of the Compute Engine [network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the Job should be peered. For example, `projects/12345/global/networks/myVPC`. [Format](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/networks/insert) is of the form `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. Where {project} is a project number, as in `12345`, and {network} is a network name. To specify this field, you must have already [configured VPC Network Peering for Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/vpc-peering). If this field is left unspecified, the job is not peered with any network. + "protectedArtifactLocationId": "A String", # The ID of the location to store protected artifacts. e.g. us-central1. Populate only when the location is different than CustomJob location. For unprotected artifacts, the value of this field is ignored. List of supported locations: https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/locations "reservedIpRanges": [ # Optional. A list of names for the reserved ip ranges under the VPC network that can be used for this job. If set, we will deploy the job within the provided ip ranges. Otherwise, the job will be deployed to any ip ranges under the provided VPC network. Example: ['vertex-ai-ip-range']. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.featurestores.entityTypes.features.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.featurestores.entityTypes.features.html index 2163b7c1824..9cc6e740661 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.featurestores.entityTypes.features.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.featurestores.entityTypes.features.html @@ -116,15 +116,15 @@

Method Details

{ # Request message for FeaturestoreService.BatchCreateFeatures. "requests": [ # Required. The request message specifying the Features to create. All Features must be created under the same parent EntityType. The `parent` field in each child request message can be omitted. If `parent` is set in a child request, then the value must match the `parent` value in this request message. { # Request message for FeaturestoreService.CreateFeature. Request message for FeatureRegistryService.CreateFeature. - "feature": { # Feature Metadata information that describes an attribute of an entity type. For example, apple is an entity type, and color is a feature that describes apple. # Required. The Feature to create. - "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this EntityType was created. + "feature": { # Feature Metadata information. For example, color is a feature that describes an apple. # Required. The Feature to create. + "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Timestamp when this EntityType was created. "description": "A String", # Description of the Feature. - "disableMonitoring": True or False, # Optional. If not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If set to true, all types of data monitoring are disabled despite the config on EntityType. + "disableMonitoring": True or False, # Optional. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). If not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If set to true, all types of data monitoring are disabled despite the config on EntityType. "etag": "A String", # Used to perform a consistent read-modify-write updates. If not set, a blind "overwrite" update happens. "labels": { # Optional. The labels with user-defined metadata to organize your Features. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information on and examples of labels. No more than 64 user labels can be associated with one Feature (System labels are excluded)." System reserved label keys are prefixed with "aiplatform.googleapis.com/" and are immutable. "a_key": "A String", }, - "monitoringStatsAnomalies": [ # Output only. The list of historical stats and anomalies with specified objectives. + "monitoringStatsAnomalies": [ # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). The list of historical stats and anomalies with specified objectives. { # A list of historical SnapshotAnalysis or ImportFeaturesAnalysis stats requested by user, sorted by FeatureStatsAnomaly.start_time descending. "featureStatsAnomaly": { # Stats and Anomaly generated at specific timestamp for specific Feature. The start_time and end_time are used to define the time range of the dataset that current stats belongs to, e.g. prediction traffic is bucketed into prediction datasets by time window. If the Dataset is not defined by time window, start_time = end_time. Timestamp of the stats and anomalies always refers to end_time. Raw stats and anomalies are stored in stats_uri or anomaly_uri in the tensorflow defined protos. Field data_stats contains almost identical information with the raw stats in Vertex AI defined proto, for UI to display. # Output only. The stats and anomalies generated at specific timestamp. "anomalyDetectionThreshold": 3.14, # This is the threshold used when detecting anomalies. The threshold can be changed by user, so this one might be different from ThresholdConfig.value. @@ -138,12 +138,12 @@

Method Details

"objective": "A String", # Output only. The objective for each stats. }, ], - "name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type. - "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this EntityType was most recently updated. - "valueType": "A String", # Immutable. Type of Feature value. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type. + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Timestamp when this EntityType was most recently updated. + "valueType": "A String", # Immutable. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Type of Feature value. }, "featureId": "A String", # Required. The ID to use for the Feature, which will become the final component of the Feature's resource name. This value may be up to 128 characters, and valid characters are `[a-z0-9_]`. The first character cannot be a number. The value must be unique within an EntityType/FeatureGroup. - "parent": "A String", + "parent": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the EntityType or FeatureGroup to create a Feature. Format for entity_type as parent: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}` Format for feature_group as parent: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}` }, ], } @@ -187,19 +187,19 @@

Method Details

Creates a new Feature in a given EntityType.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, A parameter (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the EntityType or FeatureGroup to create a Feature. Format for entity_type as parent: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}` Format for feature_group as parent: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}` (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Feature Metadata information that describes an attribute of an entity type. For example, apple is an entity type, and color is a feature that describes apple.
-  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this EntityType was created.
+{ # Feature Metadata information. For example, color is a feature that describes an apple.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Timestamp when this EntityType was created.
   "description": "A String", # Description of the Feature.
-  "disableMonitoring": True or False, # Optional. If not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If set to true, all types of data monitoring are disabled despite the config on EntityType.
+  "disableMonitoring": True or False, # Optional. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). If not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If set to true, all types of data monitoring are disabled despite the config on EntityType.
   "etag": "A String", # Used to perform a consistent read-modify-write updates. If not set, a blind "overwrite" update happens.
   "labels": { # Optional. The labels with user-defined metadata to organize your Features. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information on and examples of labels. No more than 64 user labels can be associated with one Feature (System labels are excluded)." System reserved label keys are prefixed with "aiplatform.googleapis.com/" and are immutable.
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
-  "monitoringStatsAnomalies": [ # Output only. The list of historical stats and anomalies with specified objectives.
+  "monitoringStatsAnomalies": [ # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). The list of historical stats and anomalies with specified objectives.
     { # A list of historical SnapshotAnalysis or ImportFeaturesAnalysis stats requested by user, sorted by FeatureStatsAnomaly.start_time descending.
       "featureStatsAnomaly": { # Stats and Anomaly generated at specific timestamp for specific Feature. The start_time and end_time are used to define the time range of the dataset that current stats belongs to, e.g. prediction traffic is bucketed into prediction datasets by time window. If the Dataset is not defined by time window, start_time = end_time. Timestamp of the stats and anomalies always refers to end_time. Raw stats and anomalies are stored in stats_uri or anomaly_uri in the tensorflow defined protos. Field data_stats contains almost identical information with the raw stats in Vertex AI defined proto, for UI to display. # Output only. The stats and anomalies generated at specific timestamp.
         "anomalyDetectionThreshold": 3.14, # This is the threshold used when detecting anomalies. The threshold can be changed by user, so this one might be different from ThresholdConfig.value.
@@ -213,9 +213,9 @@ 

Method Details

"objective": "A String", # Output only. The objective for each stats. }, ], - "name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type. - "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this EntityType was most recently updated. - "valueType": "A String", # Immutable. Type of Feature value. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type. + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Timestamp when this EntityType was most recently updated. + "valueType": "A String", # Immutable. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Type of Feature value. } featureId: string, Required. The ID to use for the Feature, which will become the final component of the Feature's resource name. This value may be up to 128 characters, and valid characters are `[a-z0-9_]`. The first character cannot be a number. The value must be unique within an EntityType/FeatureGroup. @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@

Method Details

Gets details of a single Feature.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the Feature resource. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}` (required)
+  name: string, Required. The name of the Feature resource. Format for entity_type as parent: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}` Format for feature_group as parent: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}` (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -297,15 +297,15 @@ 

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Feature Metadata information that describes an attribute of an entity type. For example, apple is an entity type, and color is a feature that describes apple. - "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this EntityType was created. + { # Feature Metadata information. For example, color is a feature that describes an apple. + "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Timestamp when this EntityType was created. "description": "A String", # Description of the Feature. - "disableMonitoring": True or False, # Optional. If not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If set to true, all types of data monitoring are disabled despite the config on EntityType. + "disableMonitoring": True or False, # Optional. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). If not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If set to true, all types of data monitoring are disabled despite the config on EntityType. "etag": "A String", # Used to perform a consistent read-modify-write updates. If not set, a blind "overwrite" update happens. "labels": { # Optional. The labels with user-defined metadata to organize your Features. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information on and examples of labels. No more than 64 user labels can be associated with one Feature (System labels are excluded)." System reserved label keys are prefixed with "aiplatform.googleapis.com/" and are immutable. "a_key": "A String", }, - "monitoringStatsAnomalies": [ # Output only. The list of historical stats and anomalies with specified objectives. + "monitoringStatsAnomalies": [ # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). The list of historical stats and anomalies with specified objectives. { # A list of historical SnapshotAnalysis or ImportFeaturesAnalysis stats requested by user, sorted by FeatureStatsAnomaly.start_time descending. "featureStatsAnomaly": { # Stats and Anomaly generated at specific timestamp for specific Feature. The start_time and end_time are used to define the time range of the dataset that current stats belongs to, e.g. prediction traffic is bucketed into prediction datasets by time window. If the Dataset is not defined by time window, start_time = end_time. Timestamp of the stats and anomalies always refers to end_time. Raw stats and anomalies are stored in stats_uri or anomaly_uri in the tensorflow defined protos. Field data_stats contains almost identical information with the raw stats in Vertex AI defined proto, for UI to display. # Output only. The stats and anomalies generated at specific timestamp. "anomalyDetectionThreshold": 3.14, # This is the threshold used when detecting anomalies. The threshold can be changed by user, so this one might be different from ThresholdConfig.value. @@ -319,9 +319,9 @@

Method Details

"objective": "A String", # Output only. The objective for each stats. }, ], - "name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type. - "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this EntityType was most recently updated. - "valueType": "A String", # Immutable. Type of Feature value. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type. + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Timestamp when this EntityType was most recently updated. + "valueType": "A String", # Immutable. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Type of Feature value. }
@@ -330,12 +330,12 @@

Method Details

Lists Features in a given EntityType.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the Location to list Features. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}` (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the Location to list Features. Format for entity_type as parent: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}` Format for feature_group as parent: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}` (required)
   filter: string, Lists the Features that match the filter expression. The following filters are supported: * `value_type`: Supports = and != comparisons. * `create_time`: Supports =, !=, <, >, >=, and <= comparisons. Values must be in RFC 3339 format. * `update_time`: Supports =, !=, <, >, >=, and <= comparisons. Values must be in RFC 3339 format. * `labels`: Supports key-value equality as well as key presence. Examples: * `value_type = DOUBLE` --> Features whose type is DOUBLE. * `create_time > \"2020-01-31T15:30:00.000000Z\" OR update_time > \"2020-01-31T15:30:00.000000Z\"` --> EntityTypes created or updated after 2020-01-31T15:30:00.000000Z. * `labels.active = yes AND labels.env = prod` --> Features having both (active: yes) and (env: prod) labels. * `labels.env: *` --> Any Feature which has a label with 'env' as the key.
-  latestStatsCount: integer, If set, return the most recent ListFeaturesRequest.latest_stats_count of stats for each Feature in response. Valid value is [0, 10]. If number of stats exists < ListFeaturesRequest.latest_stats_count, return all existing stats.
+  latestStatsCount: integer, Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). If set, return the most recent ListFeaturesRequest.latest_stats_count of stats for each Feature in response. Valid value is [0, 10]. If number of stats exists < ListFeaturesRequest.latest_stats_count, return all existing stats.
   orderBy: string, A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use "desc" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `feature_id` * `value_type` (Not supported for FeatureRegistry Feature) * `create_time` * `update_time`
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of Features to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 1000 Features will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; any value greater than 1000 will be coerced to 1000.
-  pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous FeaturestoreService.ListFeatures call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to FeaturestoreService.ListFeatures must match the call that provided the page token.
+  pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous FeaturestoreService.ListFeatures call or FeatureRegistryService.ListFeatures call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to FeaturestoreService.ListFeatures or or FeatureRegistryService.ListFeatures must match the call that provided the page token.
   readMask: string, Mask specifying which fields to read.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
@@ -347,15 +347,15 @@ 

Method Details

{ # Response message for FeaturestoreService.ListFeatures. Response message for FeatureRegistryService.ListFeatures. "features": [ # The Features matching the request. - { # Feature Metadata information that describes an attribute of an entity type. For example, apple is an entity type, and color is a feature that describes apple. - "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this EntityType was created. + { # Feature Metadata information. For example, color is a feature that describes an apple. + "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Timestamp when this EntityType was created. "description": "A String", # Description of the Feature. - "disableMonitoring": True or False, # Optional. If not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If set to true, all types of data monitoring are disabled despite the config on EntityType. + "disableMonitoring": True or False, # Optional. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). If not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If set to true, all types of data monitoring are disabled despite the config on EntityType. "etag": "A String", # Used to perform a consistent read-modify-write updates. If not set, a blind "overwrite" update happens. "labels": { # Optional. The labels with user-defined metadata to organize your Features. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information on and examples of labels. No more than 64 user labels can be associated with one Feature (System labels are excluded)." System reserved label keys are prefixed with "aiplatform.googleapis.com/" and are immutable. "a_key": "A String", }, - "monitoringStatsAnomalies": [ # Output only. The list of historical stats and anomalies with specified objectives. + "monitoringStatsAnomalies": [ # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). The list of historical stats and anomalies with specified objectives. { # A list of historical SnapshotAnalysis or ImportFeaturesAnalysis stats requested by user, sorted by FeatureStatsAnomaly.start_time descending. "featureStatsAnomaly": { # Stats and Anomaly generated at specific timestamp for specific Feature. The start_time and end_time are used to define the time range of the dataset that current stats belongs to, e.g. prediction traffic is bucketed into prediction datasets by time window. If the Dataset is not defined by time window, start_time = end_time. Timestamp of the stats and anomalies always refers to end_time. Raw stats and anomalies are stored in stats_uri or anomaly_uri in the tensorflow defined protos. Field data_stats contains almost identical information with the raw stats in Vertex AI defined proto, for UI to display. # Output only. The stats and anomalies generated at specific timestamp. "anomalyDetectionThreshold": 3.14, # This is the threshold used when detecting anomalies. The threshold can be changed by user, so this one might be different from ThresholdConfig.value. @@ -369,9 +369,9 @@

Method Details

"objective": "A String", # Output only. The objective for each stats. }, ], - "name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type. - "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this EntityType was most recently updated. - "valueType": "A String", # Immutable. Type of Feature value. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type. + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Timestamp when this EntityType was most recently updated. + "valueType": "A String", # Immutable. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Type of Feature value. }, ], "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as ListFeaturesRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages. @@ -397,19 +397,19 @@

Method Details

Updates the parameters of a single Feature.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type. (required)
+  name: string, Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Feature Metadata information that describes an attribute of an entity type. For example, apple is an entity type, and color is a feature that describes apple.
-  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this EntityType was created.
+{ # Feature Metadata information. For example, color is a feature that describes an apple.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Timestamp when this EntityType was created.
   "description": "A String", # Description of the Feature.
-  "disableMonitoring": True or False, # Optional. If not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If set to true, all types of data monitoring are disabled despite the config on EntityType.
+  "disableMonitoring": True or False, # Optional. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). If not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If set to true, all types of data monitoring are disabled despite the config on EntityType.
   "etag": "A String", # Used to perform a consistent read-modify-write updates. If not set, a blind "overwrite" update happens.
   "labels": { # Optional. The labels with user-defined metadata to organize your Features. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information on and examples of labels. No more than 64 user labels can be associated with one Feature (System labels are excluded)." System reserved label keys are prefixed with "aiplatform.googleapis.com/" and are immutable.
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
-  "monitoringStatsAnomalies": [ # Output only. The list of historical stats and anomalies with specified objectives.
+  "monitoringStatsAnomalies": [ # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). The list of historical stats and anomalies with specified objectives.
     { # A list of historical SnapshotAnalysis or ImportFeaturesAnalysis stats requested by user, sorted by FeatureStatsAnomaly.start_time descending.
       "featureStatsAnomaly": { # Stats and Anomaly generated at specific timestamp for specific Feature. The start_time and end_time are used to define the time range of the dataset that current stats belongs to, e.g. prediction traffic is bucketed into prediction datasets by time window. If the Dataset is not defined by time window, start_time = end_time. Timestamp of the stats and anomalies always refers to end_time. Raw stats and anomalies are stored in stats_uri or anomaly_uri in the tensorflow defined protos. Field data_stats contains almost identical information with the raw stats in Vertex AI defined proto, for UI to display. # Output only. The stats and anomalies generated at specific timestamp.
         "anomalyDetectionThreshold": 3.14, # This is the threshold used when detecting anomalies. The threshold can be changed by user, so this one might be different from ThresholdConfig.value.
@@ -423,12 +423,12 @@ 

Method Details

"objective": "A String", # Output only. The objective for each stats. }, ], - "name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type. - "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this EntityType was most recently updated. - "valueType": "A String", # Immutable. Type of Feature value. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type. + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Timestamp when this EntityType was most recently updated. + "valueType": "A String", # Immutable. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Type of Feature value. } - updateMask: string, Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Features resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then only the non-empty fields present in the request will be overwritten. Set the update_mask to `*` to override all fields. Updatable fields: * `description` * `labels` * `disable_monitoring` + updateMask: string, Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Features resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then only the non-empty fields present in the request will be overwritten. Set the update_mask to `*` to override all fields. Updatable fields: * `description` * `labels` * `disable_monitoring` (Not supported for FeatureRegistry Feature) x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -437,15 +437,15 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Feature Metadata information that describes an attribute of an entity type. For example, apple is an entity type, and color is a feature that describes apple. - "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this EntityType was created. + { # Feature Metadata information. For example, color is a feature that describes an apple. + "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Timestamp when this EntityType was created. "description": "A String", # Description of the Feature. - "disableMonitoring": True or False, # Optional. If not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If set to true, all types of data monitoring are disabled despite the config on EntityType. + "disableMonitoring": True or False, # Optional. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). If not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If set to true, all types of data monitoring are disabled despite the config on EntityType. "etag": "A String", # Used to perform a consistent read-modify-write updates. If not set, a blind "overwrite" update happens. "labels": { # Optional. The labels with user-defined metadata to organize your Features. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information on and examples of labels. No more than 64 user labels can be associated with one Feature (System labels are excluded)." System reserved label keys are prefixed with "aiplatform.googleapis.com/" and are immutable. "a_key": "A String", }, - "monitoringStatsAnomalies": [ # Output only. The list of historical stats and anomalies with specified objectives. + "monitoringStatsAnomalies": [ # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). The list of historical stats and anomalies with specified objectives. { # A list of historical SnapshotAnalysis or ImportFeaturesAnalysis stats requested by user, sorted by FeatureStatsAnomaly.start_time descending. "featureStatsAnomaly": { # Stats and Anomaly generated at specific timestamp for specific Feature. The start_time and end_time are used to define the time range of the dataset that current stats belongs to, e.g. prediction traffic is bucketed into prediction datasets by time window. If the Dataset is not defined by time window, start_time = end_time. Timestamp of the stats and anomalies always refers to end_time. Raw stats and anomalies are stored in stats_uri or anomaly_uri in the tensorflow defined protos. Field data_stats contains almost identical information with the raw stats in Vertex AI defined proto, for UI to display. # Output only. The stats and anomalies generated at specific timestamp. "anomalyDetectionThreshold": 3.14, # This is the threshold used when detecting anomalies. The threshold can be changed by user, so this one might be different from ThresholdConfig.value. @@ -459,9 +459,9 @@

Method Details

"objective": "A String", # Output only. The objective for each stats. }, ], - "name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type. - "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this EntityType was most recently updated. - "valueType": "A String", # Immutable. Type of Feature value. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type. + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Timestamp when this EntityType was most recently updated. + "valueType": "A String", # Immutable. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Type of Feature value. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.featurestores.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.featurestores.html index f15aff2d560..109d305f71f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.featurestores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.featurestores.html @@ -533,15 +533,15 @@

Method Details

{ # Response message for FeaturestoreService.SearchFeatures. "features": [ # The Features matching the request. Fields returned: * `name` * `description` * `labels` * `create_time` * `update_time` - { # Feature Metadata information that describes an attribute of an entity type. For example, apple is an entity type, and color is a feature that describes apple. - "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this EntityType was created. + { # Feature Metadata information. For example, color is a feature that describes an apple. + "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Timestamp when this EntityType was created. "description": "A String", # Description of the Feature. - "disableMonitoring": True or False, # Optional. If not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If set to true, all types of data monitoring are disabled despite the config on EntityType. + "disableMonitoring": True or False, # Optional. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). If not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If set to true, all types of data monitoring are disabled despite the config on EntityType. "etag": "A String", # Used to perform a consistent read-modify-write updates. If not set, a blind "overwrite" update happens. "labels": { # Optional. The labels with user-defined metadata to organize your Features. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information on and examples of labels. No more than 64 user labels can be associated with one Feature (System labels are excluded)." System reserved label keys are prefixed with "aiplatform.googleapis.com/" and are immutable. "a_key": "A String", }, - "monitoringStatsAnomalies": [ # Output only. The list of historical stats and anomalies with specified objectives. + "monitoringStatsAnomalies": [ # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). The list of historical stats and anomalies with specified objectives. { # A list of historical SnapshotAnalysis or ImportFeaturesAnalysis stats requested by user, sorted by FeatureStatsAnomaly.start_time descending. "featureStatsAnomaly": { # Stats and Anomaly generated at specific timestamp for specific Feature. The start_time and end_time are used to define the time range of the dataset that current stats belongs to, e.g. prediction traffic is bucketed into prediction datasets by time window. If the Dataset is not defined by time window, start_time = end_time. Timestamp of the stats and anomalies always refers to end_time. Raw stats and anomalies are stored in stats_uri or anomaly_uri in the tensorflow defined protos. Field data_stats contains almost identical information with the raw stats in Vertex AI defined proto, for UI to display. # Output only. The stats and anomalies generated at specific timestamp. "anomalyDetectionThreshold": 3.14, # This is the threshold used when detecting anomalies. The threshold can be changed by user, so this one might be different from ThresholdConfig.value. @@ -555,9 +555,9 @@

Method Details

"objective": "A String", # Output only. The objective for each stats. }, ], - "name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type. - "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this EntityType was most recently updated. - "valueType": "A String", # Immutable. Type of Feature value. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type. + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Timestamp when this EntityType was most recently updated. + "valueType": "A String", # Immutable. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Type of Feature value. }, ], "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as SearchFeaturesRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.hyperparameterTuningJobs.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.hyperparameterTuningJobs.html index f74f060fded..8c742cdf1dc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.hyperparameterTuningJobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.hyperparameterTuningJobs.html @@ -250,6 +250,7 @@

Method Details

"experiment": "A String", # Optional. The Experiment associated with this job. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadataStores}/contexts/{experiment-name}` "experimentRun": "A String", # Optional. The Experiment Run associated with this job. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadataStores}/contexts/{experiment-name}-{experiment-run-name}` "network": "A String", # Optional. The full name of the Compute Engine [network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the Job should be peered. For example, `projects/12345/global/networks/myVPC`. [Format](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/networks/insert) is of the form `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. Where {project} is a project number, as in `12345`, and {network} is a network name. To specify this field, you must have already [configured VPC Network Peering for Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/vpc-peering). If this field is left unspecified, the job is not peered with any network. + "protectedArtifactLocationId": "A String", # The ID of the location to store protected artifacts. e.g. us-central1. Populate only when the location is different than CustomJob location. For unprotected artifacts, the value of this field is ignored. List of supported locations: https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/locations "reservedIpRanges": [ # Optional. A list of names for the reserved ip ranges under the VPC network that can be used for this job. If set, we will deploy the job within the provided ip ranges. Otherwise, the job will be deployed to any ip ranges under the provided VPC network. Example: ['vertex-ai-ip-range']. "A String", ], @@ -479,6 +480,7 @@

Method Details

"experiment": "A String", # Optional. The Experiment associated with this job. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadataStores}/contexts/{experiment-name}` "experimentRun": "A String", # Optional. The Experiment Run associated with this job. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadataStores}/contexts/{experiment-name}-{experiment-run-name}` "network": "A String", # Optional. The full name of the Compute Engine [network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the Job should be peered. For example, `projects/12345/global/networks/myVPC`. [Format](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/networks/insert) is of the form `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. Where {project} is a project number, as in `12345`, and {network} is a network name. To specify this field, you must have already [configured VPC Network Peering for Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/vpc-peering). If this field is left unspecified, the job is not peered with any network. + "protectedArtifactLocationId": "A String", # The ID of the location to store protected artifacts. e.g. us-central1. Populate only when the location is different than CustomJob location. For unprotected artifacts, the value of this field is ignored. List of supported locations: https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/locations "reservedIpRanges": [ # Optional. A list of names for the reserved ip ranges under the VPC network that can be used for this job. If set, we will deploy the job within the provided ip ranges. Otherwise, the job will be deployed to any ip ranges under the provided VPC network. Example: ['vertex-ai-ip-range']. "A String", ], @@ -750,6 +752,7 @@

Method Details

"experiment": "A String", # Optional. The Experiment associated with this job. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadataStores}/contexts/{experiment-name}` "experimentRun": "A String", # Optional. The Experiment Run associated with this job. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadataStores}/contexts/{experiment-name}-{experiment-run-name}` "network": "A String", # Optional. The full name of the Compute Engine [network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the Job should be peered. For example, `projects/12345/global/networks/myVPC`. [Format](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/networks/insert) is of the form `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. Where {project} is a project number, as in `12345`, and {network} is a network name. To specify this field, you must have already [configured VPC Network Peering for Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/vpc-peering). If this field is left unspecified, the job is not peered with any network. + "protectedArtifactLocationId": "A String", # The ID of the location to store protected artifacts. e.g. us-central1. Populate only when the location is different than CustomJob location. For unprotected artifacts, the value of this field is ignored. List of supported locations: https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/locations "reservedIpRanges": [ # Optional. A list of names for the reserved ip ranges under the VPC network that can be used for this job. If set, we will deploy the job within the provided ip ranges. Otherwise, the job will be deployed to any ip ranges under the provided VPC network. Example: ['vertex-ai-ip-range']. "A String", ], @@ -992,6 +995,7 @@

Method Details

"experiment": "A String", # Optional. The Experiment associated with this job. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadataStores}/contexts/{experiment-name}` "experimentRun": "A String", # Optional. The Experiment Run associated with this job. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadataStores}/contexts/{experiment-name}-{experiment-run-name}` "network": "A String", # Optional. The full name of the Compute Engine [network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the Job should be peered. For example, `projects/12345/global/networks/myVPC`. [Format](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/networks/insert) is of the form `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. Where {project} is a project number, as in `12345`, and {network} is a network name. To specify this field, you must have already [configured VPC Network Peering for Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/vpc-peering). If this field is left unspecified, the job is not peered with any network. + "protectedArtifactLocationId": "A String", # The ID of the location to store protected artifacts. e.g. us-central1. Populate only when the location is different than CustomJob location. For unprotected artifacts, the value of this field is ignored. List of supported locations: https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/locations "reservedIpRanges": [ # Optional. A list of names for the reserved ip ranges under the VPC network that can be used for this job. If set, we will deploy the job within the provided ip ranges. Otherwise, the job will be deployed to any ip ranges under the provided VPC network. Example: ['vertex-ai-ip-range']. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.nasJobs.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.nasJobs.html index c134e94edb3..83ded9ac50c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.nasJobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.nasJobs.html @@ -220,6 +220,7 @@

Method Details

"experiment": "A String", # Optional. The Experiment associated with this job. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadataStores}/contexts/{experiment-name}` "experimentRun": "A String", # Optional. The Experiment Run associated with this job. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadataStores}/contexts/{experiment-name}-{experiment-run-name}` "network": "A String", # Optional. The full name of the Compute Engine [network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the Job should be peered. For example, `projects/12345/global/networks/myVPC`. [Format](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/networks/insert) is of the form `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. Where {project} is a project number, as in `12345`, and {network} is a network name. To specify this field, you must have already [configured VPC Network Peering for Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/vpc-peering). If this field is left unspecified, the job is not peered with any network. + "protectedArtifactLocationId": "A String", # The ID of the location to store protected artifacts. e.g. us-central1. Populate only when the location is different than CustomJob location. For unprotected artifacts, the value of this field is ignored. List of supported locations: https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/locations "reservedIpRanges": [ # Optional. A list of names for the reserved ip ranges under the VPC network that can be used for this job. If set, we will deploy the job within the provided ip ranges. Otherwise, the job will be deployed to any ip ranges under the provided VPC network. Example: ['vertex-ai-ip-range']. "A String", ], @@ -297,6 +298,7 @@

Method Details

"experiment": "A String", # Optional. The Experiment associated with this job. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadataStores}/contexts/{experiment-name}` "experimentRun": "A String", # Optional. The Experiment Run associated with this job. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadataStores}/contexts/{experiment-name}-{experiment-run-name}` "network": "A String", # Optional. The full name of the Compute Engine [network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the Job should be peered. For example, `projects/12345/global/networks/myVPC`. [Format](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/networks/insert) is of the form `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. Where {project} is a project number, as in `12345`, and {network} is a network name. To specify this field, you must have already [configured VPC Network Peering for Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/vpc-peering). If this field is left unspecified, the job is not peered with any network. + "protectedArtifactLocationId": "A String", # The ID of the location to store protected artifacts. e.g. us-central1. Populate only when the location is different than CustomJob location. For unprotected artifacts, the value of this field is ignored. List of supported locations: https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/locations "reservedIpRanges": [ # Optional. A list of names for the reserved ip ranges under the VPC network that can be used for this job. If set, we will deploy the job within the provided ip ranges. Otherwise, the job will be deployed to any ip ranges under the provided VPC network. Example: ['vertex-ai-ip-range']. "A String", ], @@ -460,6 +462,7 @@

Method Details

"experiment": "A String", # Optional. The Experiment associated with this job. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadataStores}/contexts/{experiment-name}` "experimentRun": "A String", # Optional. The Experiment Run associated with this job. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadataStores}/contexts/{experiment-name}-{experiment-run-name}` "network": "A String", # Optional. The full name of the Compute Engine [network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the Job should be peered. For example, `projects/12345/global/networks/myVPC`. [Format](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/networks/insert) is of the form `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. Where {project} is a project number, as in `12345`, and {network} is a network name. To specify this field, you must have already [configured VPC Network Peering for Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/vpc-peering). If this field is left unspecified, the job is not peered with any network. + "protectedArtifactLocationId": "A String", # The ID of the location to store protected artifacts. e.g. us-central1. Populate only when the location is different than CustomJob location. For unprotected artifacts, the value of this field is ignored. List of supported locations: https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/locations "reservedIpRanges": [ # Optional. A list of names for the reserved ip ranges under the VPC network that can be used for this job. If set, we will deploy the job within the provided ip ranges. Otherwise, the job will be deployed to any ip ranges under the provided VPC network. Example: ['vertex-ai-ip-range']. "A String", ], @@ -537,6 +540,7 @@

Method Details

"experiment": "A String", # Optional. The Experiment associated with this job. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadataStores}/contexts/{experiment-name}` "experimentRun": "A String", # Optional. The Experiment Run associated with this job. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadataStores}/contexts/{experiment-name}-{experiment-run-name}` "network": "A String", # Optional. The full name of the Compute Engine [network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the Job should be peered. For example, `projects/12345/global/networks/myVPC`. [Format](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/networks/insert) is of the form `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. Where {project} is a project number, as in `12345`, and {network} is a network name. To specify this field, you must have already [configured VPC Network Peering for Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/vpc-peering). If this field is left unspecified, the job is not peered with any network. + "protectedArtifactLocationId": "A String", # The ID of the location to store protected artifacts. e.g. us-central1. Populate only when the location is different than CustomJob location. For unprotected artifacts, the value of this field is ignored. List of supported locations: https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/locations "reservedIpRanges": [ # Optional. A list of names for the reserved ip ranges under the VPC network that can be used for this job. If set, we will deploy the job within the provided ip ranges. Otherwise, the job will be deployed to any ip ranges under the provided VPC network. Example: ['vertex-ai-ip-range']. "A String", ], @@ -742,6 +746,7 @@

Method Details

"experiment": "A String", # Optional. The Experiment associated with this job. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadataStores}/contexts/{experiment-name}` "experimentRun": "A String", # Optional. The Experiment Run associated with this job. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadataStores}/contexts/{experiment-name}-{experiment-run-name}` "network": "A String", # Optional. The full name of the Compute Engine [network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the Job should be peered. For example, `projects/12345/global/networks/myVPC`. [Format](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/networks/insert) is of the form `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. Where {project} is a project number, as in `12345`, and {network} is a network name. To specify this field, you must have already [configured VPC Network Peering for Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/vpc-peering). If this field is left unspecified, the job is not peered with any network. + "protectedArtifactLocationId": "A String", # The ID of the location to store protected artifacts. e.g. us-central1. Populate only when the location is different than CustomJob location. For unprotected artifacts, the value of this field is ignored. List of supported locations: https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/locations "reservedIpRanges": [ # Optional. A list of names for the reserved ip ranges under the VPC network that can be used for this job. If set, we will deploy the job within the provided ip ranges. Otherwise, the job will be deployed to any ip ranges under the provided VPC network. Example: ['vertex-ai-ip-range']. "A String", ], @@ -819,6 +824,7 @@

Method Details

"experiment": "A String", # Optional. The Experiment associated with this job. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadataStores}/contexts/{experiment-name}` "experimentRun": "A String", # Optional. The Experiment Run associated with this job. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadataStores}/contexts/{experiment-name}-{experiment-run-name}` "network": "A String", # Optional. The full name of the Compute Engine [network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the Job should be peered. For example, `projects/12345/global/networks/myVPC`. [Format](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/networks/insert) is of the form `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. Where {project} is a project number, as in `12345`, and {network} is a network name. To specify this field, you must have already [configured VPC Network Peering for Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/vpc-peering). If this field is left unspecified, the job is not peered with any network. + "protectedArtifactLocationId": "A String", # The ID of the location to store protected artifacts. e.g. us-central1. Populate only when the location is different than CustomJob location. For unprotected artifacts, the value of this field is ignored. List of supported locations: https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/locations "reservedIpRanges": [ # Optional. A list of names for the reserved ip ranges under the VPC network that can be used for this job. If set, we will deploy the job within the provided ip ranges. Otherwise, the job will be deployed to any ip ranges under the provided VPC network. Example: ['vertex-ai-ip-range']. "A String", ], @@ -995,6 +1001,7 @@

Method Details

"experiment": "A String", # Optional. The Experiment associated with this job. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadataStores}/contexts/{experiment-name}` "experimentRun": "A String", # Optional. The Experiment Run associated with this job. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadataStores}/contexts/{experiment-name}-{experiment-run-name}` "network": "A String", # Optional. The full name of the Compute Engine [network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the Job should be peered. For example, `projects/12345/global/networks/myVPC`. [Format](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/networks/insert) is of the form `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. Where {project} is a project number, as in `12345`, and {network} is a network name. To specify this field, you must have already [configured VPC Network Peering for Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/vpc-peering). If this field is left unspecified, the job is not peered with any network. + "protectedArtifactLocationId": "A String", # The ID of the location to store protected artifacts. e.g. us-central1. Populate only when the location is different than CustomJob location. For unprotected artifacts, the value of this field is ignored. List of supported locations: https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/locations "reservedIpRanges": [ # Optional. A list of names for the reserved ip ranges under the VPC network that can be used for this job. If set, we will deploy the job within the provided ip ranges. Otherwise, the job will be deployed to any ip ranges under the provided VPC network. Example: ['vertex-ai-ip-range']. "A String", ], @@ -1072,6 +1079,7 @@

Method Details

"experiment": "A String", # Optional. The Experiment associated with this job. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadataStores}/contexts/{experiment-name}` "experimentRun": "A String", # Optional. The Experiment Run associated with this job. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadataStores}/contexts/{experiment-name}-{experiment-run-name}` "network": "A String", # Optional. The full name of the Compute Engine [network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the Job should be peered. For example, `projects/12345/global/networks/myVPC`. [Format](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/networks/insert) is of the form `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. Where {project} is a project number, as in `12345`, and {network} is a network name. To specify this field, you must have already [configured VPC Network Peering for Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/vpc-peering). If this field is left unspecified, the job is not peered with any network. + "protectedArtifactLocationId": "A String", # The ID of the location to store protected artifacts. e.g. us-central1. Populate only when the location is different than CustomJob location. For unprotected artifacts, the value of this field is ignored. List of supported locations: https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/locations "reservedIpRanges": [ # Optional. A list of names for the reserved ip ranges under the VPC network that can be used for this job. If set, we will deploy the job within the provided ip ranges. Otherwise, the job will be deployed to any ip ranges under the provided VPC network. Example: ['vertex-ai-ip-range']. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.customJobs.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.customJobs.html index 67ead370e08..9260d3ba929 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.customJobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.customJobs.html @@ -165,6 +165,7 @@

Method Details

"experimentRun": "A String", # Optional. The Experiment Run associated with this job. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadataStores}/contexts/{experiment-name}-{experiment-run-name}` "network": "A String", # Optional. The full name of the Compute Engine [network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the Job should be peered. For example, `projects/12345/global/networks/myVPC`. [Format](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/networks/insert) is of the form `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. Where {project} is a project number, as in `12345`, and {network} is a network name. To specify this field, you must have already [configured VPC Network Peering for Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/vpc-peering). If this field is left unspecified, the job is not peered with any network. "persistentResourceId": "A String", # Optional. The ID of the PersistentResource in the same Project and Location which to run If this is specified, the job will be run on existing machines held by the PersistentResource instead of on-demand short-live machines. The network and CMEK configs on the job should be consistent with those on the PersistentResource, otherwise, the job will be rejected. + "protectedArtifactLocationId": "A String", # The ID of the location to store protected artifacts. e.g. us-central1. Populate only when the location is different than CustomJob location. For unprotected artifacts, the value of this field is ignored. List of supported locations: https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/locations "reservedIpRanges": [ # Optional. A list of names for the reserved ip ranges under the VPC network that can be used for this job. If set, we will deploy the job within the provided ip ranges. Otherwise, the job will be deployed to any ip ranges under the provided VPC network. Example: ['vertex-ai-ip-range']. "A String", ], @@ -275,6 +276,7 @@

Method Details

"experimentRun": "A String", # Optional. The Experiment Run associated with this job. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadataStores}/contexts/{experiment-name}-{experiment-run-name}` "network": "A String", # Optional. The full name of the Compute Engine [network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the Job should be peered. For example, `projects/12345/global/networks/myVPC`. [Format](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/networks/insert) is of the form `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. Where {project} is a project number, as in `12345`, and {network} is a network name. To specify this field, you must have already [configured VPC Network Peering for Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/vpc-peering). If this field is left unspecified, the job is not peered with any network. "persistentResourceId": "A String", # Optional. The ID of the PersistentResource in the same Project and Location which to run If this is specified, the job will be run on existing machines held by the PersistentResource instead of on-demand short-live machines. The network and CMEK configs on the job should be consistent with those on the PersistentResource, otherwise, the job will be rejected. + "protectedArtifactLocationId": "A String", # The ID of the location to store protected artifacts. e.g. us-central1. Populate only when the location is different than CustomJob location. For unprotected artifacts, the value of this field is ignored. List of supported locations: https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/locations "reservedIpRanges": [ # Optional. A list of names for the reserved ip ranges under the VPC network that can be used for this job. If set, we will deploy the job within the provided ip ranges. Otherwise, the job will be deployed to any ip ranges under the provided VPC network. Example: ['vertex-ai-ip-range']. "A String", ], @@ -427,6 +429,7 @@

Method Details

"experimentRun": "A String", # Optional. The Experiment Run associated with this job. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadataStores}/contexts/{experiment-name}-{experiment-run-name}` "network": "A String", # Optional. The full name of the Compute Engine [network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the Job should be peered. For example, `projects/12345/global/networks/myVPC`. [Format](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/networks/insert) is of the form `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. Where {project} is a project number, as in `12345`, and {network} is a network name. To specify this field, you must have already [configured VPC Network Peering for Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/vpc-peering). If this field is left unspecified, the job is not peered with any network. "persistentResourceId": "A String", # Optional. The ID of the PersistentResource in the same Project and Location which to run If this is specified, the job will be run on existing machines held by the PersistentResource instead of on-demand short-live machines. The network and CMEK configs on the job should be consistent with those on the PersistentResource, otherwise, the job will be rejected. + "protectedArtifactLocationId": "A String", # The ID of the location to store protected artifacts. e.g. us-central1. Populate only when the location is different than CustomJob location. For unprotected artifacts, the value of this field is ignored. List of supported locations: https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/locations "reservedIpRanges": [ # Optional. A list of names for the reserved ip ranges under the VPC network that can be used for this job. If set, we will deploy the job within the provided ip ranges. Otherwise, the job will be deployed to any ip ranges under the provided VPC network. Example: ['vertex-ai-ip-range']. "A String", ], @@ -550,6 +553,7 @@

Method Details

"experimentRun": "A String", # Optional. The Experiment Run associated with this job. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadataStores}/contexts/{experiment-name}-{experiment-run-name}` "network": "A String", # Optional. The full name of the Compute Engine [network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the Job should be peered. For example, `projects/12345/global/networks/myVPC`. [Format](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/networks/insert) is of the form `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. Where {project} is a project number, as in `12345`, and {network} is a network name. To specify this field, you must have already [configured VPC Network Peering for Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/vpc-peering). If this field is left unspecified, the job is not peered with any network. "persistentResourceId": "A String", # Optional. The ID of the PersistentResource in the same Project and Location which to run If this is specified, the job will be run on existing machines held by the PersistentResource instead of on-demand short-live machines. The network and CMEK configs on the job should be consistent with those on the PersistentResource, otherwise, the job will be rejected. + "protectedArtifactLocationId": "A String", # The ID of the location to store protected artifacts. e.g. us-central1. Populate only when the location is different than CustomJob location. For unprotected artifacts, the value of this field is ignored. List of supported locations: https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/locations "reservedIpRanges": [ # Optional. A list of names for the reserved ip ranges under the VPC network that can be used for this job. If set, we will deploy the job within the provided ip ranges. Otherwise, the job will be deployed to any ip ranges under the provided VPC network. Example: ['vertex-ai-ip-range']. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featureGroups.features.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featureGroups.features.html index 6d1ed161a32..dd6753fb63b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featureGroups.features.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featureGroups.features.html @@ -111,19 +111,19 @@

Method Details

Creates a new Feature in a given FeatureGroup.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, A parameter (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the EntityType or FeatureGroup to create a Feature. Format for entity_type as parent: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}` Format for feature_group as parent: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}` (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Feature Metadata information that describes an attribute of an entity type. For example, apple is an entity type, and color is a feature that describes apple.
-  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this EntityType was created.
+{ # Feature Metadata information. For example, color is a feature that describes an apple.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Timestamp when this EntityType was created.
   "description": "A String", # Description of the Feature.
-  "disableMonitoring": True or False, # Optional. If not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If set to true, all types of data monitoring are disabled despite the config on EntityType.
+  "disableMonitoring": True or False, # Optional. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). If not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If set to true, all types of data monitoring are disabled despite the config on EntityType.
   "etag": "A String", # Used to perform a consistent read-modify-write updates. If not set, a blind "overwrite" update happens.
   "labels": { # Optional. The labels with user-defined metadata to organize your Features. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information on and examples of labels. No more than 64 user labels can be associated with one Feature (System labels are excluded)." System reserved label keys are prefixed with "aiplatform.googleapis.com/" and are immutable.
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
-  "monitoringConfig": { # Configuration of how features in Featurestore are monitored. # Optional. Deprecated: The custom monitoring configuration for this Feature, if not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If this is populated with FeaturestoreMonitoringConfig.disabled = true, snapshot analysis monitoring is disabled; if FeaturestoreMonitoringConfig.monitoring_interval specified, snapshot analysis monitoring is enabled. Otherwise, snapshot analysis monitoring config is same as the EntityType's this Feature belongs to.
+  "monitoringConfig": { # Configuration of how features in Featurestore are monitored. # Optional. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Deprecated: The custom monitoring configuration for this Feature, if not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If this is populated with FeaturestoreMonitoringConfig.disabled = true, snapshot analysis monitoring is disabled; if FeaturestoreMonitoringConfig.monitoring_interval specified, snapshot analysis monitoring is enabled. Otherwise, snapshot analysis monitoring config is same as the EntityType's this Feature belongs to.
     "categoricalThresholdConfig": { # The config for Featurestore Monitoring threshold. # Threshold for categorical features of anomaly detection. This is shared by all types of Featurestore Monitoring for categorical features (i.e. Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL or STRING).
       "value": 3.14, # Specify a threshold value that can trigger the alert. 1. For categorical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by L-inifinity norm. 2. For numerical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by Jensen–Shannon divergence. Each feature must have a non-zero threshold if they need to be monitored. Otherwise no alert will be triggered for that feature.
     },
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ 

Method Details

"stalenessDays": 42, # Customized export features time window for snapshot analysis. Unit is one day. Default value is 3 weeks. Minimum value is 1 day. Maximum value is 4000 days. }, }, - "monitoringStats": [ # Output only. A list of historical SnapshotAnalysis stats requested by user, sorted by FeatureStatsAnomaly.start_time descending. + "monitoringStats": [ # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). A list of historical SnapshotAnalysis stats requested by user, sorted by FeatureStatsAnomaly.start_time descending. { # Stats and Anomaly generated at specific timestamp for specific Feature. The start_time and end_time are used to define the time range of the dataset that current stats belongs to, e.g. prediction traffic is bucketed into prediction datasets by time window. If the Dataset is not defined by time window, start_time = end_time. Timestamp of the stats and anomalies always refers to end_time. Raw stats and anomalies are stored in stats_uri or anomaly_uri in the tensorflow defined protos. Field data_stats contains almost identical information with the raw stats in Vertex AI defined proto, for UI to display. "anomalyDetectionThreshold": 3.14, # This is the threshold used when detecting anomalies. The threshold can be changed by user, so this one might be different from ThresholdConfig.value. "anomalyUri": "A String", # Path of the anomaly file for current feature values in Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs:////anomalies. Example: gs://monitoring_bucket/feature_name/anomalies. Stats are stored as binary format with Protobuf message Anoamlies are stored as binary format with Protobuf message [tensorflow.metadata.v0.AnomalyInfo] (https://github.com/tensorflow/metadata/blob/master/tensorflow_metadata/proto/v0/anomalies.proto). @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@

Method Details

"statsUri": "A String", # Path of the stats file for current feature values in Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs:////stats. Example: gs://monitoring_bucket/feature_name/stats. Stats are stored as binary format with Protobuf message [tensorflow.metadata.v0.FeatureNameStatistics](https://github.com/tensorflow/metadata/blob/master/tensorflow_metadata/proto/v0/statistics.proto). }, ], - "monitoringStatsAnomalies": [ # Output only. The list of historical stats and anomalies with specified objectives. + "monitoringStatsAnomalies": [ # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). The list of historical stats and anomalies with specified objectives. { # A list of historical SnapshotAnalysis or ImportFeaturesAnalysis stats requested by user, sorted by FeatureStatsAnomaly.start_time descending. "featureStatsAnomaly": { # Stats and Anomaly generated at specific timestamp for specific Feature. The start_time and end_time are used to define the time range of the dataset that current stats belongs to, e.g. prediction traffic is bucketed into prediction datasets by time window. If the Dataset is not defined by time window, start_time = end_time. Timestamp of the stats and anomalies always refers to end_time. Raw stats and anomalies are stored in stats_uri or anomaly_uri in the tensorflow defined protos. Field data_stats contains almost identical information with the raw stats in Vertex AI defined proto, for UI to display. # Output only. The stats and anomalies generated at specific timestamp. "anomalyDetectionThreshold": 3.14, # This is the threshold used when detecting anomalies. The threshold can be changed by user, so this one might be different from ThresholdConfig.value. @@ -166,9 +166,9 @@

Method Details

"objective": "A String", # Output only. The objective for each stats. }, ], - "name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type. - "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this EntityType was most recently updated. - "valueType": "A String", # Immutable. Type of Feature value. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type. + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Timestamp when this EntityType was most recently updated. + "valueType": "A String", # Immutable. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Type of Feature value. } featureId: string, Required. The ID to use for the Feature, which will become the final component of the Feature's resource name. This value may be up to 128 characters, and valid characters are `[a-z0-9_]`. The first character cannot be a number. The value must be unique within an EntityType/FeatureGroup. @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@

Method Details

Gets details of a single Feature.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the Feature resource. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}` (required)
+  name: string, Required. The name of the Feature resource. Format for entity_type as parent: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}` Format for feature_group as parent: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}` (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -250,15 +250,15 @@ 

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Feature Metadata information that describes an attribute of an entity type. For example, apple is an entity type, and color is a feature that describes apple. - "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this EntityType was created. + { # Feature Metadata information. For example, color is a feature that describes an apple. + "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Timestamp when this EntityType was created. "description": "A String", # Description of the Feature. - "disableMonitoring": True or False, # Optional. If not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If set to true, all types of data monitoring are disabled despite the config on EntityType. + "disableMonitoring": True or False, # Optional. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). If not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If set to true, all types of data monitoring are disabled despite the config on EntityType. "etag": "A String", # Used to perform a consistent read-modify-write updates. If not set, a blind "overwrite" update happens. "labels": { # Optional. The labels with user-defined metadata to organize your Features. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information on and examples of labels. No more than 64 user labels can be associated with one Feature (System labels are excluded)." System reserved label keys are prefixed with "aiplatform.googleapis.com/" and are immutable. "a_key": "A String", }, - "monitoringConfig": { # Configuration of how features in Featurestore are monitored. # Optional. Deprecated: The custom monitoring configuration for this Feature, if not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If this is populated with FeaturestoreMonitoringConfig.disabled = true, snapshot analysis monitoring is disabled; if FeaturestoreMonitoringConfig.monitoring_interval specified, snapshot analysis monitoring is enabled. Otherwise, snapshot analysis monitoring config is same as the EntityType's this Feature belongs to. + "monitoringConfig": { # Configuration of how features in Featurestore are monitored. # Optional. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Deprecated: The custom monitoring configuration for this Feature, if not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If this is populated with FeaturestoreMonitoringConfig.disabled = true, snapshot analysis monitoring is disabled; if FeaturestoreMonitoringConfig.monitoring_interval specified, snapshot analysis monitoring is enabled. Otherwise, snapshot analysis monitoring config is same as the EntityType's this Feature belongs to. "categoricalThresholdConfig": { # The config for Featurestore Monitoring threshold. # Threshold for categorical features of anomaly detection. This is shared by all types of Featurestore Monitoring for categorical features (i.e. Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL or STRING). "value": 3.14, # Specify a threshold value that can trigger the alert. 1. For categorical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by L-inifinity norm. 2. For numerical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by Jensen–Shannon divergence. Each feature must have a non-zero threshold if they need to be monitored. Otherwise no alert will be triggered for that feature. }, @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@

Method Details

"stalenessDays": 42, # Customized export features time window for snapshot analysis. Unit is one day. Default value is 3 weeks. Minimum value is 1 day. Maximum value is 4000 days. }, }, - "monitoringStats": [ # Output only. A list of historical SnapshotAnalysis stats requested by user, sorted by FeatureStatsAnomaly.start_time descending. + "monitoringStats": [ # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). A list of historical SnapshotAnalysis stats requested by user, sorted by FeatureStatsAnomaly.start_time descending. { # Stats and Anomaly generated at specific timestamp for specific Feature. The start_time and end_time are used to define the time range of the dataset that current stats belongs to, e.g. prediction traffic is bucketed into prediction datasets by time window. If the Dataset is not defined by time window, start_time = end_time. Timestamp of the stats and anomalies always refers to end_time. Raw stats and anomalies are stored in stats_uri or anomaly_uri in the tensorflow defined protos. Field data_stats contains almost identical information with the raw stats in Vertex AI defined proto, for UI to display. "anomalyDetectionThreshold": 3.14, # This is the threshold used when detecting anomalies. The threshold can be changed by user, so this one might be different from ThresholdConfig.value. "anomalyUri": "A String", # Path of the anomaly file for current feature values in Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs:////anomalies. Example: gs://monitoring_bucket/feature_name/anomalies. Stats are stored as binary format with Protobuf message Anoamlies are stored as binary format with Protobuf message [tensorflow.metadata.v0.AnomalyInfo] (https://github.com/tensorflow/metadata/blob/master/tensorflow_metadata/proto/v0/anomalies.proto). @@ -287,7 +287,7 @@

Method Details

"statsUri": "A String", # Path of the stats file for current feature values in Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs:////stats. Example: gs://monitoring_bucket/feature_name/stats. Stats are stored as binary format with Protobuf message [tensorflow.metadata.v0.FeatureNameStatistics](https://github.com/tensorflow/metadata/blob/master/tensorflow_metadata/proto/v0/statistics.proto). }, ], - "monitoringStatsAnomalies": [ # Output only. The list of historical stats and anomalies with specified objectives. + "monitoringStatsAnomalies": [ # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). The list of historical stats and anomalies with specified objectives. { # A list of historical SnapshotAnalysis or ImportFeaturesAnalysis stats requested by user, sorted by FeatureStatsAnomaly.start_time descending. "featureStatsAnomaly": { # Stats and Anomaly generated at specific timestamp for specific Feature. The start_time and end_time are used to define the time range of the dataset that current stats belongs to, e.g. prediction traffic is bucketed into prediction datasets by time window. If the Dataset is not defined by time window, start_time = end_time. Timestamp of the stats and anomalies always refers to end_time. Raw stats and anomalies are stored in stats_uri or anomaly_uri in the tensorflow defined protos. Field data_stats contains almost identical information with the raw stats in Vertex AI defined proto, for UI to display. # Output only. The stats and anomalies generated at specific timestamp. "anomalyDetectionThreshold": 3.14, # This is the threshold used when detecting anomalies. The threshold can be changed by user, so this one might be different from ThresholdConfig.value. @@ -301,9 +301,9 @@

Method Details

"objective": "A String", # Output only. The objective for each stats. }, ], - "name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type. - "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this EntityType was most recently updated. - "valueType": "A String", # Immutable. Type of Feature value. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type. + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Timestamp when this EntityType was most recently updated. + "valueType": "A String", # Immutable. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Type of Feature value. }
@@ -312,12 +312,12 @@

Method Details

Lists Features in a given FeatureGroup.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the Location to list Features. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}` (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the Location to list Features. Format for entity_type as parent: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}` Format for feature_group as parent: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}` (required)
   filter: string, Lists the Features that match the filter expression. The following filters are supported: * `value_type`: Supports = and != comparisons. * `create_time`: Supports =, !=, <, >, >=, and <= comparisons. Values must be in RFC 3339 format. * `update_time`: Supports =, !=, <, >, >=, and <= comparisons. Values must be in RFC 3339 format. * `labels`: Supports key-value equality as well as key presence. Examples: * `value_type = DOUBLE` --> Features whose type is DOUBLE. * `create_time > \"2020-01-31T15:30:00.000000Z\" OR update_time > \"2020-01-31T15:30:00.000000Z\"` --> EntityTypes created or updated after 2020-01-31T15:30:00.000000Z. * `labels.active = yes AND labels.env = prod` --> Features having both (active: yes) and (env: prod) labels. * `labels.env: *` --> Any Feature which has a label with 'env' as the key.
-  latestStatsCount: integer, If set, return the most recent ListFeaturesRequest.latest_stats_count of stats for each Feature in response. Valid value is [0, 10]. If number of stats exists < ListFeaturesRequest.latest_stats_count, return all existing stats.
+  latestStatsCount: integer, Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). If set, return the most recent ListFeaturesRequest.latest_stats_count of stats for each Feature in response. Valid value is [0, 10]. If number of stats exists < ListFeaturesRequest.latest_stats_count, return all existing stats.
   orderBy: string, A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use "desc" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `feature_id` * `value_type` (Not supported for FeatureRegistry Feature) * `create_time` * `update_time`
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of Features to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 1000 Features will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; any value greater than 1000 will be coerced to 1000.
-  pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous FeaturestoreService.ListFeatures call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to FeaturestoreService.ListFeatures must match the call that provided the page token.
+  pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous FeaturestoreService.ListFeatures call or FeatureRegistryService.ListFeatures call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to FeaturestoreService.ListFeatures or or FeatureRegistryService.ListFeatures must match the call that provided the page token.
   readMask: string, Mask specifying which fields to read.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
@@ -329,15 +329,15 @@ 

Method Details

{ # Response message for FeaturestoreService.ListFeatures. Response message for FeatureRegistryService.ListFeatures. "features": [ # The Features matching the request. - { # Feature Metadata information that describes an attribute of an entity type. For example, apple is an entity type, and color is a feature that describes apple. - "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this EntityType was created. + { # Feature Metadata information. For example, color is a feature that describes an apple. + "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Timestamp when this EntityType was created. "description": "A String", # Description of the Feature. - "disableMonitoring": True or False, # Optional. If not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If set to true, all types of data monitoring are disabled despite the config on EntityType. + "disableMonitoring": True or False, # Optional. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). If not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If set to true, all types of data monitoring are disabled despite the config on EntityType. "etag": "A String", # Used to perform a consistent read-modify-write updates. If not set, a blind "overwrite" update happens. "labels": { # Optional. The labels with user-defined metadata to organize your Features. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information on and examples of labels. No more than 64 user labels can be associated with one Feature (System labels are excluded)." System reserved label keys are prefixed with "aiplatform.googleapis.com/" and are immutable. "a_key": "A String", }, - "monitoringConfig": { # Configuration of how features in Featurestore are monitored. # Optional. Deprecated: The custom monitoring configuration for this Feature, if not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If this is populated with FeaturestoreMonitoringConfig.disabled = true, snapshot analysis monitoring is disabled; if FeaturestoreMonitoringConfig.monitoring_interval specified, snapshot analysis monitoring is enabled. Otherwise, snapshot analysis monitoring config is same as the EntityType's this Feature belongs to. + "monitoringConfig": { # Configuration of how features in Featurestore are monitored. # Optional. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Deprecated: The custom monitoring configuration for this Feature, if not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If this is populated with FeaturestoreMonitoringConfig.disabled = true, snapshot analysis monitoring is disabled; if FeaturestoreMonitoringConfig.monitoring_interval specified, snapshot analysis monitoring is enabled. Otherwise, snapshot analysis monitoring config is same as the EntityType's this Feature belongs to. "categoricalThresholdConfig": { # The config for Featurestore Monitoring threshold. # Threshold for categorical features of anomaly detection. This is shared by all types of Featurestore Monitoring for categorical features (i.e. Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL or STRING). "value": 3.14, # Specify a threshold value that can trigger the alert. 1. For categorical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by L-inifinity norm. 2. For numerical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by Jensen–Shannon divergence. Each feature must have a non-zero threshold if they need to be monitored. Otherwise no alert will be triggered for that feature. }, @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@

Method Details

"stalenessDays": 42, # Customized export features time window for snapshot analysis. Unit is one day. Default value is 3 weeks. Minimum value is 1 day. Maximum value is 4000 days. }, }, - "monitoringStats": [ # Output only. A list of historical SnapshotAnalysis stats requested by user, sorted by FeatureStatsAnomaly.start_time descending. + "monitoringStats": [ # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). A list of historical SnapshotAnalysis stats requested by user, sorted by FeatureStatsAnomaly.start_time descending. { # Stats and Anomaly generated at specific timestamp for specific Feature. The start_time and end_time are used to define the time range of the dataset that current stats belongs to, e.g. prediction traffic is bucketed into prediction datasets by time window. If the Dataset is not defined by time window, start_time = end_time. Timestamp of the stats and anomalies always refers to end_time. Raw stats and anomalies are stored in stats_uri or anomaly_uri in the tensorflow defined protos. Field data_stats contains almost identical information with the raw stats in Vertex AI defined proto, for UI to display. "anomalyDetectionThreshold": 3.14, # This is the threshold used when detecting anomalies. The threshold can be changed by user, so this one might be different from ThresholdConfig.value. "anomalyUri": "A String", # Path of the anomaly file for current feature values in Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs:////anomalies. Example: gs://monitoring_bucket/feature_name/anomalies. Stats are stored as binary format with Protobuf message Anoamlies are stored as binary format with Protobuf message [tensorflow.metadata.v0.AnomalyInfo] (https://github.com/tensorflow/metadata/blob/master/tensorflow_metadata/proto/v0/anomalies.proto). @@ -366,7 +366,7 @@

Method Details

"statsUri": "A String", # Path of the stats file for current feature values in Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs:////stats. Example: gs://monitoring_bucket/feature_name/stats. Stats are stored as binary format with Protobuf message [tensorflow.metadata.v0.FeatureNameStatistics](https://github.com/tensorflow/metadata/blob/master/tensorflow_metadata/proto/v0/statistics.proto). }, ], - "monitoringStatsAnomalies": [ # Output only. The list of historical stats and anomalies with specified objectives. + "monitoringStatsAnomalies": [ # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). The list of historical stats and anomalies with specified objectives. { # A list of historical SnapshotAnalysis or ImportFeaturesAnalysis stats requested by user, sorted by FeatureStatsAnomaly.start_time descending. "featureStatsAnomaly": { # Stats and Anomaly generated at specific timestamp for specific Feature. The start_time and end_time are used to define the time range of the dataset that current stats belongs to, e.g. prediction traffic is bucketed into prediction datasets by time window. If the Dataset is not defined by time window, start_time = end_time. Timestamp of the stats and anomalies always refers to end_time. Raw stats and anomalies are stored in stats_uri or anomaly_uri in the tensorflow defined protos. Field data_stats contains almost identical information with the raw stats in Vertex AI defined proto, for UI to display. # Output only. The stats and anomalies generated at specific timestamp. "anomalyDetectionThreshold": 3.14, # This is the threshold used when detecting anomalies. The threshold can be changed by user, so this one might be different from ThresholdConfig.value. @@ -380,9 +380,9 @@

Method Details

"objective": "A String", # Output only. The objective for each stats. }, ], - "name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type. - "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this EntityType was most recently updated. - "valueType": "A String", # Immutable. Type of Feature value. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type. + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Timestamp when this EntityType was most recently updated. + "valueType": "A String", # Immutable. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Type of Feature value. }, ], "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as ListFeaturesRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages. @@ -408,19 +408,19 @@

Method Details

Updates the parameters of a single Feature.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type. (required)
+  name: string, Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Feature Metadata information that describes an attribute of an entity type. For example, apple is an entity type, and color is a feature that describes apple.
-  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this EntityType was created.
+{ # Feature Metadata information. For example, color is a feature that describes an apple.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Timestamp when this EntityType was created.
   "description": "A String", # Description of the Feature.
-  "disableMonitoring": True or False, # Optional. If not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If set to true, all types of data monitoring are disabled despite the config on EntityType.
+  "disableMonitoring": True or False, # Optional. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). If not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If set to true, all types of data monitoring are disabled despite the config on EntityType.
   "etag": "A String", # Used to perform a consistent read-modify-write updates. If not set, a blind "overwrite" update happens.
   "labels": { # Optional. The labels with user-defined metadata to organize your Features. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information on and examples of labels. No more than 64 user labels can be associated with one Feature (System labels are excluded)." System reserved label keys are prefixed with "aiplatform.googleapis.com/" and are immutable.
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
-  "monitoringConfig": { # Configuration of how features in Featurestore are monitored. # Optional. Deprecated: The custom monitoring configuration for this Feature, if not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If this is populated with FeaturestoreMonitoringConfig.disabled = true, snapshot analysis monitoring is disabled; if FeaturestoreMonitoringConfig.monitoring_interval specified, snapshot analysis monitoring is enabled. Otherwise, snapshot analysis monitoring config is same as the EntityType's this Feature belongs to.
+  "monitoringConfig": { # Configuration of how features in Featurestore are monitored. # Optional. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Deprecated: The custom monitoring configuration for this Feature, if not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If this is populated with FeaturestoreMonitoringConfig.disabled = true, snapshot analysis monitoring is disabled; if FeaturestoreMonitoringConfig.monitoring_interval specified, snapshot analysis monitoring is enabled. Otherwise, snapshot analysis monitoring config is same as the EntityType's this Feature belongs to.
     "categoricalThresholdConfig": { # The config for Featurestore Monitoring threshold. # Threshold for categorical features of anomaly detection. This is shared by all types of Featurestore Monitoring for categorical features (i.e. Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL or STRING).
       "value": 3.14, # Specify a threshold value that can trigger the alert. 1. For categorical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by L-inifinity norm. 2. For numerical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by Jensen–Shannon divergence. Each feature must have a non-zero threshold if they need to be monitored. Otherwise no alert will be triggered for that feature.
     },
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ 

Method Details

"stalenessDays": 42, # Customized export features time window for snapshot analysis. Unit is one day. Default value is 3 weeks. Minimum value is 1 day. Maximum value is 4000 days. }, }, - "monitoringStats": [ # Output only. A list of historical SnapshotAnalysis stats requested by user, sorted by FeatureStatsAnomaly.start_time descending. + "monitoringStats": [ # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). A list of historical SnapshotAnalysis stats requested by user, sorted by FeatureStatsAnomaly.start_time descending. { # Stats and Anomaly generated at specific timestamp for specific Feature. The start_time and end_time are used to define the time range of the dataset that current stats belongs to, e.g. prediction traffic is bucketed into prediction datasets by time window. If the Dataset is not defined by time window, start_time = end_time. Timestamp of the stats and anomalies always refers to end_time. Raw stats and anomalies are stored in stats_uri or anomaly_uri in the tensorflow defined protos. Field data_stats contains almost identical information with the raw stats in Vertex AI defined proto, for UI to display. "anomalyDetectionThreshold": 3.14, # This is the threshold used when detecting anomalies. The threshold can be changed by user, so this one might be different from ThresholdConfig.value. "anomalyUri": "A String", # Path of the anomaly file for current feature values in Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs:////anomalies. Example: gs://monitoring_bucket/feature_name/anomalies. Stats are stored as binary format with Protobuf message Anoamlies are stored as binary format with Protobuf message [tensorflow.metadata.v0.AnomalyInfo] (https://github.com/tensorflow/metadata/blob/master/tensorflow_metadata/proto/v0/anomalies.proto). @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@

Method Details

"statsUri": "A String", # Path of the stats file for current feature values in Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs:////stats. Example: gs://monitoring_bucket/feature_name/stats. Stats are stored as binary format with Protobuf message [tensorflow.metadata.v0.FeatureNameStatistics](https://github.com/tensorflow/metadata/blob/master/tensorflow_metadata/proto/v0/statistics.proto). }, ], - "monitoringStatsAnomalies": [ # Output only. The list of historical stats and anomalies with specified objectives. + "monitoringStatsAnomalies": [ # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). The list of historical stats and anomalies with specified objectives. { # A list of historical SnapshotAnalysis or ImportFeaturesAnalysis stats requested by user, sorted by FeatureStatsAnomaly.start_time descending. "featureStatsAnomaly": { # Stats and Anomaly generated at specific timestamp for specific Feature. The start_time and end_time are used to define the time range of the dataset that current stats belongs to, e.g. prediction traffic is bucketed into prediction datasets by time window. If the Dataset is not defined by time window, start_time = end_time. Timestamp of the stats and anomalies always refers to end_time. Raw stats and anomalies are stored in stats_uri or anomaly_uri in the tensorflow defined protos. Field data_stats contains almost identical information with the raw stats in Vertex AI defined proto, for UI to display. # Output only. The stats and anomalies generated at specific timestamp. "anomalyDetectionThreshold": 3.14, # This is the threshold used when detecting anomalies. The threshold can be changed by user, so this one might be different from ThresholdConfig.value. @@ -463,12 +463,12 @@

Method Details

"objective": "A String", # Output only. The objective for each stats. }, ], - "name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type. - "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this EntityType was most recently updated. - "valueType": "A String", # Immutable. Type of Feature value. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type. + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Timestamp when this EntityType was most recently updated. + "valueType": "A String", # Immutable. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Type of Feature value. } - updateMask: string, Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Features resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then only the non-empty fields present in the request will be overwritten. Set the update_mask to `*` to override all fields. Updatable fields: * `description` * `labels` * `disable_monitoring` + updateMask: string, Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Features resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then only the non-empty fields present in the request will be overwritten. Set the update_mask to `*` to override all fields. Updatable fields: * `description` * `labels` * `disable_monitoring` (Not supported for FeatureRegistry Feature) x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featurestores.entityTypes.features.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featurestores.entityTypes.features.html index 44c449f0b07..7ff6f337517 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featurestores.entityTypes.features.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featurestores.entityTypes.features.html @@ -116,15 +116,15 @@

Method Details

{ # Request message for FeaturestoreService.BatchCreateFeatures. "requests": [ # Required. The request message specifying the Features to create. All Features must be created under the same parent EntityType. The `parent` field in each child request message can be omitted. If `parent` is set in a child request, then the value must match the `parent` value in this request message. { # Request message for FeaturestoreService.CreateFeature. Request message for FeatureRegistryService.CreateFeature. - "feature": { # Feature Metadata information that describes an attribute of an entity type. For example, apple is an entity type, and color is a feature that describes apple. # Required. The Feature to create. - "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this EntityType was created. + "feature": { # Feature Metadata information. For example, color is a feature that describes an apple. # Required. The Feature to create. + "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Timestamp when this EntityType was created. "description": "A String", # Description of the Feature. - "disableMonitoring": True or False, # Optional. If not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If set to true, all types of data monitoring are disabled despite the config on EntityType. + "disableMonitoring": True or False, # Optional. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). If not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If set to true, all types of data monitoring are disabled despite the config on EntityType. "etag": "A String", # Used to perform a consistent read-modify-write updates. If not set, a blind "overwrite" update happens. "labels": { # Optional. The labels with user-defined metadata to organize your Features. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information on and examples of labels. No more than 64 user labels can be associated with one Feature (System labels are excluded)." System reserved label keys are prefixed with "aiplatform.googleapis.com/" and are immutable. "a_key": "A String", }, - "monitoringConfig": { # Configuration of how features in Featurestore are monitored. # Optional. Deprecated: The custom monitoring configuration for this Feature, if not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If this is populated with FeaturestoreMonitoringConfig.disabled = true, snapshot analysis monitoring is disabled; if FeaturestoreMonitoringConfig.monitoring_interval specified, snapshot analysis monitoring is enabled. Otherwise, snapshot analysis monitoring config is same as the EntityType's this Feature belongs to. + "monitoringConfig": { # Configuration of how features in Featurestore are monitored. # Optional. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Deprecated: The custom monitoring configuration for this Feature, if not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If this is populated with FeaturestoreMonitoringConfig.disabled = true, snapshot analysis monitoring is disabled; if FeaturestoreMonitoringConfig.monitoring_interval specified, snapshot analysis monitoring is enabled. Otherwise, snapshot analysis monitoring config is same as the EntityType's this Feature belongs to. "categoricalThresholdConfig": { # The config for Featurestore Monitoring threshold. # Threshold for categorical features of anomaly detection. This is shared by all types of Featurestore Monitoring for categorical features (i.e. Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL or STRING). "value": 3.14, # Specify a threshold value that can trigger the alert. 1. For categorical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by L-inifinity norm. 2. For numerical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by Jensen–Shannon divergence. Each feature must have a non-zero threshold if they need to be monitored. Otherwise no alert will be triggered for that feature. }, @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@

Method Details

"stalenessDays": 42, # Customized export features time window for snapshot analysis. Unit is one day. Default value is 3 weeks. Minimum value is 1 day. Maximum value is 4000 days. }, }, - "monitoringStats": [ # Output only. A list of historical SnapshotAnalysis stats requested by user, sorted by FeatureStatsAnomaly.start_time descending. + "monitoringStats": [ # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). A list of historical SnapshotAnalysis stats requested by user, sorted by FeatureStatsAnomaly.start_time descending. { # Stats and Anomaly generated at specific timestamp for specific Feature. The start_time and end_time are used to define the time range of the dataset that current stats belongs to, e.g. prediction traffic is bucketed into prediction datasets by time window. If the Dataset is not defined by time window, start_time = end_time. Timestamp of the stats and anomalies always refers to end_time. Raw stats and anomalies are stored in stats_uri or anomaly_uri in the tensorflow defined protos. Field data_stats contains almost identical information with the raw stats in Vertex AI defined proto, for UI to display. "anomalyDetectionThreshold": 3.14, # This is the threshold used when detecting anomalies. The threshold can be changed by user, so this one might be different from ThresholdConfig.value. "anomalyUri": "A String", # Path of the anomaly file for current feature values in Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs:////anomalies. Example: gs://monitoring_bucket/feature_name/anomalies. Stats are stored as binary format with Protobuf message Anoamlies are stored as binary format with Protobuf message [tensorflow.metadata.v0.AnomalyInfo] (https://github.com/tensorflow/metadata/blob/master/tensorflow_metadata/proto/v0/anomalies.proto). @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@

Method Details

"statsUri": "A String", # Path of the stats file for current feature values in Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs:////stats. Example: gs://monitoring_bucket/feature_name/stats. Stats are stored as binary format with Protobuf message [tensorflow.metadata.v0.FeatureNameStatistics](https://github.com/tensorflow/metadata/blob/master/tensorflow_metadata/proto/v0/statistics.proto). }, ], - "monitoringStatsAnomalies": [ # Output only. The list of historical stats and anomalies with specified objectives. + "monitoringStatsAnomalies": [ # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). The list of historical stats and anomalies with specified objectives. { # A list of historical SnapshotAnalysis or ImportFeaturesAnalysis stats requested by user, sorted by FeatureStatsAnomaly.start_time descending. "featureStatsAnomaly": { # Stats and Anomaly generated at specific timestamp for specific Feature. The start_time and end_time are used to define the time range of the dataset that current stats belongs to, e.g. prediction traffic is bucketed into prediction datasets by time window. If the Dataset is not defined by time window, start_time = end_time. Timestamp of the stats and anomalies always refers to end_time. Raw stats and anomalies are stored in stats_uri or anomaly_uri in the tensorflow defined protos. Field data_stats contains almost identical information with the raw stats in Vertex AI defined proto, for UI to display. # Output only. The stats and anomalies generated at specific timestamp. "anomalyDetectionThreshold": 3.14, # This is the threshold used when detecting anomalies. The threshold can be changed by user, so this one might be different from ThresholdConfig.value. @@ -167,12 +167,12 @@

Method Details

"objective": "A String", # Output only. The objective for each stats. }, ], - "name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type. - "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this EntityType was most recently updated. - "valueType": "A String", # Immutable. Type of Feature value. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type. + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Timestamp when this EntityType was most recently updated. + "valueType": "A String", # Immutable. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Type of Feature value. }, "featureId": "A String", # Required. The ID to use for the Feature, which will become the final component of the Feature's resource name. This value may be up to 128 characters, and valid characters are `[a-z0-9_]`. The first character cannot be a number. The value must be unique within an EntityType/FeatureGroup. - "parent": "A String", + "parent": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the EntityType or FeatureGroup to create a Feature. Format for entity_type as parent: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}` Format for feature_group as parent: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}` }, ], } @@ -216,19 +216,19 @@

Method Details

Creates a new Feature in a given EntityType.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, A parameter (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the EntityType or FeatureGroup to create a Feature. Format for entity_type as parent: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}` Format for feature_group as parent: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}` (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Feature Metadata information that describes an attribute of an entity type. For example, apple is an entity type, and color is a feature that describes apple.
-  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this EntityType was created.
+{ # Feature Metadata information. For example, color is a feature that describes an apple.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Timestamp when this EntityType was created.
   "description": "A String", # Description of the Feature.
-  "disableMonitoring": True or False, # Optional. If not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If set to true, all types of data monitoring are disabled despite the config on EntityType.
+  "disableMonitoring": True or False, # Optional. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). If not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If set to true, all types of data monitoring are disabled despite the config on EntityType.
   "etag": "A String", # Used to perform a consistent read-modify-write updates. If not set, a blind "overwrite" update happens.
   "labels": { # Optional. The labels with user-defined metadata to organize your Features. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information on and examples of labels. No more than 64 user labels can be associated with one Feature (System labels are excluded)." System reserved label keys are prefixed with "aiplatform.googleapis.com/" and are immutable.
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
-  "monitoringConfig": { # Configuration of how features in Featurestore are monitored. # Optional. Deprecated: The custom monitoring configuration for this Feature, if not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If this is populated with FeaturestoreMonitoringConfig.disabled = true, snapshot analysis monitoring is disabled; if FeaturestoreMonitoringConfig.monitoring_interval specified, snapshot analysis monitoring is enabled. Otherwise, snapshot analysis monitoring config is same as the EntityType's this Feature belongs to.
+  "monitoringConfig": { # Configuration of how features in Featurestore are monitored. # Optional. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Deprecated: The custom monitoring configuration for this Feature, if not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If this is populated with FeaturestoreMonitoringConfig.disabled = true, snapshot analysis monitoring is disabled; if FeaturestoreMonitoringConfig.monitoring_interval specified, snapshot analysis monitoring is enabled. Otherwise, snapshot analysis monitoring config is same as the EntityType's this Feature belongs to.
     "categoricalThresholdConfig": { # The config for Featurestore Monitoring threshold. # Threshold for categorical features of anomaly detection. This is shared by all types of Featurestore Monitoring for categorical features (i.e. Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL or STRING).
       "value": 3.14, # Specify a threshold value that can trigger the alert. 1. For categorical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by L-inifinity norm. 2. For numerical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by Jensen–Shannon divergence. Each feature must have a non-zero threshold if they need to be monitored. Otherwise no alert will be triggered for that feature.
     },
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ 

Method Details

"stalenessDays": 42, # Customized export features time window for snapshot analysis. Unit is one day. Default value is 3 weeks. Minimum value is 1 day. Maximum value is 4000 days. }, }, - "monitoringStats": [ # Output only. A list of historical SnapshotAnalysis stats requested by user, sorted by FeatureStatsAnomaly.start_time descending. + "monitoringStats": [ # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). A list of historical SnapshotAnalysis stats requested by user, sorted by FeatureStatsAnomaly.start_time descending. { # Stats and Anomaly generated at specific timestamp for specific Feature. The start_time and end_time are used to define the time range of the dataset that current stats belongs to, e.g. prediction traffic is bucketed into prediction datasets by time window. If the Dataset is not defined by time window, start_time = end_time. Timestamp of the stats and anomalies always refers to end_time. Raw stats and anomalies are stored in stats_uri or anomaly_uri in the tensorflow defined protos. Field data_stats contains almost identical information with the raw stats in Vertex AI defined proto, for UI to display. "anomalyDetectionThreshold": 3.14, # This is the threshold used when detecting anomalies. The threshold can be changed by user, so this one might be different from ThresholdConfig.value. "anomalyUri": "A String", # Path of the anomaly file for current feature values in Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs:////anomalies. Example: gs://monitoring_bucket/feature_name/anomalies. Stats are stored as binary format with Protobuf message Anoamlies are stored as binary format with Protobuf message [tensorflow.metadata.v0.AnomalyInfo] (https://github.com/tensorflow/metadata/blob/master/tensorflow_metadata/proto/v0/anomalies.proto). @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@

Method Details

"statsUri": "A String", # Path of the stats file for current feature values in Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs:////stats. Example: gs://monitoring_bucket/feature_name/stats. Stats are stored as binary format with Protobuf message [tensorflow.metadata.v0.FeatureNameStatistics](https://github.com/tensorflow/metadata/blob/master/tensorflow_metadata/proto/v0/statistics.proto). }, ], - "monitoringStatsAnomalies": [ # Output only. The list of historical stats and anomalies with specified objectives. + "monitoringStatsAnomalies": [ # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). The list of historical stats and anomalies with specified objectives. { # A list of historical SnapshotAnalysis or ImportFeaturesAnalysis stats requested by user, sorted by FeatureStatsAnomaly.start_time descending. "featureStatsAnomaly": { # Stats and Anomaly generated at specific timestamp for specific Feature. The start_time and end_time are used to define the time range of the dataset that current stats belongs to, e.g. prediction traffic is bucketed into prediction datasets by time window. If the Dataset is not defined by time window, start_time = end_time. Timestamp of the stats and anomalies always refers to end_time. Raw stats and anomalies are stored in stats_uri or anomaly_uri in the tensorflow defined protos. Field data_stats contains almost identical information with the raw stats in Vertex AI defined proto, for UI to display. # Output only. The stats and anomalies generated at specific timestamp. "anomalyDetectionThreshold": 3.14, # This is the threshold used when detecting anomalies. The threshold can be changed by user, so this one might be different from ThresholdConfig.value. @@ -271,9 +271,9 @@

Method Details

"objective": "A String", # Output only. The objective for each stats. }, ], - "name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type. - "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this EntityType was most recently updated. - "valueType": "A String", # Immutable. Type of Feature value. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type. + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Timestamp when this EntityType was most recently updated. + "valueType": "A String", # Immutable. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Type of Feature value. } featureId: string, Required. The ID to use for the Feature, which will become the final component of the Feature's resource name. This value may be up to 128 characters, and valid characters are `[a-z0-9_]`. The first character cannot be a number. The value must be unique within an EntityType/FeatureGroup. @@ -346,7 +346,7 @@

Method Details

Gets details of a single Feature.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the Feature resource. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}` (required)
+  name: string, Required. The name of the Feature resource. Format for entity_type as parent: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}` Format for feature_group as parent: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}` (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -355,15 +355,15 @@ 

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Feature Metadata information that describes an attribute of an entity type. For example, apple is an entity type, and color is a feature that describes apple. - "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this EntityType was created. + { # Feature Metadata information. For example, color is a feature that describes an apple. + "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Timestamp when this EntityType was created. "description": "A String", # Description of the Feature. - "disableMonitoring": True or False, # Optional. If not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If set to true, all types of data monitoring are disabled despite the config on EntityType. + "disableMonitoring": True or False, # Optional. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). If not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If set to true, all types of data monitoring are disabled despite the config on EntityType. "etag": "A String", # Used to perform a consistent read-modify-write updates. If not set, a blind "overwrite" update happens. "labels": { # Optional. The labels with user-defined metadata to organize your Features. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information on and examples of labels. No more than 64 user labels can be associated with one Feature (System labels are excluded)." System reserved label keys are prefixed with "aiplatform.googleapis.com/" and are immutable. "a_key": "A String", }, - "monitoringConfig": { # Configuration of how features in Featurestore are monitored. # Optional. Deprecated: The custom monitoring configuration for this Feature, if not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If this is populated with FeaturestoreMonitoringConfig.disabled = true, snapshot analysis monitoring is disabled; if FeaturestoreMonitoringConfig.monitoring_interval specified, snapshot analysis monitoring is enabled. Otherwise, snapshot analysis monitoring config is same as the EntityType's this Feature belongs to. + "monitoringConfig": { # Configuration of how features in Featurestore are monitored. # Optional. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Deprecated: The custom monitoring configuration for this Feature, if not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If this is populated with FeaturestoreMonitoringConfig.disabled = true, snapshot analysis monitoring is disabled; if FeaturestoreMonitoringConfig.monitoring_interval specified, snapshot analysis monitoring is enabled. Otherwise, snapshot analysis monitoring config is same as the EntityType's this Feature belongs to. "categoricalThresholdConfig": { # The config for Featurestore Monitoring threshold. # Threshold for categorical features of anomaly detection. This is shared by all types of Featurestore Monitoring for categorical features (i.e. Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL or STRING). "value": 3.14, # Specify a threshold value that can trigger the alert. 1. For categorical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by L-inifinity norm. 2. For numerical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by Jensen–Shannon divergence. Each feature must have a non-zero threshold if they need to be monitored. Otherwise no alert will be triggered for that feature. }, @@ -381,7 +381,7 @@

Method Details

"stalenessDays": 42, # Customized export features time window for snapshot analysis. Unit is one day. Default value is 3 weeks. Minimum value is 1 day. Maximum value is 4000 days. }, }, - "monitoringStats": [ # Output only. A list of historical SnapshotAnalysis stats requested by user, sorted by FeatureStatsAnomaly.start_time descending. + "monitoringStats": [ # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). A list of historical SnapshotAnalysis stats requested by user, sorted by FeatureStatsAnomaly.start_time descending. { # Stats and Anomaly generated at specific timestamp for specific Feature. The start_time and end_time are used to define the time range of the dataset that current stats belongs to, e.g. prediction traffic is bucketed into prediction datasets by time window. If the Dataset is not defined by time window, start_time = end_time. Timestamp of the stats and anomalies always refers to end_time. Raw stats and anomalies are stored in stats_uri or anomaly_uri in the tensorflow defined protos. Field data_stats contains almost identical information with the raw stats in Vertex AI defined proto, for UI to display. "anomalyDetectionThreshold": 3.14, # This is the threshold used when detecting anomalies. The threshold can be changed by user, so this one might be different from ThresholdConfig.value. "anomalyUri": "A String", # Path of the anomaly file for current feature values in Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs:////anomalies. Example: gs://monitoring_bucket/feature_name/anomalies. Stats are stored as binary format with Protobuf message Anoamlies are stored as binary format with Protobuf message [tensorflow.metadata.v0.AnomalyInfo] (https://github.com/tensorflow/metadata/blob/master/tensorflow_metadata/proto/v0/anomalies.proto). @@ -392,7 +392,7 @@

Method Details

"statsUri": "A String", # Path of the stats file for current feature values in Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs:////stats. Example: gs://monitoring_bucket/feature_name/stats. Stats are stored as binary format with Protobuf message [tensorflow.metadata.v0.FeatureNameStatistics](https://github.com/tensorflow/metadata/blob/master/tensorflow_metadata/proto/v0/statistics.proto). }, ], - "monitoringStatsAnomalies": [ # Output only. The list of historical stats and anomalies with specified objectives. + "monitoringStatsAnomalies": [ # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). The list of historical stats and anomalies with specified objectives. { # A list of historical SnapshotAnalysis or ImportFeaturesAnalysis stats requested by user, sorted by FeatureStatsAnomaly.start_time descending. "featureStatsAnomaly": { # Stats and Anomaly generated at specific timestamp for specific Feature. The start_time and end_time are used to define the time range of the dataset that current stats belongs to, e.g. prediction traffic is bucketed into prediction datasets by time window. If the Dataset is not defined by time window, start_time = end_time. Timestamp of the stats and anomalies always refers to end_time. Raw stats and anomalies are stored in stats_uri or anomaly_uri in the tensorflow defined protos. Field data_stats contains almost identical information with the raw stats in Vertex AI defined proto, for UI to display. # Output only. The stats and anomalies generated at specific timestamp. "anomalyDetectionThreshold": 3.14, # This is the threshold used when detecting anomalies. The threshold can be changed by user, so this one might be different from ThresholdConfig.value. @@ -406,9 +406,9 @@

Method Details

"objective": "A String", # Output only. The objective for each stats. }, ], - "name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type. - "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this EntityType was most recently updated. - "valueType": "A String", # Immutable. Type of Feature value. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type. + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Timestamp when this EntityType was most recently updated. + "valueType": "A String", # Immutable. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Type of Feature value. }
@@ -417,12 +417,12 @@

Method Details

Lists Features in a given EntityType.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the Location to list Features. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}` (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the Location to list Features. Format for entity_type as parent: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}` Format for feature_group as parent: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}` (required)
   filter: string, Lists the Features that match the filter expression. The following filters are supported: * `value_type`: Supports = and != comparisons. * `create_time`: Supports =, !=, <, >, >=, and <= comparisons. Values must be in RFC 3339 format. * `update_time`: Supports =, !=, <, >, >=, and <= comparisons. Values must be in RFC 3339 format. * `labels`: Supports key-value equality as well as key presence. Examples: * `value_type = DOUBLE` --> Features whose type is DOUBLE. * `create_time > \"2020-01-31T15:30:00.000000Z\" OR update_time > \"2020-01-31T15:30:00.000000Z\"` --> EntityTypes created or updated after 2020-01-31T15:30:00.000000Z. * `labels.active = yes AND labels.env = prod` --> Features having both (active: yes) and (env: prod) labels. * `labels.env: *` --> Any Feature which has a label with 'env' as the key.
-  latestStatsCount: integer, If set, return the most recent ListFeaturesRequest.latest_stats_count of stats for each Feature in response. Valid value is [0, 10]. If number of stats exists < ListFeaturesRequest.latest_stats_count, return all existing stats.
+  latestStatsCount: integer, Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). If set, return the most recent ListFeaturesRequest.latest_stats_count of stats for each Feature in response. Valid value is [0, 10]. If number of stats exists < ListFeaturesRequest.latest_stats_count, return all existing stats.
   orderBy: string, A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use "desc" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `feature_id` * `value_type` (Not supported for FeatureRegistry Feature) * `create_time` * `update_time`
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of Features to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 1000 Features will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; any value greater than 1000 will be coerced to 1000.
-  pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous FeaturestoreService.ListFeatures call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to FeaturestoreService.ListFeatures must match the call that provided the page token.
+  pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous FeaturestoreService.ListFeatures call or FeatureRegistryService.ListFeatures call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to FeaturestoreService.ListFeatures or or FeatureRegistryService.ListFeatures must match the call that provided the page token.
   readMask: string, Mask specifying which fields to read.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
@@ -434,15 +434,15 @@ 

Method Details

{ # Response message for FeaturestoreService.ListFeatures. Response message for FeatureRegistryService.ListFeatures. "features": [ # The Features matching the request. - { # Feature Metadata information that describes an attribute of an entity type. For example, apple is an entity type, and color is a feature that describes apple. - "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this EntityType was created. + { # Feature Metadata information. For example, color is a feature that describes an apple. + "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Timestamp when this EntityType was created. "description": "A String", # Description of the Feature. - "disableMonitoring": True or False, # Optional. If not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If set to true, all types of data monitoring are disabled despite the config on EntityType. + "disableMonitoring": True or False, # Optional. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). If not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If set to true, all types of data monitoring are disabled despite the config on EntityType. "etag": "A String", # Used to perform a consistent read-modify-write updates. If not set, a blind "overwrite" update happens. "labels": { # Optional. The labels with user-defined metadata to organize your Features. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information on and examples of labels. No more than 64 user labels can be associated with one Feature (System labels are excluded)." System reserved label keys are prefixed with "aiplatform.googleapis.com/" and are immutable. "a_key": "A String", }, - "monitoringConfig": { # Configuration of how features in Featurestore are monitored. # Optional. Deprecated: The custom monitoring configuration for this Feature, if not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If this is populated with FeaturestoreMonitoringConfig.disabled = true, snapshot analysis monitoring is disabled; if FeaturestoreMonitoringConfig.monitoring_interval specified, snapshot analysis monitoring is enabled. Otherwise, snapshot analysis monitoring config is same as the EntityType's this Feature belongs to. + "monitoringConfig": { # Configuration of how features in Featurestore are monitored. # Optional. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Deprecated: The custom monitoring configuration for this Feature, if not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If this is populated with FeaturestoreMonitoringConfig.disabled = true, snapshot analysis monitoring is disabled; if FeaturestoreMonitoringConfig.monitoring_interval specified, snapshot analysis monitoring is enabled. Otherwise, snapshot analysis monitoring config is same as the EntityType's this Feature belongs to. "categoricalThresholdConfig": { # The config for Featurestore Monitoring threshold. # Threshold for categorical features of anomaly detection. This is shared by all types of Featurestore Monitoring for categorical features (i.e. Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL or STRING). "value": 3.14, # Specify a threshold value that can trigger the alert. 1. For categorical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by L-inifinity norm. 2. For numerical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by Jensen–Shannon divergence. Each feature must have a non-zero threshold if they need to be monitored. Otherwise no alert will be triggered for that feature. }, @@ -460,7 +460,7 @@

Method Details

"stalenessDays": 42, # Customized export features time window for snapshot analysis. Unit is one day. Default value is 3 weeks. Minimum value is 1 day. Maximum value is 4000 days. }, }, - "monitoringStats": [ # Output only. A list of historical SnapshotAnalysis stats requested by user, sorted by FeatureStatsAnomaly.start_time descending. + "monitoringStats": [ # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). A list of historical SnapshotAnalysis stats requested by user, sorted by FeatureStatsAnomaly.start_time descending. { # Stats and Anomaly generated at specific timestamp for specific Feature. The start_time and end_time are used to define the time range of the dataset that current stats belongs to, e.g. prediction traffic is bucketed into prediction datasets by time window. If the Dataset is not defined by time window, start_time = end_time. Timestamp of the stats and anomalies always refers to end_time. Raw stats and anomalies are stored in stats_uri or anomaly_uri in the tensorflow defined protos. Field data_stats contains almost identical information with the raw stats in Vertex AI defined proto, for UI to display. "anomalyDetectionThreshold": 3.14, # This is the threshold used when detecting anomalies. The threshold can be changed by user, so this one might be different from ThresholdConfig.value. "anomalyUri": "A String", # Path of the anomaly file for current feature values in Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs:////anomalies. Example: gs://monitoring_bucket/feature_name/anomalies. Stats are stored as binary format with Protobuf message Anoamlies are stored as binary format with Protobuf message [tensorflow.metadata.v0.AnomalyInfo] (https://github.com/tensorflow/metadata/blob/master/tensorflow_metadata/proto/v0/anomalies.proto). @@ -471,7 +471,7 @@

Method Details

"statsUri": "A String", # Path of the stats file for current feature values in Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs:////stats. Example: gs://monitoring_bucket/feature_name/stats. Stats are stored as binary format with Protobuf message [tensorflow.metadata.v0.FeatureNameStatistics](https://github.com/tensorflow/metadata/blob/master/tensorflow_metadata/proto/v0/statistics.proto). }, ], - "monitoringStatsAnomalies": [ # Output only. The list of historical stats and anomalies with specified objectives. + "monitoringStatsAnomalies": [ # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). The list of historical stats and anomalies with specified objectives. { # A list of historical SnapshotAnalysis or ImportFeaturesAnalysis stats requested by user, sorted by FeatureStatsAnomaly.start_time descending. "featureStatsAnomaly": { # Stats and Anomaly generated at specific timestamp for specific Feature. The start_time and end_time are used to define the time range of the dataset that current stats belongs to, e.g. prediction traffic is bucketed into prediction datasets by time window. If the Dataset is not defined by time window, start_time = end_time. Timestamp of the stats and anomalies always refers to end_time. Raw stats and anomalies are stored in stats_uri or anomaly_uri in the tensorflow defined protos. Field data_stats contains almost identical information with the raw stats in Vertex AI defined proto, for UI to display. # Output only. The stats and anomalies generated at specific timestamp. "anomalyDetectionThreshold": 3.14, # This is the threshold used when detecting anomalies. The threshold can be changed by user, so this one might be different from ThresholdConfig.value. @@ -485,9 +485,9 @@

Method Details

"objective": "A String", # Output only. The objective for each stats. }, ], - "name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type. - "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this EntityType was most recently updated. - "valueType": "A String", # Immutable. Type of Feature value. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type. + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Timestamp when this EntityType was most recently updated. + "valueType": "A String", # Immutable. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Type of Feature value. }, ], "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as ListFeaturesRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages. @@ -513,19 +513,19 @@

Method Details

Updates the parameters of a single Feature.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type. (required)
+  name: string, Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Feature Metadata information that describes an attribute of an entity type. For example, apple is an entity type, and color is a feature that describes apple.
-  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this EntityType was created.
+{ # Feature Metadata information. For example, color is a feature that describes an apple.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Timestamp when this EntityType was created.
   "description": "A String", # Description of the Feature.
-  "disableMonitoring": True or False, # Optional. If not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If set to true, all types of data monitoring are disabled despite the config on EntityType.
+  "disableMonitoring": True or False, # Optional. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). If not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If set to true, all types of data monitoring are disabled despite the config on EntityType.
   "etag": "A String", # Used to perform a consistent read-modify-write updates. If not set, a blind "overwrite" update happens.
   "labels": { # Optional. The labels with user-defined metadata to organize your Features. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information on and examples of labels. No more than 64 user labels can be associated with one Feature (System labels are excluded)." System reserved label keys are prefixed with "aiplatform.googleapis.com/" and are immutable.
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
-  "monitoringConfig": { # Configuration of how features in Featurestore are monitored. # Optional. Deprecated: The custom monitoring configuration for this Feature, if not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If this is populated with FeaturestoreMonitoringConfig.disabled = true, snapshot analysis monitoring is disabled; if FeaturestoreMonitoringConfig.monitoring_interval specified, snapshot analysis monitoring is enabled. Otherwise, snapshot analysis monitoring config is same as the EntityType's this Feature belongs to.
+  "monitoringConfig": { # Configuration of how features in Featurestore are monitored. # Optional. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Deprecated: The custom monitoring configuration for this Feature, if not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If this is populated with FeaturestoreMonitoringConfig.disabled = true, snapshot analysis monitoring is disabled; if FeaturestoreMonitoringConfig.monitoring_interval specified, snapshot analysis monitoring is enabled. Otherwise, snapshot analysis monitoring config is same as the EntityType's this Feature belongs to.
     "categoricalThresholdConfig": { # The config for Featurestore Monitoring threshold. # Threshold for categorical features of anomaly detection. This is shared by all types of Featurestore Monitoring for categorical features (i.e. Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL or STRING).
       "value": 3.14, # Specify a threshold value that can trigger the alert. 1. For categorical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by L-inifinity norm. 2. For numerical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by Jensen–Shannon divergence. Each feature must have a non-zero threshold if they need to be monitored. Otherwise no alert will be triggered for that feature.
     },
@@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ 

Method Details

"stalenessDays": 42, # Customized export features time window for snapshot analysis. Unit is one day. Default value is 3 weeks. Minimum value is 1 day. Maximum value is 4000 days. }, }, - "monitoringStats": [ # Output only. A list of historical SnapshotAnalysis stats requested by user, sorted by FeatureStatsAnomaly.start_time descending. + "monitoringStats": [ # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). A list of historical SnapshotAnalysis stats requested by user, sorted by FeatureStatsAnomaly.start_time descending. { # Stats and Anomaly generated at specific timestamp for specific Feature. The start_time and end_time are used to define the time range of the dataset that current stats belongs to, e.g. prediction traffic is bucketed into prediction datasets by time window. If the Dataset is not defined by time window, start_time = end_time. Timestamp of the stats and anomalies always refers to end_time. Raw stats and anomalies are stored in stats_uri or anomaly_uri in the tensorflow defined protos. Field data_stats contains almost identical information with the raw stats in Vertex AI defined proto, for UI to display. "anomalyDetectionThreshold": 3.14, # This is the threshold used when detecting anomalies. The threshold can be changed by user, so this one might be different from ThresholdConfig.value. "anomalyUri": "A String", # Path of the anomaly file for current feature values in Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs:////anomalies. Example: gs://monitoring_bucket/feature_name/anomalies. Stats are stored as binary format with Protobuf message Anoamlies are stored as binary format with Protobuf message [tensorflow.metadata.v0.AnomalyInfo] (https://github.com/tensorflow/metadata/blob/master/tensorflow_metadata/proto/v0/anomalies.proto). @@ -554,7 +554,7 @@

Method Details

"statsUri": "A String", # Path of the stats file for current feature values in Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs:////stats. Example: gs://monitoring_bucket/feature_name/stats. Stats are stored as binary format with Protobuf message [tensorflow.metadata.v0.FeatureNameStatistics](https://github.com/tensorflow/metadata/blob/master/tensorflow_metadata/proto/v0/statistics.proto). }, ], - "monitoringStatsAnomalies": [ # Output only. The list of historical stats and anomalies with specified objectives. + "monitoringStatsAnomalies": [ # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). The list of historical stats and anomalies with specified objectives. { # A list of historical SnapshotAnalysis or ImportFeaturesAnalysis stats requested by user, sorted by FeatureStatsAnomaly.start_time descending. "featureStatsAnomaly": { # Stats and Anomaly generated at specific timestamp for specific Feature. The start_time and end_time are used to define the time range of the dataset that current stats belongs to, e.g. prediction traffic is bucketed into prediction datasets by time window. If the Dataset is not defined by time window, start_time = end_time. Timestamp of the stats and anomalies always refers to end_time. Raw stats and anomalies are stored in stats_uri or anomaly_uri in the tensorflow defined protos. Field data_stats contains almost identical information with the raw stats in Vertex AI defined proto, for UI to display. # Output only. The stats and anomalies generated at specific timestamp. "anomalyDetectionThreshold": 3.14, # This is the threshold used when detecting anomalies. The threshold can be changed by user, so this one might be different from ThresholdConfig.value. @@ -568,12 +568,12 @@

Method Details

"objective": "A String", # Output only. The objective for each stats. }, ], - "name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type. - "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this EntityType was most recently updated. - "valueType": "A String", # Immutable. Type of Feature value. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type. + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Timestamp when this EntityType was most recently updated. + "valueType": "A String", # Immutable. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Type of Feature value. } - updateMask: string, Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Features resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then only the non-empty fields present in the request will be overwritten. Set the update_mask to `*` to override all fields. Updatable fields: * `description` * `labels` * `disable_monitoring` + updateMask: string, Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Features resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then only the non-empty fields present in the request will be overwritten. Set the update_mask to `*` to override all fields. Updatable fields: * `description` * `labels` * `disable_monitoring` (Not supported for FeatureRegistry Feature) x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -582,15 +582,15 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Feature Metadata information that describes an attribute of an entity type. For example, apple is an entity type, and color is a feature that describes apple. - "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this EntityType was created. + { # Feature Metadata information. For example, color is a feature that describes an apple. + "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Timestamp when this EntityType was created. "description": "A String", # Description of the Feature. - "disableMonitoring": True or False, # Optional. If not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If set to true, all types of data monitoring are disabled despite the config on EntityType. + "disableMonitoring": True or False, # Optional. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). If not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If set to true, all types of data monitoring are disabled despite the config on EntityType. "etag": "A String", # Used to perform a consistent read-modify-write updates. If not set, a blind "overwrite" update happens. "labels": { # Optional. The labels with user-defined metadata to organize your Features. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information on and examples of labels. No more than 64 user labels can be associated with one Feature (System labels are excluded)." System reserved label keys are prefixed with "aiplatform.googleapis.com/" and are immutable. "a_key": "A String", }, - "monitoringConfig": { # Configuration of how features in Featurestore are monitored. # Optional. Deprecated: The custom monitoring configuration for this Feature, if not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If this is populated with FeaturestoreMonitoringConfig.disabled = true, snapshot analysis monitoring is disabled; if FeaturestoreMonitoringConfig.monitoring_interval specified, snapshot analysis monitoring is enabled. Otherwise, snapshot analysis monitoring config is same as the EntityType's this Feature belongs to. + "monitoringConfig": { # Configuration of how features in Featurestore are monitored. # Optional. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Deprecated: The custom monitoring configuration for this Feature, if not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If this is populated with FeaturestoreMonitoringConfig.disabled = true, snapshot analysis monitoring is disabled; if FeaturestoreMonitoringConfig.monitoring_interval specified, snapshot analysis monitoring is enabled. Otherwise, snapshot analysis monitoring config is same as the EntityType's this Feature belongs to. "categoricalThresholdConfig": { # The config for Featurestore Monitoring threshold. # Threshold for categorical features of anomaly detection. This is shared by all types of Featurestore Monitoring for categorical features (i.e. Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL or STRING). "value": 3.14, # Specify a threshold value that can trigger the alert. 1. For categorical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by L-inifinity norm. 2. For numerical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by Jensen–Shannon divergence. Each feature must have a non-zero threshold if they need to be monitored. Otherwise no alert will be triggered for that feature. }, @@ -608,7 +608,7 @@

Method Details

"stalenessDays": 42, # Customized export features time window for snapshot analysis. Unit is one day. Default value is 3 weeks. Minimum value is 1 day. Maximum value is 4000 days. }, }, - "monitoringStats": [ # Output only. A list of historical SnapshotAnalysis stats requested by user, sorted by FeatureStatsAnomaly.start_time descending. + "monitoringStats": [ # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). A list of historical SnapshotAnalysis stats requested by user, sorted by FeatureStatsAnomaly.start_time descending. { # Stats and Anomaly generated at specific timestamp for specific Feature. The start_time and end_time are used to define the time range of the dataset that current stats belongs to, e.g. prediction traffic is bucketed into prediction datasets by time window. If the Dataset is not defined by time window, start_time = end_time. Timestamp of the stats and anomalies always refers to end_time. Raw stats and anomalies are stored in stats_uri or anomaly_uri in the tensorflow defined protos. Field data_stats contains almost identical information with the raw stats in Vertex AI defined proto, for UI to display. "anomalyDetectionThreshold": 3.14, # This is the threshold used when detecting anomalies. The threshold can be changed by user, so this one might be different from ThresholdConfig.value. "anomalyUri": "A String", # Path of the anomaly file for current feature values in Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs:////anomalies. Example: gs://monitoring_bucket/feature_name/anomalies. Stats are stored as binary format with Protobuf message Anoamlies are stored as binary format with Protobuf message [tensorflow.metadata.v0.AnomalyInfo] (https://github.com/tensorflow/metadata/blob/master/tensorflow_metadata/proto/v0/anomalies.proto). @@ -619,7 +619,7 @@

Method Details

"statsUri": "A String", # Path of the stats file for current feature values in Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs:////stats. Example: gs://monitoring_bucket/feature_name/stats. Stats are stored as binary format with Protobuf message [tensorflow.metadata.v0.FeatureNameStatistics](https://github.com/tensorflow/metadata/blob/master/tensorflow_metadata/proto/v0/statistics.proto). }, ], - "monitoringStatsAnomalies": [ # Output only. The list of historical stats and anomalies with specified objectives. + "monitoringStatsAnomalies": [ # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). The list of historical stats and anomalies with specified objectives. { # A list of historical SnapshotAnalysis or ImportFeaturesAnalysis stats requested by user, sorted by FeatureStatsAnomaly.start_time descending. "featureStatsAnomaly": { # Stats and Anomaly generated at specific timestamp for specific Feature. The start_time and end_time are used to define the time range of the dataset that current stats belongs to, e.g. prediction traffic is bucketed into prediction datasets by time window. If the Dataset is not defined by time window, start_time = end_time. Timestamp of the stats and anomalies always refers to end_time. Raw stats and anomalies are stored in stats_uri or anomaly_uri in the tensorflow defined protos. Field data_stats contains almost identical information with the raw stats in Vertex AI defined proto, for UI to display. # Output only. The stats and anomalies generated at specific timestamp. "anomalyDetectionThreshold": 3.14, # This is the threshold used when detecting anomalies. The threshold can be changed by user, so this one might be different from ThresholdConfig.value. @@ -633,9 +633,9 @@

Method Details

"objective": "A String", # Output only. The objective for each stats. }, ], - "name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type. - "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this EntityType was most recently updated. - "valueType": "A String", # Immutable. Type of Feature value. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type. + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Timestamp when this EntityType was most recently updated. + "valueType": "A String", # Immutable. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Type of Feature value. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featurestores.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featurestores.html index df21337ce50..1e6047ed7c3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featurestores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featurestores.html @@ -541,15 +541,15 @@

Method Details

{ # Response message for FeaturestoreService.SearchFeatures. "features": [ # The Features matching the request. Fields returned: * `name` * `description` * `labels` * `create_time` * `update_time` - { # Feature Metadata information that describes an attribute of an entity type. For example, apple is an entity type, and color is a feature that describes apple. - "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this EntityType was created. + { # Feature Metadata information. For example, color is a feature that describes an apple. + "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Timestamp when this EntityType was created. "description": "A String", # Description of the Feature. - "disableMonitoring": True or False, # Optional. If not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If set to true, all types of data monitoring are disabled despite the config on EntityType. + "disableMonitoring": True or False, # Optional. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). If not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If set to true, all types of data monitoring are disabled despite the config on EntityType. "etag": "A String", # Used to perform a consistent read-modify-write updates. If not set, a blind "overwrite" update happens. "labels": { # Optional. The labels with user-defined metadata to organize your Features. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information on and examples of labels. No more than 64 user labels can be associated with one Feature (System labels are excluded)." System reserved label keys are prefixed with "aiplatform.googleapis.com/" and are immutable. "a_key": "A String", }, - "monitoringConfig": { # Configuration of how features in Featurestore are monitored. # Optional. Deprecated: The custom monitoring configuration for this Feature, if not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If this is populated with FeaturestoreMonitoringConfig.disabled = true, snapshot analysis monitoring is disabled; if FeaturestoreMonitoringConfig.monitoring_interval specified, snapshot analysis monitoring is enabled. Otherwise, snapshot analysis monitoring config is same as the EntityType's this Feature belongs to. + "monitoringConfig": { # Configuration of how features in Featurestore are monitored. # Optional. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Deprecated: The custom monitoring configuration for this Feature, if not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If this is populated with FeaturestoreMonitoringConfig.disabled = true, snapshot analysis monitoring is disabled; if FeaturestoreMonitoringConfig.monitoring_interval specified, snapshot analysis monitoring is enabled. Otherwise, snapshot analysis monitoring config is same as the EntityType's this Feature belongs to. "categoricalThresholdConfig": { # The config for Featurestore Monitoring threshold. # Threshold for categorical features of anomaly detection. This is shared by all types of Featurestore Monitoring for categorical features (i.e. Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL or STRING). "value": 3.14, # Specify a threshold value that can trigger the alert. 1. For categorical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by L-inifinity norm. 2. For numerical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by Jensen–Shannon divergence. Each feature must have a non-zero threshold if they need to be monitored. Otherwise no alert will be triggered for that feature. }, @@ -567,7 +567,7 @@

Method Details

"stalenessDays": 42, # Customized export features time window for snapshot analysis. Unit is one day. Default value is 3 weeks. Minimum value is 1 day. Maximum value is 4000 days. }, }, - "monitoringStats": [ # Output only. A list of historical SnapshotAnalysis stats requested by user, sorted by FeatureStatsAnomaly.start_time descending. + "monitoringStats": [ # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). A list of historical SnapshotAnalysis stats requested by user, sorted by FeatureStatsAnomaly.start_time descending. { # Stats and Anomaly generated at specific timestamp for specific Feature. The start_time and end_time are used to define the time range of the dataset that current stats belongs to, e.g. prediction traffic is bucketed into prediction datasets by time window. If the Dataset is not defined by time window, start_time = end_time. Timestamp of the stats and anomalies always refers to end_time. Raw stats and anomalies are stored in stats_uri or anomaly_uri in the tensorflow defined protos. Field data_stats contains almost identical information with the raw stats in Vertex AI defined proto, for UI to display. "anomalyDetectionThreshold": 3.14, # This is the threshold used when detecting anomalies. The threshold can be changed by user, so this one might be different from ThresholdConfig.value. "anomalyUri": "A String", # Path of the anomaly file for current feature values in Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs:////anomalies. Example: gs://monitoring_bucket/feature_name/anomalies. Stats are stored as binary format with Protobuf message Anoamlies are stored as binary format with Protobuf message [tensorflow.metadata.v0.AnomalyInfo] (https://github.com/tensorflow/metadata/blob/master/tensorflow_metadata/proto/v0/anomalies.proto). @@ -578,7 +578,7 @@

Method Details

"statsUri": "A String", # Path of the stats file for current feature values in Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs:////stats. Example: gs://monitoring_bucket/feature_name/stats. Stats are stored as binary format with Protobuf message [tensorflow.metadata.v0.FeatureNameStatistics](https://github.com/tensorflow/metadata/blob/master/tensorflow_metadata/proto/v0/statistics.proto). }, ], - "monitoringStatsAnomalies": [ # Output only. The list of historical stats and anomalies with specified objectives. + "monitoringStatsAnomalies": [ # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). The list of historical stats and anomalies with specified objectives. { # A list of historical SnapshotAnalysis or ImportFeaturesAnalysis stats requested by user, sorted by FeatureStatsAnomaly.start_time descending. "featureStatsAnomaly": { # Stats and Anomaly generated at specific timestamp for specific Feature. The start_time and end_time are used to define the time range of the dataset that current stats belongs to, e.g. prediction traffic is bucketed into prediction datasets by time window. If the Dataset is not defined by time window, start_time = end_time. Timestamp of the stats and anomalies always refers to end_time. Raw stats and anomalies are stored in stats_uri or anomaly_uri in the tensorflow defined protos. Field data_stats contains almost identical information with the raw stats in Vertex AI defined proto, for UI to display. # Output only. The stats and anomalies generated at specific timestamp. "anomalyDetectionThreshold": 3.14, # This is the threshold used when detecting anomalies. The threshold can be changed by user, so this one might be different from ThresholdConfig.value. @@ -592,9 +592,9 @@

Method Details

"objective": "A String", # Output only. The objective for each stats. }, ], - "name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type. - "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this EntityType was most recently updated. - "valueType": "A String", # Immutable. Type of Feature value. + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type. + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Timestamp when this EntityType was most recently updated. + "valueType": "A String", # Immutable. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Type of Feature value. }, ], "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as SearchFeaturesRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.hyperparameterTuningJobs.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.hyperparameterTuningJobs.html index 08b2cb652d6..8075f4874af 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.hyperparameterTuningJobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.hyperparameterTuningJobs.html @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@

Method Details

"experimentRun": "A String", # Optional. The Experiment Run associated with this job. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadataStores}/contexts/{experiment-name}-{experiment-run-name}` "network": "A String", # Optional. The full name of the Compute Engine [network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the Job should be peered. For example, `projects/12345/global/networks/myVPC`. [Format](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/networks/insert) is of the form `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. Where {project} is a project number, as in `12345`, and {network} is a network name. To specify this field, you must have already [configured VPC Network Peering for Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/vpc-peering). If this field is left unspecified, the job is not peered with any network. "persistentResourceId": "A String", # Optional. The ID of the PersistentResource in the same Project and Location which to run If this is specified, the job will be run on existing machines held by the PersistentResource instead of on-demand short-live machines. The network and CMEK configs on the job should be consistent with those on the PersistentResource, otherwise, the job will be rejected. + "protectedArtifactLocationId": "A String", # The ID of the location to store protected artifacts. e.g. us-central1. Populate only when the location is different than CustomJob location. For unprotected artifacts, the value of this field is ignored. List of supported locations: https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/locations "reservedIpRanges": [ # Optional. A list of names for the reserved ip ranges under the VPC network that can be used for this job. If set, we will deploy the job within the provided ip ranges. Otherwise, the job will be deployed to any ip ranges under the provided VPC network. Example: ['vertex-ai-ip-range']. "A String", ], @@ -507,6 +508,7 @@

Method Details

"experimentRun": "A String", # Optional. The Experiment Run associated with this job. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadataStores}/contexts/{experiment-name}-{experiment-run-name}` "network": "A String", # Optional. The full name of the Compute Engine [network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the Job should be peered. For example, `projects/12345/global/networks/myVPC`. [Format](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/networks/insert) is of the form `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. Where {project} is a project number, as in `12345`, and {network} is a network name. To specify this field, you must have already [configured VPC Network Peering for Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/vpc-peering). If this field is left unspecified, the job is not peered with any network. "persistentResourceId": "A String", # Optional. The ID of the PersistentResource in the same Project and Location which to run If this is specified, the job will be run on existing machines held by the PersistentResource instead of on-demand short-live machines. The network and CMEK configs on the job should be consistent with those on the PersistentResource, otherwise, the job will be rejected. + "protectedArtifactLocationId": "A String", # The ID of the location to store protected artifacts. e.g. us-central1. Populate only when the location is different than CustomJob location. For unprotected artifacts, the value of this field is ignored. List of supported locations: https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/locations "reservedIpRanges": [ # Optional. A list of names for the reserved ip ranges under the VPC network that can be used for this job. If set, we will deploy the job within the provided ip ranges. Otherwise, the job will be deployed to any ip ranges under the provided VPC network. Example: ['vertex-ai-ip-range']. "A String", ], @@ -792,6 +794,7 @@

Method Details

"experimentRun": "A String", # Optional. The Experiment Run associated with this job. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadataStores}/contexts/{experiment-name}-{experiment-run-name}` "network": "A String", # Optional. The full name of the Compute Engine [network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the Job should be peered. For example, `projects/12345/global/networks/myVPC`. [Format](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/networks/insert) is of the form `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. Where {project} is a project number, as in `12345`, and {network} is a network name. To specify this field, you must have already [configured VPC Network Peering for Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/vpc-peering). If this field is left unspecified, the job is not peered with any network. "persistentResourceId": "A String", # Optional. The ID of the PersistentResource in the same Project and Location which to run If this is specified, the job will be run on existing machines held by the PersistentResource instead of on-demand short-live machines. The network and CMEK configs on the job should be consistent with those on the PersistentResource, otherwise, the job will be rejected. + "protectedArtifactLocationId": "A String", # The ID of the location to store protected artifacts. e.g. us-central1. Populate only when the location is different than CustomJob location. For unprotected artifacts, the value of this field is ignored. List of supported locations: https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/locations "reservedIpRanges": [ # Optional. A list of names for the reserved ip ranges under the VPC network that can be used for this job. If set, we will deploy the job within the provided ip ranges. Otherwise, the job will be deployed to any ip ranges under the provided VPC network. Example: ['vertex-ai-ip-range']. "A String", ], @@ -1048,6 +1051,7 @@

Method Details

"experimentRun": "A String", # Optional. The Experiment Run associated with this job. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadataStores}/contexts/{experiment-name}-{experiment-run-name}` "network": "A String", # Optional. The full name of the Compute Engine [network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the Job should be peered. For example, `projects/12345/global/networks/myVPC`. [Format](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/networks/insert) is of the form `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. Where {project} is a project number, as in `12345`, and {network} is a network name. To specify this field, you must have already [configured VPC Network Peering for Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/vpc-peering). If this field is left unspecified, the job is not peered with any network. "persistentResourceId": "A String", # Optional. The ID of the PersistentResource in the same Project and Location which to run If this is specified, the job will be run on existing machines held by the PersistentResource instead of on-demand short-live machines. The network and CMEK configs on the job should be consistent with those on the PersistentResource, otherwise, the job will be rejected. + "protectedArtifactLocationId": "A String", # The ID of the location to store protected artifacts. e.g. us-central1. Populate only when the location is different than CustomJob location. For unprotected artifacts, the value of this field is ignored. List of supported locations: https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/locations "reservedIpRanges": [ # Optional. A list of names for the reserved ip ranges under the VPC network that can be used for this job. If set, we will deploy the job within the provided ip ranges. Otherwise, the job will be deployed to any ip ranges under the provided VPC network. Example: ['vertex-ai-ip-range']. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.nasJobs.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.nasJobs.html index 347fab7e83e..23aa38fcc74 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.nasJobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.nasJobs.html @@ -221,6 +221,7 @@

Method Details

"experimentRun": "A String", # Optional. The Experiment Run associated with this job. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadataStores}/contexts/{experiment-name}-{experiment-run-name}` "network": "A String", # Optional. The full name of the Compute Engine [network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the Job should be peered. For example, `projects/12345/global/networks/myVPC`. [Format](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/networks/insert) is of the form `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. Where {project} is a project number, as in `12345`, and {network} is a network name. To specify this field, you must have already [configured VPC Network Peering for Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/vpc-peering). If this field is left unspecified, the job is not peered with any network. "persistentResourceId": "A String", # Optional. The ID of the PersistentResource in the same Project and Location which to run If this is specified, the job will be run on existing machines held by the PersistentResource instead of on-demand short-live machines. The network and CMEK configs on the job should be consistent with those on the PersistentResource, otherwise, the job will be rejected. + "protectedArtifactLocationId": "A String", # The ID of the location to store protected artifacts. e.g. us-central1. Populate only when the location is different than CustomJob location. For unprotected artifacts, the value of this field is ignored. List of supported locations: https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/locations "reservedIpRanges": [ # Optional. A list of names for the reserved ip ranges under the VPC network that can be used for this job. If set, we will deploy the job within the provided ip ranges. Otherwise, the job will be deployed to any ip ranges under the provided VPC network. Example: ['vertex-ai-ip-range']. "A String", ], @@ -299,6 +300,7 @@

Method Details

"experimentRun": "A String", # Optional. The Experiment Run associated with this job. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadataStores}/contexts/{experiment-name}-{experiment-run-name}` "network": "A String", # Optional. The full name of the Compute Engine [network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the Job should be peered. For example, `projects/12345/global/networks/myVPC`. [Format](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/networks/insert) is of the form `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. Where {project} is a project number, as in `12345`, and {network} is a network name. To specify this field, you must have already [configured VPC Network Peering for Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/vpc-peering). If this field is left unspecified, the job is not peered with any network. "persistentResourceId": "A String", # Optional. The ID of the PersistentResource in the same Project and Location which to run If this is specified, the job will be run on existing machines held by the PersistentResource instead of on-demand short-live machines. The network and CMEK configs on the job should be consistent with those on the PersistentResource, otherwise, the job will be rejected. + "protectedArtifactLocationId": "A String", # The ID of the location to store protected artifacts. e.g. us-central1. Populate only when the location is different than CustomJob location. For unprotected artifacts, the value of this field is ignored. List of supported locations: https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/locations "reservedIpRanges": [ # Optional. A list of names for the reserved ip ranges under the VPC network that can be used for this job. If set, we will deploy the job within the provided ip ranges. Otherwise, the job will be deployed to any ip ranges under the provided VPC network. Example: ['vertex-ai-ip-range']. "A String", ], @@ -463,6 +465,7 @@

Method Details

"experimentRun": "A String", # Optional. The Experiment Run associated with this job. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadataStores}/contexts/{experiment-name}-{experiment-run-name}` "network": "A String", # Optional. The full name of the Compute Engine [network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the Job should be peered. For example, `projects/12345/global/networks/myVPC`. [Format](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/networks/insert) is of the form `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. Where {project} is a project number, as in `12345`, and {network} is a network name. To specify this field, you must have already [configured VPC Network Peering for Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/vpc-peering). If this field is left unspecified, the job is not peered with any network. "persistentResourceId": "A String", # Optional. The ID of the PersistentResource in the same Project and Location which to run If this is specified, the job will be run on existing machines held by the PersistentResource instead of on-demand short-live machines. The network and CMEK configs on the job should be consistent with those on the PersistentResource, otherwise, the job will be rejected. + "protectedArtifactLocationId": "A String", # The ID of the location to store protected artifacts. e.g. us-central1. Populate only when the location is different than CustomJob location. For unprotected artifacts, the value of this field is ignored. List of supported locations: https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/locations "reservedIpRanges": [ # Optional. A list of names for the reserved ip ranges under the VPC network that can be used for this job. If set, we will deploy the job within the provided ip ranges. Otherwise, the job will be deployed to any ip ranges under the provided VPC network. Example: ['vertex-ai-ip-range']. "A String", ], @@ -541,6 +544,7 @@

Method Details

"experimentRun": "A String", # Optional. The Experiment Run associated with this job. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadataStores}/contexts/{experiment-name}-{experiment-run-name}` "network": "A String", # Optional. The full name of the Compute Engine [network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the Job should be peered. For example, `projects/12345/global/networks/myVPC`. [Format](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/networks/insert) is of the form `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. Where {project} is a project number, as in `12345`, and {network} is a network name. To specify this field, you must have already [configured VPC Network Peering for Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/vpc-peering). If this field is left unspecified, the job is not peered with any network. "persistentResourceId": "A String", # Optional. The ID of the PersistentResource in the same Project and Location which to run If this is specified, the job will be run on existing machines held by the PersistentResource instead of on-demand short-live machines. The network and CMEK configs on the job should be consistent with those on the PersistentResource, otherwise, the job will be rejected. + "protectedArtifactLocationId": "A String", # The ID of the location to store protected artifacts. e.g. us-central1. Populate only when the location is different than CustomJob location. For unprotected artifacts, the value of this field is ignored. List of supported locations: https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/locations "reservedIpRanges": [ # Optional. A list of names for the reserved ip ranges under the VPC network that can be used for this job. If set, we will deploy the job within the provided ip ranges. Otherwise, the job will be deployed to any ip ranges under the provided VPC network. Example: ['vertex-ai-ip-range']. "A String", ], @@ -747,6 +751,7 @@

Method Details

"experimentRun": "A String", # Optional. The Experiment Run associated with this job. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadataStores}/contexts/{experiment-name}-{experiment-run-name}` "network": "A String", # Optional. The full name of the Compute Engine [network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the Job should be peered. For example, `projects/12345/global/networks/myVPC`. [Format](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/networks/insert) is of the form `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. Where {project} is a project number, as in `12345`, and {network} is a network name. To specify this field, you must have already [configured VPC Network Peering for Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/vpc-peering). If this field is left unspecified, the job is not peered with any network. "persistentResourceId": "A String", # Optional. The ID of the PersistentResource in the same Project and Location which to run If this is specified, the job will be run on existing machines held by the PersistentResource instead of on-demand short-live machines. The network and CMEK configs on the job should be consistent with those on the PersistentResource, otherwise, the job will be rejected. + "protectedArtifactLocationId": "A String", # The ID of the location to store protected artifacts. e.g. us-central1. Populate only when the location is different than CustomJob location. For unprotected artifacts, the value of this field is ignored. List of supported locations: https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/locations "reservedIpRanges": [ # Optional. A list of names for the reserved ip ranges under the VPC network that can be used for this job. If set, we will deploy the job within the provided ip ranges. Otherwise, the job will be deployed to any ip ranges under the provided VPC network. Example: ['vertex-ai-ip-range']. "A String", ], @@ -825,6 +830,7 @@

Method Details

"experimentRun": "A String", # Optional. The Experiment Run associated with this job. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadataStores}/contexts/{experiment-name}-{experiment-run-name}` "network": "A String", # Optional. The full name of the Compute Engine [network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the Job should be peered. For example, `projects/12345/global/networks/myVPC`. [Format](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/networks/insert) is of the form `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. Where {project} is a project number, as in `12345`, and {network} is a network name. To specify this field, you must have already [configured VPC Network Peering for Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/vpc-peering). If this field is left unspecified, the job is not peered with any network. "persistentResourceId": "A String", # Optional. The ID of the PersistentResource in the same Project and Location which to run If this is specified, the job will be run on existing machines held by the PersistentResource instead of on-demand short-live machines. The network and CMEK configs on the job should be consistent with those on the PersistentResource, otherwise, the job will be rejected. + "protectedArtifactLocationId": "A String", # The ID of the location to store protected artifacts. e.g. us-central1. Populate only when the location is different than CustomJob location. For unprotected artifacts, the value of this field is ignored. List of supported locations: https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/locations "reservedIpRanges": [ # Optional. A list of names for the reserved ip ranges under the VPC network that can be used for this job. If set, we will deploy the job within the provided ip ranges. Otherwise, the job will be deployed to any ip ranges under the provided VPC network. Example: ['vertex-ai-ip-range']. "A String", ], @@ -1002,6 +1008,7 @@

Method Details

"experimentRun": "A String", # Optional. The Experiment Run associated with this job. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadataStores}/contexts/{experiment-name}-{experiment-run-name}` "network": "A String", # Optional. The full name of the Compute Engine [network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the Job should be peered. For example, `projects/12345/global/networks/myVPC`. [Format](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/networks/insert) is of the form `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. Where {project} is a project number, as in `12345`, and {network} is a network name. To specify this field, you must have already [configured VPC Network Peering for Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/vpc-peering). If this field is left unspecified, the job is not peered with any network. "persistentResourceId": "A String", # Optional. The ID of the PersistentResource in the same Project and Location which to run If this is specified, the job will be run on existing machines held by the PersistentResource instead of on-demand short-live machines. The network and CMEK configs on the job should be consistent with those on the PersistentResource, otherwise, the job will be rejected. + "protectedArtifactLocationId": "A String", # The ID of the location to store protected artifacts. e.g. us-central1. Populate only when the location is different than CustomJob location. For unprotected artifacts, the value of this field is ignored. List of supported locations: https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/locations "reservedIpRanges": [ # Optional. A list of names for the reserved ip ranges under the VPC network that can be used for this job. If set, we will deploy the job within the provided ip ranges. Otherwise, the job will be deployed to any ip ranges under the provided VPC network. Example: ['vertex-ai-ip-range']. "A String", ], @@ -1080,6 +1087,7 @@

Method Details

"experimentRun": "A String", # Optional. The Experiment Run associated with this job. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/metadataStores/{metadataStores}/contexts/{experiment-name}-{experiment-run-name}` "network": "A String", # Optional. The full name of the Compute Engine [network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the Job should be peered. For example, `projects/12345/global/networks/myVPC`. [Format](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/networks/insert) is of the form `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. Where {project} is a project number, as in `12345`, and {network} is a network name. To specify this field, you must have already [configured VPC Network Peering for Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/vpc-peering). If this field is left unspecified, the job is not peered with any network. "persistentResourceId": "A String", # Optional. The ID of the PersistentResource in the same Project and Location which to run If this is specified, the job will be run on existing machines held by the PersistentResource instead of on-demand short-live machines. The network and CMEK configs on the job should be consistent with those on the PersistentResource, otherwise, the job will be rejected. + "protectedArtifactLocationId": "A String", # The ID of the location to store protected artifacts. e.g. us-central1. Populate only when the location is different than CustomJob location. For unprotected artifacts, the value of this field is ignored. List of supported locations: https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/locations "reservedIpRanges": [ # Optional. A list of names for the reserved ip ranges under the VPC network that can be used for this job. If set, we will deploy the job within the provided ip ranges. Otherwise, the job will be deployed to any ip ranges under the provided VPC network. Example: ['vertex-ai-ip-range']. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.accounts.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.accounts.html index 4a937838ed0..21483195863 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.accounts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.accounts.html @@ -735,7 +735,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this Channel Group resource. Format: properties/{property}/channelGroups/{channel_group} - "systemDefined": True or False, # Output only. Default Channel Group defined by Google, which cannot be updated. + "systemDefined": True or False, # Output only. If true, then this channel group is the Default Channel Group predefined by Google Analytics. Display name and grouping rules cannot be updated for this channel group. }, "conversionEvent": { # A conversion event in a Google Analytics property. # A snapshot of a ConversionEvent resource in change history. "countingMethod": "A String", # Optional. The method by which conversions will be counted across multiple events within a session. If this value is not provided, it will be set to `ONCE_PER_EVENT`. @@ -1198,7 +1198,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this Channel Group resource. Format: properties/{property}/channelGroups/{channel_group} - "systemDefined": True or False, # Output only. Default Channel Group defined by Google, which cannot be updated. + "systemDefined": True or False, # Output only. If true, then this channel group is the Default Channel Group predefined by Google Analytics. Display name and grouping rules cannot be updated for this channel group. }, "conversionEvent": { # A conversion event in a Google Analytics property. # A snapshot of a ConversionEvent resource in change history. "countingMethod": "A String", # Optional. The method by which conversions will be counted across multiple events within a session. If this value is not provided, it will be set to `ONCE_PER_EVENT`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.channelGroups.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.channelGroups.html index 5827c364c04..660dcf3d051 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.channelGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.channelGroups.html @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this Channel Group resource. Format: properties/{property}/channelGroups/{channel_group} - "systemDefined": True or False, # Output only. Default Channel Group defined by Google, which cannot be updated. + "systemDefined": True or False, # Output only. If true, then this channel group is the Default Channel Group predefined by Google Analytics. Display name and grouping rules cannot be updated for this channel group. } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this Channel Group resource. Format: properties/{property}/channelGroups/{channel_group} - "systemDefined": True or False, # Output only. Default Channel Group defined by Google, which cannot be updated. + "systemDefined": True or False, # Output only. If true, then this channel group is the Default Channel Group predefined by Google Analytics. Display name and grouping rules cannot be updated for this channel group. }
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this Channel Group resource. Format: properties/{property}/channelGroups/{channel_group} - "systemDefined": True or False, # Output only. Default Channel Group defined by Google, which cannot be updated. + "systemDefined": True or False, # Output only. If true, then this channel group is the Default Channel Group predefined by Google Analytics. Display name and grouping rules cannot be updated for this channel group. }
@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this Channel Group resource. Format: properties/{property}/channelGroups/{channel_group} - "systemDefined": True or False, # Output only. Default Channel Group defined by Google, which cannot be updated. + "systemDefined": True or False, # Output only. If true, then this channel group is the Default Channel Group predefined by Google Analytics. Display name and grouping rules cannot be updated for this channel group. }, ], "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages. @@ -379,7 +379,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this Channel Group resource. Format: properties/{property}/channelGroups/{channel_group} - "systemDefined": True or False, # Output only. Default Channel Group defined by Google, which cannot be updated. + "systemDefined": True or False, # Output only. If true, then this channel group is the Default Channel Group predefined by Google Analytics. Display name and grouping rules cannot be updated for this channel group. } updateMask: string, Required. The list of fields to be updated. Field names must be in snake case (e.g., "field_to_update"). Omitted fields will not be updated. To replace the entire entity, use one path with the string "*" to match all fields. @@ -425,7 +425,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this Channel Group resource. Format: properties/{property}/channelGroups/{channel_group} - "systemDefined": True or False, # Output only. Default Channel Group defined by Google, which cannot be updated. + "systemDefined": True or False, # Output only. If true, then this channel group is the Default Channel Group predefined by Google Analytics. Display name and grouping rules cannot be updated for this channel group. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/androidenterprise_v1.permissions.html b/docs/dyn/androidenterprise_v1.permissions.html index 308f9d0e029..af9b67bc692 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/androidenterprise_v1.permissions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/androidenterprise_v1.permissions.html @@ -102,8 +102,8 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # A Permissions resource represents some extra capability, to be granted to an Android app, which requires explicit consent. An enterprise admin must consent to these permissions on behalf of their users before an entitlement for the app can be created. The permissions collection is read-only. The information provided for each permission (localized name and description) is intended to be used in the MDM user interface when obtaining consent from the enterprise. - "description": "A String", # A longer description of the Permissions resource, giving more details of what it affects. - "name": "A String", # The name of the permission. + "description": "A String", # A longer description of the Permissions resource, giving more details of what it affects. This field may be absent. + "name": "A String", # The name of the permission. This field may be absent. "permissionId": "A String", # An opaque string uniquely identifying the permission. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.policies.html b/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.policies.html index 9cbde5b3aeb..d62c74ccb6e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.policies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.policies.html @@ -384,7 +384,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "cameraDisabled": True or False, # If true, the camera is disabled on the personal profile. - "maxDaysWithWorkOff": 42, # Controls how long the work profile can stay off. The minimum duration must be at least 3 days. Other details are as follows: - If the duration is set to 0, the feature is turned off. - If the duration is set to any value between 1-2 days, the feature is automatically set to 3 days. *Note:* If you want to avoid personal profiles being suspended during long periods of off-time, you can temporarily set a large value for this parameter. + "maxDaysWithWorkOff": 42, # Controls how long the work profile can stay off. The minimum duration must be at least 3 days. Other details are as follows: - If the duration is set to 0, the feature is turned off. - If the duration is set to a value smaller than the minimum duration, the feature returns an error. *Note:* If you want to avoid personal profiles being suspended during long periods of off-time, you can temporarily set a large value for this parameter. "personalApplications": [ # Policy applied to applications in the personal profile. { # Policies for apps in the personal profile of a company-owned device with a work profile. "installType": "A String", # The type of installation to perform. @@ -473,7 +473,7 @@

Method Details

"systemUpdate": { # Configuration for managing system updates # The system update policy, which controls how OS updates are applied. If the update type is WINDOWED, the update window will automatically apply to Play app updates as well. "endMinutes": 42, # If the type is WINDOWED, the end of the maintenance window, measured as the number of minutes after midnight in device's local time. This value must be between 0 and 1439, inclusive. If this value is less than start_minutes, then the maintenance window spans midnight. If the maintenance window specified is smaller than 30 minutes, the actual window is extended to 30 minutes beyond the start time. "freezePeriods": [ # An annually repeating time period in which over-the-air (OTA) system updates are postponed to freeze the OS version running on a device. To prevent freezing the device indefinitely, each freeze period must be separated by at least 60 days. - { # A system freeze period. When a device’s clock is within the freeze period, all incoming system updates (including security patches) are blocked and won’t be installed. When a device is outside the freeze period, normal update behavior applies. Leap years are ignored in freeze period calculations, in particular: * If Feb. 29th is set as the start or end date of a freeze period, the freeze period will start or end on Feb. 28th instead. * When a device’s system clock reads Feb. 29th, it’s treated as Feb. 28th. * When calculating the number of days in a freeze period or the time between two freeze periods, Feb. 29th is ignored and not counted as a day.Note: For Freeze Periods to take effect, SystemUpdateType cannot be specified as SYSTEM_UPDATE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED, because freeze periods require a defined policy to be specified. + { # A system freeze period. When a device’s clock is within the freeze period, all incoming system updates (including security patches) are blocked and won’t be installed.When the device is outside any set freeze periods, the normal policy behavior (automatic, windowed, or postponed) applies.Leap years are ignored in freeze period calculations, in particular: If Feb. 29th is set as the start or end date of a freeze period, the freeze period will start or end on Feb. 28th instead. When a device’s system clock reads Feb. 29th, it’s treated as Feb. 28th. When calculating the number of days in a freeze period or the time between two freeze periods, Feb. 29th is ignored and not counted as a day.Note: For Freeze Periods to take effect, SystemUpdateType cannot be specified as SYSTEM_UPDATE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED, because freeze periods require a defined policy to be specified. "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date).Related types: google.type.TimeOfDay google.type.DateTime google.protobuf.Timestamp # The end date (inclusive) of the freeze period. Must be no later than 90 days from the start date. If the end date is earlier than the start date, the freeze period is considered wrapping year-end. Note: year must not be set. For example, {"month": 1,"date": 30}. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. @@ -782,7 +782,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "cameraDisabled": True or False, # If true, the camera is disabled on the personal profile. - "maxDaysWithWorkOff": 42, # Controls how long the work profile can stay off. The minimum duration must be at least 3 days. Other details are as follows: - If the duration is set to 0, the feature is turned off. - If the duration is set to any value between 1-2 days, the feature is automatically set to 3 days. *Note:* If you want to avoid personal profiles being suspended during long periods of off-time, you can temporarily set a large value for this parameter. + "maxDaysWithWorkOff": 42, # Controls how long the work profile can stay off. The minimum duration must be at least 3 days. Other details are as follows: - If the duration is set to 0, the feature is turned off. - If the duration is set to a value smaller than the minimum duration, the feature returns an error. *Note:* If you want to avoid personal profiles being suspended during long periods of off-time, you can temporarily set a large value for this parameter. "personalApplications": [ # Policy applied to applications in the personal profile. { # Policies for apps in the personal profile of a company-owned device with a work profile. "installType": "A String", # The type of installation to perform. @@ -871,7 +871,7 @@

Method Details

"systemUpdate": { # Configuration for managing system updates # The system update policy, which controls how OS updates are applied. If the update type is WINDOWED, the update window will automatically apply to Play app updates as well. "endMinutes": 42, # If the type is WINDOWED, the end of the maintenance window, measured as the number of minutes after midnight in device's local time. This value must be between 0 and 1439, inclusive. If this value is less than start_minutes, then the maintenance window spans midnight. If the maintenance window specified is smaller than 30 minutes, the actual window is extended to 30 minutes beyond the start time. "freezePeriods": [ # An annually repeating time period in which over-the-air (OTA) system updates are postponed to freeze the OS version running on a device. To prevent freezing the device indefinitely, each freeze period must be separated by at least 60 days. - { # A system freeze period. When a device’s clock is within the freeze period, all incoming system updates (including security patches) are blocked and won’t be installed. When a device is outside the freeze period, normal update behavior applies. Leap years are ignored in freeze period calculations, in particular: * If Feb. 29th is set as the start or end date of a freeze period, the freeze period will start or end on Feb. 28th instead. * When a device’s system clock reads Feb. 29th, it’s treated as Feb. 28th. * When calculating the number of days in a freeze period or the time between two freeze periods, Feb. 29th is ignored and not counted as a day.Note: For Freeze Periods to take effect, SystemUpdateType cannot be specified as SYSTEM_UPDATE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED, because freeze periods require a defined policy to be specified. + { # A system freeze period. When a device’s clock is within the freeze period, all incoming system updates (including security patches) are blocked and won’t be installed.When the device is outside any set freeze periods, the normal policy behavior (automatic, windowed, or postponed) applies.Leap years are ignored in freeze period calculations, in particular: If Feb. 29th is set as the start or end date of a freeze period, the freeze period will start or end on Feb. 28th instead. When a device’s system clock reads Feb. 29th, it’s treated as Feb. 28th. When calculating the number of days in a freeze period or the time between two freeze periods, Feb. 29th is ignored and not counted as a day.Note: For Freeze Periods to take effect, SystemUpdateType cannot be specified as SYSTEM_UPDATE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED, because freeze periods require a defined policy to be specified. "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date).Related types: google.type.TimeOfDay google.type.DateTime google.protobuf.Timestamp # The end date (inclusive) of the freeze period. Must be no later than 90 days from the start date. If the end date is earlier than the start date, the freeze period is considered wrapping year-end. Note: year must not be set. For example, {"month": 1,"date": 30}. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. @@ -1186,7 +1186,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "cameraDisabled": True or False, # If true, the camera is disabled on the personal profile. - "maxDaysWithWorkOff": 42, # Controls how long the work profile can stay off. The minimum duration must be at least 3 days. Other details are as follows: - If the duration is set to 0, the feature is turned off. - If the duration is set to any value between 1-2 days, the feature is automatically set to 3 days. *Note:* If you want to avoid personal profiles being suspended during long periods of off-time, you can temporarily set a large value for this parameter. + "maxDaysWithWorkOff": 42, # Controls how long the work profile can stay off. The minimum duration must be at least 3 days. Other details are as follows: - If the duration is set to 0, the feature is turned off. - If the duration is set to a value smaller than the minimum duration, the feature returns an error. *Note:* If you want to avoid personal profiles being suspended during long periods of off-time, you can temporarily set a large value for this parameter. "personalApplications": [ # Policy applied to applications in the personal profile. { # Policies for apps in the personal profile of a company-owned device with a work profile. "installType": "A String", # The type of installation to perform. @@ -1275,7 +1275,7 @@

Method Details

"systemUpdate": { # Configuration for managing system updates # The system update policy, which controls how OS updates are applied. If the update type is WINDOWED, the update window will automatically apply to Play app updates as well. "endMinutes": 42, # If the type is WINDOWED, the end of the maintenance window, measured as the number of minutes after midnight in device's local time. This value must be between 0 and 1439, inclusive. If this value is less than start_minutes, then the maintenance window spans midnight. If the maintenance window specified is smaller than 30 minutes, the actual window is extended to 30 minutes beyond the start time. "freezePeriods": [ # An annually repeating time period in which over-the-air (OTA) system updates are postponed to freeze the OS version running on a device. To prevent freezing the device indefinitely, each freeze period must be separated by at least 60 days. - { # A system freeze period. When a device’s clock is within the freeze period, all incoming system updates (including security patches) are blocked and won’t be installed. When a device is outside the freeze period, normal update behavior applies. Leap years are ignored in freeze period calculations, in particular: * If Feb. 29th is set as the start or end date of a freeze period, the freeze period will start or end on Feb. 28th instead. * When a device’s system clock reads Feb. 29th, it’s treated as Feb. 28th. * When calculating the number of days in a freeze period or the time between two freeze periods, Feb. 29th is ignored and not counted as a day.Note: For Freeze Periods to take effect, SystemUpdateType cannot be specified as SYSTEM_UPDATE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED, because freeze periods require a defined policy to be specified. + { # A system freeze period. When a device’s clock is within the freeze period, all incoming system updates (including security patches) are blocked and won’t be installed.When the device is outside any set freeze periods, the normal policy behavior (automatic, windowed, or postponed) applies.Leap years are ignored in freeze period calculations, in particular: If Feb. 29th is set as the start or end date of a freeze period, the freeze period will start or end on Feb. 28th instead. When a device’s system clock reads Feb. 29th, it’s treated as Feb. 28th. When calculating the number of days in a freeze period or the time between two freeze periods, Feb. 29th is ignored and not counted as a day.Note: For Freeze Periods to take effect, SystemUpdateType cannot be specified as SYSTEM_UPDATE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED, because freeze periods require a defined policy to be specified. "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date).Related types: google.type.TimeOfDay google.type.DateTime google.protobuf.Timestamp # The end date (inclusive) of the freeze period. Must be no later than 90 days from the start date. If the end date is earlier than the start date, the freeze period is considered wrapping year-end. Note: year must not be set. For example, {"month": 1,"date": 30}. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. @@ -1573,7 +1573,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "cameraDisabled": True or False, # If true, the camera is disabled on the personal profile. - "maxDaysWithWorkOff": 42, # Controls how long the work profile can stay off. The minimum duration must be at least 3 days. Other details are as follows: - If the duration is set to 0, the feature is turned off. - If the duration is set to any value between 1-2 days, the feature is automatically set to 3 days. *Note:* If you want to avoid personal profiles being suspended during long periods of off-time, you can temporarily set a large value for this parameter. + "maxDaysWithWorkOff": 42, # Controls how long the work profile can stay off. The minimum duration must be at least 3 days. Other details are as follows: - If the duration is set to 0, the feature is turned off. - If the duration is set to a value smaller than the minimum duration, the feature returns an error. *Note:* If you want to avoid personal profiles being suspended during long periods of off-time, you can temporarily set a large value for this parameter. "personalApplications": [ # Policy applied to applications in the personal profile. { # Policies for apps in the personal profile of a company-owned device with a work profile. "installType": "A String", # The type of installation to perform. @@ -1662,7 +1662,7 @@

Method Details

"systemUpdate": { # Configuration for managing system updates # The system update policy, which controls how OS updates are applied. If the update type is WINDOWED, the update window will automatically apply to Play app updates as well. "endMinutes": 42, # If the type is WINDOWED, the end of the maintenance window, measured as the number of minutes after midnight in device's local time. This value must be between 0 and 1439, inclusive. If this value is less than start_minutes, then the maintenance window spans midnight. If the maintenance window specified is smaller than 30 minutes, the actual window is extended to 30 minutes beyond the start time. "freezePeriods": [ # An annually repeating time period in which over-the-air (OTA) system updates are postponed to freeze the OS version running on a device. To prevent freezing the device indefinitely, each freeze period must be separated by at least 60 days. - { # A system freeze period. When a device’s clock is within the freeze period, all incoming system updates (including security patches) are blocked and won’t be installed. When a device is outside the freeze period, normal update behavior applies. Leap years are ignored in freeze period calculations, in particular: * If Feb. 29th is set as the start or end date of a freeze period, the freeze period will start or end on Feb. 28th instead. * When a device’s system clock reads Feb. 29th, it’s treated as Feb. 28th. * When calculating the number of days in a freeze period or the time between two freeze periods, Feb. 29th is ignored and not counted as a day.Note: For Freeze Periods to take effect, SystemUpdateType cannot be specified as SYSTEM_UPDATE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED, because freeze periods require a defined policy to be specified. + { # A system freeze period. When a device’s clock is within the freeze period, all incoming system updates (including security patches) are blocked and won’t be installed.When the device is outside any set freeze periods, the normal policy behavior (automatic, windowed, or postponed) applies.Leap years are ignored in freeze period calculations, in particular: If Feb. 29th is set as the start or end date of a freeze period, the freeze period will start or end on Feb. 28th instead. When a device’s system clock reads Feb. 29th, it’s treated as Feb. 28th. When calculating the number of days in a freeze period or the time between two freeze periods, Feb. 29th is ignored and not counted as a day.Note: For Freeze Periods to take effect, SystemUpdateType cannot be specified as SYSTEM_UPDATE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED, because freeze periods require a defined policy to be specified. "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date).Related types: google.type.TimeOfDay google.type.DateTime google.protobuf.Timestamp # The end date (inclusive) of the freeze period. Must be no later than 90 days from the start date. If the end date is earlier than the start date, the freeze period is considered wrapping year-end. Note: year must not be set. For example, {"month": 1,"date": 30}. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. diff --git a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.html b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.html index 692062802a7..34689973278 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.html +++ b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.html @@ -239,6 +239,12 @@

Method Details

"pythonRepository": { # Configuration for a Python remote repository. # Specific settings for a Python remote repository. "publicRepository": "A String", # One of the publicly available Python repositories supported by Artifact Registry. }, + "upstreamCredentials": { # The credentials to access the remote repository. # Optional. The credentials used to access the remote repository. + "usernamePasswordCredentials": { # Username and password credentials. # Use username and password to access the remote repository. + "passwordSecretVersion": "A String", # The Secret Manager key version that holds the password to access the remote repository. Must be in the format of `projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}`. + "username": "A String", # The username to access the remote repository. + }, + }, "yumRepository": { # Configuration for a Yum remote repository. # Specific settings for a Yum remote repository. "publicRepository": { # Publicly available Yum repositories constructed from a common repository base and a custom repository path. # One of the publicly available Yum repositories supported by Artifact Registry. "repositoryBase": "A String", # A common public repository base for Yum. @@ -404,6 +410,12 @@

Method Details

"pythonRepository": { # Configuration for a Python remote repository. # Specific settings for a Python remote repository. "publicRepository": "A String", # One of the publicly available Python repositories supported by Artifact Registry. }, + "upstreamCredentials": { # The credentials to access the remote repository. # Optional. The credentials used to access the remote repository. + "usernamePasswordCredentials": { # Username and password credentials. # Use username and password to access the remote repository. + "passwordSecretVersion": "A String", # The Secret Manager key version that holds the password to access the remote repository. Must be in the format of `projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}`. + "username": "A String", # The username to access the remote repository. + }, + }, "yumRepository": { # Configuration for a Yum remote repository. # Specific settings for a Yum remote repository. "publicRepository": { # Publicly available Yum repositories constructed from a common repository base and a custom repository path. # One of the publicly available Yum repositories supported by Artifact Registry. "repositoryBase": "A String", # A common public repository base for Yum. @@ -545,6 +557,12 @@

Method Details

"pythonRepository": { # Configuration for a Python remote repository. # Specific settings for a Python remote repository. "publicRepository": "A String", # One of the publicly available Python repositories supported by Artifact Registry. }, + "upstreamCredentials": { # The credentials to access the remote repository. # Optional. The credentials used to access the remote repository. + "usernamePasswordCredentials": { # Username and password credentials. # Use username and password to access the remote repository. + "passwordSecretVersion": "A String", # The Secret Manager key version that holds the password to access the remote repository. Must be in the format of `projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}`. + "username": "A String", # The username to access the remote repository. + }, + }, "yumRepository": { # Configuration for a Yum remote repository. # Specific settings for a Yum remote repository. "publicRepository": { # Publicly available Yum repositories constructed from a common repository base and a custom repository path. # One of the publicly available Yum repositories supported by Artifact Registry. "repositoryBase": "A String", # A common public repository base for Yum. @@ -657,6 +675,12 @@

Method Details

"pythonRepository": { # Configuration for a Python remote repository. # Specific settings for a Python remote repository. "publicRepository": "A String", # One of the publicly available Python repositories supported by Artifact Registry. }, + "upstreamCredentials": { # The credentials to access the remote repository. # Optional. The credentials used to access the remote repository. + "usernamePasswordCredentials": { # Username and password credentials. # Use username and password to access the remote repository. + "passwordSecretVersion": "A String", # The Secret Manager key version that holds the password to access the remote repository. Must be in the format of `projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}`. + "username": "A String", # The username to access the remote repository. + }, + }, "yumRepository": { # Configuration for a Yum remote repository. # Specific settings for a Yum remote repository. "publicRepository": { # Publicly available Yum repositories constructed from a common repository base and a custom repository path. # One of the publicly available Yum repositories supported by Artifact Registry. "repositoryBase": "A String", # A common public repository base for Yum. @@ -752,6 +776,12 @@

Method Details

"pythonRepository": { # Configuration for a Python remote repository. # Specific settings for a Python remote repository. "publicRepository": "A String", # One of the publicly available Python repositories supported by Artifact Registry. }, + "upstreamCredentials": { # The credentials to access the remote repository. # Optional. The credentials used to access the remote repository. + "usernamePasswordCredentials": { # Username and password credentials. # Use username and password to access the remote repository. + "passwordSecretVersion": "A String", # The Secret Manager key version that holds the password to access the remote repository. Must be in the format of `projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}`. + "username": "A String", # The username to access the remote repository. + }, + }, "yumRepository": { # Configuration for a Yum remote repository. # Specific settings for a Yum remote repository. "publicRepository": { # Publicly available Yum repositories constructed from a common repository base and a custom repository path. # One of the publicly available Yum repositories supported by Artifact Registry. "repositoryBase": "A String", # A common public repository base for Yum. diff --git a/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1.organizations.locations.workloads.html b/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1.organizations.locations.workloads.html index 23079025acd..74c76c8bdec 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1.organizations.locations.workloads.html +++ b/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1.organizations.locations.workloads.html @@ -231,6 +231,7 @@

Method Details

"serviceAccessApprover": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view access approval logs. }, "provisionedResourcesParent": "A String", # Input only. The parent resource for the resources managed by this Assured Workload. May be either empty or a folder resource which is a child of the Workload parent. If not specified all resources are created under the parent organization. Format: folders/{folder_id} + "resourceMonitoringEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether resource monitoring is enabled for workload or not. It is true when Resource feed is subscribed to AWM topic and AWM Service Agent Role is binded to AW Service Account for resource Assured workload. "resourceSettings": [ # Input only. Resource properties that are used to customize workload resources. These properties (such as custom project id) will be used to create workload resources if possible. This field is optional. { # Represent the custom settings for the resources to be created. "displayName": "A String", # User-assigned resource display name. If not empty it will be used to create a resource with the specified name. @@ -351,6 +352,7 @@

Method Details

"serviceAccessApprover": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view access approval logs. }, "provisionedResourcesParent": "A String", # Input only. The parent resource for the resources managed by this Assured Workload. May be either empty or a folder resource which is a child of the Workload parent. If not specified all resources are created under the parent organization. Format: folders/{folder_id} + "resourceMonitoringEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether resource monitoring is enabled for workload or not. It is true when Resource feed is subscribed to AWM topic and AWM Service Agent Role is binded to AW Service Account for resource Assured workload. "resourceSettings": [ # Input only. Resource properties that are used to customize workload resources. These properties (such as custom project id) will be used to create workload resources if possible. This field is optional. { # Represent the custom settings for the resources to be created. "displayName": "A String", # User-assigned resource display name. If not empty it will be used to create a resource with the specified name. @@ -429,6 +431,7 @@

Method Details

"serviceAccessApprover": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view access approval logs. }, "provisionedResourcesParent": "A String", # Input only. The parent resource for the resources managed by this Assured Workload. May be either empty or a folder resource which is a child of the Workload parent. If not specified all resources are created under the parent organization. Format: folders/{folder_id} + "resourceMonitoringEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether resource monitoring is enabled for workload or not. It is true when Resource feed is subscribed to AWM topic and AWM Service Agent Role is binded to AW Service Account for resource Assured workload. "resourceSettings": [ # Input only. Resource properties that are used to customize workload resources. These properties (such as custom project id) will be used to create workload resources if possible. This field is optional. { # Represent the custom settings for the resources to be created. "displayName": "A String", # User-assigned resource display name. If not empty it will be used to create a resource with the specified name. @@ -530,6 +533,7 @@

Method Details

"serviceAccessApprover": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view access approval logs. }, "provisionedResourcesParent": "A String", # Input only. The parent resource for the resources managed by this Assured Workload. May be either empty or a folder resource which is a child of the Workload parent. If not specified all resources are created under the parent organization. Format: folders/{folder_id} + "resourceMonitoringEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether resource monitoring is enabled for workload or not. It is true when Resource feed is subscribed to AWM topic and AWM Service Agent Role is binded to AW Service Account for resource Assured workload. "resourceSettings": [ # Input only. Resource properties that are used to customize workload resources. These properties (such as custom project id) will be used to create workload resources if possible. This field is optional. { # Represent the custom settings for the resources to be created. "displayName": "A String", # User-assigned resource display name. If not empty it will be used to create a resource with the specified name. @@ -597,6 +601,7 @@

Method Details

"serviceAccessApprover": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view access approval logs. }, "provisionedResourcesParent": "A String", # Input only. The parent resource for the resources managed by this Assured Workload. May be either empty or a folder resource which is a child of the Workload parent. If not specified all resources are created under the parent organization. Format: folders/{folder_id} + "resourceMonitoringEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether resource monitoring is enabled for workload or not. It is true when Resource feed is subscribed to AWM topic and AWM Service Agent Role is binded to AW Service Account for resource Assured workload. "resourceSettings": [ # Input only. Resource properties that are used to customize workload resources. These properties (such as custom project id) will be used to create workload resources if possible. This field is optional. { # Represent the custom settings for the resources to be created. "displayName": "A String", # User-assigned resource display name. If not empty it will be used to create a resource with the specified name. @@ -663,6 +668,7 @@

Method Details

"serviceAccessApprover": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view access approval logs. }, "provisionedResourcesParent": "A String", # Input only. The parent resource for the resources managed by this Assured Workload. May be either empty or a folder resource which is a child of the Workload parent. If not specified all resources are created under the parent organization. Format: folders/{folder_id} + "resourceMonitoringEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether resource monitoring is enabled for workload or not. It is true when Resource feed is subscribed to AWM topic and AWM Service Agent Role is binded to AW Service Account for resource Assured workload. "resourceSettings": [ # Input only. Resource properties that are used to customize workload resources. These properties (such as custom project id) will be used to create workload resources if possible. This field is optional. { # Represent the custom settings for the resources to be created. "displayName": "A String", # User-assigned resource display name. If not empty it will be used to create a resource with the specified name. diff --git a/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v2.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v2.projects.locations.instances.html index 4259d428e06..ca922b9a739 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v2.projects.locations.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v2.projects.locations.instances.html @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # The Network state. "type": "A String", # The type of this network. "vlanId": "A String", # The vlan id of the Network. - "vrf": { # A network VRF. # The vrf for the Network. + "vrf": { # A network VRF. # The Vrf for the Network. Use this only if a new Vrf needs to be created. "name": "A String", # The name of the VRF. "qosPolicy": { # QOS policy parameters. # The QOS policy applied to this VRF. The value is only meaningful when all the vlan attachments have the same QoS. This field should not be used for new integrations, use vlan attachment level qos instead. The field is left for backward-compatibility. "bandwidthGbps": 3.14, # The bandwidth permitted by the QOS policy, in gbps. @@ -355,6 +355,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "vrfAttachment": "A String", # Optional. The name of a pre-existing Vrf that the network should be attached to. Format is `vrfs/{vrf}`. }, ], "osImage": "A String", # The OS image currently installed on the server. @@ -501,7 +502,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # The Network state. "type": "A String", # The type of this network. "vlanId": "A String", # The vlan id of the Network. - "vrf": { # A network VRF. # The vrf for the Network. + "vrf": { # A network VRF. # The Vrf for the Network. Use this only if a new Vrf needs to be created. "name": "A String", # The name of the VRF. "qosPolicy": { # QOS policy parameters. # The QOS policy applied to this VRF. The value is only meaningful when all the vlan attachments have the same QoS. This field should not be used for new integrations, use vlan attachment level qos instead. The field is left for backward-compatibility. "bandwidthGbps": 3.14, # The bandwidth permitted by the QOS policy, in gbps. @@ -521,6 +522,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "vrfAttachment": "A String", # Optional. The name of a pre-existing Vrf that the network should be attached to. Format is `vrfs/{vrf}`. }, ], "osImage": "A String", # The OS image currently installed on the server. @@ -677,7 +679,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # The Network state. "type": "A String", # The type of this network. "vlanId": "A String", # The vlan id of the Network. - "vrf": { # A network VRF. # The vrf for the Network. + "vrf": { # A network VRF. # The Vrf for the Network. Use this only if a new Vrf needs to be created. "name": "A String", # The name of the VRF. "qosPolicy": { # QOS policy parameters. # The QOS policy applied to this VRF. The value is only meaningful when all the vlan attachments have the same QoS. This field should not be used for new integrations, use vlan attachment level qos instead. The field is left for backward-compatibility. "bandwidthGbps": 3.14, # The bandwidth permitted by the QOS policy, in gbps. @@ -697,6 +699,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "vrfAttachment": "A String", # Optional. The name of a pre-existing Vrf that the network should be attached to. Format is `vrfs/{vrf}`. }, ], "osImage": "A String", # The OS image currently installed on the server. @@ -874,7 +877,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # The Network state. "type": "A String", # The type of this network. "vlanId": "A String", # The vlan id of the Network. - "vrf": { # A network VRF. # The vrf for the Network. + "vrf": { # A network VRF. # The Vrf for the Network. Use this only if a new Vrf needs to be created. "name": "A String", # The name of the VRF. "qosPolicy": { # QOS policy parameters. # The QOS policy applied to this VRF. The value is only meaningful when all the vlan attachments have the same QoS. This field should not be used for new integrations, use vlan attachment level qos instead. The field is left for backward-compatibility. "bandwidthGbps": 3.14, # The bandwidth permitted by the QOS policy, in gbps. @@ -894,6 +897,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "vrfAttachment": "A String", # Optional. The name of a pre-existing Vrf that the network should be attached to. Format is `vrfs/{vrf}`. }, ], "osImage": "A String", # The OS image currently installed on the server. diff --git a/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v2.projects.locations.networks.html b/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v2.projects.locations.networks.html index 8d1d2d0c625..704430f89de 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v2.projects.locations.networks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v2.projects.locations.networks.html @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # The Network state. "type": "A String", # The type of this network. "vlanId": "A String", # The vlan id of the Network. - "vrf": { # A network VRF. # The vrf for the Network. + "vrf": { # A network VRF. # The Vrf for the Network. Use this only if a new Vrf needs to be created. "name": "A String", # The name of the VRF. "qosPolicy": { # QOS policy parameters. # The QOS policy applied to this VRF. The value is only meaningful when all the vlan attachments have the same QoS. This field should not be used for new integrations, use vlan attachment level qos instead. The field is left for backward-compatibility. "bandwidthGbps": 3.14, # The bandwidth permitted by the QOS policy, in gbps. @@ -168,6 +168,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "vrfAttachment": "A String", # Optional. The name of a pre-existing Vrf that the network should be attached to. Format is `vrfs/{vrf}`. }
@@ -223,7 +224,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # The Network state. "type": "A String", # The type of this network. "vlanId": "A String", # The vlan id of the Network. - "vrf": { # A network VRF. # The vrf for the Network. + "vrf": { # A network VRF. # The Vrf for the Network. Use this only if a new Vrf needs to be created. "name": "A String", # The name of the VRF. "qosPolicy": { # QOS policy parameters. # The QOS policy applied to this VRF. The value is only meaningful when all the vlan attachments have the same QoS. This field should not be used for new integrations, use vlan attachment level qos instead. The field is left for backward-compatibility. "bandwidthGbps": 3.14, # The bandwidth permitted by the QOS policy, in gbps. @@ -243,6 +244,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "vrfAttachment": "A String", # Optional. The name of a pre-existing Vrf that the network should be attached to. Format is `vrfs/{vrf}`. }, ], "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token identifying a page of results from the server. @@ -302,7 +304,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # The Network state. "type": "A String", # The type of this network. "vlanId": "A String", # The vlan id of the Network. - "vrf": { # A network VRF. # The vrf for the Network. + "vrf": { # A network VRF. # The Vrf for the Network. Use this only if a new Vrf needs to be created. "name": "A String", # The name of the VRF. "qosPolicy": { # QOS policy parameters. # The QOS policy applied to this VRF. The value is only meaningful when all the vlan attachments have the same QoS. This field should not be used for new integrations, use vlan attachment level qos instead. The field is left for backward-compatibility. "bandwidthGbps": 3.14, # The bandwidth permitted by the QOS policy, in gbps. @@ -322,6 +324,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "vrfAttachment": "A String", # Optional. The name of a pre-existing Vrf that the network should be attached to. Format is `vrfs/{vrf}`. }, "usedIps": [ # All used IP addresses in this network. "A String", @@ -387,7 +390,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # The Network state. "type": "A String", # The type of this network. "vlanId": "A String", # The vlan id of the Network. - "vrf": { # A network VRF. # The vrf for the Network. + "vrf": { # A network VRF. # The Vrf for the Network. Use this only if a new Vrf needs to be created. "name": "A String", # The name of the VRF. "qosPolicy": { # QOS policy parameters. # The QOS policy applied to this VRF. The value is only meaningful when all the vlan attachments have the same QoS. This field should not be used for new integrations, use vlan attachment level qos instead. The field is left for backward-compatibility. "bandwidthGbps": 3.14, # The bandwidth permitted by the QOS policy, in gbps. @@ -407,6 +410,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "vrfAttachment": "A String", # Optional. The name of a pre-existing Vrf that the network should be attached to. Format is `vrfs/{vrf}`. } updateMask: string, The list of fields to update. The only currently supported fields are: `labels`, `reservations`, `vrf.vlan_attachments` @@ -493,7 +497,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # The Network state. "type": "A String", # The type of this network. "vlanId": "A String", # The vlan id of the Network. - "vrf": { # A network VRF. # The vrf for the Network. + "vrf": { # A network VRF. # The Vrf for the Network. Use this only if a new Vrf needs to be created. "name": "A String", # The name of the VRF. "qosPolicy": { # QOS policy parameters. # The QOS policy applied to this VRF. The value is only meaningful when all the vlan attachments have the same QoS. This field should not be used for new integrations, use vlan attachment level qos instead. The field is left for backward-compatibility. "bandwidthGbps": 3.14, # The bandwidth permitted by the QOS policy, in gbps. @@ -513,6 +517,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "vrfAttachment": "A String", # Optional. The name of a pre-existing Vrf that the network should be attached to. Format is `vrfs/{vrf}`. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/batch_v1.projects.locations.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/batch_v1.projects.locations.jobs.html index 4540618187c..d5cdcbaa683 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/batch_v1.projects.locations.jobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/batch_v1.projects.locations.jobs.html @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@

Method Details

"taskGroups": [ # Required. TaskGroups in the Job. Only one TaskGroup is supported now. { # A TaskGroup defines one or more Tasks that all share the same TaskSpec. "name": "A String", # Output only. TaskGroup name. The system generates this field based on parent Job name. For example: "projects/123456/locations/us-west1/jobs/job01/taskGroups/group01". - "parallelism": "A String", # Max number of tasks that can run in parallel. Default to min(task_count, 1000). Field parallelism must be 1 if the scheduling_policy is IN_ORDER. + "parallelism": "A String", # Max number of tasks that can run in parallel. Default to min(task_count, parallel tasks per job limit). See: [Job Limits](https://cloud.google.com/batch/quotas#job_limits). Field parallelism must be 1 if the scheduling_policy is IN_ORDER. "permissiveSsh": True or False, # When true, Batch will configure SSH to allow passwordless login between VMs running the Batch tasks in the same TaskGroup. "requireHostsFile": True or False, # When true, Batch will populate a file with a list of all VMs assigned to the TaskGroup and set the BATCH_HOSTS_FILE environment variable to the path of that file. Defaults to false. "schedulingPolicy": "A String", # Scheduling policy for Tasks in the TaskGroup. The default value is AS_SOON_AS_POSSIBLE. @@ -501,7 +501,7 @@

Method Details

"taskGroups": [ # Required. TaskGroups in the Job. Only one TaskGroup is supported now. { # A TaskGroup defines one or more Tasks that all share the same TaskSpec. "name": "A String", # Output only. TaskGroup name. The system generates this field based on parent Job name. For example: "projects/123456/locations/us-west1/jobs/job01/taskGroups/group01". - "parallelism": "A String", # Max number of tasks that can run in parallel. Default to min(task_count, 1000). Field parallelism must be 1 if the scheduling_policy is IN_ORDER. + "parallelism": "A String", # Max number of tasks that can run in parallel. Default to min(task_count, parallel tasks per job limit). See: [Job Limits](https://cloud.google.com/batch/quotas#job_limits). Field parallelism must be 1 if the scheduling_policy is IN_ORDER. "permissiveSsh": True or False, # When true, Batch will configure SSH to allow passwordless login between VMs running the Batch tasks in the same TaskGroup. "requireHostsFile": True or False, # When true, Batch will populate a file with a list of all VMs assigned to the TaskGroup and set the BATCH_HOSTS_FILE environment variable to the path of that file. Defaults to false. "schedulingPolicy": "A String", # Scheduling policy for Tasks in the TaskGroup. The default value is AS_SOON_AS_POSSIBLE. @@ -803,7 +803,7 @@

Method Details

"taskGroups": [ # Required. TaskGroups in the Job. Only one TaskGroup is supported now. { # A TaskGroup defines one or more Tasks that all share the same TaskSpec. "name": "A String", # Output only. TaskGroup name. The system generates this field based on parent Job name. For example: "projects/123456/locations/us-west1/jobs/job01/taskGroups/group01". - "parallelism": "A String", # Max number of tasks that can run in parallel. Default to min(task_count, 1000). Field parallelism must be 1 if the scheduling_policy is IN_ORDER. + "parallelism": "A String", # Max number of tasks that can run in parallel. Default to min(task_count, parallel tasks per job limit). See: [Job Limits](https://cloud.google.com/batch/quotas#job_limits). Field parallelism must be 1 if the scheduling_policy is IN_ORDER. "permissiveSsh": True or False, # When true, Batch will configure SSH to allow passwordless login between VMs running the Batch tasks in the same TaskGroup. "requireHostsFile": True or False, # When true, Batch will populate a file with a list of all VMs assigned to the TaskGroup and set the BATCH_HOSTS_FILE environment variable to the path of that file. Defaults to false. "schedulingPolicy": "A String", # Scheduling policy for Tasks in the TaskGroup. The default value is AS_SOON_AS_POSSIBLE. @@ -1074,7 +1074,7 @@

Method Details

"taskGroups": [ # Required. TaskGroups in the Job. Only one TaskGroup is supported now. { # A TaskGroup defines one or more Tasks that all share the same TaskSpec. "name": "A String", # Output only. TaskGroup name. The system generates this field based on parent Job name. For example: "projects/123456/locations/us-west1/jobs/job01/taskGroups/group01". - "parallelism": "A String", # Max number of tasks that can run in parallel. Default to min(task_count, 1000). Field parallelism must be 1 if the scheduling_policy is IN_ORDER. + "parallelism": "A String", # Max number of tasks that can run in parallel. Default to min(task_count, parallel tasks per job limit). See: [Job Limits](https://cloud.google.com/batch/quotas#job_limits). Field parallelism must be 1 if the scheduling_policy is IN_ORDER. "permissiveSsh": True or False, # When true, Batch will configure SSH to allow passwordless login between VMs running the Batch tasks in the same TaskGroup. "requireHostsFile": True or False, # When true, Batch will populate a file with a list of all VMs assigned to the TaskGroup and set the BATCH_HOSTS_FILE environment variable to the path of that file. Defaults to false. "schedulingPolicy": "A String", # Scheduling policy for Tasks in the TaskGroup. The default value is AS_SOON_AS_POSSIBLE. diff --git a/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.organizations.locations.global_.partnerTenants.html b/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.organizations.locations.global_.partnerTenants.html index effb6367a8b..900539bf6b4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.organizations.locations.global_.partnerTenants.html +++ b/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.organizations.locations.global_.partnerTenants.html @@ -344,7 +344,7 @@

Method Details

} requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). - updateMask: string, Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the PartnerTenant resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten. + updateMask: string, Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the PartnerTenant resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten. Mutable fields: display_name, partner_metadata, group_information. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.organizations.locations.global_.partnerTenants.proxyConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.organizations.locations.global_.partnerTenants.proxyConfigs.html index 2bcee9ba00a..a89a8d68bec 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.organizations.locations.global_.partnerTenants.proxyConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.organizations.locations.global_.partnerTenants.proxyConfigs.html @@ -112,11 +112,11 @@

Method Details

Creates a new BeyondCorp Enterprise ProxyConfig in a given organization and PartnerTenant. Can only be called by on onboarded Beyondcorp Enterprise partner.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the Tenant using the form: `organizations/{organization_id}/locations/global/tenants/{tenant_id}` (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the parent PartnerTenant using the form: `organizations/{organization_id}/locations/global/partnerTenants/{partner_tenant_id}` (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Proxy Configuration of a Tenant.
+{ # Proxy Configuration of a PartnerTenant.
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the resource was created.
   "displayName": "A String", # Optional. An arbitrary caller-provided name for the ProxyConfig. Cannot exceed 64 characters.
   "encryptionInfo": { # Message contains the JWT encryption information for the proxy server. # Optional. Information to encrypt JWT for the proxy server.
@@ -124,11 +124,6 @@ 

Method Details

"jwk": "A String", # Optional. JWK in string. }, "name": "A String", # Output only. ProxyConfig resource name. - "proxyProtocolConfig": { # The protocol data that specifies how to communicate with Partner's Proxy. # Optional. Protocol config data for the Proxy. - "metadata": { # Optional. Untyped property bag to be sent back to the proxy using client specific mechanism. - "a_key": "A String", - }, - }, "proxyUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the proxy server. "routingInfo": { # Message contains the routing information to direct traffic to the proxy server. # Required. Routing info to direct traffic to the proxy server. "pacUri": "A String", # Required. Proxy Auto-Configuration (PAC) URI. @@ -211,7 +206,7 @@

Method Details

Gets details of a single ProxyConfig.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The resource name of the ProxyConfig using the form: `organizations/{organization_id}/locations/global/tenants/{tenant_id}/proxyConfigs/{proxy_config_id}` (required)
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the ProxyConfig using the form: `organizations/{organization_id}/locations/global/partnerTenants/{partner_tenant_id}/proxyConfigs/{proxy_config_id}` (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -220,7 +215,7 @@ 

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Proxy Configuration of a Tenant. + { # Proxy Configuration of a PartnerTenant. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the resource was created. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. An arbitrary caller-provided name for the ProxyConfig. Cannot exceed 64 characters. "encryptionInfo": { # Message contains the JWT encryption information for the proxy server. # Optional. Information to encrypt JWT for the proxy server. @@ -228,11 +223,6 @@

Method Details

"jwk": "A String", # Optional. JWK in string. }, "name": "A String", # Output only. ProxyConfig resource name. - "proxyProtocolConfig": { # The protocol data that specifies how to communicate with Partner's Proxy. # Optional. Protocol config data for the Proxy. - "metadata": { # Optional. Untyped property bag to be sent back to the proxy using client specific mechanism. - "a_key": "A String", - }, - }, "proxyUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the proxy server. "routingInfo": { # Message contains the routing information to direct traffic to the proxy server. # Required. Routing info to direct traffic to the proxy server. "pacUri": "A String", # Required. Proxy Auto-Configuration (PAC) URI. @@ -309,7 +299,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Message for response to listing ProxyConfigs. "proxyConfigs": [ # The list of ProxyConfig objects. - { # Proxy Configuration of a Tenant. + { # Proxy Configuration of a PartnerTenant. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the resource was created. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. An arbitrary caller-provided name for the ProxyConfig. Cannot exceed 64 characters. "encryptionInfo": { # Message contains the JWT encryption information for the proxy server. # Optional. Information to encrypt JWT for the proxy server. @@ -317,11 +307,6 @@

Method Details

"jwk": "A String", # Optional. JWK in string. }, "name": "A String", # Output only. ProxyConfig resource name. - "proxyProtocolConfig": { # The protocol data that specifies how to communicate with Partner's Proxy. # Optional. Protocol config data for the Proxy. - "metadata": { # Optional. Untyped property bag to be sent back to the proxy using client specific mechanism. - "a_key": "A String", - }, - }, "proxyUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the proxy server. "routingInfo": { # Message contains the routing information to direct traffic to the proxy server. # Required. Routing info to direct traffic to the proxy server. "pacUri": "A String", # Required. Proxy Auto-Configuration (PAC) URI. @@ -345,7 +330,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # Proxy Configuration of a Tenant. +{ # Proxy Configuration of a PartnerTenant. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the resource was created. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. An arbitrary caller-provided name for the ProxyConfig. Cannot exceed 64 characters. "encryptionInfo": { # Message contains the JWT encryption information for the proxy server. # Optional. Information to encrypt JWT for the proxy server. @@ -353,11 +338,6 @@

Method Details

"jwk": "A String", # Optional. JWK in string. }, "name": "A String", # Output only. ProxyConfig resource name. - "proxyProtocolConfig": { # The protocol data that specifies how to communicate with Partner's Proxy. # Optional. Protocol config data for the Proxy. - "metadata": { # Optional. Untyped property bag to be sent back to the proxy using client specific mechanism. - "a_key": "A String", - }, - }, "proxyUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the proxy server. "routingInfo": { # Message contains the routing information to direct traffic to the proxy server. # Required. Routing info to direct traffic to the proxy server. "pacUri": "A String", # Required. Proxy Auto-Configuration (PAC) URI. diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.appProfiles.html b/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.appProfiles.html index a73426b4642..0792fa95a30 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.appProfiles.html +++ b/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.appProfiles.html @@ -119,10 +119,14 @@

Method Details

], }, "name": "A String", # The unique name of the app profile. Values are of the form `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/appProfiles/_a-zA-Z0-9*`. + "priority": "A String", # This field has been deprecated in favor of `standard_isolation.priority`. If you set this field, `standard_isolation.priority` will be set instead. The priority of requests sent using this app profile. "singleClusterRouting": { # Unconditionally routes all read/write requests to a specific cluster. This option preserves read-your-writes consistency but does not improve availability. # Use a single-cluster routing policy. "allowTransactionalWrites": True or False, # Whether or not `CheckAndMutateRow` and `ReadModifyWriteRow` requests are allowed by this app profile. It is unsafe to send these requests to the same table/row/column in multiple clusters. "clusterId": "A String", # The cluster to which read/write requests should be routed. }, + "standardIsolation": { # Standard options for isolating this app profile's traffic from other use cases. # The standard options used for isolating this app profile's traffic from other use cases. + "priority": "A String", # The priority of requests sent using this app profile. + }, } appProfileId: string, Required. The ID to be used when referring to the new app profile within its instance, e.g., just `myprofile` rather than `projects/myproject/instances/myinstance/appProfiles/myprofile`. @@ -144,10 +148,14 @@

Method Details

], }, "name": "A String", # The unique name of the app profile. Values are of the form `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/appProfiles/_a-zA-Z0-9*`. + "priority": "A String", # This field has been deprecated in favor of `standard_isolation.priority`. If you set this field, `standard_isolation.priority` will be set instead. The priority of requests sent using this app profile. "singleClusterRouting": { # Unconditionally routes all read/write requests to a specific cluster. This option preserves read-your-writes consistency but does not improve availability. # Use a single-cluster routing policy. "allowTransactionalWrites": True or False, # Whether or not `CheckAndMutateRow` and `ReadModifyWriteRow` requests are allowed by this app profile. It is unsafe to send these requests to the same table/row/column in multiple clusters. "clusterId": "A String", # The cluster to which read/write requests should be routed. }, + "standardIsolation": { # Standard options for isolating this app profile's traffic from other use cases. # The standard options used for isolating this app profile's traffic from other use cases. + "priority": "A String", # The priority of requests sent using this app profile. + }, }
@@ -193,10 +201,14 @@

Method Details

], }, "name": "A String", # The unique name of the app profile. Values are of the form `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/appProfiles/_a-zA-Z0-9*`. + "priority": "A String", # This field has been deprecated in favor of `standard_isolation.priority`. If you set this field, `standard_isolation.priority` will be set instead. The priority of requests sent using this app profile. "singleClusterRouting": { # Unconditionally routes all read/write requests to a specific cluster. This option preserves read-your-writes consistency but does not improve availability. # Use a single-cluster routing policy. "allowTransactionalWrites": True or False, # Whether or not `CheckAndMutateRow` and `ReadModifyWriteRow` requests are allowed by this app profile. It is unsafe to send these requests to the same table/row/column in multiple clusters. "clusterId": "A String", # The cluster to which read/write requests should be routed. }, + "standardIsolation": { # Standard options for isolating this app profile's traffic from other use cases. # The standard options used for isolating this app profile's traffic from other use cases. + "priority": "A String", # The priority of requests sent using this app profile. + }, }
@@ -227,10 +239,14 @@

Method Details

], }, "name": "A String", # The unique name of the app profile. Values are of the form `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/appProfiles/_a-zA-Z0-9*`. + "priority": "A String", # This field has been deprecated in favor of `standard_isolation.priority`. If you set this field, `standard_isolation.priority` will be set instead. The priority of requests sent using this app profile. "singleClusterRouting": { # Unconditionally routes all read/write requests to a specific cluster. This option preserves read-your-writes consistency but does not improve availability. # Use a single-cluster routing policy. "allowTransactionalWrites": True or False, # Whether or not `CheckAndMutateRow` and `ReadModifyWriteRow` requests are allowed by this app profile. It is unsafe to send these requests to the same table/row/column in multiple clusters. "clusterId": "A String", # The cluster to which read/write requests should be routed. }, + "standardIsolation": { # Standard options for isolating this app profile's traffic from other use cases. # The standard options used for isolating this app profile's traffic from other use cases. + "priority": "A String", # The priority of requests sent using this app profile. + }, }, ], "failedLocations": [ # Locations from which AppProfile information could not be retrieved, due to an outage or some other transient condition. AppProfiles from these locations may be missing from `app_profiles`. Values are of the form `projects//locations/` @@ -272,10 +288,14 @@

Method Details

], }, "name": "A String", # The unique name of the app profile. Values are of the form `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/appProfiles/_a-zA-Z0-9*`. + "priority": "A String", # This field has been deprecated in favor of `standard_isolation.priority`. If you set this field, `standard_isolation.priority` will be set instead. The priority of requests sent using this app profile. "singleClusterRouting": { # Unconditionally routes all read/write requests to a specific cluster. This option preserves read-your-writes consistency but does not improve availability. # Use a single-cluster routing policy. "allowTransactionalWrites": True or False, # Whether or not `CheckAndMutateRow` and `ReadModifyWriteRow` requests are allowed by this app profile. It is unsafe to send these requests to the same table/row/column in multiple clusters. "clusterId": "A String", # The cluster to which read/write requests should be routed. }, + "standardIsolation": { # Standard options for isolating this app profile's traffic from other use cases. # The standard options used for isolating this app profile's traffic from other use cases. + "priority": "A String", # The priority of requests sent using this app profile. + }, } ignoreWarnings: boolean, If true, ignore safety checks when updating the app profile. diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.tables.html b/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.tables.html index a4a16203aba..587296652ed 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.tables.html +++ b/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.tables.html @@ -656,7 +656,6 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for google.bigtable.admin.v2.BigtableTableAdmin.ModifyColumnFamilies - "ignoreWarnings": True or False, # If true, ignore safety checks when modifying the column families. "modifications": [ # Required. Modifications to be atomically applied to the specified table's families. Entries are applied in order, meaning that earlier modifications can be masked by later ones (in the case of repeated updates to the same family, for example). { # A create, update, or delete of a particular column family. "create": { # A set of columns within a table which share a common configuration. # Create a new column family with the specified schema, or fail if one already exists with the given ID. diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.members.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.members.html index 51581efb1e3..f8f9998c0e3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.members.html +++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.members.html @@ -85,10 +85,10 @@

Instance Methods

Deletes a membership. For an example, see [Delete a membership](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/members/delete). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users).

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Returns details about a membership. For an example, see [Get a membership](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/members/get). Requires [authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth). Fully supports [service account authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts) and [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users). [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users).

+

Returns details about a membership. For an example, see [Get a membership](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/members/get). Requires [authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth). Fully supports [service account authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts) and [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users).

list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, showInvited=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists memberships in a space. For an example, see [List memberships](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/members/list). Listing memberships with [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts) lists memberships in spaces that the Chat app has access to, but excludes Chat app memberships, including its own. Listing memberships with [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users) lists memberships in spaces that the authenticated user has access to. Requires [authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth). Fully supports [service account authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts) and [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users). [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users).

+

Lists memberships in a space. For an example, see [List memberships](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/members/list). Listing memberships with [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts) lists memberships in spaces that the Chat app has access to, but excludes Chat app memberships, including its own. Listing memberships with [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users) lists memberships in spaces that the authenticated user has access to. Requires [authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth). Fully supports [service account authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts) and [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users).

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@

Method Details

get(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Returns details about a membership. For an example, see [Get a membership](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/members/get). Requires [authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth). Fully supports [service account authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts) and [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users). [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users).
+  
Returns details about a membership. For an example, see [Get a membership](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/members/get). Requires [authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth). Fully supports [service account authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts) and [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users).
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Resource name of the membership to retrieve. To get the app's own membership, you can optionally use `spaces/{space}/members/app`. Format: `spaces/{space}/members/{member}` or `spaces/{space}/members/app` When [authenticated as a user](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users), you can use the user's email as an alias for `{member}`. For example, `spaces/{space}/members/example@gmail.com` where `example@gmail.com` is the email of the Google Chat user. (required)
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ 

Method Details

list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, showInvited=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists memberships in a space. For an example, see [List memberships](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/members/list). Listing memberships with [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts) lists memberships in spaces that the Chat app has access to, but excludes Chat app memberships, including its own. Listing memberships with [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users) lists memberships in spaces that the authenticated user has access to. Requires [authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth). Fully supports [service account authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts) and [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users). [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users).
+  
Lists memberships in a space. For an example, see [List memberships](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/members/list). Listing memberships with [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts) lists memberships in spaces that the Chat app has access to, but excludes Chat app memberships, including its own. Listing memberships with [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users) lists memberships in spaces that the authenticated user has access to. Requires [authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth). Fully supports [service account authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts) and [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users).
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The resource name of the space for which to fetch a membership list. Format: spaces/{space} (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html
index 96d7bbb1b80..e93e2f1a6c7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html
@@ -92,10 +92,10 @@ 

Instance Methods

Creates a message in a Google Chat space. For an example, see [Create a message](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/create). Calling this method requires [authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth) and supports the following authentication types: - For text messages, user authentication or app authentication are supported. - For card messages, only app authentication is supported. (Only Chat apps can create card messages.)

delete(name, force=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Deletes a message. For an example, see [Delete a message](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/delete). Requires [authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth). Fully supports [service account authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts) and [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users). [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users). Requests authenticated with service accounts can only delete messages created by the calling Chat app.

+

Deletes a message. For an example, see [Delete a message](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/delete). Requires [authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth). Fully supports [service account authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts) and [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users). Requests authenticated with service accounts can only delete messages created by the calling Chat app.

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Returns details about a message. For an example, see [Read a message](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/get). Requires [authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth). Fully supports [service account authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts) and [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users). [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users). Note: Might return a message from a blocked member or space.

+

Returns details about a message. For an example, see [Read a message](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/get). Requires [authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth). Fully supports [service account authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts) and [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users). Note: Might return a message from a blocked member or space.

list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, showDeleted=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists messages in a space that the caller is a member of, including messages from blocked members and spaces. For an example, see [List messages](/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/list). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users).

@@ -104,10 +104,10 @@

Instance Methods

Retrieves the next page of results.

patch(name, allowMissing=None, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Updates a message. There's a difference between the `patch` and `update` methods. The `patch` method uses a `patch` request while the `update` method uses a `put` request. We recommend using the `patch` method. For an example, see [Update a message](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/update). Requires [authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth). Fully supports [service account authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts) and [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users). [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users). Requests authenticated with service accounts can only update messages created by the calling Chat app.

+

Updates a message. There's a difference between the `patch` and `update` methods. The `patch` method uses a `patch` request while the `update` method uses a `put` request. We recommend using the `patch` method. For an example, see [Update a message](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/update). Requires [authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth). Fully supports [service account authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts) and [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users). Requests authenticated with service accounts can only update messages created by the calling Chat app.

update(name, allowMissing=None, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Updates a message. There's a difference between the `patch` and `update` methods. The `patch` method uses a `patch` request while the `update` method uses a `put` request. We recommend using the `patch` method. For an example, see [Update a message](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/update). Requires [authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth). Fully supports [service account authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts) and [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users). [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users). Requests authenticated with service accounts can only update messages created by the calling Chat app.

+

Updates a message. There's a difference between the `patch` and `update` methods. The `patch` method uses a `patch` request while the `update` method uses a `put` request. We recommend using the `patch` method. For an example, see [Update a message](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/update). Requires [authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth). Fully supports [service account authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts) and [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users). Requests authenticated with service accounts can only update messages created by the calling Chat app.

Method Details

close() @@ -586,7 +586,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Selection input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/selection-input). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # SelectionInput widget. - "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -600,16 +600,16 @@

Method Details

}, "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items. { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch. - "bottomText": "A String", # For multi-select menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "bottomText": "A String", # For multiselect menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item. - "startIconUri": "A String", # For multi-select menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "startIconUri": "A String", # For multiselect menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users. "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). }, ], "label": "A String", # The text that appears above the selection input field in the user interface. Specify text that helps the user enter the information your app needs. For example, if users are selecting the urgency of a work ticket from a drop-down menu, the label might be "Urgency" or "Select urgency". - "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multi-select menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, set to 3 items. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multi-select menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items on the card. If unspecified, set to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multiselect menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, defaults to 3 items. + "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multiselect menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items in the menu. If unspecified, defaults to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. "name": "A String", # The name that identifies the selection input in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, the form is submitted when the selection changes. If not specified, you must specify a separate button that submits the form. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). @@ -623,12 +623,12 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/create#create) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, the data from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). Used to populate the items in the multi-select menu. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "commonDataSource": "A String", # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source shared by all Google Workspace host applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from a Google Workspace host application. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such as Gmail emails, Google Calendar events, or Google Chat messages. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from Google Chat. For example, a list of Google Chat spaces of which the user is a member. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # The data source is Google Chat. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "spaceDataSource": { # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # When `true`, uses the card's Google Chat space as the default selection. The default value is `false`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. # A data source from Google Workspace. + "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. + "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. + "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Chat. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. For example, a user can select Google Chat spaces that they're a member of. # A data source from Google Chat. + "spaceDataSource": { # A data source that populates Google Chat spaces as selection items for a multiselect menu. Only populates spaces that the user is a member of. # Google Chat spaces that the user is a member of. + "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # If set to `true`, the multiselect menu selects the current Google Chat space as an item by default. }, }, }, @@ -936,7 +936,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Selection input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/selection-input). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -950,16 +950,16 @@

Method Details

}, "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items. { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch. - "bottomText": "A String", # For multi-select menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "bottomText": "A String", # For multiselect menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item. - "startIconUri": "A String", # For multi-select menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "startIconUri": "A String", # For multiselect menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users. "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). }, ], "label": "A String", # The text that appears above the selection input field in the user interface. Specify text that helps the user enter the information your app needs. For example, if users are selecting the urgency of a work ticket from a drop-down menu, the label might be "Urgency" or "Select urgency". - "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multi-select menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, set to 3 items. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multi-select menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items on the card. If unspecified, set to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multiselect menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, defaults to 3 items. + "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multiselect menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items in the menu. If unspecified, defaults to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. "name": "A String", # The name that identifies the selection input in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, the form is submitted when the selection changes. If not specified, you must specify a separate button that submits the form. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). @@ -973,12 +973,12 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/create#create) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, the data from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). Used to populate the items in the multi-select menu. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "commonDataSource": "A String", # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source shared by all Google Workspace host applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from a Google Workspace host application. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such as Gmail emails, Google Calendar events, or Google Chat messages. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from Google Chat. For example, a list of Google Chat spaces of which the user is a member. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # The data source is Google Chat. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "spaceDataSource": { # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # When `true`, uses the card's Google Chat space as the default selection. The default value is `false`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. # A data source from Google Workspace. + "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. + "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. + "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Chat. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. For example, a user can select Google Chat spaces that they're a member of. # A data source from Google Chat. + "spaceDataSource": { # A data source that populates Google Chat spaces as selection items for a multiselect menu. Only populates spaces that the user is a member of. # Google Chat spaces that the user is a member of. + "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # If set to `true`, the multiselect menu selects the current Google Chat space as an item by default. }, }, }, @@ -1707,7 +1707,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Selection input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/selection-input). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # SelectionInput widget. - "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -1721,16 +1721,16 @@

Method Details

}, "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items. { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch. - "bottomText": "A String", # For multi-select menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "bottomText": "A String", # For multiselect menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item. - "startIconUri": "A String", # For multi-select menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "startIconUri": "A String", # For multiselect menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users. "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). }, ], "label": "A String", # The text that appears above the selection input field in the user interface. Specify text that helps the user enter the information your app needs. For example, if users are selecting the urgency of a work ticket from a drop-down menu, the label might be "Urgency" or "Select urgency". - "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multi-select menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, set to 3 items. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multi-select menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items on the card. If unspecified, set to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multiselect menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, defaults to 3 items. + "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multiselect menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items in the menu. If unspecified, defaults to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. "name": "A String", # The name that identifies the selection input in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, the form is submitted when the selection changes. If not specified, you must specify a separate button that submits the form. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). @@ -1744,12 +1744,12 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/create#create) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, the data from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). Used to populate the items in the multi-select menu. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "commonDataSource": "A String", # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source shared by all Google Workspace host applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from a Google Workspace host application. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such as Gmail emails, Google Calendar events, or Google Chat messages. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from Google Chat. For example, a list of Google Chat spaces of which the user is a member. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # The data source is Google Chat. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "spaceDataSource": { # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # When `true`, uses the card's Google Chat space as the default selection. The default value is `false`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. # A data source from Google Workspace. + "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. + "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. + "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Chat. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. For example, a user can select Google Chat spaces that they're a member of. # A data source from Google Chat. + "spaceDataSource": { # A data source that populates Google Chat spaces as selection items for a multiselect menu. Only populates spaces that the user is a member of. # Google Chat spaces that the user is a member of. + "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # If set to `true`, the multiselect menu selects the current Google Chat space as an item by default. }, }, }, @@ -2057,7 +2057,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Selection input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/selection-input). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -2071,16 +2071,16 @@

Method Details

}, "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items. { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch. - "bottomText": "A String", # For multi-select menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "bottomText": "A String", # For multiselect menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item. - "startIconUri": "A String", # For multi-select menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "startIconUri": "A String", # For multiselect menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users. "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). }, ], "label": "A String", # The text that appears above the selection input field in the user interface. Specify text that helps the user enter the information your app needs. For example, if users are selecting the urgency of a work ticket from a drop-down menu, the label might be "Urgency" or "Select urgency". - "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multi-select menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, set to 3 items. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multi-select menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items on the card. If unspecified, set to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multiselect menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, defaults to 3 items. + "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multiselect menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items in the menu. If unspecified, defaults to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. "name": "A String", # The name that identifies the selection input in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, the form is submitted when the selection changes. If not specified, you must specify a separate button that submits the form. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). @@ -2094,12 +2094,12 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/create#create) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, the data from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). Used to populate the items in the multi-select menu. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "commonDataSource": "A String", # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source shared by all Google Workspace host applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from a Google Workspace host application. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such as Gmail emails, Google Calendar events, or Google Chat messages. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from Google Chat. For example, a list of Google Chat spaces of which the user is a member. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # The data source is Google Chat. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "spaceDataSource": { # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # When `true`, uses the card's Google Chat space as the default selection. The default value is `false`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. # A data source from Google Workspace. + "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. + "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. + "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Chat. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. For example, a user can select Google Chat spaces that they're a member of. # A data source from Google Chat. + "spaceDataSource": { # A data source that populates Google Chat spaces as selection items for a multiselect menu. Only populates spaces that the user is a member of. # Google Chat spaces that the user is a member of. + "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # If set to `true`, the multiselect menu selects the current Google Chat space as an item by default. }, }, }, @@ -2697,7 +2697,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Selection input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/selection-input). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # SelectionInput widget. - "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -2711,16 +2711,16 @@

Method Details

}, "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items. { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch. - "bottomText": "A String", # For multi-select menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "bottomText": "A String", # For multiselect menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item. - "startIconUri": "A String", # For multi-select menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "startIconUri": "A String", # For multiselect menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users. "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). }, ], "label": "A String", # The text that appears above the selection input field in the user interface. Specify text that helps the user enter the information your app needs. For example, if users are selecting the urgency of a work ticket from a drop-down menu, the label might be "Urgency" or "Select urgency". - "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multi-select menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, set to 3 items. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multi-select menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items on the card. If unspecified, set to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multiselect menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, defaults to 3 items. + "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multiselect menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items in the menu. If unspecified, defaults to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. "name": "A String", # The name that identifies the selection input in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, the form is submitted when the selection changes. If not specified, you must specify a separate button that submits the form. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). @@ -2734,12 +2734,12 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/create#create) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, the data from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). Used to populate the items in the multi-select menu. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "commonDataSource": "A String", # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source shared by all Google Workspace host applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from a Google Workspace host application. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such as Gmail emails, Google Calendar events, or Google Chat messages. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from Google Chat. For example, a list of Google Chat spaces of which the user is a member. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # The data source is Google Chat. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "spaceDataSource": { # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # When `true`, uses the card's Google Chat space as the default selection. The default value is `false`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. # A data source from Google Workspace. + "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. + "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. + "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Chat. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. For example, a user can select Google Chat spaces that they're a member of. # A data source from Google Chat. + "spaceDataSource": { # A data source that populates Google Chat spaces as selection items for a multiselect menu. Only populates spaces that the user is a member of. # Google Chat spaces that the user is a member of. + "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # If set to `true`, the multiselect menu selects the current Google Chat space as an item by default. }, }, }, @@ -3047,7 +3047,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Selection input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/selection-input). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -3061,16 +3061,16 @@

Method Details

}, "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items. { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch. - "bottomText": "A String", # For multi-select menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "bottomText": "A String", # For multiselect menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item. - "startIconUri": "A String", # For multi-select menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "startIconUri": "A String", # For multiselect menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users. "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). }, ], "label": "A String", # The text that appears above the selection input field in the user interface. Specify text that helps the user enter the information your app needs. For example, if users are selecting the urgency of a work ticket from a drop-down menu, the label might be "Urgency" or "Select urgency". - "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multi-select menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, set to 3 items. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multi-select menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items on the card. If unspecified, set to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multiselect menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, defaults to 3 items. + "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multiselect menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items in the menu. If unspecified, defaults to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. "name": "A String", # The name that identifies the selection input in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, the form is submitted when the selection changes. If not specified, you must specify a separate button that submits the form. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). @@ -3084,12 +3084,12 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/create#create) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, the data from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). Used to populate the items in the multi-select menu. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "commonDataSource": "A String", # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source shared by all Google Workspace host applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from a Google Workspace host application. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such as Gmail emails, Google Calendar events, or Google Chat messages. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from Google Chat. For example, a list of Google Chat spaces of which the user is a member. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # The data source is Google Chat. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "spaceDataSource": { # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # When `true`, uses the card's Google Chat space as the default selection. The default value is `false`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. # A data source from Google Workspace. + "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. + "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. + "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Chat. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. For example, a user can select Google Chat spaces that they're a member of. # A data source from Google Chat. + "spaceDataSource": { # A data source that populates Google Chat spaces as selection items for a multiselect menu. Only populates spaces that the user is a member of. # Google Chat spaces that the user is a member of. + "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # If set to `true`, the multiselect menu selects the current Google Chat space as an item by default. }, }, }, @@ -3818,7 +3818,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Selection input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/selection-input). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # SelectionInput widget. - "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -3832,16 +3832,16 @@

Method Details

}, "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items. { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch. - "bottomText": "A String", # For multi-select menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "bottomText": "A String", # For multiselect menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item. - "startIconUri": "A String", # For multi-select menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "startIconUri": "A String", # For multiselect menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users. "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). }, ], "label": "A String", # The text that appears above the selection input field in the user interface. Specify text that helps the user enter the information your app needs. For example, if users are selecting the urgency of a work ticket from a drop-down menu, the label might be "Urgency" or "Select urgency". - "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multi-select menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, set to 3 items. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multi-select menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items on the card. If unspecified, set to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multiselect menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, defaults to 3 items. + "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multiselect menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items in the menu. If unspecified, defaults to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. "name": "A String", # The name that identifies the selection input in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, the form is submitted when the selection changes. If not specified, you must specify a separate button that submits the form. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). @@ -3855,12 +3855,12 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/create#create) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, the data from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). Used to populate the items in the multi-select menu. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "commonDataSource": "A String", # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source shared by all Google Workspace host applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from a Google Workspace host application. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such as Gmail emails, Google Calendar events, or Google Chat messages. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from Google Chat. For example, a list of Google Chat spaces of which the user is a member. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # The data source is Google Chat. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "spaceDataSource": { # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # When `true`, uses the card's Google Chat space as the default selection. The default value is `false`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. # A data source from Google Workspace. + "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. + "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. + "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Chat. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. For example, a user can select Google Chat spaces that they're a member of. # A data source from Google Chat. + "spaceDataSource": { # A data source that populates Google Chat spaces as selection items for a multiselect menu. Only populates spaces that the user is a member of. # Google Chat spaces that the user is a member of. + "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # If set to `true`, the multiselect menu selects the current Google Chat space as an item by default. }, }, }, @@ -4168,7 +4168,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Selection input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/selection-input). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -4182,16 +4182,16 @@

Method Details

}, "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items. { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch. - "bottomText": "A String", # For multi-select menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "bottomText": "A String", # For multiselect menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item. - "startIconUri": "A String", # For multi-select menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "startIconUri": "A String", # For multiselect menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users. "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). }, ], "label": "A String", # The text that appears above the selection input field in the user interface. Specify text that helps the user enter the information your app needs. For example, if users are selecting the urgency of a work ticket from a drop-down menu, the label might be "Urgency" or "Select urgency". - "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multi-select menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, set to 3 items. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multi-select menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items on the card. If unspecified, set to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multiselect menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, defaults to 3 items. + "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multiselect menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items in the menu. If unspecified, defaults to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. "name": "A String", # The name that identifies the selection input in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, the form is submitted when the selection changes. If not specified, you must specify a separate button that submits the form. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). @@ -4205,12 +4205,12 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/create#create) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, the data from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). Used to populate the items in the multi-select menu. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "commonDataSource": "A String", # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source shared by all Google Workspace host applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from a Google Workspace host application. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such as Gmail emails, Google Calendar events, or Google Chat messages. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from Google Chat. For example, a list of Google Chat spaces of which the user is a member. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # The data source is Google Chat. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "spaceDataSource": { # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # When `true`, uses the card's Google Chat space as the default selection. The default value is `false`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. # A data source from Google Workspace. + "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. + "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. + "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Chat. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. For example, a user can select Google Chat spaces that they're a member of. # A data source from Google Chat. + "spaceDataSource": { # A data source that populates Google Chat spaces as selection items for a multiselect menu. Only populates spaces that the user is a member of. # Google Chat spaces that the user is a member of. + "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # If set to `true`, the multiselect menu selects the current Google Chat space as an item by default. }, }, }, @@ -4332,7 +4332,7 @@

Method Details

delete(name, force=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Deletes a message. For an example, see [Delete a message](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/delete). Requires [authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth). Fully supports [service account authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts) and [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users). [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users). Requests authenticated with service accounts can only delete messages created by the calling Chat app.
+  
Deletes a message. For an example, see [Delete a message](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/delete). Requires [authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth). Fully supports [service account authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts) and [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users). Requests authenticated with service accounts can only delete messages created by the calling Chat app.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Resource name of the message that you want to delete, in the form `spaces/*/messages/*` Example: `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/BBBBBBBBBBB.BBBBBBBBBBB` (required)
@@ -4351,7 +4351,7 @@ 

Method Details

get(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Returns details about a message. For an example, see [Read a message](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/get). Requires [authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth). Fully supports [service account authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts) and [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users). [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users). Note: Might return a message from a blocked member or space.
+  
Returns details about a message. For an example, see [Read a message](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/get). Requires [authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth). Fully supports [service account authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts) and [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users). Note: Might return a message from a blocked member or space.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Resource name of the message to retrieve. Format: `spaces/{space}/messages/{message}` If the message begins with `client-`, then it has a custom name assigned by a Chat app that created it with the Chat REST API. That Chat app (but not others) can pass the custom name to get, update, or delete the message. To learn more, see [create and name a message] (https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/create#name_a_created_message). (required)
@@ -4826,7 +4826,7 @@ 

Method Details

}, }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Selection input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/selection-input). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # SelectionInput widget. - "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -4840,16 +4840,16 @@

Method Details

}, "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items. { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch. - "bottomText": "A String", # For multi-select menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "bottomText": "A String", # For multiselect menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item. - "startIconUri": "A String", # For multi-select menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "startIconUri": "A String", # For multiselect menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users. "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). }, ], "label": "A String", # The text that appears above the selection input field in the user interface. Specify text that helps the user enter the information your app needs. For example, if users are selecting the urgency of a work ticket from a drop-down menu, the label might be "Urgency" or "Select urgency". - "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multi-select menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, set to 3 items. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multi-select menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items on the card. If unspecified, set to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multiselect menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, defaults to 3 items. + "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multiselect menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items in the menu. If unspecified, defaults to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. "name": "A String", # The name that identifies the selection input in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, the form is submitted when the selection changes. If not specified, you must specify a separate button that submits the form. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). @@ -4863,12 +4863,12 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/create#create) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, the data from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). Used to populate the items in the multi-select menu. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "commonDataSource": "A String", # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source shared by all Google Workspace host applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from a Google Workspace host application. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such as Gmail emails, Google Calendar events, or Google Chat messages. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from Google Chat. For example, a list of Google Chat spaces of which the user is a member. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # The data source is Google Chat. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "spaceDataSource": { # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # When `true`, uses the card's Google Chat space as the default selection. The default value is `false`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. # A data source from Google Workspace. + "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. + "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. + "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Chat. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. For example, a user can select Google Chat spaces that they're a member of. # A data source from Google Chat. + "spaceDataSource": { # A data source that populates Google Chat spaces as selection items for a multiselect menu. Only populates spaces that the user is a member of. # Google Chat spaces that the user is a member of. + "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # If set to `true`, the multiselect menu selects the current Google Chat space as an item by default. }, }, }, @@ -5176,7 +5176,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Selection input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/selection-input). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -5190,16 +5190,16 @@

Method Details

}, "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items. { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch. - "bottomText": "A String", # For multi-select menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "bottomText": "A String", # For multiselect menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item. - "startIconUri": "A String", # For multi-select menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "startIconUri": "A String", # For multiselect menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users. "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). }, ], "label": "A String", # The text that appears above the selection input field in the user interface. Specify text that helps the user enter the information your app needs. For example, if users are selecting the urgency of a work ticket from a drop-down menu, the label might be "Urgency" or "Select urgency". - "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multi-select menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, set to 3 items. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multi-select menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items on the card. If unspecified, set to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multiselect menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, defaults to 3 items. + "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multiselect menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items in the menu. If unspecified, defaults to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. "name": "A String", # The name that identifies the selection input in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, the form is submitted when the selection changes. If not specified, you must specify a separate button that submits the form. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). @@ -5213,12 +5213,12 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/create#create) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, the data from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). Used to populate the items in the multi-select menu. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "commonDataSource": "A String", # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source shared by all Google Workspace host applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from a Google Workspace host application. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such as Gmail emails, Google Calendar events, or Google Chat messages. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from Google Chat. For example, a list of Google Chat spaces of which the user is a member. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # The data source is Google Chat. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "spaceDataSource": { # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # When `true`, uses the card's Google Chat space as the default selection. The default value is `false`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. # A data source from Google Workspace. + "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. + "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. + "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Chat. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. For example, a user can select Google Chat spaces that they're a member of. # A data source from Google Chat. + "spaceDataSource": { # A data source that populates Google Chat spaces as selection items for a multiselect menu. Only populates spaces that the user is a member of. # Google Chat spaces that the user is a member of. + "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # If set to `true`, the multiselect menu selects the current Google Chat space as an item by default. }, }, }, @@ -5947,7 +5947,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Selection input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/selection-input). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # SelectionInput widget. - "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -5961,16 +5961,16 @@

Method Details

}, "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items. { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch. - "bottomText": "A String", # For multi-select menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "bottomText": "A String", # For multiselect menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item. - "startIconUri": "A String", # For multi-select menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "startIconUri": "A String", # For multiselect menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users. "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). }, ], "label": "A String", # The text that appears above the selection input field in the user interface. Specify text that helps the user enter the information your app needs. For example, if users are selecting the urgency of a work ticket from a drop-down menu, the label might be "Urgency" or "Select urgency". - "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multi-select menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, set to 3 items. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multi-select menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items on the card. If unspecified, set to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multiselect menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, defaults to 3 items. + "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multiselect menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items in the menu. If unspecified, defaults to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. "name": "A String", # The name that identifies the selection input in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, the form is submitted when the selection changes. If not specified, you must specify a separate button that submits the form. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). @@ -5984,12 +5984,12 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/create#create) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, the data from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). Used to populate the items in the multi-select menu. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "commonDataSource": "A String", # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source shared by all Google Workspace host applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from a Google Workspace host application. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such as Gmail emails, Google Calendar events, or Google Chat messages. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from Google Chat. For example, a list of Google Chat spaces of which the user is a member. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # The data source is Google Chat. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "spaceDataSource": { # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # When `true`, uses the card's Google Chat space as the default selection. The default value is `false`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. # A data source from Google Workspace. + "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. + "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. + "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Chat. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. For example, a user can select Google Chat spaces that they're a member of. # A data source from Google Chat. + "spaceDataSource": { # A data source that populates Google Chat spaces as selection items for a multiselect menu. Only populates spaces that the user is a member of. # Google Chat spaces that the user is a member of. + "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # If set to `true`, the multiselect menu selects the current Google Chat space as an item by default. }, }, }, @@ -6297,7 +6297,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Selection input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/selection-input). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -6311,16 +6311,16 @@

Method Details

}, "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items. { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch. - "bottomText": "A String", # For multi-select menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "bottomText": "A String", # For multiselect menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item. - "startIconUri": "A String", # For multi-select menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "startIconUri": "A String", # For multiselect menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users. "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). }, ], "label": "A String", # The text that appears above the selection input field in the user interface. Specify text that helps the user enter the information your app needs. For example, if users are selecting the urgency of a work ticket from a drop-down menu, the label might be "Urgency" or "Select urgency". - "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multi-select menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, set to 3 items. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multi-select menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items on the card. If unspecified, set to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multiselect menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, defaults to 3 items. + "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multiselect menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items in the menu. If unspecified, defaults to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. "name": "A String", # The name that identifies the selection input in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, the form is submitted when the selection changes. If not specified, you must specify a separate button that submits the form. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). @@ -6334,12 +6334,12 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/create#create) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, the data from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). Used to populate the items in the multi-select menu. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "commonDataSource": "A String", # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source shared by all Google Workspace host applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from a Google Workspace host application. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such as Gmail emails, Google Calendar events, or Google Chat messages. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from Google Chat. For example, a list of Google Chat spaces of which the user is a member. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # The data source is Google Chat. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "spaceDataSource": { # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # When `true`, uses the card's Google Chat space as the default selection. The default value is `false`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. # A data source from Google Workspace. + "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. + "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. + "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Chat. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. For example, a user can select Google Chat spaces that they're a member of. # A data source from Google Chat. + "spaceDataSource": { # A data source that populates Google Chat spaces as selection items for a multiselect menu. Only populates spaces that the user is a member of. # Google Chat spaces that the user is a member of. + "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # If set to `true`, the multiselect menu selects the current Google Chat space as an item by default. }, }, }, @@ -6943,7 +6943,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Selection input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/selection-input). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # SelectionInput widget. - "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -6957,16 +6957,16 @@

Method Details

}, "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items. { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch. - "bottomText": "A String", # For multi-select menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "bottomText": "A String", # For multiselect menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item. - "startIconUri": "A String", # For multi-select menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "startIconUri": "A String", # For multiselect menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users. "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). }, ], "label": "A String", # The text that appears above the selection input field in the user interface. Specify text that helps the user enter the information your app needs. For example, if users are selecting the urgency of a work ticket from a drop-down menu, the label might be "Urgency" or "Select urgency". - "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multi-select menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, set to 3 items. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multi-select menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items on the card. If unspecified, set to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multiselect menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, defaults to 3 items. + "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multiselect menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items in the menu. If unspecified, defaults to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. "name": "A String", # The name that identifies the selection input in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, the form is submitted when the selection changes. If not specified, you must specify a separate button that submits the form. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). @@ -6980,12 +6980,12 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/create#create) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, the data from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). Used to populate the items in the multi-select menu. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "commonDataSource": "A String", # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source shared by all Google Workspace host applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from a Google Workspace host application. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such as Gmail emails, Google Calendar events, or Google Chat messages. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from Google Chat. For example, a list of Google Chat spaces of which the user is a member. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # The data source is Google Chat. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "spaceDataSource": { # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # When `true`, uses the card's Google Chat space as the default selection. The default value is `false`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. # A data source from Google Workspace. + "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. + "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. + "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Chat. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. For example, a user can select Google Chat spaces that they're a member of. # A data source from Google Chat. + "spaceDataSource": { # A data source that populates Google Chat spaces as selection items for a multiselect menu. Only populates spaces that the user is a member of. # Google Chat spaces that the user is a member of. + "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # If set to `true`, the multiselect menu selects the current Google Chat space as an item by default. }, }, }, @@ -7293,7 +7293,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Selection input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/selection-input). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -7307,16 +7307,16 @@

Method Details

}, "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items. { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch. - "bottomText": "A String", # For multi-select menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "bottomText": "A String", # For multiselect menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item. - "startIconUri": "A String", # For multi-select menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "startIconUri": "A String", # For multiselect menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users. "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). }, ], "label": "A String", # The text that appears above the selection input field in the user interface. Specify text that helps the user enter the information your app needs. For example, if users are selecting the urgency of a work ticket from a drop-down menu, the label might be "Urgency" or "Select urgency". - "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multi-select menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, set to 3 items. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multi-select menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items on the card. If unspecified, set to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multiselect menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, defaults to 3 items. + "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multiselect menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items in the menu. If unspecified, defaults to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. "name": "A String", # The name that identifies the selection input in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, the form is submitted when the selection changes. If not specified, you must specify a separate button that submits the form. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). @@ -7330,12 +7330,12 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/create#create) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, the data from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). Used to populate the items in the multi-select menu. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "commonDataSource": "A String", # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source shared by all Google Workspace host applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from a Google Workspace host application. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such as Gmail emails, Google Calendar events, or Google Chat messages. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from Google Chat. For example, a list of Google Chat spaces of which the user is a member. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # The data source is Google Chat. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "spaceDataSource": { # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # When `true`, uses the card's Google Chat space as the default selection. The default value is `false`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. # A data source from Google Workspace. + "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. + "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. + "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Chat. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. For example, a user can select Google Chat spaces that they're a member of. # A data source from Google Chat. + "spaceDataSource": { # A data source that populates Google Chat spaces as selection items for a multiselect menu. Only populates spaces that the user is a member of. # Google Chat spaces that the user is a member of. + "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # If set to `true`, the multiselect menu selects the current Google Chat space as an item by default. }, }, }, @@ -8064,7 +8064,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Selection input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/selection-input). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # SelectionInput widget. - "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -8078,16 +8078,16 @@

Method Details

}, "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items. { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch. - "bottomText": "A String", # For multi-select menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "bottomText": "A String", # For multiselect menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item. - "startIconUri": "A String", # For multi-select menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "startIconUri": "A String", # For multiselect menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users. "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). }, ], "label": "A String", # The text that appears above the selection input field in the user interface. Specify text that helps the user enter the information your app needs. For example, if users are selecting the urgency of a work ticket from a drop-down menu, the label might be "Urgency" or "Select urgency". - "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multi-select menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, set to 3 items. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multi-select menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items on the card. If unspecified, set to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multiselect menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, defaults to 3 items. + "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multiselect menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items in the menu. If unspecified, defaults to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. "name": "A String", # The name that identifies the selection input in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, the form is submitted when the selection changes. If not specified, you must specify a separate button that submits the form. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). @@ -8101,12 +8101,12 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/create#create) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, the data from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). Used to populate the items in the multi-select menu. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "commonDataSource": "A String", # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source shared by all Google Workspace host applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from a Google Workspace host application. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such as Gmail emails, Google Calendar events, or Google Chat messages. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from Google Chat. For example, a list of Google Chat spaces of which the user is a member. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # The data source is Google Chat. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "spaceDataSource": { # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # When `true`, uses the card's Google Chat space as the default selection. The default value is `false`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. # A data source from Google Workspace. + "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. + "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. + "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Chat. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. For example, a user can select Google Chat spaces that they're a member of. # A data source from Google Chat. + "spaceDataSource": { # A data source that populates Google Chat spaces as selection items for a multiselect menu. Only populates spaces that the user is a member of. # Google Chat spaces that the user is a member of. + "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # If set to `true`, the multiselect menu selects the current Google Chat space as an item by default. }, }, }, @@ -8414,7 +8414,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Selection input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/selection-input). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -8428,16 +8428,16 @@

Method Details

}, "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items. { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch. - "bottomText": "A String", # For multi-select menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "bottomText": "A String", # For multiselect menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item. - "startIconUri": "A String", # For multi-select menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "startIconUri": "A String", # For multiselect menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users. "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). }, ], "label": "A String", # The text that appears above the selection input field in the user interface. Specify text that helps the user enter the information your app needs. For example, if users are selecting the urgency of a work ticket from a drop-down menu, the label might be "Urgency" or "Select urgency". - "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multi-select menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, set to 3 items. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multi-select menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items on the card. If unspecified, set to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multiselect menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, defaults to 3 items. + "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multiselect menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items in the menu. If unspecified, defaults to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. "name": "A String", # The name that identifies the selection input in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, the form is submitted when the selection changes. If not specified, you must specify a separate button that submits the form. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). @@ -8451,12 +8451,12 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/create#create) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, the data from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). Used to populate the items in the multi-select menu. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "commonDataSource": "A String", # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source shared by all Google Workspace host applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from a Google Workspace host application. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such as Gmail emails, Google Calendar events, or Google Chat messages. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from Google Chat. For example, a list of Google Chat spaces of which the user is a member. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # The data source is Google Chat. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "spaceDataSource": { # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # When `true`, uses the card's Google Chat space as the default selection. The default value is `false`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. # A data source from Google Workspace. + "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. + "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. + "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Chat. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. For example, a user can select Google Chat spaces that they're a member of. # A data source from Google Chat. + "spaceDataSource": { # A data source that populates Google Chat spaces as selection items for a multiselect menu. Only populates spaces that the user is a member of. # Google Chat spaces that the user is a member of. + "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # If set to `true`, the multiselect menu selects the current Google Chat space as an item by default. }, }, }, @@ -8595,7 +8595,7 @@

Method Details

patch(name, allowMissing=None, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Updates a message. There's a difference between the `patch` and `update` methods. The `patch` method uses a `patch` request while the `update` method uses a `put` request. We recommend using the `patch` method. For an example, see [Update a message](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/update). Requires [authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth). Fully supports [service account authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts) and [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users). [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users). Requests authenticated with service accounts can only update messages created by the calling Chat app.
+  
Updates a message. There's a difference between the `patch` and `update` methods. The `patch` method uses a `patch` request while the `update` method uses a `put` request. We recommend using the `patch` method. For an example, see [Update a message](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/update). Requires [authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth). Fully supports [service account authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts) and [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users). Requests authenticated with service accounts can only update messages created by the calling Chat app.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Resource name in the form `spaces/*/messages/*`. Example: `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/BBBBBBBBBBB.BBBBBBBBBBB` (required)
@@ -9065,7 +9065,7 @@ 

Method Details

}, }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Selection input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/selection-input). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # SelectionInput widget. - "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -9079,16 +9079,16 @@

Method Details

}, "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items. { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch. - "bottomText": "A String", # For multi-select menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "bottomText": "A String", # For multiselect menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item. - "startIconUri": "A String", # For multi-select menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "startIconUri": "A String", # For multiselect menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users. "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). }, ], "label": "A String", # The text that appears above the selection input field in the user interface. Specify text that helps the user enter the information your app needs. For example, if users are selecting the urgency of a work ticket from a drop-down menu, the label might be "Urgency" or "Select urgency". - "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multi-select menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, set to 3 items. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multi-select menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items on the card. If unspecified, set to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multiselect menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, defaults to 3 items. + "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multiselect menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items in the menu. If unspecified, defaults to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. "name": "A String", # The name that identifies the selection input in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, the form is submitted when the selection changes. If not specified, you must specify a separate button that submits the form. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). @@ -9102,12 +9102,12 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/create#create) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, the data from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). Used to populate the items in the multi-select menu. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "commonDataSource": "A String", # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source shared by all Google Workspace host applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from a Google Workspace host application. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such as Gmail emails, Google Calendar events, or Google Chat messages. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from Google Chat. For example, a list of Google Chat spaces of which the user is a member. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # The data source is Google Chat. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "spaceDataSource": { # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # When `true`, uses the card's Google Chat space as the default selection. The default value is `false`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. # A data source from Google Workspace. + "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. + "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. + "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Chat. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. For example, a user can select Google Chat spaces that they're a member of. # A data source from Google Chat. + "spaceDataSource": { # A data source that populates Google Chat spaces as selection items for a multiselect menu. Only populates spaces that the user is a member of. # Google Chat spaces that the user is a member of. + "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # If set to `true`, the multiselect menu selects the current Google Chat space as an item by default. }, }, }, @@ -9415,7 +9415,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Selection input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/selection-input). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -9429,16 +9429,16 @@

Method Details

}, "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items. { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch. - "bottomText": "A String", # For multi-select menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "bottomText": "A String", # For multiselect menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item. - "startIconUri": "A String", # For multi-select menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "startIconUri": "A String", # For multiselect menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users. "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). }, ], "label": "A String", # The text that appears above the selection input field in the user interface. Specify text that helps the user enter the information your app needs. For example, if users are selecting the urgency of a work ticket from a drop-down menu, the label might be "Urgency" or "Select urgency". - "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multi-select menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, set to 3 items. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multi-select menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items on the card. If unspecified, set to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multiselect menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, defaults to 3 items. + "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multiselect menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items in the menu. If unspecified, defaults to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. "name": "A String", # The name that identifies the selection input in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, the form is submitted when the selection changes. If not specified, you must specify a separate button that submits the form. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). @@ -9452,12 +9452,12 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/create#create) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, the data from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). Used to populate the items in the multi-select menu. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "commonDataSource": "A String", # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source shared by all Google Workspace host applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from a Google Workspace host application. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such as Gmail emails, Google Calendar events, or Google Chat messages. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from Google Chat. For example, a list of Google Chat spaces of which the user is a member. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # The data source is Google Chat. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "spaceDataSource": { # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # When `true`, uses the card's Google Chat space as the default selection. The default value is `false`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. # A data source from Google Workspace. + "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. + "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. + "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Chat. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. For example, a user can select Google Chat spaces that they're a member of. # A data source from Google Chat. + "spaceDataSource": { # A data source that populates Google Chat spaces as selection items for a multiselect menu. Only populates spaces that the user is a member of. # Google Chat spaces that the user is a member of. + "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # If set to `true`, the multiselect menu selects the current Google Chat space as an item by default. }, }, }, @@ -10186,7 +10186,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Selection input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/selection-input). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # SelectionInput widget. - "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -10200,16 +10200,16 @@

Method Details

}, "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items. { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch. - "bottomText": "A String", # For multi-select menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "bottomText": "A String", # For multiselect menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item. - "startIconUri": "A String", # For multi-select menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "startIconUri": "A String", # For multiselect menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users. "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). }, ], "label": "A String", # The text that appears above the selection input field in the user interface. Specify text that helps the user enter the information your app needs. For example, if users are selecting the urgency of a work ticket from a drop-down menu, the label might be "Urgency" or "Select urgency". - "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multi-select menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, set to 3 items. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multi-select menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items on the card. If unspecified, set to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multiselect menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, defaults to 3 items. + "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multiselect menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items in the menu. If unspecified, defaults to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. "name": "A String", # The name that identifies the selection input in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, the form is submitted when the selection changes. If not specified, you must specify a separate button that submits the form. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). @@ -10223,12 +10223,12 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/create#create) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, the data from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). Used to populate the items in the multi-select menu. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "commonDataSource": "A String", # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source shared by all Google Workspace host applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from a Google Workspace host application. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such as Gmail emails, Google Calendar events, or Google Chat messages. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from Google Chat. For example, a list of Google Chat spaces of which the user is a member. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # The data source is Google Chat. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "spaceDataSource": { # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # When `true`, uses the card's Google Chat space as the default selection. The default value is `false`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. # A data source from Google Workspace. + "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. + "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. + "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Chat. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. For example, a user can select Google Chat spaces that they're a member of. # A data source from Google Chat. + "spaceDataSource": { # A data source that populates Google Chat spaces as selection items for a multiselect menu. Only populates spaces that the user is a member of. # Google Chat spaces that the user is a member of. + "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # If set to `true`, the multiselect menu selects the current Google Chat space as an item by default. }, }, }, @@ -10536,7 +10536,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Selection input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/selection-input). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -10550,16 +10550,16 @@

Method Details

}, "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items. { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch. - "bottomText": "A String", # For multi-select menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "bottomText": "A String", # For multiselect menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item. - "startIconUri": "A String", # For multi-select menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "startIconUri": "A String", # For multiselect menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users. "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). }, ], "label": "A String", # The text that appears above the selection input field in the user interface. Specify text that helps the user enter the information your app needs. For example, if users are selecting the urgency of a work ticket from a drop-down menu, the label might be "Urgency" or "Select urgency". - "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multi-select menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, set to 3 items. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multi-select menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items on the card. If unspecified, set to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multiselect menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, defaults to 3 items. + "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multiselect menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items in the menu. If unspecified, defaults to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. "name": "A String", # The name that identifies the selection input in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, the form is submitted when the selection changes. If not specified, you must specify a separate button that submits the form. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). @@ -10573,12 +10573,12 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/create#create) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, the data from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). Used to populate the items in the multi-select menu. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "commonDataSource": "A String", # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source shared by all Google Workspace host applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from a Google Workspace host application. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such as Gmail emails, Google Calendar events, or Google Chat messages. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from Google Chat. For example, a list of Google Chat spaces of which the user is a member. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # The data source is Google Chat. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "spaceDataSource": { # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # When `true`, uses the card's Google Chat space as the default selection. The default value is `false`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. # A data source from Google Workspace. + "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. + "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. + "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Chat. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. For example, a user can select Google Chat spaces that they're a member of. # A data source from Google Chat. + "spaceDataSource": { # A data source that populates Google Chat spaces as selection items for a multiselect menu. Only populates spaces that the user is a member of. # Google Chat spaces that the user is a member of. + "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # If set to `true`, the multiselect menu selects the current Google Chat space as an item by default. }, }, }, @@ -11170,7 +11170,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Selection input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/selection-input). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # SelectionInput widget. - "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -11184,16 +11184,16 @@

Method Details

}, "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items. { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch. - "bottomText": "A String", # For multi-select menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "bottomText": "A String", # For multiselect menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item. - "startIconUri": "A String", # For multi-select menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "startIconUri": "A String", # For multiselect menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users. "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). }, ], "label": "A String", # The text that appears above the selection input field in the user interface. Specify text that helps the user enter the information your app needs. For example, if users are selecting the urgency of a work ticket from a drop-down menu, the label might be "Urgency" or "Select urgency". - "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multi-select menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, set to 3 items. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multi-select menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items on the card. If unspecified, set to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multiselect menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, defaults to 3 items. + "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multiselect menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items in the menu. If unspecified, defaults to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. "name": "A String", # The name that identifies the selection input in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, the form is submitted when the selection changes. If not specified, you must specify a separate button that submits the form. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). @@ -11207,12 +11207,12 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/create#create) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, the data from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). Used to populate the items in the multi-select menu. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "commonDataSource": "A String", # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source shared by all Google Workspace host applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from a Google Workspace host application. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such as Gmail emails, Google Calendar events, or Google Chat messages. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from Google Chat. For example, a list of Google Chat spaces of which the user is a member. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # The data source is Google Chat. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "spaceDataSource": { # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # When `true`, uses the card's Google Chat space as the default selection. The default value is `false`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. # A data source from Google Workspace. + "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. + "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. + "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Chat. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. For example, a user can select Google Chat spaces that they're a member of. # A data source from Google Chat. + "spaceDataSource": { # A data source that populates Google Chat spaces as selection items for a multiselect menu. Only populates spaces that the user is a member of. # Google Chat spaces that the user is a member of. + "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # If set to `true`, the multiselect menu selects the current Google Chat space as an item by default. }, }, }, @@ -11520,7 +11520,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Selection input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/selection-input). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -11534,16 +11534,16 @@

Method Details

}, "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items. { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch. - "bottomText": "A String", # For multi-select menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "bottomText": "A String", # For multiselect menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item. - "startIconUri": "A String", # For multi-select menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "startIconUri": "A String", # For multiselect menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users. "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). }, ], "label": "A String", # The text that appears above the selection input field in the user interface. Specify text that helps the user enter the information your app needs. For example, if users are selecting the urgency of a work ticket from a drop-down menu, the label might be "Urgency" or "Select urgency". - "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multi-select menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, set to 3 items. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multi-select menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items on the card. If unspecified, set to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multiselect menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, defaults to 3 items. + "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multiselect menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items in the menu. If unspecified, defaults to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. "name": "A String", # The name that identifies the selection input in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, the form is submitted when the selection changes. If not specified, you must specify a separate button that submits the form. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). @@ -11557,12 +11557,12 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/create#create) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, the data from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). Used to populate the items in the multi-select menu. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "commonDataSource": "A String", # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source shared by all Google Workspace host applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from a Google Workspace host application. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such as Gmail emails, Google Calendar events, or Google Chat messages. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from Google Chat. For example, a list of Google Chat spaces of which the user is a member. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # The data source is Google Chat. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "spaceDataSource": { # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # When `true`, uses the card's Google Chat space as the default selection. The default value is `false`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. # A data source from Google Workspace. + "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. + "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. + "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Chat. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. For example, a user can select Google Chat spaces that they're a member of. # A data source from Google Chat. + "spaceDataSource": { # A data source that populates Google Chat spaces as selection items for a multiselect menu. Only populates spaces that the user is a member of. # Google Chat spaces that the user is a member of. + "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # If set to `true`, the multiselect menu selects the current Google Chat space as an item by default. }, }, }, @@ -12291,7 +12291,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Selection input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/selection-input). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # SelectionInput widget. - "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -12305,16 +12305,16 @@

Method Details

}, "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items. { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch. - "bottomText": "A String", # For multi-select menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "bottomText": "A String", # For multiselect menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item. - "startIconUri": "A String", # For multi-select menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "startIconUri": "A String", # For multiselect menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users. "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). }, ], "label": "A String", # The text that appears above the selection input field in the user interface. Specify text that helps the user enter the information your app needs. For example, if users are selecting the urgency of a work ticket from a drop-down menu, the label might be "Urgency" or "Select urgency". - "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multi-select menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, set to 3 items. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multi-select menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items on the card. If unspecified, set to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multiselect menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, defaults to 3 items. + "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multiselect menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items in the menu. If unspecified, defaults to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. "name": "A String", # The name that identifies the selection input in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, the form is submitted when the selection changes. If not specified, you must specify a separate button that submits the form. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). @@ -12328,12 +12328,12 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/create#create) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, the data from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). Used to populate the items in the multi-select menu. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "commonDataSource": "A String", # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source shared by all Google Workspace host applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from a Google Workspace host application. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such as Gmail emails, Google Calendar events, or Google Chat messages. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from Google Chat. For example, a list of Google Chat spaces of which the user is a member. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # The data source is Google Chat. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "spaceDataSource": { # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # When `true`, uses the card's Google Chat space as the default selection. The default value is `false`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. # A data source from Google Workspace. + "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. + "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. + "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Chat. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. For example, a user can select Google Chat spaces that they're a member of. # A data source from Google Chat. + "spaceDataSource": { # A data source that populates Google Chat spaces as selection items for a multiselect menu. Only populates spaces that the user is a member of. # Google Chat spaces that the user is a member of. + "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # If set to `true`, the multiselect menu selects the current Google Chat space as an item by default. }, }, }, @@ -12641,7 +12641,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Selection input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/selection-input). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -12655,16 +12655,16 @@

Method Details

}, "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items. { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch. - "bottomText": "A String", # For multi-select menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "bottomText": "A String", # For multiselect menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item. - "startIconUri": "A String", # For multi-select menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "startIconUri": "A String", # For multiselect menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users. "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). }, ], "label": "A String", # The text that appears above the selection input field in the user interface. Specify text that helps the user enter the information your app needs. For example, if users are selecting the urgency of a work ticket from a drop-down menu, the label might be "Urgency" or "Select urgency". - "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multi-select menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, set to 3 items. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multi-select menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items on the card. If unspecified, set to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multiselect menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, defaults to 3 items. + "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multiselect menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items in the menu. If unspecified, defaults to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. "name": "A String", # The name that identifies the selection input in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, the form is submitted when the selection changes. If not specified, you must specify a separate button that submits the form. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). @@ -12678,12 +12678,12 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/create#create) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, the data from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). Used to populate the items in the multi-select menu. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "commonDataSource": "A String", # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source shared by all Google Workspace host applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from a Google Workspace host application. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such as Gmail emails, Google Calendar events, or Google Chat messages. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from Google Chat. For example, a list of Google Chat spaces of which the user is a member. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # The data source is Google Chat. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "spaceDataSource": { # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # When `true`, uses the card's Google Chat space as the default selection. The default value is `false`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. # A data source from Google Workspace. + "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. + "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. + "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Chat. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. For example, a user can select Google Chat spaces that they're a member of. # A data source from Google Chat. + "spaceDataSource": { # A data source that populates Google Chat spaces as selection items for a multiselect menu. Only populates spaces that the user is a member of. # Google Chat spaces that the user is a member of. + "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # If set to `true`, the multiselect menu selects the current Google Chat space as an item by default. }, }, }, @@ -12805,7 +12805,7 @@

Method Details

update(name, allowMissing=None, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Updates a message. There's a difference between the `patch` and `update` methods. The `patch` method uses a `patch` request while the `update` method uses a `put` request. We recommend using the `patch` method. For an example, see [Update a message](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/update). Requires [authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth). Fully supports [service account authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts) and [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users). [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users). Requests authenticated with service accounts can only update messages created by the calling Chat app.
+  
Updates a message. There's a difference between the `patch` and `update` methods. The `patch` method uses a `patch` request while the `update` method uses a `put` request. We recommend using the `patch` method. For an example, see [Update a message](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/update). Requires [authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth). Fully supports [service account authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts) and [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users). Requests authenticated with service accounts can only update messages created by the calling Chat app.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Resource name in the form `spaces/*/messages/*`. Example: `spaces/AAAAAAAAAAA/messages/BBBBBBBBBBB.BBBBBBBBBBB` (required)
@@ -13275,7 +13275,7 @@ 

Method Details

}, }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Selection input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/selection-input). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # SelectionInput widget. - "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -13289,16 +13289,16 @@

Method Details

}, "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items. { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch. - "bottomText": "A String", # For multi-select menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "bottomText": "A String", # For multiselect menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item. - "startIconUri": "A String", # For multi-select menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "startIconUri": "A String", # For multiselect menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users. "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). }, ], "label": "A String", # The text that appears above the selection input field in the user interface. Specify text that helps the user enter the information your app needs. For example, if users are selecting the urgency of a work ticket from a drop-down menu, the label might be "Urgency" or "Select urgency". - "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multi-select menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, set to 3 items. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multi-select menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items on the card. If unspecified, set to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multiselect menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, defaults to 3 items. + "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multiselect menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items in the menu. If unspecified, defaults to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. "name": "A String", # The name that identifies the selection input in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, the form is submitted when the selection changes. If not specified, you must specify a separate button that submits the form. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). @@ -13312,12 +13312,12 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/create#create) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, the data from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). Used to populate the items in the multi-select menu. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "commonDataSource": "A String", # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source shared by all Google Workspace host applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from a Google Workspace host application. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such as Gmail emails, Google Calendar events, or Google Chat messages. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from Google Chat. For example, a list of Google Chat spaces of which the user is a member. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # The data source is Google Chat. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "spaceDataSource": { # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # When `true`, uses the card's Google Chat space as the default selection. The default value is `false`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. # A data source from Google Workspace. + "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. + "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. + "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Chat. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. For example, a user can select Google Chat spaces that they're a member of. # A data source from Google Chat. + "spaceDataSource": { # A data source that populates Google Chat spaces as selection items for a multiselect menu. Only populates spaces that the user is a member of. # Google Chat spaces that the user is a member of. + "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # If set to `true`, the multiselect menu selects the current Google Chat space as an item by default. }, }, }, @@ -13625,7 +13625,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Selection input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/selection-input). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -13639,16 +13639,16 @@

Method Details

}, "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items. { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch. - "bottomText": "A String", # For multi-select menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "bottomText": "A String", # For multiselect menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item. - "startIconUri": "A String", # For multi-select menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "startIconUri": "A String", # For multiselect menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users. "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). }, ], "label": "A String", # The text that appears above the selection input field in the user interface. Specify text that helps the user enter the information your app needs. For example, if users are selecting the urgency of a work ticket from a drop-down menu, the label might be "Urgency" or "Select urgency". - "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multi-select menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, set to 3 items. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multi-select menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items on the card. If unspecified, set to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multiselect menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, defaults to 3 items. + "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multiselect menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items in the menu. If unspecified, defaults to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. "name": "A String", # The name that identifies the selection input in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, the form is submitted when the selection changes. If not specified, you must specify a separate button that submits the form. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). @@ -13662,12 +13662,12 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/create#create) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, the data from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). Used to populate the items in the multi-select menu. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "commonDataSource": "A String", # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source shared by all Google Workspace host applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from a Google Workspace host application. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such as Gmail emails, Google Calendar events, or Google Chat messages. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from Google Chat. For example, a list of Google Chat spaces of which the user is a member. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # The data source is Google Chat. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "spaceDataSource": { # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # When `true`, uses the card's Google Chat space as the default selection. The default value is `false`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. # A data source from Google Workspace. + "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. + "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. + "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Chat. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. For example, a user can select Google Chat spaces that they're a member of. # A data source from Google Chat. + "spaceDataSource": { # A data source that populates Google Chat spaces as selection items for a multiselect menu. Only populates spaces that the user is a member of. # Google Chat spaces that the user is a member of. + "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # If set to `true`, the multiselect menu selects the current Google Chat space as an item by default. }, }, }, @@ -14396,7 +14396,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Selection input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/selection-input). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # SelectionInput widget. - "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -14410,16 +14410,16 @@

Method Details

}, "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items. { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch. - "bottomText": "A String", # For multi-select menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "bottomText": "A String", # For multiselect menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item. - "startIconUri": "A String", # For multi-select menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "startIconUri": "A String", # For multiselect menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users. "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). }, ], "label": "A String", # The text that appears above the selection input field in the user interface. Specify text that helps the user enter the information your app needs. For example, if users are selecting the urgency of a work ticket from a drop-down menu, the label might be "Urgency" or "Select urgency". - "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multi-select menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, set to 3 items. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multi-select menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items on the card. If unspecified, set to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multiselect menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, defaults to 3 items. + "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multiselect menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items in the menu. If unspecified, defaults to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. "name": "A String", # The name that identifies the selection input in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, the form is submitted when the selection changes. If not specified, you must specify a separate button that submits the form. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). @@ -14433,12 +14433,12 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/create#create) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, the data from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). Used to populate the items in the multi-select menu. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "commonDataSource": "A String", # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source shared by all Google Workspace host applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from a Google Workspace host application. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such as Gmail emails, Google Calendar events, or Google Chat messages. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from Google Chat. For example, a list of Google Chat spaces of which the user is a member. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # The data source is Google Chat. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "spaceDataSource": { # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # When `true`, uses the card's Google Chat space as the default selection. The default value is `false`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. # A data source from Google Workspace. + "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. + "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. + "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Chat. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. For example, a user can select Google Chat spaces that they're a member of. # A data source from Google Chat. + "spaceDataSource": { # A data source that populates Google Chat spaces as selection items for a multiselect menu. Only populates spaces that the user is a member of. # Google Chat spaces that the user is a member of. + "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # If set to `true`, the multiselect menu selects the current Google Chat space as an item by default. }, }, }, @@ -14746,7 +14746,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Selection input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/selection-input). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -14760,16 +14760,16 @@

Method Details

}, "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items. { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch. - "bottomText": "A String", # For multi-select menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "bottomText": "A String", # For multiselect menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item. - "startIconUri": "A String", # For multi-select menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "startIconUri": "A String", # For multiselect menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users. "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). }, ], "label": "A String", # The text that appears above the selection input field in the user interface. Specify text that helps the user enter the information your app needs. For example, if users are selecting the urgency of a work ticket from a drop-down menu, the label might be "Urgency" or "Select urgency". - "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multi-select menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, set to 3 items. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multi-select menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items on the card. If unspecified, set to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multiselect menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, defaults to 3 items. + "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multiselect menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items in the menu. If unspecified, defaults to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. "name": "A String", # The name that identifies the selection input in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, the form is submitted when the selection changes. If not specified, you must specify a separate button that submits the form. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). @@ -14783,12 +14783,12 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/create#create) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, the data from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). Used to populate the items in the multi-select menu. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "commonDataSource": "A String", # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source shared by all Google Workspace host applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from a Google Workspace host application. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such as Gmail emails, Google Calendar events, or Google Chat messages. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from Google Chat. For example, a list of Google Chat spaces of which the user is a member. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # The data source is Google Chat. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "spaceDataSource": { # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # When `true`, uses the card's Google Chat space as the default selection. The default value is `false`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. # A data source from Google Workspace. + "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. + "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. + "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Chat. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. For example, a user can select Google Chat spaces that they're a member of. # A data source from Google Chat. + "spaceDataSource": { # A data source that populates Google Chat spaces as selection items for a multiselect menu. Only populates spaces that the user is a member of. # Google Chat spaces that the user is a member of. + "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # If set to `true`, the multiselect menu selects the current Google Chat space as an item by default. }, }, }, @@ -15380,7 +15380,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Selection input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/selection-input). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # SelectionInput widget. - "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -15394,16 +15394,16 @@

Method Details

}, "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items. { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch. - "bottomText": "A String", # For multi-select menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "bottomText": "A String", # For multiselect menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item. - "startIconUri": "A String", # For multi-select menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "startIconUri": "A String", # For multiselect menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users. "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). }, ], "label": "A String", # The text that appears above the selection input field in the user interface. Specify text that helps the user enter the information your app needs. For example, if users are selecting the urgency of a work ticket from a drop-down menu, the label might be "Urgency" or "Select urgency". - "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multi-select menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, set to 3 items. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multi-select menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items on the card. If unspecified, set to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multiselect menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, defaults to 3 items. + "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multiselect menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items in the menu. If unspecified, defaults to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. "name": "A String", # The name that identifies the selection input in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, the form is submitted when the selection changes. If not specified, you must specify a separate button that submits the form. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). @@ -15417,12 +15417,12 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/create#create) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, the data from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). Used to populate the items in the multi-select menu. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "commonDataSource": "A String", # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source shared by all Google Workspace host applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from a Google Workspace host application. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such as Gmail emails, Google Calendar events, or Google Chat messages. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from Google Chat. For example, a list of Google Chat spaces of which the user is a member. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # The data source is Google Chat. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "spaceDataSource": { # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # When `true`, uses the card's Google Chat space as the default selection. The default value is `false`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. # A data source from Google Workspace. + "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. + "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. + "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Chat. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. For example, a user can select Google Chat spaces that they're a member of. # A data source from Google Chat. + "spaceDataSource": { # A data source that populates Google Chat spaces as selection items for a multiselect menu. Only populates spaces that the user is a member of. # Google Chat spaces that the user is a member of. + "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # If set to `true`, the multiselect menu selects the current Google Chat space as an item by default. }, }, }, @@ -15730,7 +15730,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Selection input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/selection-input). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -15744,16 +15744,16 @@

Method Details

}, "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items. { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch. - "bottomText": "A String", # For multi-select menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "bottomText": "A String", # For multiselect menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item. - "startIconUri": "A String", # For multi-select menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "startIconUri": "A String", # For multiselect menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users. "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). }, ], "label": "A String", # The text that appears above the selection input field in the user interface. Specify text that helps the user enter the information your app needs. For example, if users are selecting the urgency of a work ticket from a drop-down menu, the label might be "Urgency" or "Select urgency". - "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multi-select menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, set to 3 items. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multi-select menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items on the card. If unspecified, set to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multiselect menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, defaults to 3 items. + "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multiselect menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items in the menu. If unspecified, defaults to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. "name": "A String", # The name that identifies the selection input in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, the form is submitted when the selection changes. If not specified, you must specify a separate button that submits the form. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). @@ -15767,12 +15767,12 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/create#create) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, the data from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). Used to populate the items in the multi-select menu. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "commonDataSource": "A String", # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source shared by all Google Workspace host applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from a Google Workspace host application. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such as Gmail emails, Google Calendar events, or Google Chat messages. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from Google Chat. For example, a list of Google Chat spaces of which the user is a member. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # The data source is Google Chat. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "spaceDataSource": { # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # When `true`, uses the card's Google Chat space as the default selection. The default value is `false`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. # A data source from Google Workspace. + "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. + "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. + "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Chat. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. For example, a user can select Google Chat spaces that they're a member of. # A data source from Google Chat. + "spaceDataSource": { # A data source that populates Google Chat spaces as selection items for a multiselect menu. Only populates spaces that the user is a member of. # Google Chat spaces that the user is a member of. + "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # If set to `true`, the multiselect menu selects the current Google Chat space as an item by default. }, }, }, @@ -16501,7 +16501,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Selection input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/selection-input). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # SelectionInput widget. - "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -16515,16 +16515,16 @@

Method Details

}, "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items. { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch. - "bottomText": "A String", # For multi-select menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "bottomText": "A String", # For multiselect menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item. - "startIconUri": "A String", # For multi-select menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "startIconUri": "A String", # For multiselect menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users. "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). }, ], "label": "A String", # The text that appears above the selection input field in the user interface. Specify text that helps the user enter the information your app needs. For example, if users are selecting the urgency of a work ticket from a drop-down menu, the label might be "Urgency" or "Select urgency". - "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multi-select menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, set to 3 items. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multi-select menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items on the card. If unspecified, set to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multiselect menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, defaults to 3 items. + "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multiselect menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items in the menu. If unspecified, defaults to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. "name": "A String", # The name that identifies the selection input in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, the form is submitted when the selection changes. If not specified, you must specify a separate button that submits the form. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). @@ -16538,12 +16538,12 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/create#create) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, the data from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). Used to populate the items in the multi-select menu. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "commonDataSource": "A String", # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source shared by all Google Workspace host applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from a Google Workspace host application. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such as Gmail emails, Google Calendar events, or Google Chat messages. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from Google Chat. For example, a list of Google Chat spaces of which the user is a member. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # The data source is Google Chat. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "spaceDataSource": { # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # When `true`, uses the card's Google Chat space as the default selection. The default value is `false`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. # A data source from Google Workspace. + "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. + "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. + "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Chat. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. For example, a user can select Google Chat spaces that they're a member of. # A data source from Google Chat. + "spaceDataSource": { # A data source that populates Google Chat spaces as selection items for a multiselect menu. Only populates spaces that the user is a member of. # Google Chat spaces that the user is a member of. + "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # If set to `true`, the multiselect menu selects the current Google Chat space as an item by default. }, }, }, @@ -16851,7 +16851,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Selection input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/selection-input). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "externalDataSource": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An external data source, such as a relational data base. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -16865,16 +16865,16 @@

Method Details

}, "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items. { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch. - "bottomText": "A String", # For multi-select menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "bottomText": "A String", # For multiselect menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item. - "startIconUri": "A String", # For multi-select menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "startIconUri": "A String", # For multiselect menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users. "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). }, ], "label": "A String", # The text that appears above the selection input field in the user interface. Specify text that helps the user enter the information your app needs. For example, if users are selecting the urgency of a work ticket from a drop-down menu, the label might be "Urgency" or "Select urgency". - "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multi-select menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, set to 3 items. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multi-select menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items on the card. If unspecified, set to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": 42, # For multiselect menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, defaults to 3 items. + "multiSelectMinQueryLength": 42, # For multiselect menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items in the menu. If unspecified, defaults to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. "name": "A String", # The name that identifies the selection input in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, the form is submitted when the selection changes. If not specified, you must specify a separate button that submits the form. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). @@ -16888,12 +16888,12 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/create#create) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, the data from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). Used to populate the items in the multi-select menu. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "commonDataSource": "A String", # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source shared by all Google Workspace host applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from a Google Workspace host application. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such as Gmail emails, Google Calendar events, or Google Chat messages. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from Google Chat. For example, a list of Google Chat spaces of which the user is a member. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # The data source is Google Chat. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "spaceDataSource": { # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). - "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # When `true`, uses the card's Google Chat space as the default selection. The default value is `false`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). + "platformDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. # A data source from Google Workspace. + "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. + "hostAppDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. + "chatDataSource": { # Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Chat. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. For example, a user can select Google Chat spaces that they're a member of. # A data source from Google Chat. + "spaceDataSource": { # A data source that populates Google Chat spaces as selection items for a multiselect menu. Only populates spaces that the user is a member of. # Google Chat spaces that the user is a member of. + "defaultToCurrentSpace": True or False, # If set to `true`, the multiselect menu selects the current Google Chat space as an item by default. }, }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.v1.html b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.v1.html index cf5a14f2ffc..ca968e8bed0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.v1.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.v1.html @@ -506,7 +506,7 @@

Method Details

Args: scope: string, Required. The organization to scope the request. Only organization policies within the scope will be analyzed. * organizations/{ORGANIZATION_NUMBER} (e.g., "organizations/123456") (required) constraint: string, Required. The name of the constraint to analyze organization policies for. The response only contains analyzed organization policies for the provided constraint. - filter: string, The expression to filter AnalyzeOrgPoliciesResponse.org_policy_results. The only supported field is `consolidated_policy.attached_resource`, and the only supported operator is `=`. Example: consolidated_policy.attached_resource="//cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/folders/001" will return the org policy results of"folders/001". + filter: string, The expression to filter AnalyzeOrgPoliciesResponse.org_policy_results. Filtering is currently available for bare literal values and the following fields: * consolidated_policy.attached_resource * consolidated_policy.rules.enforce When filtering by a specific field, the only supported operator is `=`. For example, filtering by consolidated_policy.attached_resource="//cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/folders/001" will return all the Organization Policy results attached to "folders/001". pageSize: integer, The maximum number of items to return per page. If unspecified, AnalyzeOrgPoliciesResponse.org_policy_results will contain 20 items with a maximum of 200. pageToken: string, The pagination token to retrieve the next page. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -630,7 +630,7 @@

Method Details

Args: scope: string, Required. The organization to scope the request. Only organization policies within the scope will be analyzed. The output assets will also be limited to the ones governed by those in-scope organization policies. * organizations/{ORGANIZATION_NUMBER} (e.g., "organizations/123456") (required) constraint: string, Required. The name of the constraint to analyze governed assets for. The analysis only contains analyzed organization policies for the provided constraint. - filter: string, The expression to filter the governed assets in result. The only supported fields for governed resources are `governed_resource.project` and `governed_resource.folders`. The only supported fields for governed iam policies are `governed_iam_policy.project` and `governed_iam_policy.folders`. The only supported operator is `=`. Example 1: governed_resource.project="projects/12345678" filter will return all governed resources under projects/12345678 including the project ifself, if applicable. Example 2: governed_iam_policy.folders="folders/12345678" filter will return all governed iam policies under folders/12345678, if applicable. + filter: string, The expression to filter AnalyzeOrgPolicyGovernedAssetsResponse.governed_assets. For governed resources, filtering is currently available for bare literal values and the following fields: * governed_resource.project * governed_resource.folders * consolidated_policy.rules.enforce When filtering by `governed_resource.project` or `consolidated_policy.rules.enforce`, the only supported operator is `=`. When filtering by `governed_resource.folders`, the supported operators are `=` and `:`. For example, filtering by `governed_resource.project="projects/12345678"` will return all the governed resources under "projects/12345678", including the project itself if applicable. For governed IAM policies, filtering is currently available for bare literal values and the following fields: * governed_iam_policy.project * governed_iam_policy.folders * consolidated_policy.rules.enforce When filtering by `governed_iam_policy.project` or `consolidated_policy.rules.enforce`, the only supported operator is `=`. When filtering by `governed_iam_policy.folders`, the supported operators are `=` and `:`. For example, filtering by `governed_iam_policy.folders:"folders/12345678"` will return all the governed IAM policies under "folders/001". pageSize: integer, The maximum number of items to return per page. If unspecified, AnalyzeOrgPolicyGovernedAssetsResponse.governed_assets will contain 100 items with a maximum of 200. pageToken: string, The pagination token to retrieve the next page. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -802,7 +802,7 @@

Method Details

Args: scope: string, Required. The organization to scope the request. Only organization policies within the scope will be analyzed. The output containers will also be limited to the ones governed by those in-scope organization policies. * organizations/{ORGANIZATION_NUMBER} (e.g., "organizations/123456") (required) constraint: string, Required. The name of the constraint to analyze governed containers for. The analysis only contains organization policies for the provided constraint. - filter: string, The expression to filter the governed containers in result. The only supported field is `parent`, and the only supported operator is `=`. Example: parent="//cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/folders/001" will return all containers under "folders/001". + filter: string, The expression to filter AnalyzeOrgPolicyGovernedContainersResponse.governed_containers. Filtering is currently available for bare literal values and the following fields: * parent * consolidated_policy.rules.enforce When filtering by a specific field, the only supported operator is `=`. For example, filtering by parent="//cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/folders/001" will return all the containers under "folders/001". pageSize: integer, The maximum number of items to return per page. If unspecified, AnalyzeOrgPolicyGovernedContainersResponse.governed_containers will contain 100 items with a maximum of 200. pageToken: string, The pagination token to retrieve the next page. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.builds.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.builds.html index 2ef1421c8f6..4150c17cb18 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.builds.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.builds.html @@ -396,6 +396,7 @@

Method Details

"bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). "generation": "A String", # Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used. "object": "A String", # Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build. + "sourceFetcher": "A String", # Optional. Option to specify the tool to fetch the source file for the build. }, "storageSourceManifest": { # Location of the source manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # If provided, get the source from this manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). "bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). @@ -440,6 +441,7 @@

Method Details

"bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). "generation": "A String", # Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used. "object": "A String", # Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build. + "sourceFetcher": "A String", # Optional. Option to specify the tool to fetch the source file for the build. }, "resolvedStorageSourceManifest": { # Location of the source manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # A copy of the build's `source.storage_source_manifest`, if exists, with any revisions resolved. This feature is in Preview. "bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). @@ -754,6 +756,7 @@

Method Details

"bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). "generation": "A String", # Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used. "object": "A String", # Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build. + "sourceFetcher": "A String", # Optional. Option to specify the tool to fetch the source file for the build. }, "storageSourceManifest": { # Location of the source manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # If provided, get the source from this manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). "bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). @@ -798,6 +801,7 @@

Method Details

"bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). "generation": "A String", # Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used. "object": "A String", # Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build. + "sourceFetcher": "A String", # Optional. Option to specify the tool to fetch the source file for the build. }, "resolvedStorageSourceManifest": { # Location of the source manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # A copy of the build's `source.storage_source_manifest`, if exists, with any revisions resolved. This feature is in Preview. "bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). @@ -1143,6 +1147,7 @@

Method Details

"bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). "generation": "A String", # Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used. "object": "A String", # Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build. + "sourceFetcher": "A String", # Optional. Option to specify the tool to fetch the source file for the build. }, "storageSourceManifest": { # Location of the source manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # If provided, get the source from this manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). "bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). @@ -1187,6 +1192,7 @@

Method Details

"bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). "generation": "A String", # Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used. "object": "A String", # Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build. + "sourceFetcher": "A String", # Optional. Option to specify the tool to fetch the source file for the build. }, "resolvedStorageSourceManifest": { # Location of the source manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # A copy of the build's `source.storage_source_manifest`, if exists, with any revisions resolved. This feature is in Preview. "bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). @@ -1507,6 +1513,7 @@

Method Details

"bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). "generation": "A String", # Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used. "object": "A String", # Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build. + "sourceFetcher": "A String", # Optional. Option to specify the tool to fetch the source file for the build. }, "storageSourceManifest": { # Location of the source manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # If provided, get the source from this manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). "bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). @@ -1551,6 +1558,7 @@

Method Details

"bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). "generation": "A String", # Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used. "object": "A String", # Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build. + "sourceFetcher": "A String", # Optional. Option to specify the tool to fetch the source file for the build. }, "resolvedStorageSourceManifest": { # Location of the source manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # A copy of the build's `source.storage_source_manifest`, if exists, with any revisions resolved. This feature is in Preview. "bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.builds.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.builds.html index cce889705da..a9ce1ba9873 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.builds.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.builds.html @@ -395,6 +395,7 @@

Method Details

"bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). "generation": "A String", # Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used. "object": "A String", # Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build. + "sourceFetcher": "A String", # Optional. Option to specify the tool to fetch the source file for the build. }, "storageSourceManifest": { # Location of the source manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # If provided, get the source from this manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). "bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). @@ -439,6 +440,7 @@

Method Details

"bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). "generation": "A String", # Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used. "object": "A String", # Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build. + "sourceFetcher": "A String", # Optional. Option to specify the tool to fetch the source file for the build. }, "resolvedStorageSourceManifest": { # Location of the source manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # A copy of the build's `source.storage_source_manifest`, if exists, with any revisions resolved. This feature is in Preview. "bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). @@ -753,6 +755,7 @@

Method Details

"bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). "generation": "A String", # Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used. "object": "A String", # Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build. + "sourceFetcher": "A String", # Optional. Option to specify the tool to fetch the source file for the build. }, "storageSourceManifest": { # Location of the source manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # If provided, get the source from this manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). "bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). @@ -797,6 +800,7 @@

Method Details

"bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). "generation": "A String", # Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used. "object": "A String", # Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build. + "sourceFetcher": "A String", # Optional. Option to specify the tool to fetch the source file for the build. }, "resolvedStorageSourceManifest": { # Location of the source manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # A copy of the build's `source.storage_source_manifest`, if exists, with any revisions resolved. This feature is in Preview. "bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). @@ -1142,6 +1146,7 @@

Method Details

"bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). "generation": "A String", # Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used. "object": "A String", # Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build. + "sourceFetcher": "A String", # Optional. Option to specify the tool to fetch the source file for the build. }, "storageSourceManifest": { # Location of the source manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # If provided, get the source from this manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). "bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). @@ -1186,6 +1191,7 @@

Method Details

"bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). "generation": "A String", # Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used. "object": "A String", # Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build. + "sourceFetcher": "A String", # Optional. Option to specify the tool to fetch the source file for the build. }, "resolvedStorageSourceManifest": { # Location of the source manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # A copy of the build's `source.storage_source_manifest`, if exists, with any revisions resolved. This feature is in Preview. "bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). @@ -1506,6 +1512,7 @@

Method Details

"bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). "generation": "A String", # Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used. "object": "A String", # Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build. + "sourceFetcher": "A String", # Optional. Option to specify the tool to fetch the source file for the build. }, "storageSourceManifest": { # Location of the source manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # If provided, get the source from this manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). "bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). @@ -1550,6 +1557,7 @@

Method Details

"bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). "generation": "A String", # Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used. "object": "A String", # Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build. + "sourceFetcher": "A String", # Optional. Option to specify the tool to fetch the source file for the build. }, "resolvedStorageSourceManifest": { # Location of the source manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # A copy of the build's `source.storage_source_manifest`, if exists, with any revisions resolved. This feature is in Preview. "bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html index 4f043374be9..846de2de544 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html @@ -384,6 +384,7 @@

Method Details

"bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). "generation": "A String", # Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used. "object": "A String", # Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build. + "sourceFetcher": "A String", # Optional. Option to specify the tool to fetch the source file for the build. }, "storageSourceManifest": { # Location of the source manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # If provided, get the source from this manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). "bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). @@ -428,6 +429,7 @@

Method Details

"bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). "generation": "A String", # Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used. "object": "A String", # Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build. + "sourceFetcher": "A String", # Optional. Option to specify the tool to fetch the source file for the build. }, "resolvedStorageSourceManifest": { # Location of the source manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # A copy of the build's `source.storage_source_manifest`, if exists, with any revisions resolved. This feature is in Preview. "bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). @@ -911,6 +913,7 @@

Method Details

"bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). "generation": "A String", # Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used. "object": "A String", # Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build. + "sourceFetcher": "A String", # Optional. Option to specify the tool to fetch the source file for the build. }, "storageSourceManifest": { # Location of the source manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # If provided, get the source from this manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). "bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). @@ -955,6 +958,7 @@

Method Details

"bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). "generation": "A String", # Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used. "object": "A String", # Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build. + "sourceFetcher": "A String", # Optional. Option to specify the tool to fetch the source file for the build. }, "resolvedStorageSourceManifest": { # Location of the source manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # A copy of the build's `source.storage_source_manifest`, if exists, with any revisions resolved. This feature is in Preview. "bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). @@ -1466,6 +1470,7 @@

Method Details

"bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). "generation": "A String", # Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used. "object": "A String", # Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build. + "sourceFetcher": "A String", # Optional. Option to specify the tool to fetch the source file for the build. }, "storageSourceManifest": { # Location of the source manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # If provided, get the source from this manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). "bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). @@ -1510,6 +1515,7 @@

Method Details

"bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). "generation": "A String", # Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used. "object": "A String", # Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build. + "sourceFetcher": "A String", # Optional. Option to specify the tool to fetch the source file for the build. }, "resolvedStorageSourceManifest": { # Location of the source manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # A copy of the build's `source.storage_source_manifest`, if exists, with any revisions resolved. This feature is in Preview. "bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). @@ -2005,6 +2011,7 @@

Method Details

"bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). "generation": "A String", # Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used. "object": "A String", # Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build. + "sourceFetcher": "A String", # Optional. Option to specify the tool to fetch the source file for the build. }, "storageSourceManifest": { # Location of the source manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # If provided, get the source from this manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). "bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). @@ -2049,6 +2056,7 @@

Method Details

"bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). "generation": "A String", # Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used. "object": "A String", # Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build. + "sourceFetcher": "A String", # Optional. Option to specify the tool to fetch the source file for the build. }, "resolvedStorageSourceManifest": { # Location of the source manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # A copy of the build's `source.storage_source_manifest`, if exists, with any revisions resolved. This feature is in Preview. "bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). @@ -2549,6 +2557,7 @@

Method Details

"bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). "generation": "A String", # Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used. "object": "A String", # Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build. + "sourceFetcher": "A String", # Optional. Option to specify the tool to fetch the source file for the build. }, "storageSourceManifest": { # Location of the source manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # If provided, get the source from this manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). "bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). @@ -2593,6 +2602,7 @@

Method Details

"bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). "generation": "A String", # Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used. "object": "A String", # Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build. + "sourceFetcher": "A String", # Optional. Option to specify the tool to fetch the source file for the build. }, "resolvedStorageSourceManifest": { # Location of the source manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # A copy of the build's `source.storage_source_manifest`, if exists, with any revisions resolved. This feature is in Preview. "bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). @@ -3078,6 +3088,7 @@

Method Details

"bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). "generation": "A String", # Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used. "object": "A String", # Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build. + "sourceFetcher": "A String", # Optional. Option to specify the tool to fetch the source file for the build. }, "storageSourceManifest": { # Location of the source manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # If provided, get the source from this manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). "bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). @@ -3122,6 +3133,7 @@

Method Details

"bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). "generation": "A String", # Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used. "object": "A String", # Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build. + "sourceFetcher": "A String", # Optional. Option to specify the tool to fetch the source file for the build. }, "resolvedStorageSourceManifest": { # Location of the source manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # A copy of the build's `source.storage_source_manifest`, if exists, with any revisions resolved. This feature is in Preview. "bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.triggers.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.triggers.html index 528559554cb..6c1275b24b7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.triggers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.triggers.html @@ -384,6 +384,7 @@

Method Details

"bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). "generation": "A String", # Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used. "object": "A String", # Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build. + "sourceFetcher": "A String", # Optional. Option to specify the tool to fetch the source file for the build. }, "storageSourceManifest": { # Location of the source manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # If provided, get the source from this manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). "bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). @@ -428,6 +429,7 @@

Method Details

"bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). "generation": "A String", # Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used. "object": "A String", # Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build. + "sourceFetcher": "A String", # Optional. Option to specify the tool to fetch the source file for the build. }, "resolvedStorageSourceManifest": { # Location of the source manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # A copy of the build's `source.storage_source_manifest`, if exists, with any revisions resolved. This feature is in Preview. "bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). @@ -911,6 +913,7 @@

Method Details

"bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). "generation": "A String", # Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used. "object": "A String", # Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build. + "sourceFetcher": "A String", # Optional. Option to specify the tool to fetch the source file for the build. }, "storageSourceManifest": { # Location of the source manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # If provided, get the source from this manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). "bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). @@ -955,6 +958,7 @@

Method Details

"bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). "generation": "A String", # Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used. "object": "A String", # Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build. + "sourceFetcher": "A String", # Optional. Option to specify the tool to fetch the source file for the build. }, "resolvedStorageSourceManifest": { # Location of the source manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # A copy of the build's `source.storage_source_manifest`, if exists, with any revisions resolved. This feature is in Preview. "bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). @@ -1466,6 +1470,7 @@

Method Details

"bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). "generation": "A String", # Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used. "object": "A String", # Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build. + "sourceFetcher": "A String", # Optional. Option to specify the tool to fetch the source file for the build. }, "storageSourceManifest": { # Location of the source manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # If provided, get the source from this manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). "bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). @@ -1510,6 +1515,7 @@

Method Details

"bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). "generation": "A String", # Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used. "object": "A String", # Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build. + "sourceFetcher": "A String", # Optional. Option to specify the tool to fetch the source file for the build. }, "resolvedStorageSourceManifest": { # Location of the source manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # A copy of the build's `source.storage_source_manifest`, if exists, with any revisions resolved. This feature is in Preview. "bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). @@ -2005,6 +2011,7 @@

Method Details

"bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). "generation": "A String", # Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used. "object": "A String", # Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build. + "sourceFetcher": "A String", # Optional. Option to specify the tool to fetch the source file for the build. }, "storageSourceManifest": { # Location of the source manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # If provided, get the source from this manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). "bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). @@ -2049,6 +2056,7 @@

Method Details

"bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). "generation": "A String", # Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used. "object": "A String", # Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build. + "sourceFetcher": "A String", # Optional. Option to specify the tool to fetch the source file for the build. }, "resolvedStorageSourceManifest": { # Location of the source manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # A copy of the build's `source.storage_source_manifest`, if exists, with any revisions resolved. This feature is in Preview. "bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). @@ -2550,6 +2558,7 @@

Method Details

"bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). "generation": "A String", # Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used. "object": "A String", # Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build. + "sourceFetcher": "A String", # Optional. Option to specify the tool to fetch the source file for the build. }, "storageSourceManifest": { # Location of the source manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # If provided, get the source from this manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). "bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). @@ -2594,6 +2603,7 @@

Method Details

"bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). "generation": "A String", # Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used. "object": "A String", # Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build. + "sourceFetcher": "A String", # Optional. Option to specify the tool to fetch the source file for the build. }, "resolvedStorageSourceManifest": { # Location of the source manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # A copy of the build's `source.storage_source_manifest`, if exists, with any revisions resolved. This feature is in Preview. "bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). @@ -3077,6 +3087,7 @@

Method Details

"bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). "generation": "A String", # Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used. "object": "A String", # Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build. + "sourceFetcher": "A String", # Optional. Option to specify the tool to fetch the source file for the build. }, "storageSourceManifest": { # Location of the source manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # If provided, get the source from this manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). "bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). @@ -3121,6 +3132,7 @@

Method Details

"bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). "generation": "A String", # Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used. "object": "A String", # Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build. + "sourceFetcher": "A String", # Optional. Option to specify the tool to fetch the source file for the build. }, "resolvedStorageSourceManifest": { # Location of the source manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # A copy of the build's `source.storage_source_manifest`, if exists, with any revisions resolved. This feature is in Preview. "bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v2.projects.locations.connections.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v2.projects.locations.connections.html index 307643d4d34..c582dedb336 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v2.projects.locations.connections.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v2.projects.locations.connections.html @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # A connection to a SCM like GitHub, GitHub Enterprise, Bitbucket Server or GitLab. +{ # A connection to a SCM like GitHub, GitHub Enterprise, Bitbucket Data Center or GitLab. "annotations": { # Allows clients to store small amounts of arbitrary data. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # A connection to a SCM like GitHub, GitHub Enterprise, Bitbucket Server or GitLab. + { # A connection to a SCM like GitHub, GitHub Enterprise, Bitbucket Data Center or GitLab. "annotations": { # Allows clients to store small amounts of arbitrary data. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -439,7 +439,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Message for response to listing Connections. "connections": [ # The list of Connections. - { # A connection to a SCM like GitHub, GitHub Enterprise, Bitbucket Server or GitLab. + { # A connection to a SCM like GitHub, GitHub Enterprise, Bitbucket Data Center or GitLab. "annotations": { # Allows clients to store small amounts of arbitrary data. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -521,7 +521,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # A connection to a SCM like GitHub, GitHub Enterprise, Bitbucket Server or GitLab. +{ # A connection to a SCM like GitHub, GitHub Enterprise, Bitbucket Data Center or GitLab. "annotations": { # Allows clients to store small amounts of arbitrary data. "a_key": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.html b/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.html index 7c99c85aace..a1560166c11 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.html +++ b/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.html @@ -882,6 +882,7 @@

Method Details

}, "metadata": { # Metadata includes information associated with a `Rollout`. # Output only. Metadata contains information about the rollout. "cloudRun": { # CloudRunMetadata contains information from a Cloud Run deployment. # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run Service that is associated with a `Rollout`. + "job": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run job that is associated with a `Rollout`. Format is projects/{project}/locations/{location}/jobs/{job_name}. "revision": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Run Revision id associated with a `Rollout`. "service": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run Service that is associated with a `Rollout`. Format is projects/{project}/locations/{location}/services/{service}. "serviceUrls": [ # Output only. The Cloud Run Service urls that are associated with a `Rollout`. @@ -1096,6 +1097,7 @@

Method Details

}, "metadata": { # Metadata includes information associated with a `Rollout`. # Output only. Metadata contains information about the rollout. "cloudRun": { # CloudRunMetadata contains information from a Cloud Run deployment. # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run Service that is associated with a `Rollout`. + "job": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run job that is associated with a `Rollout`. Format is projects/{project}/locations/{location}/jobs/{job_name}. "revision": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Run Revision id associated with a `Rollout`. "service": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run Service that is associated with a `Rollout`. Format is projects/{project}/locations/{location}/services/{service}. "serviceUrls": [ # Output only. The Cloud Run Service urls that are associated with a `Rollout`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.releases.rollouts.html b/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.releases.rollouts.html index 465bbbfa398..d2c09610abe 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.releases.rollouts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.releases.rollouts.html @@ -219,6 +219,7 @@

Method Details

}, "metadata": { # Metadata includes information associated with a `Rollout`. # Output only. Metadata contains information about the rollout. "cloudRun": { # CloudRunMetadata contains information from a Cloud Run deployment. # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run Service that is associated with a `Rollout`. + "job": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run job that is associated with a `Rollout`. Format is projects/{project}/locations/{location}/jobs/{job_name}. "revision": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Run Revision id associated with a `Rollout`. "service": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run Service that is associated with a `Rollout`. Format is projects/{project}/locations/{location}/services/{service}. "serviceUrls": [ # Output only. The Cloud Run Service urls that are associated with a `Rollout`. @@ -463,6 +464,7 @@

Method Details

}, "metadata": { # Metadata includes information associated with a `Rollout`. # Output only. Metadata contains information about the rollout. "cloudRun": { # CloudRunMetadata contains information from a Cloud Run deployment. # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run Service that is associated with a `Rollout`. + "job": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run job that is associated with a `Rollout`. Format is projects/{project}/locations/{location}/jobs/{job_name}. "revision": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Run Revision id associated with a `Rollout`. "service": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run Service that is associated with a `Rollout`. Format is projects/{project}/locations/{location}/services/{service}. "serviceUrls": [ # Output only. The Cloud Run Service urls that are associated with a `Rollout`. @@ -708,6 +710,7 @@

Method Details

}, "metadata": { # Metadata includes information associated with a `Rollout`. # Output only. Metadata contains information about the rollout. "cloudRun": { # CloudRunMetadata contains information from a Cloud Run deployment. # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run Service that is associated with a `Rollout`. + "job": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run job that is associated with a `Rollout`. Format is projects/{project}/locations/{location}/jobs/{job_name}. "revision": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Run Revision id associated with a `Rollout`. "service": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run Service that is associated with a `Rollout`. Format is projects/{project}/locations/{location}/services/{service}. "serviceUrls": [ # Output only. The Cloud Run Service urls that are associated with a `Rollout`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.releases.rollouts.jobRuns.html b/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.releases.rollouts.jobRuns.html index 3002278dd68..dc9dd0dd763 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.releases.rollouts.jobRuns.html +++ b/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.releases.rollouts.jobRuns.html @@ -131,6 +131,7 @@

Method Details

"failureMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the deploy failure, if available. "metadata": { # DeployJobRunMetadata surfaces information associated with a `DeployJobRun` to the user. # Output only. Metadata containing information about the deploy job run. "cloudRun": { # CloudRunMetadata contains information from a Cloud Run deployment. # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run Service that is associated with a `DeployJobRun`. + "job": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run job that is associated with a `Rollout`. Format is projects/{project}/locations/{location}/jobs/{job_name}. "revision": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Run Revision id associated with a `Rollout`. "service": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run Service that is associated with a `Rollout`. Format is projects/{project}/locations/{location}/services/{service}. "serviceUrls": [ # Output only. The Cloud Run Service urls that are associated with a `Rollout`. @@ -209,6 +210,7 @@

Method Details

"failureMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the deploy failure, if available. "metadata": { # DeployJobRunMetadata surfaces information associated with a `DeployJobRun` to the user. # Output only. Metadata containing information about the deploy job run. "cloudRun": { # CloudRunMetadata contains information from a Cloud Run deployment. # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run Service that is associated with a `DeployJobRun`. + "job": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run job that is associated with a `Rollout`. Format is projects/{project}/locations/{location}/jobs/{job_name}. "revision": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Run Revision id associated with a `Rollout`. "service": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Cloud Run Service that is associated with a `Rollout`. Format is projects/{project}/locations/{location}/services/{service}. "serviceUrls": [ # Output only. The Cloud Run Service urls that are associated with a `Rollout`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v1.projects.locations.functions.html b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v1.projects.locations.functions.html index 60bd89daba9..aca5bd4860e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v1.projects.locations.functions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v1.projects.locations.functions.html @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@

Instance Methods

generateUploadUrl(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Returns a signed URL for uploading a function source code. For more information about the signed URL usage see: https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/access-control/signed-urls. Once the function source code upload is complete, the used signed URL should be provided in CreateFunction or UpdateFunction request as a reference to the function source code. When uploading source code to the generated signed URL, please follow these restrictions: * Source file type should be a zip file. * Source file size should not exceed 100MB limit. * No credentials should be attached - the signed URLs provide access to the target bucket using internal service identity; if credentials were attached, the identity from the credentials would be used, but that identity does not have permissions to upload files to the URL. When making a HTTP PUT request, these two headers need to be specified: * `content-type: application/zip` * `x-goog-content-length-range: 0,104857600` And this header SHOULD NOT be specified: * `Authorization: Bearer YOUR_TOKEN`

- get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+ get(name, versionId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Returns a function with the given name from the requested project.

getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -348,11 +348,12 @@

Method Details

- get(name, x__xgafv=None) + get(name, versionId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Returns a function with the given name from the requested project.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The name of the function which details should be obtained. (required)
+  versionId: string, Optional. The optional version of the function whose details should be obtained. The version of a 1st Gen function is an integer that starts from 1 and gets incremented on redeployments. Each deployment creates a config version of the underlying function. GCF may keep historical configs for old versions. This field can be specified to fetch the historical configs. Leave it blank or set to 0 to get the latest version of the function.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1.organizations.html b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1.organizations.html
index 95fd81ef103..07ca5e2d8c8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1.organizations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1.organizations.html
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Retrieves the next page of results.

search(body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Searches Organization resources that are visible to the user and satisfy the specified filter. This method returns Organizations in an unspecified order. New Organizations do not necessarily appear at the end of the results. Search will only return organizations on which the user has the permission `resourcemanager.organizations.get`

+

Searches Organization resources that are visible to the user and satisfy the specified filter. This method returns Organizations in an unspecified order. New Organizations do not necessarily appear at the end of the results. Search will only return organizations on which the user has the permission `resourcemanager.organizations.get` or has super admin privileges.

search_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@

Method Details

{ # The root node in the resource hierarchy to which a particular entity's (e.g., company) resources belong. "creationTime": "A String", # Timestamp when the Organization was created. Assigned by the server. - "displayName": "A String", # A human-readable string that refers to the Organization in the GCP Console UI. This string is set by the server and cannot be changed. The string will be set to the primary domain (for example, "google.com") of the G Suite customer that owns the organization. + "displayName": "A String", # A human-readable string that refers to the Organization in the Google Cloud console. This string is set by the server and cannot be changed. The string will be set to the primary domain (for example, "google.com") of the G Suite customer that owns the organization. "lifecycleState": "A String", # The organization's current lifecycle state. Assigned by the server. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the organization. This is the organization's relative path in the API. Its format is "organizations/[organization_id]". For example, "organizations/1234". "owner": { # The entity that owns an Organization. The lifetime of the Organization and all of its descendants are bound to the `OrganizationOwner`. If the `OrganizationOwner` is deleted, the Organization and all its descendants will be deleted. # The owner of this Organization. The owner should be specified on creation. Once set, it cannot be changed. This field is required. @@ -445,7 +445,7 @@

Method Details

search(body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Searches Organization resources that are visible to the user and satisfy the specified filter. This method returns Organizations in an unspecified order. New Organizations do not necessarily appear at the end of the results. Search will only return organizations on which the user has the permission `resourcemanager.organizations.get`
+  
Searches Organization resources that are visible to the user and satisfy the specified filter. This method returns Organizations in an unspecified order. New Organizations do not necessarily appear at the end of the results. Search will only return organizations on which the user has the permission `resourcemanager.organizations.get` or has super admin privileges.
 
 Args:
   body: object, The request body.
@@ -470,7 +470,7 @@ 

Method Details

"organizations": [ # The list of Organizations that matched the search query, possibly paginated. { # The root node in the resource hierarchy to which a particular entity's (e.g., company) resources belong. "creationTime": "A String", # Timestamp when the Organization was created. Assigned by the server. - "displayName": "A String", # A human-readable string that refers to the Organization in the GCP Console UI. This string is set by the server and cannot be changed. The string will be set to the primary domain (for example, "google.com") of the G Suite customer that owns the organization. + "displayName": "A String", # A human-readable string that refers to the Organization in the Google Cloud console. This string is set by the server and cannot be changed. The string will be set to the primary domain (for example, "google.com") of the G Suite customer that owns the organization. "lifecycleState": "A String", # The organization's current lifecycle state. Assigned by the server. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the organization. This is the organization's relative path in the API. Its format is "organizations/[organization_id]". For example, "organizations/1234". "owner": { # The entity that owns an Organization. The lifetime of the Organization and all of its descendants are bound to the `OrganizationOwner`. If the `OrganizationOwner` is deleted, the Organization and all its descendants will be deleted. # The owner of this Organization. The owner should be specified on creation. Once set, it cannot be changed. This field is required. diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1.projects.html index 9d3957e2267..23497c0e6a3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1.projects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1.projects.html @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@

Instance Methods

Retrieves the next page of results.

setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Sets the IAM access control policy for the specified Project. CAUTION: This method will replace the existing policy, and cannot be used to append additional IAM settings. NOTE: Removing service accounts from policies or changing their roles can render services completely inoperable. It is important to understand how the service account is being used before removing or updating its roles. For additional information about `resource` (e.g. my-project-id) structure and identification, see [Resource Names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names). The following constraints apply when using `setIamPolicy()`: + Project does not support `allUsers` and `allAuthenticatedUsers` as `members` in a `Binding` of a `Policy`. + The owner role can be granted to a `user`, `serviceAccount`, or a group that is part of an organization. For example, group@myownpersonaldomain.com could be added as an owner to a project in the myownpersonaldomain.com organization, but not the examplepetstore.com organization. + Service accounts can be made owners of a project directly without any restrictions. However, to be added as an owner, a user must be invited via Cloud Platform console and must accept the invitation. + A user cannot be granted the owner role using `setIamPolicy()`. The user must be granted the owner role using the Cloud Platform Console and must explicitly accept the invitation. + You can only grant ownership of a project to a member by using the GCP Console. Inviting a member will deliver an invitation email that they must accept. An invitation email is not generated if you are granting a role other than owner, or if both the member you are inviting and the project are part of your organization. + If the project is not part of an organization, there must be at least one owner who has accepted the Terms of Service (ToS) agreement in the policy. Calling `setIamPolicy()` to remove the last ToS-accepted owner from the policy will fail. This restriction also applies to legacy projects that no longer have owners who have accepted the ToS. Edits to IAM policies will be rejected until the lack of a ToS-accepting owner is rectified. If the project is part of an organization, you can remove all owners, potentially making the organization inaccessible. Authorization requires the Google IAM permission `resourcemanager.projects.setIamPolicy` on the project

+

Sets the IAM access control policy for the specified Project. CAUTION: This method will replace the existing policy, and cannot be used to append additional IAM settings. NOTE: Removing service accounts from policies or changing their roles can render services completely inoperable. It is important to understand how the service account is being used before removing or updating its roles. For additional information about `resource` (e.g. my-project-id) structure and identification, see [Resource Names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names). The following constraints apply when using `setIamPolicy()`: + Project does not support `allUsers` and `allAuthenticatedUsers` as `members` in a `Binding` of a `Policy`. + The owner role can be granted to a `user`, `serviceAccount`, or a group that is part of an organization. For example, group@myownpersonaldomain.com could be added as an owner to a project in the myownpersonaldomain.com organization, but not the examplepetstore.com organization. + Service accounts can be made owners of a project directly without any restrictions. However, to be added as an owner, a user must be invited via Cloud Platform console and must accept the invitation. + A user cannot be granted the owner role using `setIamPolicy()`. The user must be granted the owner role using the Cloud Platform Console and must explicitly accept the invitation. + You can only grant ownership of a project to a member by using the Google Cloud console. Inviting a member will deliver an invitation email that they must accept. An invitation email is not generated if you are granting a role other than owner, or if both the member you are inviting and the project are part of your organization. + If the project is not part of an organization, there must be at least one owner who has accepted the Terms of Service (ToS) agreement in the policy. Calling `setIamPolicy()` to remove the last ToS-accepted owner from the policy will fail. This restriction also applies to legacy projects that no longer have owners who have accepted the ToS. Edits to IAM policies will be rejected until the lack of a ToS-accepting owner is rectified. If the project is part of an organization, you can remove all owners, potentially making the organization inaccessible. Authorization requires the Google IAM permission `resourcemanager.projects.setIamPolicy` on the project

setOrgPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates the specified `Policy` on the resource. Creates a new `Policy` for that `Constraint` on the resource if one does not exist. Not supplying an `etag` on the request `Policy` results in an unconditional write of the `Policy`.

@@ -618,7 +618,7 @@

Method Details

setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Sets the IAM access control policy for the specified Project. CAUTION: This method will replace the existing policy, and cannot be used to append additional IAM settings. NOTE: Removing service accounts from policies or changing their roles can render services completely inoperable. It is important to understand how the service account is being used before removing or updating its roles. For additional information about `resource` (e.g. my-project-id) structure and identification, see [Resource Names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names). The following constraints apply when using `setIamPolicy()`: + Project does not support `allUsers` and `allAuthenticatedUsers` as `members` in a `Binding` of a `Policy`. + The owner role can be granted to a `user`, `serviceAccount`, or a group that is part of an organization. For example, group@myownpersonaldomain.com could be added as an owner to a project in the myownpersonaldomain.com organization, but not the examplepetstore.com organization. + Service accounts can be made owners of a project directly without any restrictions. However, to be added as an owner, a user must be invited via Cloud Platform console and must accept the invitation. + A user cannot be granted the owner role using `setIamPolicy()`. The user must be granted the owner role using the Cloud Platform Console and must explicitly accept the invitation. + You can only grant ownership of a project to a member by using the GCP Console. Inviting a member will deliver an invitation email that they must accept. An invitation email is not generated if you are granting a role other than owner, or if both the member you are inviting and the project are part of your organization. + If the project is not part of an organization, there must be at least one owner who has accepted the Terms of Service (ToS) agreement in the policy. Calling `setIamPolicy()` to remove the last ToS-accepted owner from the policy will fail. This restriction also applies to legacy projects that no longer have owners who have accepted the ToS. Edits to IAM policies will be rejected until the lack of a ToS-accepting owner is rectified. If the project is part of an organization, you can remove all owners, potentially making the organization inaccessible. Authorization requires the Google IAM permission `resourcemanager.projects.setIamPolicy` on the project
+  
Sets the IAM access control policy for the specified Project. CAUTION: This method will replace the existing policy, and cannot be used to append additional IAM settings. NOTE: Removing service accounts from policies or changing their roles can render services completely inoperable. It is important to understand how the service account is being used before removing or updating its roles. For additional information about `resource` (e.g. my-project-id) structure and identification, see [Resource Names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names). The following constraints apply when using `setIamPolicy()`: + Project does not support `allUsers` and `allAuthenticatedUsers` as `members` in a `Binding` of a `Policy`. + The owner role can be granted to a `user`, `serviceAccount`, or a group that is part of an organization. For example, group@myownpersonaldomain.com could be added as an owner to a project in the myownpersonaldomain.com organization, but not the examplepetstore.com organization. + Service accounts can be made owners of a project directly without any restrictions. However, to be added as an owner, a user must be invited via Cloud Platform console and must accept the invitation. + A user cannot be granted the owner role using `setIamPolicy()`. The user must be granted the owner role using the Cloud Platform Console and must explicitly accept the invitation. + You can only grant ownership of a project to a member by using the Google Cloud console. Inviting a member will deliver an invitation email that they must accept. An invitation email is not generated if you are granting a role other than owner, or if both the member you are inviting and the project are part of your organization. + If the project is not part of an organization, there must be at least one owner who has accepted the Terms of Service (ToS) agreement in the policy. Calling `setIamPolicy()` to remove the last ToS-accepted owner from the policy will fail. This restriction also applies to legacy projects that no longer have owners who have accepted the ToS. Edits to IAM policies will be rejected until the lack of a ToS-accepting owner is rectified. If the project is part of an organization, you can remove all owners, potentially making the organization inaccessible. Authorization requires the Google IAM permission `resourcemanager.projects.setIamPolicy` on the project
 
 Args:
   resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1beta1.organizations.html b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1beta1.organizations.html
index c4c5431bb3b..2368ff33cb2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1beta1.organizations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1beta1.organizations.html
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ 

Method Details

{ # The root node in the resource hierarchy to which a particular entity's (e.g., company) resources belong. "creationTime": "A String", # Timestamp when the Organization was created. Assigned by the server. - "displayName": "A String", # A human-readable string that refers to the Organization in the GCP Console UI. This string is set by the server and cannot be changed. The string will be set to the primary domain (for example, "google.com") of the G Suite customer that owns the organization. + "displayName": "A String", # A human-readable string that refers to the Organization in the Google Cloud console. This string is set by the server and cannot be changed. The string will be set to the primary domain (for example, "google.com") of the G Suite customer that owns the organization. "lifecycleState": "A String", # The organization's current lifecycle state. Assigned by the server. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the organization. This is the organization's relative path in the API. Its format is "organizations/[organization_id]". For example, "organizations/1234". "organizationId": "A String", # An immutable id for the Organization that is assigned on creation. This should be omitted when creating a new Organization. This field is read-only. @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@

Method Details

"organizations": [ # The list of Organizations that matched the list query, possibly paginated. { # The root node in the resource hierarchy to which a particular entity's (e.g., company) resources belong. "creationTime": "A String", # Timestamp when the Organization was created. Assigned by the server. - "displayName": "A String", # A human-readable string that refers to the Organization in the GCP Console UI. This string is set by the server and cannot be changed. The string will be set to the primary domain (for example, "google.com") of the G Suite customer that owns the organization. + "displayName": "A String", # A human-readable string that refers to the Organization in the Google Cloud console. This string is set by the server and cannot be changed. The string will be set to the primary domain (for example, "google.com") of the G Suite customer that owns the organization. "lifecycleState": "A String", # The organization's current lifecycle state. Assigned by the server. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the organization. This is the organization's relative path in the API. Its format is "organizations/[organization_id]". For example, "organizations/1234". "organizationId": "A String", # An immutable id for the Organization that is assigned on creation. This should be omitted when creating a new Organization. This field is read-only. @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@

Method Details

{ # The root node in the resource hierarchy to which a particular entity's (e.g., company) resources belong. "creationTime": "A String", # Timestamp when the Organization was created. Assigned by the server. - "displayName": "A String", # A human-readable string that refers to the Organization in the GCP Console UI. This string is set by the server and cannot be changed. The string will be set to the primary domain (for example, "google.com") of the G Suite customer that owns the organization. + "displayName": "A String", # A human-readable string that refers to the Organization in the Google Cloud console. This string is set by the server and cannot be changed. The string will be set to the primary domain (for example, "google.com") of the G Suite customer that owns the organization. "lifecycleState": "A String", # The organization's current lifecycle state. Assigned by the server. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the organization. This is the organization's relative path in the API. Its format is "organizations/[organization_id]". For example, "organizations/1234". "organizationId": "A String", # An immutable id for the Organization that is assigned on creation. This should be omitted when creating a new Organization. This field is read-only. @@ -379,7 +379,7 @@

Method Details

{ # The root node in the resource hierarchy to which a particular entity's (e.g., company) resources belong. "creationTime": "A String", # Timestamp when the Organization was created. Assigned by the server. - "displayName": "A String", # A human-readable string that refers to the Organization in the GCP Console UI. This string is set by the server and cannot be changed. The string will be set to the primary domain (for example, "google.com") of the G Suite customer that owns the organization. + "displayName": "A String", # A human-readable string that refers to the Organization in the Google Cloud console. This string is set by the server and cannot be changed. The string will be set to the primary domain (for example, "google.com") of the G Suite customer that owns the organization. "lifecycleState": "A String", # The organization's current lifecycle state. Assigned by the server. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the organization. This is the organization's relative path in the API. Its format is "organizations/[organization_id]". For example, "organizations/1234". "organizationId": "A String", # An immutable id for the Organization that is assigned on creation. This should be omitted when creating a new Organization. This field is read-only. diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.organizations.html b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.organizations.html index 1cdef0454fe..f1b25a1b438 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.organizations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.organizations.html @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets the access control policy for an organization resource. The policy may be empty if no such policy or resource exists. The `resource` field should be the organization's resource name, for example: "organizations/123". Authorization requires the IAM permission `resourcemanager.organizations.getIamPolicy` on the specified organization.

search(pageSize=None, pageToken=None, query=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Searches organization resources that are visible to the user and satisfy the specified filter. This method returns organizations in an unspecified order. New organizations do not necessarily appear at the end of the results, and may take a small amount of time to appear. Search will only return organizations on which the user has the permission `resourcemanager.organizations.get`

+

Searches organization resources that are visible to the user and satisfy the specified filter. This method returns organizations in an unspecified order. New organizations do not necessarily appear at the end of the results, and may take a small amount of time to appear. Search will only return organizations on which the user has the permission `resourcemanager.organizations.get` or has super admin privileges.

search_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@

Method Details

search(pageSize=None, pageToken=None, query=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Searches organization resources that are visible to the user and satisfy the specified filter. This method returns organizations in an unspecified order. New organizations do not necessarily appear at the end of the results, and may take a small amount of time to appear. Search will only return organizations on which the user has the permission `resourcemanager.organizations.get`
+  
Searches organization resources that are visible to the user and satisfy the specified filter. This method returns organizations in an unspecified order. New organizations do not necessarily appear at the end of the results, and may take a small amount of time to appear. Search will only return organizations on which the user has the permission `resourcemanager.organizations.get` or has super admin privileges.
 
 Args:
   pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of organizations to return in the response. The server can return fewer organizations than requested. If unspecified, server picks an appropriate default.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.projects.html b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.projects.html
index 09b68889d60..8a6c3723176 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.projects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.projects.html
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Updates the `display_name` and labels of the project identified by the specified `name` (for example, `projects/415104041262`). Deleting all labels requires an update mask for labels field. The caller must have `resourcemanager.projects.update` permission for this project.

search(pageSize=None, pageToken=None, query=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Search for projects that the caller has both `resourcemanager.projects.get` permission on, and also satisfy the specified query. This method returns projects in an unspecified order. This method is eventually consistent with project mutations; this means that a newly created project may not appear in the results or recent updates to an existing project may not be reflected in the results. To retrieve the latest state of a project, use the GetProject method.

+

Search for projects that the caller has the `resourcemanager.projects.get` permission on, and also satisfy the specified query. This method returns projects in an unspecified order. This method is eventually consistent with project mutations; this means that a newly created project may not appear in the results or recent updates to an existing project may not be reflected in the results. To retrieve the latest state of a project, use the GetProject method.

search_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@

Method Details

search(pageSize=None, pageToken=None, query=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Search for projects that the caller has both `resourcemanager.projects.get` permission on, and also satisfy the specified query. This method returns projects in an unspecified order. This method is eventually consistent with project mutations; this means that a newly created project may not appear in the results or recent updates to an existing project may not be reflected in the results. To retrieve the latest state of a project, use the GetProject method.
+  
Search for projects that the caller has the `resourcemanager.projects.get` permission on, and also satisfy the specified query. This method returns projects in an unspecified order. This method is eventually consistent with project mutations; this means that a newly created project may not appear in the results or recent updates to an existing project may not be reflected in the results. To retrieve the latest state of a project, use the GetProject method.
 
 Args:
   pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of projects to return in the response. The server can return fewer projects than requested. If unspecified, server picks an appropriate default.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnects.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnects.html
index 2716caeeb2c..6ab6940e52e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnects.html
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Returns the specified Interconnect. Get a list of available Interconnects by making a list() request.

getDiagnostics(project, interconnect, x__xgafv=None)

-

Returns the interconnectDiagnostics for the specified Interconnect.

+

Returns the interconnectDiagnostics for the specified Interconnect. In the event of a global outage, do not use this API to make decisions about where to redirect your network traffic. Unlike a VLAN attachment, which is regional, a Cloud Interconnect connection is a global resource. A global outage can prevent this API from functioning properly.

getIamPolicy(project, resource, optionsRequestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.

@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@

Method Details

getDiagnostics(project, interconnect, x__xgafv=None) -
Returns the interconnectDiagnostics for the specified Interconnect.
+  
Returns the interconnectDiagnostics for the specified Interconnect. In the event of a global outage, do not use this API to make decisions about where to redirect your network traffic. Unlike a VLAN attachment, which is regional, a Cloud Interconnect connection is a global resource. A global outage can prevent this API from functioning properly.
 
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html
index bded6a69478..7ea2c76d47f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ 

Method Details

"oauth2ClientSecretSha256": "A String", # [Output Only] SHA256 hash value for the field oauth2_client_secret above. }, "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. - "ipAddressSelectionPolicy": "A String", # Specifies preference of traffic to the backend (from the proxy and from the client for proxyless gRPC). The possible values are: - IPV4_ONLY: Only send IPv4 traffic to the backends of the Backend Service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group) regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv4 health-checks are used to check the health of the backends. This is the default setting. - PREFER_IPV6: Prioritize the connection to the endpoints IPv6 address over its IPv4 address (provided there is a healthy IPv6 address). - IPV6_ONLY: Only send IPv6 traffic to the backends of the Backend Service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group) regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv6 health-checks are used to check the health of the backends. This field is applicable to either: - Advanced Global External HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme EXTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional External HTTPS Load Balancing, - Internal TCP Proxy (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional Internal HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Traffic Director with Envoy proxies and proxyless gRPC (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED). + "ipAddressSelectionPolicy": "A String", # Specifies a preference for traffic sent from the proxy to the backend (or from the client to the backend for proxyless gRPC). The possible values are: - IPV4_ONLY: Only send IPv4 traffic to the backends of the backend service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group), regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv4 health checks are used to check the health of the backends. This is the default setting. - PREFER_IPV6: Prioritize the connection to the endpoint's IPv6 address over its IPv4 address (provided there is a healthy IPv6 address). - IPV6_ONLY: Only send IPv6 traffic to the backends of the backend service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group), regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv6 health checks are used to check the health of the backends. This field is applicable to either: - Advanced Global External HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme EXTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional External HTTPS Load Balancing, - Internal TCP Proxy (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional Internal HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Traffic Director with Envoy proxies and proxyless gRPC (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED). "kind": "compute#backendService", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services. "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer. "localityLbPolicies": [ # A list of locality load-balancing policies to be used in order of preference. When you use localityLbPolicies, you must set at least one value for either the localityLbPolicies[].policy or the localityLbPolicies[].customPolicy field. localityLbPolicies overrides any value set in the localityLbPolicy field. For an example of how to use this field, see Define a list of preferred policies. Caution: This field and its children are intended for use in a service mesh that includes gRPC clients only. Envoy proxies can't use backend services that have this configuration. @@ -932,7 +932,7 @@

Method Details

"oauth2ClientSecretSha256": "A String", # [Output Only] SHA256 hash value for the field oauth2_client_secret above. }, "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. - "ipAddressSelectionPolicy": "A String", # Specifies preference of traffic to the backend (from the proxy and from the client for proxyless gRPC). The possible values are: - IPV4_ONLY: Only send IPv4 traffic to the backends of the Backend Service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group) regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv4 health-checks are used to check the health of the backends. This is the default setting. - PREFER_IPV6: Prioritize the connection to the endpoints IPv6 address over its IPv4 address (provided there is a healthy IPv6 address). - IPV6_ONLY: Only send IPv6 traffic to the backends of the Backend Service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group) regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv6 health-checks are used to check the health of the backends. This field is applicable to either: - Advanced Global External HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme EXTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional External HTTPS Load Balancing, - Internal TCP Proxy (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional Internal HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Traffic Director with Envoy proxies and proxyless gRPC (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED). + "ipAddressSelectionPolicy": "A String", # Specifies a preference for traffic sent from the proxy to the backend (or from the client to the backend for proxyless gRPC). The possible values are: - IPV4_ONLY: Only send IPv4 traffic to the backends of the backend service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group), regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv4 health checks are used to check the health of the backends. This is the default setting. - PREFER_IPV6: Prioritize the connection to the endpoint's IPv6 address over its IPv4 address (provided there is a healthy IPv6 address). - IPV6_ONLY: Only send IPv6 traffic to the backends of the backend service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group), regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv6 health checks are used to check the health of the backends. This field is applicable to either: - Advanced Global External HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme EXTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional External HTTPS Load Balancing, - Internal TCP Proxy (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional Internal HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Traffic Director with Envoy proxies and proxyless gRPC (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED). "kind": "compute#backendService", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services. "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer. "localityLbPolicies": [ # A list of locality load-balancing policies to be used in order of preference. When you use localityLbPolicies, you must set at least one value for either the localityLbPolicies[].policy or the localityLbPolicies[].customPolicy field. localityLbPolicies overrides any value set in the localityLbPolicy field. For an example of how to use this field, see Define a list of preferred policies. Caution: This field and its children are intended for use in a service mesh that includes gRPC clients only. Envoy proxies can't use backend services that have this configuration. @@ -1296,7 +1296,7 @@

Method Details

"oauth2ClientSecretSha256": "A String", # [Output Only] SHA256 hash value for the field oauth2_client_secret above. }, "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. - "ipAddressSelectionPolicy": "A String", # Specifies preference of traffic to the backend (from the proxy and from the client for proxyless gRPC). The possible values are: - IPV4_ONLY: Only send IPv4 traffic to the backends of the Backend Service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group) regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv4 health-checks are used to check the health of the backends. This is the default setting. - PREFER_IPV6: Prioritize the connection to the endpoints IPv6 address over its IPv4 address (provided there is a healthy IPv6 address). - IPV6_ONLY: Only send IPv6 traffic to the backends of the Backend Service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group) regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv6 health-checks are used to check the health of the backends. This field is applicable to either: - Advanced Global External HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme EXTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional External HTTPS Load Balancing, - Internal TCP Proxy (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional Internal HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Traffic Director with Envoy proxies and proxyless gRPC (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED). + "ipAddressSelectionPolicy": "A String", # Specifies a preference for traffic sent from the proxy to the backend (or from the client to the backend for proxyless gRPC). The possible values are: - IPV4_ONLY: Only send IPv4 traffic to the backends of the backend service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group), regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv4 health checks are used to check the health of the backends. This is the default setting. - PREFER_IPV6: Prioritize the connection to the endpoint's IPv6 address over its IPv4 address (provided there is a healthy IPv6 address). - IPV6_ONLY: Only send IPv6 traffic to the backends of the backend service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group), regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv6 health checks are used to check the health of the backends. This field is applicable to either: - Advanced Global External HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme EXTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional External HTTPS Load Balancing, - Internal TCP Proxy (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional Internal HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Traffic Director with Envoy proxies and proxyless gRPC (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED). "kind": "compute#backendService", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services. "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer. "localityLbPolicies": [ # A list of locality load-balancing policies to be used in order of preference. When you use localityLbPolicies, you must set at least one value for either the localityLbPolicies[].policy or the localityLbPolicies[].customPolicy field. localityLbPolicies overrides any value set in the localityLbPolicy field. For an example of how to use this field, see Define a list of preferred policies. Caution: This field and its children are intended for use in a service mesh that includes gRPC clients only. Envoy proxies can't use backend services that have this configuration. @@ -1641,7 +1641,7 @@

Method Details

"oauth2ClientSecretSha256": "A String", # [Output Only] SHA256 hash value for the field oauth2_client_secret above. }, "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. - "ipAddressSelectionPolicy": "A String", # Specifies preference of traffic to the backend (from the proxy and from the client for proxyless gRPC). The possible values are: - IPV4_ONLY: Only send IPv4 traffic to the backends of the Backend Service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group) regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv4 health-checks are used to check the health of the backends. This is the default setting. - PREFER_IPV6: Prioritize the connection to the endpoints IPv6 address over its IPv4 address (provided there is a healthy IPv6 address). - IPV6_ONLY: Only send IPv6 traffic to the backends of the Backend Service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group) regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv6 health-checks are used to check the health of the backends. This field is applicable to either: - Advanced Global External HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme EXTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional External HTTPS Load Balancing, - Internal TCP Proxy (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional Internal HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Traffic Director with Envoy proxies and proxyless gRPC (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED). + "ipAddressSelectionPolicy": "A String", # Specifies a preference for traffic sent from the proxy to the backend (or from the client to the backend for proxyless gRPC). The possible values are: - IPV4_ONLY: Only send IPv4 traffic to the backends of the backend service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group), regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv4 health checks are used to check the health of the backends. This is the default setting. - PREFER_IPV6: Prioritize the connection to the endpoint's IPv6 address over its IPv4 address (provided there is a healthy IPv6 address). - IPV6_ONLY: Only send IPv6 traffic to the backends of the backend service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group), regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv6 health checks are used to check the health of the backends. This field is applicable to either: - Advanced Global External HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme EXTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional External HTTPS Load Balancing, - Internal TCP Proxy (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional Internal HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Traffic Director with Envoy proxies and proxyless gRPC (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED). "kind": "compute#backendService", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services. "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer. "localityLbPolicies": [ # A list of locality load-balancing policies to be used in order of preference. When you use localityLbPolicies, you must set at least one value for either the localityLbPolicies[].policy or the localityLbPolicies[].customPolicy field. localityLbPolicies overrides any value set in the localityLbPolicy field. For an example of how to use this field, see Define a list of preferred policies. Caution: This field and its children are intended for use in a service mesh that includes gRPC clients only. Envoy proxies can't use backend services that have this configuration. @@ -1885,7 +1885,7 @@

Method Details

"oauth2ClientSecretSha256": "A String", # [Output Only] SHA256 hash value for the field oauth2_client_secret above. }, "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. - "ipAddressSelectionPolicy": "A String", # Specifies preference of traffic to the backend (from the proxy and from the client for proxyless gRPC). The possible values are: - IPV4_ONLY: Only send IPv4 traffic to the backends of the Backend Service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group) regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv4 health-checks are used to check the health of the backends. This is the default setting. - PREFER_IPV6: Prioritize the connection to the endpoints IPv6 address over its IPv4 address (provided there is a healthy IPv6 address). - IPV6_ONLY: Only send IPv6 traffic to the backends of the Backend Service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group) regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv6 health-checks are used to check the health of the backends. This field is applicable to either: - Advanced Global External HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme EXTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional External HTTPS Load Balancing, - Internal TCP Proxy (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional Internal HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Traffic Director with Envoy proxies and proxyless gRPC (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED). + "ipAddressSelectionPolicy": "A String", # Specifies a preference for traffic sent from the proxy to the backend (or from the client to the backend for proxyless gRPC). The possible values are: - IPV4_ONLY: Only send IPv4 traffic to the backends of the backend service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group), regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv4 health checks are used to check the health of the backends. This is the default setting. - PREFER_IPV6: Prioritize the connection to the endpoint's IPv6 address over its IPv4 address (provided there is a healthy IPv6 address). - IPV6_ONLY: Only send IPv6 traffic to the backends of the backend service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group), regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv6 health checks are used to check the health of the backends. This field is applicable to either: - Advanced Global External HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme EXTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional External HTTPS Load Balancing, - Internal TCP Proxy (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional Internal HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Traffic Director with Envoy proxies and proxyless gRPC (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED). "kind": "compute#backendService", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services. "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer. "localityLbPolicies": [ # A list of locality load-balancing policies to be used in order of preference. When you use localityLbPolicies, you must set at least one value for either the localityLbPolicies[].policy or the localityLbPolicies[].customPolicy field. localityLbPolicies overrides any value set in the localityLbPolicy field. For an example of how to use this field, see Define a list of preferred policies. Caution: This field and its children are intended for use in a service mesh that includes gRPC clients only. Envoy proxies can't use backend services that have this configuration. @@ -2145,7 +2145,7 @@

Method Details

"oauth2ClientSecretSha256": "A String", # [Output Only] SHA256 hash value for the field oauth2_client_secret above. }, "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. - "ipAddressSelectionPolicy": "A String", # Specifies preference of traffic to the backend (from the proxy and from the client for proxyless gRPC). The possible values are: - IPV4_ONLY: Only send IPv4 traffic to the backends of the Backend Service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group) regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv4 health-checks are used to check the health of the backends. This is the default setting. - PREFER_IPV6: Prioritize the connection to the endpoints IPv6 address over its IPv4 address (provided there is a healthy IPv6 address). - IPV6_ONLY: Only send IPv6 traffic to the backends of the Backend Service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group) regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv6 health-checks are used to check the health of the backends. This field is applicable to either: - Advanced Global External HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme EXTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional External HTTPS Load Balancing, - Internal TCP Proxy (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional Internal HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Traffic Director with Envoy proxies and proxyless gRPC (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED). + "ipAddressSelectionPolicy": "A String", # Specifies a preference for traffic sent from the proxy to the backend (or from the client to the backend for proxyless gRPC). The possible values are: - IPV4_ONLY: Only send IPv4 traffic to the backends of the backend service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group), regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv4 health checks are used to check the health of the backends. This is the default setting. - PREFER_IPV6: Prioritize the connection to the endpoint's IPv6 address over its IPv4 address (provided there is a healthy IPv6 address). - IPV6_ONLY: Only send IPv6 traffic to the backends of the backend service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group), regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv6 health checks are used to check the health of the backends. This field is applicable to either: - Advanced Global External HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme EXTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional External HTTPS Load Balancing, - Internal TCP Proxy (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional Internal HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Traffic Director with Envoy proxies and proxyless gRPC (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED). "kind": "compute#backendService", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services. "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer. "localityLbPolicies": [ # A list of locality load-balancing policies to be used in order of preference. When you use localityLbPolicies, you must set at least one value for either the localityLbPolicies[].policy or the localityLbPolicies[].customPolicy field. localityLbPolicies overrides any value set in the localityLbPolicy field. For an example of how to use this field, see Define a list of preferred policies. Caution: This field and its children are intended for use in a service mesh that includes gRPC clients only. Envoy proxies can't use backend services that have this configuration. @@ -2980,7 +2980,7 @@

Method Details

"oauth2ClientSecretSha256": "A String", # [Output Only] SHA256 hash value for the field oauth2_client_secret above. }, "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. - "ipAddressSelectionPolicy": "A String", # Specifies preference of traffic to the backend (from the proxy and from the client for proxyless gRPC). The possible values are: - IPV4_ONLY: Only send IPv4 traffic to the backends of the Backend Service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group) regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv4 health-checks are used to check the health of the backends. This is the default setting. - PREFER_IPV6: Prioritize the connection to the endpoints IPv6 address over its IPv4 address (provided there is a healthy IPv6 address). - IPV6_ONLY: Only send IPv6 traffic to the backends of the Backend Service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group) regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv6 health-checks are used to check the health of the backends. This field is applicable to either: - Advanced Global External HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme EXTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional External HTTPS Load Balancing, - Internal TCP Proxy (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional Internal HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Traffic Director with Envoy proxies and proxyless gRPC (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED). + "ipAddressSelectionPolicy": "A String", # Specifies a preference for traffic sent from the proxy to the backend (or from the client to the backend for proxyless gRPC). The possible values are: - IPV4_ONLY: Only send IPv4 traffic to the backends of the backend service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group), regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv4 health checks are used to check the health of the backends. This is the default setting. - PREFER_IPV6: Prioritize the connection to the endpoint's IPv6 address over its IPv4 address (provided there is a healthy IPv6 address). - IPV6_ONLY: Only send IPv6 traffic to the backends of the backend service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group), regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv6 health checks are used to check the health of the backends. This field is applicable to either: - Advanced Global External HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme EXTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional External HTTPS Load Balancing, - Internal TCP Proxy (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional Internal HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Traffic Director with Envoy proxies and proxyless gRPC (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED). "kind": "compute#backendService", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services. "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer. "localityLbPolicies": [ # A list of locality load-balancing policies to be used in order of preference. When you use localityLbPolicies, you must set at least one value for either the localityLbPolicies[].policy or the localityLbPolicies[].customPolicy field. localityLbPolicies overrides any value set in the localityLbPolicy field. For an example of how to use this field, see Define a list of preferred policies. Caution: This field and its children are intended for use in a service mesh that includes gRPC clients only. Envoy proxies can't use backend services that have this configuration. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.disks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.disks.html index 4c2e5872635..1c80167f884 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.disks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.disks.html @@ -657,6 +657,7 @@

Method Details

"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "sourceDiskForRecoveryCheckpoint": "A String", # The source disk whose recovery checkpoint will be used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this snapshot. This value may be used to determine whether the snapshot was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name. "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant snapshot used to create this snapshot. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot - projects/project/zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot - zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot "sourceInstantSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # Customer provided encryption key when creating Snapshot from Instant Snapshot. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.html index 7f756b10f33..dde71f090a8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.html @@ -241,6 +241,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # A PublicDelegatedPrefix resource represents an IP block within a PublicAdvertisedPrefix that is configured within a single cloud scope (global or region). IPs in the block can be allocated to resources within that scope. Public delegated prefixes may be further broken up into smaller IP blocks in the same scope as the parent block. + "byoipApiVersion": "A String", # [Output Only] The version of BYOIP API. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a new PublicDelegatedPrefix. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the PublicDelegatedPrefix, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a PublicDelegatedPrefix. @@ -277,6 +278,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # A PublicDelegatedPrefix resource represents an IP block within a PublicAdvertisedPrefix that is configured within a single cloud scope (global or region). IPs in the block can be allocated to resources within that scope. Public delegated prefixes may be further broken up into smaller IP blocks in the same scope as the parent block. + "byoipApiVersion": "A String", # [Output Only] The version of BYOIP API. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a new PublicDelegatedPrefix. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the PublicDelegatedPrefix, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a PublicDelegatedPrefix. @@ -442,6 +444,7 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server. "items": [ # A list of PublicDelegatedPrefix resources. { # A PublicDelegatedPrefix resource represents an IP block within a PublicAdvertisedPrefix that is configured within a single cloud scope (global or region). IPs in the block can be allocated to resources within that scope. Public delegated prefixes may be further broken up into smaller IP blocks in the same scope as the parent block. + "byoipApiVersion": "A String", # [Output Only] The version of BYOIP API. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a new PublicDelegatedPrefix. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the PublicDelegatedPrefix, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a PublicDelegatedPrefix. @@ -508,6 +511,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # A PublicDelegatedPrefix resource represents an IP block within a PublicAdvertisedPrefix that is configured within a single cloud scope (global or region). IPs in the block can be allocated to resources within that scope. Public delegated prefixes may be further broken up into smaller IP blocks in the same scope as the parent block. + "byoipApiVersion": "A String", # [Output Only] The version of BYOIP API. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a new PublicDelegatedPrefix. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the PublicDelegatedPrefix, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a PublicDelegatedPrefix. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.html index 18676e814a8..522ac481a90 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.html @@ -74,6 +74,9 @@

Compute Engine API . publicAdvertisedPrefixes

Instance Methods

+

+ announce(project, publicAdvertisedPrefix, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Announces the specified PublicAdvertisedPrefix

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +98,134 @@

Instance Methods

patch(project, publicAdvertisedPrefix, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Patches the specified Router resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses JSON merge patch format and processing rules.

+

+ withdraw(project, publicAdvertisedPrefix, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Withdraws the specified PublicAdvertisedPrefix

Method Details

+
+ announce(project, publicAdvertisedPrefix, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Announces the specified PublicAdvertisedPrefix
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  publicAdvertisedPrefix: string, The name of the public advertised prefix. It should comply with RFC1035. (required)
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys should match /[a-zA-Z0-9-_]/ and be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+
close()
Close httplib2 connections.
@@ -241,6 +371,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # A public advertised prefix represents an aggregated IP prefix or netblock which customers bring to cloud. The IP prefix is a single unit of route advertisement and is announced globally to the internet. + "byoipApiVersion": "A String", # [Output Only] The version of BYOIP API. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "dnsVerificationIp": "A String", # The address to be used for reverse DNS verification. @@ -249,6 +380,7 @@

Method Details

"ipCidrRange": "A String", # The address range, in CIDR format, represented by this public advertised prefix. "kind": "compute#publicAdvertisedPrefix", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#publicAdvertisedPrefix for public advertised prefixes. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. + "pdpScope": "A String", # Specifies how child public delegated prefix will be scoped. It could be one of following values: - `REGIONAL`: The public delegated prefix is regional only. The provisioning will take a few minutes. - `GLOBAL`: The public delegated prefix is global only. The provisioning will take ~4 weeks. - `GLOBAL_AND_REGIONAL` [output only]: The public delegated prefixes is BYOIP V1 legacy prefix. This is output only value and no longer supported in BYOIP V2. "publicDelegatedPrefixs": [ # [Output Only] The list of public delegated prefixes that exist for this public advertised prefix. { # Represents a CIDR range which can be used to assign addresses. "ipRange": "A String", # The IP address range of the public delegated prefix @@ -274,6 +406,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # A public advertised prefix represents an aggregated IP prefix or netblock which customers bring to cloud. The IP prefix is a single unit of route advertisement and is announced globally to the internet. + "byoipApiVersion": "A String", # [Output Only] The version of BYOIP API. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "dnsVerificationIp": "A String", # The address to be used for reverse DNS verification. @@ -282,6 +415,7 @@

Method Details

"ipCidrRange": "A String", # The address range, in CIDR format, represented by this public advertised prefix. "kind": "compute#publicAdvertisedPrefix", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#publicAdvertisedPrefix for public advertised prefixes. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. + "pdpScope": "A String", # Specifies how child public delegated prefix will be scoped. It could be one of following values: - `REGIONAL`: The public delegated prefix is regional only. The provisioning will take a few minutes. - `GLOBAL`: The public delegated prefix is global only. The provisioning will take ~4 weeks. - `GLOBAL_AND_REGIONAL` [output only]: The public delegated prefixes is BYOIP V1 legacy prefix. This is output only value and no longer supported in BYOIP V2. "publicDelegatedPrefixs": [ # [Output Only] The list of public delegated prefixes that exist for this public advertised prefix. { # Represents a CIDR range which can be used to assign addresses. "ipRange": "A String", # The IP address range of the public delegated prefix @@ -436,6 +570,7 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server. "items": [ # A list of PublicAdvertisedPrefix resources. { # A public advertised prefix represents an aggregated IP prefix or netblock which customers bring to cloud. The IP prefix is a single unit of route advertisement and is announced globally to the internet. + "byoipApiVersion": "A String", # [Output Only] The version of BYOIP API. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "dnsVerificationIp": "A String", # The address to be used for reverse DNS verification. @@ -444,6 +579,7 @@

Method Details

"ipCidrRange": "A String", # The address range, in CIDR format, represented by this public advertised prefix. "kind": "compute#publicAdvertisedPrefix", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#publicAdvertisedPrefix for public advertised prefixes. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. + "pdpScope": "A String", # Specifies how child public delegated prefix will be scoped. It could be one of following values: - `REGIONAL`: The public delegated prefix is regional only. The provisioning will take a few minutes. - `GLOBAL`: The public delegated prefix is global only. The provisioning will take ~4 weeks. - `GLOBAL_AND_REGIONAL` [output only]: The public delegated prefixes is BYOIP V1 legacy prefix. This is output only value and no longer supported in BYOIP V2. "publicDelegatedPrefixs": [ # [Output Only] The list of public delegated prefixes that exist for this public advertised prefix. { # Represents a CIDR range which can be used to assign addresses. "ipRange": "A String", # The IP address range of the public delegated prefix @@ -499,6 +635,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # A public advertised prefix represents an aggregated IP prefix or netblock which customers bring to cloud. The IP prefix is a single unit of route advertisement and is announced globally to the internet. + "byoipApiVersion": "A String", # [Output Only] The version of BYOIP API. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "dnsVerificationIp": "A String", # The address to be used for reverse DNS verification. @@ -507,6 +644,7 @@

Method Details

"ipCidrRange": "A String", # The address range, in CIDR format, represented by this public advertised prefix. "kind": "compute#publicAdvertisedPrefix", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#publicAdvertisedPrefix for public advertised prefixes. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. + "pdpScope": "A String", # Specifies how child public delegated prefix will be scoped. It could be one of following values: - `REGIONAL`: The public delegated prefix is regional only. The provisioning will take a few minutes. - `GLOBAL`: The public delegated prefix is global only. The provisioning will take ~4 weeks. - `GLOBAL_AND_REGIONAL` [output only]: The public delegated prefixes is BYOIP V1 legacy prefix. This is output only value and no longer supported in BYOIP V2. "publicDelegatedPrefixs": [ # [Output Only] The list of public delegated prefixes that exist for this public advertised prefix. { # Represents a CIDR range which can be used to assign addresses. "ipRange": "A String", # The IP address range of the public delegated prefix @@ -638,4 +776,128 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ withdraw(project, publicAdvertisedPrefix, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Withdraws the specified PublicAdvertisedPrefix
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  publicAdvertisedPrefix: string, The name of the public advertised prefix. It should comply with RFC1035. (required)
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys should match /[a-zA-Z0-9-_]/ and be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.publicDelegatedPrefixes.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.publicDelegatedPrefixes.html index a72aa1a5e72..22851a8f40c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.publicDelegatedPrefixes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.publicDelegatedPrefixes.html @@ -80,6 +80,9 @@

Instance Methods

aggregatedList_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ announce(project, region, publicDelegatedPrefix, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Announces the specified PublicDelegatedPrefix in the given region.

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -101,6 +104,9 @@

Instance Methods

patch(project, region, publicDelegatedPrefix, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Patches the specified PublicDelegatedPrefix resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses JSON merge patch format and processing rules.

+

+ withdraw(project, region, publicDelegatedPrefix, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Withdraws the specified PublicDelegatedPrefix in the given region.

Method Details

aggregatedList(project, filter=None, includeAllScopes=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, serviceProjectNumber=None, x__xgafv=None) @@ -129,6 +135,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": { # [Output Only] Name of the scope containing this set of PublicDelegatedPrefixes. "publicDelegatedPrefixes": [ # [Output Only] A list of PublicDelegatedPrefixes contained in this scope. { # A PublicDelegatedPrefix resource represents an IP block within a PublicAdvertisedPrefix that is configured within a single cloud scope (global or region). IPs in the block can be allocated to resources within that scope. Public delegated prefixes may be further broken up into smaller IP blocks in the same scope as the parent block. + "byoipApiVersion": "A String", # [Output Only] The version of BYOIP API. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a new PublicDelegatedPrefix. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the PublicDelegatedPrefix, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a PublicDelegatedPrefix. @@ -199,6 +206,131 @@

Method Details

+
+ announce(project, region, publicDelegatedPrefix, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Announces the specified PublicDelegatedPrefix in the given region.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, The name of the region where the public delegated prefix is located. It should comply with RFC1035. (required)
+  publicDelegatedPrefix: string, The name of the public delegated prefix. It should comply with RFC1035. (required)
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys should match /[a-zA-Z0-9-_]/ and be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+
close()
Close httplib2 connections.
@@ -346,6 +478,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # A PublicDelegatedPrefix resource represents an IP block within a PublicAdvertisedPrefix that is configured within a single cloud scope (global or region). IPs in the block can be allocated to resources within that scope. Public delegated prefixes may be further broken up into smaller IP blocks in the same scope as the parent block. + "byoipApiVersion": "A String", # [Output Only] The version of BYOIP API. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a new PublicDelegatedPrefix. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the PublicDelegatedPrefix, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a PublicDelegatedPrefix. @@ -383,6 +516,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # A PublicDelegatedPrefix resource represents an IP block within a PublicAdvertisedPrefix that is configured within a single cloud scope (global or region). IPs in the block can be allocated to resources within that scope. Public delegated prefixes may be further broken up into smaller IP blocks in the same scope as the parent block. + "byoipApiVersion": "A String", # [Output Only] The version of BYOIP API. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a new PublicDelegatedPrefix. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the PublicDelegatedPrefix, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a PublicDelegatedPrefix. @@ -549,6 +683,7 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server. "items": [ # A list of PublicDelegatedPrefix resources. { # A PublicDelegatedPrefix resource represents an IP block within a PublicAdvertisedPrefix that is configured within a single cloud scope (global or region). IPs in the block can be allocated to resources within that scope. Public delegated prefixes may be further broken up into smaller IP blocks in the same scope as the parent block. + "byoipApiVersion": "A String", # [Output Only] The version of BYOIP API. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a new PublicDelegatedPrefix. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the PublicDelegatedPrefix, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a PublicDelegatedPrefix. @@ -616,6 +751,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # A PublicDelegatedPrefix resource represents an IP block within a PublicAdvertisedPrefix that is configured within a single cloud scope (global or region). IPs in the block can be allocated to resources within that scope. Public delegated prefixes may be further broken up into smaller IP blocks in the same scope as the parent block. + "byoipApiVersion": "A String", # [Output Only] The version of BYOIP API. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a new PublicDelegatedPrefix. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the PublicDelegatedPrefix, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a PublicDelegatedPrefix. @@ -758,4 +894,129 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ withdraw(project, region, publicDelegatedPrefix, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Withdraws the specified PublicDelegatedPrefix in the given region.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, The name of the region where the public delegated prefix is located. It should comply with RFC1035. (required)
+  publicDelegatedPrefix: string, The name of the public delegated prefix. It should comply with RFC1035. (required)
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys should match /[a-zA-Z0-9-_]/ and be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html index 52fe477a1c1..a339fee8c02 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html @@ -385,7 +385,7 @@

Method Details

"oauth2ClientSecretSha256": "A String", # [Output Only] SHA256 hash value for the field oauth2_client_secret above. }, "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. - "ipAddressSelectionPolicy": "A String", # Specifies preference of traffic to the backend (from the proxy and from the client for proxyless gRPC). The possible values are: - IPV4_ONLY: Only send IPv4 traffic to the backends of the Backend Service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group) regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv4 health-checks are used to check the health of the backends. This is the default setting. - PREFER_IPV6: Prioritize the connection to the endpoints IPv6 address over its IPv4 address (provided there is a healthy IPv6 address). - IPV6_ONLY: Only send IPv6 traffic to the backends of the Backend Service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group) regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv6 health-checks are used to check the health of the backends. This field is applicable to either: - Advanced Global External HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme EXTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional External HTTPS Load Balancing, - Internal TCP Proxy (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional Internal HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Traffic Director with Envoy proxies and proxyless gRPC (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED). + "ipAddressSelectionPolicy": "A String", # Specifies a preference for traffic sent from the proxy to the backend (or from the client to the backend for proxyless gRPC). The possible values are: - IPV4_ONLY: Only send IPv4 traffic to the backends of the backend service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group), regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv4 health checks are used to check the health of the backends. This is the default setting. - PREFER_IPV6: Prioritize the connection to the endpoint's IPv6 address over its IPv4 address (provided there is a healthy IPv6 address). - IPV6_ONLY: Only send IPv6 traffic to the backends of the backend service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group), regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv6 health checks are used to check the health of the backends. This field is applicable to either: - Advanced Global External HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme EXTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional External HTTPS Load Balancing, - Internal TCP Proxy (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional Internal HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Traffic Director with Envoy proxies and proxyless gRPC (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED). "kind": "compute#backendService", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services. "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer. "localityLbPolicies": [ # A list of locality load-balancing policies to be used in order of preference. When you use localityLbPolicies, you must set at least one value for either the localityLbPolicies[].policy or the localityLbPolicies[].customPolicy field. localityLbPolicies overrides any value set in the localityLbPolicy field. For an example of how to use this field, see Define a list of preferred policies. Caution: This field and its children are intended for use in a service mesh that includes gRPC clients only. Envoy proxies can't use backend services that have this configuration. @@ -752,7 +752,7 @@

Method Details

"oauth2ClientSecretSha256": "A String", # [Output Only] SHA256 hash value for the field oauth2_client_secret above. }, "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. - "ipAddressSelectionPolicy": "A String", # Specifies preference of traffic to the backend (from the proxy and from the client for proxyless gRPC). The possible values are: - IPV4_ONLY: Only send IPv4 traffic to the backends of the Backend Service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group) regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv4 health-checks are used to check the health of the backends. This is the default setting. - PREFER_IPV6: Prioritize the connection to the endpoints IPv6 address over its IPv4 address (provided there is a healthy IPv6 address). - IPV6_ONLY: Only send IPv6 traffic to the backends of the Backend Service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group) regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv6 health-checks are used to check the health of the backends. This field is applicable to either: - Advanced Global External HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme EXTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional External HTTPS Load Balancing, - Internal TCP Proxy (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional Internal HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Traffic Director with Envoy proxies and proxyless gRPC (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED). + "ipAddressSelectionPolicy": "A String", # Specifies a preference for traffic sent from the proxy to the backend (or from the client to the backend for proxyless gRPC). The possible values are: - IPV4_ONLY: Only send IPv4 traffic to the backends of the backend service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group), regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv4 health checks are used to check the health of the backends. This is the default setting. - PREFER_IPV6: Prioritize the connection to the endpoint's IPv6 address over its IPv4 address (provided there is a healthy IPv6 address). - IPV6_ONLY: Only send IPv6 traffic to the backends of the backend service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group), regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv6 health checks are used to check the health of the backends. This field is applicable to either: - Advanced Global External HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme EXTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional External HTTPS Load Balancing, - Internal TCP Proxy (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional Internal HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Traffic Director with Envoy proxies and proxyless gRPC (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED). "kind": "compute#backendService", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services. "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer. "localityLbPolicies": [ # A list of locality load-balancing policies to be used in order of preference. When you use localityLbPolicies, you must set at least one value for either the localityLbPolicies[].policy or the localityLbPolicies[].customPolicy field. localityLbPolicies overrides any value set in the localityLbPolicy field. For an example of how to use this field, see Define a list of preferred policies. Caution: This field and its children are intended for use in a service mesh that includes gRPC clients only. Envoy proxies can't use backend services that have this configuration. @@ -1098,7 +1098,7 @@

Method Details

"oauth2ClientSecretSha256": "A String", # [Output Only] SHA256 hash value for the field oauth2_client_secret above. }, "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. - "ipAddressSelectionPolicy": "A String", # Specifies preference of traffic to the backend (from the proxy and from the client for proxyless gRPC). The possible values are: - IPV4_ONLY: Only send IPv4 traffic to the backends of the Backend Service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group) regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv4 health-checks are used to check the health of the backends. This is the default setting. - PREFER_IPV6: Prioritize the connection to the endpoints IPv6 address over its IPv4 address (provided there is a healthy IPv6 address). - IPV6_ONLY: Only send IPv6 traffic to the backends of the Backend Service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group) regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv6 health-checks are used to check the health of the backends. This field is applicable to either: - Advanced Global External HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme EXTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional External HTTPS Load Balancing, - Internal TCP Proxy (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional Internal HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Traffic Director with Envoy proxies and proxyless gRPC (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED). + "ipAddressSelectionPolicy": "A String", # Specifies a preference for traffic sent from the proxy to the backend (or from the client to the backend for proxyless gRPC). The possible values are: - IPV4_ONLY: Only send IPv4 traffic to the backends of the backend service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group), regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv4 health checks are used to check the health of the backends. This is the default setting. - PREFER_IPV6: Prioritize the connection to the endpoint's IPv6 address over its IPv4 address (provided there is a healthy IPv6 address). - IPV6_ONLY: Only send IPv6 traffic to the backends of the backend service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group), regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv6 health checks are used to check the health of the backends. This field is applicable to either: - Advanced Global External HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme EXTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional External HTTPS Load Balancing, - Internal TCP Proxy (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional Internal HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Traffic Director with Envoy proxies and proxyless gRPC (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED). "kind": "compute#backendService", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services. "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer. "localityLbPolicies": [ # A list of locality load-balancing policies to be used in order of preference. When you use localityLbPolicies, you must set at least one value for either the localityLbPolicies[].policy or the localityLbPolicies[].customPolicy field. localityLbPolicies overrides any value set in the localityLbPolicy field. For an example of how to use this field, see Define a list of preferred policies. Caution: This field and its children are intended for use in a service mesh that includes gRPC clients only. Envoy proxies can't use backend services that have this configuration. @@ -1343,7 +1343,7 @@

Method Details

"oauth2ClientSecretSha256": "A String", # [Output Only] SHA256 hash value for the field oauth2_client_secret above. }, "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. - "ipAddressSelectionPolicy": "A String", # Specifies preference of traffic to the backend (from the proxy and from the client for proxyless gRPC). The possible values are: - IPV4_ONLY: Only send IPv4 traffic to the backends of the Backend Service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group) regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv4 health-checks are used to check the health of the backends. This is the default setting. - PREFER_IPV6: Prioritize the connection to the endpoints IPv6 address over its IPv4 address (provided there is a healthy IPv6 address). - IPV6_ONLY: Only send IPv6 traffic to the backends of the Backend Service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group) regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv6 health-checks are used to check the health of the backends. This field is applicable to either: - Advanced Global External HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme EXTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional External HTTPS Load Balancing, - Internal TCP Proxy (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional Internal HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Traffic Director with Envoy proxies and proxyless gRPC (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED). + "ipAddressSelectionPolicy": "A String", # Specifies a preference for traffic sent from the proxy to the backend (or from the client to the backend for proxyless gRPC). The possible values are: - IPV4_ONLY: Only send IPv4 traffic to the backends of the backend service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group), regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv4 health checks are used to check the health of the backends. This is the default setting. - PREFER_IPV6: Prioritize the connection to the endpoint's IPv6 address over its IPv4 address (provided there is a healthy IPv6 address). - IPV6_ONLY: Only send IPv6 traffic to the backends of the backend service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group), regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv6 health checks are used to check the health of the backends. This field is applicable to either: - Advanced Global External HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme EXTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional External HTTPS Load Balancing, - Internal TCP Proxy (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional Internal HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Traffic Director with Envoy proxies and proxyless gRPC (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED). "kind": "compute#backendService", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services. "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer. "localityLbPolicies": [ # A list of locality load-balancing policies to be used in order of preference. When you use localityLbPolicies, you must set at least one value for either the localityLbPolicies[].policy or the localityLbPolicies[].customPolicy field. localityLbPolicies overrides any value set in the localityLbPolicy field. For an example of how to use this field, see Define a list of preferred policies. Caution: This field and its children are intended for use in a service mesh that includes gRPC clients only. Envoy proxies can't use backend services that have this configuration. @@ -1604,7 +1604,7 @@

Method Details

"oauth2ClientSecretSha256": "A String", # [Output Only] SHA256 hash value for the field oauth2_client_secret above. }, "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. - "ipAddressSelectionPolicy": "A String", # Specifies preference of traffic to the backend (from the proxy and from the client for proxyless gRPC). The possible values are: - IPV4_ONLY: Only send IPv4 traffic to the backends of the Backend Service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group) regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv4 health-checks are used to check the health of the backends. This is the default setting. - PREFER_IPV6: Prioritize the connection to the endpoints IPv6 address over its IPv4 address (provided there is a healthy IPv6 address). - IPV6_ONLY: Only send IPv6 traffic to the backends of the Backend Service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group) regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv6 health-checks are used to check the health of the backends. This field is applicable to either: - Advanced Global External HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme EXTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional External HTTPS Load Balancing, - Internal TCP Proxy (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional Internal HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Traffic Director with Envoy proxies and proxyless gRPC (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED). + "ipAddressSelectionPolicy": "A String", # Specifies a preference for traffic sent from the proxy to the backend (or from the client to the backend for proxyless gRPC). The possible values are: - IPV4_ONLY: Only send IPv4 traffic to the backends of the backend service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group), regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv4 health checks are used to check the health of the backends. This is the default setting. - PREFER_IPV6: Prioritize the connection to the endpoint's IPv6 address over its IPv4 address (provided there is a healthy IPv6 address). - IPV6_ONLY: Only send IPv6 traffic to the backends of the backend service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group), regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv6 health checks are used to check the health of the backends. This field is applicable to either: - Advanced Global External HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme EXTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional External HTTPS Load Balancing, - Internal TCP Proxy (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional Internal HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Traffic Director with Envoy proxies and proxyless gRPC (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED). "kind": "compute#backendService", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services. "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer. "localityLbPolicies": [ # A list of locality load-balancing policies to be used in order of preference. When you use localityLbPolicies, you must set at least one value for either the localityLbPolicies[].policy or the localityLbPolicies[].customPolicy field. localityLbPolicies overrides any value set in the localityLbPolicy field. For an example of how to use this field, see Define a list of preferred policies. Caution: This field and its children are intended for use in a service mesh that includes gRPC clients only. Envoy proxies can't use backend services that have this configuration. @@ -2312,7 +2312,7 @@

Method Details

"oauth2ClientSecretSha256": "A String", # [Output Only] SHA256 hash value for the field oauth2_client_secret above. }, "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. - "ipAddressSelectionPolicy": "A String", # Specifies preference of traffic to the backend (from the proxy and from the client for proxyless gRPC). The possible values are: - IPV4_ONLY: Only send IPv4 traffic to the backends of the Backend Service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group) regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv4 health-checks are used to check the health of the backends. This is the default setting. - PREFER_IPV6: Prioritize the connection to the endpoints IPv6 address over its IPv4 address (provided there is a healthy IPv6 address). - IPV6_ONLY: Only send IPv6 traffic to the backends of the Backend Service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group) regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv6 health-checks are used to check the health of the backends. This field is applicable to either: - Advanced Global External HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme EXTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional External HTTPS Load Balancing, - Internal TCP Proxy (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional Internal HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Traffic Director with Envoy proxies and proxyless gRPC (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED). + "ipAddressSelectionPolicy": "A String", # Specifies a preference for traffic sent from the proxy to the backend (or from the client to the backend for proxyless gRPC). The possible values are: - IPV4_ONLY: Only send IPv4 traffic to the backends of the backend service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group), regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv4 health checks are used to check the health of the backends. This is the default setting. - PREFER_IPV6: Prioritize the connection to the endpoint's IPv6 address over its IPv4 address (provided there is a healthy IPv6 address). - IPV6_ONLY: Only send IPv6 traffic to the backends of the backend service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group), regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv6 health checks are used to check the health of the backends. This field is applicable to either: - Advanced Global External HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme EXTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional External HTTPS Load Balancing, - Internal TCP Proxy (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional Internal HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Traffic Director with Envoy proxies and proxyless gRPC (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED). "kind": "compute#backendService", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services. "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer. "localityLbPolicies": [ # A list of locality load-balancing policies to be used in order of preference. When you use localityLbPolicies, you must set at least one value for either the localityLbPolicies[].policy or the localityLbPolicies[].customPolicy field. localityLbPolicies overrides any value set in the localityLbPolicy field. For an example of how to use this field, see Define a list of preferred policies. Caution: This field and its children are intended for use in a service mesh that includes gRPC clients only. Envoy proxies can't use backend services that have this configuration. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionDisks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionDisks.html index 9ba67107f89..686562fe170 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionDisks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionDisks.html @@ -461,6 +461,7 @@

Method Details

"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "sourceDiskForRecoveryCheckpoint": "A String", # The source disk whose recovery checkpoint will be used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this snapshot. This value may be used to determine whether the snapshot was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name. "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant snapshot used to create this snapshot. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot - projects/project/zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot - zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot "sourceInstantSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # Customer provided encryption key when creating Snapshot from Instant Snapshot. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.snapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.snapshots.html index 67e302f1139..e09a42e0578 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.snapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.snapshots.html @@ -297,6 +297,7 @@

Method Details

"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "sourceDiskForRecoveryCheckpoint": "A String", # The source disk whose recovery checkpoint will be used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this snapshot. This value may be used to determine whether the snapshot was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name. "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant snapshot used to create this snapshot. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot - projects/project/zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot - zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot "sourceInstantSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # Customer provided encryption key when creating Snapshot from Instant Snapshot. @@ -481,6 +482,7 @@

Method Details

"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "sourceDiskForRecoveryCheckpoint": "A String", # The source disk whose recovery checkpoint will be used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this snapshot. This value may be used to determine whether the snapshot was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name. "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant snapshot used to create this snapshot. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot - projects/project/zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot - zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot "sourceInstantSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # Customer provided encryption key when creating Snapshot from Instant Snapshot. @@ -691,6 +693,7 @@

Method Details

"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "sourceDiskForRecoveryCheckpoint": "A String", # The source disk whose recovery checkpoint will be used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this snapshot. This value may be used to determine whether the snapshot was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name. "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant snapshot used to create this snapshot. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot - projects/project/zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot - zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot "sourceInstantSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # Customer provided encryption key when creating Snapshot from Instant Snapshot. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendBuckets.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendBuckets.html index fbdf8a4737d..f5709b3641b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendBuckets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendBuckets.html @@ -89,6 +89,9 @@

Instance Methods

get(project, backendBucket, x__xgafv=None)

Returns the specified BackendBucket resource.

+

+ getIamPolicy(project, resource, optionsRequestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.

insert(project, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Creates a BackendBucket resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.

@@ -104,6 +107,12 @@

Instance Methods

setEdgeSecurityPolicy(project, backendBucket, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Sets the edge security policy for the specified backend bucket.

+

+ setIamPolicy(project, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.

+

+ testIamPermissions(project, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.

update(project, backendBucket, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates the specified BackendBucket resource with the data included in the request.

@@ -558,6 +567,109 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ getIamPolicy(project, resource, optionsRequestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  resource: string, Name or id of the resource for this request. (required)
+  optionsRequestedPolicyVersion: integer, Requested IAM Policy version.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "ignoreChildExemptions": True or False, # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "exemptedMembers": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "bindingId": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "rules": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+    { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+      "action": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+      "conditions": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+        { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          "iam": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          "op": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          "svc": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          "sys": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          "values": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+      ],
+      "description": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+      "ins": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "logConfigs": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+        { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          "cloudAudit": { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use. # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            "authorizationLoggingOptions": { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use. # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+              "permissionType": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            },
+            "logName": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          },
+          "counter": { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use. # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            "customFields": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+              { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+                "name": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+                "value": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+              },
+            ],
+            "field": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            "metric": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          },
+          "dataAccess": { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use. # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            "logMode": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "notIns": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "permissions": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  ],
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+
insert(project, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Creates a BackendBucket resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.
@@ -1138,6 +1250,246 @@ 

Method Details

}
+
+ setIamPolicy(project, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  resource: string, Name or id of the resource for this request. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "bindings": [ # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify bindings.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "bindingId": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag.
+  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them.
+    "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+      { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
+        "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+          { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+            "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "ignoreChildExemptions": True or False, # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+          },
+        ],
+        "exemptedMembers": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+      },
+    ],
+    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+        "bindingId": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+          "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+          "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+          "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+        },
+        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+      },
+    ],
+    "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+    "rules": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+      { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+        "action": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+        "conditions": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            "iam": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            "op": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            "svc": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            "sys": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            "values": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+        ],
+        "description": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+        "ins": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "logConfigs": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            "cloudAudit": { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use. # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+              "authorizationLoggingOptions": { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use. # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+                "permissionType": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+              },
+              "logName": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            },
+            "counter": { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use. # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+              "customFields": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+                { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+                  "name": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+                  "value": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+                },
+              ],
+              "field": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+              "metric": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            },
+            "dataAccess": { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use. # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+              "logMode": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "notIns": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "permissions": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    ],
+    "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "ignoreChildExemptions": True or False, # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "exemptedMembers": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "bindingId": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "rules": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+    { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+      "action": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+      "conditions": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+        { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          "iam": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          "op": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          "svc": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          "sys": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          "values": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+      ],
+      "description": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+      "ins": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "logConfigs": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+        { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          "cloudAudit": { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use. # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            "authorizationLoggingOptions": { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use. # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+              "permissionType": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            },
+            "logName": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          },
+          "counter": { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use. # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            "customFields": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+              { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+                "name": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+                "value": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+              },
+            ],
+            "field": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            "metric": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          },
+          "dataAccess": { # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use. # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+            "logMode": "A String", # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "notIns": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "permissions": [ # This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  ],
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+ +
+ testIamPermissions(project, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  resource: string, Name or id of the resource for this request. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the 'resource'. Permissions with wildcards (such as '*' or 'storage.*') are not allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+
update(project, backendBucket, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Updates the specified BackendBucket resource with the data included in the request.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html
index 8f04934bd2e..25f0ed88909 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html
@@ -128,6 +128,9 @@ 

Instance Methods

setSecurityPolicy(project, backendService, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Sets the Google Cloud Armor security policy for the specified backend service. For more information, see Google Cloud Armor Overview

+

+ testIamPermissions(project, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.

update(project, backendService, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates the specified BackendService resource with the data included in the request. For more information, see Backend services overview.

@@ -2763,6 +2766,37 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ testIamPermissions(project, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  resource: string, Name or id of the resource for this request. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the 'resource'. Permissions with wildcards (such as '*' or 'storage.*') are not allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+
update(project, backendService, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Updates the specified BackendService resource with the data included in the request. For more information, see Backend services overview.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.disks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.disks.html
index 98082272255..e242eab7817 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.disks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.disks.html
@@ -639,6 +639,7 @@ 

Method Details

"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "sourceDiskForRecoveryCheckpoint": "A String", # The source disk whose recovery checkpoint will be used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this snapshot. This value may be used to determine whether the snapshot was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name. "sourceSnapshotSchedulePolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the resource policy which created this scheduled snapshot. "sourceSnapshotSchedulePolicyId": "A String", # [Output Only] ID of the resource policy which created this scheduled snapshot. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.html index 96f6656566a..0b2c9cdfaf2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.html @@ -241,6 +241,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # A PublicDelegatedPrefix resource represents an IP block within a PublicAdvertisedPrefix that is configured within a single cloud scope (global or region). IPs in the block can be allocated to resources within that scope. Public delegated prefixes may be further broken up into smaller IP blocks in the same scope as the parent block. + "byoipApiVersion": "A String", # [Output Only] The version of BYOIP API. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a new PublicDelegatedPrefix. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the PublicDelegatedPrefix, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a PublicDelegatedPrefix. @@ -277,6 +278,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # A PublicDelegatedPrefix resource represents an IP block within a PublicAdvertisedPrefix that is configured within a single cloud scope (global or region). IPs in the block can be allocated to resources within that scope. Public delegated prefixes may be further broken up into smaller IP blocks in the same scope as the parent block. + "byoipApiVersion": "A String", # [Output Only] The version of BYOIP API. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a new PublicDelegatedPrefix. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the PublicDelegatedPrefix, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a PublicDelegatedPrefix. @@ -442,6 +444,7 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server. "items": [ # A list of PublicDelegatedPrefix resources. { # A PublicDelegatedPrefix resource represents an IP block within a PublicAdvertisedPrefix that is configured within a single cloud scope (global or region). IPs in the block can be allocated to resources within that scope. Public delegated prefixes may be further broken up into smaller IP blocks in the same scope as the parent block. + "byoipApiVersion": "A String", # [Output Only] The version of BYOIP API. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a new PublicDelegatedPrefix. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the PublicDelegatedPrefix, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a PublicDelegatedPrefix. @@ -508,6 +511,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # A PublicDelegatedPrefix resource represents an IP block within a PublicAdvertisedPrefix that is configured within a single cloud scope (global or region). IPs in the block can be allocated to resources within that scope. Public delegated prefixes may be further broken up into smaller IP blocks in the same scope as the parent block. + "byoipApiVersion": "A String", # [Output Only] The version of BYOIP API. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a new PublicDelegatedPrefix. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the PublicDelegatedPrefix, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a PublicDelegatedPrefix. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.html index b247ffd9c37..9e73352e95a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.html @@ -449,6 +449,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the serviceAttachments Resource.

+

+ snapshotSettings() +

+

Returns the snapshotSettings Resource.

+

snapshots()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.interconnects.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.interconnects.html index 5d42cbf6024..e335523b08c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.interconnects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.interconnects.html @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the specified Interconnect. Get a list of available Interconnects by making a list() request.

getDiagnostics(project, interconnect, x__xgafv=None)

-

Returns the interconnectDiagnostics for the specified Interconnect.

+

Returns the interconnectDiagnostics for the specified Interconnect. In the event of a global outage, do not use this API to make decisions about where to redirect your network traffic. Unlike a VLAN attachment, which is regional, a Cloud Interconnect connection is a global resource. A global outage can prevent this API from functioning properly.

getMacsecConfig(project, interconnect, x__xgafv=None)

Returns the interconnectMacsecConfig for the specified Interconnect.

@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@

Method Details

getDiagnostics(project, interconnect, x__xgafv=None) -
Returns the interconnectDiagnostics for the specified Interconnect.
+  
Returns the interconnectDiagnostics for the specified Interconnect. In the event of a global outage, do not use this API to make decisions about where to redirect your network traffic. Unlike a VLAN attachment, which is regional, a Cloud Interconnect connection is a global resource. A global outage can prevent this API from functioning properly.
 
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.html
index e695b95ba49..cd1380516b3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.html
@@ -74,6 +74,9 @@
 
 

Compute Engine API . publicAdvertisedPrefixes

Instance Methods

+

+ announce(project, publicAdvertisedPrefix, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Announces the specified PublicAdvertisedPrefix

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +98,134 @@

Instance Methods

patch(project, publicAdvertisedPrefix, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Patches the specified Router resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses JSON merge patch format and processing rules.

+

+ withdraw(project, publicAdvertisedPrefix, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Withdraws the specified PublicAdvertisedPrefix

Method Details

+
+ announce(project, publicAdvertisedPrefix, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Announces the specified PublicAdvertisedPrefix
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  publicAdvertisedPrefix: string, The name of the public advertised prefix. It should comply with RFC1035. (required)
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys should match /[a-zA-Z0-9-_]/ and be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+
close()
Close httplib2 connections.
@@ -241,6 +371,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # A public advertised prefix represents an aggregated IP prefix or netblock which customers bring to cloud. The IP prefix is a single unit of route advertisement and is announced globally to the internet. + "byoipApiVersion": "A String", # [Output Only] The version of BYOIP API. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "dnsVerificationIp": "A String", # The address to be used for reverse DNS verification. @@ -249,6 +380,7 @@

Method Details

"ipCidrRange": "A String", # The address range, in CIDR format, represented by this public advertised prefix. "kind": "compute#publicAdvertisedPrefix", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#publicAdvertisedPrefix for public advertised prefixes. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. + "pdpScope": "A String", # Specifies how child public delegated prefix will be scoped. It could be one of following values: - `REGIONAL`: The public delegated prefix is regional only. The provisioning will take a few minutes. - `GLOBAL`: The public delegated prefix is global only. The provisioning will take ~4 weeks. - `GLOBAL_AND_REGIONAL` [output only]: The public delegated prefixes is BYOIP V1 legacy prefix. This is output only value and no longer supported in BYOIP V2. "publicDelegatedPrefixs": [ # [Output Only] The list of public delegated prefixes that exist for this public advertised prefix. { # Represents a CIDR range which can be used to assign addresses. "ipRange": "A String", # The IP address range of the public delegated prefix @@ -274,6 +406,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # A public advertised prefix represents an aggregated IP prefix or netblock which customers bring to cloud. The IP prefix is a single unit of route advertisement and is announced globally to the internet. + "byoipApiVersion": "A String", # [Output Only] The version of BYOIP API. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "dnsVerificationIp": "A String", # The address to be used for reverse DNS verification. @@ -282,6 +415,7 @@

Method Details

"ipCidrRange": "A String", # The address range, in CIDR format, represented by this public advertised prefix. "kind": "compute#publicAdvertisedPrefix", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#publicAdvertisedPrefix for public advertised prefixes. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. + "pdpScope": "A String", # Specifies how child public delegated prefix will be scoped. It could be one of following values: - `REGIONAL`: The public delegated prefix is regional only. The provisioning will take a few minutes. - `GLOBAL`: The public delegated prefix is global only. The provisioning will take ~4 weeks. - `GLOBAL_AND_REGIONAL` [output only]: The public delegated prefixes is BYOIP V1 legacy prefix. This is output only value and no longer supported in BYOIP V2. "publicDelegatedPrefixs": [ # [Output Only] The list of public delegated prefixes that exist for this public advertised prefix. { # Represents a CIDR range which can be used to assign addresses. "ipRange": "A String", # The IP address range of the public delegated prefix @@ -436,6 +570,7 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server. "items": [ # A list of PublicAdvertisedPrefix resources. { # A public advertised prefix represents an aggregated IP prefix or netblock which customers bring to cloud. The IP prefix is a single unit of route advertisement and is announced globally to the internet. + "byoipApiVersion": "A String", # [Output Only] The version of BYOIP API. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "dnsVerificationIp": "A String", # The address to be used for reverse DNS verification. @@ -444,6 +579,7 @@

Method Details

"ipCidrRange": "A String", # The address range, in CIDR format, represented by this public advertised prefix. "kind": "compute#publicAdvertisedPrefix", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#publicAdvertisedPrefix for public advertised prefixes. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. + "pdpScope": "A String", # Specifies how child public delegated prefix will be scoped. It could be one of following values: - `REGIONAL`: The public delegated prefix is regional only. The provisioning will take a few minutes. - `GLOBAL`: The public delegated prefix is global only. The provisioning will take ~4 weeks. - `GLOBAL_AND_REGIONAL` [output only]: The public delegated prefixes is BYOIP V1 legacy prefix. This is output only value and no longer supported in BYOIP V2. "publicDelegatedPrefixs": [ # [Output Only] The list of public delegated prefixes that exist for this public advertised prefix. { # Represents a CIDR range which can be used to assign addresses. "ipRange": "A String", # The IP address range of the public delegated prefix @@ -499,6 +635,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # A public advertised prefix represents an aggregated IP prefix or netblock which customers bring to cloud. The IP prefix is a single unit of route advertisement and is announced globally to the internet. + "byoipApiVersion": "A String", # [Output Only] The version of BYOIP API. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "dnsVerificationIp": "A String", # The address to be used for reverse DNS verification. @@ -507,6 +644,7 @@

Method Details

"ipCidrRange": "A String", # The address range, in CIDR format, represented by this public advertised prefix. "kind": "compute#publicAdvertisedPrefix", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#publicAdvertisedPrefix for public advertised prefixes. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. + "pdpScope": "A String", # Specifies how child public delegated prefix will be scoped. It could be one of following values: - `REGIONAL`: The public delegated prefix is regional only. The provisioning will take a few minutes. - `GLOBAL`: The public delegated prefix is global only. The provisioning will take ~4 weeks. - `GLOBAL_AND_REGIONAL` [output only]: The public delegated prefixes is BYOIP V1 legacy prefix. This is output only value and no longer supported in BYOIP V2. "publicDelegatedPrefixs": [ # [Output Only] The list of public delegated prefixes that exist for this public advertised prefix. { # Represents a CIDR range which can be used to assign addresses. "ipRange": "A String", # The IP address range of the public delegated prefix @@ -638,4 +776,128 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ withdraw(project, publicAdvertisedPrefix, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Withdraws the specified PublicAdvertisedPrefix
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  publicAdvertisedPrefix: string, The name of the public advertised prefix. It should comply with RFC1035. (required)
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys should match /[a-zA-Z0-9-_]/ and be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.publicDelegatedPrefixes.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.publicDelegatedPrefixes.html index 153bac6f6c4..733f891f205 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.publicDelegatedPrefixes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.publicDelegatedPrefixes.html @@ -80,6 +80,9 @@

Instance Methods

aggregatedList_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ announce(project, region, publicDelegatedPrefix, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Announces the specified PublicDelegatedPrefix in the given region.

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -101,6 +104,9 @@

Instance Methods

patch(project, region, publicDelegatedPrefix, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Patches the specified PublicDelegatedPrefix resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses JSON merge patch format and processing rules.

+

+ withdraw(project, region, publicDelegatedPrefix, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Withdraws the specified PublicDelegatedPrefix in the given region.

Method Details

aggregatedList(project, filter=None, includeAllScopes=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, serviceProjectNumber=None, x__xgafv=None) @@ -129,6 +135,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": { # [Output Only] Name of the scope containing this set of PublicDelegatedPrefixes. "publicDelegatedPrefixes": [ # [Output Only] A list of PublicDelegatedPrefixes contained in this scope. { # A PublicDelegatedPrefix resource represents an IP block within a PublicAdvertisedPrefix that is configured within a single cloud scope (global or region). IPs in the block can be allocated to resources within that scope. Public delegated prefixes may be further broken up into smaller IP blocks in the same scope as the parent block. + "byoipApiVersion": "A String", # [Output Only] The version of BYOIP API. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a new PublicDelegatedPrefix. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the PublicDelegatedPrefix, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a PublicDelegatedPrefix. @@ -199,6 +206,131 @@

Method Details

+
+ announce(project, region, publicDelegatedPrefix, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Announces the specified PublicDelegatedPrefix in the given region.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, The name of the region where the public delegated prefix is located. It should comply with RFC1035. (required)
+  publicDelegatedPrefix: string, The name of the public delegated prefix. It should comply with RFC1035. (required)
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys should match /[a-zA-Z0-9-_]/ and be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+
close()
Close httplib2 connections.
@@ -346,6 +478,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # A PublicDelegatedPrefix resource represents an IP block within a PublicAdvertisedPrefix that is configured within a single cloud scope (global or region). IPs in the block can be allocated to resources within that scope. Public delegated prefixes may be further broken up into smaller IP blocks in the same scope as the parent block. + "byoipApiVersion": "A String", # [Output Only] The version of BYOIP API. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a new PublicDelegatedPrefix. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the PublicDelegatedPrefix, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a PublicDelegatedPrefix. @@ -383,6 +516,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # A PublicDelegatedPrefix resource represents an IP block within a PublicAdvertisedPrefix that is configured within a single cloud scope (global or region). IPs in the block can be allocated to resources within that scope. Public delegated prefixes may be further broken up into smaller IP blocks in the same scope as the parent block. + "byoipApiVersion": "A String", # [Output Only] The version of BYOIP API. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a new PublicDelegatedPrefix. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the PublicDelegatedPrefix, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a PublicDelegatedPrefix. @@ -549,6 +683,7 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server. "items": [ # A list of PublicDelegatedPrefix resources. { # A PublicDelegatedPrefix resource represents an IP block within a PublicAdvertisedPrefix that is configured within a single cloud scope (global or region). IPs in the block can be allocated to resources within that scope. Public delegated prefixes may be further broken up into smaller IP blocks in the same scope as the parent block. + "byoipApiVersion": "A String", # [Output Only] The version of BYOIP API. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a new PublicDelegatedPrefix. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the PublicDelegatedPrefix, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a PublicDelegatedPrefix. @@ -616,6 +751,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # A PublicDelegatedPrefix resource represents an IP block within a PublicAdvertisedPrefix that is configured within a single cloud scope (global or region). IPs in the block can be allocated to resources within that scope. Public delegated prefixes may be further broken up into smaller IP blocks in the same scope as the parent block. + "byoipApiVersion": "A String", # [Output Only] The version of BYOIP API. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a new PublicDelegatedPrefix. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the PublicDelegatedPrefix, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a PublicDelegatedPrefix. @@ -758,4 +894,129 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ withdraw(project, region, publicDelegatedPrefix, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Withdraws the specified PublicDelegatedPrefix in the given region.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, The name of the region where the public delegated prefix is located. It should comply with RFC1035. (required)
+  publicDelegatedPrefix: string, The name of the public delegated prefix. It should comply with RFC1035. (required)
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys should match /[a-zA-Z0-9-_]/ and be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html index 8a743c9111f..d8aff798f9e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html @@ -113,6 +113,9 @@

Instance Methods

setSecurityPolicy(project, region, backendService, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Sets the Google Cloud Armor security policy for the specified backend service. For more information, see Google Cloud Armor Overview

+

+ testIamPermissions(project, region, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.

update(project, region, backendService, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates the specified regional BackendService resource with the data included in the request. For more information, see Backend services overview .

@@ -2102,6 +2105,38 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ testIamPermissions(project, region, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, The name of the region for this request. (required)
+  resource: string, Name or id of the resource for this request. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the 'resource'. Permissions with wildcards (such as '*' or 'storage.*') are not allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+
update(project, region, backendService, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Updates the specified regional BackendService resource with the data included in the request. For more information, see Backend services overview .
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionDisks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionDisks.html
index 26a74a8aa4a..29884c97ff6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionDisks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionDisks.html
@@ -454,6 +454,7 @@ 

Method Details

"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "sourceDiskForRecoveryCheckpoint": "A String", # The source disk whose recovery checkpoint will be used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this snapshot. This value may be used to determine whether the snapshot was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name. "sourceSnapshotSchedulePolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the resource policy which created this scheduled snapshot. "sourceSnapshotSchedulePolicyId": "A String", # [Output Only] ID of the resource policy which created this scheduled snapshot. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.snapshotSettings.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.snapshotSettings.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..964ea738cf9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.snapshotSettings.html @@ -0,0 +1,256 @@ + + + +

Compute Engine API . snapshotSettings

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ get(project, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get snapshot settings.

+

+ patch(project, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Patch snapshot settings.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ get(project, x__xgafv=None) +
Get snapshot settings.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "storageLocation": { # Policy of which storage location is going to be resolved, and additional data that particularizes how the policy is going to be carried out.
+    "locations": { # When the policy is SPECIFIC_LOCATIONS, snapshots will be stored in the locations listed in this field. Keys are GCS bucket locations.
+      "a_key": { # A structure for specifying storage locations.
+        "name": "A String", # Name of the location. It should be one of the GCS buckets.
+      },
+    },
+    "policy": "A String", # The chosen location policy.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ patch(project, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Patch snapshot settings.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "storageLocation": { # Policy of which storage location is going to be resolved, and additional data that particularizes how the policy is going to be carried out.
+    "locations": { # When the policy is SPECIFIC_LOCATIONS, snapshots will be stored in the locations listed in this field. Keys are GCS bucket locations.
+      "a_key": { # A structure for specifying storage locations.
+        "name": "A String", # Name of the location. It should be one of the GCS buckets.
+      },
+    },
+    "policy": "A String", # The chosen location policy.
+  },
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  updateMask: string, update_mask indicates fields to be updated as part of this request.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys should match /[a-zA-Z0-9-_]/ and be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.snapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.snapshots.html index be4d5ae44cd..5f1d6218117 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.snapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.snapshots.html @@ -290,6 +290,7 @@

Method Details

"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "sourceDiskForRecoveryCheckpoint": "A String", # The source disk whose recovery checkpoint will be used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this snapshot. This value may be used to determine whether the snapshot was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name. "sourceSnapshotSchedulePolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the resource policy which created this scheduled snapshot. "sourceSnapshotSchedulePolicyId": "A String", # [Output Only] ID of the resource policy which created this scheduled snapshot. @@ -455,6 +456,7 @@

Method Details

"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "sourceDiskForRecoveryCheckpoint": "A String", # The source disk whose recovery checkpoint will be used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this snapshot. This value may be used to determine whether the snapshot was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name. "sourceSnapshotSchedulePolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the resource policy which created this scheduled snapshot. "sourceSnapshotSchedulePolicyId": "A String", # [Output Only] ID of the resource policy which created this scheduled snapshot. @@ -646,6 +648,7 @@

Method Details

"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "sourceDiskForRecoveryCheckpoint": "A String", # The source disk whose recovery checkpoint will be used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this snapshot. This value may be used to determine whether the snapshot was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name. "sourceSnapshotSchedulePolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the resource policy which created this scheduled snapshot. "sourceSnapshotSchedulePolicyId": "A String", # [Output Only] ID of the resource policy which created this scheduled snapshot. diff --git a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.conversations.html index 47d5270e8b2..72b1f53e83e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.conversations.html @@ -245,7 +245,7 @@

Method Details

"customerChannel": 42, # The audio channel that contains the customer. }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the conversation was created. - "dataSource": { # The conversation source, which is a combination of transcript and audio. # The source of the audio and transcription for the conversation. + "dataSource": { # The conversation source, which is a combination of transcript, audio, and metadata. # The source of the audio and transcription for the conversation. "dialogflowSource": { # A Dialogflow source of conversation data. # The source when the conversation comes from Dialogflow. "audioUri": "A String", # Cloud Storage URI that points to a file that contains the conversation audio. "dialogflowConversation": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Dialogflow conversation that this conversation resource is derived from. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation} @@ -527,7 +527,7 @@

Method Details

"customerChannel": 42, # The audio channel that contains the customer. }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the conversation was created. - "dataSource": { # The conversation source, which is a combination of transcript and audio. # The source of the audio and transcription for the conversation. + "dataSource": { # The conversation source, which is a combination of transcript, audio, and metadata. # The source of the audio and transcription for the conversation. "dialogflowSource": { # A Dialogflow source of conversation data. # The source when the conversation comes from Dialogflow. "audioUri": "A String", # Cloud Storage URI that points to a file that contains the conversation audio. "dialogflowConversation": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Dialogflow conversation that this conversation resource is derived from. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation} @@ -839,7 +839,7 @@

Method Details

"customerChannel": 42, # The audio channel that contains the customer. }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the conversation was created. - "dataSource": { # The conversation source, which is a combination of transcript and audio. # The source of the audio and transcription for the conversation. + "dataSource": { # The conversation source, which is a combination of transcript, audio, and metadata. # The source of the audio and transcription for the conversation. "dialogflowSource": { # A Dialogflow source of conversation data. # The source when the conversation comes from Dialogflow. "audioUri": "A String", # Cloud Storage URI that points to a file that contains the conversation audio. "dialogflowConversation": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Dialogflow conversation that this conversation resource is derived from. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation} @@ -1188,7 +1188,7 @@

Method Details

"customerChannel": 42, # The audio channel that contains the customer. }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the conversation was created. - "dataSource": { # The conversation source, which is a combination of transcript and audio. # The source of the audio and transcription for the conversation. + "dataSource": { # The conversation source, which is a combination of transcript, audio, and metadata. # The source of the audio and transcription for the conversation. "dialogflowSource": { # A Dialogflow source of conversation data. # The source when the conversation comes from Dialogflow. "audioUri": "A String", # Cloud Storage URI that points to a file that contains the conversation audio. "dialogflowConversation": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Dialogflow conversation that this conversation resource is derived from. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation} @@ -1488,7 +1488,7 @@

Method Details

"customerChannel": 42, # The audio channel that contains the customer. }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the conversation was created. - "dataSource": { # The conversation source, which is a combination of transcript and audio. # The source of the audio and transcription for the conversation. + "dataSource": { # The conversation source, which is a combination of transcript, audio, and metadata. # The source of the audio and transcription for the conversation. "dialogflowSource": { # A Dialogflow source of conversation data. # The source when the conversation comes from Dialogflow. "audioUri": "A String", # Cloud Storage URI that points to a file that contains the conversation audio. "dialogflowConversation": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Dialogflow conversation that this conversation resource is derived from. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation} @@ -1770,7 +1770,7 @@

Method Details

"customerChannel": 42, # The audio channel that contains the customer. }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the conversation was created. - "dataSource": { # The conversation source, which is a combination of transcript and audio. # The source of the audio and transcription for the conversation. + "dataSource": { # The conversation source, which is a combination of transcript, audio, and metadata. # The source of the audio and transcription for the conversation. "dialogflowSource": { # A Dialogflow source of conversation data. # The source when the conversation comes from Dialogflow. "audioUri": "A String", # Cloud Storage URI that points to a file that contains the conversation audio. "dialogflowConversation": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Dialogflow conversation that this conversation resource is derived from. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation} @@ -2054,7 +2054,7 @@

Method Details

"customerChannel": 42, # The audio channel that contains the customer. }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the conversation was created. - "dataSource": { # The conversation source, which is a combination of transcript and audio. # The source of the audio and transcription for the conversation. + "dataSource": { # The conversation source, which is a combination of transcript, audio, and metadata. # The source of the audio and transcription for the conversation. "dialogflowSource": { # A Dialogflow source of conversation data. # The source when the conversation comes from Dialogflow. "audioUri": "A String", # Cloud Storage URI that points to a file that contains the conversation audio. "dialogflowConversation": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Dialogflow conversation that this conversation resource is derived from. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation} diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html index a7ebfcb3d24..24887eb055d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html @@ -651,6 +651,11 @@

Method Details

"resourceLabels": { # The resource labels for the node pool to use to annotate any related Google Compute Engine resources. "a_key": "A String", }, + "resourceManagerTags": { # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes. + "tags": { # TagKeyValue must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "sandboxConfig": { # SandboxConfig contains configurations of the sandbox to use for the node. # Sandbox configuration for this node. "type": "A String", # Type of the sandbox to use for the node. }, @@ -695,6 +700,11 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "resourceManagerTags": { # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. # Resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. + "tags": { # TagKeyValue must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, }, "nodePoolDefaults": { # Subset of Nodepool message that has defaults. # Default NodePool settings for the entire cluster. These settings are overridden if specified on the specific NodePool object. "nodeConfigDefaults": { # Subset of NodeConfig message that has defaults. # Subset of NodeConfig message that has defaults. @@ -812,6 +822,11 @@

Method Details

"resourceLabels": { # The resource labels for the node pool to use to annotate any related Google Compute Engine resources. "a_key": "A String", }, + "resourceManagerTags": { # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes. + "tags": { # TagKeyValue must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "sandboxConfig": { # SandboxConfig contains configurations of the sandbox to use for the node. # Sandbox configuration for this node. "type": "A String", # Type of the sandbox to use for the node. }, @@ -1536,6 +1551,11 @@

Method Details

"resourceLabels": { # The resource labels for the node pool to use to annotate any related Google Compute Engine resources. "a_key": "A String", }, + "resourceManagerTags": { # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes. + "tags": { # TagKeyValue must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "sandboxConfig": { # SandboxConfig contains configurations of the sandbox to use for the node. # Sandbox configuration for this node. "type": "A String", # Type of the sandbox to use for the node. }, @@ -1580,6 +1600,11 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "resourceManagerTags": { # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. # Resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. + "tags": { # TagKeyValue must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, }, "nodePoolDefaults": { # Subset of Nodepool message that has defaults. # Default NodePool settings for the entire cluster. These settings are overridden if specified on the specific NodePool object. "nodeConfigDefaults": { # Subset of NodeConfig message that has defaults. # Subset of NodeConfig message that has defaults. @@ -1697,6 +1722,11 @@

Method Details

"resourceLabels": { # The resource labels for the node pool to use to annotate any related Google Compute Engine resources. "a_key": "A String", }, + "resourceManagerTags": { # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes. + "tags": { # TagKeyValue must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "sandboxConfig": { # SandboxConfig contains configurations of the sandbox to use for the node. # Sandbox configuration for this node. "type": "A String", # Type of the sandbox to use for the node. }, @@ -2324,6 +2354,11 @@

Method Details

"resourceLabels": { # The resource labels for the node pool to use to annotate any related Google Compute Engine resources. "a_key": "A String", }, + "resourceManagerTags": { # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes. + "tags": { # TagKeyValue must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "sandboxConfig": { # SandboxConfig contains configurations of the sandbox to use for the node. # Sandbox configuration for this node. "type": "A String", # Type of the sandbox to use for the node. }, @@ -2368,6 +2403,11 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "resourceManagerTags": { # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. # Resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. + "tags": { # TagKeyValue must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, }, "nodePoolDefaults": { # Subset of Nodepool message that has defaults. # Default NodePool settings for the entire cluster. These settings are overridden if specified on the specific NodePool object. "nodeConfigDefaults": { # Subset of NodeConfig message that has defaults. # Subset of NodeConfig message that has defaults. @@ -2485,6 +2525,11 @@

Method Details

"resourceLabels": { # The resource labels for the node pool to use to annotate any related Google Compute Engine resources. "a_key": "A String", }, + "resourceManagerTags": { # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes. + "tags": { # TagKeyValue must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "sandboxConfig": { # SandboxConfig contains configurations of the sandbox to use for the node. # Sandbox configuration for this node. "type": "A String", # Type of the sandbox to use for the node. }, @@ -3755,6 +3800,11 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "desiredNodePoolAutoConfigResourceManagerTags": { # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. # The desired resource manager tags that apply to all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters. + "tags": { # TagKeyValue must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "desiredNodePoolAutoscaling": { # NodePoolAutoscaling contains information required by cluster autoscaler to adjust the size of the node pool to the current cluster usage. # Autoscaler configuration for the node pool specified in desired_node_pool_id. If there is only one pool in the cluster and desired_node_pool_id is not provided then the change applies to that single node pool. "autoprovisioned": True or False, # Can this node pool be deleted automatically. "enabled": True or False, # Is autoscaling enabled for this node pool. diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html index a89a2c0a5c7..a19cb813f5d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html @@ -251,6 +251,11 @@

Method Details

"resourceLabels": { # The resource labels for the node pool to use to annotate any related Google Compute Engine resources. "a_key": "A String", }, + "resourceManagerTags": { # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes. + "tags": { # TagKeyValue must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "sandboxConfig": { # SandboxConfig contains configurations of the sandbox to use for the node. # Sandbox configuration for this node. "type": "A String", # Type of the sandbox to use for the node. }, @@ -631,6 +636,11 @@

Method Details

"resourceLabels": { # The resource labels for the node pool to use to annotate any related Google Compute Engine resources. "a_key": "A String", }, + "resourceManagerTags": { # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes. + "tags": { # TagKeyValue must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "sandboxConfig": { # SandboxConfig contains configurations of the sandbox to use for the node. # Sandbox configuration for this node. "type": "A String", # Type of the sandbox to use for the node. }, @@ -877,6 +887,11 @@

Method Details

"resourceLabels": { # The resource labels for the node pool to use to annotate any related Google Compute Engine resources. "a_key": "A String", }, + "resourceManagerTags": { # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes. + "tags": { # TagKeyValue must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "sandboxConfig": { # SandboxConfig contains configurations of the sandbox to use for the node. # Sandbox configuration for this node. "type": "A String", # Type of the sandbox to use for the node. }, @@ -1425,6 +1440,11 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, + "resourceManagerTags": { # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. # Desired resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. + "tags": { # TagKeyValue must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "tags": { # Collection of Compute Engine network tags that can be applied to a node's underlying VM instance. # The desired network tags to be applied to all nodes in the node pool. If this field is not present, the tags will not be changed. Otherwise, the existing network tags will be *replaced* with the provided tags. "tags": [ # List of network tags. "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html index 230bcc9e3da..d1e7cbf36dd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html @@ -727,6 +727,11 @@

Method Details

"resourceLabels": { # The resource labels for the node pool to use to annotate any related Google Compute Engine resources. "a_key": "A String", }, + "resourceManagerTags": { # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes. + "tags": { # TagKeyValue must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "sandboxConfig": { # SandboxConfig contains configurations of the sandbox to use for the node. # Sandbox configuration for this node. "type": "A String", # Type of the sandbox to use for the node. }, @@ -771,6 +776,11 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "resourceManagerTags": { # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. # Resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. + "tags": { # TagKeyValue must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, }, "nodePoolDefaults": { # Subset of Nodepool message that has defaults. # Default NodePool settings for the entire cluster. These settings are overridden if specified on the specific NodePool object. "nodeConfigDefaults": { # Subset of NodeConfig message that has defaults. # Subset of NodeConfig message that has defaults. @@ -888,6 +898,11 @@

Method Details

"resourceLabels": { # The resource labels for the node pool to use to annotate any related Google Compute Engine resources. "a_key": "A String", }, + "resourceManagerTags": { # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes. + "tags": { # TagKeyValue must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "sandboxConfig": { # SandboxConfig contains configurations of the sandbox to use for the node. # Sandbox configuration for this node. "type": "A String", # Type of the sandbox to use for the node. }, @@ -1612,6 +1627,11 @@

Method Details

"resourceLabels": { # The resource labels for the node pool to use to annotate any related Google Compute Engine resources. "a_key": "A String", }, + "resourceManagerTags": { # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes. + "tags": { # TagKeyValue must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "sandboxConfig": { # SandboxConfig contains configurations of the sandbox to use for the node. # Sandbox configuration for this node. "type": "A String", # Type of the sandbox to use for the node. }, @@ -1656,6 +1676,11 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "resourceManagerTags": { # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. # Resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. + "tags": { # TagKeyValue must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, }, "nodePoolDefaults": { # Subset of Nodepool message that has defaults. # Default NodePool settings for the entire cluster. These settings are overridden if specified on the specific NodePool object. "nodeConfigDefaults": { # Subset of NodeConfig message that has defaults. # Subset of NodeConfig message that has defaults. @@ -1773,6 +1798,11 @@

Method Details

"resourceLabels": { # The resource labels for the node pool to use to annotate any related Google Compute Engine resources. "a_key": "A String", }, + "resourceManagerTags": { # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes. + "tags": { # TagKeyValue must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "sandboxConfig": { # SandboxConfig contains configurations of the sandbox to use for the node. # Sandbox configuration for this node. "type": "A String", # Type of the sandbox to use for the node. }, @@ -2444,6 +2474,11 @@

Method Details

"resourceLabels": { # The resource labels for the node pool to use to annotate any related Google Compute Engine resources. "a_key": "A String", }, + "resourceManagerTags": { # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes. + "tags": { # TagKeyValue must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "sandboxConfig": { # SandboxConfig contains configurations of the sandbox to use for the node. # Sandbox configuration for this node. "type": "A String", # Type of the sandbox to use for the node. }, @@ -2488,6 +2523,11 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "resourceManagerTags": { # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. # Resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. + "tags": { # TagKeyValue must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, }, "nodePoolDefaults": { # Subset of Nodepool message that has defaults. # Default NodePool settings for the entire cluster. These settings are overridden if specified on the specific NodePool object. "nodeConfigDefaults": { # Subset of NodeConfig message that has defaults. # Subset of NodeConfig message that has defaults. @@ -2605,6 +2645,11 @@

Method Details

"resourceLabels": { # The resource labels for the node pool to use to annotate any related Google Compute Engine resources. "a_key": "A String", }, + "resourceManagerTags": { # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes. + "tags": { # TagKeyValue must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "sandboxConfig": { # SandboxConfig contains configurations of the sandbox to use for the node. # Sandbox configuration for this node. "type": "A String", # Type of the sandbox to use for the node. }, @@ -3782,6 +3827,11 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "desiredNodePoolAutoConfigResourceManagerTags": { # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. # The desired resource manager tags that apply to all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters. + "tags": { # TagKeyValue must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "desiredNodePoolAutoscaling": { # NodePoolAutoscaling contains information required by cluster autoscaler to adjust the size of the node pool to the current cluster usage. # Autoscaler configuration for the node pool specified in desired_node_pool_id. If there is only one pool in the cluster and desired_node_pool_id is not provided then the change applies to that single node pool. "autoprovisioned": True or False, # Can this node pool be deleted automatically. "enabled": True or False, # Is autoscaling enabled for this node pool. diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html index 4e0a0735b81..e468be70b0a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html @@ -316,6 +316,11 @@

Method Details

"resourceLabels": { # The resource labels for the node pool to use to annotate any related Google Compute Engine resources. "a_key": "A String", }, + "resourceManagerTags": { # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes. + "tags": { # TagKeyValue must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "sandboxConfig": { # SandboxConfig contains configurations of the sandbox to use for the node. # Sandbox configuration for this node. "type": "A String", # Type of the sandbox to use for the node. }, @@ -696,6 +701,11 @@

Method Details

"resourceLabels": { # The resource labels for the node pool to use to annotate any related Google Compute Engine resources. "a_key": "A String", }, + "resourceManagerTags": { # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes. + "tags": { # TagKeyValue must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "sandboxConfig": { # SandboxConfig contains configurations of the sandbox to use for the node. # Sandbox configuration for this node. "type": "A String", # Type of the sandbox to use for the node. }, @@ -942,6 +952,11 @@

Method Details

"resourceLabels": { # The resource labels for the node pool to use to annotate any related Google Compute Engine resources. "a_key": "A String", }, + "resourceManagerTags": { # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes. + "tags": { # TagKeyValue must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "sandboxConfig": { # SandboxConfig contains configurations of the sandbox to use for the node. # Sandbox configuration for this node. "type": "A String", # Type of the sandbox to use for the node. }, @@ -1415,6 +1430,11 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, + "resourceManagerTags": { # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. # Desired resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. + "tags": { # TagKeyValue must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "tags": { # Collection of Compute Engine network tags that can be applied to a node's underlying VM instance. # The desired network tags to be applied to all nodes in the node pool. If this field is not present, the tags will not be changed. Otherwise, the existing network tags will be *replaced* with the provided tags. "tags": [ # List of network tags. "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html index 8addcee83de..c7f15e810ee 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html @@ -632,6 +632,11 @@

Method Details

}, "hostMaintenancePolicy": { # HostMaintenancePolicy contains the maintenance policy for the hosts on which the GKE VMs run on. # HostMaintenancePolicy contains the desired maintenance policy for the Google Compute Engine hosts. "maintenanceInterval": "A String", # Specifies the frequency of planned maintenance events. + "opportunisticMaintenanceStrategy": { # Strategy that will trigger maintenance on behalf of the customer. # Strategy that will trigger maintenance on behalf of the customer. + "maintenanceAvailabilityWindow": "A String", # The window of time that opportunistic maintenance can run. Example: A setting of 14 days implies that opportunistic maintenance can only be ran in the 2 weeks leading up to the scheduled maintenance date. Setting 28 days allows opportunistic maintenance to run at any time in the scheduled maintenance window (all `PERIODIC` maintenance is set 28 days in advance). + "minNodesPerPool": "A String", # The minimum nodes required to be available in a pool. Blocks maintenance if it would cause the number of running nodes to dip below this value. + "nodeIdleTimeWindow": "A String", # The amount of time that a node can remain idle (no customer owned workloads running), before triggering maintenance. + }, }, "imageType": "A String", # The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type, the latest version of it will be used. Please see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/node-images for available image types. "kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. @@ -679,6 +684,11 @@

Method Details

"resourceLabels": { # The resource labels for the node pool to use to annotate any related Google Compute Engine resources. "a_key": "A String", }, + "resourceManagerTags": { # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes. + "tags": { # Tags must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "sandboxConfig": { # SandboxConfig contains configurations of the sandbox to use for the node. # Sandbox configuration for this node. "sandboxType": "A String", # Type of the sandbox to use for the node (e.g. 'gvisor') "type": "A String", # Type of the sandbox to use for the node. @@ -725,6 +735,11 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "resourceManagerTags": { # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. # Resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. + "tags": { # Tags must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, }, "nodePoolDefaults": { # Subset of Nodepool message that has defaults. # Default NodePool settings for the entire cluster. These settings are overridden if specified on the specific NodePool object. "nodeConfigDefaults": { # Subset of NodeConfig message that has defaults. # Subset of NodeConfig message that has defaults. @@ -733,6 +748,11 @@

Method Details

}, "hostMaintenancePolicy": { # HostMaintenancePolicy contains the maintenance policy for the hosts on which the GKE VMs run on. # HostMaintenancePolicy contains the desired maintenance policy for the Google Compute Engine hosts. "maintenanceInterval": "A String", # Specifies the frequency of planned maintenance events. + "opportunisticMaintenanceStrategy": { # Strategy that will trigger maintenance on behalf of the customer. # Strategy that will trigger maintenance on behalf of the customer. + "maintenanceAvailabilityWindow": "A String", # The window of time that opportunistic maintenance can run. Example: A setting of 14 days implies that opportunistic maintenance can only be ran in the 2 weeks leading up to the scheduled maintenance date. Setting 28 days allows opportunistic maintenance to run at any time in the scheduled maintenance window (all `PERIODIC` maintenance is set 28 days in advance). + "minNodesPerPool": "A String", # The minimum nodes required to be available in a pool. Blocks maintenance if it would cause the number of running nodes to dip below this value. + "nodeIdleTimeWindow": "A String", # The amount of time that a node can remain idle (no customer owned workloads running), before triggering maintenance. + }, }, "loggingConfig": { # NodePoolLoggingConfig specifies logging configuration for nodepools. # Logging configuration for node pools. "variantConfig": { # LoggingVariantConfig specifies the behaviour of the logging component. # Logging variant configuration. @@ -806,6 +826,11 @@

Method Details

}, "hostMaintenancePolicy": { # HostMaintenancePolicy contains the maintenance policy for the hosts on which the GKE VMs run on. # HostMaintenancePolicy contains the desired maintenance policy for the Google Compute Engine hosts. "maintenanceInterval": "A String", # Specifies the frequency of planned maintenance events. + "opportunisticMaintenanceStrategy": { # Strategy that will trigger maintenance on behalf of the customer. # Strategy that will trigger maintenance on behalf of the customer. + "maintenanceAvailabilityWindow": "A String", # The window of time that opportunistic maintenance can run. Example: A setting of 14 days implies that opportunistic maintenance can only be ran in the 2 weeks leading up to the scheduled maintenance date. Setting 28 days allows opportunistic maintenance to run at any time in the scheduled maintenance window (all `PERIODIC` maintenance is set 28 days in advance). + "minNodesPerPool": "A String", # The minimum nodes required to be available in a pool. Blocks maintenance if it would cause the number of running nodes to dip below this value. + "nodeIdleTimeWindow": "A String", # The amount of time that a node can remain idle (no customer owned workloads running), before triggering maintenance. + }, }, "imageType": "A String", # The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type, the latest version of it will be used. Please see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/node-images for available image types. "kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. @@ -853,6 +878,11 @@

Method Details

"resourceLabels": { # The resource labels for the node pool to use to annotate any related Google Compute Engine resources. "a_key": "A String", }, + "resourceManagerTags": { # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes. + "tags": { # Tags must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "sandboxConfig": { # SandboxConfig contains configurations of the sandbox to use for the node. # Sandbox configuration for this node. "sandboxType": "A String", # Type of the sandbox to use for the node (e.g. 'gvisor') "type": "A String", # Type of the sandbox to use for the node. @@ -1584,6 +1614,11 @@

Method Details

}, "hostMaintenancePolicy": { # HostMaintenancePolicy contains the maintenance policy for the hosts on which the GKE VMs run on. # HostMaintenancePolicy contains the desired maintenance policy for the Google Compute Engine hosts. "maintenanceInterval": "A String", # Specifies the frequency of planned maintenance events. + "opportunisticMaintenanceStrategy": { # Strategy that will trigger maintenance on behalf of the customer. # Strategy that will trigger maintenance on behalf of the customer. + "maintenanceAvailabilityWindow": "A String", # The window of time that opportunistic maintenance can run. Example: A setting of 14 days implies that opportunistic maintenance can only be ran in the 2 weeks leading up to the scheduled maintenance date. Setting 28 days allows opportunistic maintenance to run at any time in the scheduled maintenance window (all `PERIODIC` maintenance is set 28 days in advance). + "minNodesPerPool": "A String", # The minimum nodes required to be available in a pool. Blocks maintenance if it would cause the number of running nodes to dip below this value. + "nodeIdleTimeWindow": "A String", # The amount of time that a node can remain idle (no customer owned workloads running), before triggering maintenance. + }, }, "imageType": "A String", # The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type, the latest version of it will be used. Please see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/node-images for available image types. "kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. @@ -1631,6 +1666,11 @@

Method Details

"resourceLabels": { # The resource labels for the node pool to use to annotate any related Google Compute Engine resources. "a_key": "A String", }, + "resourceManagerTags": { # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes. + "tags": { # Tags must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "sandboxConfig": { # SandboxConfig contains configurations of the sandbox to use for the node. # Sandbox configuration for this node. "sandboxType": "A String", # Type of the sandbox to use for the node (e.g. 'gvisor') "type": "A String", # Type of the sandbox to use for the node. @@ -1677,6 +1717,11 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "resourceManagerTags": { # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. # Resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. + "tags": { # Tags must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, }, "nodePoolDefaults": { # Subset of Nodepool message that has defaults. # Default NodePool settings for the entire cluster. These settings are overridden if specified on the specific NodePool object. "nodeConfigDefaults": { # Subset of NodeConfig message that has defaults. # Subset of NodeConfig message that has defaults. @@ -1685,6 +1730,11 @@

Method Details

}, "hostMaintenancePolicy": { # HostMaintenancePolicy contains the maintenance policy for the hosts on which the GKE VMs run on. # HostMaintenancePolicy contains the desired maintenance policy for the Google Compute Engine hosts. "maintenanceInterval": "A String", # Specifies the frequency of planned maintenance events. + "opportunisticMaintenanceStrategy": { # Strategy that will trigger maintenance on behalf of the customer. # Strategy that will trigger maintenance on behalf of the customer. + "maintenanceAvailabilityWindow": "A String", # The window of time that opportunistic maintenance can run. Example: A setting of 14 days implies that opportunistic maintenance can only be ran in the 2 weeks leading up to the scheduled maintenance date. Setting 28 days allows opportunistic maintenance to run at any time in the scheduled maintenance window (all `PERIODIC` maintenance is set 28 days in advance). + "minNodesPerPool": "A String", # The minimum nodes required to be available in a pool. Blocks maintenance if it would cause the number of running nodes to dip below this value. + "nodeIdleTimeWindow": "A String", # The amount of time that a node can remain idle (no customer owned workloads running), before triggering maintenance. + }, }, "loggingConfig": { # NodePoolLoggingConfig specifies logging configuration for nodepools. # Logging configuration for node pools. "variantConfig": { # LoggingVariantConfig specifies the behaviour of the logging component. # Logging variant configuration. @@ -1758,6 +1808,11 @@

Method Details

}, "hostMaintenancePolicy": { # HostMaintenancePolicy contains the maintenance policy for the hosts on which the GKE VMs run on. # HostMaintenancePolicy contains the desired maintenance policy for the Google Compute Engine hosts. "maintenanceInterval": "A String", # Specifies the frequency of planned maintenance events. + "opportunisticMaintenanceStrategy": { # Strategy that will trigger maintenance on behalf of the customer. # Strategy that will trigger maintenance on behalf of the customer. + "maintenanceAvailabilityWindow": "A String", # The window of time that opportunistic maintenance can run. Example: A setting of 14 days implies that opportunistic maintenance can only be ran in the 2 weeks leading up to the scheduled maintenance date. Setting 28 days allows opportunistic maintenance to run at any time in the scheduled maintenance window (all `PERIODIC` maintenance is set 28 days in advance). + "minNodesPerPool": "A String", # The minimum nodes required to be available in a pool. Blocks maintenance if it would cause the number of running nodes to dip below this value. + "nodeIdleTimeWindow": "A String", # The amount of time that a node can remain idle (no customer owned workloads running), before triggering maintenance. + }, }, "imageType": "A String", # The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type, the latest version of it will be used. Please see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/node-images for available image types. "kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. @@ -1805,6 +1860,11 @@

Method Details

"resourceLabels": { # The resource labels for the node pool to use to annotate any related Google Compute Engine resources. "a_key": "A String", }, + "resourceManagerTags": { # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes. + "tags": { # Tags must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "sandboxConfig": { # SandboxConfig contains configurations of the sandbox to use for the node. # Sandbox configuration for this node. "sandboxType": "A String", # Type of the sandbox to use for the node (e.g. 'gvisor') "type": "A String", # Type of the sandbox to use for the node. @@ -2439,6 +2499,11 @@

Method Details

}, "hostMaintenancePolicy": { # HostMaintenancePolicy contains the maintenance policy for the hosts on which the GKE VMs run on. # HostMaintenancePolicy contains the desired maintenance policy for the Google Compute Engine hosts. "maintenanceInterval": "A String", # Specifies the frequency of planned maintenance events. + "opportunisticMaintenanceStrategy": { # Strategy that will trigger maintenance on behalf of the customer. # Strategy that will trigger maintenance on behalf of the customer. + "maintenanceAvailabilityWindow": "A String", # The window of time that opportunistic maintenance can run. Example: A setting of 14 days implies that opportunistic maintenance can only be ran in the 2 weeks leading up to the scheduled maintenance date. Setting 28 days allows opportunistic maintenance to run at any time in the scheduled maintenance window (all `PERIODIC` maintenance is set 28 days in advance). + "minNodesPerPool": "A String", # The minimum nodes required to be available in a pool. Blocks maintenance if it would cause the number of running nodes to dip below this value. + "nodeIdleTimeWindow": "A String", # The amount of time that a node can remain idle (no customer owned workloads running), before triggering maintenance. + }, }, "imageType": "A String", # The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type, the latest version of it will be used. Please see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/node-images for available image types. "kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. @@ -2486,6 +2551,11 @@

Method Details

"resourceLabels": { # The resource labels for the node pool to use to annotate any related Google Compute Engine resources. "a_key": "A String", }, + "resourceManagerTags": { # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes. + "tags": { # Tags must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "sandboxConfig": { # SandboxConfig contains configurations of the sandbox to use for the node. # Sandbox configuration for this node. "sandboxType": "A String", # Type of the sandbox to use for the node (e.g. 'gvisor') "type": "A String", # Type of the sandbox to use for the node. @@ -2532,6 +2602,11 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "resourceManagerTags": { # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. # Resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. + "tags": { # Tags must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, }, "nodePoolDefaults": { # Subset of Nodepool message that has defaults. # Default NodePool settings for the entire cluster. These settings are overridden if specified on the specific NodePool object. "nodeConfigDefaults": { # Subset of NodeConfig message that has defaults. # Subset of NodeConfig message that has defaults. @@ -2540,6 +2615,11 @@

Method Details

}, "hostMaintenancePolicy": { # HostMaintenancePolicy contains the maintenance policy for the hosts on which the GKE VMs run on. # HostMaintenancePolicy contains the desired maintenance policy for the Google Compute Engine hosts. "maintenanceInterval": "A String", # Specifies the frequency of planned maintenance events. + "opportunisticMaintenanceStrategy": { # Strategy that will trigger maintenance on behalf of the customer. # Strategy that will trigger maintenance on behalf of the customer. + "maintenanceAvailabilityWindow": "A String", # The window of time that opportunistic maintenance can run. Example: A setting of 14 days implies that opportunistic maintenance can only be ran in the 2 weeks leading up to the scheduled maintenance date. Setting 28 days allows opportunistic maintenance to run at any time in the scheduled maintenance window (all `PERIODIC` maintenance is set 28 days in advance). + "minNodesPerPool": "A String", # The minimum nodes required to be available in a pool. Blocks maintenance if it would cause the number of running nodes to dip below this value. + "nodeIdleTimeWindow": "A String", # The amount of time that a node can remain idle (no customer owned workloads running), before triggering maintenance. + }, }, "loggingConfig": { # NodePoolLoggingConfig specifies logging configuration for nodepools. # Logging configuration for node pools. "variantConfig": { # LoggingVariantConfig specifies the behaviour of the logging component. # Logging variant configuration. @@ -2613,6 +2693,11 @@

Method Details

}, "hostMaintenancePolicy": { # HostMaintenancePolicy contains the maintenance policy for the hosts on which the GKE VMs run on. # HostMaintenancePolicy contains the desired maintenance policy for the Google Compute Engine hosts. "maintenanceInterval": "A String", # Specifies the frequency of planned maintenance events. + "opportunisticMaintenanceStrategy": { # Strategy that will trigger maintenance on behalf of the customer. # Strategy that will trigger maintenance on behalf of the customer. + "maintenanceAvailabilityWindow": "A String", # The window of time that opportunistic maintenance can run. Example: A setting of 14 days implies that opportunistic maintenance can only be ran in the 2 weeks leading up to the scheduled maintenance date. Setting 28 days allows opportunistic maintenance to run at any time in the scheduled maintenance window (all `PERIODIC` maintenance is set 28 days in advance). + "minNodesPerPool": "A String", # The minimum nodes required to be available in a pool. Blocks maintenance if it would cause the number of running nodes to dip below this value. + "nodeIdleTimeWindow": "A String", # The amount of time that a node can remain idle (no customer owned workloads running), before triggering maintenance. + }, }, "imageType": "A String", # The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type, the latest version of it will be used. Please see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/node-images for available image types. "kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. @@ -2660,6 +2745,11 @@

Method Details

"resourceLabels": { # The resource labels for the node pool to use to annotate any related Google Compute Engine resources. "a_key": "A String", }, + "resourceManagerTags": { # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes. + "tags": { # Tags must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "sandboxConfig": { # SandboxConfig contains configurations of the sandbox to use for the node. # Sandbox configuration for this node. "sandboxType": "A String", # Type of the sandbox to use for the node (e.g. 'gvisor') "type": "A String", # Type of the sandbox to use for the node. @@ -3917,6 +4007,11 @@

Method Details

}, "desiredHostMaintenancePolicy": { # HostMaintenancePolicy contains the maintenance policy for the hosts on which the GKE VMs run on. # HostMaintenancePolicy contains the desired maintenance policy for the Google Compute Engine hosts. "maintenanceInterval": "A String", # Specifies the frequency of planned maintenance events. + "opportunisticMaintenanceStrategy": { # Strategy that will trigger maintenance on behalf of the customer. # Strategy that will trigger maintenance on behalf of the customer. + "maintenanceAvailabilityWindow": "A String", # The window of time that opportunistic maintenance can run. Example: A setting of 14 days implies that opportunistic maintenance can only be ran in the 2 weeks leading up to the scheduled maintenance date. Setting 28 days allows opportunistic maintenance to run at any time in the scheduled maintenance window (all `PERIODIC` maintenance is set 28 days in advance). + "minNodesPerPool": "A String", # The minimum nodes required to be available in a pool. Blocks maintenance if it would cause the number of running nodes to dip below this value. + "nodeIdleTimeWindow": "A String", # The amount of time that a node can remain idle (no customer owned workloads running), before triggering maintenance. + }, }, "desiredIdentityServiceConfig": { # IdentityServiceConfig is configuration for Identity Service which allows customers to use external identity providers with the K8S API # The desired Identity Service component configuration. "enabled": True or False, # Whether to enable the Identity Service component @@ -3984,6 +4079,11 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "desiredNodePoolAutoConfigResourceManagerTags": { # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. # The desired resource manager tags that apply to all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters. + "tags": { # Tags must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "desiredNodePoolAutoscaling": { # NodePoolAutoscaling contains information required by cluster autoscaler to adjust the size of the node pool to the current cluster usage. # Autoscaler configuration for the node pool specified in desired_node_pool_id. If there is only one pool in the cluster and desired_node_pool_id is not provided then the change applies to that single node pool. "autoprovisioned": True or False, # Can this node pool be deleted automatically. "enabled": True or False, # Is autoscaling enabled for this node pool. diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html index 404fc7e42f1..70fd99f465d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html @@ -212,6 +212,11 @@

Method Details

}, "hostMaintenancePolicy": { # HostMaintenancePolicy contains the maintenance policy for the hosts on which the GKE VMs run on. # HostMaintenancePolicy contains the desired maintenance policy for the Google Compute Engine hosts. "maintenanceInterval": "A String", # Specifies the frequency of planned maintenance events. + "opportunisticMaintenanceStrategy": { # Strategy that will trigger maintenance on behalf of the customer. # Strategy that will trigger maintenance on behalf of the customer. + "maintenanceAvailabilityWindow": "A String", # The window of time that opportunistic maintenance can run. Example: A setting of 14 days implies that opportunistic maintenance can only be ran in the 2 weeks leading up to the scheduled maintenance date. Setting 28 days allows opportunistic maintenance to run at any time in the scheduled maintenance window (all `PERIODIC` maintenance is set 28 days in advance). + "minNodesPerPool": "A String", # The minimum nodes required to be available in a pool. Blocks maintenance if it would cause the number of running nodes to dip below this value. + "nodeIdleTimeWindow": "A String", # The amount of time that a node can remain idle (no customer owned workloads running), before triggering maintenance. + }, }, "imageType": "A String", # The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type, the latest version of it will be used. Please see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/node-images for available image types. "kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. @@ -259,6 +264,11 @@

Method Details

"resourceLabels": { # The resource labels for the node pool to use to annotate any related Google Compute Engine resources. "a_key": "A String", }, + "resourceManagerTags": { # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes. + "tags": { # Tags must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "sandboxConfig": { # SandboxConfig contains configurations of the sandbox to use for the node. # Sandbox configuration for this node. "sandboxType": "A String", # Type of the sandbox to use for the node (e.g. 'gvisor') "type": "A String", # Type of the sandbox to use for the node. @@ -603,6 +613,11 @@

Method Details

}, "hostMaintenancePolicy": { # HostMaintenancePolicy contains the maintenance policy for the hosts on which the GKE VMs run on. # HostMaintenancePolicy contains the desired maintenance policy for the Google Compute Engine hosts. "maintenanceInterval": "A String", # Specifies the frequency of planned maintenance events. + "opportunisticMaintenanceStrategy": { # Strategy that will trigger maintenance on behalf of the customer. # Strategy that will trigger maintenance on behalf of the customer. + "maintenanceAvailabilityWindow": "A String", # The window of time that opportunistic maintenance can run. Example: A setting of 14 days implies that opportunistic maintenance can only be ran in the 2 weeks leading up to the scheduled maintenance date. Setting 28 days allows opportunistic maintenance to run at any time in the scheduled maintenance window (all `PERIODIC` maintenance is set 28 days in advance). + "minNodesPerPool": "A String", # The minimum nodes required to be available in a pool. Blocks maintenance if it would cause the number of running nodes to dip below this value. + "nodeIdleTimeWindow": "A String", # The amount of time that a node can remain idle (no customer owned workloads running), before triggering maintenance. + }, }, "imageType": "A String", # The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type, the latest version of it will be used. Please see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/node-images for available image types. "kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. @@ -650,6 +665,11 @@

Method Details

"resourceLabels": { # The resource labels for the node pool to use to annotate any related Google Compute Engine resources. "a_key": "A String", }, + "resourceManagerTags": { # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes. + "tags": { # Tags must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "sandboxConfig": { # SandboxConfig contains configurations of the sandbox to use for the node. # Sandbox configuration for this node. "sandboxType": "A String", # Type of the sandbox to use for the node (e.g. 'gvisor') "type": "A String", # Type of the sandbox to use for the node. @@ -860,6 +880,11 @@

Method Details

}, "hostMaintenancePolicy": { # HostMaintenancePolicy contains the maintenance policy for the hosts on which the GKE VMs run on. # HostMaintenancePolicy contains the desired maintenance policy for the Google Compute Engine hosts. "maintenanceInterval": "A String", # Specifies the frequency of planned maintenance events. + "opportunisticMaintenanceStrategy": { # Strategy that will trigger maintenance on behalf of the customer. # Strategy that will trigger maintenance on behalf of the customer. + "maintenanceAvailabilityWindow": "A String", # The window of time that opportunistic maintenance can run. Example: A setting of 14 days implies that opportunistic maintenance can only be ran in the 2 weeks leading up to the scheduled maintenance date. Setting 28 days allows opportunistic maintenance to run at any time in the scheduled maintenance window (all `PERIODIC` maintenance is set 28 days in advance). + "minNodesPerPool": "A String", # The minimum nodes required to be available in a pool. Blocks maintenance if it would cause the number of running nodes to dip below this value. + "nodeIdleTimeWindow": "A String", # The amount of time that a node can remain idle (no customer owned workloads running), before triggering maintenance. + }, }, "imageType": "A String", # The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type, the latest version of it will be used. Please see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/node-images for available image types. "kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. @@ -907,6 +932,11 @@

Method Details

"resourceLabels": { # The resource labels for the node pool to use to annotate any related Google Compute Engine resources. "a_key": "A String", }, + "resourceManagerTags": { # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes. + "tags": { # Tags must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "sandboxConfig": { # SandboxConfig contains configurations of the sandbox to use for the node. # Sandbox configuration for this node. "sandboxType": "A String", # Type of the sandbox to use for the node (e.g. 'gvisor') "type": "A String", # Type of the sandbox to use for the node. @@ -1459,6 +1489,11 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, + "resourceManagerTags": { # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. # Desired resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. + "tags": { # Tags must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "tags": { # Collection of Compute Engine network tags that can be applied to a node's underlying VM instance. (See `tags` field in [`NodeConfig`](/kubernetes-engine/docs/reference/rest/v1/NodeConfig)). # The desired network tags to be applied to all nodes in the node pool. If this field is not present, the tags will not be changed. Otherwise, the existing network tags will be *replaced* with the provided tags. "tags": [ # List of network tags. "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html index 492a25baf14..7c104e5c11f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html @@ -715,6 +715,11 @@

Method Details

}, "hostMaintenancePolicy": { # HostMaintenancePolicy contains the maintenance policy for the hosts on which the GKE VMs run on. # HostMaintenancePolicy contains the desired maintenance policy for the Google Compute Engine hosts. "maintenanceInterval": "A String", # Specifies the frequency of planned maintenance events. + "opportunisticMaintenanceStrategy": { # Strategy that will trigger maintenance on behalf of the customer. # Strategy that will trigger maintenance on behalf of the customer. + "maintenanceAvailabilityWindow": "A String", # The window of time that opportunistic maintenance can run. Example: A setting of 14 days implies that opportunistic maintenance can only be ran in the 2 weeks leading up to the scheduled maintenance date. Setting 28 days allows opportunistic maintenance to run at any time in the scheduled maintenance window (all `PERIODIC` maintenance is set 28 days in advance). + "minNodesPerPool": "A String", # The minimum nodes required to be available in a pool. Blocks maintenance if it would cause the number of running nodes to dip below this value. + "nodeIdleTimeWindow": "A String", # The amount of time that a node can remain idle (no customer owned workloads running), before triggering maintenance. + }, }, "imageType": "A String", # The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type, the latest version of it will be used. Please see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/node-images for available image types. "kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. @@ -762,6 +767,11 @@

Method Details

"resourceLabels": { # The resource labels for the node pool to use to annotate any related Google Compute Engine resources. "a_key": "A String", }, + "resourceManagerTags": { # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes. + "tags": { # Tags must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "sandboxConfig": { # SandboxConfig contains configurations of the sandbox to use for the node. # Sandbox configuration for this node. "sandboxType": "A String", # Type of the sandbox to use for the node (e.g. 'gvisor') "type": "A String", # Type of the sandbox to use for the node. @@ -808,6 +818,11 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "resourceManagerTags": { # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. # Resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. + "tags": { # Tags must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, }, "nodePoolDefaults": { # Subset of Nodepool message that has defaults. # Default NodePool settings for the entire cluster. These settings are overridden if specified on the specific NodePool object. "nodeConfigDefaults": { # Subset of NodeConfig message that has defaults. # Subset of NodeConfig message that has defaults. @@ -816,6 +831,11 @@

Method Details

}, "hostMaintenancePolicy": { # HostMaintenancePolicy contains the maintenance policy for the hosts on which the GKE VMs run on. # HostMaintenancePolicy contains the desired maintenance policy for the Google Compute Engine hosts. "maintenanceInterval": "A String", # Specifies the frequency of planned maintenance events. + "opportunisticMaintenanceStrategy": { # Strategy that will trigger maintenance on behalf of the customer. # Strategy that will trigger maintenance on behalf of the customer. + "maintenanceAvailabilityWindow": "A String", # The window of time that opportunistic maintenance can run. Example: A setting of 14 days implies that opportunistic maintenance can only be ran in the 2 weeks leading up to the scheduled maintenance date. Setting 28 days allows opportunistic maintenance to run at any time in the scheduled maintenance window (all `PERIODIC` maintenance is set 28 days in advance). + "minNodesPerPool": "A String", # The minimum nodes required to be available in a pool. Blocks maintenance if it would cause the number of running nodes to dip below this value. + "nodeIdleTimeWindow": "A String", # The amount of time that a node can remain idle (no customer owned workloads running), before triggering maintenance. + }, }, "loggingConfig": { # NodePoolLoggingConfig specifies logging configuration for nodepools. # Logging configuration for node pools. "variantConfig": { # LoggingVariantConfig specifies the behaviour of the logging component. # Logging variant configuration. @@ -889,6 +909,11 @@

Method Details

}, "hostMaintenancePolicy": { # HostMaintenancePolicy contains the maintenance policy for the hosts on which the GKE VMs run on. # HostMaintenancePolicy contains the desired maintenance policy for the Google Compute Engine hosts. "maintenanceInterval": "A String", # Specifies the frequency of planned maintenance events. + "opportunisticMaintenanceStrategy": { # Strategy that will trigger maintenance on behalf of the customer. # Strategy that will trigger maintenance on behalf of the customer. + "maintenanceAvailabilityWindow": "A String", # The window of time that opportunistic maintenance can run. Example: A setting of 14 days implies that opportunistic maintenance can only be ran in the 2 weeks leading up to the scheduled maintenance date. Setting 28 days allows opportunistic maintenance to run at any time in the scheduled maintenance window (all `PERIODIC` maintenance is set 28 days in advance). + "minNodesPerPool": "A String", # The minimum nodes required to be available in a pool. Blocks maintenance if it would cause the number of running nodes to dip below this value. + "nodeIdleTimeWindow": "A String", # The amount of time that a node can remain idle (no customer owned workloads running), before triggering maintenance. + }, }, "imageType": "A String", # The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type, the latest version of it will be used. Please see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/node-images for available image types. "kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. @@ -936,6 +961,11 @@

Method Details

"resourceLabels": { # The resource labels for the node pool to use to annotate any related Google Compute Engine resources. "a_key": "A String", }, + "resourceManagerTags": { # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes. + "tags": { # Tags must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "sandboxConfig": { # SandboxConfig contains configurations of the sandbox to use for the node. # Sandbox configuration for this node. "sandboxType": "A String", # Type of the sandbox to use for the node (e.g. 'gvisor') "type": "A String", # Type of the sandbox to use for the node. @@ -1667,6 +1697,11 @@

Method Details

}, "hostMaintenancePolicy": { # HostMaintenancePolicy contains the maintenance policy for the hosts on which the GKE VMs run on. # HostMaintenancePolicy contains the desired maintenance policy for the Google Compute Engine hosts. "maintenanceInterval": "A String", # Specifies the frequency of planned maintenance events. + "opportunisticMaintenanceStrategy": { # Strategy that will trigger maintenance on behalf of the customer. # Strategy that will trigger maintenance on behalf of the customer. + "maintenanceAvailabilityWindow": "A String", # The window of time that opportunistic maintenance can run. Example: A setting of 14 days implies that opportunistic maintenance can only be ran in the 2 weeks leading up to the scheduled maintenance date. Setting 28 days allows opportunistic maintenance to run at any time in the scheduled maintenance window (all `PERIODIC` maintenance is set 28 days in advance). + "minNodesPerPool": "A String", # The minimum nodes required to be available in a pool. Blocks maintenance if it would cause the number of running nodes to dip below this value. + "nodeIdleTimeWindow": "A String", # The amount of time that a node can remain idle (no customer owned workloads running), before triggering maintenance. + }, }, "imageType": "A String", # The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type, the latest version of it will be used. Please see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/node-images for available image types. "kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. @@ -1714,6 +1749,11 @@

Method Details

"resourceLabels": { # The resource labels for the node pool to use to annotate any related Google Compute Engine resources. "a_key": "A String", }, + "resourceManagerTags": { # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes. + "tags": { # Tags must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "sandboxConfig": { # SandboxConfig contains configurations of the sandbox to use for the node. # Sandbox configuration for this node. "sandboxType": "A String", # Type of the sandbox to use for the node (e.g. 'gvisor') "type": "A String", # Type of the sandbox to use for the node. @@ -1760,6 +1800,11 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "resourceManagerTags": { # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. # Resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. + "tags": { # Tags must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, }, "nodePoolDefaults": { # Subset of Nodepool message that has defaults. # Default NodePool settings for the entire cluster. These settings are overridden if specified on the specific NodePool object. "nodeConfigDefaults": { # Subset of NodeConfig message that has defaults. # Subset of NodeConfig message that has defaults. @@ -1768,6 +1813,11 @@

Method Details

}, "hostMaintenancePolicy": { # HostMaintenancePolicy contains the maintenance policy for the hosts on which the GKE VMs run on. # HostMaintenancePolicy contains the desired maintenance policy for the Google Compute Engine hosts. "maintenanceInterval": "A String", # Specifies the frequency of planned maintenance events. + "opportunisticMaintenanceStrategy": { # Strategy that will trigger maintenance on behalf of the customer. # Strategy that will trigger maintenance on behalf of the customer. + "maintenanceAvailabilityWindow": "A String", # The window of time that opportunistic maintenance can run. Example: A setting of 14 days implies that opportunistic maintenance can only be ran in the 2 weeks leading up to the scheduled maintenance date. Setting 28 days allows opportunistic maintenance to run at any time in the scheduled maintenance window (all `PERIODIC` maintenance is set 28 days in advance). + "minNodesPerPool": "A String", # The minimum nodes required to be available in a pool. Blocks maintenance if it would cause the number of running nodes to dip below this value. + "nodeIdleTimeWindow": "A String", # The amount of time that a node can remain idle (no customer owned workloads running), before triggering maintenance. + }, }, "loggingConfig": { # NodePoolLoggingConfig specifies logging configuration for nodepools. # Logging configuration for node pools. "variantConfig": { # LoggingVariantConfig specifies the behaviour of the logging component. # Logging variant configuration. @@ -1841,6 +1891,11 @@

Method Details

}, "hostMaintenancePolicy": { # HostMaintenancePolicy contains the maintenance policy for the hosts on which the GKE VMs run on. # HostMaintenancePolicy contains the desired maintenance policy for the Google Compute Engine hosts. "maintenanceInterval": "A String", # Specifies the frequency of planned maintenance events. + "opportunisticMaintenanceStrategy": { # Strategy that will trigger maintenance on behalf of the customer. # Strategy that will trigger maintenance on behalf of the customer. + "maintenanceAvailabilityWindow": "A String", # The window of time that opportunistic maintenance can run. Example: A setting of 14 days implies that opportunistic maintenance can only be ran in the 2 weeks leading up to the scheduled maintenance date. Setting 28 days allows opportunistic maintenance to run at any time in the scheduled maintenance window (all `PERIODIC` maintenance is set 28 days in advance). + "minNodesPerPool": "A String", # The minimum nodes required to be available in a pool. Blocks maintenance if it would cause the number of running nodes to dip below this value. + "nodeIdleTimeWindow": "A String", # The amount of time that a node can remain idle (no customer owned workloads running), before triggering maintenance. + }, }, "imageType": "A String", # The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type, the latest version of it will be used. Please see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/node-images for available image types. "kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. @@ -1888,6 +1943,11 @@

Method Details

"resourceLabels": { # The resource labels for the node pool to use to annotate any related Google Compute Engine resources. "a_key": "A String", }, + "resourceManagerTags": { # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes. + "tags": { # Tags must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "sandboxConfig": { # SandboxConfig contains configurations of the sandbox to use for the node. # Sandbox configuration for this node. "sandboxType": "A String", # Type of the sandbox to use for the node (e.g. 'gvisor') "type": "A String", # Type of the sandbox to use for the node. @@ -2566,6 +2626,11 @@

Method Details

}, "hostMaintenancePolicy": { # HostMaintenancePolicy contains the maintenance policy for the hosts on which the GKE VMs run on. # HostMaintenancePolicy contains the desired maintenance policy for the Google Compute Engine hosts. "maintenanceInterval": "A String", # Specifies the frequency of planned maintenance events. + "opportunisticMaintenanceStrategy": { # Strategy that will trigger maintenance on behalf of the customer. # Strategy that will trigger maintenance on behalf of the customer. + "maintenanceAvailabilityWindow": "A String", # The window of time that opportunistic maintenance can run. Example: A setting of 14 days implies that opportunistic maintenance can only be ran in the 2 weeks leading up to the scheduled maintenance date. Setting 28 days allows opportunistic maintenance to run at any time in the scheduled maintenance window (all `PERIODIC` maintenance is set 28 days in advance). + "minNodesPerPool": "A String", # The minimum nodes required to be available in a pool. Blocks maintenance if it would cause the number of running nodes to dip below this value. + "nodeIdleTimeWindow": "A String", # The amount of time that a node can remain idle (no customer owned workloads running), before triggering maintenance. + }, }, "imageType": "A String", # The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type, the latest version of it will be used. Please see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/node-images for available image types. "kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. @@ -2613,6 +2678,11 @@

Method Details

"resourceLabels": { # The resource labels for the node pool to use to annotate any related Google Compute Engine resources. "a_key": "A String", }, + "resourceManagerTags": { # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes. + "tags": { # Tags must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "sandboxConfig": { # SandboxConfig contains configurations of the sandbox to use for the node. # Sandbox configuration for this node. "sandboxType": "A String", # Type of the sandbox to use for the node (e.g. 'gvisor') "type": "A String", # Type of the sandbox to use for the node. @@ -2659,6 +2729,11 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "resourceManagerTags": { # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. # Resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. + "tags": { # Tags must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, }, "nodePoolDefaults": { # Subset of Nodepool message that has defaults. # Default NodePool settings for the entire cluster. These settings are overridden if specified on the specific NodePool object. "nodeConfigDefaults": { # Subset of NodeConfig message that has defaults. # Subset of NodeConfig message that has defaults. @@ -2667,6 +2742,11 @@

Method Details

}, "hostMaintenancePolicy": { # HostMaintenancePolicy contains the maintenance policy for the hosts on which the GKE VMs run on. # HostMaintenancePolicy contains the desired maintenance policy for the Google Compute Engine hosts. "maintenanceInterval": "A String", # Specifies the frequency of planned maintenance events. + "opportunisticMaintenanceStrategy": { # Strategy that will trigger maintenance on behalf of the customer. # Strategy that will trigger maintenance on behalf of the customer. + "maintenanceAvailabilityWindow": "A String", # The window of time that opportunistic maintenance can run. Example: A setting of 14 days implies that opportunistic maintenance can only be ran in the 2 weeks leading up to the scheduled maintenance date. Setting 28 days allows opportunistic maintenance to run at any time in the scheduled maintenance window (all `PERIODIC` maintenance is set 28 days in advance). + "minNodesPerPool": "A String", # The minimum nodes required to be available in a pool. Blocks maintenance if it would cause the number of running nodes to dip below this value. + "nodeIdleTimeWindow": "A String", # The amount of time that a node can remain idle (no customer owned workloads running), before triggering maintenance. + }, }, "loggingConfig": { # NodePoolLoggingConfig specifies logging configuration for nodepools. # Logging configuration for node pools. "variantConfig": { # LoggingVariantConfig specifies the behaviour of the logging component. # Logging variant configuration. @@ -2740,6 +2820,11 @@

Method Details

}, "hostMaintenancePolicy": { # HostMaintenancePolicy contains the maintenance policy for the hosts on which the GKE VMs run on. # HostMaintenancePolicy contains the desired maintenance policy for the Google Compute Engine hosts. "maintenanceInterval": "A String", # Specifies the frequency of planned maintenance events. + "opportunisticMaintenanceStrategy": { # Strategy that will trigger maintenance on behalf of the customer. # Strategy that will trigger maintenance on behalf of the customer. + "maintenanceAvailabilityWindow": "A String", # The window of time that opportunistic maintenance can run. Example: A setting of 14 days implies that opportunistic maintenance can only be ran in the 2 weeks leading up to the scheduled maintenance date. Setting 28 days allows opportunistic maintenance to run at any time in the scheduled maintenance window (all `PERIODIC` maintenance is set 28 days in advance). + "minNodesPerPool": "A String", # The minimum nodes required to be available in a pool. Blocks maintenance if it would cause the number of running nodes to dip below this value. + "nodeIdleTimeWindow": "A String", # The amount of time that a node can remain idle (no customer owned workloads running), before triggering maintenance. + }, }, "imageType": "A String", # The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type, the latest version of it will be used. Please see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/node-images for available image types. "kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. @@ -2787,6 +2872,11 @@

Method Details

"resourceLabels": { # The resource labels for the node pool to use to annotate any related Google Compute Engine resources. "a_key": "A String", }, + "resourceManagerTags": { # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes. + "tags": { # Tags must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "sandboxConfig": { # SandboxConfig contains configurations of the sandbox to use for the node. # Sandbox configuration for this node. "sandboxType": "A String", # Type of the sandbox to use for the node (e.g. 'gvisor') "type": "A String", # Type of the sandbox to use for the node. @@ -3944,6 +4034,11 @@

Method Details

}, "desiredHostMaintenancePolicy": { # HostMaintenancePolicy contains the maintenance policy for the hosts on which the GKE VMs run on. # HostMaintenancePolicy contains the desired maintenance policy for the Google Compute Engine hosts. "maintenanceInterval": "A String", # Specifies the frequency of planned maintenance events. + "opportunisticMaintenanceStrategy": { # Strategy that will trigger maintenance on behalf of the customer. # Strategy that will trigger maintenance on behalf of the customer. + "maintenanceAvailabilityWindow": "A String", # The window of time that opportunistic maintenance can run. Example: A setting of 14 days implies that opportunistic maintenance can only be ran in the 2 weeks leading up to the scheduled maintenance date. Setting 28 days allows opportunistic maintenance to run at any time in the scheduled maintenance window (all `PERIODIC` maintenance is set 28 days in advance). + "minNodesPerPool": "A String", # The minimum nodes required to be available in a pool. Blocks maintenance if it would cause the number of running nodes to dip below this value. + "nodeIdleTimeWindow": "A String", # The amount of time that a node can remain idle (no customer owned workloads running), before triggering maintenance. + }, }, "desiredIdentityServiceConfig": { # IdentityServiceConfig is configuration for Identity Service which allows customers to use external identity providers with the K8S API # The desired Identity Service component configuration. "enabled": True or False, # Whether to enable the Identity Service component @@ -4011,6 +4106,11 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "desiredNodePoolAutoConfigResourceManagerTags": { # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. # The desired resource manager tags that apply to all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters. + "tags": { # Tags must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "desiredNodePoolAutoscaling": { # NodePoolAutoscaling contains information required by cluster autoscaler to adjust the size of the node pool to the current cluster usage. # Autoscaler configuration for the node pool specified in desired_node_pool_id. If there is only one pool in the cluster and desired_node_pool_id is not provided then the change applies to that single node pool. "autoprovisioned": True or False, # Can this node pool be deleted automatically. "enabled": True or False, # Is autoscaling enabled for this node pool. diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html index b7e67aacd37..7230c219ea0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html @@ -277,6 +277,11 @@

Method Details

}, "hostMaintenancePolicy": { # HostMaintenancePolicy contains the maintenance policy for the hosts on which the GKE VMs run on. # HostMaintenancePolicy contains the desired maintenance policy for the Google Compute Engine hosts. "maintenanceInterval": "A String", # Specifies the frequency of planned maintenance events. + "opportunisticMaintenanceStrategy": { # Strategy that will trigger maintenance on behalf of the customer. # Strategy that will trigger maintenance on behalf of the customer. + "maintenanceAvailabilityWindow": "A String", # The window of time that opportunistic maintenance can run. Example: A setting of 14 days implies that opportunistic maintenance can only be ran in the 2 weeks leading up to the scheduled maintenance date. Setting 28 days allows opportunistic maintenance to run at any time in the scheduled maintenance window (all `PERIODIC` maintenance is set 28 days in advance). + "minNodesPerPool": "A String", # The minimum nodes required to be available in a pool. Blocks maintenance if it would cause the number of running nodes to dip below this value. + "nodeIdleTimeWindow": "A String", # The amount of time that a node can remain idle (no customer owned workloads running), before triggering maintenance. + }, }, "imageType": "A String", # The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type, the latest version of it will be used. Please see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/node-images for available image types. "kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. @@ -324,6 +329,11 @@

Method Details

"resourceLabels": { # The resource labels for the node pool to use to annotate any related Google Compute Engine resources. "a_key": "A String", }, + "resourceManagerTags": { # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes. + "tags": { # Tags must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "sandboxConfig": { # SandboxConfig contains configurations of the sandbox to use for the node. # Sandbox configuration for this node. "sandboxType": "A String", # Type of the sandbox to use for the node (e.g. 'gvisor') "type": "A String", # Type of the sandbox to use for the node. @@ -668,6 +678,11 @@

Method Details

}, "hostMaintenancePolicy": { # HostMaintenancePolicy contains the maintenance policy for the hosts on which the GKE VMs run on. # HostMaintenancePolicy contains the desired maintenance policy for the Google Compute Engine hosts. "maintenanceInterval": "A String", # Specifies the frequency of planned maintenance events. + "opportunisticMaintenanceStrategy": { # Strategy that will trigger maintenance on behalf of the customer. # Strategy that will trigger maintenance on behalf of the customer. + "maintenanceAvailabilityWindow": "A String", # The window of time that opportunistic maintenance can run. Example: A setting of 14 days implies that opportunistic maintenance can only be ran in the 2 weeks leading up to the scheduled maintenance date. Setting 28 days allows opportunistic maintenance to run at any time in the scheduled maintenance window (all `PERIODIC` maintenance is set 28 days in advance). + "minNodesPerPool": "A String", # The minimum nodes required to be available in a pool. Blocks maintenance if it would cause the number of running nodes to dip below this value. + "nodeIdleTimeWindow": "A String", # The amount of time that a node can remain idle (no customer owned workloads running), before triggering maintenance. + }, }, "imageType": "A String", # The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type, the latest version of it will be used. Please see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/node-images for available image types. "kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. @@ -715,6 +730,11 @@

Method Details

"resourceLabels": { # The resource labels for the node pool to use to annotate any related Google Compute Engine resources. "a_key": "A String", }, + "resourceManagerTags": { # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes. + "tags": { # Tags must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "sandboxConfig": { # SandboxConfig contains configurations of the sandbox to use for the node. # Sandbox configuration for this node. "sandboxType": "A String", # Type of the sandbox to use for the node (e.g. 'gvisor') "type": "A String", # Type of the sandbox to use for the node. @@ -925,6 +945,11 @@

Method Details

}, "hostMaintenancePolicy": { # HostMaintenancePolicy contains the maintenance policy for the hosts on which the GKE VMs run on. # HostMaintenancePolicy contains the desired maintenance policy for the Google Compute Engine hosts. "maintenanceInterval": "A String", # Specifies the frequency of planned maintenance events. + "opportunisticMaintenanceStrategy": { # Strategy that will trigger maintenance on behalf of the customer. # Strategy that will trigger maintenance on behalf of the customer. + "maintenanceAvailabilityWindow": "A String", # The window of time that opportunistic maintenance can run. Example: A setting of 14 days implies that opportunistic maintenance can only be ran in the 2 weeks leading up to the scheduled maintenance date. Setting 28 days allows opportunistic maintenance to run at any time in the scheduled maintenance window (all `PERIODIC` maintenance is set 28 days in advance). + "minNodesPerPool": "A String", # The minimum nodes required to be available in a pool. Blocks maintenance if it would cause the number of running nodes to dip below this value. + "nodeIdleTimeWindow": "A String", # The amount of time that a node can remain idle (no customer owned workloads running), before triggering maintenance. + }, }, "imageType": "A String", # The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type, the latest version of it will be used. Please see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/node-images for available image types. "kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. @@ -972,6 +997,11 @@

Method Details

"resourceLabels": { # The resource labels for the node pool to use to annotate any related Google Compute Engine resources. "a_key": "A String", }, + "resourceManagerTags": { # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes. + "tags": { # Tags must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "sandboxConfig": { # SandboxConfig contains configurations of the sandbox to use for the node. # Sandbox configuration for this node. "sandboxType": "A String", # Type of the sandbox to use for the node (e.g. 'gvisor') "type": "A String", # Type of the sandbox to use for the node. @@ -1449,6 +1479,11 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, + "resourceManagerTags": { # A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. # Desired resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Existing tags will be replaced with new values. + "tags": { # Tags must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "tags": { # Collection of Compute Engine network tags that can be applied to a node's underlying VM instance. (See `tags` field in [`NodeConfig`](/kubernetes-engine/docs/reference/rest/v1/NodeConfig)). # The desired network tags to be applied to all nodes in the node pool. If this field is not present, the tags will not be changed. Otherwise, the existing network tags will be *replaced* with the provided tags. "tags": [ # List of network tags. "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.accounts.html b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.accounts.html index a1ed016b98b..7d282265462 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.accounts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.accounts.html @@ -234,6 +234,19 @@

Method Details

"automaticLabelIds": [ # Automatically created label IDs that are assigned to the account by CSS Center. "A String", ], + "businessIdentity": { # The [business identity attributes](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/10342414) can be used to self-declare attributes that let customers know more about your business. NEXT ID: 7. # The business identity attributes can be used to self-declare attributes that let customers know more about your business. + "blackOwned": { # The account identity type used to specify attributes. # Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being black-owned. This optional field is only available for merchants with a business country set to "US". This field is not allowed for marketplaces or marketplace sellers. + }, + "includeForPromotions": True or False, # Required. By setting this field, your business may be included in promotions for all the selected attributes. If you clear this option, it won't affect your identification with any of the attributes. For this field to be set, the merchant must self identify with at least one of the `AccountIdentityType`. If none are included, the request will be considered invalid. + "latinoOwned": { # The account identity type used to specify attributes. # Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being latino-owned. This optional field is only available for merchants with a business country set to "US". This field is not allowed for marketplaces or marketplace sellers. + }, + "smallBusiness": { # The account identity type used to specify attributes. # Specifies whether the business identifies itself as a small business. This optional field is only available for merchants with a business country set to "US". It is also not allowed for marketplaces, but it is allowed to marketplace sellers. + }, + "veteranOwned": { # The account identity type used to specify attributes. # Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being veteran-owned. This optional field is only available for merchants with a business country set to "US". This field is not allowed for marketplaces or marketplace sellers. + }, + "womenOwned": { # The account identity type used to specify attributes. # Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being women-owned. This optional field is only available for merchants with a business country set to "US". This field is not allowed for marketplaces or marketplace sellers. + }, + }, "businessInformation": { # The business information of the account. "address": { # The address of the business. Use `\n` to add a second address line. "country": "A String", # CLDR country code (for example, "US"). All MCA sub-accounts inherit the country of their parent MCA by default, however the country can be updated for individual sub-accounts. @@ -353,6 +366,19 @@

Method Details

"automaticLabelIds": [ # Automatically created label IDs that are assigned to the account by CSS Center. "A String", ], + "businessIdentity": { # The [business identity attributes](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/10342414) can be used to self-declare attributes that let customers know more about your business. NEXT ID: 7. # The business identity attributes can be used to self-declare attributes that let customers know more about your business. + "blackOwned": { # The account identity type used to specify attributes. # Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being black-owned. This optional field is only available for merchants with a business country set to "US". This field is not allowed for marketplaces or marketplace sellers. + }, + "includeForPromotions": True or False, # Required. By setting this field, your business may be included in promotions for all the selected attributes. If you clear this option, it won't affect your identification with any of the attributes. For this field to be set, the merchant must self identify with at least one of the `AccountIdentityType`. If none are included, the request will be considered invalid. + "latinoOwned": { # The account identity type used to specify attributes. # Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being latino-owned. This optional field is only available for merchants with a business country set to "US". This field is not allowed for marketplaces or marketplace sellers. + }, + "smallBusiness": { # The account identity type used to specify attributes. # Specifies whether the business identifies itself as a small business. This optional field is only available for merchants with a business country set to "US". It is also not allowed for marketplaces, but it is allowed to marketplace sellers. + }, + "veteranOwned": { # The account identity type used to specify attributes. # Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being veteran-owned. This optional field is only available for merchants with a business country set to "US". This field is not allowed for marketplaces or marketplace sellers. + }, + "womenOwned": { # The account identity type used to specify attributes. # Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being women-owned. This optional field is only available for merchants with a business country set to "US". This field is not allowed for marketplaces or marketplace sellers. + }, + }, "businessInformation": { # The business information of the account. "address": { # The address of the business. Use `\n` to add a second address line. "country": "A String", # CLDR country code (for example, "US"). All MCA sub-accounts inherit the country of their parent MCA by default, however the country can be updated for individual sub-accounts. @@ -492,6 +518,19 @@

Method Details

"automaticLabelIds": [ # Automatically created label IDs that are assigned to the account by CSS Center. "A String", ], + "businessIdentity": { # The [business identity attributes](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/10342414) can be used to self-declare attributes that let customers know more about your business. NEXT ID: 7. # The business identity attributes can be used to self-declare attributes that let customers know more about your business. + "blackOwned": { # The account identity type used to specify attributes. # Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being black-owned. This optional field is only available for merchants with a business country set to "US". This field is not allowed for marketplaces or marketplace sellers. + }, + "includeForPromotions": True or False, # Required. By setting this field, your business may be included in promotions for all the selected attributes. If you clear this option, it won't affect your identification with any of the attributes. For this field to be set, the merchant must self identify with at least one of the `AccountIdentityType`. If none are included, the request will be considered invalid. + "latinoOwned": { # The account identity type used to specify attributes. # Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being latino-owned. This optional field is only available for merchants with a business country set to "US". This field is not allowed for marketplaces or marketplace sellers. + }, + "smallBusiness": { # The account identity type used to specify attributes. # Specifies whether the business identifies itself as a small business. This optional field is only available for merchants with a business country set to "US". It is also not allowed for marketplaces, but it is allowed to marketplace sellers. + }, + "veteranOwned": { # The account identity type used to specify attributes. # Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being veteran-owned. This optional field is only available for merchants with a business country set to "US". This field is not allowed for marketplaces or marketplace sellers. + }, + "womenOwned": { # The account identity type used to specify attributes. # Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being women-owned. This optional field is only available for merchants with a business country set to "US". This field is not allowed for marketplaces or marketplace sellers. + }, + }, "businessInformation": { # The business information of the account. "address": { # The address of the business. Use `\n` to add a second address line. "country": "A String", # CLDR country code (for example, "US"). All MCA sub-accounts inherit the country of their parent MCA by default, however the country can be updated for individual sub-accounts. @@ -589,6 +628,19 @@

Method Details

"automaticLabelIds": [ # Automatically created label IDs that are assigned to the account by CSS Center. "A String", ], + "businessIdentity": { # The [business identity attributes](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/10342414) can be used to self-declare attributes that let customers know more about your business. NEXT ID: 7. # The business identity attributes can be used to self-declare attributes that let customers know more about your business. + "blackOwned": { # The account identity type used to specify attributes. # Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being black-owned. This optional field is only available for merchants with a business country set to "US". This field is not allowed for marketplaces or marketplace sellers. + }, + "includeForPromotions": True or False, # Required. By setting this field, your business may be included in promotions for all the selected attributes. If you clear this option, it won't affect your identification with any of the attributes. For this field to be set, the merchant must self identify with at least one of the `AccountIdentityType`. If none are included, the request will be considered invalid. + "latinoOwned": { # The account identity type used to specify attributes. # Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being latino-owned. This optional field is only available for merchants with a business country set to "US". This field is not allowed for marketplaces or marketplace sellers. + }, + "smallBusiness": { # The account identity type used to specify attributes. # Specifies whether the business identifies itself as a small business. This optional field is only available for merchants with a business country set to "US". It is also not allowed for marketplaces, but it is allowed to marketplace sellers. + }, + "veteranOwned": { # The account identity type used to specify attributes. # Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being veteran-owned. This optional field is only available for merchants with a business country set to "US". This field is not allowed for marketplaces or marketplace sellers. + }, + "womenOwned": { # The account identity type used to specify attributes. # Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being women-owned. This optional field is only available for merchants with a business country set to "US". This field is not allowed for marketplaces or marketplace sellers. + }, + }, "businessInformation": { # The business information of the account. "address": { # The address of the business. Use `\n` to add a second address line. "country": "A String", # CLDR country code (for example, "US"). All MCA sub-accounts inherit the country of their parent MCA by default, however the country can be updated for individual sub-accounts. @@ -684,6 +736,19 @@

Method Details

"automaticLabelIds": [ # Automatically created label IDs that are assigned to the account by CSS Center. "A String", ], + "businessIdentity": { # The [business identity attributes](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/10342414) can be used to self-declare attributes that let customers know more about your business. NEXT ID: 7. # The business identity attributes can be used to self-declare attributes that let customers know more about your business. + "blackOwned": { # The account identity type used to specify attributes. # Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being black-owned. This optional field is only available for merchants with a business country set to "US". This field is not allowed for marketplaces or marketplace sellers. + }, + "includeForPromotions": True or False, # Required. By setting this field, your business may be included in promotions for all the selected attributes. If you clear this option, it won't affect your identification with any of the attributes. For this field to be set, the merchant must self identify with at least one of the `AccountIdentityType`. If none are included, the request will be considered invalid. + "latinoOwned": { # The account identity type used to specify attributes. # Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being latino-owned. This optional field is only available for merchants with a business country set to "US". This field is not allowed for marketplaces or marketplace sellers. + }, + "smallBusiness": { # The account identity type used to specify attributes. # Specifies whether the business identifies itself as a small business. This optional field is only available for merchants with a business country set to "US". It is also not allowed for marketplaces, but it is allowed to marketplace sellers. + }, + "veteranOwned": { # The account identity type used to specify attributes. # Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being veteran-owned. This optional field is only available for merchants with a business country set to "US". This field is not allowed for marketplaces or marketplace sellers. + }, + "womenOwned": { # The account identity type used to specify attributes. # Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being women-owned. This optional field is only available for merchants with a business country set to "US". This field is not allowed for marketplaces or marketplace sellers. + }, + }, "businessInformation": { # The business information of the account. "address": { # The address of the business. Use `\n` to add a second address line. "country": "A String", # CLDR country code (for example, "US"). All MCA sub-accounts inherit the country of their parent MCA by default, however the country can be updated for individual sub-accounts. @@ -837,6 +902,19 @@

Method Details

"automaticLabelIds": [ # Automatically created label IDs that are assigned to the account by CSS Center. "A String", ], + "businessIdentity": { # The [business identity attributes](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/10342414) can be used to self-declare attributes that let customers know more about your business. NEXT ID: 7. # The business identity attributes can be used to self-declare attributes that let customers know more about your business. + "blackOwned": { # The account identity type used to specify attributes. # Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being black-owned. This optional field is only available for merchants with a business country set to "US". This field is not allowed for marketplaces or marketplace sellers. + }, + "includeForPromotions": True or False, # Required. By setting this field, your business may be included in promotions for all the selected attributes. If you clear this option, it won't affect your identification with any of the attributes. For this field to be set, the merchant must self identify with at least one of the `AccountIdentityType`. If none are included, the request will be considered invalid. + "latinoOwned": { # The account identity type used to specify attributes. # Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being latino-owned. This optional field is only available for merchants with a business country set to "US". This field is not allowed for marketplaces or marketplace sellers. + }, + "smallBusiness": { # The account identity type used to specify attributes. # Specifies whether the business identifies itself as a small business. This optional field is only available for merchants with a business country set to "US". It is also not allowed for marketplaces, but it is allowed to marketplace sellers. + }, + "veteranOwned": { # The account identity type used to specify attributes. # Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being veteran-owned. This optional field is only available for merchants with a business country set to "US". This field is not allowed for marketplaces or marketplace sellers. + }, + "womenOwned": { # The account identity type used to specify attributes. # Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being women-owned. This optional field is only available for merchants with a business country set to "US". This field is not allowed for marketplaces or marketplace sellers. + }, + }, "businessInformation": { # The business information of the account. "address": { # The address of the business. Use `\n` to add a second address line. "country": "A String", # CLDR country code (for example, "US"). All MCA sub-accounts inherit the country of their parent MCA by default, however the country can be updated for individual sub-accounts. @@ -1029,6 +1107,19 @@

Method Details

"automaticLabelIds": [ # Automatically created label IDs that are assigned to the account by CSS Center. "A String", ], + "businessIdentity": { # The [business identity attributes](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/10342414) can be used to self-declare attributes that let customers know more about your business. NEXT ID: 7. # The business identity attributes can be used to self-declare attributes that let customers know more about your business. + "blackOwned": { # The account identity type used to specify attributes. # Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being black-owned. This optional field is only available for merchants with a business country set to "US". This field is not allowed for marketplaces or marketplace sellers. + }, + "includeForPromotions": True or False, # Required. By setting this field, your business may be included in promotions for all the selected attributes. If you clear this option, it won't affect your identification with any of the attributes. For this field to be set, the merchant must self identify with at least one of the `AccountIdentityType`. If none are included, the request will be considered invalid. + "latinoOwned": { # The account identity type used to specify attributes. # Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being latino-owned. This optional field is only available for merchants with a business country set to "US". This field is not allowed for marketplaces or marketplace sellers. + }, + "smallBusiness": { # The account identity type used to specify attributes. # Specifies whether the business identifies itself as a small business. This optional field is only available for merchants with a business country set to "US". It is also not allowed for marketplaces, but it is allowed to marketplace sellers. + }, + "veteranOwned": { # The account identity type used to specify attributes. # Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being veteran-owned. This optional field is only available for merchants with a business country set to "US". This field is not allowed for marketplaces or marketplace sellers. + }, + "womenOwned": { # The account identity type used to specify attributes. # Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being women-owned. This optional field is only available for merchants with a business country set to "US". This field is not allowed for marketplaces or marketplace sellers. + }, + }, "businessInformation": { # The business information of the account. "address": { # The address of the business. Use `\n` to add a second address line. "country": "A String", # CLDR country code (for example, "US"). All MCA sub-accounts inherit the country of their parent MCA by default, however the country can be updated for individual sub-accounts. @@ -1124,6 +1215,19 @@

Method Details

"automaticLabelIds": [ # Automatically created label IDs that are assigned to the account by CSS Center. "A String", ], + "businessIdentity": { # The [business identity attributes](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/10342414) can be used to self-declare attributes that let customers know more about your business. NEXT ID: 7. # The business identity attributes can be used to self-declare attributes that let customers know more about your business. + "blackOwned": { # The account identity type used to specify attributes. # Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being black-owned. This optional field is only available for merchants with a business country set to "US". This field is not allowed for marketplaces or marketplace sellers. + }, + "includeForPromotions": True or False, # Required. By setting this field, your business may be included in promotions for all the selected attributes. If you clear this option, it won't affect your identification with any of the attributes. For this field to be set, the merchant must self identify with at least one of the `AccountIdentityType`. If none are included, the request will be considered invalid. + "latinoOwned": { # The account identity type used to specify attributes. # Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being latino-owned. This optional field is only available for merchants with a business country set to "US". This field is not allowed for marketplaces or marketplace sellers. + }, + "smallBusiness": { # The account identity type used to specify attributes. # Specifies whether the business identifies itself as a small business. This optional field is only available for merchants with a business country set to "US". It is also not allowed for marketplaces, but it is allowed to marketplace sellers. + }, + "veteranOwned": { # The account identity type used to specify attributes. # Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being veteran-owned. This optional field is only available for merchants with a business country set to "US". This field is not allowed for marketplaces or marketplace sellers. + }, + "womenOwned": { # The account identity type used to specify attributes. # Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being women-owned. This optional field is only available for merchants with a business country set to "US". This field is not allowed for marketplaces or marketplace sellers. + }, + }, "businessInformation": { # The business information of the account. "address": { # The address of the business. Use `\n` to add a second address line. "country": "A String", # CLDR country code (for example, "US"). All MCA sub-accounts inherit the country of their parent MCA by default, however the country can be updated for individual sub-accounts. diff --git a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.localinventory.html b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.localinventory.html index 7093b65182b..c1f3071a536 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.localinventory.html +++ b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.localinventory.html @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Batch entry encoding a single local inventory update request. "batchId": 42, # An entry ID, unique within the batch request. "localInventory": { # Local inventory resource. For accepted attribute values, see the local product inventory feed specification. # Local inventory of the product. - "availability": "A String", # Availability of the product. For accepted attribute values, see the local product inventory feed specification. + "availability": "A String", # The availability of the product. For accepted attribute values, see the local product inventory feed specification. "customAttributes": [ # A list of custom (merchant-provided) attributes. Can also be used to submit any attribute of the feed specification in its generic form, for example, `{ "name": "size type", "value": "regular" }`. { # A message that represents custom attributes. Exactly one of `value` or `groupValues` must be provided. Maximum allowed number of characters for each custom attribute is 10240 (represents sum of characters for name and value). Maximum 2500 custom attributes can be set per merchant, with total size of 102.4kB. "groupValues": [ # Subattributes within this attribute group. Exactly one of value or groupValues must be provided. @@ -112,21 +112,21 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # The value of the attribute. }, ], - "instoreProductLocation": "A String", # In-store product location. + "instoreProductLocation": "A String", # The in-store product location. "kind": "A String", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "`content#localInventory`" - "pickupMethod": "A String", # Supported pickup method for this offer. Unless the value is "not supported", this field must be submitted together with `pickupSla`. For accepted attribute values, see the local product inventory feed specification. - "pickupSla": "A String", # Expected date that an order will be ready for pickup relative to the order date. Must be submitted together with `pickupMethod`. For accepted attribute values, see the local product inventory feed specification. - "price": { # Price of the product. + "pickupMethod": "A String", # The supported pickup method for this offer. Unless the value is "not supported", this field must be submitted together with `pickupSla`. For accepted attribute values, see the local product inventory feed specification. + "pickupSla": "A String", # The expected date that an order will be ready for pickup relative to the order date. Must be submitted together with `pickupMethod`. For accepted attribute values, see the local product inventory feed specification. + "price": { # The price of the product. "currency": "A String", # The currency of the price. "value": "A String", # The price represented as a number. }, - "quantity": 42, # Quantity of the product. Must be nonnegative. - "salePrice": { # Sale price of the product. Mandatory if `sale_price_effective_date` is defined. + "quantity": 42, # The quantity of the product. Must be nonnegative. + "salePrice": { # The sale price of the product. Mandatory if `sale_price_effective_date` is defined. "currency": "A String", # The currency of the price. "value": "A String", # The price represented as a number. }, "salePriceEffectiveDate": "A String", # A date range represented by a pair of ISO 8601 dates separated by a space, comma, or slash. Both dates may be specified as 'null' if undecided. - "storeCode": "A String", # Required. Store code of this local inventory resource. + "storeCode": "A String", # Required. The store code of this local inventory resource. }, "merchantId": "A String", # The ID of the managing account. "method": "A String", # Method of the batch request entry. Acceptable values are: - "`insert`" @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Local inventory resource. For accepted attribute values, see the local product inventory feed specification. - "availability": "A String", # Availability of the product. For accepted attribute values, see the local product inventory feed specification. + "availability": "A String", # The availability of the product. For accepted attribute values, see the local product inventory feed specification. "customAttributes": [ # A list of custom (merchant-provided) attributes. Can also be used to submit any attribute of the feed specification in its generic form, for example, `{ "name": "size type", "value": "regular" }`. { # A message that represents custom attributes. Exactly one of `value` or `groupValues` must be provided. Maximum allowed number of characters for each custom attribute is 10240 (represents sum of characters for name and value). Maximum 2500 custom attributes can be set per merchant, with total size of 102.4kB. "groupValues": [ # Subattributes within this attribute group. Exactly one of value or groupValues must be provided. @@ -186,21 +186,21 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # The value of the attribute. }, ], - "instoreProductLocation": "A String", # In-store product location. + "instoreProductLocation": "A String", # The in-store product location. "kind": "A String", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "`content#localInventory`" - "pickupMethod": "A String", # Supported pickup method for this offer. Unless the value is "not supported", this field must be submitted together with `pickupSla`. For accepted attribute values, see the local product inventory feed specification. - "pickupSla": "A String", # Expected date that an order will be ready for pickup relative to the order date. Must be submitted together with `pickupMethod`. For accepted attribute values, see the local product inventory feed specification. - "price": { # Price of the product. + "pickupMethod": "A String", # The supported pickup method for this offer. Unless the value is "not supported", this field must be submitted together with `pickupSla`. For accepted attribute values, see the local product inventory feed specification. + "pickupSla": "A String", # The expected date that an order will be ready for pickup relative to the order date. Must be submitted together with `pickupMethod`. For accepted attribute values, see the local product inventory feed specification. + "price": { # The price of the product. "currency": "A String", # The currency of the price. "value": "A String", # The price represented as a number. }, - "quantity": 42, # Quantity of the product. Must be nonnegative. - "salePrice": { # Sale price of the product. Mandatory if `sale_price_effective_date` is defined. + "quantity": 42, # The quantity of the product. Must be nonnegative. + "salePrice": { # The sale price of the product. Mandatory if `sale_price_effective_date` is defined. "currency": "A String", # The currency of the price. "value": "A String", # The price represented as a number. }, "salePriceEffectiveDate": "A String", # A date range represented by a pair of ISO 8601 dates separated by a space, comma, or slash. Both dates may be specified as 'null' if undecided. - "storeCode": "A String", # Required. Store code of this local inventory resource. + "storeCode": "A String", # Required. The store code of this local inventory resource. } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Local inventory resource. For accepted attribute values, see the local product inventory feed specification. - "availability": "A String", # Availability of the product. For accepted attribute values, see the local product inventory feed specification. + "availability": "A String", # The availability of the product. For accepted attribute values, see the local product inventory feed specification. "customAttributes": [ # A list of custom (merchant-provided) attributes. Can also be used to submit any attribute of the feed specification in its generic form, for example, `{ "name": "size type", "value": "regular" }`. { # A message that represents custom attributes. Exactly one of `value` or `groupValues` must be provided. Maximum allowed number of characters for each custom attribute is 10240 (represents sum of characters for name and value). Maximum 2500 custom attributes can be set per merchant, with total size of 102.4kB. "groupValues": [ # Subattributes within this attribute group. Exactly one of value or groupValues must be provided. @@ -222,21 +222,21 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # The value of the attribute. }, ], - "instoreProductLocation": "A String", # In-store product location. + "instoreProductLocation": "A String", # The in-store product location. "kind": "A String", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "`content#localInventory`" - "pickupMethod": "A String", # Supported pickup method for this offer. Unless the value is "not supported", this field must be submitted together with `pickupSla`. For accepted attribute values, see the local product inventory feed specification. - "pickupSla": "A String", # Expected date that an order will be ready for pickup relative to the order date. Must be submitted together with `pickupMethod`. For accepted attribute values, see the local product inventory feed specification. - "price": { # Price of the product. + "pickupMethod": "A String", # The supported pickup method for this offer. Unless the value is "not supported", this field must be submitted together with `pickupSla`. For accepted attribute values, see the local product inventory feed specification. + "pickupSla": "A String", # The expected date that an order will be ready for pickup relative to the order date. Must be submitted together with `pickupMethod`. For accepted attribute values, see the local product inventory feed specification. + "price": { # The price of the product. "currency": "A String", # The currency of the price. "value": "A String", # The price represented as a number. }, - "quantity": 42, # Quantity of the product. Must be nonnegative. - "salePrice": { # Sale price of the product. Mandatory if `sale_price_effective_date` is defined. + "quantity": 42, # The quantity of the product. Must be nonnegative. + "salePrice": { # The sale price of the product. Mandatory if `sale_price_effective_date` is defined. "currency": "A String", # The currency of the price. "value": "A String", # The price represented as a number. }, "salePriceEffectiveDate": "A String", # A date range represented by a pair of ISO 8601 dates separated by a space, comma, or slash. Both dates may be specified as 'null' if undecided. - "storeCode": "A String", # Required. Store code of this local inventory resource. + "storeCode": "A String", # Required. The store code of this local inventory resource. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datafusion_v1.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/datafusion_v1.projects.locations.instances.html index 2732178651b..d536b805158 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datafusion_v1.projects.locations.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datafusion_v1.projects.locations.instances.html @@ -176,6 +176,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "p4ServiceAccount": "A String", # Output only. P4 service account for the customer project. + "patchRevision": "A String", # Optional. Current patch revision of the Data Fusion. "privateInstance": True or False, # Specifies whether the Data Fusion instance should be private. If set to true, all Data Fusion nodes will have private IP addresses and will not be able to access the public internet. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "serviceAccount": "A String", # Output only. Deprecated. Use tenant_project_id instead to extract the tenant project ID. @@ -186,6 +187,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # Required. Instance type. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the instance was last updated. "version": "A String", # Current version of the Data Fusion. Only specifiable in Update. + "workforceIdentityServiceEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. Endpoint on which the Data Fusion UI is accessible to third-party users "zone": "A String", # Name of the zone in which the Data Fusion instance will be created. Only DEVELOPER instances use this field. } @@ -213,7 +215,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }
@@ -248,7 +250,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }
@@ -317,6 +319,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "p4ServiceAccount": "A String", # Output only. P4 service account for the customer project. + "patchRevision": "A String", # Optional. Current patch revision of the Data Fusion. "privateInstance": True or False, # Specifies whether the Data Fusion instance should be private. If set to true, all Data Fusion nodes will have private IP addresses and will not be able to access the public internet. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "serviceAccount": "A String", # Output only. Deprecated. Use tenant_project_id instead to extract the tenant project ID. @@ -327,6 +330,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # Required. Instance type. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the instance was last updated. "version": "A String", # Current version of the Data Fusion. Only specifiable in Update. + "workforceIdentityServiceEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. Endpoint on which the Data Fusion UI is accessible to third-party users "zone": "A String", # Name of the zone in which the Data Fusion instance will be created. Only DEVELOPER instances use this field. }
@@ -346,7 +350,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -448,6 +452,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "p4ServiceAccount": "A String", # Output only. P4 service account for the customer project. + "patchRevision": "A String", # Optional. Current patch revision of the Data Fusion. "privateInstance": True or False, # Specifies whether the Data Fusion instance should be private. If set to true, all Data Fusion nodes will have private IP addresses and will not be able to access the public internet. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "serviceAccount": "A String", # Output only. Deprecated. Use tenant_project_id instead to extract the tenant project ID. @@ -458,6 +463,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # Required. Instance type. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the instance was last updated. "version": "A String", # Current version of the Data Fusion. Only specifiable in Update. + "workforceIdentityServiceEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. Endpoint on which the Data Fusion UI is accessible to third-party users "zone": "A String", # Name of the zone in which the Data Fusion instance will be created. Only DEVELOPER instances use this field. }, ], @@ -540,6 +546,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "p4ServiceAccount": "A String", # Output only. P4 service account for the customer project. + "patchRevision": "A String", # Optional. Current patch revision of the Data Fusion. "privateInstance": True or False, # Specifies whether the Data Fusion instance should be private. If set to true, all Data Fusion nodes will have private IP addresses and will not be able to access the public internet. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "serviceAccount": "A String", # Output only. Deprecated. Use tenant_project_id instead to extract the tenant project ID. @@ -550,6 +557,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # Required. Instance type. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the instance was last updated. "version": "A String", # Current version of the Data Fusion. Only specifiable in Update. + "workforceIdentityServiceEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. Endpoint on which the Data Fusion UI is accessible to third-party users "zone": "A String", # Name of the zone in which the Data Fusion instance will be created. Only DEVELOPER instances use this field. } @@ -577,7 +585,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }
@@ -618,7 +626,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }
@@ -634,7 +642,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -676,7 +684,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/datafusion_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/datafusion_v1.projects.locations.operations.html index 6d4f61b4019..56e236c4f37 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datafusion_v1.projects.locations.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datafusion_v1.projects.locations.operations.html @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/datafusion_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/datafusion_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html index cfdf1ec42f3..ba11c472f2c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datafusion_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datafusion_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html @@ -177,13 +177,20 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of this instance is in the form of projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance}. "networkConfig": { # Network configuration for a Data Fusion instance. These configurations are used for peering with the customer network. Configurations are optional when a public Data Fusion instance is to be created. However, providing these configurations allows several benefits, such as reduced network latency while accessing the customer resources from managed Data Fusion instance nodes, as well as access to the customer on-prem resources. # Network configuration options. These are required when a private Data Fusion instance is to be created. - "ipAllocation": "A String", # The IP range in CIDR notation to use for the managed Data Fusion instance nodes. This range must not overlap with any other ranges used in the Data Fusion instance network. - "network": "A String", # Name of the network in the customer project with which the Tenant Project will be peered for executing pipelines. In case of shared VPC where the network resides in another host project the network should specified in the form of projects/{host-project-id}/global/networks/{network} + "connectionType": "A String", # Optional. Type of connection for establishing private IP connectivity between the Data Fusion customer project VPC and the corresponding tenant project from a predefined list of available connection modes. If this field is unspecified for a private instance, VPC peering is used. + "ipAllocation": "A String", # Optional. The IP range in CIDR notation to use for the managed Data Fusion instance nodes. This range must not overlap with any other ranges used in the Data Fusion instance network. This is required only when using connection type VPC_PEERING. Format: a.b.c.d/22 Example: 192.168.0.0/22 + "network": "A String", # Optional. Name of the network in the customer project with which the Tenant Project will be peered for executing pipelines. This is required only when using connection type VPC peering. In case of shared VPC where the network resides in another host project the network should specified in the form of projects/{project-id}/global/networks/{network}. This is only required for connectivity type VPC_PEERING. + "privateServiceConnectConfig": { # Configuration for using Private Service Connect to establish connectivity between the Data Fusion consumer project and the corresponding tenant project. # Optional. Configuration for Private Service Connect. This is required only when using connection type PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT_INTERFACES. + "effectiveUnreachableCidrBlock": "A String", # Output only. The CIDR block to which the CDF instance can't route traffic to in the consumer project VPC. The size of this block is /25. The format of this field is governed by RFC 4632. Example: 240.0.0.0/25 + "networkAttachment": "A String", # Required. The reference to the network attachment used to establish private connectivity. It will be of the form projects/{project-id}/regions/{region}/networkAttachments/{network-attachment-id}. + "unreachableCidrBlock": "A String", # Optional. Input only. The CIDR block to which the CDF instance can't route traffic to in the consumer project VPC. The size of this block should be at least /25. This range should not overlap with the primary address range of any subnetwork used by the network attachment. This range can be used for other purposes in the consumer VPC as long as there is no requirement for CDF to reach destinations using these addresses. If this value is not provided, the server chooses a non RFC 1918 address range. The format of this field is governed by RFC 4632. Example: 192.168.0.0/25 + }, }, "options": { # Map of additional options used to configure the behavior of Data Fusion instance. "a_key": "A String", }, "p4ServiceAccount": "A String", # Output only. P4 service account for the customer project. + "patchRevision": "A String", # Optional. Current patch revision of the Data Fusion. "privateInstance": True or False, # Specifies whether the Data Fusion instance should be private. If set to true, all Data Fusion nodes will have private IP addresses and will not be able to access the public internet. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "serviceAccount": "A String", # Output only. Deprecated. Use tenant_project_id instead to extract the tenant project ID. @@ -194,6 +201,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # Required. Instance type. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the instance was last updated. "version": "A String", # Current version of Data Fusion. + "workforceIdentityServiceEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. Endpoint on which the Data Fusion UI is accessible to third-party users. "zone": "A String", # Name of the zone in which the Data Fusion instance will be created. Only DEVELOPER instances use this field. } @@ -221,7 +229,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }
@@ -256,7 +264,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }
@@ -318,13 +326,20 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of this instance is in the form of projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance}. "networkConfig": { # Network configuration for a Data Fusion instance. These configurations are used for peering with the customer network. Configurations are optional when a public Data Fusion instance is to be created. However, providing these configurations allows several benefits, such as reduced network latency while accessing the customer resources from managed Data Fusion instance nodes, as well as access to the customer on-prem resources. # Network configuration options. These are required when a private Data Fusion instance is to be created. - "ipAllocation": "A String", # The IP range in CIDR notation to use for the managed Data Fusion instance nodes. This range must not overlap with any other ranges used in the Data Fusion instance network. - "network": "A String", # Name of the network in the customer project with which the Tenant Project will be peered for executing pipelines. In case of shared VPC where the network resides in another host project the network should specified in the form of projects/{host-project-id}/global/networks/{network} + "connectionType": "A String", # Optional. Type of connection for establishing private IP connectivity between the Data Fusion customer project VPC and the corresponding tenant project from a predefined list of available connection modes. If this field is unspecified for a private instance, VPC peering is used. + "ipAllocation": "A String", # Optional. The IP range in CIDR notation to use for the managed Data Fusion instance nodes. This range must not overlap with any other ranges used in the Data Fusion instance network. This is required only when using connection type VPC_PEERING. Format: a.b.c.d/22 Example: 192.168.0.0/22 + "network": "A String", # Optional. Name of the network in the customer project with which the Tenant Project will be peered for executing pipelines. This is required only when using connection type VPC peering. In case of shared VPC where the network resides in another host project the network should specified in the form of projects/{project-id}/global/networks/{network}. This is only required for connectivity type VPC_PEERING. + "privateServiceConnectConfig": { # Configuration for using Private Service Connect to establish connectivity between the Data Fusion consumer project and the corresponding tenant project. # Optional. Configuration for Private Service Connect. This is required only when using connection type PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT_INTERFACES. + "effectiveUnreachableCidrBlock": "A String", # Output only. The CIDR block to which the CDF instance can't route traffic to in the consumer project VPC. The size of this block is /25. The format of this field is governed by RFC 4632. Example: 240.0.0.0/25 + "networkAttachment": "A String", # Required. The reference to the network attachment used to establish private connectivity. It will be of the form projects/{project-id}/regions/{region}/networkAttachments/{network-attachment-id}. + "unreachableCidrBlock": "A String", # Optional. Input only. The CIDR block to which the CDF instance can't route traffic to in the consumer project VPC. The size of this block should be at least /25. This range should not overlap with the primary address range of any subnetwork used by the network attachment. This range can be used for other purposes in the consumer VPC as long as there is no requirement for CDF to reach destinations using these addresses. If this value is not provided, the server chooses a non RFC 1918 address range. The format of this field is governed by RFC 4632. Example: 192.168.0.0/25 + }, }, "options": { # Map of additional options used to configure the behavior of Data Fusion instance. "a_key": "A String", }, "p4ServiceAccount": "A String", # Output only. P4 service account for the customer project. + "patchRevision": "A String", # Optional. Current patch revision of the Data Fusion. "privateInstance": True or False, # Specifies whether the Data Fusion instance should be private. If set to true, all Data Fusion nodes will have private IP addresses and will not be able to access the public internet. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "serviceAccount": "A String", # Output only. Deprecated. Use tenant_project_id instead to extract the tenant project ID. @@ -335,6 +350,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # Required. Instance type. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the instance was last updated. "version": "A String", # Current version of Data Fusion. + "workforceIdentityServiceEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. Endpoint on which the Data Fusion UI is accessible to third-party users. "zone": "A String", # Name of the zone in which the Data Fusion instance will be created. Only DEVELOPER instances use this field. }
@@ -354,7 +370,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -449,13 +465,20 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of this instance is in the form of projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance}. "networkConfig": { # Network configuration for a Data Fusion instance. These configurations are used for peering with the customer network. Configurations are optional when a public Data Fusion instance is to be created. However, providing these configurations allows several benefits, such as reduced network latency while accessing the customer resources from managed Data Fusion instance nodes, as well as access to the customer on-prem resources. # Network configuration options. These are required when a private Data Fusion instance is to be created. - "ipAllocation": "A String", # The IP range in CIDR notation to use for the managed Data Fusion instance nodes. This range must not overlap with any other ranges used in the Data Fusion instance network. - "network": "A String", # Name of the network in the customer project with which the Tenant Project will be peered for executing pipelines. In case of shared VPC where the network resides in another host project the network should specified in the form of projects/{host-project-id}/global/networks/{network} + "connectionType": "A String", # Optional. Type of connection for establishing private IP connectivity between the Data Fusion customer project VPC and the corresponding tenant project from a predefined list of available connection modes. If this field is unspecified for a private instance, VPC peering is used. + "ipAllocation": "A String", # Optional. The IP range in CIDR notation to use for the managed Data Fusion instance nodes. This range must not overlap with any other ranges used in the Data Fusion instance network. This is required only when using connection type VPC_PEERING. Format: a.b.c.d/22 Example: 192.168.0.0/22 + "network": "A String", # Optional. Name of the network in the customer project with which the Tenant Project will be peered for executing pipelines. This is required only when using connection type VPC peering. In case of shared VPC where the network resides in another host project the network should specified in the form of projects/{project-id}/global/networks/{network}. This is only required for connectivity type VPC_PEERING. + "privateServiceConnectConfig": { # Configuration for using Private Service Connect to establish connectivity between the Data Fusion consumer project and the corresponding tenant project. # Optional. Configuration for Private Service Connect. This is required only when using connection type PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT_INTERFACES. + "effectiveUnreachableCidrBlock": "A String", # Output only. The CIDR block to which the CDF instance can't route traffic to in the consumer project VPC. The size of this block is /25. The format of this field is governed by RFC 4632. Example: 240.0.0.0/25 + "networkAttachment": "A String", # Required. The reference to the network attachment used to establish private connectivity. It will be of the form projects/{project-id}/regions/{region}/networkAttachments/{network-attachment-id}. + "unreachableCidrBlock": "A String", # Optional. Input only. The CIDR block to which the CDF instance can't route traffic to in the consumer project VPC. The size of this block should be at least /25. This range should not overlap with the primary address range of any subnetwork used by the network attachment. This range can be used for other purposes in the consumer VPC as long as there is no requirement for CDF to reach destinations using these addresses. If this value is not provided, the server chooses a non RFC 1918 address range. The format of this field is governed by RFC 4632. Example: 192.168.0.0/25 + }, }, "options": { # Map of additional options used to configure the behavior of Data Fusion instance. "a_key": "A String", }, "p4ServiceAccount": "A String", # Output only. P4 service account for the customer project. + "patchRevision": "A String", # Optional. Current patch revision of the Data Fusion. "privateInstance": True or False, # Specifies whether the Data Fusion instance should be private. If set to true, all Data Fusion nodes will have private IP addresses and will not be able to access the public internet. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "serviceAccount": "A String", # Output only. Deprecated. Use tenant_project_id instead to extract the tenant project ID. @@ -466,6 +489,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # Required. Instance type. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the instance was last updated. "version": "A String", # Current version of Data Fusion. + "workforceIdentityServiceEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. Endpoint on which the Data Fusion UI is accessible to third-party users. "zone": "A String", # Name of the zone in which the Data Fusion instance will be created. Only DEVELOPER instances use this field. }, ], @@ -541,13 +565,20 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of this instance is in the form of projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance}. "networkConfig": { # Network configuration for a Data Fusion instance. These configurations are used for peering with the customer network. Configurations are optional when a public Data Fusion instance is to be created. However, providing these configurations allows several benefits, such as reduced network latency while accessing the customer resources from managed Data Fusion instance nodes, as well as access to the customer on-prem resources. # Network configuration options. These are required when a private Data Fusion instance is to be created. - "ipAllocation": "A String", # The IP range in CIDR notation to use for the managed Data Fusion instance nodes. This range must not overlap with any other ranges used in the Data Fusion instance network. - "network": "A String", # Name of the network in the customer project with which the Tenant Project will be peered for executing pipelines. In case of shared VPC where the network resides in another host project the network should specified in the form of projects/{host-project-id}/global/networks/{network} + "connectionType": "A String", # Optional. Type of connection for establishing private IP connectivity between the Data Fusion customer project VPC and the corresponding tenant project from a predefined list of available connection modes. If this field is unspecified for a private instance, VPC peering is used. + "ipAllocation": "A String", # Optional. The IP range in CIDR notation to use for the managed Data Fusion instance nodes. This range must not overlap with any other ranges used in the Data Fusion instance network. This is required only when using connection type VPC_PEERING. Format: a.b.c.d/22 Example: 192.168.0.0/22 + "network": "A String", # Optional. Name of the network in the customer project with which the Tenant Project will be peered for executing pipelines. This is required only when using connection type VPC peering. In case of shared VPC where the network resides in another host project the network should specified in the form of projects/{project-id}/global/networks/{network}. This is only required for connectivity type VPC_PEERING. + "privateServiceConnectConfig": { # Configuration for using Private Service Connect to establish connectivity between the Data Fusion consumer project and the corresponding tenant project. # Optional. Configuration for Private Service Connect. This is required only when using connection type PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT_INTERFACES. + "effectiveUnreachableCidrBlock": "A String", # Output only. The CIDR block to which the CDF instance can't route traffic to in the consumer project VPC. The size of this block is /25. The format of this field is governed by RFC 4632. Example: 240.0.0.0/25 + "networkAttachment": "A String", # Required. The reference to the network attachment used to establish private connectivity. It will be of the form projects/{project-id}/regions/{region}/networkAttachments/{network-attachment-id}. + "unreachableCidrBlock": "A String", # Optional. Input only. The CIDR block to which the CDF instance can't route traffic to in the consumer project VPC. The size of this block should be at least /25. This range should not overlap with the primary address range of any subnetwork used by the network attachment. This range can be used for other purposes in the consumer VPC as long as there is no requirement for CDF to reach destinations using these addresses. If this value is not provided, the server chooses a non RFC 1918 address range. The format of this field is governed by RFC 4632. Example: 192.168.0.0/25 + }, }, "options": { # Map of additional options used to configure the behavior of Data Fusion instance. "a_key": "A String", }, "p4ServiceAccount": "A String", # Output only. P4 service account for the customer project. + "patchRevision": "A String", # Optional. Current patch revision of the Data Fusion. "privateInstance": True or False, # Specifies whether the Data Fusion instance should be private. If set to true, all Data Fusion nodes will have private IP addresses and will not be able to access the public internet. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "serviceAccount": "A String", # Output only. Deprecated. Use tenant_project_id instead to extract the tenant project ID. @@ -558,6 +589,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # Required. Instance type. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the instance was last updated. "version": "A String", # Current version of Data Fusion. + "workforceIdentityServiceEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. Endpoint on which the Data Fusion UI is accessible to third-party users. "zone": "A String", # Name of the zone in which the Data Fusion instance will be created. Only DEVELOPER instances use this field. } @@ -585,7 +617,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }
@@ -626,7 +658,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -642,7 +674,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -684,7 +716,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -782,7 +814,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/datafusion_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.namespaces.html b/docs/dyn/datafusion_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.namespaces.html index 406a3f1c25e..069b30b9cc5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datafusion_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.namespaces.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datafusion_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.namespaces.html @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@

Method Details

"namespaces": [ # List of namespaces { # Represents the information of a namespace "iamPolicy": { # IAMPolicy encapsulates the IAM policy name, definition and status of policy fetching. # IAM policy associated with this namespace. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # Policy definition if IAM policy fetching is successful, otherwise empty. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # Policy definition if IAM policy fetching is successful, otherwise empty. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/datafusion_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/datafusion_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html index a7917510e3e..273005a1336 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datafusion_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datafusion_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.conversionWorkspaces.html b/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.conversionWorkspaces.html index 34a63aa27b2..38e24bb6ce2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.conversionWorkspaces.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.conversionWorkspaces.html @@ -286,7 +286,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the workspace resource was created. "destination": { # The type and version of a source or destination database. # Required. The destination engine details. "engine": "A String", # Required. Engine type. - "version": "A String", # Required. Engine named version, for example 12.c.1. + "version": "A String", # Required. Engine version, for example "12.c.1". }, "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name for the workspace. "globalSettings": { # Optional. A generic list of settings for the workspace. The settings are database pair dependant and can indicate default behavior for the mapping rules engine or turn on or off specific features. Such examples can be: convert_foreign_key_to_interleave=true, skip_triggers=false, ignore_non_table_synonyms=true @@ -298,7 +298,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Full name of the workspace resource, in the form of: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversionWorkspaces/{conversion_workspace}. "source": { # The type and version of a source or destination database. # Required. The source engine details. "engine": "A String", # Required. Engine type. - "version": "A String", # Required. Engine named version, for example 12.c.1. + "version": "A String", # Required. Engine version, for example "12.c.1". }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the workspace resource was last updated. } @@ -392,7 +392,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the workspace resource was created. "destination": { # The type and version of a source or destination database. # Required. The destination engine details. "engine": "A String", # Required. Engine type. - "version": "A String", # Required. Engine named version, for example 12.c.1. + "version": "A String", # Required. Engine version, for example "12.c.1". }, "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name for the workspace. "globalSettings": { # Optional. A generic list of settings for the workspace. The settings are database pair dependant and can indicate default behavior for the mapping rules engine or turn on or off specific features. Such examples can be: convert_foreign_key_to_interleave=true, skip_triggers=false, ignore_non_table_synonyms=true @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Full name of the workspace resource, in the form of: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversionWorkspaces/{conversion_workspace}. "source": { # The type and version of a source or destination database. # Required. The source engine details. "engine": "A String", # Required. Engine type. - "version": "A String", # Required. Engine named version, for example 12.c.1. + "version": "A String", # Required. Engine version, for example "12.c.1". }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the workspace resource was last updated. }, @@ -689,7 +689,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the workspace resource was created. "destination": { # The type and version of a source or destination database. # Required. The destination engine details. "engine": "A String", # Required. Engine type. - "version": "A String", # Required. Engine named version, for example 12.c.1. + "version": "A String", # Required. Engine version, for example "12.c.1". }, "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name for the workspace. "globalSettings": { # Optional. A generic list of settings for the workspace. The settings are database pair dependant and can indicate default behavior for the mapping rules engine or turn on or off specific features. Such examples can be: convert_foreign_key_to_interleave=true, skip_triggers=false, ignore_non_table_synonyms=true @@ -701,7 +701,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Full name of the workspace resource, in the form of: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversionWorkspaces/{conversion_workspace}. "source": { # The type and version of a source or destination database. # Required. The source engine details. "engine": "A String", # Required. Engine type. - "version": "A String", # Required. Engine named version, for example 12.c.1. + "version": "A String", # Required. Engine version, for example "12.c.1". }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the workspace resource was last updated. } @@ -778,7 +778,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the workspace resource was created. "destination": { # The type and version of a source or destination database. # Required. The destination engine details. "engine": "A String", # Required. Engine type. - "version": "A String", # Required. Engine named version, for example 12.c.1. + "version": "A String", # Required. Engine version, for example "12.c.1". }, "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name for the workspace. "globalSettings": { # Optional. A generic list of settings for the workspace. The settings are database pair dependant and can indicate default behavior for the mapping rules engine or turn on or off specific features. Such examples can be: convert_foreign_key_to_interleave=true, skip_triggers=false, ignore_non_table_synonyms=true @@ -790,7 +790,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Full name of the workspace resource, in the form of: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversionWorkspaces/{conversion_workspace}. "source": { # The type and version of a source or destination database. # Required. The source engine details. "engine": "A String", # Required. Engine type. - "version": "A String", # Required. Engine named version, for example 12.c.1. + "version": "A String", # Required. Engine version, for example "12.c.1". }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the workspace resource was last updated. }, @@ -829,7 +829,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the workspace resource was created. "destination": { # The type and version of a source or destination database. # Required. The destination engine details. "engine": "A String", # Required. Engine type. - "version": "A String", # Required. Engine named version, for example 12.c.1. + "version": "A String", # Required. Engine version, for example "12.c.1". }, "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name for the workspace. "globalSettings": { # Optional. A generic list of settings for the workspace. The settings are database pair dependant and can indicate default behavior for the mapping rules engine or turn on or off specific features. Such examples can be: convert_foreign_key_to_interleave=true, skip_triggers=false, ignore_non_table_synonyms=true @@ -841,7 +841,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Full name of the workspace resource, in the form of: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversionWorkspaces/{conversion_workspace}. "source": { # The type and version of a source or destination database. # Required. The source engine details. "engine": "A String", # Required. Engine type. - "version": "A String", # Required. Engine named version, for example 12.c.1. + "version": "A String", # Required. Engine version, for example "12.c.1". }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the workspace resource was last updated. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html index e06faa38e13..6c868411094 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html @@ -158,6 +158,9 @@

Method Details

"channel": "A String", # The channel which this query is for. If specified, only the ResponseMessage associated with the channel will be returned. If no ResponseMessage is associated with the channel, it falls back to the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel. If unspecified, the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel will be returned. "currentPage": "A String", # The unique identifier of the page to override the current page in the session. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. If `current_page` is specified, the previous state of the session will be ignored by Dialogflow, including the previous page and the previous session parameters. In most cases, current_page and parameters should be configured together to direct a session to a specific state. "disableWebhook": True or False, # Whether to disable webhook calls for this request. + "endUserMetadata": { # Optional. Information about the end-user to improve the relevance and accuracy of generative answers. This will be interpreted and used by a language model, so, for good results, the data should be self-descriptive, and in a simple structure. Example: ```json { "subscription plan": "Business Premium Plus", "devices owned": [ {"model": "Google Pixel 7"}, {"model": "Google Pixel Tablet"} ] } ``` + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "flowVersions": [ # A list of flow versions to override for the request. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//versions/`. If version 1 of flow X is included in this list, the traffic of flow X will go through version 1 regardless of the version configuration in the environment. Each flow can have at most one version specified in this list. "A String", ], @@ -1396,6 +1399,9 @@

Method Details

"channel": "A String", # The channel which this query is for. If specified, only the ResponseMessage associated with the channel will be returned. If no ResponseMessage is associated with the channel, it falls back to the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel. If unspecified, the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel will be returned. "currentPage": "A String", # The unique identifier of the page to override the current page in the session. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. If `current_page` is specified, the previous state of the session will be ignored by Dialogflow, including the previous page and the previous session parameters. In most cases, current_page and parameters should be configured together to direct a session to a specific state. "disableWebhook": True or False, # Whether to disable webhook calls for this request. + "endUserMetadata": { # Optional. Information about the end-user to improve the relevance and accuracy of generative answers. This will be interpreted and used by a language model, so, for good results, the data should be self-descriptive, and in a simple structure. Example: ```json { "subscription plan": "Business Premium Plus", "devices owned": [ {"model": "Google Pixel 7"}, {"model": "Google Pixel Tablet"} ] } ``` + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "flowVersions": [ # A list of flow versions to override for the request. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//versions/`. If version 1 of flow X is included in this list, the traffic of flow X will go through version 1 regardless of the version configuration in the environment. Each flow can have at most one version specified in this list. "A String", ], @@ -2609,6 +2615,9 @@

Method Details

"channel": "A String", # The channel which this query is for. If specified, only the ResponseMessage associated with the channel will be returned. If no ResponseMessage is associated with the channel, it falls back to the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel. If unspecified, the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel will be returned. "currentPage": "A String", # The unique identifier of the page to override the current page in the session. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. If `current_page` is specified, the previous state of the session will be ignored by Dialogflow, including the previous page and the previous session parameters. In most cases, current_page and parameters should be configured together to direct a session to a specific state. "disableWebhook": True or False, # Whether to disable webhook calls for this request. + "endUserMetadata": { # Optional. Information about the end-user to improve the relevance and accuracy of generative answers. This will be interpreted and used by a language model, so, for good results, the data should be self-descriptive, and in a simple structure. Example: ```json { "subscription plan": "Business Premium Plus", "devices owned": [ {"model": "Google Pixel 7"}, {"model": "Google Pixel Tablet"} ] } ``` + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "flowVersions": [ # A list of flow versions to override for the request. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//versions/`. If version 1 of flow X is included in this list, the traffic of flow X will go through version 1 regardless of the version configuration in the environment. Each flow can have at most one version specified in this list. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html index 95defaee5ad..b98ba43a966 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html @@ -158,6 +158,9 @@

Method Details

"channel": "A String", # The channel which this query is for. If specified, only the ResponseMessage associated with the channel will be returned. If no ResponseMessage is associated with the channel, it falls back to the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel. If unspecified, the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel will be returned. "currentPage": "A String", # The unique identifier of the page to override the current page in the session. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. If `current_page` is specified, the previous state of the session will be ignored by Dialogflow, including the previous page and the previous session parameters. In most cases, current_page and parameters should be configured together to direct a session to a specific state. "disableWebhook": True or False, # Whether to disable webhook calls for this request. + "endUserMetadata": { # Optional. Information about the end-user to improve the relevance and accuracy of generative answers. This will be interpreted and used by a language model, so, for good results, the data should be self-descriptive, and in a simple structure. Example: ```json { "subscription plan": "Business Premium Plus", "devices owned": [ {"model": "Google Pixel 7"}, {"model": "Google Pixel Tablet"} ] } ``` + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "flowVersions": [ # A list of flow versions to override for the request. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//versions/`. If version 1 of flow X is included in this list, the traffic of flow X will go through version 1 regardless of the version configuration in the environment. Each flow can have at most one version specified in this list. "A String", ], @@ -1396,6 +1399,9 @@

Method Details

"channel": "A String", # The channel which this query is for. If specified, only the ResponseMessage associated with the channel will be returned. If no ResponseMessage is associated with the channel, it falls back to the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel. If unspecified, the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel will be returned. "currentPage": "A String", # The unique identifier of the page to override the current page in the session. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. If `current_page` is specified, the previous state of the session will be ignored by Dialogflow, including the previous page and the previous session parameters. In most cases, current_page and parameters should be configured together to direct a session to a specific state. "disableWebhook": True or False, # Whether to disable webhook calls for this request. + "endUserMetadata": { # Optional. Information about the end-user to improve the relevance and accuracy of generative answers. This will be interpreted and used by a language model, so, for good results, the data should be self-descriptive, and in a simple structure. Example: ```json { "subscription plan": "Business Premium Plus", "devices owned": [ {"model": "Google Pixel 7"}, {"model": "Google Pixel Tablet"} ] } ``` + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "flowVersions": [ # A list of flow versions to override for the request. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//versions/`. If version 1 of flow X is included in this list, the traffic of flow X will go through version 1 regardless of the version configuration in the environment. Each flow can have at most one version specified in this list. "A String", ], @@ -2609,6 +2615,9 @@

Method Details

"channel": "A String", # The channel which this query is for. If specified, only the ResponseMessage associated with the channel will be returned. If no ResponseMessage is associated with the channel, it falls back to the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel. If unspecified, the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel will be returned. "currentPage": "A String", # The unique identifier of the page to override the current page in the session. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. If `current_page` is specified, the previous state of the session will be ignored by Dialogflow, including the previous page and the previous session parameters. In most cases, current_page and parameters should be configured together to direct a session to a specific state. "disableWebhook": True or False, # Whether to disable webhook calls for this request. + "endUserMetadata": { # Optional. Information about the end-user to improve the relevance and accuracy of generative answers. This will be interpreted and used by a language model, so, for good results, the data should be self-descriptive, and in a simple structure. Example: ```json { "subscription plan": "Business Premium Plus", "devices owned": [ {"model": "Google Pixel 7"}, {"model": "Google Pixel Tablet"} ] } ``` + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "flowVersions": [ # A list of flow versions to override for the request. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//versions/`. If version 1 of flow X is included in this list, the traffic of flow X will go through version 1 regardless of the version configuration in the environment. Each flow can have at most one version specified in this list. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html index a3100afa08c..7b5f2925630 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html @@ -158,6 +158,9 @@

Method Details

"channel": "A String", # The channel which this query is for. If specified, only the ResponseMessage associated with the channel will be returned. If no ResponseMessage is associated with the channel, it falls back to the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel. If unspecified, the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel will be returned. "currentPage": "A String", # The unique identifier of the page to override the current page in the session. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. If `current_page` is specified, the previous state of the session will be ignored by Dialogflow, including the previous page and the previous session parameters. In most cases, current_page and parameters should be configured together to direct a session to a specific state. "disableWebhook": True or False, # Whether to disable webhook calls for this request. + "endUserMetadata": { # Optional. Information about the end-user to improve the relevance and accuracy of generative answers. This will be interpreted and used by a language model, so, for good results, the data should be self-descriptive, and in a simple structure. Example: ```json { "subscription plan": "Business Premium Plus", "devices owned": [ {"model": "Google Pixel 7"}, {"model": "Google Pixel Tablet"} ] } ``` + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "flowVersions": [ # A list of flow versions to override for the request. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//versions/`. If version 1 of flow X is included in this list, the traffic of flow X will go through version 1 regardless of the version configuration in the environment. Each flow can have at most one version specified in this list. "A String", ], @@ -1383,6 +1386,9 @@

Method Details

"channel": "A String", # The channel which this query is for. If specified, only the ResponseMessage associated with the channel will be returned. If no ResponseMessage is associated with the channel, it falls back to the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel. If unspecified, the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel will be returned. "currentPage": "A String", # The unique identifier of the page to override the current page in the session. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. If `current_page` is specified, the previous state of the session will be ignored by Dialogflow, including the previous page and the previous session parameters. In most cases, current_page and parameters should be configured together to direct a session to a specific state. "disableWebhook": True or False, # Whether to disable webhook calls for this request. + "endUserMetadata": { # Optional. Information about the end-user to improve the relevance and accuracy of generative answers. This will be interpreted and used by a language model, so, for good results, the data should be self-descriptive, and in a simple structure. Example: ```json { "subscription plan": "Business Premium Plus", "devices owned": [ {"model": "Google Pixel 7"}, {"model": "Google Pixel Tablet"} ] } ``` + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "flowVersions": [ # A list of flow versions to override for the request. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//versions/`. If version 1 of flow X is included in this list, the traffic of flow X will go through version 1 regardless of the version configuration in the environment. Each flow can have at most one version specified in this list. "A String", ], @@ -2583,6 +2589,9 @@

Method Details

"channel": "A String", # The channel which this query is for. If specified, only the ResponseMessage associated with the channel will be returned. If no ResponseMessage is associated with the channel, it falls back to the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel. If unspecified, the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel will be returned. "currentPage": "A String", # The unique identifier of the page to override the current page in the session. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. If `current_page` is specified, the previous state of the session will be ignored by Dialogflow, including the previous page and the previous session parameters. In most cases, current_page and parameters should be configured together to direct a session to a specific state. "disableWebhook": True or False, # Whether to disable webhook calls for this request. + "endUserMetadata": { # Optional. Information about the end-user to improve the relevance and accuracy of generative answers. This will be interpreted and used by a language model, so, for good results, the data should be self-descriptive, and in a simple structure. Example: ```json { "subscription plan": "Business Premium Plus", "devices owned": [ {"model": "Google Pixel 7"}, {"model": "Google Pixel Tablet"} ] } ``` + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "flowVersions": [ # A list of flow versions to override for the request. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//versions/`. If version 1 of flow X is included in this list, the traffic of flow X will go through version 1 regardless of the version configuration in the environment. Each flow can have at most one version specified in this list. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html index a6bfc40336c..b8fe9567cb2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html @@ -158,6 +158,9 @@

Method Details

"channel": "A String", # The channel which this query is for. If specified, only the ResponseMessage associated with the channel will be returned. If no ResponseMessage is associated with the channel, it falls back to the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel. If unspecified, the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel will be returned. "currentPage": "A String", # The unique identifier of the page to override the current page in the session. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. If `current_page` is specified, the previous state of the session will be ignored by Dialogflow, including the previous page and the previous session parameters. In most cases, current_page and parameters should be configured together to direct a session to a specific state. "disableWebhook": True or False, # Whether to disable webhook calls for this request. + "endUserMetadata": { # Optional. Information about the end-user to improve the relevance and accuracy of generative answers. This will be interpreted and used by a language model, so, for good results, the data should be self-descriptive, and in a simple structure. Example: ```json { "subscription plan": "Business Premium Plus", "devices owned": [ {"model": "Google Pixel 7"}, {"model": "Google Pixel Tablet"} ] } ``` + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "flowVersions": [ # A list of flow versions to override for the request. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//versions/`. If version 1 of flow X is included in this list, the traffic of flow X will go through version 1 regardless of the version configuration in the environment. Each flow can have at most one version specified in this list. "A String", ], @@ -1383,6 +1386,9 @@

Method Details

"channel": "A String", # The channel which this query is for. If specified, only the ResponseMessage associated with the channel will be returned. If no ResponseMessage is associated with the channel, it falls back to the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel. If unspecified, the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel will be returned. "currentPage": "A String", # The unique identifier of the page to override the current page in the session. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. If `current_page` is specified, the previous state of the session will be ignored by Dialogflow, including the previous page and the previous session parameters. In most cases, current_page and parameters should be configured together to direct a session to a specific state. "disableWebhook": True or False, # Whether to disable webhook calls for this request. + "endUserMetadata": { # Optional. Information about the end-user to improve the relevance and accuracy of generative answers. This will be interpreted and used by a language model, so, for good results, the data should be self-descriptive, and in a simple structure. Example: ```json { "subscription plan": "Business Premium Plus", "devices owned": [ {"model": "Google Pixel 7"}, {"model": "Google Pixel Tablet"} ] } ``` + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "flowVersions": [ # A list of flow versions to override for the request. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//versions/`. If version 1 of flow X is included in this list, the traffic of flow X will go through version 1 regardless of the version configuration in the environment. Each flow can have at most one version specified in this list. "A String", ], @@ -2583,6 +2589,9 @@

Method Details

"channel": "A String", # The channel which this query is for. If specified, only the ResponseMessage associated with the channel will be returned. If no ResponseMessage is associated with the channel, it falls back to the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel. If unspecified, the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel will be returned. "currentPage": "A String", # The unique identifier of the page to override the current page in the session. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. If `current_page` is specified, the previous state of the session will be ignored by Dialogflow, including the previous page and the previous session parameters. In most cases, current_page and parameters should be configured together to direct a session to a specific state. "disableWebhook": True or False, # Whether to disable webhook calls for this request. + "endUserMetadata": { # Optional. Information about the end-user to improve the relevance and accuracy of generative answers. This will be interpreted and used by a language model, so, for good results, the data should be self-descriptive, and in a simple structure. Example: ```json { "subscription plan": "Business Premium Plus", "devices owned": [ {"model": "Google Pixel 7"}, {"model": "Google Pixel Tablet"} ] } ``` + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "flowVersions": [ # A list of flow versions to override for the request. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//versions/`. If version 1 of flow X is included in this list, the traffic of flow X will go through version 1 regardless of the version configuration in the environment. Each flow can have at most one version specified in this list. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.organizations.locations.discoveryConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.organizations.locations.discoveryConfigs.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7e5773f37cc --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.organizations.locations.discoveryConfigs.html @@ -0,0 +1,888 @@ + + + +

Cloud Data Loss Prevention (DLP) . organizations . locations . discoveryConfigs

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a config for Discovery to scan and profile storage.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a Discovery configuration.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets a Discovery configuration.

+

+ list(parent, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists Discovery configurations.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates a Discovery configuration.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a config for Discovery to scan and profile storage.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Parent resource name. The format of this value is as follows: `projects/`PROJECT_ID`/locations/`LOCATION_ID The following example `parent` string specifies a parent project with the identifier `example-project`, and specifies the `europe-west3` location for processing data: parent=projects/example-project/locations/europe-west3 (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for CreateDiscoveryConfig.
+  "configId": "A String", # The config id can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens; that is, it must match the regular expression: `[a-zA-Z\d-_]+`. The maximum length is 100 characters. Can be empty to allow the system to generate one.
+  "discoveryConfig": { # Configuration for Discovery to scan resources for profile generation. Only one Discovery configuration may exist per organization, folder, or project. The generated data profiles are retained according to the [data retention policy] (https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/data-profiles#retention). # Required. The DiscoveryConfig to create.
+    "actions": [ # Actions to execute at the completion of scanning.
+      { # A task to execute when a data profile has been generated.
+        "exportData": { # If set, the detailed data profiles will be persisted to the location of your choice whenever updated. # Export data profiles into a provided location.
+          "profileTable": { # Message defining the location of a BigQuery table. A table is uniquely identified by its project_id, dataset_id, and table_name. Within a query a table is often referenced with a string in the format of: `:.` or `..`. # Store all table and column profiles in an existing table or a new table in an existing dataset. Each re-generation will result in a new row in BigQuery.
+            "datasetId": "A String", # Dataset ID of the table.
+            "projectId": "A String", # The Google Cloud Platform project ID of the project containing the table. If omitted, project ID is inferred from the API call.
+            "tableId": "A String", # Name of the table.
+          },
+        },
+        "pubSubNotification": { # Send a Pub/Sub message into the given Pub/Sub topic to connect other systems to data profile generation. The message payload data will be the byte serialization of `DataProfilePubSubMessage`. # Publish a message into the Pub/Sub topic.
+          "detailOfMessage": "A String", # How much data to include in the Pub/Sub message. If the user wishes to limit the size of the message, they can use resource_name and fetch the profile fields they wish to. Per table profile (not per column).
+          "event": "A String", # The type of event that triggers a Pub/Sub. At most one `PubSubNotification` per EventType is permitted.
+          "pubsubCondition": { # A condition for determining whether a Pub/Sub should be triggered. # Conditions (e.g., data risk or sensitivity level) for triggering a Pub/Sub.
+            "expressions": { # An expression, consisting of an operator and conditions. # An expression.
+              "conditions": [ # Conditions to apply to the expression.
+                { # A condition consisting of a value.
+                  "minimumRiskScore": "A String", # The minimum data risk score that triggers the condition.
+                  "minimumSensitivityScore": "A String", # The minimum sensitivity level that triggers the condition.
+                },
+              ],
+              "logicalOperator": "A String", # The operator to apply to the collection of conditions.
+            },
+          },
+          "topic": "A String", # Cloud Pub/Sub topic to send notifications to. Format is projects/{project}/topics/{topic}.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of a DiscoveryConfig.
+    "displayName": "A String", # Display name (max 100 chars)
+    "errors": [ # Output only. A stream of errors encountered when the config was activated. Repeated errors may result in the config automatically being paused. Output only field. Will return the last 100 errors. Whenever the config is modified this list will be cleared.
+      { # Details information about an error encountered during job execution or the results of an unsuccessful activation of the JobTrigger.
+        "details": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Detailed error codes and messages.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "timestamps": [ # The times the error occurred. List includes the oldest timestamp and the last 9 timestamps.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    ],
+    "inspectTemplates": [ # Detection logic for profile generation. Not all template features are used by Discovery. FindingLimits, include_quote and exclude_info_types have no impact on Discovery. Multiple templates may be provided if there is data in multiple regions. At most one template must be specified per-region (including "global"). Each region is scanned using the applicable template. If no region-specific template is specified, but a "global" template is specified, it will be copied to that region and used instead. If no global or region-specific template is provided for a region with data, that region's data will not be scanned. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/data-profiles#data_residency.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "lastRunTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last time this config was executed.
+    "name": "A String", # Unique resource name for the DiscoveryConfig, assigned by the service when the DiscoveryConfig is created, for example `projects/dlp-test-project/locations/global/discoveryConfigs/53234423`.
+    "orgConfig": { # Project and scan location information. Only set when the parent is an org. # Only set when the parent is an org.
+      "location": { # The location to begin a Discovery scan. Denotes an organization ID or folder ID within an organization. # The data to scan: folder, org, or project
+        "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the Folder within an organization to scan.
+        "organizationId": "A String", # The ID of an organization to scan.
+      },
+      "projectId": "A String", # The project that will run the scan. The DLP service account that exists within this project must have access to all resources that are profiled, and the Cloud DLP API must be enabled.
+    },
+    "status": "A String", # Required. A status for this configuration.
+    "targets": [ # Target to match against for determining what to scan and how frequently.
+      { # Target used to match against for Discovery.
+        "bigQueryTarget": { # Target used to match against for Discovery with BigQuery tables # BigQuery target for Discovery. The first target to match a table will be the one applied.
+          "cadence": { # What must take place for a profile to be updated and how frequently it should occur. New tables are scanned as quickly as possible depending on system capacity. # How often and when to update profiles. New tables that match both the filter and conditions are scanned as quickly as possible depending on system capacity.
+            "schemaModifiedCadence": { # The cadence at which to update data profiles when a schema is modified. # Governs when to update data profiles when a schema is modified.
+              "frequency": "A String", # How frequently profiles may be updated when schemas are modified. Defaults to monthly.
+              "types": [ # The type of events to consider when deciding if the table's schema has been modified and should have the profile updated. Defaults to NEW_COLUMNS.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+            "tableModifiedCadence": { # The cadence at which to update data profiles when a table is modified. # Governs when to update data profiles when a table is modified.
+              "frequency": "A String", # How frequently data profiles can be updated when tables are modified. Defaults to never.
+              "types": [ # The type of events to consider when deciding if the table has been modified and should have the profile updated. Defaults to MODIFIED_TIMESTAMP.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+          },
+          "conditions": { # Requirements that must be true before a table is scanned in Discovery for the first time. There is an AND relationship between the top-level attributes. # In addition to matching the filter, these conditions must be true before a profile is generated.
+            "createdAfter": "A String", # BigQuery table must have been created after this date. Used to avoid backfilling.
+            "orConditions": { # There is an OR relationship between these attributes. They are used to determine if a table should be scanned or not in Discovery. # At least one of the conditions must be true for a table to be scanned.
+              "minAge": "A String", # Minimum age a table must have before Cloud DLP can profile it. Value must be 1 hour or greater.
+              "minRowCount": 42, # Minimum number of rows that should be present before Cloud DLP profiles a table
+            },
+            "typeCollection": "A String", # Restrict Discovery to categories of table types.
+            "types": { # The types of bigquery tables supported by Cloud DLP. # Restrict Discovery to specific table types.
+              "types": [ # A set of bigquery table types.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+          },
+          "disabled": { # Do nothing. # Tables that match this filter will not have profiles created.
+          },
+          "filter": { # Determines what tables will have profiles generated within an organization or project. Includes the ability to filter by regular expression patterns on project ID, dataset ID, and table ID. Also lets you set minimum conditions that must be met before Cloud DLP scans a table (like a minimum row count or a minimum table age). # Required. The tables the Discovery cadence applies to. The first target with a matching filter will be the one to apply to a table.
+            "otherTables": { # Catch-all for all other tables not specified by other filters. Should always be last, except for single-table configurations, which will only have a TableReference target. # Catch-all. This should always be the last filter in the list because anything above it will apply first. Should only appear once in a configuration. If none is specified, a default one will be added automatically.
+            },
+            "tables": { # Specifies a collection of BigQuery tables. Used for Discovery. # A specific set of tables for this filter to apply to. A table collection must be specified in only one filter per config. If a table id or dataset is empty, Cloud DLP assumes all tables in that collection must be profiled. Must specify a project ID.
+              "includeRegexes": { # A collection of regular expressions to determine what tables to match against. # A collection of regular expressions to match a BigQuery table against.
+                "patterns": [ # A single BigQuery regular expression pattern to match against one or more tables, datasets, or projects that contain BigQuery tables.
+                  { # A pattern to match against one or more tables, datasets, or projects that contain BigQuery tables. At least one pattern must be specified. Regular expressions use RE2 [syntax](https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax); a guide can be found under the google/re2 repository on GitHub.
+                    "datasetIdRegex": "A String", # If unset, this property matches all datasets.
+                    "projectIdRegex": "A String", # For organizations, if unset, will match all projects. Has no effect for data profile configurations created within a project.
+                    "tableIdRegex": "A String", # If unset, this property matches all tables.
+                  },
+                ],
+              },
+            },
+          },
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of a DiscoveryConfig.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Configuration for Discovery to scan resources for profile generation. Only one Discovery configuration may exist per organization, folder, or project. The generated data profiles are retained according to the [data retention policy] (https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/data-profiles#retention).
+  "actions": [ # Actions to execute at the completion of scanning.
+    { # A task to execute when a data profile has been generated.
+      "exportData": { # If set, the detailed data profiles will be persisted to the location of your choice whenever updated. # Export data profiles into a provided location.
+        "profileTable": { # Message defining the location of a BigQuery table. A table is uniquely identified by its project_id, dataset_id, and table_name. Within a query a table is often referenced with a string in the format of: `:.` or `..`. # Store all table and column profiles in an existing table or a new table in an existing dataset. Each re-generation will result in a new row in BigQuery.
+          "datasetId": "A String", # Dataset ID of the table.
+          "projectId": "A String", # The Google Cloud Platform project ID of the project containing the table. If omitted, project ID is inferred from the API call.
+          "tableId": "A String", # Name of the table.
+        },
+      },
+      "pubSubNotification": { # Send a Pub/Sub message into the given Pub/Sub topic to connect other systems to data profile generation. The message payload data will be the byte serialization of `DataProfilePubSubMessage`. # Publish a message into the Pub/Sub topic.
+        "detailOfMessage": "A String", # How much data to include in the Pub/Sub message. If the user wishes to limit the size of the message, they can use resource_name and fetch the profile fields they wish to. Per table profile (not per column).
+        "event": "A String", # The type of event that triggers a Pub/Sub. At most one `PubSubNotification` per EventType is permitted.
+        "pubsubCondition": { # A condition for determining whether a Pub/Sub should be triggered. # Conditions (e.g., data risk or sensitivity level) for triggering a Pub/Sub.
+          "expressions": { # An expression, consisting of an operator and conditions. # An expression.
+            "conditions": [ # Conditions to apply to the expression.
+              { # A condition consisting of a value.
+                "minimumRiskScore": "A String", # The minimum data risk score that triggers the condition.
+                "minimumSensitivityScore": "A String", # The minimum sensitivity level that triggers the condition.
+              },
+            ],
+            "logicalOperator": "A String", # The operator to apply to the collection of conditions.
+          },
+        },
+        "topic": "A String", # Cloud Pub/Sub topic to send notifications to. Format is projects/{project}/topics/{topic}.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of a DiscoveryConfig.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Display name (max 100 chars)
+  "errors": [ # Output only. A stream of errors encountered when the config was activated. Repeated errors may result in the config automatically being paused. Output only field. Will return the last 100 errors. Whenever the config is modified this list will be cleared.
+    { # Details information about an error encountered during job execution or the results of an unsuccessful activation of the JobTrigger.
+      "details": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Detailed error codes and messages.
+        "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+        "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+          {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+          },
+        ],
+        "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+      },
+      "timestamps": [ # The times the error occurred. List includes the oldest timestamp and the last 9 timestamps.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  ],
+  "inspectTemplates": [ # Detection logic for profile generation. Not all template features are used by Discovery. FindingLimits, include_quote and exclude_info_types have no impact on Discovery. Multiple templates may be provided if there is data in multiple regions. At most one template must be specified per-region (including "global"). Each region is scanned using the applicable template. If no region-specific template is specified, but a "global" template is specified, it will be copied to that region and used instead. If no global or region-specific template is provided for a region with data, that region's data will not be scanned. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/data-profiles#data_residency.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "lastRunTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last time this config was executed.
+  "name": "A String", # Unique resource name for the DiscoveryConfig, assigned by the service when the DiscoveryConfig is created, for example `projects/dlp-test-project/locations/global/discoveryConfigs/53234423`.
+  "orgConfig": { # Project and scan location information. Only set when the parent is an org. # Only set when the parent is an org.
+    "location": { # The location to begin a Discovery scan. Denotes an organization ID or folder ID within an organization. # The data to scan: folder, org, or project
+      "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the Folder within an organization to scan.
+      "organizationId": "A String", # The ID of an organization to scan.
+    },
+    "projectId": "A String", # The project that will run the scan. The DLP service account that exists within this project must have access to all resources that are profiled, and the Cloud DLP API must be enabled.
+  },
+  "status": "A String", # Required. A status for this configuration.
+  "targets": [ # Target to match against for determining what to scan and how frequently.
+    { # Target used to match against for Discovery.
+      "bigQueryTarget": { # Target used to match against for Discovery with BigQuery tables # BigQuery target for Discovery. The first target to match a table will be the one applied.
+        "cadence": { # What must take place for a profile to be updated and how frequently it should occur. New tables are scanned as quickly as possible depending on system capacity. # How often and when to update profiles. New tables that match both the filter and conditions are scanned as quickly as possible depending on system capacity.
+          "schemaModifiedCadence": { # The cadence at which to update data profiles when a schema is modified. # Governs when to update data profiles when a schema is modified.
+            "frequency": "A String", # How frequently profiles may be updated when schemas are modified. Defaults to monthly.
+            "types": [ # The type of events to consider when deciding if the table's schema has been modified and should have the profile updated. Defaults to NEW_COLUMNS.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+          "tableModifiedCadence": { # The cadence at which to update data profiles when a table is modified. # Governs when to update data profiles when a table is modified.
+            "frequency": "A String", # How frequently data profiles can be updated when tables are modified. Defaults to never.
+            "types": [ # The type of events to consider when deciding if the table has been modified and should have the profile updated. Defaults to MODIFIED_TIMESTAMP.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+        },
+        "conditions": { # Requirements that must be true before a table is scanned in Discovery for the first time. There is an AND relationship between the top-level attributes. # In addition to matching the filter, these conditions must be true before a profile is generated.
+          "createdAfter": "A String", # BigQuery table must have been created after this date. Used to avoid backfilling.
+          "orConditions": { # There is an OR relationship between these attributes. They are used to determine if a table should be scanned or not in Discovery. # At least one of the conditions must be true for a table to be scanned.
+            "minAge": "A String", # Minimum age a table must have before Cloud DLP can profile it. Value must be 1 hour or greater.
+            "minRowCount": 42, # Minimum number of rows that should be present before Cloud DLP profiles a table
+          },
+          "typeCollection": "A String", # Restrict Discovery to categories of table types.
+          "types": { # The types of bigquery tables supported by Cloud DLP. # Restrict Discovery to specific table types.
+            "types": [ # A set of bigquery table types.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+        },
+        "disabled": { # Do nothing. # Tables that match this filter will not have profiles created.
+        },
+        "filter": { # Determines what tables will have profiles generated within an organization or project. Includes the ability to filter by regular expression patterns on project ID, dataset ID, and table ID. Also lets you set minimum conditions that must be met before Cloud DLP scans a table (like a minimum row count or a minimum table age). # Required. The tables the Discovery cadence applies to. The first target with a matching filter will be the one to apply to a table.
+          "otherTables": { # Catch-all for all other tables not specified by other filters. Should always be last, except for single-table configurations, which will only have a TableReference target. # Catch-all. This should always be the last filter in the list because anything above it will apply first. Should only appear once in a configuration. If none is specified, a default one will be added automatically.
+          },
+          "tables": { # Specifies a collection of BigQuery tables. Used for Discovery. # A specific set of tables for this filter to apply to. A table collection must be specified in only one filter per config. If a table id or dataset is empty, Cloud DLP assumes all tables in that collection must be profiled. Must specify a project ID.
+            "includeRegexes": { # A collection of regular expressions to determine what tables to match against. # A collection of regular expressions to match a BigQuery table against.
+              "patterns": [ # A single BigQuery regular expression pattern to match against one or more tables, datasets, or projects that contain BigQuery tables.
+                { # A pattern to match against one or more tables, datasets, or projects that contain BigQuery tables. At least one pattern must be specified. Regular expressions use RE2 [syntax](https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax); a guide can be found under the google/re2 repository on GitHub.
+                  "datasetIdRegex": "A String", # If unset, this property matches all datasets.
+                  "projectIdRegex": "A String", # For organizations, if unset, will match all projects. Has no effect for data profile configurations created within a project.
+                  "tableIdRegex": "A String", # If unset, this property matches all tables.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+          },
+        },
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of a DiscoveryConfig.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a Discovery configuration.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Resource name of the project and the config, for example `projects/dlp-test-project/discoveryConfigs/53234423`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets a Discovery configuration.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Resource name of the project and the configuration, for example `projects/dlp-test-project/discoveryConfigs/53234423`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Configuration for Discovery to scan resources for profile generation. Only one Discovery configuration may exist per organization, folder, or project. The generated data profiles are retained according to the [data retention policy] (https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/data-profiles#retention).
+  "actions": [ # Actions to execute at the completion of scanning.
+    { # A task to execute when a data profile has been generated.
+      "exportData": { # If set, the detailed data profiles will be persisted to the location of your choice whenever updated. # Export data profiles into a provided location.
+        "profileTable": { # Message defining the location of a BigQuery table. A table is uniquely identified by its project_id, dataset_id, and table_name. Within a query a table is often referenced with a string in the format of: `:.` or `..`. # Store all table and column profiles in an existing table or a new table in an existing dataset. Each re-generation will result in a new row in BigQuery.
+          "datasetId": "A String", # Dataset ID of the table.
+          "projectId": "A String", # The Google Cloud Platform project ID of the project containing the table. If omitted, project ID is inferred from the API call.
+          "tableId": "A String", # Name of the table.
+        },
+      },
+      "pubSubNotification": { # Send a Pub/Sub message into the given Pub/Sub topic to connect other systems to data profile generation. The message payload data will be the byte serialization of `DataProfilePubSubMessage`. # Publish a message into the Pub/Sub topic.
+        "detailOfMessage": "A String", # How much data to include in the Pub/Sub message. If the user wishes to limit the size of the message, they can use resource_name and fetch the profile fields they wish to. Per table profile (not per column).
+        "event": "A String", # The type of event that triggers a Pub/Sub. At most one `PubSubNotification` per EventType is permitted.
+        "pubsubCondition": { # A condition for determining whether a Pub/Sub should be triggered. # Conditions (e.g., data risk or sensitivity level) for triggering a Pub/Sub.
+          "expressions": { # An expression, consisting of an operator and conditions. # An expression.
+            "conditions": [ # Conditions to apply to the expression.
+              { # A condition consisting of a value.
+                "minimumRiskScore": "A String", # The minimum data risk score that triggers the condition.
+                "minimumSensitivityScore": "A String", # The minimum sensitivity level that triggers the condition.
+              },
+            ],
+            "logicalOperator": "A String", # The operator to apply to the collection of conditions.
+          },
+        },
+        "topic": "A String", # Cloud Pub/Sub topic to send notifications to. Format is projects/{project}/topics/{topic}.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of a DiscoveryConfig.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Display name (max 100 chars)
+  "errors": [ # Output only. A stream of errors encountered when the config was activated. Repeated errors may result in the config automatically being paused. Output only field. Will return the last 100 errors. Whenever the config is modified this list will be cleared.
+    { # Details information about an error encountered during job execution or the results of an unsuccessful activation of the JobTrigger.
+      "details": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Detailed error codes and messages.
+        "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+        "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+          {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+          },
+        ],
+        "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+      },
+      "timestamps": [ # The times the error occurred. List includes the oldest timestamp and the last 9 timestamps.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  ],
+  "inspectTemplates": [ # Detection logic for profile generation. Not all template features are used by Discovery. FindingLimits, include_quote and exclude_info_types have no impact on Discovery. Multiple templates may be provided if there is data in multiple regions. At most one template must be specified per-region (including "global"). Each region is scanned using the applicable template. If no region-specific template is specified, but a "global" template is specified, it will be copied to that region and used instead. If no global or region-specific template is provided for a region with data, that region's data will not be scanned. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/data-profiles#data_residency.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "lastRunTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last time this config was executed.
+  "name": "A String", # Unique resource name for the DiscoveryConfig, assigned by the service when the DiscoveryConfig is created, for example `projects/dlp-test-project/locations/global/discoveryConfigs/53234423`.
+  "orgConfig": { # Project and scan location information. Only set when the parent is an org. # Only set when the parent is an org.
+    "location": { # The location to begin a Discovery scan. Denotes an organization ID or folder ID within an organization. # The data to scan: folder, org, or project
+      "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the Folder within an organization to scan.
+      "organizationId": "A String", # The ID of an organization to scan.
+    },
+    "projectId": "A String", # The project that will run the scan. The DLP service account that exists within this project must have access to all resources that are profiled, and the Cloud DLP API must be enabled.
+  },
+  "status": "A String", # Required. A status for this configuration.
+  "targets": [ # Target to match against for determining what to scan and how frequently.
+    { # Target used to match against for Discovery.
+      "bigQueryTarget": { # Target used to match against for Discovery with BigQuery tables # BigQuery target for Discovery. The first target to match a table will be the one applied.
+        "cadence": { # What must take place for a profile to be updated and how frequently it should occur. New tables are scanned as quickly as possible depending on system capacity. # How often and when to update profiles. New tables that match both the filter and conditions are scanned as quickly as possible depending on system capacity.
+          "schemaModifiedCadence": { # The cadence at which to update data profiles when a schema is modified. # Governs when to update data profiles when a schema is modified.
+            "frequency": "A String", # How frequently profiles may be updated when schemas are modified. Defaults to monthly.
+            "types": [ # The type of events to consider when deciding if the table's schema has been modified and should have the profile updated. Defaults to NEW_COLUMNS.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+          "tableModifiedCadence": { # The cadence at which to update data profiles when a table is modified. # Governs when to update data profiles when a table is modified.
+            "frequency": "A String", # How frequently data profiles can be updated when tables are modified. Defaults to never.
+            "types": [ # The type of events to consider when deciding if the table has been modified and should have the profile updated. Defaults to MODIFIED_TIMESTAMP.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+        },
+        "conditions": { # Requirements that must be true before a table is scanned in Discovery for the first time. There is an AND relationship between the top-level attributes. # In addition to matching the filter, these conditions must be true before a profile is generated.
+          "createdAfter": "A String", # BigQuery table must have been created after this date. Used to avoid backfilling.
+          "orConditions": { # There is an OR relationship between these attributes. They are used to determine if a table should be scanned or not in Discovery. # At least one of the conditions must be true for a table to be scanned.
+            "minAge": "A String", # Minimum age a table must have before Cloud DLP can profile it. Value must be 1 hour or greater.
+            "minRowCount": 42, # Minimum number of rows that should be present before Cloud DLP profiles a table
+          },
+          "typeCollection": "A String", # Restrict Discovery to categories of table types.
+          "types": { # The types of bigquery tables supported by Cloud DLP. # Restrict Discovery to specific table types.
+            "types": [ # A set of bigquery table types.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+        },
+        "disabled": { # Do nothing. # Tables that match this filter will not have profiles created.
+        },
+        "filter": { # Determines what tables will have profiles generated within an organization or project. Includes the ability to filter by regular expression patterns on project ID, dataset ID, and table ID. Also lets you set minimum conditions that must be met before Cloud DLP scans a table (like a minimum row count or a minimum table age). # Required. The tables the Discovery cadence applies to. The first target with a matching filter will be the one to apply to a table.
+          "otherTables": { # Catch-all for all other tables not specified by other filters. Should always be last, except for single-table configurations, which will only have a TableReference target. # Catch-all. This should always be the last filter in the list because anything above it will apply first. Should only appear once in a configuration. If none is specified, a default one will be added automatically.
+          },
+          "tables": { # Specifies a collection of BigQuery tables. Used for Discovery. # A specific set of tables for this filter to apply to. A table collection must be specified in only one filter per config. If a table id or dataset is empty, Cloud DLP assumes all tables in that collection must be profiled. Must specify a project ID.
+            "includeRegexes": { # A collection of regular expressions to determine what tables to match against. # A collection of regular expressions to match a BigQuery table against.
+              "patterns": [ # A single BigQuery regular expression pattern to match against one or more tables, datasets, or projects that contain BigQuery tables.
+                { # A pattern to match against one or more tables, datasets, or projects that contain BigQuery tables. At least one pattern must be specified. Regular expressions use RE2 [syntax](https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax); a guide can be found under the google/re2 repository on GitHub.
+                  "datasetIdRegex": "A String", # If unset, this property matches all datasets.
+                  "projectIdRegex": "A String", # For organizations, if unset, will match all projects. Has no effect for data profile configurations created within a project.
+                  "tableIdRegex": "A String", # If unset, this property matches all tables.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+          },
+        },
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of a DiscoveryConfig.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists Discovery configurations.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Parent resource name. The format of this value is as follows: `projects/`PROJECT_ID`/locations/`LOCATION_ID The following example `parent` string specifies a parent project with the identifier `example-project`, and specifies the `europe-west3` location for processing data: parent=projects/example-project/locations/europe-west3 (required)
+  orderBy: string, Comma separated list of config fields to order by, followed by `asc` or `desc` postfix. This list is case-insensitive, default sorting order is ascending, redundant space characters are insignificant. Example: `name asc,update_time, create_time desc` Supported fields are: - `last_run_time`: corresponds to the last time the DiscoveryConfig ran. - `name`: corresponds to the DiscoveryConfig's name. - `status`: corresponds to DiscoveryConfig's status.
+  pageSize: integer, Size of the page, can be limited by a server.
+  pageToken: string, Page token to continue retrieval. Comes from previous call to ListDiscoveryConfigs. `order_by` field must not change for subsequent calls.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for ListDiscoveryConfigs.
+  "discoveryConfigs": [ # List of configs, up to page_size in ListDiscoveryConfigsRequest.
+    { # Configuration for Discovery to scan resources for profile generation. Only one Discovery configuration may exist per organization, folder, or project. The generated data profiles are retained according to the [data retention policy] (https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/data-profiles#retention).
+      "actions": [ # Actions to execute at the completion of scanning.
+        { # A task to execute when a data profile has been generated.
+          "exportData": { # If set, the detailed data profiles will be persisted to the location of your choice whenever updated. # Export data profiles into a provided location.
+            "profileTable": { # Message defining the location of a BigQuery table. A table is uniquely identified by its project_id, dataset_id, and table_name. Within a query a table is often referenced with a string in the format of: `:.` or `..`. # Store all table and column profiles in an existing table or a new table in an existing dataset. Each re-generation will result in a new row in BigQuery.
+              "datasetId": "A String", # Dataset ID of the table.
+              "projectId": "A String", # The Google Cloud Platform project ID of the project containing the table. If omitted, project ID is inferred from the API call.
+              "tableId": "A String", # Name of the table.
+            },
+          },
+          "pubSubNotification": { # Send a Pub/Sub message into the given Pub/Sub topic to connect other systems to data profile generation. The message payload data will be the byte serialization of `DataProfilePubSubMessage`. # Publish a message into the Pub/Sub topic.
+            "detailOfMessage": "A String", # How much data to include in the Pub/Sub message. If the user wishes to limit the size of the message, they can use resource_name and fetch the profile fields they wish to. Per table profile (not per column).
+            "event": "A String", # The type of event that triggers a Pub/Sub. At most one `PubSubNotification` per EventType is permitted.
+            "pubsubCondition": { # A condition for determining whether a Pub/Sub should be triggered. # Conditions (e.g., data risk or sensitivity level) for triggering a Pub/Sub.
+              "expressions": { # An expression, consisting of an operator and conditions. # An expression.
+                "conditions": [ # Conditions to apply to the expression.
+                  { # A condition consisting of a value.
+                    "minimumRiskScore": "A String", # The minimum data risk score that triggers the condition.
+                    "minimumSensitivityScore": "A String", # The minimum sensitivity level that triggers the condition.
+                  },
+                ],
+                "logicalOperator": "A String", # The operator to apply to the collection of conditions.
+              },
+            },
+            "topic": "A String", # Cloud Pub/Sub topic to send notifications to. Format is projects/{project}/topics/{topic}.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of a DiscoveryConfig.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Display name (max 100 chars)
+      "errors": [ # Output only. A stream of errors encountered when the config was activated. Repeated errors may result in the config automatically being paused. Output only field. Will return the last 100 errors. Whenever the config is modified this list will be cleared.
+        { # Details information about an error encountered during job execution or the results of an unsuccessful activation of the JobTrigger.
+          "details": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Detailed error codes and messages.
+            "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+            "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+              {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+              },
+            ],
+            "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+          },
+          "timestamps": [ # The times the error occurred. List includes the oldest timestamp and the last 9 timestamps.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+      ],
+      "inspectTemplates": [ # Detection logic for profile generation. Not all template features are used by Discovery. FindingLimits, include_quote and exclude_info_types have no impact on Discovery. Multiple templates may be provided if there is data in multiple regions. At most one template must be specified per-region (including "global"). Each region is scanned using the applicable template. If no region-specific template is specified, but a "global" template is specified, it will be copied to that region and used instead. If no global or region-specific template is provided for a region with data, that region's data will not be scanned. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/data-profiles#data_residency.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "lastRunTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last time this config was executed.
+      "name": "A String", # Unique resource name for the DiscoveryConfig, assigned by the service when the DiscoveryConfig is created, for example `projects/dlp-test-project/locations/global/discoveryConfigs/53234423`.
+      "orgConfig": { # Project and scan location information. Only set when the parent is an org. # Only set when the parent is an org.
+        "location": { # The location to begin a Discovery scan. Denotes an organization ID or folder ID within an organization. # The data to scan: folder, org, or project
+          "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the Folder within an organization to scan.
+          "organizationId": "A String", # The ID of an organization to scan.
+        },
+        "projectId": "A String", # The project that will run the scan. The DLP service account that exists within this project must have access to all resources that are profiled, and the Cloud DLP API must be enabled.
+      },
+      "status": "A String", # Required. A status for this configuration.
+      "targets": [ # Target to match against for determining what to scan and how frequently.
+        { # Target used to match against for Discovery.
+          "bigQueryTarget": { # Target used to match against for Discovery with BigQuery tables # BigQuery target for Discovery. The first target to match a table will be the one applied.
+            "cadence": { # What must take place for a profile to be updated and how frequently it should occur. New tables are scanned as quickly as possible depending on system capacity. # How often and when to update profiles. New tables that match both the filter and conditions are scanned as quickly as possible depending on system capacity.
+              "schemaModifiedCadence": { # The cadence at which to update data profiles when a schema is modified. # Governs when to update data profiles when a schema is modified.
+                "frequency": "A String", # How frequently profiles may be updated when schemas are modified. Defaults to monthly.
+                "types": [ # The type of events to consider when deciding if the table's schema has been modified and should have the profile updated. Defaults to NEW_COLUMNS.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+              "tableModifiedCadence": { # The cadence at which to update data profiles when a table is modified. # Governs when to update data profiles when a table is modified.
+                "frequency": "A String", # How frequently data profiles can be updated when tables are modified. Defaults to never.
+                "types": [ # The type of events to consider when deciding if the table has been modified and should have the profile updated. Defaults to MODIFIED_TIMESTAMP.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+            },
+            "conditions": { # Requirements that must be true before a table is scanned in Discovery for the first time. There is an AND relationship between the top-level attributes. # In addition to matching the filter, these conditions must be true before a profile is generated.
+              "createdAfter": "A String", # BigQuery table must have been created after this date. Used to avoid backfilling.
+              "orConditions": { # There is an OR relationship between these attributes. They are used to determine if a table should be scanned or not in Discovery. # At least one of the conditions must be true for a table to be scanned.
+                "minAge": "A String", # Minimum age a table must have before Cloud DLP can profile it. Value must be 1 hour or greater.
+                "minRowCount": 42, # Minimum number of rows that should be present before Cloud DLP profiles a table
+              },
+              "typeCollection": "A String", # Restrict Discovery to categories of table types.
+              "types": { # The types of bigquery tables supported by Cloud DLP. # Restrict Discovery to specific table types.
+                "types": [ # A set of bigquery table types.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+            },
+            "disabled": { # Do nothing. # Tables that match this filter will not have profiles created.
+            },
+            "filter": { # Determines what tables will have profiles generated within an organization or project. Includes the ability to filter by regular expression patterns on project ID, dataset ID, and table ID. Also lets you set minimum conditions that must be met before Cloud DLP scans a table (like a minimum row count or a minimum table age). # Required. The tables the Discovery cadence applies to. The first target with a matching filter will be the one to apply to a table.
+              "otherTables": { # Catch-all for all other tables not specified by other filters. Should always be last, except for single-table configurations, which will only have a TableReference target. # Catch-all. This should always be the last filter in the list because anything above it will apply first. Should only appear once in a configuration. If none is specified, a default one will be added automatically.
+              },
+              "tables": { # Specifies a collection of BigQuery tables. Used for Discovery. # A specific set of tables for this filter to apply to. A table collection must be specified in only one filter per config. If a table id or dataset is empty, Cloud DLP assumes all tables in that collection must be profiled. Must specify a project ID.
+                "includeRegexes": { # A collection of regular expressions to determine what tables to match against. # A collection of regular expressions to match a BigQuery table against.
+                  "patterns": [ # A single BigQuery regular expression pattern to match against one or more tables, datasets, or projects that contain BigQuery tables.
+                    { # A pattern to match against one or more tables, datasets, or projects that contain BigQuery tables. At least one pattern must be specified. Regular expressions use RE2 [syntax](https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax); a guide can be found under the google/re2 repository on GitHub.
+                      "datasetIdRegex": "A String", # If unset, this property matches all datasets.
+                      "projectIdRegex": "A String", # For organizations, if unset, will match all projects. Has no effect for data profile configurations created within a project.
+                      "tableIdRegex": "A String", # If unset, this property matches all tables.
+                    },
+                  ],
+                },
+              },
+            },
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of a DiscoveryConfig.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # If the next page is available then the next page token to be used in following ListDiscoveryConfigs request.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates a Discovery configuration.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Resource name of the project and the configuration, for example `projects/dlp-test-project/discoveryConfigs/53234423`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for UpdateDiscoveryConfig.
+  "discoveryConfig": { # Configuration for Discovery to scan resources for profile generation. Only one Discovery configuration may exist per organization, folder, or project. The generated data profiles are retained according to the [data retention policy] (https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/data-profiles#retention). # New DiscoveryConfig value.
+    "actions": [ # Actions to execute at the completion of scanning.
+      { # A task to execute when a data profile has been generated.
+        "exportData": { # If set, the detailed data profiles will be persisted to the location of your choice whenever updated. # Export data profiles into a provided location.
+          "profileTable": { # Message defining the location of a BigQuery table. A table is uniquely identified by its project_id, dataset_id, and table_name. Within a query a table is often referenced with a string in the format of: `:.` or `..`. # Store all table and column profiles in an existing table or a new table in an existing dataset. Each re-generation will result in a new row in BigQuery.
+            "datasetId": "A String", # Dataset ID of the table.
+            "projectId": "A String", # The Google Cloud Platform project ID of the project containing the table. If omitted, project ID is inferred from the API call.
+            "tableId": "A String", # Name of the table.
+          },
+        },
+        "pubSubNotification": { # Send a Pub/Sub message into the given Pub/Sub topic to connect other systems to data profile generation. The message payload data will be the byte serialization of `DataProfilePubSubMessage`. # Publish a message into the Pub/Sub topic.
+          "detailOfMessage": "A String", # How much data to include in the Pub/Sub message. If the user wishes to limit the size of the message, they can use resource_name and fetch the profile fields they wish to. Per table profile (not per column).
+          "event": "A String", # The type of event that triggers a Pub/Sub. At most one `PubSubNotification` per EventType is permitted.
+          "pubsubCondition": { # A condition for determining whether a Pub/Sub should be triggered. # Conditions (e.g., data risk or sensitivity level) for triggering a Pub/Sub.
+            "expressions": { # An expression, consisting of an operator and conditions. # An expression.
+              "conditions": [ # Conditions to apply to the expression.
+                { # A condition consisting of a value.
+                  "minimumRiskScore": "A String", # The minimum data risk score that triggers the condition.
+                  "minimumSensitivityScore": "A String", # The minimum sensitivity level that triggers the condition.
+                },
+              ],
+              "logicalOperator": "A String", # The operator to apply to the collection of conditions.
+            },
+          },
+          "topic": "A String", # Cloud Pub/Sub topic to send notifications to. Format is projects/{project}/topics/{topic}.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of a DiscoveryConfig.
+    "displayName": "A String", # Display name (max 100 chars)
+    "errors": [ # Output only. A stream of errors encountered when the config was activated. Repeated errors may result in the config automatically being paused. Output only field. Will return the last 100 errors. Whenever the config is modified this list will be cleared.
+      { # Details information about an error encountered during job execution or the results of an unsuccessful activation of the JobTrigger.
+        "details": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Detailed error codes and messages.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "timestamps": [ # The times the error occurred. List includes the oldest timestamp and the last 9 timestamps.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    ],
+    "inspectTemplates": [ # Detection logic for profile generation. Not all template features are used by Discovery. FindingLimits, include_quote and exclude_info_types have no impact on Discovery. Multiple templates may be provided if there is data in multiple regions. At most one template must be specified per-region (including "global"). Each region is scanned using the applicable template. If no region-specific template is specified, but a "global" template is specified, it will be copied to that region and used instead. If no global or region-specific template is provided for a region with data, that region's data will not be scanned. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/data-profiles#data_residency.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "lastRunTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last time this config was executed.
+    "name": "A String", # Unique resource name for the DiscoveryConfig, assigned by the service when the DiscoveryConfig is created, for example `projects/dlp-test-project/locations/global/discoveryConfigs/53234423`.
+    "orgConfig": { # Project and scan location information. Only set when the parent is an org. # Only set when the parent is an org.
+      "location": { # The location to begin a Discovery scan. Denotes an organization ID or folder ID within an organization. # The data to scan: folder, org, or project
+        "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the Folder within an organization to scan.
+        "organizationId": "A String", # The ID of an organization to scan.
+      },
+      "projectId": "A String", # The project that will run the scan. The DLP service account that exists within this project must have access to all resources that are profiled, and the Cloud DLP API must be enabled.
+    },
+    "status": "A String", # Required. A status for this configuration.
+    "targets": [ # Target to match against for determining what to scan and how frequently.
+      { # Target used to match against for Discovery.
+        "bigQueryTarget": { # Target used to match against for Discovery with BigQuery tables # BigQuery target for Discovery. The first target to match a table will be the one applied.
+          "cadence": { # What must take place for a profile to be updated and how frequently it should occur. New tables are scanned as quickly as possible depending on system capacity. # How often and when to update profiles. New tables that match both the filter and conditions are scanned as quickly as possible depending on system capacity.
+            "schemaModifiedCadence": { # The cadence at which to update data profiles when a schema is modified. # Governs when to update data profiles when a schema is modified.
+              "frequency": "A String", # How frequently profiles may be updated when schemas are modified. Defaults to monthly.
+              "types": [ # The type of events to consider when deciding if the table's schema has been modified and should have the profile updated. Defaults to NEW_COLUMNS.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+            "tableModifiedCadence": { # The cadence at which to update data profiles when a table is modified. # Governs when to update data profiles when a table is modified.
+              "frequency": "A String", # How frequently data profiles can be updated when tables are modified. Defaults to never.
+              "types": [ # The type of events to consider when deciding if the table has been modified and should have the profile updated. Defaults to MODIFIED_TIMESTAMP.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+          },
+          "conditions": { # Requirements that must be true before a table is scanned in Discovery for the first time. There is an AND relationship between the top-level attributes. # In addition to matching the filter, these conditions must be true before a profile is generated.
+            "createdAfter": "A String", # BigQuery table must have been created after this date. Used to avoid backfilling.
+            "orConditions": { # There is an OR relationship between these attributes. They are used to determine if a table should be scanned or not in Discovery. # At least one of the conditions must be true for a table to be scanned.
+              "minAge": "A String", # Minimum age a table must have before Cloud DLP can profile it. Value must be 1 hour or greater.
+              "minRowCount": 42, # Minimum number of rows that should be present before Cloud DLP profiles a table
+            },
+            "typeCollection": "A String", # Restrict Discovery to categories of table types.
+            "types": { # The types of bigquery tables supported by Cloud DLP. # Restrict Discovery to specific table types.
+              "types": [ # A set of bigquery table types.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+          },
+          "disabled": { # Do nothing. # Tables that match this filter will not have profiles created.
+          },
+          "filter": { # Determines what tables will have profiles generated within an organization or project. Includes the ability to filter by regular expression patterns on project ID, dataset ID, and table ID. Also lets you set minimum conditions that must be met before Cloud DLP scans a table (like a minimum row count or a minimum table age). # Required. The tables the Discovery cadence applies to. The first target with a matching filter will be the one to apply to a table.
+            "otherTables": { # Catch-all for all other tables not specified by other filters. Should always be last, except for single-table configurations, which will only have a TableReference target. # Catch-all. This should always be the last filter in the list because anything above it will apply first. Should only appear once in a configuration. If none is specified, a default one will be added automatically.
+            },
+            "tables": { # Specifies a collection of BigQuery tables. Used for Discovery. # A specific set of tables for this filter to apply to. A table collection must be specified in only one filter per config. If a table id or dataset is empty, Cloud DLP assumes all tables in that collection must be profiled. Must specify a project ID.
+              "includeRegexes": { # A collection of regular expressions to determine what tables to match against. # A collection of regular expressions to match a BigQuery table against.
+                "patterns": [ # A single BigQuery regular expression pattern to match against one or more tables, datasets, or projects that contain BigQuery tables.
+                  { # A pattern to match against one or more tables, datasets, or projects that contain BigQuery tables. At least one pattern must be specified. Regular expressions use RE2 [syntax](https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax); a guide can be found under the google/re2 repository on GitHub.
+                    "datasetIdRegex": "A String", # If unset, this property matches all datasets.
+                    "projectIdRegex": "A String", # For organizations, if unset, will match all projects. Has no effect for data profile configurations created within a project.
+                    "tableIdRegex": "A String", # If unset, this property matches all tables.
+                  },
+                ],
+              },
+            },
+          },
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of a DiscoveryConfig.
+  },
+  "updateMask": "A String", # Mask to control which fields get updated.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Configuration for Discovery to scan resources for profile generation. Only one Discovery configuration may exist per organization, folder, or project. The generated data profiles are retained according to the [data retention policy] (https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/data-profiles#retention).
+  "actions": [ # Actions to execute at the completion of scanning.
+    { # A task to execute when a data profile has been generated.
+      "exportData": { # If set, the detailed data profiles will be persisted to the location of your choice whenever updated. # Export data profiles into a provided location.
+        "profileTable": { # Message defining the location of a BigQuery table. A table is uniquely identified by its project_id, dataset_id, and table_name. Within a query a table is often referenced with a string in the format of: `:.` or `..`. # Store all table and column profiles in an existing table or a new table in an existing dataset. Each re-generation will result in a new row in BigQuery.
+          "datasetId": "A String", # Dataset ID of the table.
+          "projectId": "A String", # The Google Cloud Platform project ID of the project containing the table. If omitted, project ID is inferred from the API call.
+          "tableId": "A String", # Name of the table.
+        },
+      },
+      "pubSubNotification": { # Send a Pub/Sub message into the given Pub/Sub topic to connect other systems to data profile generation. The message payload data will be the byte serialization of `DataProfilePubSubMessage`. # Publish a message into the Pub/Sub topic.
+        "detailOfMessage": "A String", # How much data to include in the Pub/Sub message. If the user wishes to limit the size of the message, they can use resource_name and fetch the profile fields they wish to. Per table profile (not per column).
+        "event": "A String", # The type of event that triggers a Pub/Sub. At most one `PubSubNotification` per EventType is permitted.
+        "pubsubCondition": { # A condition for determining whether a Pub/Sub should be triggered. # Conditions (e.g., data risk or sensitivity level) for triggering a Pub/Sub.
+          "expressions": { # An expression, consisting of an operator and conditions. # An expression.
+            "conditions": [ # Conditions to apply to the expression.
+              { # A condition consisting of a value.
+                "minimumRiskScore": "A String", # The minimum data risk score that triggers the condition.
+                "minimumSensitivityScore": "A String", # The minimum sensitivity level that triggers the condition.
+              },
+            ],
+            "logicalOperator": "A String", # The operator to apply to the collection of conditions.
+          },
+        },
+        "topic": "A String", # Cloud Pub/Sub topic to send notifications to. Format is projects/{project}/topics/{topic}.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of a DiscoveryConfig.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Display name (max 100 chars)
+  "errors": [ # Output only. A stream of errors encountered when the config was activated. Repeated errors may result in the config automatically being paused. Output only field. Will return the last 100 errors. Whenever the config is modified this list will be cleared.
+    { # Details information about an error encountered during job execution or the results of an unsuccessful activation of the JobTrigger.
+      "details": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Detailed error codes and messages.
+        "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+        "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+          {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+          },
+        ],
+        "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+      },
+      "timestamps": [ # The times the error occurred. List includes the oldest timestamp and the last 9 timestamps.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  ],
+  "inspectTemplates": [ # Detection logic for profile generation. Not all template features are used by Discovery. FindingLimits, include_quote and exclude_info_types have no impact on Discovery. Multiple templates may be provided if there is data in multiple regions. At most one template must be specified per-region (including "global"). Each region is scanned using the applicable template. If no region-specific template is specified, but a "global" template is specified, it will be copied to that region and used instead. If no global or region-specific template is provided for a region with data, that region's data will not be scanned. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/data-profiles#data_residency.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "lastRunTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last time this config was executed.
+  "name": "A String", # Unique resource name for the DiscoveryConfig, assigned by the service when the DiscoveryConfig is created, for example `projects/dlp-test-project/locations/global/discoveryConfigs/53234423`.
+  "orgConfig": { # Project and scan location information. Only set when the parent is an org. # Only set when the parent is an org.
+    "location": { # The location to begin a Discovery scan. Denotes an organization ID or folder ID within an organization. # The data to scan: folder, org, or project
+      "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the Folder within an organization to scan.
+      "organizationId": "A String", # The ID of an organization to scan.
+    },
+    "projectId": "A String", # The project that will run the scan. The DLP service account that exists within this project must have access to all resources that are profiled, and the Cloud DLP API must be enabled.
+  },
+  "status": "A String", # Required. A status for this configuration.
+  "targets": [ # Target to match against for determining what to scan and how frequently.
+    { # Target used to match against for Discovery.
+      "bigQueryTarget": { # Target used to match against for Discovery with BigQuery tables # BigQuery target for Discovery. The first target to match a table will be the one applied.
+        "cadence": { # What must take place for a profile to be updated and how frequently it should occur. New tables are scanned as quickly as possible depending on system capacity. # How often and when to update profiles. New tables that match both the filter and conditions are scanned as quickly as possible depending on system capacity.
+          "schemaModifiedCadence": { # The cadence at which to update data profiles when a schema is modified. # Governs when to update data profiles when a schema is modified.
+            "frequency": "A String", # How frequently profiles may be updated when schemas are modified. Defaults to monthly.
+            "types": [ # The type of events to consider when deciding if the table's schema has been modified and should have the profile updated. Defaults to NEW_COLUMNS.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+          "tableModifiedCadence": { # The cadence at which to update data profiles when a table is modified. # Governs when to update data profiles when a table is modified.
+            "frequency": "A String", # How frequently data profiles can be updated when tables are modified. Defaults to never.
+            "types": [ # The type of events to consider when deciding if the table has been modified and should have the profile updated. Defaults to MODIFIED_TIMESTAMP.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+        },
+        "conditions": { # Requirements that must be true before a table is scanned in Discovery for the first time. There is an AND relationship between the top-level attributes. # In addition to matching the filter, these conditions must be true before a profile is generated.
+          "createdAfter": "A String", # BigQuery table must have been created after this date. Used to avoid backfilling.
+          "orConditions": { # There is an OR relationship between these attributes. They are used to determine if a table should be scanned or not in Discovery. # At least one of the conditions must be true for a table to be scanned.
+            "minAge": "A String", # Minimum age a table must have before Cloud DLP can profile it. Value must be 1 hour or greater.
+            "minRowCount": 42, # Minimum number of rows that should be present before Cloud DLP profiles a table
+          },
+          "typeCollection": "A String", # Restrict Discovery to categories of table types.
+          "types": { # The types of bigquery tables supported by Cloud DLP. # Restrict Discovery to specific table types.
+            "types": [ # A set of bigquery table types.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+        },
+        "disabled": { # Do nothing. # Tables that match this filter will not have profiles created.
+        },
+        "filter": { # Determines what tables will have profiles generated within an organization or project. Includes the ability to filter by regular expression patterns on project ID, dataset ID, and table ID. Also lets you set minimum conditions that must be met before Cloud DLP scans a table (like a minimum row count or a minimum table age). # Required. The tables the Discovery cadence applies to. The first target with a matching filter will be the one to apply to a table.
+          "otherTables": { # Catch-all for all other tables not specified by other filters. Should always be last, except for single-table configurations, which will only have a TableReference target. # Catch-all. This should always be the last filter in the list because anything above it will apply first. Should only appear once in a configuration. If none is specified, a default one will be added automatically.
+          },
+          "tables": { # Specifies a collection of BigQuery tables. Used for Discovery. # A specific set of tables for this filter to apply to. A table collection must be specified in only one filter per config. If a table id or dataset is empty, Cloud DLP assumes all tables in that collection must be profiled. Must specify a project ID.
+            "includeRegexes": { # A collection of regular expressions to determine what tables to match against. # A collection of regular expressions to match a BigQuery table against.
+              "patterns": [ # A single BigQuery regular expression pattern to match against one or more tables, datasets, or projects that contain BigQuery tables.
+                { # A pattern to match against one or more tables, datasets, or projects that contain BigQuery tables. At least one pattern must be specified. Regular expressions use RE2 [syntax](https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax); a guide can be found under the google/re2 repository on GitHub.
+                  "datasetIdRegex": "A String", # If unset, this property matches all datasets.
+                  "projectIdRegex": "A String", # For organizations, if unset, will match all projects. Has no effect for data profile configurations created within a project.
+                  "tableIdRegex": "A String", # If unset, this property matches all tables.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+          },
+        },
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of a DiscoveryConfig.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.organizations.locations.html b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.organizations.locations.html index 09db04fbdca..679a946b5f9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.organizations.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.organizations.locations.html @@ -79,6 +79,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the deidentifyTemplates Resource.

+

+ discoveryConfigs() +

+

Returns the discoveryConfigs Resource.

+

dlpJobs()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.discoveryConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.discoveryConfigs.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9c6b669b070 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.discoveryConfigs.html @@ -0,0 +1,888 @@ + + + +

Cloud Data Loss Prevention (DLP) . projects . locations . discoveryConfigs

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a config for Discovery to scan and profile storage.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a Discovery configuration.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets a Discovery configuration.

+

+ list(parent, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists Discovery configurations.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates a Discovery configuration.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a config for Discovery to scan and profile storage.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Parent resource name. The format of this value is as follows: `projects/`PROJECT_ID`/locations/`LOCATION_ID The following example `parent` string specifies a parent project with the identifier `example-project`, and specifies the `europe-west3` location for processing data: parent=projects/example-project/locations/europe-west3 (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for CreateDiscoveryConfig.
+  "configId": "A String", # The config id can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens; that is, it must match the regular expression: `[a-zA-Z\d-_]+`. The maximum length is 100 characters. Can be empty to allow the system to generate one.
+  "discoveryConfig": { # Configuration for Discovery to scan resources for profile generation. Only one Discovery configuration may exist per organization, folder, or project. The generated data profiles are retained according to the [data retention policy] (https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/data-profiles#retention). # Required. The DiscoveryConfig to create.
+    "actions": [ # Actions to execute at the completion of scanning.
+      { # A task to execute when a data profile has been generated.
+        "exportData": { # If set, the detailed data profiles will be persisted to the location of your choice whenever updated. # Export data profiles into a provided location.
+          "profileTable": { # Message defining the location of a BigQuery table. A table is uniquely identified by its project_id, dataset_id, and table_name. Within a query a table is often referenced with a string in the format of: `:.` or `..`. # Store all table and column profiles in an existing table or a new table in an existing dataset. Each re-generation will result in a new row in BigQuery.
+            "datasetId": "A String", # Dataset ID of the table.
+            "projectId": "A String", # The Google Cloud Platform project ID of the project containing the table. If omitted, project ID is inferred from the API call.
+            "tableId": "A String", # Name of the table.
+          },
+        },
+        "pubSubNotification": { # Send a Pub/Sub message into the given Pub/Sub topic to connect other systems to data profile generation. The message payload data will be the byte serialization of `DataProfilePubSubMessage`. # Publish a message into the Pub/Sub topic.
+          "detailOfMessage": "A String", # How much data to include in the Pub/Sub message. If the user wishes to limit the size of the message, they can use resource_name and fetch the profile fields they wish to. Per table profile (not per column).
+          "event": "A String", # The type of event that triggers a Pub/Sub. At most one `PubSubNotification` per EventType is permitted.
+          "pubsubCondition": { # A condition for determining whether a Pub/Sub should be triggered. # Conditions (e.g., data risk or sensitivity level) for triggering a Pub/Sub.
+            "expressions": { # An expression, consisting of an operator and conditions. # An expression.
+              "conditions": [ # Conditions to apply to the expression.
+                { # A condition consisting of a value.
+                  "minimumRiskScore": "A String", # The minimum data risk score that triggers the condition.
+                  "minimumSensitivityScore": "A String", # The minimum sensitivity level that triggers the condition.
+                },
+              ],
+              "logicalOperator": "A String", # The operator to apply to the collection of conditions.
+            },
+          },
+          "topic": "A String", # Cloud Pub/Sub topic to send notifications to. Format is projects/{project}/topics/{topic}.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of a DiscoveryConfig.
+    "displayName": "A String", # Display name (max 100 chars)
+    "errors": [ # Output only. A stream of errors encountered when the config was activated. Repeated errors may result in the config automatically being paused. Output only field. Will return the last 100 errors. Whenever the config is modified this list will be cleared.
+      { # Details information about an error encountered during job execution or the results of an unsuccessful activation of the JobTrigger.
+        "details": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Detailed error codes and messages.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "timestamps": [ # The times the error occurred. List includes the oldest timestamp and the last 9 timestamps.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    ],
+    "inspectTemplates": [ # Detection logic for profile generation. Not all template features are used by Discovery. FindingLimits, include_quote and exclude_info_types have no impact on Discovery. Multiple templates may be provided if there is data in multiple regions. At most one template must be specified per-region (including "global"). Each region is scanned using the applicable template. If no region-specific template is specified, but a "global" template is specified, it will be copied to that region and used instead. If no global or region-specific template is provided for a region with data, that region's data will not be scanned. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/data-profiles#data_residency.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "lastRunTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last time this config was executed.
+    "name": "A String", # Unique resource name for the DiscoveryConfig, assigned by the service when the DiscoveryConfig is created, for example `projects/dlp-test-project/locations/global/discoveryConfigs/53234423`.
+    "orgConfig": { # Project and scan location information. Only set when the parent is an org. # Only set when the parent is an org.
+      "location": { # The location to begin a Discovery scan. Denotes an organization ID or folder ID within an organization. # The data to scan: folder, org, or project
+        "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the Folder within an organization to scan.
+        "organizationId": "A String", # The ID of an organization to scan.
+      },
+      "projectId": "A String", # The project that will run the scan. The DLP service account that exists within this project must have access to all resources that are profiled, and the Cloud DLP API must be enabled.
+    },
+    "status": "A String", # Required. A status for this configuration.
+    "targets": [ # Target to match against for determining what to scan and how frequently.
+      { # Target used to match against for Discovery.
+        "bigQueryTarget": { # Target used to match against for Discovery with BigQuery tables # BigQuery target for Discovery. The first target to match a table will be the one applied.
+          "cadence": { # What must take place for a profile to be updated and how frequently it should occur. New tables are scanned as quickly as possible depending on system capacity. # How often and when to update profiles. New tables that match both the filter and conditions are scanned as quickly as possible depending on system capacity.
+            "schemaModifiedCadence": { # The cadence at which to update data profiles when a schema is modified. # Governs when to update data profiles when a schema is modified.
+              "frequency": "A String", # How frequently profiles may be updated when schemas are modified. Defaults to monthly.
+              "types": [ # The type of events to consider when deciding if the table's schema has been modified and should have the profile updated. Defaults to NEW_COLUMNS.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+            "tableModifiedCadence": { # The cadence at which to update data profiles when a table is modified. # Governs when to update data profiles when a table is modified.
+              "frequency": "A String", # How frequently data profiles can be updated when tables are modified. Defaults to never.
+              "types": [ # The type of events to consider when deciding if the table has been modified and should have the profile updated. Defaults to MODIFIED_TIMESTAMP.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+          },
+          "conditions": { # Requirements that must be true before a table is scanned in Discovery for the first time. There is an AND relationship between the top-level attributes. # In addition to matching the filter, these conditions must be true before a profile is generated.
+            "createdAfter": "A String", # BigQuery table must have been created after this date. Used to avoid backfilling.
+            "orConditions": { # There is an OR relationship between these attributes. They are used to determine if a table should be scanned or not in Discovery. # At least one of the conditions must be true for a table to be scanned.
+              "minAge": "A String", # Minimum age a table must have before Cloud DLP can profile it. Value must be 1 hour or greater.
+              "minRowCount": 42, # Minimum number of rows that should be present before Cloud DLP profiles a table
+            },
+            "typeCollection": "A String", # Restrict Discovery to categories of table types.
+            "types": { # The types of bigquery tables supported by Cloud DLP. # Restrict Discovery to specific table types.
+              "types": [ # A set of bigquery table types.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+          },
+          "disabled": { # Do nothing. # Tables that match this filter will not have profiles created.
+          },
+          "filter": { # Determines what tables will have profiles generated within an organization or project. Includes the ability to filter by regular expression patterns on project ID, dataset ID, and table ID. Also lets you set minimum conditions that must be met before Cloud DLP scans a table (like a minimum row count or a minimum table age). # Required. The tables the Discovery cadence applies to. The first target with a matching filter will be the one to apply to a table.
+            "otherTables": { # Catch-all for all other tables not specified by other filters. Should always be last, except for single-table configurations, which will only have a TableReference target. # Catch-all. This should always be the last filter in the list because anything above it will apply first. Should only appear once in a configuration. If none is specified, a default one will be added automatically.
+            },
+            "tables": { # Specifies a collection of BigQuery tables. Used for Discovery. # A specific set of tables for this filter to apply to. A table collection must be specified in only one filter per config. If a table id or dataset is empty, Cloud DLP assumes all tables in that collection must be profiled. Must specify a project ID.
+              "includeRegexes": { # A collection of regular expressions to determine what tables to match against. # A collection of regular expressions to match a BigQuery table against.
+                "patterns": [ # A single BigQuery regular expression pattern to match against one or more tables, datasets, or projects that contain BigQuery tables.
+                  { # A pattern to match against one or more tables, datasets, or projects that contain BigQuery tables. At least one pattern must be specified. Regular expressions use RE2 [syntax](https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax); a guide can be found under the google/re2 repository on GitHub.
+                    "datasetIdRegex": "A String", # If unset, this property matches all datasets.
+                    "projectIdRegex": "A String", # For organizations, if unset, will match all projects. Has no effect for data profile configurations created within a project.
+                    "tableIdRegex": "A String", # If unset, this property matches all tables.
+                  },
+                ],
+              },
+            },
+          },
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of a DiscoveryConfig.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Configuration for Discovery to scan resources for profile generation. Only one Discovery configuration may exist per organization, folder, or project. The generated data profiles are retained according to the [data retention policy] (https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/data-profiles#retention).
+  "actions": [ # Actions to execute at the completion of scanning.
+    { # A task to execute when a data profile has been generated.
+      "exportData": { # If set, the detailed data profiles will be persisted to the location of your choice whenever updated. # Export data profiles into a provided location.
+        "profileTable": { # Message defining the location of a BigQuery table. A table is uniquely identified by its project_id, dataset_id, and table_name. Within a query a table is often referenced with a string in the format of: `:.` or `..`. # Store all table and column profiles in an existing table or a new table in an existing dataset. Each re-generation will result in a new row in BigQuery.
+          "datasetId": "A String", # Dataset ID of the table.
+          "projectId": "A String", # The Google Cloud Platform project ID of the project containing the table. If omitted, project ID is inferred from the API call.
+          "tableId": "A String", # Name of the table.
+        },
+      },
+      "pubSubNotification": { # Send a Pub/Sub message into the given Pub/Sub topic to connect other systems to data profile generation. The message payload data will be the byte serialization of `DataProfilePubSubMessage`. # Publish a message into the Pub/Sub topic.
+        "detailOfMessage": "A String", # How much data to include in the Pub/Sub message. If the user wishes to limit the size of the message, they can use resource_name and fetch the profile fields they wish to. Per table profile (not per column).
+        "event": "A String", # The type of event that triggers a Pub/Sub. At most one `PubSubNotification` per EventType is permitted.
+        "pubsubCondition": { # A condition for determining whether a Pub/Sub should be triggered. # Conditions (e.g., data risk or sensitivity level) for triggering a Pub/Sub.
+          "expressions": { # An expression, consisting of an operator and conditions. # An expression.
+            "conditions": [ # Conditions to apply to the expression.
+              { # A condition consisting of a value.
+                "minimumRiskScore": "A String", # The minimum data risk score that triggers the condition.
+                "minimumSensitivityScore": "A String", # The minimum sensitivity level that triggers the condition.
+              },
+            ],
+            "logicalOperator": "A String", # The operator to apply to the collection of conditions.
+          },
+        },
+        "topic": "A String", # Cloud Pub/Sub topic to send notifications to. Format is projects/{project}/topics/{topic}.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of a DiscoveryConfig.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Display name (max 100 chars)
+  "errors": [ # Output only. A stream of errors encountered when the config was activated. Repeated errors may result in the config automatically being paused. Output only field. Will return the last 100 errors. Whenever the config is modified this list will be cleared.
+    { # Details information about an error encountered during job execution or the results of an unsuccessful activation of the JobTrigger.
+      "details": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Detailed error codes and messages.
+        "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+        "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+          {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+          },
+        ],
+        "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+      },
+      "timestamps": [ # The times the error occurred. List includes the oldest timestamp and the last 9 timestamps.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  ],
+  "inspectTemplates": [ # Detection logic for profile generation. Not all template features are used by Discovery. FindingLimits, include_quote and exclude_info_types have no impact on Discovery. Multiple templates may be provided if there is data in multiple regions. At most one template must be specified per-region (including "global"). Each region is scanned using the applicable template. If no region-specific template is specified, but a "global" template is specified, it will be copied to that region and used instead. If no global or region-specific template is provided for a region with data, that region's data will not be scanned. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/data-profiles#data_residency.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "lastRunTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last time this config was executed.
+  "name": "A String", # Unique resource name for the DiscoveryConfig, assigned by the service when the DiscoveryConfig is created, for example `projects/dlp-test-project/locations/global/discoveryConfigs/53234423`.
+  "orgConfig": { # Project and scan location information. Only set when the parent is an org. # Only set when the parent is an org.
+    "location": { # The location to begin a Discovery scan. Denotes an organization ID or folder ID within an organization. # The data to scan: folder, org, or project
+      "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the Folder within an organization to scan.
+      "organizationId": "A String", # The ID of an organization to scan.
+    },
+    "projectId": "A String", # The project that will run the scan. The DLP service account that exists within this project must have access to all resources that are profiled, and the Cloud DLP API must be enabled.
+  },
+  "status": "A String", # Required. A status for this configuration.
+  "targets": [ # Target to match against for determining what to scan and how frequently.
+    { # Target used to match against for Discovery.
+      "bigQueryTarget": { # Target used to match against for Discovery with BigQuery tables # BigQuery target for Discovery. The first target to match a table will be the one applied.
+        "cadence": { # What must take place for a profile to be updated and how frequently it should occur. New tables are scanned as quickly as possible depending on system capacity. # How often and when to update profiles. New tables that match both the filter and conditions are scanned as quickly as possible depending on system capacity.
+          "schemaModifiedCadence": { # The cadence at which to update data profiles when a schema is modified. # Governs when to update data profiles when a schema is modified.
+            "frequency": "A String", # How frequently profiles may be updated when schemas are modified. Defaults to monthly.
+            "types": [ # The type of events to consider when deciding if the table's schema has been modified and should have the profile updated. Defaults to NEW_COLUMNS.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+          "tableModifiedCadence": { # The cadence at which to update data profiles when a table is modified. # Governs when to update data profiles when a table is modified.
+            "frequency": "A String", # How frequently data profiles can be updated when tables are modified. Defaults to never.
+            "types": [ # The type of events to consider when deciding if the table has been modified and should have the profile updated. Defaults to MODIFIED_TIMESTAMP.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+        },
+        "conditions": { # Requirements that must be true before a table is scanned in Discovery for the first time. There is an AND relationship between the top-level attributes. # In addition to matching the filter, these conditions must be true before a profile is generated.
+          "createdAfter": "A String", # BigQuery table must have been created after this date. Used to avoid backfilling.
+          "orConditions": { # There is an OR relationship between these attributes. They are used to determine if a table should be scanned or not in Discovery. # At least one of the conditions must be true for a table to be scanned.
+            "minAge": "A String", # Minimum age a table must have before Cloud DLP can profile it. Value must be 1 hour or greater.
+            "minRowCount": 42, # Minimum number of rows that should be present before Cloud DLP profiles a table
+          },
+          "typeCollection": "A String", # Restrict Discovery to categories of table types.
+          "types": { # The types of bigquery tables supported by Cloud DLP. # Restrict Discovery to specific table types.
+            "types": [ # A set of bigquery table types.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+        },
+        "disabled": { # Do nothing. # Tables that match this filter will not have profiles created.
+        },
+        "filter": { # Determines what tables will have profiles generated within an organization or project. Includes the ability to filter by regular expression patterns on project ID, dataset ID, and table ID. Also lets you set minimum conditions that must be met before Cloud DLP scans a table (like a minimum row count or a minimum table age). # Required. The tables the Discovery cadence applies to. The first target with a matching filter will be the one to apply to a table.
+          "otherTables": { # Catch-all for all other tables not specified by other filters. Should always be last, except for single-table configurations, which will only have a TableReference target. # Catch-all. This should always be the last filter in the list because anything above it will apply first. Should only appear once in a configuration. If none is specified, a default one will be added automatically.
+          },
+          "tables": { # Specifies a collection of BigQuery tables. Used for Discovery. # A specific set of tables for this filter to apply to. A table collection must be specified in only one filter per config. If a table id or dataset is empty, Cloud DLP assumes all tables in that collection must be profiled. Must specify a project ID.
+            "includeRegexes": { # A collection of regular expressions to determine what tables to match against. # A collection of regular expressions to match a BigQuery table against.
+              "patterns": [ # A single BigQuery regular expression pattern to match against one or more tables, datasets, or projects that contain BigQuery tables.
+                { # A pattern to match against one or more tables, datasets, or projects that contain BigQuery tables. At least one pattern must be specified. Regular expressions use RE2 [syntax](https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax); a guide can be found under the google/re2 repository on GitHub.
+                  "datasetIdRegex": "A String", # If unset, this property matches all datasets.
+                  "projectIdRegex": "A String", # For organizations, if unset, will match all projects. Has no effect for data profile configurations created within a project.
+                  "tableIdRegex": "A String", # If unset, this property matches all tables.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+          },
+        },
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of a DiscoveryConfig.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a Discovery configuration.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Resource name of the project and the config, for example `projects/dlp-test-project/discoveryConfigs/53234423`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets a Discovery configuration.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Resource name of the project and the configuration, for example `projects/dlp-test-project/discoveryConfigs/53234423`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Configuration for Discovery to scan resources for profile generation. Only one Discovery configuration may exist per organization, folder, or project. The generated data profiles are retained according to the [data retention policy] (https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/data-profiles#retention).
+  "actions": [ # Actions to execute at the completion of scanning.
+    { # A task to execute when a data profile has been generated.
+      "exportData": { # If set, the detailed data profiles will be persisted to the location of your choice whenever updated. # Export data profiles into a provided location.
+        "profileTable": { # Message defining the location of a BigQuery table. A table is uniquely identified by its project_id, dataset_id, and table_name. Within a query a table is often referenced with a string in the format of: `:.` or `..`. # Store all table and column profiles in an existing table or a new table in an existing dataset. Each re-generation will result in a new row in BigQuery.
+          "datasetId": "A String", # Dataset ID of the table.
+          "projectId": "A String", # The Google Cloud Platform project ID of the project containing the table. If omitted, project ID is inferred from the API call.
+          "tableId": "A String", # Name of the table.
+        },
+      },
+      "pubSubNotification": { # Send a Pub/Sub message into the given Pub/Sub topic to connect other systems to data profile generation. The message payload data will be the byte serialization of `DataProfilePubSubMessage`. # Publish a message into the Pub/Sub topic.
+        "detailOfMessage": "A String", # How much data to include in the Pub/Sub message. If the user wishes to limit the size of the message, they can use resource_name and fetch the profile fields they wish to. Per table profile (not per column).
+        "event": "A String", # The type of event that triggers a Pub/Sub. At most one `PubSubNotification` per EventType is permitted.
+        "pubsubCondition": { # A condition for determining whether a Pub/Sub should be triggered. # Conditions (e.g., data risk or sensitivity level) for triggering a Pub/Sub.
+          "expressions": { # An expression, consisting of an operator and conditions. # An expression.
+            "conditions": [ # Conditions to apply to the expression.
+              { # A condition consisting of a value.
+                "minimumRiskScore": "A String", # The minimum data risk score that triggers the condition.
+                "minimumSensitivityScore": "A String", # The minimum sensitivity level that triggers the condition.
+              },
+            ],
+            "logicalOperator": "A String", # The operator to apply to the collection of conditions.
+          },
+        },
+        "topic": "A String", # Cloud Pub/Sub topic to send notifications to. Format is projects/{project}/topics/{topic}.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of a DiscoveryConfig.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Display name (max 100 chars)
+  "errors": [ # Output only. A stream of errors encountered when the config was activated. Repeated errors may result in the config automatically being paused. Output only field. Will return the last 100 errors. Whenever the config is modified this list will be cleared.
+    { # Details information about an error encountered during job execution or the results of an unsuccessful activation of the JobTrigger.
+      "details": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Detailed error codes and messages.
+        "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+        "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+          {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+          },
+        ],
+        "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+      },
+      "timestamps": [ # The times the error occurred. List includes the oldest timestamp and the last 9 timestamps.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  ],
+  "inspectTemplates": [ # Detection logic for profile generation. Not all template features are used by Discovery. FindingLimits, include_quote and exclude_info_types have no impact on Discovery. Multiple templates may be provided if there is data in multiple regions. At most one template must be specified per-region (including "global"). Each region is scanned using the applicable template. If no region-specific template is specified, but a "global" template is specified, it will be copied to that region and used instead. If no global or region-specific template is provided for a region with data, that region's data will not be scanned. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/data-profiles#data_residency.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "lastRunTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last time this config was executed.
+  "name": "A String", # Unique resource name for the DiscoveryConfig, assigned by the service when the DiscoveryConfig is created, for example `projects/dlp-test-project/locations/global/discoveryConfigs/53234423`.
+  "orgConfig": { # Project and scan location information. Only set when the parent is an org. # Only set when the parent is an org.
+    "location": { # The location to begin a Discovery scan. Denotes an organization ID or folder ID within an organization. # The data to scan: folder, org, or project
+      "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the Folder within an organization to scan.
+      "organizationId": "A String", # The ID of an organization to scan.
+    },
+    "projectId": "A String", # The project that will run the scan. The DLP service account that exists within this project must have access to all resources that are profiled, and the Cloud DLP API must be enabled.
+  },
+  "status": "A String", # Required. A status for this configuration.
+  "targets": [ # Target to match against for determining what to scan and how frequently.
+    { # Target used to match against for Discovery.
+      "bigQueryTarget": { # Target used to match against for Discovery with BigQuery tables # BigQuery target for Discovery. The first target to match a table will be the one applied.
+        "cadence": { # What must take place for a profile to be updated and how frequently it should occur. New tables are scanned as quickly as possible depending on system capacity. # How often and when to update profiles. New tables that match both the filter and conditions are scanned as quickly as possible depending on system capacity.
+          "schemaModifiedCadence": { # The cadence at which to update data profiles when a schema is modified. # Governs when to update data profiles when a schema is modified.
+            "frequency": "A String", # How frequently profiles may be updated when schemas are modified. Defaults to monthly.
+            "types": [ # The type of events to consider when deciding if the table's schema has been modified and should have the profile updated. Defaults to NEW_COLUMNS.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+          "tableModifiedCadence": { # The cadence at which to update data profiles when a table is modified. # Governs when to update data profiles when a table is modified.
+            "frequency": "A String", # How frequently data profiles can be updated when tables are modified. Defaults to never.
+            "types": [ # The type of events to consider when deciding if the table has been modified and should have the profile updated. Defaults to MODIFIED_TIMESTAMP.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+        },
+        "conditions": { # Requirements that must be true before a table is scanned in Discovery for the first time. There is an AND relationship between the top-level attributes. # In addition to matching the filter, these conditions must be true before a profile is generated.
+          "createdAfter": "A String", # BigQuery table must have been created after this date. Used to avoid backfilling.
+          "orConditions": { # There is an OR relationship between these attributes. They are used to determine if a table should be scanned or not in Discovery. # At least one of the conditions must be true for a table to be scanned.
+            "minAge": "A String", # Minimum age a table must have before Cloud DLP can profile it. Value must be 1 hour or greater.
+            "minRowCount": 42, # Minimum number of rows that should be present before Cloud DLP profiles a table
+          },
+          "typeCollection": "A String", # Restrict Discovery to categories of table types.
+          "types": { # The types of bigquery tables supported by Cloud DLP. # Restrict Discovery to specific table types.
+            "types": [ # A set of bigquery table types.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+        },
+        "disabled": { # Do nothing. # Tables that match this filter will not have profiles created.
+        },
+        "filter": { # Determines what tables will have profiles generated within an organization or project. Includes the ability to filter by regular expression patterns on project ID, dataset ID, and table ID. Also lets you set minimum conditions that must be met before Cloud DLP scans a table (like a minimum row count or a minimum table age). # Required. The tables the Discovery cadence applies to. The first target with a matching filter will be the one to apply to a table.
+          "otherTables": { # Catch-all for all other tables not specified by other filters. Should always be last, except for single-table configurations, which will only have a TableReference target. # Catch-all. This should always be the last filter in the list because anything above it will apply first. Should only appear once in a configuration. If none is specified, a default one will be added automatically.
+          },
+          "tables": { # Specifies a collection of BigQuery tables. Used for Discovery. # A specific set of tables for this filter to apply to. A table collection must be specified in only one filter per config. If a table id or dataset is empty, Cloud DLP assumes all tables in that collection must be profiled. Must specify a project ID.
+            "includeRegexes": { # A collection of regular expressions to determine what tables to match against. # A collection of regular expressions to match a BigQuery table against.
+              "patterns": [ # A single BigQuery regular expression pattern to match against one or more tables, datasets, or projects that contain BigQuery tables.
+                { # A pattern to match against one or more tables, datasets, or projects that contain BigQuery tables. At least one pattern must be specified. Regular expressions use RE2 [syntax](https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax); a guide can be found under the google/re2 repository on GitHub.
+                  "datasetIdRegex": "A String", # If unset, this property matches all datasets.
+                  "projectIdRegex": "A String", # For organizations, if unset, will match all projects. Has no effect for data profile configurations created within a project.
+                  "tableIdRegex": "A String", # If unset, this property matches all tables.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+          },
+        },
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of a DiscoveryConfig.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists Discovery configurations.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Parent resource name. The format of this value is as follows: `projects/`PROJECT_ID`/locations/`LOCATION_ID The following example `parent` string specifies a parent project with the identifier `example-project`, and specifies the `europe-west3` location for processing data: parent=projects/example-project/locations/europe-west3 (required)
+  orderBy: string, Comma separated list of config fields to order by, followed by `asc` or `desc` postfix. This list is case-insensitive, default sorting order is ascending, redundant space characters are insignificant. Example: `name asc,update_time, create_time desc` Supported fields are: - `last_run_time`: corresponds to the last time the DiscoveryConfig ran. - `name`: corresponds to the DiscoveryConfig's name. - `status`: corresponds to DiscoveryConfig's status.
+  pageSize: integer, Size of the page, can be limited by a server.
+  pageToken: string, Page token to continue retrieval. Comes from previous call to ListDiscoveryConfigs. `order_by` field must not change for subsequent calls.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for ListDiscoveryConfigs.
+  "discoveryConfigs": [ # List of configs, up to page_size in ListDiscoveryConfigsRequest.
+    { # Configuration for Discovery to scan resources for profile generation. Only one Discovery configuration may exist per organization, folder, or project. The generated data profiles are retained according to the [data retention policy] (https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/data-profiles#retention).
+      "actions": [ # Actions to execute at the completion of scanning.
+        { # A task to execute when a data profile has been generated.
+          "exportData": { # If set, the detailed data profiles will be persisted to the location of your choice whenever updated. # Export data profiles into a provided location.
+            "profileTable": { # Message defining the location of a BigQuery table. A table is uniquely identified by its project_id, dataset_id, and table_name. Within a query a table is often referenced with a string in the format of: `:.` or `..`. # Store all table and column profiles in an existing table or a new table in an existing dataset. Each re-generation will result in a new row in BigQuery.
+              "datasetId": "A String", # Dataset ID of the table.
+              "projectId": "A String", # The Google Cloud Platform project ID of the project containing the table. If omitted, project ID is inferred from the API call.
+              "tableId": "A String", # Name of the table.
+            },
+          },
+          "pubSubNotification": { # Send a Pub/Sub message into the given Pub/Sub topic to connect other systems to data profile generation. The message payload data will be the byte serialization of `DataProfilePubSubMessage`. # Publish a message into the Pub/Sub topic.
+            "detailOfMessage": "A String", # How much data to include in the Pub/Sub message. If the user wishes to limit the size of the message, they can use resource_name and fetch the profile fields they wish to. Per table profile (not per column).
+            "event": "A String", # The type of event that triggers a Pub/Sub. At most one `PubSubNotification` per EventType is permitted.
+            "pubsubCondition": { # A condition for determining whether a Pub/Sub should be triggered. # Conditions (e.g., data risk or sensitivity level) for triggering a Pub/Sub.
+              "expressions": { # An expression, consisting of an operator and conditions. # An expression.
+                "conditions": [ # Conditions to apply to the expression.
+                  { # A condition consisting of a value.
+                    "minimumRiskScore": "A String", # The minimum data risk score that triggers the condition.
+                    "minimumSensitivityScore": "A String", # The minimum sensitivity level that triggers the condition.
+                  },
+                ],
+                "logicalOperator": "A String", # The operator to apply to the collection of conditions.
+              },
+            },
+            "topic": "A String", # Cloud Pub/Sub topic to send notifications to. Format is projects/{project}/topics/{topic}.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of a DiscoveryConfig.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Display name (max 100 chars)
+      "errors": [ # Output only. A stream of errors encountered when the config was activated. Repeated errors may result in the config automatically being paused. Output only field. Will return the last 100 errors. Whenever the config is modified this list will be cleared.
+        { # Details information about an error encountered during job execution or the results of an unsuccessful activation of the JobTrigger.
+          "details": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Detailed error codes and messages.
+            "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+            "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+              {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+              },
+            ],
+            "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+          },
+          "timestamps": [ # The times the error occurred. List includes the oldest timestamp and the last 9 timestamps.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+      ],
+      "inspectTemplates": [ # Detection logic for profile generation. Not all template features are used by Discovery. FindingLimits, include_quote and exclude_info_types have no impact on Discovery. Multiple templates may be provided if there is data in multiple regions. At most one template must be specified per-region (including "global"). Each region is scanned using the applicable template. If no region-specific template is specified, but a "global" template is specified, it will be copied to that region and used instead. If no global or region-specific template is provided for a region with data, that region's data will not be scanned. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/data-profiles#data_residency.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "lastRunTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last time this config was executed.
+      "name": "A String", # Unique resource name for the DiscoveryConfig, assigned by the service when the DiscoveryConfig is created, for example `projects/dlp-test-project/locations/global/discoveryConfigs/53234423`.
+      "orgConfig": { # Project and scan location information. Only set when the parent is an org. # Only set when the parent is an org.
+        "location": { # The location to begin a Discovery scan. Denotes an organization ID or folder ID within an organization. # The data to scan: folder, org, or project
+          "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the Folder within an organization to scan.
+          "organizationId": "A String", # The ID of an organization to scan.
+        },
+        "projectId": "A String", # The project that will run the scan. The DLP service account that exists within this project must have access to all resources that are profiled, and the Cloud DLP API must be enabled.
+      },
+      "status": "A String", # Required. A status for this configuration.
+      "targets": [ # Target to match against for determining what to scan and how frequently.
+        { # Target used to match against for Discovery.
+          "bigQueryTarget": { # Target used to match against for Discovery with BigQuery tables # BigQuery target for Discovery. The first target to match a table will be the one applied.
+            "cadence": { # What must take place for a profile to be updated and how frequently it should occur. New tables are scanned as quickly as possible depending on system capacity. # How often and when to update profiles. New tables that match both the filter and conditions are scanned as quickly as possible depending on system capacity.
+              "schemaModifiedCadence": { # The cadence at which to update data profiles when a schema is modified. # Governs when to update data profiles when a schema is modified.
+                "frequency": "A String", # How frequently profiles may be updated when schemas are modified. Defaults to monthly.
+                "types": [ # The type of events to consider when deciding if the table's schema has been modified and should have the profile updated. Defaults to NEW_COLUMNS.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+              "tableModifiedCadence": { # The cadence at which to update data profiles when a table is modified. # Governs when to update data profiles when a table is modified.
+                "frequency": "A String", # How frequently data profiles can be updated when tables are modified. Defaults to never.
+                "types": [ # The type of events to consider when deciding if the table has been modified and should have the profile updated. Defaults to MODIFIED_TIMESTAMP.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+            },
+            "conditions": { # Requirements that must be true before a table is scanned in Discovery for the first time. There is an AND relationship between the top-level attributes. # In addition to matching the filter, these conditions must be true before a profile is generated.
+              "createdAfter": "A String", # BigQuery table must have been created after this date. Used to avoid backfilling.
+              "orConditions": { # There is an OR relationship between these attributes. They are used to determine if a table should be scanned or not in Discovery. # At least one of the conditions must be true for a table to be scanned.
+                "minAge": "A String", # Minimum age a table must have before Cloud DLP can profile it. Value must be 1 hour or greater.
+                "minRowCount": 42, # Minimum number of rows that should be present before Cloud DLP profiles a table
+              },
+              "typeCollection": "A String", # Restrict Discovery to categories of table types.
+              "types": { # The types of bigquery tables supported by Cloud DLP. # Restrict Discovery to specific table types.
+                "types": [ # A set of bigquery table types.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+            },
+            "disabled": { # Do nothing. # Tables that match this filter will not have profiles created.
+            },
+            "filter": { # Determines what tables will have profiles generated within an organization or project. Includes the ability to filter by regular expression patterns on project ID, dataset ID, and table ID. Also lets you set minimum conditions that must be met before Cloud DLP scans a table (like a minimum row count or a minimum table age). # Required. The tables the Discovery cadence applies to. The first target with a matching filter will be the one to apply to a table.
+              "otherTables": { # Catch-all for all other tables not specified by other filters. Should always be last, except for single-table configurations, which will only have a TableReference target. # Catch-all. This should always be the last filter in the list because anything above it will apply first. Should only appear once in a configuration. If none is specified, a default one will be added automatically.
+              },
+              "tables": { # Specifies a collection of BigQuery tables. Used for Discovery. # A specific set of tables for this filter to apply to. A table collection must be specified in only one filter per config. If a table id or dataset is empty, Cloud DLP assumes all tables in that collection must be profiled. Must specify a project ID.
+                "includeRegexes": { # A collection of regular expressions to determine what tables to match against. # A collection of regular expressions to match a BigQuery table against.
+                  "patterns": [ # A single BigQuery regular expression pattern to match against one or more tables, datasets, or projects that contain BigQuery tables.
+                    { # A pattern to match against one or more tables, datasets, or projects that contain BigQuery tables. At least one pattern must be specified. Regular expressions use RE2 [syntax](https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax); a guide can be found under the google/re2 repository on GitHub.
+                      "datasetIdRegex": "A String", # If unset, this property matches all datasets.
+                      "projectIdRegex": "A String", # For organizations, if unset, will match all projects. Has no effect for data profile configurations created within a project.
+                      "tableIdRegex": "A String", # If unset, this property matches all tables.
+                    },
+                  ],
+                },
+              },
+            },
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of a DiscoveryConfig.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # If the next page is available then the next page token to be used in following ListDiscoveryConfigs request.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates a Discovery configuration.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Resource name of the project and the configuration, for example `projects/dlp-test-project/discoveryConfigs/53234423`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for UpdateDiscoveryConfig.
+  "discoveryConfig": { # Configuration for Discovery to scan resources for profile generation. Only one Discovery configuration may exist per organization, folder, or project. The generated data profiles are retained according to the [data retention policy] (https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/data-profiles#retention). # New DiscoveryConfig value.
+    "actions": [ # Actions to execute at the completion of scanning.
+      { # A task to execute when a data profile has been generated.
+        "exportData": { # If set, the detailed data profiles will be persisted to the location of your choice whenever updated. # Export data profiles into a provided location.
+          "profileTable": { # Message defining the location of a BigQuery table. A table is uniquely identified by its project_id, dataset_id, and table_name. Within a query a table is often referenced with a string in the format of: `:.` or `..`. # Store all table and column profiles in an existing table or a new table in an existing dataset. Each re-generation will result in a new row in BigQuery.
+            "datasetId": "A String", # Dataset ID of the table.
+            "projectId": "A String", # The Google Cloud Platform project ID of the project containing the table. If omitted, project ID is inferred from the API call.
+            "tableId": "A String", # Name of the table.
+          },
+        },
+        "pubSubNotification": { # Send a Pub/Sub message into the given Pub/Sub topic to connect other systems to data profile generation. The message payload data will be the byte serialization of `DataProfilePubSubMessage`. # Publish a message into the Pub/Sub topic.
+          "detailOfMessage": "A String", # How much data to include in the Pub/Sub message. If the user wishes to limit the size of the message, they can use resource_name and fetch the profile fields they wish to. Per table profile (not per column).
+          "event": "A String", # The type of event that triggers a Pub/Sub. At most one `PubSubNotification` per EventType is permitted.
+          "pubsubCondition": { # A condition for determining whether a Pub/Sub should be triggered. # Conditions (e.g., data risk or sensitivity level) for triggering a Pub/Sub.
+            "expressions": { # An expression, consisting of an operator and conditions. # An expression.
+              "conditions": [ # Conditions to apply to the expression.
+                { # A condition consisting of a value.
+                  "minimumRiskScore": "A String", # The minimum data risk score that triggers the condition.
+                  "minimumSensitivityScore": "A String", # The minimum sensitivity level that triggers the condition.
+                },
+              ],
+              "logicalOperator": "A String", # The operator to apply to the collection of conditions.
+            },
+          },
+          "topic": "A String", # Cloud Pub/Sub topic to send notifications to. Format is projects/{project}/topics/{topic}.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of a DiscoveryConfig.
+    "displayName": "A String", # Display name (max 100 chars)
+    "errors": [ # Output only. A stream of errors encountered when the config was activated. Repeated errors may result in the config automatically being paused. Output only field. Will return the last 100 errors. Whenever the config is modified this list will be cleared.
+      { # Details information about an error encountered during job execution or the results of an unsuccessful activation of the JobTrigger.
+        "details": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Detailed error codes and messages.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "timestamps": [ # The times the error occurred. List includes the oldest timestamp and the last 9 timestamps.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    ],
+    "inspectTemplates": [ # Detection logic for profile generation. Not all template features are used by Discovery. FindingLimits, include_quote and exclude_info_types have no impact on Discovery. Multiple templates may be provided if there is data in multiple regions. At most one template must be specified per-region (including "global"). Each region is scanned using the applicable template. If no region-specific template is specified, but a "global" template is specified, it will be copied to that region and used instead. If no global or region-specific template is provided for a region with data, that region's data will not be scanned. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/data-profiles#data_residency.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "lastRunTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last time this config was executed.
+    "name": "A String", # Unique resource name for the DiscoveryConfig, assigned by the service when the DiscoveryConfig is created, for example `projects/dlp-test-project/locations/global/discoveryConfigs/53234423`.
+    "orgConfig": { # Project and scan location information. Only set when the parent is an org. # Only set when the parent is an org.
+      "location": { # The location to begin a Discovery scan. Denotes an organization ID or folder ID within an organization. # The data to scan: folder, org, or project
+        "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the Folder within an organization to scan.
+        "organizationId": "A String", # The ID of an organization to scan.
+      },
+      "projectId": "A String", # The project that will run the scan. The DLP service account that exists within this project must have access to all resources that are profiled, and the Cloud DLP API must be enabled.
+    },
+    "status": "A String", # Required. A status for this configuration.
+    "targets": [ # Target to match against for determining what to scan and how frequently.
+      { # Target used to match against for Discovery.
+        "bigQueryTarget": { # Target used to match against for Discovery with BigQuery tables # BigQuery target for Discovery. The first target to match a table will be the one applied.
+          "cadence": { # What must take place for a profile to be updated and how frequently it should occur. New tables are scanned as quickly as possible depending on system capacity. # How often and when to update profiles. New tables that match both the filter and conditions are scanned as quickly as possible depending on system capacity.
+            "schemaModifiedCadence": { # The cadence at which to update data profiles when a schema is modified. # Governs when to update data profiles when a schema is modified.
+              "frequency": "A String", # How frequently profiles may be updated when schemas are modified. Defaults to monthly.
+              "types": [ # The type of events to consider when deciding if the table's schema has been modified and should have the profile updated. Defaults to NEW_COLUMNS.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+            "tableModifiedCadence": { # The cadence at which to update data profiles when a table is modified. # Governs when to update data profiles when a table is modified.
+              "frequency": "A String", # How frequently data profiles can be updated when tables are modified. Defaults to never.
+              "types": [ # The type of events to consider when deciding if the table has been modified and should have the profile updated. Defaults to MODIFIED_TIMESTAMP.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+          },
+          "conditions": { # Requirements that must be true before a table is scanned in Discovery for the first time. There is an AND relationship between the top-level attributes. # In addition to matching the filter, these conditions must be true before a profile is generated.
+            "createdAfter": "A String", # BigQuery table must have been created after this date. Used to avoid backfilling.
+            "orConditions": { # There is an OR relationship between these attributes. They are used to determine if a table should be scanned or not in Discovery. # At least one of the conditions must be true for a table to be scanned.
+              "minAge": "A String", # Minimum age a table must have before Cloud DLP can profile it. Value must be 1 hour or greater.
+              "minRowCount": 42, # Minimum number of rows that should be present before Cloud DLP profiles a table
+            },
+            "typeCollection": "A String", # Restrict Discovery to categories of table types.
+            "types": { # The types of bigquery tables supported by Cloud DLP. # Restrict Discovery to specific table types.
+              "types": [ # A set of bigquery table types.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+          },
+          "disabled": { # Do nothing. # Tables that match this filter will not have profiles created.
+          },
+          "filter": { # Determines what tables will have profiles generated within an organization or project. Includes the ability to filter by regular expression patterns on project ID, dataset ID, and table ID. Also lets you set minimum conditions that must be met before Cloud DLP scans a table (like a minimum row count or a minimum table age). # Required. The tables the Discovery cadence applies to. The first target with a matching filter will be the one to apply to a table.
+            "otherTables": { # Catch-all for all other tables not specified by other filters. Should always be last, except for single-table configurations, which will only have a TableReference target. # Catch-all. This should always be the last filter in the list because anything above it will apply first. Should only appear once in a configuration. If none is specified, a default one will be added automatically.
+            },
+            "tables": { # Specifies a collection of BigQuery tables. Used for Discovery. # A specific set of tables for this filter to apply to. A table collection must be specified in only one filter per config. If a table id or dataset is empty, Cloud DLP assumes all tables in that collection must be profiled. Must specify a project ID.
+              "includeRegexes": { # A collection of regular expressions to determine what tables to match against. # A collection of regular expressions to match a BigQuery table against.
+                "patterns": [ # A single BigQuery regular expression pattern to match against one or more tables, datasets, or projects that contain BigQuery tables.
+                  { # A pattern to match against one or more tables, datasets, or projects that contain BigQuery tables. At least one pattern must be specified. Regular expressions use RE2 [syntax](https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax); a guide can be found under the google/re2 repository on GitHub.
+                    "datasetIdRegex": "A String", # If unset, this property matches all datasets.
+                    "projectIdRegex": "A String", # For organizations, if unset, will match all projects. Has no effect for data profile configurations created within a project.
+                    "tableIdRegex": "A String", # If unset, this property matches all tables.
+                  },
+                ],
+              },
+            },
+          },
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of a DiscoveryConfig.
+  },
+  "updateMask": "A String", # Mask to control which fields get updated.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Configuration for Discovery to scan resources for profile generation. Only one Discovery configuration may exist per organization, folder, or project. The generated data profiles are retained according to the [data retention policy] (https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/data-profiles#retention).
+  "actions": [ # Actions to execute at the completion of scanning.
+    { # A task to execute when a data profile has been generated.
+      "exportData": { # If set, the detailed data profiles will be persisted to the location of your choice whenever updated. # Export data profiles into a provided location.
+        "profileTable": { # Message defining the location of a BigQuery table. A table is uniquely identified by its project_id, dataset_id, and table_name. Within a query a table is often referenced with a string in the format of: `:.` or `..`. # Store all table and column profiles in an existing table or a new table in an existing dataset. Each re-generation will result in a new row in BigQuery.
+          "datasetId": "A String", # Dataset ID of the table.
+          "projectId": "A String", # The Google Cloud Platform project ID of the project containing the table. If omitted, project ID is inferred from the API call.
+          "tableId": "A String", # Name of the table.
+        },
+      },
+      "pubSubNotification": { # Send a Pub/Sub message into the given Pub/Sub topic to connect other systems to data profile generation. The message payload data will be the byte serialization of `DataProfilePubSubMessage`. # Publish a message into the Pub/Sub topic.
+        "detailOfMessage": "A String", # How much data to include in the Pub/Sub message. If the user wishes to limit the size of the message, they can use resource_name and fetch the profile fields they wish to. Per table profile (not per column).
+        "event": "A String", # The type of event that triggers a Pub/Sub. At most one `PubSubNotification` per EventType is permitted.
+        "pubsubCondition": { # A condition for determining whether a Pub/Sub should be triggered. # Conditions (e.g., data risk or sensitivity level) for triggering a Pub/Sub.
+          "expressions": { # An expression, consisting of an operator and conditions. # An expression.
+            "conditions": [ # Conditions to apply to the expression.
+              { # A condition consisting of a value.
+                "minimumRiskScore": "A String", # The minimum data risk score that triggers the condition.
+                "minimumSensitivityScore": "A String", # The minimum sensitivity level that triggers the condition.
+              },
+            ],
+            "logicalOperator": "A String", # The operator to apply to the collection of conditions.
+          },
+        },
+        "topic": "A String", # Cloud Pub/Sub topic to send notifications to. Format is projects/{project}/topics/{topic}.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of a DiscoveryConfig.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Display name (max 100 chars)
+  "errors": [ # Output only. A stream of errors encountered when the config was activated. Repeated errors may result in the config automatically being paused. Output only field. Will return the last 100 errors. Whenever the config is modified this list will be cleared.
+    { # Details information about an error encountered during job execution or the results of an unsuccessful activation of the JobTrigger.
+      "details": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Detailed error codes and messages.
+        "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+        "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+          {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+          },
+        ],
+        "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+      },
+      "timestamps": [ # The times the error occurred. List includes the oldest timestamp and the last 9 timestamps.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  ],
+  "inspectTemplates": [ # Detection logic for profile generation. Not all template features are used by Discovery. FindingLimits, include_quote and exclude_info_types have no impact on Discovery. Multiple templates may be provided if there is data in multiple regions. At most one template must be specified per-region (including "global"). Each region is scanned using the applicable template. If no region-specific template is specified, but a "global" template is specified, it will be copied to that region and used instead. If no global or region-specific template is provided for a region with data, that region's data will not be scanned. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/data-profiles#data_residency.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "lastRunTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of the last time this config was executed.
+  "name": "A String", # Unique resource name for the DiscoveryConfig, assigned by the service when the DiscoveryConfig is created, for example `projects/dlp-test-project/locations/global/discoveryConfigs/53234423`.
+  "orgConfig": { # Project and scan location information. Only set when the parent is an org. # Only set when the parent is an org.
+    "location": { # The location to begin a Discovery scan. Denotes an organization ID or folder ID within an organization. # The data to scan: folder, org, or project
+      "folderId": "A String", # The ID of the Folder within an organization to scan.
+      "organizationId": "A String", # The ID of an organization to scan.
+    },
+    "projectId": "A String", # The project that will run the scan. The DLP service account that exists within this project must have access to all resources that are profiled, and the Cloud DLP API must be enabled.
+  },
+  "status": "A String", # Required. A status for this configuration.
+  "targets": [ # Target to match against for determining what to scan and how frequently.
+    { # Target used to match against for Discovery.
+      "bigQueryTarget": { # Target used to match against for Discovery with BigQuery tables # BigQuery target for Discovery. The first target to match a table will be the one applied.
+        "cadence": { # What must take place for a profile to be updated and how frequently it should occur. New tables are scanned as quickly as possible depending on system capacity. # How often and when to update profiles. New tables that match both the filter and conditions are scanned as quickly as possible depending on system capacity.
+          "schemaModifiedCadence": { # The cadence at which to update data profiles when a schema is modified. # Governs when to update data profiles when a schema is modified.
+            "frequency": "A String", # How frequently profiles may be updated when schemas are modified. Defaults to monthly.
+            "types": [ # The type of events to consider when deciding if the table's schema has been modified and should have the profile updated. Defaults to NEW_COLUMNS.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+          "tableModifiedCadence": { # The cadence at which to update data profiles when a table is modified. # Governs when to update data profiles when a table is modified.
+            "frequency": "A String", # How frequently data profiles can be updated when tables are modified. Defaults to never.
+            "types": [ # The type of events to consider when deciding if the table has been modified and should have the profile updated. Defaults to MODIFIED_TIMESTAMP.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+        },
+        "conditions": { # Requirements that must be true before a table is scanned in Discovery for the first time. There is an AND relationship between the top-level attributes. # In addition to matching the filter, these conditions must be true before a profile is generated.
+          "createdAfter": "A String", # BigQuery table must have been created after this date. Used to avoid backfilling.
+          "orConditions": { # There is an OR relationship between these attributes. They are used to determine if a table should be scanned or not in Discovery. # At least one of the conditions must be true for a table to be scanned.
+            "minAge": "A String", # Minimum age a table must have before Cloud DLP can profile it. Value must be 1 hour or greater.
+            "minRowCount": 42, # Minimum number of rows that should be present before Cloud DLP profiles a table
+          },
+          "typeCollection": "A String", # Restrict Discovery to categories of table types.
+          "types": { # The types of bigquery tables supported by Cloud DLP. # Restrict Discovery to specific table types.
+            "types": [ # A set of bigquery table types.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+        },
+        "disabled": { # Do nothing. # Tables that match this filter will not have profiles created.
+        },
+        "filter": { # Determines what tables will have profiles generated within an organization or project. Includes the ability to filter by regular expression patterns on project ID, dataset ID, and table ID. Also lets you set minimum conditions that must be met before Cloud DLP scans a table (like a minimum row count or a minimum table age). # Required. The tables the Discovery cadence applies to. The first target with a matching filter will be the one to apply to a table.
+          "otherTables": { # Catch-all for all other tables not specified by other filters. Should always be last, except for single-table configurations, which will only have a TableReference target. # Catch-all. This should always be the last filter in the list because anything above it will apply first. Should only appear once in a configuration. If none is specified, a default one will be added automatically.
+          },
+          "tables": { # Specifies a collection of BigQuery tables. Used for Discovery. # A specific set of tables for this filter to apply to. A table collection must be specified in only one filter per config. If a table id or dataset is empty, Cloud DLP assumes all tables in that collection must be profiled. Must specify a project ID.
+            "includeRegexes": { # A collection of regular expressions to determine what tables to match against. # A collection of regular expressions to match a BigQuery table against.
+              "patterns": [ # A single BigQuery regular expression pattern to match against one or more tables, datasets, or projects that contain BigQuery tables.
+                { # A pattern to match against one or more tables, datasets, or projects that contain BigQuery tables. At least one pattern must be specified. Regular expressions use RE2 [syntax](https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax); a guide can be found under the google/re2 repository on GitHub.
+                  "datasetIdRegex": "A String", # If unset, this property matches all datasets.
+                  "projectIdRegex": "A String", # For organizations, if unset, will match all projects. Has no effect for data profile configurations created within a project.
+                  "tableIdRegex": "A String", # If unset, this property matches all tables.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+          },
+        },
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of a DiscoveryConfig.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.html index 6084cc530e7..d452c6d917e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.html @@ -84,6 +84,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the deidentifyTemplates Resource.

+

+ discoveryConfigs() +

+

Returns the discoveryConfigs Resource.

+

dlpJobs()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/doubleclicksearch_v2.conversion.html b/docs/dyn/doubleclicksearch_v2.conversion.html index 49a4961695c..22c0af440d0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/doubleclicksearch_v2.conversion.html +++ b/docs/dyn/doubleclicksearch_v2.conversion.html @@ -128,6 +128,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A conversion containing data relevant to DoubleClick Search. "adGroupId": "A String", # DS ad group ID. "adId": "A String", # DS ad ID. + "adUserDataConsent": "A String", # Ad user data consent for this conversion. "advertiserId": "A String", # DS advertiser ID. "agencyId": "A String", # DS agency ID. "attributionModel": "A String", # Available to advertisers only after contacting DoubleClick Search customer support. @@ -206,6 +207,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A conversion containing data relevant to DoubleClick Search. "adGroupId": "A String", # DS ad group ID. "adId": "A String", # DS ad ID. + "adUserDataConsent": "A String", # Ad user data consent for this conversion. "advertiserId": "A String", # DS advertiser ID. "agencyId": "A String", # DS agency ID. "attributionModel": "A String", # Available to advertisers only after contacting DoubleClick Search customer support. @@ -267,6 +269,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A conversion containing data relevant to DoubleClick Search. "adGroupId": "A String", # DS ad group ID. "adId": "A String", # DS ad ID. + "adUserDataConsent": "A String", # Ad user data consent for this conversion. "advertiserId": "A String", # DS advertiser ID. "agencyId": "A String", # DS agency ID. "attributionModel": "A String", # Available to advertisers only after contacting DoubleClick Search customer support. @@ -327,6 +330,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A conversion containing data relevant to DoubleClick Search. "adGroupId": "A String", # DS ad group ID. "adId": "A String", # DS ad ID. + "adUserDataConsent": "A String", # Ad user data consent for this conversion. "advertiserId": "A String", # DS advertiser ID. "agencyId": "A String", # DS agency ID. "attributionModel": "A String", # Available to advertisers only after contacting DoubleClick Search customer support. @@ -388,6 +392,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A conversion containing data relevant to DoubleClick Search. "adGroupId": "A String", # DS ad group ID. "adId": "A String", # DS ad ID. + "adUserDataConsent": "A String", # Ad user data consent for this conversion. "advertiserId": "A String", # DS advertiser ID. "agencyId": "A String", # DS agency ID. "attributionModel": "A String", # Available to advertisers only after contacting DoubleClick Search customer support. @@ -448,6 +453,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A conversion containing data relevant to DoubleClick Search. "adGroupId": "A String", # DS ad group ID. "adId": "A String", # DS ad ID. + "adUserDataConsent": "A String", # Ad user data consent for this conversion. "advertiserId": "A String", # DS advertiser ID. "agencyId": "A String", # DS agency ID. "attributionModel": "A String", # Available to advertisers only after contacting DoubleClick Search customer support. diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.features.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.features.html index b5f28ea1aae..b039f35be05 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.features.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.features.html @@ -175,6 +175,62 @@

Method Details

}, "version": "A String", # Version of ACM installed. }, + "policycontroller": { # **Policy Controller**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the PolicyController CR. # Policy Controller spec. + "policyControllerHubConfig": { # Configuration for Policy Controller # Policy Controller configuration for the cluster. + "auditIntervalSeconds": "A String", # Sets the interval for Policy Controller Audit Scans (in seconds). When set to 0, this disables audit functionality altogether. + "constraintViolationLimit": "A String", # The maximum number of audit violations to be stored in a constraint. If not set, the internal default (currently 20) will be used. + "deploymentConfigs": { # Map of deployment configs to deployments ("admission", "audit", "mutation'). + "a_key": { # Deployment-specific configuration. + "containerResources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # Container resource requirements. + "limits": { # ResourceList contains container resource requirements. # Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed for use by the running container. + "cpu": "A String", # CPU requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + "memory": "A String", # Memory requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + }, + "requests": { # ResourceList contains container resource requirements. # Requests describes the amount of compute resources reserved for the container by the kube-scheduler. + "cpu": "A String", # CPU requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + "memory": "A String", # Memory requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + }, + }, + "podAffinity": "A String", # Pod affinity configuration. + "podAntiAffinity": True or False, # Pod anti-affinity enablement. + "podTolerations": [ # Pod tolerations of node taints. + { # Toleration of a node taint. + "effect": "A String", # Matches a taint effect. + "key": "A String", # Matches a taint key (not necessarily unique). + "operator": "A String", # Matches a taint operator. + "value": "A String", # Matches a taint value. + }, + ], + "replicaCount": "A String", # Pod replica count. + }, + }, + "exemptableNamespaces": [ # The set of namespaces that are excluded from Policy Controller checks. Namespaces do not need to currently exist on the cluster. + "A String", + ], + "installSpec": "A String", # The install_spec represents the intended state specified by the latest request that mutated install_spec in the feature spec, not the lifecycle state of the feature observed by the Hub feature controller that is reported in the feature state. + "logDeniesEnabled": True or False, # Logs all denies and dry run failures. + "monitoring": { # MonitoringConfig specifies the backends Policy Controller should export metrics to. For example, to specify metrics should be exported to Cloud Monitoring and Prometheus, specify backends: ["cloudmonitoring", "prometheus"] # Monitoring specifies the configuration of monitoring. + "backends": [ # Specifies the list of backends Policy Controller will export to. An empty list would effectively disable metrics export. + "A String", + ], + }, + "mutationEnabled": True or False, # Enables the ability to mutate resources using Policy Controller. + "policyContent": { # PolicyContentSpec defines the user's desired content configuration on the cluster. # Specifies the desired policy content on the cluster + "bundles": { # map of bundle name to BundleInstallSpec. The bundle name maps to the `bundleName` key in the `policycontroller.gke.io/constraintData` annotation on a constraint. + "a_key": { # BundleInstallSpec is the specification configuration for a single managed bundle. + "exemptedNamespaces": [ # The set of namespaces to be exempted from the bundle. + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "templateLibrary": { # The config specifying which default library templates to install. # Configures the installation of the Template Library. + "installation": "A String", # Configures the manner in which the template library is installed on the cluster. + }, + }, + "referentialRulesEnabled": True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated. + }, + "version": "A String", # Version of Policy Controller installed. + }, }, "labels": { # Labels for this Feature. "a_key": "A String", @@ -276,6 +332,62 @@

Method Details

"origin": { # Origin defines where this MembershipFeatureSpec originated from. # Whether this per-Membership spec was inherited from a fleet-level default. This field can be updated by users by either overriding a Membership config (updated to USER implicitly) or setting to FLEET explicitly. "type": "A String", # Type specifies which type of origin is set. }, + "policycontroller": { # **Policy Controller**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the PolicyController CR. # Policy Controller spec. + "policyControllerHubConfig": { # Configuration for Policy Controller # Policy Controller configuration for the cluster. + "auditIntervalSeconds": "A String", # Sets the interval for Policy Controller Audit Scans (in seconds). When set to 0, this disables audit functionality altogether. + "constraintViolationLimit": "A String", # The maximum number of audit violations to be stored in a constraint. If not set, the internal default (currently 20) will be used. + "deploymentConfigs": { # Map of deployment configs to deployments ("admission", "audit", "mutation'). + "a_key": { # Deployment-specific configuration. + "containerResources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # Container resource requirements. + "limits": { # ResourceList contains container resource requirements. # Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed for use by the running container. + "cpu": "A String", # CPU requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + "memory": "A String", # Memory requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + }, + "requests": { # ResourceList contains container resource requirements. # Requests describes the amount of compute resources reserved for the container by the kube-scheduler. + "cpu": "A String", # CPU requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + "memory": "A String", # Memory requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + }, + }, + "podAffinity": "A String", # Pod affinity configuration. + "podAntiAffinity": True or False, # Pod anti-affinity enablement. + "podTolerations": [ # Pod tolerations of node taints. + { # Toleration of a node taint. + "effect": "A String", # Matches a taint effect. + "key": "A String", # Matches a taint key (not necessarily unique). + "operator": "A String", # Matches a taint operator. + "value": "A String", # Matches a taint value. + }, + ], + "replicaCount": "A String", # Pod replica count. + }, + }, + "exemptableNamespaces": [ # The set of namespaces that are excluded from Policy Controller checks. Namespaces do not need to currently exist on the cluster. + "A String", + ], + "installSpec": "A String", # The install_spec represents the intended state specified by the latest request that mutated install_spec in the feature spec, not the lifecycle state of the feature observed by the Hub feature controller that is reported in the feature state. + "logDeniesEnabled": True or False, # Logs all denies and dry run failures. + "monitoring": { # MonitoringConfig specifies the backends Policy Controller should export metrics to. For example, to specify metrics should be exported to Cloud Monitoring and Prometheus, specify backends: ["cloudmonitoring", "prometheus"] # Monitoring specifies the configuration of monitoring. + "backends": [ # Specifies the list of backends Policy Controller will export to. An empty list would effectively disable metrics export. + "A String", + ], + }, + "mutationEnabled": True or False, # Enables the ability to mutate resources using Policy Controller. + "policyContent": { # PolicyContentSpec defines the user's desired content configuration on the cluster. # Specifies the desired policy content on the cluster + "bundles": { # map of bundle name to BundleInstallSpec. The bundle name maps to the `bundleName` key in the `policycontroller.gke.io/constraintData` annotation on a constraint. + "a_key": { # BundleInstallSpec is the specification configuration for a single managed bundle. + "exemptedNamespaces": [ # The set of namespaces to be exempted from the bundle. + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "templateLibrary": { # The config specifying which default library templates to install. # Configures the installation of the Template Library. + "installation": "A String", # Configures the manner in which the template library is installed on the cluster. + }, + }, + "referentialRulesEnabled": True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated. + }, + "version": "A String", # Version of Policy Controller installed. + }, }, }, "membershipStates": { # Output only. Membership-specific Feature status. If this Feature does report any per-Membership status, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the state is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m}` Where {p} is the project number, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} MUST match the Feature's project number. @@ -466,6 +578,31 @@

Method Details

}, "state": "A String", # Deployment state on this member }, + "policycontroller": { # **Policy Controller**: State for a single cluster. # Policycontroller-specific state. + "componentStates": { # Currently these include (also serving as map keys): 1. "admission" 2. "audit" 3. "mutation" + "a_key": { # OnClusterState represents the state of a sub-component of Policy Controller. + "details": "A String", # Surface potential errors or information logs. + "state": "A String", # The lifecycle state of this component. + }, + }, + "policyContentState": { # The state of the policy controller policy content # The overall content state observed by the Hub Feature controller. + "bundleStates": { # The state of the any bundles included in the chosen version of the manifest + "a_key": { # OnClusterState represents the state of a sub-component of Policy Controller. + "details": "A String", # Surface potential errors or information logs. + "state": "A String", # The lifecycle state of this component. + }, + }, + "referentialSyncConfigState": { # OnClusterState represents the state of a sub-component of Policy Controller. # The state of the referential data sync configuration. This could represent the state of either the syncSet object(s) or the config object, depending on the version of PoCo configured by the user. + "details": "A String", # Surface potential errors or information logs. + "state": "A String", # The lifecycle state of this component. + }, + "templateLibraryState": { # OnClusterState represents the state of a sub-component of Policy Controller. # The state of the template library + "details": "A String", # Surface potential errors or information logs. + "state": "A String", # The lifecycle state of this component. + }, + }, + "state": "A String", # The overall Policy Controller lifecycle state observed by the Hub Feature controller. + }, "servicemesh": { # **Service Mesh**: State for a single Membership, as analyzed by the Service Mesh Hub Controller. # Service Mesh-specific state. "controlPlaneManagement": { # Status of control plane management. # Output only. Status of control plane management "details": [ # Explanation of state. @@ -714,6 +851,62 @@

Method Details

}, "version": "A String", # Version of ACM installed. }, + "policycontroller": { # **Policy Controller**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the PolicyController CR. # Policy Controller spec. + "policyControllerHubConfig": { # Configuration for Policy Controller # Policy Controller configuration for the cluster. + "auditIntervalSeconds": "A String", # Sets the interval for Policy Controller Audit Scans (in seconds). When set to 0, this disables audit functionality altogether. + "constraintViolationLimit": "A String", # The maximum number of audit violations to be stored in a constraint. If not set, the internal default (currently 20) will be used. + "deploymentConfigs": { # Map of deployment configs to deployments ("admission", "audit", "mutation'). + "a_key": { # Deployment-specific configuration. + "containerResources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # Container resource requirements. + "limits": { # ResourceList contains container resource requirements. # Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed for use by the running container. + "cpu": "A String", # CPU requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + "memory": "A String", # Memory requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + }, + "requests": { # ResourceList contains container resource requirements. # Requests describes the amount of compute resources reserved for the container by the kube-scheduler. + "cpu": "A String", # CPU requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + "memory": "A String", # Memory requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + }, + }, + "podAffinity": "A String", # Pod affinity configuration. + "podAntiAffinity": True or False, # Pod anti-affinity enablement. + "podTolerations": [ # Pod tolerations of node taints. + { # Toleration of a node taint. + "effect": "A String", # Matches a taint effect. + "key": "A String", # Matches a taint key (not necessarily unique). + "operator": "A String", # Matches a taint operator. + "value": "A String", # Matches a taint value. + }, + ], + "replicaCount": "A String", # Pod replica count. + }, + }, + "exemptableNamespaces": [ # The set of namespaces that are excluded from Policy Controller checks. Namespaces do not need to currently exist on the cluster. + "A String", + ], + "installSpec": "A String", # The install_spec represents the intended state specified by the latest request that mutated install_spec in the feature spec, not the lifecycle state of the feature observed by the Hub feature controller that is reported in the feature state. + "logDeniesEnabled": True or False, # Logs all denies and dry run failures. + "monitoring": { # MonitoringConfig specifies the backends Policy Controller should export metrics to. For example, to specify metrics should be exported to Cloud Monitoring and Prometheus, specify backends: ["cloudmonitoring", "prometheus"] # Monitoring specifies the configuration of monitoring. + "backends": [ # Specifies the list of backends Policy Controller will export to. An empty list would effectively disable metrics export. + "A String", + ], + }, + "mutationEnabled": True or False, # Enables the ability to mutate resources using Policy Controller. + "policyContent": { # PolicyContentSpec defines the user's desired content configuration on the cluster. # Specifies the desired policy content on the cluster + "bundles": { # map of bundle name to BundleInstallSpec. The bundle name maps to the `bundleName` key in the `policycontroller.gke.io/constraintData` annotation on a constraint. + "a_key": { # BundleInstallSpec is the specification configuration for a single managed bundle. + "exemptedNamespaces": [ # The set of namespaces to be exempted from the bundle. + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "templateLibrary": { # The config specifying which default library templates to install. # Configures the installation of the Template Library. + "installation": "A String", # Configures the manner in which the template library is installed on the cluster. + }, + }, + "referentialRulesEnabled": True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated. + }, + "version": "A String", # Version of Policy Controller installed. + }, }, "labels": { # Labels for this Feature. "a_key": "A String", @@ -815,6 +1008,62 @@

Method Details

"origin": { # Origin defines where this MembershipFeatureSpec originated from. # Whether this per-Membership spec was inherited from a fleet-level default. This field can be updated by users by either overriding a Membership config (updated to USER implicitly) or setting to FLEET explicitly. "type": "A String", # Type specifies which type of origin is set. }, + "policycontroller": { # **Policy Controller**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the PolicyController CR. # Policy Controller spec. + "policyControllerHubConfig": { # Configuration for Policy Controller # Policy Controller configuration for the cluster. + "auditIntervalSeconds": "A String", # Sets the interval for Policy Controller Audit Scans (in seconds). When set to 0, this disables audit functionality altogether. + "constraintViolationLimit": "A String", # The maximum number of audit violations to be stored in a constraint. If not set, the internal default (currently 20) will be used. + "deploymentConfigs": { # Map of deployment configs to deployments ("admission", "audit", "mutation'). + "a_key": { # Deployment-specific configuration. + "containerResources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # Container resource requirements. + "limits": { # ResourceList contains container resource requirements. # Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed for use by the running container. + "cpu": "A String", # CPU requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + "memory": "A String", # Memory requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + }, + "requests": { # ResourceList contains container resource requirements. # Requests describes the amount of compute resources reserved for the container by the kube-scheduler. + "cpu": "A String", # CPU requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + "memory": "A String", # Memory requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + }, + }, + "podAffinity": "A String", # Pod affinity configuration. + "podAntiAffinity": True or False, # Pod anti-affinity enablement. + "podTolerations": [ # Pod tolerations of node taints. + { # Toleration of a node taint. + "effect": "A String", # Matches a taint effect. + "key": "A String", # Matches a taint key (not necessarily unique). + "operator": "A String", # Matches a taint operator. + "value": "A String", # Matches a taint value. + }, + ], + "replicaCount": "A String", # Pod replica count. + }, + }, + "exemptableNamespaces": [ # The set of namespaces that are excluded from Policy Controller checks. Namespaces do not need to currently exist on the cluster. + "A String", + ], + "installSpec": "A String", # The install_spec represents the intended state specified by the latest request that mutated install_spec in the feature spec, not the lifecycle state of the feature observed by the Hub feature controller that is reported in the feature state. + "logDeniesEnabled": True or False, # Logs all denies and dry run failures. + "monitoring": { # MonitoringConfig specifies the backends Policy Controller should export metrics to. For example, to specify metrics should be exported to Cloud Monitoring and Prometheus, specify backends: ["cloudmonitoring", "prometheus"] # Monitoring specifies the configuration of monitoring. + "backends": [ # Specifies the list of backends Policy Controller will export to. An empty list would effectively disable metrics export. + "A String", + ], + }, + "mutationEnabled": True or False, # Enables the ability to mutate resources using Policy Controller. + "policyContent": { # PolicyContentSpec defines the user's desired content configuration on the cluster. # Specifies the desired policy content on the cluster + "bundles": { # map of bundle name to BundleInstallSpec. The bundle name maps to the `bundleName` key in the `policycontroller.gke.io/constraintData` annotation on a constraint. + "a_key": { # BundleInstallSpec is the specification configuration for a single managed bundle. + "exemptedNamespaces": [ # The set of namespaces to be exempted from the bundle. + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "templateLibrary": { # The config specifying which default library templates to install. # Configures the installation of the Template Library. + "installation": "A String", # Configures the manner in which the template library is installed on the cluster. + }, + }, + "referentialRulesEnabled": True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated. + }, + "version": "A String", # Version of Policy Controller installed. + }, }, }, "membershipStates": { # Output only. Membership-specific Feature status. If this Feature does report any per-Membership status, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the state is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m}` Where {p} is the project number, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} MUST match the Feature's project number. @@ -1005,6 +1254,31 @@

Method Details

}, "state": "A String", # Deployment state on this member }, + "policycontroller": { # **Policy Controller**: State for a single cluster. # Policycontroller-specific state. + "componentStates": { # Currently these include (also serving as map keys): 1. "admission" 2. "audit" 3. "mutation" + "a_key": { # OnClusterState represents the state of a sub-component of Policy Controller. + "details": "A String", # Surface potential errors or information logs. + "state": "A String", # The lifecycle state of this component. + }, + }, + "policyContentState": { # The state of the policy controller policy content # The overall content state observed by the Hub Feature controller. + "bundleStates": { # The state of the any bundles included in the chosen version of the manifest + "a_key": { # OnClusterState represents the state of a sub-component of Policy Controller. + "details": "A String", # Surface potential errors or information logs. + "state": "A String", # The lifecycle state of this component. + }, + }, + "referentialSyncConfigState": { # OnClusterState represents the state of a sub-component of Policy Controller. # The state of the referential data sync configuration. This could represent the state of either the syncSet object(s) or the config object, depending on the version of PoCo configured by the user. + "details": "A String", # Surface potential errors or information logs. + "state": "A String", # The lifecycle state of this component. + }, + "templateLibraryState": { # OnClusterState represents the state of a sub-component of Policy Controller. # The state of the template library + "details": "A String", # Surface potential errors or information logs. + "state": "A String", # The lifecycle state of this component. + }, + }, + "state": "A String", # The overall Policy Controller lifecycle state observed by the Hub Feature controller. + }, "servicemesh": { # **Service Mesh**: State for a single Membership, as analyzed by the Service Mesh Hub Controller. # Service Mesh-specific state. "controlPlaneManagement": { # Status of control plane management. # Output only. Status of control plane management "details": [ # Explanation of state. @@ -1241,6 +1515,62 @@

Method Details

}, "version": "A String", # Version of ACM installed. }, + "policycontroller": { # **Policy Controller**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the PolicyController CR. # Policy Controller spec. + "policyControllerHubConfig": { # Configuration for Policy Controller # Policy Controller configuration for the cluster. + "auditIntervalSeconds": "A String", # Sets the interval for Policy Controller Audit Scans (in seconds). When set to 0, this disables audit functionality altogether. + "constraintViolationLimit": "A String", # The maximum number of audit violations to be stored in a constraint. If not set, the internal default (currently 20) will be used. + "deploymentConfigs": { # Map of deployment configs to deployments ("admission", "audit", "mutation'). + "a_key": { # Deployment-specific configuration. + "containerResources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # Container resource requirements. + "limits": { # ResourceList contains container resource requirements. # Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed for use by the running container. + "cpu": "A String", # CPU requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + "memory": "A String", # Memory requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + }, + "requests": { # ResourceList contains container resource requirements. # Requests describes the amount of compute resources reserved for the container by the kube-scheduler. + "cpu": "A String", # CPU requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + "memory": "A String", # Memory requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + }, + }, + "podAffinity": "A String", # Pod affinity configuration. + "podAntiAffinity": True or False, # Pod anti-affinity enablement. + "podTolerations": [ # Pod tolerations of node taints. + { # Toleration of a node taint. + "effect": "A String", # Matches a taint effect. + "key": "A String", # Matches a taint key (not necessarily unique). + "operator": "A String", # Matches a taint operator. + "value": "A String", # Matches a taint value. + }, + ], + "replicaCount": "A String", # Pod replica count. + }, + }, + "exemptableNamespaces": [ # The set of namespaces that are excluded from Policy Controller checks. Namespaces do not need to currently exist on the cluster. + "A String", + ], + "installSpec": "A String", # The install_spec represents the intended state specified by the latest request that mutated install_spec in the feature spec, not the lifecycle state of the feature observed by the Hub feature controller that is reported in the feature state. + "logDeniesEnabled": True or False, # Logs all denies and dry run failures. + "monitoring": { # MonitoringConfig specifies the backends Policy Controller should export metrics to. For example, to specify metrics should be exported to Cloud Monitoring and Prometheus, specify backends: ["cloudmonitoring", "prometheus"] # Monitoring specifies the configuration of monitoring. + "backends": [ # Specifies the list of backends Policy Controller will export to. An empty list would effectively disable metrics export. + "A String", + ], + }, + "mutationEnabled": True or False, # Enables the ability to mutate resources using Policy Controller. + "policyContent": { # PolicyContentSpec defines the user's desired content configuration on the cluster. # Specifies the desired policy content on the cluster + "bundles": { # map of bundle name to BundleInstallSpec. The bundle name maps to the `bundleName` key in the `policycontroller.gke.io/constraintData` annotation on a constraint. + "a_key": { # BundleInstallSpec is the specification configuration for a single managed bundle. + "exemptedNamespaces": [ # The set of namespaces to be exempted from the bundle. + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "templateLibrary": { # The config specifying which default library templates to install. # Configures the installation of the Template Library. + "installation": "A String", # Configures the manner in which the template library is installed on the cluster. + }, + }, + "referentialRulesEnabled": True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated. + }, + "version": "A String", # Version of Policy Controller installed. + }, }, "labels": { # Labels for this Feature. "a_key": "A String", @@ -1342,6 +1672,62 @@

Method Details

"origin": { # Origin defines where this MembershipFeatureSpec originated from. # Whether this per-Membership spec was inherited from a fleet-level default. This field can be updated by users by either overriding a Membership config (updated to USER implicitly) or setting to FLEET explicitly. "type": "A String", # Type specifies which type of origin is set. }, + "policycontroller": { # **Policy Controller**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the PolicyController CR. # Policy Controller spec. + "policyControllerHubConfig": { # Configuration for Policy Controller # Policy Controller configuration for the cluster. + "auditIntervalSeconds": "A String", # Sets the interval for Policy Controller Audit Scans (in seconds). When set to 0, this disables audit functionality altogether. + "constraintViolationLimit": "A String", # The maximum number of audit violations to be stored in a constraint. If not set, the internal default (currently 20) will be used. + "deploymentConfigs": { # Map of deployment configs to deployments ("admission", "audit", "mutation'). + "a_key": { # Deployment-specific configuration. + "containerResources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # Container resource requirements. + "limits": { # ResourceList contains container resource requirements. # Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed for use by the running container. + "cpu": "A String", # CPU requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + "memory": "A String", # Memory requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + }, + "requests": { # ResourceList contains container resource requirements. # Requests describes the amount of compute resources reserved for the container by the kube-scheduler. + "cpu": "A String", # CPU requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + "memory": "A String", # Memory requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + }, + }, + "podAffinity": "A String", # Pod affinity configuration. + "podAntiAffinity": True or False, # Pod anti-affinity enablement. + "podTolerations": [ # Pod tolerations of node taints. + { # Toleration of a node taint. + "effect": "A String", # Matches a taint effect. + "key": "A String", # Matches a taint key (not necessarily unique). + "operator": "A String", # Matches a taint operator. + "value": "A String", # Matches a taint value. + }, + ], + "replicaCount": "A String", # Pod replica count. + }, + }, + "exemptableNamespaces": [ # The set of namespaces that are excluded from Policy Controller checks. Namespaces do not need to currently exist on the cluster. + "A String", + ], + "installSpec": "A String", # The install_spec represents the intended state specified by the latest request that mutated install_spec in the feature spec, not the lifecycle state of the feature observed by the Hub feature controller that is reported in the feature state. + "logDeniesEnabled": True or False, # Logs all denies and dry run failures. + "monitoring": { # MonitoringConfig specifies the backends Policy Controller should export metrics to. For example, to specify metrics should be exported to Cloud Monitoring and Prometheus, specify backends: ["cloudmonitoring", "prometheus"] # Monitoring specifies the configuration of monitoring. + "backends": [ # Specifies the list of backends Policy Controller will export to. An empty list would effectively disable metrics export. + "A String", + ], + }, + "mutationEnabled": True or False, # Enables the ability to mutate resources using Policy Controller. + "policyContent": { # PolicyContentSpec defines the user's desired content configuration on the cluster. # Specifies the desired policy content on the cluster + "bundles": { # map of bundle name to BundleInstallSpec. The bundle name maps to the `bundleName` key in the `policycontroller.gke.io/constraintData` annotation on a constraint. + "a_key": { # BundleInstallSpec is the specification configuration for a single managed bundle. + "exemptedNamespaces": [ # The set of namespaces to be exempted from the bundle. + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "templateLibrary": { # The config specifying which default library templates to install. # Configures the installation of the Template Library. + "installation": "A String", # Configures the manner in which the template library is installed on the cluster. + }, + }, + "referentialRulesEnabled": True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated. + }, + "version": "A String", # Version of Policy Controller installed. + }, }, }, "membershipStates": { # Output only. Membership-specific Feature status. If this Feature does report any per-Membership status, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the state is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m}` Where {p} is the project number, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} MUST match the Feature's project number. @@ -1532,6 +1918,31 @@

Method Details

}, "state": "A String", # Deployment state on this member }, + "policycontroller": { # **Policy Controller**: State for a single cluster. # Policycontroller-specific state. + "componentStates": { # Currently these include (also serving as map keys): 1. "admission" 2. "audit" 3. "mutation" + "a_key": { # OnClusterState represents the state of a sub-component of Policy Controller. + "details": "A String", # Surface potential errors or information logs. + "state": "A String", # The lifecycle state of this component. + }, + }, + "policyContentState": { # The state of the policy controller policy content # The overall content state observed by the Hub Feature controller. + "bundleStates": { # The state of the any bundles included in the chosen version of the manifest + "a_key": { # OnClusterState represents the state of a sub-component of Policy Controller. + "details": "A String", # Surface potential errors or information logs. + "state": "A String", # The lifecycle state of this component. + }, + }, + "referentialSyncConfigState": { # OnClusterState represents the state of a sub-component of Policy Controller. # The state of the referential data sync configuration. This could represent the state of either the syncSet object(s) or the config object, depending on the version of PoCo configured by the user. + "details": "A String", # Surface potential errors or information logs. + "state": "A String", # The lifecycle state of this component. + }, + "templateLibraryState": { # OnClusterState represents the state of a sub-component of Policy Controller. # The state of the template library + "details": "A String", # Surface potential errors or information logs. + "state": "A String", # The lifecycle state of this component. + }, + }, + "state": "A String", # The overall Policy Controller lifecycle state observed by the Hub Feature controller. + }, "servicemesh": { # **Service Mesh**: State for a single Membership, as analyzed by the Service Mesh Hub Controller. # Service Mesh-specific state. "controlPlaneManagement": { # Status of control plane management. # Output only. Status of control plane management "details": [ # Explanation of state. @@ -1724,6 +2135,62 @@

Method Details

}, "version": "A String", # Version of ACM installed. }, + "policycontroller": { # **Policy Controller**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the PolicyController CR. # Policy Controller spec. + "policyControllerHubConfig": { # Configuration for Policy Controller # Policy Controller configuration for the cluster. + "auditIntervalSeconds": "A String", # Sets the interval for Policy Controller Audit Scans (in seconds). When set to 0, this disables audit functionality altogether. + "constraintViolationLimit": "A String", # The maximum number of audit violations to be stored in a constraint. If not set, the internal default (currently 20) will be used. + "deploymentConfigs": { # Map of deployment configs to deployments ("admission", "audit", "mutation'). + "a_key": { # Deployment-specific configuration. + "containerResources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # Container resource requirements. + "limits": { # ResourceList contains container resource requirements. # Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed for use by the running container. + "cpu": "A String", # CPU requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + "memory": "A String", # Memory requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + }, + "requests": { # ResourceList contains container resource requirements. # Requests describes the amount of compute resources reserved for the container by the kube-scheduler. + "cpu": "A String", # CPU requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + "memory": "A String", # Memory requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + }, + }, + "podAffinity": "A String", # Pod affinity configuration. + "podAntiAffinity": True or False, # Pod anti-affinity enablement. + "podTolerations": [ # Pod tolerations of node taints. + { # Toleration of a node taint. + "effect": "A String", # Matches a taint effect. + "key": "A String", # Matches a taint key (not necessarily unique). + "operator": "A String", # Matches a taint operator. + "value": "A String", # Matches a taint value. + }, + ], + "replicaCount": "A String", # Pod replica count. + }, + }, + "exemptableNamespaces": [ # The set of namespaces that are excluded from Policy Controller checks. Namespaces do not need to currently exist on the cluster. + "A String", + ], + "installSpec": "A String", # The install_spec represents the intended state specified by the latest request that mutated install_spec in the feature spec, not the lifecycle state of the feature observed by the Hub feature controller that is reported in the feature state. + "logDeniesEnabled": True or False, # Logs all denies and dry run failures. + "monitoring": { # MonitoringConfig specifies the backends Policy Controller should export metrics to. For example, to specify metrics should be exported to Cloud Monitoring and Prometheus, specify backends: ["cloudmonitoring", "prometheus"] # Monitoring specifies the configuration of monitoring. + "backends": [ # Specifies the list of backends Policy Controller will export to. An empty list would effectively disable metrics export. + "A String", + ], + }, + "mutationEnabled": True or False, # Enables the ability to mutate resources using Policy Controller. + "policyContent": { # PolicyContentSpec defines the user's desired content configuration on the cluster. # Specifies the desired policy content on the cluster + "bundles": { # map of bundle name to BundleInstallSpec. The bundle name maps to the `bundleName` key in the `policycontroller.gke.io/constraintData` annotation on a constraint. + "a_key": { # BundleInstallSpec is the specification configuration for a single managed bundle. + "exemptedNamespaces": [ # The set of namespaces to be exempted from the bundle. + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "templateLibrary": { # The config specifying which default library templates to install. # Configures the installation of the Template Library. + "installation": "A String", # Configures the manner in which the template library is installed on the cluster. + }, + }, + "referentialRulesEnabled": True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated. + }, + "version": "A String", # Version of Policy Controller installed. + }, }, "labels": { # Labels for this Feature. "a_key": "A String", @@ -1825,6 +2292,62 @@

Method Details

"origin": { # Origin defines where this MembershipFeatureSpec originated from. # Whether this per-Membership spec was inherited from a fleet-level default. This field can be updated by users by either overriding a Membership config (updated to USER implicitly) or setting to FLEET explicitly. "type": "A String", # Type specifies which type of origin is set. }, + "policycontroller": { # **Policy Controller**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the PolicyController CR. # Policy Controller spec. + "policyControllerHubConfig": { # Configuration for Policy Controller # Policy Controller configuration for the cluster. + "auditIntervalSeconds": "A String", # Sets the interval for Policy Controller Audit Scans (in seconds). When set to 0, this disables audit functionality altogether. + "constraintViolationLimit": "A String", # The maximum number of audit violations to be stored in a constraint. If not set, the internal default (currently 20) will be used. + "deploymentConfigs": { # Map of deployment configs to deployments ("admission", "audit", "mutation'). + "a_key": { # Deployment-specific configuration. + "containerResources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # Container resource requirements. + "limits": { # ResourceList contains container resource requirements. # Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed for use by the running container. + "cpu": "A String", # CPU requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + "memory": "A String", # Memory requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + }, + "requests": { # ResourceList contains container resource requirements. # Requests describes the amount of compute resources reserved for the container by the kube-scheduler. + "cpu": "A String", # CPU requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + "memory": "A String", # Memory requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + }, + }, + "podAffinity": "A String", # Pod affinity configuration. + "podAntiAffinity": True or False, # Pod anti-affinity enablement. + "podTolerations": [ # Pod tolerations of node taints. + { # Toleration of a node taint. + "effect": "A String", # Matches a taint effect. + "key": "A String", # Matches a taint key (not necessarily unique). + "operator": "A String", # Matches a taint operator. + "value": "A String", # Matches a taint value. + }, + ], + "replicaCount": "A String", # Pod replica count. + }, + }, + "exemptableNamespaces": [ # The set of namespaces that are excluded from Policy Controller checks. Namespaces do not need to currently exist on the cluster. + "A String", + ], + "installSpec": "A String", # The install_spec represents the intended state specified by the latest request that mutated install_spec in the feature spec, not the lifecycle state of the feature observed by the Hub feature controller that is reported in the feature state. + "logDeniesEnabled": True or False, # Logs all denies and dry run failures. + "monitoring": { # MonitoringConfig specifies the backends Policy Controller should export metrics to. For example, to specify metrics should be exported to Cloud Monitoring and Prometheus, specify backends: ["cloudmonitoring", "prometheus"] # Monitoring specifies the configuration of monitoring. + "backends": [ # Specifies the list of backends Policy Controller will export to. An empty list would effectively disable metrics export. + "A String", + ], + }, + "mutationEnabled": True or False, # Enables the ability to mutate resources using Policy Controller. + "policyContent": { # PolicyContentSpec defines the user's desired content configuration on the cluster. # Specifies the desired policy content on the cluster + "bundles": { # map of bundle name to BundleInstallSpec. The bundle name maps to the `bundleName` key in the `policycontroller.gke.io/constraintData` annotation on a constraint. + "a_key": { # BundleInstallSpec is the specification configuration for a single managed bundle. + "exemptedNamespaces": [ # The set of namespaces to be exempted from the bundle. + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "templateLibrary": { # The config specifying which default library templates to install. # Configures the installation of the Template Library. + "installation": "A String", # Configures the manner in which the template library is installed on the cluster. + }, + }, + "referentialRulesEnabled": True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated. + }, + "version": "A String", # Version of Policy Controller installed. + }, }, }, "membershipStates": { # Output only. Membership-specific Feature status. If this Feature does report any per-Membership status, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the state is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m}` Where {p} is the project number, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} MUST match the Feature's project number. @@ -2015,6 +2538,31 @@

Method Details

}, "state": "A String", # Deployment state on this member }, + "policycontroller": { # **Policy Controller**: State for a single cluster. # Policycontroller-specific state. + "componentStates": { # Currently these include (also serving as map keys): 1. "admission" 2. "audit" 3. "mutation" + "a_key": { # OnClusterState represents the state of a sub-component of Policy Controller. + "details": "A String", # Surface potential errors or information logs. + "state": "A String", # The lifecycle state of this component. + }, + }, + "policyContentState": { # The state of the policy controller policy content # The overall content state observed by the Hub Feature controller. + "bundleStates": { # The state of the any bundles included in the chosen version of the manifest + "a_key": { # OnClusterState represents the state of a sub-component of Policy Controller. + "details": "A String", # Surface potential errors or information logs. + "state": "A String", # The lifecycle state of this component. + }, + }, + "referentialSyncConfigState": { # OnClusterState represents the state of a sub-component of Policy Controller. # The state of the referential data sync configuration. This could represent the state of either the syncSet object(s) or the config object, depending on the version of PoCo configured by the user. + "details": "A String", # Surface potential errors or information logs. + "state": "A String", # The lifecycle state of this component. + }, + "templateLibraryState": { # OnClusterState represents the state of a sub-component of Policy Controller. # The state of the template library + "details": "A String", # Surface potential errors or information logs. + "state": "A String", # The lifecycle state of this component. + }, + }, + "state": "A String", # The overall Policy Controller lifecycle state observed by the Hub Feature controller. + }, "servicemesh": { # **Service Mesh**: State for a single Membership, as analyzed by the Service Mesh Hub Controller. # Service Mesh-specific state. "controlPlaneManagement": { # Status of control plane management. # Output only. Status of control plane management "details": [ # Explanation of state. diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html index 56e6aed3f98..03f2ace9882 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html @@ -212,6 +212,62 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "policycontroller": { # **Policy Controller**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the PolicyController CR. # Policy Controller spec. + "policyControllerHubConfig": { # Configuration for Policy Controller # Policy Controller configuration for the cluster. + "auditIntervalSeconds": "A String", # Sets the interval for Policy Controller Audit Scans (in seconds). When set to 0, this disables audit functionality altogether. + "constraintViolationLimit": "A String", # The maximum number of audit violations to be stored in a constraint. If not set, the internal default (currently 20) will be used. + "deploymentConfigs": { # Map of deployment configs to deployments ("admission", "audit", "mutation'). + "a_key": { # Deployment-specific configuration. + "containerResources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # Container resource requirements. + "limits": { # ResourceList contains container resource requirements. # Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed for use by the running container. + "cpu": "A String", # CPU requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + "memory": "A String", # Memory requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + }, + "requests": { # ResourceList contains container resource requirements. # Requests describes the amount of compute resources reserved for the container by the kube-scheduler. + "cpu": "A String", # CPU requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + "memory": "A String", # Memory requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + }, + }, + "podAffinity": "A String", # Pod affinity configuration. + "podAntiAffinity": True or False, # Pod anti-affinity enablement. + "podTolerations": [ # Pod tolerations of node taints. + { # Toleration of a node taint. + "effect": "A String", # Matches a taint effect. + "key": "A String", # Matches a taint key (not necessarily unique). + "operator": "A String", # Matches a taint operator. + "value": "A String", # Matches a taint value. + }, + ], + "replicaCount": "A String", # Pod replica count. + }, + }, + "exemptableNamespaces": [ # The set of namespaces that are excluded from Policy Controller checks. Namespaces do not need to currently exist on the cluster. + "A String", + ], + "installSpec": "A String", # The install_spec represents the intended state specified by the latest request that mutated install_spec in the feature spec, not the lifecycle state of the feature observed by the Hub feature controller that is reported in the feature state. + "logDeniesEnabled": True or False, # Logs all denies and dry run failures. + "monitoring": { # MonitoringConfig specifies the backends Policy Controller should export metrics to. For example, to specify metrics should be exported to Cloud Monitoring and Prometheus, specify backends: ["cloudmonitoring", "prometheus"] # Monitoring specifies the configuration of monitoring. + "backends": [ # Specifies the list of backends Policy Controller will export to. An empty list would effectively disable metrics export. + "A String", + ], + }, + "mutationEnabled": True or False, # Enables the ability to mutate resources using Policy Controller. + "policyContent": { # PolicyContentSpec defines the user's desired content configuration on the cluster. # Specifies the desired policy content on the cluster + "bundles": { # map of bundle name to BundleInstallSpec. The bundle name maps to the `bundleName` key in the `policycontroller.gke.io/constraintData` annotation on a constraint. + "a_key": { # BundleInstallSpec is the specification configuration for a single managed bundle. + "exemptedNamespaces": [ # The set of namespaces to be exempted from the bundle. + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "templateLibrary": { # The config specifying which default library templates to install. # Configures the installation of the Template Library. + "installation": "A String", # Configures the manner in which the template library is installed on the cluster. + }, + }, + "referentialRulesEnabled": True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated. + }, + "version": "A String", # Version of Policy Controller installed. + }, }, "labels": { # Labels for this Feature. "a_key": "A String", @@ -1093,6 +1149,62 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "policycontroller": { # **Policy Controller**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the PolicyController CR. # Policy Controller spec. + "policyControllerHubConfig": { # Configuration for Policy Controller # Policy Controller configuration for the cluster. + "auditIntervalSeconds": "A String", # Sets the interval for Policy Controller Audit Scans (in seconds). When set to 0, this disables audit functionality altogether. + "constraintViolationLimit": "A String", # The maximum number of audit violations to be stored in a constraint. If not set, the internal default (currently 20) will be used. + "deploymentConfigs": { # Map of deployment configs to deployments ("admission", "audit", "mutation'). + "a_key": { # Deployment-specific configuration. + "containerResources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # Container resource requirements. + "limits": { # ResourceList contains container resource requirements. # Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed for use by the running container. + "cpu": "A String", # CPU requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + "memory": "A String", # Memory requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + }, + "requests": { # ResourceList contains container resource requirements. # Requests describes the amount of compute resources reserved for the container by the kube-scheduler. + "cpu": "A String", # CPU requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + "memory": "A String", # Memory requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + }, + }, + "podAffinity": "A String", # Pod affinity configuration. + "podAntiAffinity": True or False, # Pod anti-affinity enablement. + "podTolerations": [ # Pod tolerations of node taints. + { # Toleration of a node taint. + "effect": "A String", # Matches a taint effect. + "key": "A String", # Matches a taint key (not necessarily unique). + "operator": "A String", # Matches a taint operator. + "value": "A String", # Matches a taint value. + }, + ], + "replicaCount": "A String", # Pod replica count. + }, + }, + "exemptableNamespaces": [ # The set of namespaces that are excluded from Policy Controller checks. Namespaces do not need to currently exist on the cluster. + "A String", + ], + "installSpec": "A String", # The install_spec represents the intended state specified by the latest request that mutated install_spec in the feature spec, not the lifecycle state of the feature observed by the Hub feature controller that is reported in the feature state. + "logDeniesEnabled": True or False, # Logs all denies and dry run failures. + "monitoring": { # MonitoringConfig specifies the backends Policy Controller should export metrics to. For example, to specify metrics should be exported to Cloud Monitoring and Prometheus, specify backends: ["cloudmonitoring", "prometheus"] # Monitoring specifies the configuration of monitoring. + "backends": [ # Specifies the list of backends Policy Controller will export to. An empty list would effectively disable metrics export. + "A String", + ], + }, + "mutationEnabled": True or False, # Enables the ability to mutate resources using Policy Controller. + "policyContent": { # PolicyContentSpec defines the user's desired content configuration on the cluster. # Specifies the desired policy content on the cluster + "bundles": { # map of bundle name to BundleInstallSpec. The bundle name maps to the `bundleName` key in the `policycontroller.gke.io/constraintData` annotation on a constraint. + "a_key": { # BundleInstallSpec is the specification configuration for a single managed bundle. + "exemptedNamespaces": [ # The set of namespaces to be exempted from the bundle. + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "templateLibrary": { # The config specifying which default library templates to install. # Configures the installation of the Template Library. + "installation": "A String", # Configures the manner in which the template library is installed on the cluster. + }, + }, + "referentialRulesEnabled": True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated. + }, + "version": "A String", # Version of Policy Controller installed. + }, }, "labels": { # Labels for this Feature. "a_key": "A String", @@ -1962,6 +2074,62 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "policycontroller": { # **Policy Controller**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the PolicyController CR. # Policy Controller spec. + "policyControllerHubConfig": { # Configuration for Policy Controller # Policy Controller configuration for the cluster. + "auditIntervalSeconds": "A String", # Sets the interval for Policy Controller Audit Scans (in seconds). When set to 0, this disables audit functionality altogether. + "constraintViolationLimit": "A String", # The maximum number of audit violations to be stored in a constraint. If not set, the internal default (currently 20) will be used. + "deploymentConfigs": { # Map of deployment configs to deployments ("admission", "audit", "mutation'). + "a_key": { # Deployment-specific configuration. + "containerResources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # Container resource requirements. + "limits": { # ResourceList contains container resource requirements. # Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed for use by the running container. + "cpu": "A String", # CPU requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + "memory": "A String", # Memory requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + }, + "requests": { # ResourceList contains container resource requirements. # Requests describes the amount of compute resources reserved for the container by the kube-scheduler. + "cpu": "A String", # CPU requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + "memory": "A String", # Memory requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + }, + }, + "podAffinity": "A String", # Pod affinity configuration. + "podAntiAffinity": True or False, # Pod anti-affinity enablement. + "podTolerations": [ # Pod tolerations of node taints. + { # Toleration of a node taint. + "effect": "A String", # Matches a taint effect. + "key": "A String", # Matches a taint key (not necessarily unique). + "operator": "A String", # Matches a taint operator. + "value": "A String", # Matches a taint value. + }, + ], + "replicaCount": "A String", # Pod replica count. + }, + }, + "exemptableNamespaces": [ # The set of namespaces that are excluded from Policy Controller checks. Namespaces do not need to currently exist on the cluster. + "A String", + ], + "installSpec": "A String", # The install_spec represents the intended state specified by the latest request that mutated install_spec in the feature spec, not the lifecycle state of the feature observed by the Hub feature controller that is reported in the feature state. + "logDeniesEnabled": True or False, # Logs all denies and dry run failures. + "monitoring": { # MonitoringConfig specifies the backends Policy Controller should export metrics to. For example, to specify metrics should be exported to Cloud Monitoring and Prometheus, specify backends: ["cloudmonitoring", "prometheus"] # Monitoring specifies the configuration of monitoring. + "backends": [ # Specifies the list of backends Policy Controller will export to. An empty list would effectively disable metrics export. + "A String", + ], + }, + "mutationEnabled": True or False, # Enables the ability to mutate resources using Policy Controller. + "policyContent": { # PolicyContentSpec defines the user's desired content configuration on the cluster. # Specifies the desired policy content on the cluster + "bundles": { # map of bundle name to BundleInstallSpec. The bundle name maps to the `bundleName` key in the `policycontroller.gke.io/constraintData` annotation on a constraint. + "a_key": { # BundleInstallSpec is the specification configuration for a single managed bundle. + "exemptedNamespaces": [ # The set of namespaces to be exempted from the bundle. + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "templateLibrary": { # The config specifying which default library templates to install. # Configures the installation of the Template Library. + "installation": "A String", # Configures the manner in which the template library is installed on the cluster. + }, + }, + "referentialRulesEnabled": True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated. + }, + "version": "A String", # Version of Policy Controller installed. + }, }, "labels": { # Labels for this Feature. "a_key": "A String", @@ -2787,6 +2955,62 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "policycontroller": { # **Policy Controller**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the PolicyController CR. # Policy Controller spec. + "policyControllerHubConfig": { # Configuration for Policy Controller # Policy Controller configuration for the cluster. + "auditIntervalSeconds": "A String", # Sets the interval for Policy Controller Audit Scans (in seconds). When set to 0, this disables audit functionality altogether. + "constraintViolationLimit": "A String", # The maximum number of audit violations to be stored in a constraint. If not set, the internal default (currently 20) will be used. + "deploymentConfigs": { # Map of deployment configs to deployments ("admission", "audit", "mutation'). + "a_key": { # Deployment-specific configuration. + "containerResources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # Container resource requirements. + "limits": { # ResourceList contains container resource requirements. # Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed for use by the running container. + "cpu": "A String", # CPU requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + "memory": "A String", # Memory requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + }, + "requests": { # ResourceList contains container resource requirements. # Requests describes the amount of compute resources reserved for the container by the kube-scheduler. + "cpu": "A String", # CPU requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + "memory": "A String", # Memory requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + }, + }, + "podAffinity": "A String", # Pod affinity configuration. + "podAntiAffinity": True or False, # Pod anti-affinity enablement. + "podTolerations": [ # Pod tolerations of node taints. + { # Toleration of a node taint. + "effect": "A String", # Matches a taint effect. + "key": "A String", # Matches a taint key (not necessarily unique). + "operator": "A String", # Matches a taint operator. + "value": "A String", # Matches a taint value. + }, + ], + "replicaCount": "A String", # Pod replica count. + }, + }, + "exemptableNamespaces": [ # The set of namespaces that are excluded from Policy Controller checks. Namespaces do not need to currently exist on the cluster. + "A String", + ], + "installSpec": "A String", # The install_spec represents the intended state specified by the latest request that mutated install_spec in the feature spec, not the lifecycle state of the feature observed by the Hub feature controller that is reported in the feature state. + "logDeniesEnabled": True or False, # Logs all denies and dry run failures. + "monitoring": { # MonitoringConfig specifies the backends Policy Controller should export metrics to. For example, to specify metrics should be exported to Cloud Monitoring and Prometheus, specify backends: ["cloudmonitoring", "prometheus"] # Monitoring specifies the configuration of monitoring. + "backends": [ # Specifies the list of backends Policy Controller will export to. An empty list would effectively disable metrics export. + "A String", + ], + }, + "mutationEnabled": True or False, # Enables the ability to mutate resources using Policy Controller. + "policyContent": { # PolicyContentSpec defines the user's desired content configuration on the cluster. # Specifies the desired policy content on the cluster + "bundles": { # map of bundle name to BundleInstallSpec. The bundle name maps to the `bundleName` key in the `policycontroller.gke.io/constraintData` annotation on a constraint. + "a_key": { # BundleInstallSpec is the specification configuration for a single managed bundle. + "exemptedNamespaces": [ # The set of namespaces to be exempted from the bundle. + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "templateLibrary": { # The config specifying which default library templates to install. # Configures the installation of the Template Library. + "installation": "A String", # Configures the manner in which the template library is installed on the cluster. + }, + }, + "referentialRulesEnabled": True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated. + }, + "version": "A String", # Version of Policy Controller installed. + }, }, "labels": { # Labels for this Feature. "a_key": "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.features.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.features.html index 7caa420abe9..e524337a9e3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.features.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.features.html @@ -212,6 +212,62 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "policycontroller": { # **Policy Controller**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the PolicyController CR. # Policy Controller spec. + "policyControllerHubConfig": { # Configuration for Policy Controller # Policy Controller configuration for the cluster. + "auditIntervalSeconds": "A String", # Sets the interval for Policy Controller Audit Scans (in seconds). When set to 0, this disables audit functionality altogether. + "constraintViolationLimit": "A String", # The maximum number of audit violations to be stored in a constraint. If not set, the internal default (currently 20) will be used. + "deploymentConfigs": { # Map of deployment configs to deployments ("admission", "audit", "mutation'). + "a_key": { # Deployment-specific configuration. + "containerResources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # Container resource requirements. + "limits": { # ResourceList contains container resource requirements. # Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed for use by the running container. + "cpu": "A String", # CPU requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + "memory": "A String", # Memory requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + }, + "requests": { # ResourceList contains container resource requirements. # Requests describes the amount of compute resources reserved for the container by the kube-scheduler. + "cpu": "A String", # CPU requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + "memory": "A String", # Memory requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + }, + }, + "podAffinity": "A String", # Pod affinity configuration. + "podAntiAffinity": True or False, # Pod anti-affinity enablement. + "podTolerations": [ # Pod tolerations of node taints. + { # Toleration of a node taint. + "effect": "A String", # Matches a taint effect. + "key": "A String", # Matches a taint key (not necessarily unique). + "operator": "A String", # Matches a taint operator. + "value": "A String", # Matches a taint value. + }, + ], + "replicaCount": "A String", # Pod replica count. + }, + }, + "exemptableNamespaces": [ # The set of namespaces that are excluded from Policy Controller checks. Namespaces do not need to currently exist on the cluster. + "A String", + ], + "installSpec": "A String", # The install_spec represents the intended state specified by the latest request that mutated install_spec in the feature spec, not the lifecycle state of the feature observed by the Hub feature controller that is reported in the feature state. + "logDeniesEnabled": True or False, # Logs all denies and dry run failures. + "monitoring": { # MonitoringConfig specifies the backends Policy Controller should export metrics to. For example, to specify metrics should be exported to Cloud Monitoring and Prometheus, specify backends: ["cloudmonitoring", "prometheus"] # Monitoring specifies the configuration of monitoring. + "backends": [ # Specifies the list of backends Policy Controller will export to. An empty list would effectively disable metrics export. + "A String", + ], + }, + "mutationEnabled": True or False, # Enables the ability to mutate resources using Policy Controller. + "policyContent": { # PolicyContentSpec defines the user's desired content configuration on the cluster. # Specifies the desired policy content on the cluster + "bundles": { # map of bundle name to BundleInstallSpec. The bundle name maps to the `bundleName` key in the `policycontroller.gke.io/constraintData` annotation on a constraint. + "a_key": { # BundleInstallSpec is the specification configuration for a single managed bundle. + "exemptedNamespaces": [ # The set of namespaces to be exempted from the bundle. + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "templateLibrary": { # The config specifying which default library templates to install. # Configures the installation of the Template Library. + "installation": "A String", # Configures the manner in which the template library is installed on the cluster. + }, + }, + "referentialRulesEnabled": True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated. + }, + "version": "A String", # Version of Policy Controller installed. + }, }, "labels": { # Labels for this Feature. "a_key": "A String", @@ -902,6 +958,62 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "policycontroller": { # **Policy Controller**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the PolicyController CR. # Policy Controller spec. + "policyControllerHubConfig": { # Configuration for Policy Controller # Policy Controller configuration for the cluster. + "auditIntervalSeconds": "A String", # Sets the interval for Policy Controller Audit Scans (in seconds). When set to 0, this disables audit functionality altogether. + "constraintViolationLimit": "A String", # The maximum number of audit violations to be stored in a constraint. If not set, the internal default (currently 20) will be used. + "deploymentConfigs": { # Map of deployment configs to deployments ("admission", "audit", "mutation'). + "a_key": { # Deployment-specific configuration. + "containerResources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # Container resource requirements. + "limits": { # ResourceList contains container resource requirements. # Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed for use by the running container. + "cpu": "A String", # CPU requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + "memory": "A String", # Memory requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + }, + "requests": { # ResourceList contains container resource requirements. # Requests describes the amount of compute resources reserved for the container by the kube-scheduler. + "cpu": "A String", # CPU requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + "memory": "A String", # Memory requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + }, + }, + "podAffinity": "A String", # Pod affinity configuration. + "podAntiAffinity": True or False, # Pod anti-affinity enablement. + "podTolerations": [ # Pod tolerations of node taints. + { # Toleration of a node taint. + "effect": "A String", # Matches a taint effect. + "key": "A String", # Matches a taint key (not necessarily unique). + "operator": "A String", # Matches a taint operator. + "value": "A String", # Matches a taint value. + }, + ], + "replicaCount": "A String", # Pod replica count. + }, + }, + "exemptableNamespaces": [ # The set of namespaces that are excluded from Policy Controller checks. Namespaces do not need to currently exist on the cluster. + "A String", + ], + "installSpec": "A String", # The install_spec represents the intended state specified by the latest request that mutated install_spec in the feature spec, not the lifecycle state of the feature observed by the Hub feature controller that is reported in the feature state. + "logDeniesEnabled": True or False, # Logs all denies and dry run failures. + "monitoring": { # MonitoringConfig specifies the backends Policy Controller should export metrics to. For example, to specify metrics should be exported to Cloud Monitoring and Prometheus, specify backends: ["cloudmonitoring", "prometheus"] # Monitoring specifies the configuration of monitoring. + "backends": [ # Specifies the list of backends Policy Controller will export to. An empty list would effectively disable metrics export. + "A String", + ], + }, + "mutationEnabled": True or False, # Enables the ability to mutate resources using Policy Controller. + "policyContent": { # PolicyContentSpec defines the user's desired content configuration on the cluster. # Specifies the desired policy content on the cluster + "bundles": { # map of bundle name to BundleInstallSpec. The bundle name maps to the `bundleName` key in the `policycontroller.gke.io/constraintData` annotation on a constraint. + "a_key": { # BundleInstallSpec is the specification configuration for a single managed bundle. + "exemptedNamespaces": [ # The set of namespaces to be exempted from the bundle. + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "templateLibrary": { # The config specifying which default library templates to install. # Configures the installation of the Template Library. + "installation": "A String", # Configures the manner in which the template library is installed on the cluster. + }, + }, + "referentialRulesEnabled": True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated. + }, + "version": "A String", # Version of Policy Controller installed. + }, }, "labels": { # Labels for this Feature. "a_key": "A String", @@ -1580,6 +1692,62 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "policycontroller": { # **Policy Controller**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the PolicyController CR. # Policy Controller spec. + "policyControllerHubConfig": { # Configuration for Policy Controller # Policy Controller configuration for the cluster. + "auditIntervalSeconds": "A String", # Sets the interval for Policy Controller Audit Scans (in seconds). When set to 0, this disables audit functionality altogether. + "constraintViolationLimit": "A String", # The maximum number of audit violations to be stored in a constraint. If not set, the internal default (currently 20) will be used. + "deploymentConfigs": { # Map of deployment configs to deployments ("admission", "audit", "mutation'). + "a_key": { # Deployment-specific configuration. + "containerResources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # Container resource requirements. + "limits": { # ResourceList contains container resource requirements. # Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed for use by the running container. + "cpu": "A String", # CPU requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + "memory": "A String", # Memory requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + }, + "requests": { # ResourceList contains container resource requirements. # Requests describes the amount of compute resources reserved for the container by the kube-scheduler. + "cpu": "A String", # CPU requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + "memory": "A String", # Memory requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + }, + }, + "podAffinity": "A String", # Pod affinity configuration. + "podAntiAffinity": True or False, # Pod anti-affinity enablement. + "podTolerations": [ # Pod tolerations of node taints. + { # Toleration of a node taint. + "effect": "A String", # Matches a taint effect. + "key": "A String", # Matches a taint key (not necessarily unique). + "operator": "A String", # Matches a taint operator. + "value": "A String", # Matches a taint value. + }, + ], + "replicaCount": "A String", # Pod replica count. + }, + }, + "exemptableNamespaces": [ # The set of namespaces that are excluded from Policy Controller checks. Namespaces do not need to currently exist on the cluster. + "A String", + ], + "installSpec": "A String", # The install_spec represents the intended state specified by the latest request that mutated install_spec in the feature spec, not the lifecycle state of the feature observed by the Hub feature controller that is reported in the feature state. + "logDeniesEnabled": True or False, # Logs all denies and dry run failures. + "monitoring": { # MonitoringConfig specifies the backends Policy Controller should export metrics to. For example, to specify metrics should be exported to Cloud Monitoring and Prometheus, specify backends: ["cloudmonitoring", "prometheus"] # Monitoring specifies the configuration of monitoring. + "backends": [ # Specifies the list of backends Policy Controller will export to. An empty list would effectively disable metrics export. + "A String", + ], + }, + "mutationEnabled": True or False, # Enables the ability to mutate resources using Policy Controller. + "policyContent": { # PolicyContentSpec defines the user's desired content configuration on the cluster. # Specifies the desired policy content on the cluster + "bundles": { # map of bundle name to BundleInstallSpec. The bundle name maps to the `bundleName` key in the `policycontroller.gke.io/constraintData` annotation on a constraint. + "a_key": { # BundleInstallSpec is the specification configuration for a single managed bundle. + "exemptedNamespaces": [ # The set of namespaces to be exempted from the bundle. + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "templateLibrary": { # The config specifying which default library templates to install. # Configures the installation of the Template Library. + "installation": "A String", # Configures the manner in which the template library is installed on the cluster. + }, + }, + "referentialRulesEnabled": True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated. + }, + "version": "A String", # Version of Policy Controller installed. + }, }, "labels": { # Labels for this Feature. "a_key": "A String", @@ -2214,6 +2382,62 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "policycontroller": { # **Policy Controller**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the PolicyController CR. # Policy Controller spec. + "policyControllerHubConfig": { # Configuration for Policy Controller # Policy Controller configuration for the cluster. + "auditIntervalSeconds": "A String", # Sets the interval for Policy Controller Audit Scans (in seconds). When set to 0, this disables audit functionality altogether. + "constraintViolationLimit": "A String", # The maximum number of audit violations to be stored in a constraint. If not set, the internal default (currently 20) will be used. + "deploymentConfigs": { # Map of deployment configs to deployments ("admission", "audit", "mutation'). + "a_key": { # Deployment-specific configuration. + "containerResources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # Container resource requirements. + "limits": { # ResourceList contains container resource requirements. # Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed for use by the running container. + "cpu": "A String", # CPU requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + "memory": "A String", # Memory requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + }, + "requests": { # ResourceList contains container resource requirements. # Requests describes the amount of compute resources reserved for the container by the kube-scheduler. + "cpu": "A String", # CPU requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + "memory": "A String", # Memory requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units. + }, + }, + "podAffinity": "A String", # Pod affinity configuration. + "podAntiAffinity": True or False, # Pod anti-affinity enablement. + "podTolerations": [ # Pod tolerations of node taints. + { # Toleration of a node taint. + "effect": "A String", # Matches a taint effect. + "key": "A String", # Matches a taint key (not necessarily unique). + "operator": "A String", # Matches a taint operator. + "value": "A String", # Matches a taint value. + }, + ], + "replicaCount": "A String", # Pod replica count. + }, + }, + "exemptableNamespaces": [ # The set of namespaces that are excluded from Policy Controller checks. Namespaces do not need to currently exist on the cluster. + "A String", + ], + "installSpec": "A String", # The install_spec represents the intended state specified by the latest request that mutated install_spec in the feature spec, not the lifecycle state of the feature observed by the Hub feature controller that is reported in the feature state. + "logDeniesEnabled": True or False, # Logs all denies and dry run failures. + "monitoring": { # MonitoringConfig specifies the backends Policy Controller should export metrics to. For example, to specify metrics should be exported to Cloud Monitoring and Prometheus, specify backends: ["cloudmonitoring", "prometheus"] # Monitoring specifies the configuration of monitoring. + "backends": [ # Specifies the list of backends Policy Controller will export to. An empty list would effectively disable metrics export. + "A String", + ], + }, + "mutationEnabled": True or False, # Enables the ability to mutate resources using Policy Controller. + "policyContent": { # PolicyContentSpec defines the user's desired content configuration on the cluster. # Specifies the desired policy content on the cluster + "bundles": { # map of bundle name to BundleInstallSpec. The bundle name maps to the `bundleName` key in the `policycontroller.gke.io/constraintData` annotation on a constraint. + "a_key": { # BundleInstallSpec is the specification configuration for a single managed bundle. + "exemptedNamespaces": [ # The set of namespaces to be exempted from the bundle. + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + "templateLibrary": { # The config specifying which default library templates to install. # Configures the installation of the Template Library. + "installation": "A String", # Configures the manner in which the template library is installed on the cluster. + }, + }, + "referentialRulesEnabled": True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated. + }, + "version": "A String", # Version of Policy Controller installed. + }, }, "labels": { # Labels for this Feature. "a_key": "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.vmwareAdminClusters.html b/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.vmwareAdminClusters.html index 6e5cfa30832..f8be46bf5a0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.vmwareAdminClusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.vmwareAdminClusters.html @@ -332,7 +332,7 @@

Method Details

"errorMessage": "A String", # Human-friendly representation of the error message from controller. The error message can be temporary as the controller controller creates a cluster or node pool. If the error message persists for a longer period of time, it can be used to surface error message to indicate real problems requiring user intervention. }, }, - "preparedSecrets": { # VmwareAdminPreparedSecretsConfig represents configuration for admin cluster prepared secrets. # The VMware admin cluster prepared secrets configuration. + "preparedSecrets": { # VmwareAdminPreparedSecretsConfig represents configuration for admin cluster prepared secrets. # Output only. The VMware admin cluster prepared secrets configuration. It should always be enabled by the Central API, instead of letting users set it. "enabled": True or False, # Whether prepared secrets is enabled. }, "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. If set, there are currently changes in flight to the VMware admin cluster. @@ -581,7 +581,7 @@

Method Details

"errorMessage": "A String", # Human-friendly representation of the error message from controller. The error message can be temporary as the controller controller creates a cluster or node pool. If the error message persists for a longer period of time, it can be used to surface error message to indicate real problems requiring user intervention. }, }, - "preparedSecrets": { # VmwareAdminPreparedSecretsConfig represents configuration for admin cluster prepared secrets. # The VMware admin cluster prepared secrets configuration. + "preparedSecrets": { # VmwareAdminPreparedSecretsConfig represents configuration for admin cluster prepared secrets. # Output only. The VMware admin cluster prepared secrets configuration. It should always be enabled by the Central API, instead of letting users set it. "enabled": True or False, # Whether prepared secrets is enabled. }, "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. If set, there are currently changes in flight to the VMware admin cluster. @@ -793,7 +793,7 @@

Method Details

"errorMessage": "A String", # Human-friendly representation of the error message from controller. The error message can be temporary as the controller controller creates a cluster or node pool. If the error message persists for a longer period of time, it can be used to surface error message to indicate real problems requiring user intervention. }, }, - "preparedSecrets": { # VmwareAdminPreparedSecretsConfig represents configuration for admin cluster prepared secrets. # The VMware admin cluster prepared secrets configuration. + "preparedSecrets": { # VmwareAdminPreparedSecretsConfig represents configuration for admin cluster prepared secrets. # Output only. The VMware admin cluster prepared secrets configuration. It should always be enabled by the Central API, instead of letting users set it. "enabled": True or False, # Whether prepared secrets is enabled. }, "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. If set, there are currently changes in flight to the VMware admin cluster. diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.html index d4cd80f4760..b9f64733d32 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.html +++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.html @@ -118,10 +118,10 @@

Instance Methods

Gets the contents of a FHIR resource. Implements the FHIR standard read interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#read), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#read), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#read)). Also supports the FHIR standard conditional read interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#cread), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#cread), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#cread)) specified by supplying an `If-Modified-Since` header with a date/time value or an `If-None-Match` header with an ETag value. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the resource. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `read`, see [Getting a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#getting_a_fhir_resource).

search(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` "next", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changes and when the change is reflected in search results. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).

+

Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` "next", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changed, and the time when the change reflects in search results. The only exception is resource identifier data, which is indexed synchronously as a special index. As a result, searching using resource identifier is not subject to indexing delay. To use the special synchronous index, the search term for identifier should be in the pattern `identifier=[system]|[value]` or `identifier=[value]`, and any of the following search result parameters can be used: * `_count` * `_include` * `_revinclude` * `_summary` * `_elements` If your query contains any other search parameters, the standard asynchronous index will be used instead. Note that searching against the special index is optimized for resolving a small number of matches. The search isn't optimized if your identifier search criteria matches a large number (i.e. more than 2,000) of resources. For a search query that will match a large number of resources, you can avoiding using the special synchronous index by including an additional `_sort` parameter in your query. Use `_sort=-_lastUpdated` if you want to keep the default sorting order. Note: The special synchronous identifier index are currently disabled for DocumentReference and DocumentManifest searches. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).

search_type(parent, resourceType, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` "next", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changes and when the change is reflected in search results. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).

+

Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` "next", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changed, and the time when the change reflects in search results. The only exception is resource identifier data, which is indexed synchronously as a special index. As a result, searching using resource identifier is not subject to indexing delay. To use the special synchronous index, the search term for identifier should be in the pattern `identifier=[system]|[value]` or `identifier=[value]`, and any of the following search result parameters can be used: * `_count` * `_include` * `_revinclude` * `_summary` * `_elements` If your query contains any other search parameters, the standard asynchronous index will be used instead. Note that searching against the special index is optimized for resolving a small number of matches. The search isn't optimized if your identifier search criteria matches a large number (i.e. more than 2,000) of resources. For a search query that will match a large number of resources, you can avoiding using the special synchronous index by including an additional `_sort` parameter in your query. Use `_sort=-_lastUpdated` if you want to keep the default sorting order. Note: The special synchronous identifier index are currently disabled for DocumentReference and DocumentManifest searches. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).

update(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates the entire contents of a resource. Implements the FHIR standard update interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#update), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#update), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#update)). If the specified resource does not exist and the FHIR store has enable_update_create set, creates the resource with the client-specified ID. It is strongly advised not to include or encode any sensitive data such as patient identifiers in client-specified resource IDs. Those IDs are part of the FHIR resource path recorded in Cloud Audit Logs and Pub/Sub notifications. Those IDs can also be contained in reference fields within other resources. The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. The resource must contain an `id` element having an identical value to the ID in the REST path of the request. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the updated resource, including the server-assigned version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `update`, see [Updating a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#updating_a_fhir_resource).

@@ -541,7 +541,7 @@

Method Details

search(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` "next", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changes and when the change is reflected in search results. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).
+  
Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` "next", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changed, and the time when the change reflects in search results. The only exception is resource identifier data, which is indexed synchronously as a special index. As a result, searching using resource identifier is not subject to indexing delay. To use the special synchronous index, the search term for identifier should be in the pattern `identifier=[system]|[value]` or `identifier=[value]`, and any of the following search result parameters can be used: * `_count` * `_include` * `_revinclude` * `_summary` * `_elements` If your query contains any other search parameters, the standard asynchronous index will be used instead. Note that searching against the special index is optimized for resolving a small number of matches. The search isn't optimized if your identifier search criteria matches a large number (i.e. more than 2,000) of resources. For a search query that will match a large number of resources, you can avoiding using the special synchronous index by including an additional `_sort` parameter in your query. Use `_sort=-_lastUpdated` if you want to keep the default sorting order. Note: The special synchronous identifier index are currently disabled for DocumentReference and DocumentManifest searches. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Name of the FHIR store to retrieve resources from. (required)
@@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ 

Method Details

search_type(parent, resourceType, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` "next", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changes and when the change is reflected in search results. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).
+  
Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` "next", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changed, and the time when the change reflects in search results. The only exception is resource identifier data, which is indexed synchronously as a special index. As a result, searching using resource identifier is not subject to indexing delay. To use the special synchronous index, the search term for identifier should be in the pattern `identifier=[system]|[value]` or `identifier=[value]`, and any of the following search result parameters can be used: * `_count` * `_include` * `_revinclude` * `_summary` * `_elements` If your query contains any other search parameters, the standard asynchronous index will be used instead. Note that searching against the special index is optimized for resolving a small number of matches. The search isn't optimized if your identifier search criteria matches a large number (i.e. more than 2,000) of resources. For a search query that will match a large number of resources, you can avoiding using the special synchronous index by including an additional `_sort` parameter in your query. Use `_sort=-_lastUpdated` if you want to keep the default sorting order. Note: The special synchronous identifier index are currently disabled for DocumentReference and DocumentManifest searches. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Name of the FHIR store to retrieve resources from. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.hl7V2Stores.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.hl7V2Stores.html
index 98b24dde098..3d84d79b4a3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.hl7V2Stores.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.hl7V2Stores.html
@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ 

Method Details

{ # Request to schedule an export. "endTime": "A String", # The end of the range in `send_time` (MSH.7, https://www.hl7.org/documentcenter/public_temp_2E58C1F9-1C23-BA17-0C6126475344DA9D/wg/conf/HL7MSH.htm) to process. If not specified, the time when the export is scheduled is used. This value has to come after the `start_time` defined below. Only messages whose `send_time` lies in the range `start_time` (inclusive) to `end_time` (exclusive) are exported. - "filter": "A String", # Restricts messages exported to those matching a filter, only applicable to PubsubDestination and GcsDestination. The following syntax is available: * A string field value can be written as text inside quotation marks, for example `"query text"`. The only valid relational operation for text fields is equality (`=`), where text is searched within the field, rather than having the field be equal to the text. For example, `"Comment = great"` returns messages with `great` in the comment field. * A number field value can be written as an integer, a decimal, or an exponential. The valid relational operators for number fields are the equality operator (`=`), along with the less than/greater than operators (`<`, `<=`, `>`, `>=`). Note that there is no inequality (`!=`) operator. You can prepend the `NOT` operator to an expression to negate it. * A date field value must be written in the `yyyy-mm-dd` format. Fields with date and time use the RFC3339 time format. Leading zeros are required for one-digit months and days. The valid relational operators for date fields are the equality operator (`=`) , along with the less than/greater than operators (`<`, `<=`, `>`, `>=`). Note that there is no inequality (`!=`) operator. You can prepend the `NOT` operator to an expression to negate it. * Multiple field query expressions can be combined in one query by adding `AND` or `OR` operators between the expressions. If a boolean operator appears within a quoted string, it is not treated as special, and is just another part of the character string to be matched. You can prepend the `NOT` operator to an expression to negate it. The following fields and functions are available for filtering: * `message_type`, from the MSH-9.1 field. For example, `NOT message_type = "ADT"`. * `send_date` or `sendDate`, the `yyyy-mm-dd` date the message was sent in the dataset's time_zone, from the MSH-7 segment. For example, `send_date < "2017-01-02"`. * `send_time`, the timestamp when the message was sent, using the RFC3339 time format for comparisons, from the MSH-7 segment. For example, `send_time < "2017-01-02T00:00:00-05:00"`. * `create_time`, the timestamp when the message was created in the HL7v2 store. Use the RFC3339 time format for comparisons. For example, `create_time < "2017-01-02T00:00:00-05:00"`. * `send_facility`, the care center that the message came from, from the MSH-4 segment. For example, `send_facility = "ABC"`. Note: The filter will be applied to every message in the HL7v2 store whose `send_time` lies in the range defined by the `start_time` and the `end_time`. Even if the filter only matches a small set of messages, the export operation can still take a long time to finish when a lot of messages are between the specified `start_time` and `end_time` range. + "filter": "A String", # Restricts messages exported to those matching a filter, only applicable to PubsubDestination. The following syntax is available: * A string field value can be written as text inside quotation marks, for example `"query text"`. The only valid relational operation for text fields is equality (`=`), where text is searched within the field, rather than having the field be equal to the text. For example, `"Comment = great"` returns messages with `great` in the comment field. * A number field value can be written as an integer, a decimal, or an exponential. The valid relational operators for number fields are the equality operator (`=`), along with the less than/greater than operators (`<`, `<=`, `>`, `>=`). Note that there is no inequality (`!=`) operator. You can prepend the `NOT` operator to an expression to negate it. * A date field value must be written in the `yyyy-mm-dd` format. Fields with date and time use the RFC3339 time format. Leading zeros are required for one-digit months and days. The valid relational operators for date fields are the equality operator (`=`) , along with the less than/greater than operators (`<`, `<=`, `>`, `>=`). Note that there is no inequality (`!=`) operator. You can prepend the `NOT` operator to an expression to negate it. * Multiple field query expressions can be combined in one query by adding `AND` or `OR` operators between the expressions. If a boolean operator appears within a quoted string, it is not treated as special, and is just another part of the character string to be matched. You can prepend the `NOT` operator to an expression to negate it. The following fields and functions are available for filtering: * `message_type`, from the MSH-9.1 field. For example, `NOT message_type = "ADT"`. * `send_date` or `sendDate`, the `yyyy-mm-dd` date the message was sent in the dataset's time_zone, from the MSH-7 segment. For example, `send_date < "2017-01-02"`. * `send_time`, the timestamp when the message was sent, using the RFC3339 time format for comparisons, from the MSH-7 segment. For example, `send_time < "2017-01-02T00:00:00-05:00"`. * `create_time`, the timestamp when the message was created in the HL7v2 store. Use the RFC3339 time format for comparisons. For example, `create_time < "2017-01-02T00:00:00-05:00"`. * `send_facility`, the care center that the message came from, from the MSH-4 segment. For example, `send_facility = "ABC"`. Note: The filter will be applied to every message in the HL7v2 store whose `send_time` lies in the range defined by the `start_time` and the `end_time`. Even if the filter only matches a small set of messages, the export operation can still take a long time to finish when a lot of messages are between the specified `start_time` and `end_time` range. "gcsDestination": { # The Cloud Storage output destination. The Cloud Healthcare Service Agent requires the `roles/storage.objectAdmin` Cloud IAM roles on the Cloud Storage location. # Export to a Cloud Storage destination. "contentStructure": "A String", # The format of the exported HL7v2 message files. "messageView": "A String", # Specifies the parts of the Message resource to include in the export. If not specified, FULL is used. diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.html index cf4fd35e267..8082f70393b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.html +++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.html @@ -136,10 +136,10 @@

Instance Methods

Gets the contents of a FHIR resource. Implements the FHIR standard read interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#read), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#read), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#read)). Also supports the FHIR standard conditional read interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#cread), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#cread), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#cread)) specified by supplying an `If-Modified-Since` header with a date/time value or an `If-None-Match` header with an ETag value. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the resource. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `read`, see [Getting a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#getting_a_fhir_resource).

search(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` "next", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changes and when the change is reflected in search results. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).

+

Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` "next", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changed, and the time when the change reflects in search results. The only exception is resource identifier data, which is indexed synchronously as a special index. As a result, searching using resource identifier is not subject to indexing delay. To use the special synchronous index, the search term for identifier should be in the pattern `identifier=[system]|[value]` or `identifier=[value]`, and any of the following search result parameters can be used: * `_count` * `_include` * `_revinclude` * `_summary` * `_elements` If your query contains any other search parameters, the standard asynchronous index will be used instead. Note that searching against the special index is optimized for resolving a small number of matches. The search isn't optimized if your identifier search criteria matches a large number (i.e. more than 2,000) of resources. For a search query that will match a large number of resources, you can avoiding using the special synchronous index by including an additional `_sort` parameter in your query. Use `_sort=-_lastUpdated` if you want to keep the default sorting order. Note: The special synchronous identifier index are currently disabled for DocumentReference and DocumentManifest searches. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).

search_type(parent, resourceType, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` "next", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changes and when the change is reflected in search results. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).

+

Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` "next", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changed, and the time when the change reflects in search results. The only exception is resource identifier data, which is indexed synchronously as a special index. As a result, searching using resource identifier is not subject to indexing delay. To use the special synchronous index, the search term for identifier should be in the pattern `identifier=[system]|[value]` or `identifier=[value]`, and any of the following search result parameters can be used: * `_count` * `_include` * `_revinclude` * `_summary` * `_elements` If your query contains any other search parameters, the standard asynchronous index will be used instead. Note that searching against the special index is optimized for resolving a small number of matches. The search isn't optimized if your identifier search criteria matches a large number (i.e. more than 2,000) of resources. For a search query that will match a large number of resources, you can avoiding using the special synchronous index by including an additional `_sort` parameter in your query. Use `_sort=-_lastUpdated` if you want to keep the default sorting order. Note: The special synchronous identifier index are currently disabled for DocumentReference and DocumentManifest searches. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).

update(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates the entire contents of a resource. Implements the FHIR standard update interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#update), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#update), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#update)). If the specified resource does not exist and the FHIR store has enable_update_create set, creates the resource with the client-specified ID. It is strongly advised not to include or encode any sensitive data such as patient identifiers in client-specified resource IDs. Those IDs are part of the FHIR resource path recorded in Cloud Audit Logs and Pub/Sub notifications. Those IDs can also be contained in reference fields within other resources. The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. The resource must contain an `id` element having an identical value to the ID in the REST path of the request. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the updated resource, including the server-assigned version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `update`, see [Updating a FHIR resource](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#updating_a_fhir_resource).

@@ -725,7 +725,7 @@

Method Details

search(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` "next", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changes and when the change is reflected in search results. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).
+  
Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` "next", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changed, and the time when the change reflects in search results. The only exception is resource identifier data, which is indexed synchronously as a special index. As a result, searching using resource identifier is not subject to indexing delay. To use the special synchronous index, the search term for identifier should be in the pattern `identifier=[system]|[value]` or `identifier=[value]`, and any of the following search result parameters can be used: * `_count` * `_include` * `_revinclude` * `_summary` * `_elements` If your query contains any other search parameters, the standard asynchronous index will be used instead. Note that searching against the special index is optimized for resolving a small number of matches. The search isn't optimized if your identifier search criteria matches a large number (i.e. more than 2,000) of resources. For a search query that will match a large number of resources, you can avoiding using the special synchronous index by including an additional `_sort` parameter in your query. Use `_sort=-_lastUpdated` if you want to keep the default sorting order. Note: The special synchronous identifier index are currently disabled for DocumentReference and DocumentManifest searches. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Name of the FHIR store to retrieve resources from. (required)
@@ -757,7 +757,7 @@ 

Method Details

search_type(parent, resourceType, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` "next", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changes and when the change is reflected in search results. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).
+  
Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` "next", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changed, and the time when the change reflects in search results. The only exception is resource identifier data, which is indexed synchronously as a special index. As a result, searching using resource identifier is not subject to indexing delay. To use the special synchronous index, the search term for identifier should be in the pattern `identifier=[system]|[value]` or `identifier=[value]`, and any of the following search result parameters can be used: * `_count` * `_include` * `_revinclude` * `_summary` * `_elements` If your query contains any other search parameters, the standard asynchronous index will be used instead. Note that searching against the special index is optimized for resolving a small number of matches. The search isn't optimized if your identifier search criteria matches a large number (i.e. more than 2,000) of resources. For a search query that will match a large number of resources, you can avoiding using the special synchronous index by including an additional `_sort` parameter in your query. Use `_sort=-_lastUpdated` if you want to keep the default sorting order. Note: The special synchronous identifier index are currently disabled for DocumentReference and DocumentManifest searches. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Name of the FHIR store to retrieve resources from. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html
index f806e59d5a1..88a661f77e8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html
@@ -124,6 +124,9 @@ 

Instance Methods

patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates the configuration of the specified FHIR store.

+

+ rollback(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Rolls back resources from the FHIR store to the specified time. This method returns an Operation that can be used to track the status of the rollback by calling GetOperation. Immediate fatal errors appear in the error field, errors are also logged to Cloud Logging (see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)). Otherwise, when the operation finishes, a detailed response of type RollbackFhirResourcesResponse is returned in the response field. The metadata field type for this operation is OperationMetadata.

setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

@@ -2478,6 +2481,62 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ rollback(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Rolls back resources from the FHIR store to the specified time. This method returns an Operation that can be used to track the status of the rollback by calling GetOperation. Immediate fatal errors appear in the error field, errors are also logged to Cloud Logging (see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)). Otherwise, when the operation finishes, a detailed response of type RollbackFhirResourcesResponse is returned in the response field. The metadata field type for this operation is OperationMetadata.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the FHIR store to rollback, in the format of "projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id} /fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}". (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request to roll back resources.
+  "changeType": "A String", # Optional. CREATE/UPDATE/DELETE/ALL for reverting all txns of a certain type.
+  "excludeRollbacks": True or False, # Optional. Specifies whether to exclude earlier rollbacks.
+  "filteringFields": { # Filters to select resources that need to be rolled back. # Optional. Tag represents fields that HDE needs to identify resources that will be reverted. Parameters for filtering resources
+    "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. A string to use for filtering resource metadata. Complies with AIP-160 except without the has operator. Additionally, supports 2 functions: hastag("system") = "code" for tag filtering and extension_ts_value("uri") = timestamp for filtering extensions with timestamp, which is given as a unix timestamp. extension_ts_url can be used with >, <, <=, >=, != comparisons as well.
+    "operationIds": [ # Optional. A list of operation IDs to roll back. Only changes made by these operations will be rolled back.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+  },
+  "force": True or False, # Optional. When enabled, changes will be reverted without explicit confirmation
+  "inputGcsObject": "A String", # Optional. Cloud Storage object containing list of {resourceType}/{resourceId} lines, identifying resources to be reverted
+  "resultGcsBucket": "A String", # Required. Bucket to deposit result
+  "rollbackTime": "A String", # Required. Time point to rollback to.
+  "type": [ # Optional. If specified, revert only resources of these types
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+
setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.hl7V2Stores.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.hl7V2Stores.html
index 1516106dff5..64ff6bae104 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.hl7V2Stores.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.hl7V2Stores.html
@@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ 

Method Details

{ # Request to schedule an export. "endTime": "A String", # The end of the range in `send_time` (MSH.7, https://www.hl7.org/documentcenter/public_temp_2E58C1F9-1C23-BA17-0C6126475344DA9D/wg/conf/HL7MSH.htm) to process. If not specified, the time when the export is scheduled is used. This value has to come after the `start_time` defined below. Only messages whose `send_time` lies in the range `start_time` (inclusive) to `end_time` (exclusive) are exported. - "filter": "A String", # Restricts messages exported to those matching a filter, only applicable to PubsubDestination and GcsDestination. The following syntax is available: * A string field value can be written as text inside quotation marks, for example `"query text"`. The only valid relational operation for text fields is equality (`=`), where text is searched within the field, rather than having the field be equal to the text. For example, `"Comment = great"` returns messages with `great` in the comment field. * A number field value can be written as an integer, a decimal, or an exponential. The valid relational operators for number fields are the equality operator (`=`), along with the less than/greater than operators (`<`, `<=`, `>`, `>=`). Note that there is no inequality (`!=`) operator. You can prepend the `NOT` operator to an expression to negate it. * A date field value must be written in the `yyyy-mm-dd` format. Fields with date and time use the RFC3339 time format. Leading zeros are required for one-digit months and days. The valid relational operators for date fields are the equality operator (`=`) , along with the less than/greater than operators (`<`, `<=`, `>`, `>=`). Note that there is no inequality (`!=`) operator. You can prepend the `NOT` operator to an expression to negate it. * Multiple field query expressions can be combined in one query by adding `AND` or `OR` operators between the expressions. If a boolean operator appears within a quoted string, it is not treated as special, and is just another part of the character string to be matched. You can prepend the `NOT` operator to an expression to negate it. The following fields and functions are available for filtering: * `message_type`, from the MSH-9.1 field. For example, `NOT message_type = "ADT"`. * `send_date` or `sendDate`, the YYYY-MM-DD date the message was sent in the dataset's time_zone, from the MSH-7 segment. For example, `send_date < "2017-01-02"`. * `send_time`, the timestamp when the message was sent, using the RFC3339 time format for comparisons, from the MSH-7 segment. For example, `send_time < "2017-01-02T00:00:00-05:00"`. * `create_time`, the timestamp when the message was created in the HL7v2 store. Use the RFC3339 time format for comparisons. For example, `create_time < "2017-01-02T00:00:00-05:00"`. * `send_facility`, the care center that the message came from, from the MSH-4 segment. For example, `send_facility = "ABC"`. Note: The filter will be applied to every message in the HL7v2 store whose `send_time` lies in the range defined by the `start_time` and the `end_time`. Even if the filter only matches a small set of messages, the export operation can still take a long time to finish when a lot of messages are between the specified `start_time` and `end_time` range. + "filter": "A String", # Restricts messages exported to those matching a filter, only applicable to PubsubDestination. The following syntax is available: * A string field value can be written as text inside quotation marks, for example `"query text"`. The only valid relational operation for text fields is equality (`=`), where text is searched within the field, rather than having the field be equal to the text. For example, `"Comment = great"` returns messages with `great` in the comment field. * A number field value can be written as an integer, a decimal, or an exponential. The valid relational operators for number fields are the equality operator (`=`), along with the less than/greater than operators (`<`, `<=`, `>`, `>=`). Note that there is no inequality (`!=`) operator. You can prepend the `NOT` operator to an expression to negate it. * A date field value must be written in the `yyyy-mm-dd` format. Fields with date and time use the RFC3339 time format. Leading zeros are required for one-digit months and days. The valid relational operators for date fields are the equality operator (`=`) , along with the less than/greater than operators (`<`, `<=`, `>`, `>=`). Note that there is no inequality (`!=`) operator. You can prepend the `NOT` operator to an expression to negate it. * Multiple field query expressions can be combined in one query by adding `AND` or `OR` operators between the expressions. If a boolean operator appears within a quoted string, it is not treated as special, and is just another part of the character string to be matched. You can prepend the `NOT` operator to an expression to negate it. The following fields and functions are available for filtering: * `message_type`, from the MSH-9.1 field. For example, `NOT message_type = "ADT"`. * `send_date` or `sendDate`, the YYYY-MM-DD date the message was sent in the dataset's time_zone, from the MSH-7 segment. For example, `send_date < "2017-01-02"`. * `send_time`, the timestamp when the message was sent, using the RFC3339 time format for comparisons, from the MSH-7 segment. For example, `send_time < "2017-01-02T00:00:00-05:00"`. * `create_time`, the timestamp when the message was created in the HL7v2 store. Use the RFC3339 time format for comparisons. For example, `create_time < "2017-01-02T00:00:00-05:00"`. * `send_facility`, the care center that the message came from, from the MSH-4 segment. For example, `send_facility = "ABC"`. Note: The filter will be applied to every message in the HL7v2 store whose `send_time` lies in the range defined by the `start_time` and the `end_time`. Even if the filter only matches a small set of messages, the export operation can still take a long time to finish when a lot of messages are between the specified `start_time` and `end_time` range. "gcsDestination": { # The Cloud Storage output destination. The Cloud Healthcare Service Agent requires the `roles/storage.objectAdmin` Cloud IAM roles on the Cloud Storage location. # Export to a Cloud Storage destination. "contentStructure": "A String", # The format of the exported HL7v2 message files. "messageView": "A String", # Specifies the parts of the Message resource to include in the export. If not specified, FULL is used. diff --git a/docs/dyn/iap_v1.v1.html b/docs/dyn/iap_v1.v1.html index 24ff51740b9..4b720dfe53b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/iap_v1.v1.html +++ b/docs/dyn/iap_v1.v1.html @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@

Method Details

"reauthSettings": { # Configuration for IAP reauthentication policies. # Settings to configure reauthentication policies in IAP. "maxAge": "A String", # Reauth session lifetime, how long before a user has to reauthenticate again. "method": "A String", # Reauth method requested. - "policyType": "A String", # How IAP determines the effective policy in cases of hierarchial policies. Policies are merged from higher in the hierarchy to lower in the hierarchy. + "policyType": "A String", # How IAP determines the effective policy in cases of hierarchical policies. Policies are merged from higher in the hierarchy to lower in the hierarchy. }, }, "applicationSettings": { # Wrapper over application specific settings for IAP. # Top level wrapper for all application related settings in IAP @@ -372,7 +372,7 @@

Method Details

"reauthSettings": { # Configuration for IAP reauthentication policies. # Settings to configure reauthentication policies in IAP. "maxAge": "A String", # Reauth session lifetime, how long before a user has to reauthenticate again. "method": "A String", # Reauth method requested. - "policyType": "A String", # How IAP determines the effective policy in cases of hierarchial policies. Policies are merged from higher in the hierarchy to lower in the hierarchy. + "policyType": "A String", # How IAP determines the effective policy in cases of hierarchical policies. Policies are merged from higher in the hierarchy to lower in the hierarchy. }, }, "applicationSettings": { # Wrapper over application specific settings for IAP. # Top level wrapper for all application related settings in IAP @@ -451,7 +451,7 @@

Method Details

"reauthSettings": { # Configuration for IAP reauthentication policies. # Settings to configure reauthentication policies in IAP. "maxAge": "A String", # Reauth session lifetime, how long before a user has to reauthenticate again. "method": "A String", # Reauth method requested. - "policyType": "A String", # How IAP determines the effective policy in cases of hierarchial policies. Policies are merged from higher in the hierarchy to lower in the hierarchy. + "policyType": "A String", # How IAP determines the effective policy in cases of hierarchical policies. Policies are merged from higher in the hierarchy to lower in the hierarchy. }, }, "applicationSettings": { # Wrapper over application specific settings for IAP. # Top level wrapper for all application related settings in IAP diff --git a/docs/dyn/integrations_v1alpha.projects.locations.integrations.executions.html b/docs/dyn/integrations_v1alpha.projects.locations.integrations.executions.html index 0e0926444ea..e2ed5b08394 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/integrations_v1alpha.projects.locations.integrations.executions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/integrations_v1alpha.projects.locations.integrations.executions.html @@ -554,8 +554,8 @@

Method Details

"executionDetails": { # Contains the details of the execution info: this includes the tasks execution details plus the event execution statistics. # Detailed info of this execution. "attemptStats": [ # List of Start and end time of the execution attempts. { # Status for the execution attempt. - "endTime": "A String", # The end time of the event execution for current attempt. - "startTime": "A String", # The start time of the event execution for current attempt. This could be in the future if it's been scheduled. + "endTime": "A String", # The end time of the integration execution for current attempt. + "startTime": "A String", # The start time of the integration execution for current attempt. This could be in the future if it's been scheduled. }, ], "executionSnapshots": [ # List of snapshots taken during the execution. @@ -601,8 +601,8 @@

Method Details

{ # Contains the details of the execution of this task. "taskAttemptStats": [ # Status for the current task execution attempt. { # Status for the execution attempt. - "endTime": "A String", # The end time of the event execution for current attempt. - "startTime": "A String", # The start time of the event execution for current attempt. This could be in the future if it's been scheduled. + "endTime": "A String", # The end time of the integration execution for current attempt. + "startTime": "A String", # The start time of the integration execution for current attempt. This could be in the future if it's been scheduled. }, ], "taskExecutionState": "A String", # The execution state of this task. diff --git a/docs/dyn/integrations_v1alpha.projects.locations.integrations.versions.testCases.html b/docs/dyn/integrations_v1alpha.projects.locations.integrations.versions.testCases.html index fb5e691ae54..0f302ae65c4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/integrations_v1alpha.projects.locations.integrations.versions.testCases.html +++ b/docs/dyn/integrations_v1alpha.projects.locations.integrations.versions.testCases.html @@ -781,8 +781,8 @@

Method Details

"executionDetails": { # Contains the details of the execution info: this includes the tasks execution details plus the event execution statistics. # Detailed info of this execution. "attemptStats": [ # List of Start and end time of the execution attempts. { # Status for the execution attempt. - "endTime": "A String", # The end time of the event execution for current attempt. - "startTime": "A String", # The start time of the event execution for current attempt. This could be in the future if it's been scheduled. + "endTime": "A String", # The end time of the integration execution for current attempt. + "startTime": "A String", # The start time of the integration execution for current attempt. This could be in the future if it's been scheduled. }, ], "executionSnapshots": [ # List of snapshots taken during the execution. @@ -828,8 +828,8 @@

Method Details

{ # Contains the details of the execution of this task. "taskAttemptStats": [ # Status for the current task execution attempt. { # Status for the execution attempt. - "endTime": "A String", # The end time of the event execution for current attempt. - "startTime": "A String", # The start time of the event execution for current attempt. This could be in the future if it's been scheduled. + "endTime": "A String", # The end time of the integration execution for current attempt. + "startTime": "A String", # The start time of the integration execution for current attempt. This could be in the future if it's been scheduled. }, ], "taskExecutionState": "A String", # The execution state of this task. diff --git a/docs/dyn/integrations_v1alpha.projects.locations.products.integrations.executions.html b/docs/dyn/integrations_v1alpha.projects.locations.products.integrations.executions.html index 34e0d94132c..f28e0ea85b7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/integrations_v1alpha.projects.locations.products.integrations.executions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/integrations_v1alpha.projects.locations.products.integrations.executions.html @@ -289,8 +289,8 @@

Method Details

"executionDetails": { # Contains the details of the execution info: this includes the tasks execution details plus the event execution statistics. # Detailed info of this execution. "attemptStats": [ # List of Start and end time of the execution attempts. { # Status for the execution attempt. - "endTime": "A String", # The end time of the event execution for current attempt. - "startTime": "A String", # The start time of the event execution for current attempt. This could be in the future if it's been scheduled. + "endTime": "A String", # The end time of the integration execution for current attempt. + "startTime": "A String", # The start time of the integration execution for current attempt. This could be in the future if it's been scheduled. }, ], "executionSnapshots": [ # List of snapshots taken during the execution. @@ -336,8 +336,8 @@

Method Details

{ # Contains the details of the execution of this task. "taskAttemptStats": [ # Status for the current task execution attempt. { # Status for the execution attempt. - "endTime": "A String", # The end time of the event execution for current attempt. - "startTime": "A String", # The start time of the event execution for current attempt. This could be in the future if it's been scheduled. + "endTime": "A String", # The end time of the integration execution for current attempt. + "startTime": "A String", # The start time of the integration execution for current attempt. This could be in the future if it's been scheduled. }, ], "taskExecutionState": "A String", # The execution state of this task. @@ -965,8 +965,8 @@

Method Details

"executionDetails": { # Contains the details of the execution info: this includes the tasks execution details plus the event execution statistics. # Detailed info of this execution. "attemptStats": [ # List of Start and end time of the execution attempts. { # Status for the execution attempt. - "endTime": "A String", # The end time of the event execution for current attempt. - "startTime": "A String", # The start time of the event execution for current attempt. This could be in the future if it's been scheduled. + "endTime": "A String", # The end time of the integration execution for current attempt. + "startTime": "A String", # The start time of the integration execution for current attempt. This could be in the future if it's been scheduled. }, ], "executionSnapshots": [ # List of snapshots taken during the execution. @@ -1012,8 +1012,8 @@

Method Details

{ # Contains the details of the execution of this task. "taskAttemptStats": [ # Status for the current task execution attempt. { # Status for the execution attempt. - "endTime": "A String", # The end time of the event execution for current attempt. - "startTime": "A String", # The start time of the event execution for current attempt. This could be in the future if it's been scheduled. + "endTime": "A String", # The end time of the integration execution for current attempt. + "startTime": "A String", # The start time of the integration execution for current attempt. This could be in the future if it's been scheduled. }, ], "taskExecutionState": "A String", # The execution state of this task. diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1.projects.locations.global_.domains.backups.html b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1.projects.locations.global_.domains.backups.html index 9db8a6b585c..7d6ca3c0e21 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1.projects.locations.global_.domains.backups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1.projects.locations.global_.domains.backups.html @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -356,7 +356,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }
@@ -372,7 +372,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -400,7 +400,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1.projects.locations.global_.domains.html b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1.projects.locations.global_.domains.html index 4ee295de8db..55713e92a4a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1.projects.locations.global_.domains.html +++ b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1.projects.locations.global_.domains.html @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }
@@ -352,7 +352,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }
@@ -408,7 +408,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }
@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -524,7 +524,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -568,7 +568,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -642,7 +642,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -844,7 +844,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -889,7 +889,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -956,7 +956,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -972,7 +972,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -1000,7 +1000,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -1100,7 +1100,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -1156,7 +1156,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1.projects.locations.global_.operations.html b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1.projects.locations.global_.operations.html index c31fb696cfe..ef9358c3397 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1.projects.locations.global_.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1.projects.locations.global_.operations.html @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1.projects.locations.global_.peerings.html b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1.projects.locations.global_.peerings.html index 30f0266a7f7..4beb2b889f9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1.projects.locations.global_.peerings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1.projects.locations.global_.peerings.html @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.domains.backups.html b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.domains.backups.html index 1caf133782b..bf60ad39241 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.domains.backups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.domains.backups.html @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.domains.html b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.domains.html index d6bece22bbc..bb8f3e33235 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.domains.html +++ b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.domains.html @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -525,7 +525,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -569,7 +569,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -643,7 +643,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -845,7 +845,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -901,7 +901,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -968,7 +968,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -984,7 +984,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -1012,7 +1012,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -1112,7 +1112,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -1168,7 +1168,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.operations.html b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.operations.html index 47c4c6e9faf..d67b7e9e6cf 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.operations.html @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.peerings.html b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.peerings.html index ad93a948fdf..a8ee009a5ec 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.peerings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.peerings.html @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.domains.backups.html b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.domains.backups.html index 685ba35f439..f1146cd691b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.domains.backups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.domains.backups.html @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.domains.html b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.domains.html index cc719588930..9296fa210c6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.domains.html +++ b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.domains.html @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -525,7 +525,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -569,7 +569,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -643,7 +643,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -845,7 +845,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -890,7 +890,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -957,7 +957,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -973,7 +973,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -1001,7 +1001,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -1101,7 +1101,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -1157,7 +1157,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.operations.html b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.operations.html index 5b5caa7ec13..aac7ac365d8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.operations.html @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.peerings.html b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.peerings.html index ccba2e4ff72..c012e220395 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.peerings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.peerings.html @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). diff --git a/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1.projects.locations.groups.html b/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1.projects.locations.groups.html index 8cfe2fc95ad..a94add8c49d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1.projects.locations.groups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1.projects.locations.groups.html @@ -166,8 +166,8 @@

Method Details

{ # A resource that represents an asset group. The purpose of an asset group is to bundle a set of assets that have something in common, while allowing users to add annotations to the group. An asset can belong to multiple groups. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the group was created. - "description": "A String", # The description of the resource. - "displayName": "A String", # User-friendly display name. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the group. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. User-friendly display name. "labels": { # Labels as key value pairs. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -258,8 +258,8 @@

Method Details

{ # A resource that represents an asset group. The purpose of an asset group is to bundle a set of assets that have something in common, while allowing users to add annotations to the group. An asset can belong to multiple groups. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the group was created. - "description": "A String", # The description of the resource. - "displayName": "A String", # User-friendly display name. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the group. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. User-friendly display name. "labels": { # Labels as key value pairs. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -290,8 +290,8 @@

Method Details

"groups": [ # The list of Group { # A resource that represents an asset group. The purpose of an asset group is to bundle a set of assets that have something in common, while allowing users to add annotations to the group. An asset can belong to multiple groups. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the group was created. - "description": "A String", # The description of the resource. - "displayName": "A String", # User-friendly display name. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the group. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. User-friendly display name. "labels": { # Labels as key value pairs. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -331,8 +331,8 @@

Method Details

{ # A resource that represents an asset group. The purpose of an asset group is to bundle a set of assets that have something in common, while allowing users to add annotations to the group. An asset can belong to multiple groups. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the group was created. - "description": "A String", # The description of the resource. - "displayName": "A String", # User-friendly display name. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the group. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. User-friendly display name. "labels": { # Labels as key value pairs. "a_key": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1.projects.locations.html index 08f15e23a5c..dcac27ef9df 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -175,6 +175,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Describes the Migration Center settings related to the project. + "disableCloudLogging": True or False, # Disable Cloud Logging for the Migration Center API. Users are billed for the logs. "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the resource. "preferenceSet": "A String", # The preference set used by default for a project. } @@ -239,6 +240,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Describes the Migration Center settings related to the project. + "disableCloudLogging": True or False, # Disable Cloud Logging for the Migration Center API. Users are billed for the logs. "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the resource. "preferenceSet": "A String", # The preference set used by default for a project. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.assets.html b/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.assets.html index 201fe6db59c..d512a078da0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.assets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.assets.html @@ -253,6 +253,12 @@

Method Details

"vmwareEngineTarget": { # VMWare engine migration target. # Output only. A VMWare Engine target. }, }, + "softwareInsight": { # An insight regarding software detected on an asset. # Output only. An insight regarding software detected on an asset. + "detectedSoftware": { # Information about software detected on an asset. # Output only. Information about the detected software. + "softwareFamily": "A String", # Output only. Software family of the detected software, e.g. Database, SAP family. + "softwareName": "A String", # Output only. Software's name. + }, + }, }, ], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update timestamp. @@ -616,6 +622,12 @@

Method Details

"vmwareEngineTarget": { # VMWare engine migration target. # Output only. A VMWare Engine target. }, }, + "softwareInsight": { # An insight regarding software detected on an asset. # Output only. An insight regarding software detected on an asset. + "detectedSoftware": { # Information about software detected on an asset. # Output only. Information about the detected software. + "softwareFamily": "A String", # Output only. Software family of the detected software, e.g. Database, SAP family. + "softwareName": "A String", # Output only. Software's name. + }, + }, }, ], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update timestamp. @@ -1011,6 +1023,12 @@

Method Details

"vmwareEngineTarget": { # VMWare engine migration target. # Output only. A VMWare Engine target. }, }, + "softwareInsight": { # An insight regarding software detected on an asset. # Output only. An insight regarding software detected on an asset. + "detectedSoftware": { # Information about software detected on an asset. # Output only. Information about the detected software. + "softwareFamily": "A String", # Output only. Software family of the detected software, e.g. Database, SAP family. + "softwareName": "A String", # Output only. Software's name. + }, + }, }, ], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update timestamp. @@ -1386,6 +1404,12 @@

Method Details

"vmwareEngineTarget": { # VMWare engine migration target. # Output only. A VMWare Engine target. }, }, + "softwareInsight": { # An insight regarding software detected on an asset. # Output only. An insight regarding software detected on an asset. + "detectedSoftware": { # Information about software detected on an asset. # Output only. Information about the detected software. + "softwareFamily": "A String", # Output only. Software family of the detected software, e.g. Database, SAP family. + "softwareName": "A String", # Output only. Software's name. + }, + }, }, ], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update timestamp. @@ -1764,6 +1788,12 @@

Method Details

"vmwareEngineTarget": { # VMWare engine migration target. # Output only. A VMWare Engine target. }, }, + "softwareInsight": { # An insight regarding software detected on an asset. # Output only. An insight regarding software detected on an asset. + "detectedSoftware": { # Information about software detected on an asset. # Output only. Information about the detected software. + "softwareFamily": "A String", # Output only. Software family of the detected software, e.g. Database, SAP family. + "softwareName": "A String", # Output only. Software's name. + }, + }, }, ], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update timestamp. @@ -2122,6 +2152,12 @@

Method Details

"vmwareEngineTarget": { # VMWare engine migration target. # Output only. A VMWare Engine target. }, }, + "softwareInsight": { # An insight regarding software detected on an asset. # Output only. An insight regarding software detected on an asset. + "detectedSoftware": { # Information about software detected on an asset. # Output only. Information about the detected software. + "softwareFamily": "A String", # Output only. Software family of the detected software, e.g. Database, SAP family. + "softwareName": "A String", # Output only. Software's name. + }, + }, }, ], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update timestamp. diff --git a/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.groups.html b/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.groups.html index 46766b06840..063f1e6fb61 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.groups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.groups.html @@ -166,8 +166,8 @@

Method Details

{ # A resource that represents an asset group. The purpose of an asset group is to bundle a set of assets that have something in common, while allowing users to add annotations to the group. An asset can belong to multiple groups. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the group was created. - "description": "A String", # The description of the resource. - "displayName": "A String", # User-friendly display name. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the group. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. User-friendly display name. "labels": { # Labels as key value pairs. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -258,8 +258,8 @@

Method Details

{ # A resource that represents an asset group. The purpose of an asset group is to bundle a set of assets that have something in common, while allowing users to add annotations to the group. An asset can belong to multiple groups. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the group was created. - "description": "A String", # The description of the resource. - "displayName": "A String", # User-friendly display name. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the group. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. User-friendly display name. "labels": { # Labels as key value pairs. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -290,8 +290,8 @@

Method Details

"groups": [ # The list of Group { # A resource that represents an asset group. The purpose of an asset group is to bundle a set of assets that have something in common, while allowing users to add annotations to the group. An asset can belong to multiple groups. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the group was created. - "description": "A String", # The description of the resource. - "displayName": "A String", # User-friendly display name. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the group. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. User-friendly display name. "labels": { # Labels as key value pairs. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -331,8 +331,8 @@

Method Details

{ # A resource that represents an asset group. The purpose of an asset group is to bundle a set of assets that have something in common, while allowing users to add annotations to the group. An asset can belong to multiple groups. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the group was created. - "description": "A String", # The description of the resource. - "displayName": "A String", # User-friendly display name. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the group. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. User-friendly display name. "labels": { # Labels as key value pairs. "a_key": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v1.projects.dashboards.html b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v1.projects.dashboards.html index f056ee0de4e..55fbe955aea 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v1.projects.dashboards.html +++ b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v1.projects.dashboards.html @@ -125,6 +125,18 @@

Method Details

"collapsibleGroup": { # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. "collapsed": True or False, # The collapsed state of the widget on first page load. }, + "errorReportingPanel": { # A widget that displays a list of error groups. # A widget that displays a list of error groups. + "projectNames": [ # The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written as projects/{projectID} or projects/{projectNumber}, where {projectID} and {projectNumber} can be found in the Google Cloud console (https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158840).Examples: projects/my-project-123, projects/5551234. + "A String", + ], + "services": [ # An identifier of the service, such as the name of the executable, job, or Google App Engine service name. This field is expected to have a low number of values that are relatively stable over time, as opposed to version, which can be changed whenever new code is deployed.Contains the service name for error reports extracted from Google App Engine logs or default if the App Engine default service is used. + "A String", + ], + "versions": [ # Represents the source code version that the developer provided, which could represent a version label or a Git SHA-1 hash, for example. For App Engine standard environment, the version is set to the version of the app. + "A String", + ], + }, + "id": "A String", # Optional. The widget id. Ids may be made up of alphanumerics, dashes and underscores. Widget ids are optional. "incidentList": { # A widget that displays a list of incidents # A widget that shows list of incidents. "monitoredResources": [ # Optional. The monitored resource for which incidents are listed. The resource doesn't need to be fully specified. That is, you can specify the resource type but not the values of the resource labels. The resource type and labels are used for filtering. { # An object representing a resource that can be used for monitoring, logging, billing, or other purposes. Examples include virtual machine instances, databases, and storage devices such as disks. The type field identifies a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object that describes the resource's schema. Information in the labels field identifies the actual resource and its attributes according to the schema. For example, a particular Compute Engine VM instance could be represented by the following object, because the MonitoredResourceDescriptor for "gce_instance" has labels "project_id", "instance_id" and "zone": { "type": "gce_instance", "labels": { "project_id": "my-project", "instance_id": "12345678901234", "zone": "us-central1-a" }} @@ -231,8 +243,6 @@

Method Details

}, ], "showLabels": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not the pie chart should show slices' labels - "showTotal": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not donut chart should show the total in the middle - "sliceAggregatedThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. If slices's values are smaller than this value, they will be combined into other category }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "blankView": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } # Will cause the Scorecard to show only the value, with no indicator to its value relative to its thresholds. @@ -628,6 +638,18 @@

Method Details

"collapsibleGroup": { # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. "collapsed": True or False, # The collapsed state of the widget on first page load. }, + "errorReportingPanel": { # A widget that displays a list of error groups. # A widget that displays a list of error groups. + "projectNames": [ # The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written as projects/{projectID} or projects/{projectNumber}, where {projectID} and {projectNumber} can be found in the Google Cloud console (https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158840).Examples: projects/my-project-123, projects/5551234. + "A String", + ], + "services": [ # An identifier of the service, such as the name of the executable, job, or Google App Engine service name. This field is expected to have a low number of values that are relatively stable over time, as opposed to version, which can be changed whenever new code is deployed.Contains the service name for error reports extracted from Google App Engine logs or default if the App Engine default service is used. + "A String", + ], + "versions": [ # Represents the source code version that the developer provided, which could represent a version label or a Git SHA-1 hash, for example. For App Engine standard environment, the version is set to the version of the app. + "A String", + ], + }, + "id": "A String", # Optional. The widget id. Ids may be made up of alphanumerics, dashes and underscores. Widget ids are optional. "incidentList": { # A widget that displays a list of incidents # A widget that shows list of incidents. "monitoredResources": [ # Optional. The monitored resource for which incidents are listed. The resource doesn't need to be fully specified. That is, you can specify the resource type but not the values of the resource labels. The resource type and labels are used for filtering. { # An object representing a resource that can be used for monitoring, logging, billing, or other purposes. Examples include virtual machine instances, databases, and storage devices such as disks. The type field identifies a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object that describes the resource's schema. Information in the labels field identifies the actual resource and its attributes according to the schema. For example, a particular Compute Engine VM instance could be represented by the following object, because the MonitoredResourceDescriptor for "gce_instance" has labels "project_id", "instance_id" and "zone": { "type": "gce_instance", "labels": { "project_id": "my-project", "instance_id": "12345678901234", "zone": "us-central1-a" }} @@ -734,8 +756,6 @@

Method Details

}, ], "showLabels": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not the pie chart should show slices' labels - "showTotal": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not donut chart should show the total in the middle - "sliceAggregatedThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. If slices's values are smaller than this value, they will be combined into other category }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "blankView": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } # Will cause the Scorecard to show only the value, with no indicator to its value relative to its thresholds. @@ -1124,6 +1144,18 @@

Method Details

"collapsibleGroup": { # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. "collapsed": True or False, # The collapsed state of the widget on first page load. }, + "errorReportingPanel": { # A widget that displays a list of error groups. # A widget that displays a list of error groups. + "projectNames": [ # The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written as projects/{projectID} or projects/{projectNumber}, where {projectID} and {projectNumber} can be found in the Google Cloud console (https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158840).Examples: projects/my-project-123, projects/5551234. + "A String", + ], + "services": [ # An identifier of the service, such as the name of the executable, job, or Google App Engine service name. This field is expected to have a low number of values that are relatively stable over time, as opposed to version, which can be changed whenever new code is deployed.Contains the service name for error reports extracted from Google App Engine logs or default if the App Engine default service is used. + "A String", + ], + "versions": [ # Represents the source code version that the developer provided, which could represent a version label or a Git SHA-1 hash, for example. For App Engine standard environment, the version is set to the version of the app. + "A String", + ], + }, + "id": "A String", # Optional. The widget id. Ids may be made up of alphanumerics, dashes and underscores. Widget ids are optional. "incidentList": { # A widget that displays a list of incidents # A widget that shows list of incidents. "monitoredResources": [ # Optional. The monitored resource for which incidents are listed. The resource doesn't need to be fully specified. That is, you can specify the resource type but not the values of the resource labels. The resource type and labels are used for filtering. { # An object representing a resource that can be used for monitoring, logging, billing, or other purposes. Examples include virtual machine instances, databases, and storage devices such as disks. The type field identifies a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object that describes the resource's schema. Information in the labels field identifies the actual resource and its attributes according to the schema. For example, a particular Compute Engine VM instance could be represented by the following object, because the MonitoredResourceDescriptor for "gce_instance" has labels "project_id", "instance_id" and "zone": { "type": "gce_instance", "labels": { "project_id": "my-project", "instance_id": "12345678901234", "zone": "us-central1-a" }} @@ -1230,8 +1262,6 @@

Method Details

}, ], "showLabels": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not the pie chart should show slices' labels - "showTotal": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not donut chart should show the total in the middle - "sliceAggregatedThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. If slices's values are smaller than this value, they will be combined into other category }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "blankView": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } # Will cause the Scorecard to show only the value, with no indicator to its value relative to its thresholds. @@ -1622,6 +1652,18 @@

Method Details

"collapsibleGroup": { # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. "collapsed": True or False, # The collapsed state of the widget on first page load. }, + "errorReportingPanel": { # A widget that displays a list of error groups. # A widget that displays a list of error groups. + "projectNames": [ # The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written as projects/{projectID} or projects/{projectNumber}, where {projectID} and {projectNumber} can be found in the Google Cloud console (https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158840).Examples: projects/my-project-123, projects/5551234. + "A String", + ], + "services": [ # An identifier of the service, such as the name of the executable, job, or Google App Engine service name. This field is expected to have a low number of values that are relatively stable over time, as opposed to version, which can be changed whenever new code is deployed.Contains the service name for error reports extracted from Google App Engine logs or default if the App Engine default service is used. + "A String", + ], + "versions": [ # Represents the source code version that the developer provided, which could represent a version label or a Git SHA-1 hash, for example. For App Engine standard environment, the version is set to the version of the app. + "A String", + ], + }, + "id": "A String", # Optional. The widget id. Ids may be made up of alphanumerics, dashes and underscores. Widget ids are optional. "incidentList": { # A widget that displays a list of incidents # A widget that shows list of incidents. "monitoredResources": [ # Optional. The monitored resource for which incidents are listed. The resource doesn't need to be fully specified. That is, you can specify the resource type but not the values of the resource labels. The resource type and labels are used for filtering. { # An object representing a resource that can be used for monitoring, logging, billing, or other purposes. Examples include virtual machine instances, databases, and storage devices such as disks. The type field identifies a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object that describes the resource's schema. Information in the labels field identifies the actual resource and its attributes according to the schema. For example, a particular Compute Engine VM instance could be represented by the following object, because the MonitoredResourceDescriptor for "gce_instance" has labels "project_id", "instance_id" and "zone": { "type": "gce_instance", "labels": { "project_id": "my-project", "instance_id": "12345678901234", "zone": "us-central1-a" }} @@ -1728,8 +1770,6 @@

Method Details

}, ], "showLabels": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not the pie chart should show slices' labels - "showTotal": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not donut chart should show the total in the middle - "sliceAggregatedThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. If slices's values are smaller than this value, they will be combined into other category }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "blankView": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } # Will cause the Scorecard to show only the value, with no indicator to its value relative to its thresholds. @@ -2129,6 +2169,18 @@

Method Details

"collapsibleGroup": { # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. "collapsed": True or False, # The collapsed state of the widget on first page load. }, + "errorReportingPanel": { # A widget that displays a list of error groups. # A widget that displays a list of error groups. + "projectNames": [ # The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written as projects/{projectID} or projects/{projectNumber}, where {projectID} and {projectNumber} can be found in the Google Cloud console (https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158840).Examples: projects/my-project-123, projects/5551234. + "A String", + ], + "services": [ # An identifier of the service, such as the name of the executable, job, or Google App Engine service name. This field is expected to have a low number of values that are relatively stable over time, as opposed to version, which can be changed whenever new code is deployed.Contains the service name for error reports extracted from Google App Engine logs or default if the App Engine default service is used. + "A String", + ], + "versions": [ # Represents the source code version that the developer provided, which could represent a version label or a Git SHA-1 hash, for example. For App Engine standard environment, the version is set to the version of the app. + "A String", + ], + }, + "id": "A String", # Optional. The widget id. Ids may be made up of alphanumerics, dashes and underscores. Widget ids are optional. "incidentList": { # A widget that displays a list of incidents # A widget that shows list of incidents. "monitoredResources": [ # Optional. The monitored resource for which incidents are listed. The resource doesn't need to be fully specified. That is, you can specify the resource type but not the values of the resource labels. The resource type and labels are used for filtering. { # An object representing a resource that can be used for monitoring, logging, billing, or other purposes. Examples include virtual machine instances, databases, and storage devices such as disks. The type field identifies a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object that describes the resource's schema. Information in the labels field identifies the actual resource and its attributes according to the schema. For example, a particular Compute Engine VM instance could be represented by the following object, because the MonitoredResourceDescriptor for "gce_instance" has labels "project_id", "instance_id" and "zone": { "type": "gce_instance", "labels": { "project_id": "my-project", "instance_id": "12345678901234", "zone": "us-central1-a" }} @@ -2235,8 +2287,6 @@

Method Details

}, ], "showLabels": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not the pie chart should show slices' labels - "showTotal": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not donut chart should show the total in the middle - "sliceAggregatedThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. If slices's values are smaller than this value, they will be combined into other category }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "blankView": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } # Will cause the Scorecard to show only the value, with no indicator to its value relative to its thresholds. @@ -2632,6 +2682,18 @@

Method Details

"collapsibleGroup": { # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. "collapsed": True or False, # The collapsed state of the widget on first page load. }, + "errorReportingPanel": { # A widget that displays a list of error groups. # A widget that displays a list of error groups. + "projectNames": [ # The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written as projects/{projectID} or projects/{projectNumber}, where {projectID} and {projectNumber} can be found in the Google Cloud console (https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158840).Examples: projects/my-project-123, projects/5551234. + "A String", + ], + "services": [ # An identifier of the service, such as the name of the executable, job, or Google App Engine service name. This field is expected to have a low number of values that are relatively stable over time, as opposed to version, which can be changed whenever new code is deployed.Contains the service name for error reports extracted from Google App Engine logs or default if the App Engine default service is used. + "A String", + ], + "versions": [ # Represents the source code version that the developer provided, which could represent a version label or a Git SHA-1 hash, for example. For App Engine standard environment, the version is set to the version of the app. + "A String", + ], + }, + "id": "A String", # Optional. The widget id. Ids may be made up of alphanumerics, dashes and underscores. Widget ids are optional. "incidentList": { # A widget that displays a list of incidents # A widget that shows list of incidents. "monitoredResources": [ # Optional. The monitored resource for which incidents are listed. The resource doesn't need to be fully specified. That is, you can specify the resource type but not the values of the resource labels. The resource type and labels are used for filtering. { # An object representing a resource that can be used for monitoring, logging, billing, or other purposes. Examples include virtual machine instances, databases, and storage devices such as disks. The type field identifies a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object that describes the resource's schema. Information in the labels field identifies the actual resource and its attributes according to the schema. For example, a particular Compute Engine VM instance could be represented by the following object, because the MonitoredResourceDescriptor for "gce_instance" has labels "project_id", "instance_id" and "zone": { "type": "gce_instance", "labels": { "project_id": "my-project", "instance_id": "12345678901234", "zone": "us-central1-a" }} @@ -2738,8 +2800,6 @@

Method Details

}, ], "showLabels": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not the pie chart should show slices' labels - "showTotal": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not donut chart should show the total in the middle - "sliceAggregatedThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. If slices's values are smaller than this value, they will be combined into other category }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "blankView": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } # Will cause the Scorecard to show only the value, with no indicator to its value relative to its thresholds. @@ -3128,6 +3188,18 @@

Method Details

"collapsibleGroup": { # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. "collapsed": True or False, # The collapsed state of the widget on first page load. }, + "errorReportingPanel": { # A widget that displays a list of error groups. # A widget that displays a list of error groups. + "projectNames": [ # The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written as projects/{projectID} or projects/{projectNumber}, where {projectID} and {projectNumber} can be found in the Google Cloud console (https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158840).Examples: projects/my-project-123, projects/5551234. + "A String", + ], + "services": [ # An identifier of the service, such as the name of the executable, job, or Google App Engine service name. This field is expected to have a low number of values that are relatively stable over time, as opposed to version, which can be changed whenever new code is deployed.Contains the service name for error reports extracted from Google App Engine logs or default if the App Engine default service is used. + "A String", + ], + "versions": [ # Represents the source code version that the developer provided, which could represent a version label or a Git SHA-1 hash, for example. For App Engine standard environment, the version is set to the version of the app. + "A String", + ], + }, + "id": "A String", # Optional. The widget id. Ids may be made up of alphanumerics, dashes and underscores. Widget ids are optional. "incidentList": { # A widget that displays a list of incidents # A widget that shows list of incidents. "monitoredResources": [ # Optional. The monitored resource for which incidents are listed. The resource doesn't need to be fully specified. That is, you can specify the resource type but not the values of the resource labels. The resource type and labels are used for filtering. { # An object representing a resource that can be used for monitoring, logging, billing, or other purposes. Examples include virtual machine instances, databases, and storage devices such as disks. The type field identifies a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object that describes the resource's schema. Information in the labels field identifies the actual resource and its attributes according to the schema. For example, a particular Compute Engine VM instance could be represented by the following object, because the MonitoredResourceDescriptor for "gce_instance" has labels "project_id", "instance_id" and "zone": { "type": "gce_instance", "labels": { "project_id": "my-project", "instance_id": "12345678901234", "zone": "us-central1-a" }} @@ -3234,8 +3306,6 @@

Method Details

}, ], "showLabels": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not the pie chart should show slices' labels - "showTotal": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not donut chart should show the total in the middle - "sliceAggregatedThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. If slices's values are smaller than this value, they will be combined into other category }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "blankView": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } # Will cause the Scorecard to show only the value, with no indicator to its value relative to its thresholds. @@ -3626,6 +3696,18 @@

Method Details

"collapsibleGroup": { # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. "collapsed": True or False, # The collapsed state of the widget on first page load. }, + "errorReportingPanel": { # A widget that displays a list of error groups. # A widget that displays a list of error groups. + "projectNames": [ # The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written as projects/{projectID} or projects/{projectNumber}, where {projectID} and {projectNumber} can be found in the Google Cloud console (https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158840).Examples: projects/my-project-123, projects/5551234. + "A String", + ], + "services": [ # An identifier of the service, such as the name of the executable, job, or Google App Engine service name. This field is expected to have a low number of values that are relatively stable over time, as opposed to version, which can be changed whenever new code is deployed.Contains the service name for error reports extracted from Google App Engine logs or default if the App Engine default service is used. + "A String", + ], + "versions": [ # Represents the source code version that the developer provided, which could represent a version label or a Git SHA-1 hash, for example. For App Engine standard environment, the version is set to the version of the app. + "A String", + ], + }, + "id": "A String", # Optional. The widget id. Ids may be made up of alphanumerics, dashes and underscores. Widget ids are optional. "incidentList": { # A widget that displays a list of incidents # A widget that shows list of incidents. "monitoredResources": [ # Optional. The monitored resource for which incidents are listed. The resource doesn't need to be fully specified. That is, you can specify the resource type but not the values of the resource labels. The resource type and labels are used for filtering. { # An object representing a resource that can be used for monitoring, logging, billing, or other purposes. Examples include virtual machine instances, databases, and storage devices such as disks. The type field identifies a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object that describes the resource's schema. Information in the labels field identifies the actual resource and its attributes according to the schema. For example, a particular Compute Engine VM instance could be represented by the following object, because the MonitoredResourceDescriptor for "gce_instance" has labels "project_id", "instance_id" and "zone": { "type": "gce_instance", "labels": { "project_id": "my-project", "instance_id": "12345678901234", "zone": "us-central1-a" }} @@ -3732,8 +3814,6 @@

Method Details

}, ], "showLabels": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not the pie chart should show slices' labels - "showTotal": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not donut chart should show the total in the middle - "sliceAggregatedThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. If slices's values are smaller than this value, they will be combined into other category }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "blankView": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } # Will cause the Scorecard to show only the value, with no indicator to its value relative to its thresholds. @@ -4157,6 +4237,18 @@

Method Details

"collapsibleGroup": { # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. "collapsed": True or False, # The collapsed state of the widget on first page load. }, + "errorReportingPanel": { # A widget that displays a list of error groups. # A widget that displays a list of error groups. + "projectNames": [ # The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written as projects/{projectID} or projects/{projectNumber}, where {projectID} and {projectNumber} can be found in the Google Cloud console (https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158840).Examples: projects/my-project-123, projects/5551234. + "A String", + ], + "services": [ # An identifier of the service, such as the name of the executable, job, or Google App Engine service name. This field is expected to have a low number of values that are relatively stable over time, as opposed to version, which can be changed whenever new code is deployed.Contains the service name for error reports extracted from Google App Engine logs or default if the App Engine default service is used. + "A String", + ], + "versions": [ # Represents the source code version that the developer provided, which could represent a version label or a Git SHA-1 hash, for example. For App Engine standard environment, the version is set to the version of the app. + "A String", + ], + }, + "id": "A String", # Optional. The widget id. Ids may be made up of alphanumerics, dashes and underscores. Widget ids are optional. "incidentList": { # A widget that displays a list of incidents # A widget that shows list of incidents. "monitoredResources": [ # Optional. The monitored resource for which incidents are listed. The resource doesn't need to be fully specified. That is, you can specify the resource type but not the values of the resource labels. The resource type and labels are used for filtering. { # An object representing a resource that can be used for monitoring, logging, billing, or other purposes. Examples include virtual machine instances, databases, and storage devices such as disks. The type field identifies a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object that describes the resource's schema. Information in the labels field identifies the actual resource and its attributes according to the schema. For example, a particular Compute Engine VM instance could be represented by the following object, because the MonitoredResourceDescriptor for "gce_instance" has labels "project_id", "instance_id" and "zone": { "type": "gce_instance", "labels": { "project_id": "my-project", "instance_id": "12345678901234", "zone": "us-central1-a" }} @@ -4263,8 +4355,6 @@

Method Details

}, ], "showLabels": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not the pie chart should show slices' labels - "showTotal": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not donut chart should show the total in the middle - "sliceAggregatedThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. If slices's values are smaller than this value, they will be combined into other category }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "blankView": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } # Will cause the Scorecard to show only the value, with no indicator to its value relative to its thresholds. @@ -4660,6 +4750,18 @@

Method Details

"collapsibleGroup": { # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. "collapsed": True or False, # The collapsed state of the widget on first page load. }, + "errorReportingPanel": { # A widget that displays a list of error groups. # A widget that displays a list of error groups. + "projectNames": [ # The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written as projects/{projectID} or projects/{projectNumber}, where {projectID} and {projectNumber} can be found in the Google Cloud console (https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158840).Examples: projects/my-project-123, projects/5551234. + "A String", + ], + "services": [ # An identifier of the service, such as the name of the executable, job, or Google App Engine service name. This field is expected to have a low number of values that are relatively stable over time, as opposed to version, which can be changed whenever new code is deployed.Contains the service name for error reports extracted from Google App Engine logs or default if the App Engine default service is used. + "A String", + ], + "versions": [ # Represents the source code version that the developer provided, which could represent a version label or a Git SHA-1 hash, for example. For App Engine standard environment, the version is set to the version of the app. + "A String", + ], + }, + "id": "A String", # Optional. The widget id. Ids may be made up of alphanumerics, dashes and underscores. Widget ids are optional. "incidentList": { # A widget that displays a list of incidents # A widget that shows list of incidents. "monitoredResources": [ # Optional. The monitored resource for which incidents are listed. The resource doesn't need to be fully specified. That is, you can specify the resource type but not the values of the resource labels. The resource type and labels are used for filtering. { # An object representing a resource that can be used for monitoring, logging, billing, or other purposes. Examples include virtual machine instances, databases, and storage devices such as disks. The type field identifies a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object that describes the resource's schema. Information in the labels field identifies the actual resource and its attributes according to the schema. For example, a particular Compute Engine VM instance could be represented by the following object, because the MonitoredResourceDescriptor for "gce_instance" has labels "project_id", "instance_id" and "zone": { "type": "gce_instance", "labels": { "project_id": "my-project", "instance_id": "12345678901234", "zone": "us-central1-a" }} @@ -4766,8 +4868,6 @@

Method Details

}, ], "showLabels": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not the pie chart should show slices' labels - "showTotal": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not donut chart should show the total in the middle - "sliceAggregatedThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. If slices's values are smaller than this value, they will be combined into other category }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "blankView": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } # Will cause the Scorecard to show only the value, with no indicator to its value relative to its thresholds. @@ -5156,6 +5256,18 @@

Method Details

"collapsibleGroup": { # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. "collapsed": True or False, # The collapsed state of the widget on first page load. }, + "errorReportingPanel": { # A widget that displays a list of error groups. # A widget that displays a list of error groups. + "projectNames": [ # The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written as projects/{projectID} or projects/{projectNumber}, where {projectID} and {projectNumber} can be found in the Google Cloud console (https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158840).Examples: projects/my-project-123, projects/5551234. + "A String", + ], + "services": [ # An identifier of the service, such as the name of the executable, job, or Google App Engine service name. This field is expected to have a low number of values that are relatively stable over time, as opposed to version, which can be changed whenever new code is deployed.Contains the service name for error reports extracted from Google App Engine logs or default if the App Engine default service is used. + "A String", + ], + "versions": [ # Represents the source code version that the developer provided, which could represent a version label or a Git SHA-1 hash, for example. For App Engine standard environment, the version is set to the version of the app. + "A String", + ], + }, + "id": "A String", # Optional. The widget id. Ids may be made up of alphanumerics, dashes and underscores. Widget ids are optional. "incidentList": { # A widget that displays a list of incidents # A widget that shows list of incidents. "monitoredResources": [ # Optional. The monitored resource for which incidents are listed. The resource doesn't need to be fully specified. That is, you can specify the resource type but not the values of the resource labels. The resource type and labels are used for filtering. { # An object representing a resource that can be used for monitoring, logging, billing, or other purposes. Examples include virtual machine instances, databases, and storage devices such as disks. The type field identifies a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object that describes the resource's schema. Information in the labels field identifies the actual resource and its attributes according to the schema. For example, a particular Compute Engine VM instance could be represented by the following object, because the MonitoredResourceDescriptor for "gce_instance" has labels "project_id", "instance_id" and "zone": { "type": "gce_instance", "labels": { "project_id": "my-project", "instance_id": "12345678901234", "zone": "us-central1-a" }} @@ -5262,8 +5374,6 @@

Method Details

}, ], "showLabels": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not the pie chart should show slices' labels - "showTotal": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not donut chart should show the total in the middle - "sliceAggregatedThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. If slices's values are smaller than this value, they will be combined into other category }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "blankView": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } # Will cause the Scorecard to show only the value, with no indicator to its value relative to its thresholds. @@ -5654,6 +5764,18 @@

Method Details

"collapsibleGroup": { # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. "collapsed": True or False, # The collapsed state of the widget on first page load. }, + "errorReportingPanel": { # A widget that displays a list of error groups. # A widget that displays a list of error groups. + "projectNames": [ # The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written as projects/{projectID} or projects/{projectNumber}, where {projectID} and {projectNumber} can be found in the Google Cloud console (https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158840).Examples: projects/my-project-123, projects/5551234. + "A String", + ], + "services": [ # An identifier of the service, such as the name of the executable, job, or Google App Engine service name. This field is expected to have a low number of values that are relatively stable over time, as opposed to version, which can be changed whenever new code is deployed.Contains the service name for error reports extracted from Google App Engine logs or default if the App Engine default service is used. + "A String", + ], + "versions": [ # Represents the source code version that the developer provided, which could represent a version label or a Git SHA-1 hash, for example. For App Engine standard environment, the version is set to the version of the app. + "A String", + ], + }, + "id": "A String", # Optional. The widget id. Ids may be made up of alphanumerics, dashes and underscores. Widget ids are optional. "incidentList": { # A widget that displays a list of incidents # A widget that shows list of incidents. "monitoredResources": [ # Optional. The monitored resource for which incidents are listed. The resource doesn't need to be fully specified. That is, you can specify the resource type but not the values of the resource labels. The resource type and labels are used for filtering. { # An object representing a resource that can be used for monitoring, logging, billing, or other purposes. Examples include virtual machine instances, databases, and storage devices such as disks. The type field identifies a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object that describes the resource's schema. Information in the labels field identifies the actual resource and its attributes according to the schema. For example, a particular Compute Engine VM instance could be represented by the following object, because the MonitoredResourceDescriptor for "gce_instance" has labels "project_id", "instance_id" and "zone": { "type": "gce_instance", "labels": { "project_id": "my-project", "instance_id": "12345678901234", "zone": "us-central1-a" }} @@ -5760,8 +5882,6 @@

Method Details

}, ], "showLabels": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not the pie chart should show slices' labels - "showTotal": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not donut chart should show the total in the middle - "sliceAggregatedThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. If slices's values are smaller than this value, they will be combined into other category }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "blankView": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } # Will cause the Scorecard to show only the value, with no indicator to its value relative to its thresholds. @@ -6171,6 +6291,18 @@

Method Details

"collapsibleGroup": { # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. "collapsed": True or False, # The collapsed state of the widget on first page load. }, + "errorReportingPanel": { # A widget that displays a list of error groups. # A widget that displays a list of error groups. + "projectNames": [ # The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written as projects/{projectID} or projects/{projectNumber}, where {projectID} and {projectNumber} can be found in the Google Cloud console (https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158840).Examples: projects/my-project-123, projects/5551234. + "A String", + ], + "services": [ # An identifier of the service, such as the name of the executable, job, or Google App Engine service name. This field is expected to have a low number of values that are relatively stable over time, as opposed to version, which can be changed whenever new code is deployed.Contains the service name for error reports extracted from Google App Engine logs or default if the App Engine default service is used. + "A String", + ], + "versions": [ # Represents the source code version that the developer provided, which could represent a version label or a Git SHA-1 hash, for example. For App Engine standard environment, the version is set to the version of the app. + "A String", + ], + }, + "id": "A String", # Optional. The widget id. Ids may be made up of alphanumerics, dashes and underscores. Widget ids are optional. "incidentList": { # A widget that displays a list of incidents # A widget that shows list of incidents. "monitoredResources": [ # Optional. The monitored resource for which incidents are listed. The resource doesn't need to be fully specified. That is, you can specify the resource type but not the values of the resource labels. The resource type and labels are used for filtering. { # An object representing a resource that can be used for monitoring, logging, billing, or other purposes. Examples include virtual machine instances, databases, and storage devices such as disks. The type field identifies a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object that describes the resource's schema. Information in the labels field identifies the actual resource and its attributes according to the schema. For example, a particular Compute Engine VM instance could be represented by the following object, because the MonitoredResourceDescriptor for "gce_instance" has labels "project_id", "instance_id" and "zone": { "type": "gce_instance", "labels": { "project_id": "my-project", "instance_id": "12345678901234", "zone": "us-central1-a" }} @@ -6277,8 +6409,6 @@

Method Details

}, ], "showLabels": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not the pie chart should show slices' labels - "showTotal": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not donut chart should show the total in the middle - "sliceAggregatedThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. If slices's values are smaller than this value, they will be combined into other category }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "blankView": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } # Will cause the Scorecard to show only the value, with no indicator to its value relative to its thresholds. @@ -6674,6 +6804,18 @@

Method Details

"collapsibleGroup": { # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. "collapsed": True or False, # The collapsed state of the widget on first page load. }, + "errorReportingPanel": { # A widget that displays a list of error groups. # A widget that displays a list of error groups. + "projectNames": [ # The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written as projects/{projectID} or projects/{projectNumber}, where {projectID} and {projectNumber} can be found in the Google Cloud console (https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158840).Examples: projects/my-project-123, projects/5551234. + "A String", + ], + "services": [ # An identifier of the service, such as the name of the executable, job, or Google App Engine service name. This field is expected to have a low number of values that are relatively stable over time, as opposed to version, which can be changed whenever new code is deployed.Contains the service name for error reports extracted from Google App Engine logs or default if the App Engine default service is used. + "A String", + ], + "versions": [ # Represents the source code version that the developer provided, which could represent a version label or a Git SHA-1 hash, for example. For App Engine standard environment, the version is set to the version of the app. + "A String", + ], + }, + "id": "A String", # Optional. The widget id. Ids may be made up of alphanumerics, dashes and underscores. Widget ids are optional. "incidentList": { # A widget that displays a list of incidents # A widget that shows list of incidents. "monitoredResources": [ # Optional. The monitored resource for which incidents are listed. The resource doesn't need to be fully specified. That is, you can specify the resource type but not the values of the resource labels. The resource type and labels are used for filtering. { # An object representing a resource that can be used for monitoring, logging, billing, or other purposes. Examples include virtual machine instances, databases, and storage devices such as disks. The type field identifies a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object that describes the resource's schema. Information in the labels field identifies the actual resource and its attributes according to the schema. For example, a particular Compute Engine VM instance could be represented by the following object, because the MonitoredResourceDescriptor for "gce_instance" has labels "project_id", "instance_id" and "zone": { "type": "gce_instance", "labels": { "project_id": "my-project", "instance_id": "12345678901234", "zone": "us-central1-a" }} @@ -6780,8 +6922,6 @@

Method Details

}, ], "showLabels": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not the pie chart should show slices' labels - "showTotal": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not donut chart should show the total in the middle - "sliceAggregatedThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. If slices's values are smaller than this value, they will be combined into other category }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "blankView": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } # Will cause the Scorecard to show only the value, with no indicator to its value relative to its thresholds. @@ -7170,6 +7310,18 @@

Method Details

"collapsibleGroup": { # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. "collapsed": True or False, # The collapsed state of the widget on first page load. }, + "errorReportingPanel": { # A widget that displays a list of error groups. # A widget that displays a list of error groups. + "projectNames": [ # The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written as projects/{projectID} or projects/{projectNumber}, where {projectID} and {projectNumber} can be found in the Google Cloud console (https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158840).Examples: projects/my-project-123, projects/5551234. + "A String", + ], + "services": [ # An identifier of the service, such as the name of the executable, job, or Google App Engine service name. This field is expected to have a low number of values that are relatively stable over time, as opposed to version, which can be changed whenever new code is deployed.Contains the service name for error reports extracted from Google App Engine logs or default if the App Engine default service is used. + "A String", + ], + "versions": [ # Represents the source code version that the developer provided, which could represent a version label or a Git SHA-1 hash, for example. For App Engine standard environment, the version is set to the version of the app. + "A String", + ], + }, + "id": "A String", # Optional. The widget id. Ids may be made up of alphanumerics, dashes and underscores. Widget ids are optional. "incidentList": { # A widget that displays a list of incidents # A widget that shows list of incidents. "monitoredResources": [ # Optional. The monitored resource for which incidents are listed. The resource doesn't need to be fully specified. That is, you can specify the resource type but not the values of the resource labels. The resource type and labels are used for filtering. { # An object representing a resource that can be used for monitoring, logging, billing, or other purposes. Examples include virtual machine instances, databases, and storage devices such as disks. The type field identifies a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object that describes the resource's schema. Information in the labels field identifies the actual resource and its attributes according to the schema. For example, a particular Compute Engine VM instance could be represented by the following object, because the MonitoredResourceDescriptor for "gce_instance" has labels "project_id", "instance_id" and "zone": { "type": "gce_instance", "labels": { "project_id": "my-project", "instance_id": "12345678901234", "zone": "us-central1-a" }} @@ -7276,8 +7428,6 @@

Method Details

}, ], "showLabels": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not the pie chart should show slices' labels - "showTotal": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not donut chart should show the total in the middle - "sliceAggregatedThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. If slices's values are smaller than this value, they will be combined into other category }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "blankView": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } # Will cause the Scorecard to show only the value, with no indicator to its value relative to its thresholds. @@ -7668,6 +7818,18 @@

Method Details

"collapsibleGroup": { # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. "collapsed": True or False, # The collapsed state of the widget on first page load. }, + "errorReportingPanel": { # A widget that displays a list of error groups. # A widget that displays a list of error groups. + "projectNames": [ # The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written as projects/{projectID} or projects/{projectNumber}, where {projectID} and {projectNumber} can be found in the Google Cloud console (https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158840).Examples: projects/my-project-123, projects/5551234. + "A String", + ], + "services": [ # An identifier of the service, such as the name of the executable, job, or Google App Engine service name. This field is expected to have a low number of values that are relatively stable over time, as opposed to version, which can be changed whenever new code is deployed.Contains the service name for error reports extracted from Google App Engine logs or default if the App Engine default service is used. + "A String", + ], + "versions": [ # Represents the source code version that the developer provided, which could represent a version label or a Git SHA-1 hash, for example. For App Engine standard environment, the version is set to the version of the app. + "A String", + ], + }, + "id": "A String", # Optional. The widget id. Ids may be made up of alphanumerics, dashes and underscores. Widget ids are optional. "incidentList": { # A widget that displays a list of incidents # A widget that shows list of incidents. "monitoredResources": [ # Optional. The monitored resource for which incidents are listed. The resource doesn't need to be fully specified. That is, you can specify the resource type but not the values of the resource labels. The resource type and labels are used for filtering. { # An object representing a resource that can be used for monitoring, logging, billing, or other purposes. Examples include virtual machine instances, databases, and storage devices such as disks. The type field identifies a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object that describes the resource's schema. Information in the labels field identifies the actual resource and its attributes according to the schema. For example, a particular Compute Engine VM instance could be represented by the following object, because the MonitoredResourceDescriptor for "gce_instance" has labels "project_id", "instance_id" and "zone": { "type": "gce_instance", "labels": { "project_id": "my-project", "instance_id": "12345678901234", "zone": "us-central1-a" }} @@ -7774,8 +7936,6 @@

Method Details

}, ], "showLabels": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not the pie chart should show slices' labels - "showTotal": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not donut chart should show the total in the middle - "sliceAggregatedThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. If slices's values are smaller than this value, they will be combined into other category }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "blankView": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } # Will cause the Scorecard to show only the value, with no indicator to its value relative to its thresholds. @@ -8193,6 +8353,18 @@

Method Details

"collapsibleGroup": { # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. "collapsed": True or False, # The collapsed state of the widget on first page load. }, + "errorReportingPanel": { # A widget that displays a list of error groups. # A widget that displays a list of error groups. + "projectNames": [ # The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written as projects/{projectID} or projects/{projectNumber}, where {projectID} and {projectNumber} can be found in the Google Cloud console (https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158840).Examples: projects/my-project-123, projects/5551234. + "A String", + ], + "services": [ # An identifier of the service, such as the name of the executable, job, or Google App Engine service name. This field is expected to have a low number of values that are relatively stable over time, as opposed to version, which can be changed whenever new code is deployed.Contains the service name for error reports extracted from Google App Engine logs or default if the App Engine default service is used. + "A String", + ], + "versions": [ # Represents the source code version that the developer provided, which could represent a version label or a Git SHA-1 hash, for example. For App Engine standard environment, the version is set to the version of the app. + "A String", + ], + }, + "id": "A String", # Optional. The widget id. Ids may be made up of alphanumerics, dashes and underscores. Widget ids are optional. "incidentList": { # A widget that displays a list of incidents # A widget that shows list of incidents. "monitoredResources": [ # Optional. The monitored resource for which incidents are listed. The resource doesn't need to be fully specified. That is, you can specify the resource type but not the values of the resource labels. The resource type and labels are used for filtering. { # An object representing a resource that can be used for monitoring, logging, billing, or other purposes. Examples include virtual machine instances, databases, and storage devices such as disks. The type field identifies a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object that describes the resource's schema. Information in the labels field identifies the actual resource and its attributes according to the schema. For example, a particular Compute Engine VM instance could be represented by the following object, because the MonitoredResourceDescriptor for "gce_instance" has labels "project_id", "instance_id" and "zone": { "type": "gce_instance", "labels": { "project_id": "my-project", "instance_id": "12345678901234", "zone": "us-central1-a" }} @@ -8299,8 +8471,6 @@

Method Details

}, ], "showLabels": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not the pie chart should show slices' labels - "showTotal": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not donut chart should show the total in the middle - "sliceAggregatedThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. If slices's values are smaller than this value, they will be combined into other category }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "blankView": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } # Will cause the Scorecard to show only the value, with no indicator to its value relative to its thresholds. @@ -8696,6 +8866,18 @@

Method Details

"collapsibleGroup": { # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. "collapsed": True or False, # The collapsed state of the widget on first page load. }, + "errorReportingPanel": { # A widget that displays a list of error groups. # A widget that displays a list of error groups. + "projectNames": [ # The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written as projects/{projectID} or projects/{projectNumber}, where {projectID} and {projectNumber} can be found in the Google Cloud console (https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158840).Examples: projects/my-project-123, projects/5551234. + "A String", + ], + "services": [ # An identifier of the service, such as the name of the executable, job, or Google App Engine service name. This field is expected to have a low number of values that are relatively stable over time, as opposed to version, which can be changed whenever new code is deployed.Contains the service name for error reports extracted from Google App Engine logs or default if the App Engine default service is used. + "A String", + ], + "versions": [ # Represents the source code version that the developer provided, which could represent a version label or a Git SHA-1 hash, for example. For App Engine standard environment, the version is set to the version of the app. + "A String", + ], + }, + "id": "A String", # Optional. The widget id. Ids may be made up of alphanumerics, dashes and underscores. Widget ids are optional. "incidentList": { # A widget that displays a list of incidents # A widget that shows list of incidents. "monitoredResources": [ # Optional. The monitored resource for which incidents are listed. The resource doesn't need to be fully specified. That is, you can specify the resource type but not the values of the resource labels. The resource type and labels are used for filtering. { # An object representing a resource that can be used for monitoring, logging, billing, or other purposes. Examples include virtual machine instances, databases, and storage devices such as disks. The type field identifies a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object that describes the resource's schema. Information in the labels field identifies the actual resource and its attributes according to the schema. For example, a particular Compute Engine VM instance could be represented by the following object, because the MonitoredResourceDescriptor for "gce_instance" has labels "project_id", "instance_id" and "zone": { "type": "gce_instance", "labels": { "project_id": "my-project", "instance_id": "12345678901234", "zone": "us-central1-a" }} @@ -8802,8 +8984,6 @@

Method Details

}, ], "showLabels": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not the pie chart should show slices' labels - "showTotal": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not donut chart should show the total in the middle - "sliceAggregatedThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. If slices's values are smaller than this value, they will be combined into other category }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "blankView": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } # Will cause the Scorecard to show only the value, with no indicator to its value relative to its thresholds. @@ -9192,6 +9372,18 @@

Method Details

"collapsibleGroup": { # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. "collapsed": True or False, # The collapsed state of the widget on first page load. }, + "errorReportingPanel": { # A widget that displays a list of error groups. # A widget that displays a list of error groups. + "projectNames": [ # The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written as projects/{projectID} or projects/{projectNumber}, where {projectID} and {projectNumber} can be found in the Google Cloud console (https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158840).Examples: projects/my-project-123, projects/5551234. + "A String", + ], + "services": [ # An identifier of the service, such as the name of the executable, job, or Google App Engine service name. This field is expected to have a low number of values that are relatively stable over time, as opposed to version, which can be changed whenever new code is deployed.Contains the service name for error reports extracted from Google App Engine logs or default if the App Engine default service is used. + "A String", + ], + "versions": [ # Represents the source code version that the developer provided, which could represent a version label or a Git SHA-1 hash, for example. For App Engine standard environment, the version is set to the version of the app. + "A String", + ], + }, + "id": "A String", # Optional. The widget id. Ids may be made up of alphanumerics, dashes and underscores. Widget ids are optional. "incidentList": { # A widget that displays a list of incidents # A widget that shows list of incidents. "monitoredResources": [ # Optional. The monitored resource for which incidents are listed. The resource doesn't need to be fully specified. That is, you can specify the resource type but not the values of the resource labels. The resource type and labels are used for filtering. { # An object representing a resource that can be used for monitoring, logging, billing, or other purposes. Examples include virtual machine instances, databases, and storage devices such as disks. The type field identifies a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object that describes the resource's schema. Information in the labels field identifies the actual resource and its attributes according to the schema. For example, a particular Compute Engine VM instance could be represented by the following object, because the MonitoredResourceDescriptor for "gce_instance" has labels "project_id", "instance_id" and "zone": { "type": "gce_instance", "labels": { "project_id": "my-project", "instance_id": "12345678901234", "zone": "us-central1-a" }} @@ -9298,8 +9490,6 @@

Method Details

}, ], "showLabels": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not the pie chart should show slices' labels - "showTotal": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not donut chart should show the total in the middle - "sliceAggregatedThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. If slices's values are smaller than this value, they will be combined into other category }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "blankView": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } # Will cause the Scorecard to show only the value, with no indicator to its value relative to its thresholds. @@ -9690,6 +9880,18 @@

Method Details

"collapsibleGroup": { # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. "collapsed": True or False, # The collapsed state of the widget on first page load. }, + "errorReportingPanel": { # A widget that displays a list of error groups. # A widget that displays a list of error groups. + "projectNames": [ # The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written as projects/{projectID} or projects/{projectNumber}, where {projectID} and {projectNumber} can be found in the Google Cloud console (https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158840).Examples: projects/my-project-123, projects/5551234. + "A String", + ], + "services": [ # An identifier of the service, such as the name of the executable, job, or Google App Engine service name. This field is expected to have a low number of values that are relatively stable over time, as opposed to version, which can be changed whenever new code is deployed.Contains the service name for error reports extracted from Google App Engine logs or default if the App Engine default service is used. + "A String", + ], + "versions": [ # Represents the source code version that the developer provided, which could represent a version label or a Git SHA-1 hash, for example. For App Engine standard environment, the version is set to the version of the app. + "A String", + ], + }, + "id": "A String", # Optional. The widget id. Ids may be made up of alphanumerics, dashes and underscores. Widget ids are optional. "incidentList": { # A widget that displays a list of incidents # A widget that shows list of incidents. "monitoredResources": [ # Optional. The monitored resource for which incidents are listed. The resource doesn't need to be fully specified. That is, you can specify the resource type but not the values of the resource labels. The resource type and labels are used for filtering. { # An object representing a resource that can be used for monitoring, logging, billing, or other purposes. Examples include virtual machine instances, databases, and storage devices such as disks. The type field identifies a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object that describes the resource's schema. Information in the labels field identifies the actual resource and its attributes according to the schema. For example, a particular Compute Engine VM instance could be represented by the following object, because the MonitoredResourceDescriptor for "gce_instance" has labels "project_id", "instance_id" and "zone": { "type": "gce_instance", "labels": { "project_id": "my-project", "instance_id": "12345678901234", "zone": "us-central1-a" }} @@ -9796,8 +9998,6 @@

Method Details

}, ], "showLabels": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not the pie chart should show slices' labels - "showTotal": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not donut chart should show the total in the middle - "sliceAggregatedThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. If slices's values are smaller than this value, they will be combined into other category }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "blankView": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } # Will cause the Scorecard to show only the value, with no indicator to its value relative to its thresholds. @@ -10197,6 +10397,18 @@

Method Details

"collapsibleGroup": { # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. "collapsed": True or False, # The collapsed state of the widget on first page load. }, + "errorReportingPanel": { # A widget that displays a list of error groups. # A widget that displays a list of error groups. + "projectNames": [ # The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written as projects/{projectID} or projects/{projectNumber}, where {projectID} and {projectNumber} can be found in the Google Cloud console (https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158840).Examples: projects/my-project-123, projects/5551234. + "A String", + ], + "services": [ # An identifier of the service, such as the name of the executable, job, or Google App Engine service name. This field is expected to have a low number of values that are relatively stable over time, as opposed to version, which can be changed whenever new code is deployed.Contains the service name for error reports extracted from Google App Engine logs or default if the App Engine default service is used. + "A String", + ], + "versions": [ # Represents the source code version that the developer provided, which could represent a version label or a Git SHA-1 hash, for example. For App Engine standard environment, the version is set to the version of the app. + "A String", + ], + }, + "id": "A String", # Optional. The widget id. Ids may be made up of alphanumerics, dashes and underscores. Widget ids are optional. "incidentList": { # A widget that displays a list of incidents # A widget that shows list of incidents. "monitoredResources": [ # Optional. The monitored resource for which incidents are listed. The resource doesn't need to be fully specified. That is, you can specify the resource type but not the values of the resource labels. The resource type and labels are used for filtering. { # An object representing a resource that can be used for monitoring, logging, billing, or other purposes. Examples include virtual machine instances, databases, and storage devices such as disks. The type field identifies a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object that describes the resource's schema. Information in the labels field identifies the actual resource and its attributes according to the schema. For example, a particular Compute Engine VM instance could be represented by the following object, because the MonitoredResourceDescriptor for "gce_instance" has labels "project_id", "instance_id" and "zone": { "type": "gce_instance", "labels": { "project_id": "my-project", "instance_id": "12345678901234", "zone": "us-central1-a" }} @@ -10303,8 +10515,6 @@

Method Details

}, ], "showLabels": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not the pie chart should show slices' labels - "showTotal": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not donut chart should show the total in the middle - "sliceAggregatedThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. If slices's values are smaller than this value, they will be combined into other category }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "blankView": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } # Will cause the Scorecard to show only the value, with no indicator to its value relative to its thresholds. @@ -10700,6 +10910,18 @@

Method Details

"collapsibleGroup": { # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. "collapsed": True or False, # The collapsed state of the widget on first page load. }, + "errorReportingPanel": { # A widget that displays a list of error groups. # A widget that displays a list of error groups. + "projectNames": [ # The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written as projects/{projectID} or projects/{projectNumber}, where {projectID} and {projectNumber} can be found in the Google Cloud console (https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158840).Examples: projects/my-project-123, projects/5551234. + "A String", + ], + "services": [ # An identifier of the service, such as the name of the executable, job, or Google App Engine service name. This field is expected to have a low number of values that are relatively stable over time, as opposed to version, which can be changed whenever new code is deployed.Contains the service name for error reports extracted from Google App Engine logs or default if the App Engine default service is used. + "A String", + ], + "versions": [ # Represents the source code version that the developer provided, which could represent a version label or a Git SHA-1 hash, for example. For App Engine standard environment, the version is set to the version of the app. + "A String", + ], + }, + "id": "A String", # Optional. The widget id. Ids may be made up of alphanumerics, dashes and underscores. Widget ids are optional. "incidentList": { # A widget that displays a list of incidents # A widget that shows list of incidents. "monitoredResources": [ # Optional. The monitored resource for which incidents are listed. The resource doesn't need to be fully specified. That is, you can specify the resource type but not the values of the resource labels. The resource type and labels are used for filtering. { # An object representing a resource that can be used for monitoring, logging, billing, or other purposes. Examples include virtual machine instances, databases, and storage devices such as disks. The type field identifies a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object that describes the resource's schema. Information in the labels field identifies the actual resource and its attributes according to the schema. For example, a particular Compute Engine VM instance could be represented by the following object, because the MonitoredResourceDescriptor for "gce_instance" has labels "project_id", "instance_id" and "zone": { "type": "gce_instance", "labels": { "project_id": "my-project", "instance_id": "12345678901234", "zone": "us-central1-a" }} @@ -10806,8 +11028,6 @@

Method Details

}, ], "showLabels": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not the pie chart should show slices' labels - "showTotal": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not donut chart should show the total in the middle - "sliceAggregatedThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. If slices's values are smaller than this value, they will be combined into other category }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "blankView": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } # Will cause the Scorecard to show only the value, with no indicator to its value relative to its thresholds. @@ -11196,6 +11416,18 @@

Method Details

"collapsibleGroup": { # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. "collapsed": True or False, # The collapsed state of the widget on first page load. }, + "errorReportingPanel": { # A widget that displays a list of error groups. # A widget that displays a list of error groups. + "projectNames": [ # The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written as projects/{projectID} or projects/{projectNumber}, where {projectID} and {projectNumber} can be found in the Google Cloud console (https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158840).Examples: projects/my-project-123, projects/5551234. + "A String", + ], + "services": [ # An identifier of the service, such as the name of the executable, job, or Google App Engine service name. This field is expected to have a low number of values that are relatively stable over time, as opposed to version, which can be changed whenever new code is deployed.Contains the service name for error reports extracted from Google App Engine logs or default if the App Engine default service is used. + "A String", + ], + "versions": [ # Represents the source code version that the developer provided, which could represent a version label or a Git SHA-1 hash, for example. For App Engine standard environment, the version is set to the version of the app. + "A String", + ], + }, + "id": "A String", # Optional. The widget id. Ids may be made up of alphanumerics, dashes and underscores. Widget ids are optional. "incidentList": { # A widget that displays a list of incidents # A widget that shows list of incidents. "monitoredResources": [ # Optional. The monitored resource for which incidents are listed. The resource doesn't need to be fully specified. That is, you can specify the resource type but not the values of the resource labels. The resource type and labels are used for filtering. { # An object representing a resource that can be used for monitoring, logging, billing, or other purposes. Examples include virtual machine instances, databases, and storage devices such as disks. The type field identifies a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object that describes the resource's schema. Information in the labels field identifies the actual resource and its attributes according to the schema. For example, a particular Compute Engine VM instance could be represented by the following object, because the MonitoredResourceDescriptor for "gce_instance" has labels "project_id", "instance_id" and "zone": { "type": "gce_instance", "labels": { "project_id": "my-project", "instance_id": "12345678901234", "zone": "us-central1-a" }} @@ -11302,8 +11534,6 @@

Method Details

}, ], "showLabels": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not the pie chart should show slices' labels - "showTotal": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not donut chart should show the total in the middle - "sliceAggregatedThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. If slices's values are smaller than this value, they will be combined into other category }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "blankView": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } # Will cause the Scorecard to show only the value, with no indicator to its value relative to its thresholds. @@ -11694,6 +11924,18 @@

Method Details

"collapsibleGroup": { # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. "collapsed": True or False, # The collapsed state of the widget on first page load. }, + "errorReportingPanel": { # A widget that displays a list of error groups. # A widget that displays a list of error groups. + "projectNames": [ # The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written as projects/{projectID} or projects/{projectNumber}, where {projectID} and {projectNumber} can be found in the Google Cloud console (https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158840).Examples: projects/my-project-123, projects/5551234. + "A String", + ], + "services": [ # An identifier of the service, such as the name of the executable, job, or Google App Engine service name. This field is expected to have a low number of values that are relatively stable over time, as opposed to version, which can be changed whenever new code is deployed.Contains the service name for error reports extracted from Google App Engine logs or default if the App Engine default service is used. + "A String", + ], + "versions": [ # Represents the source code version that the developer provided, which could represent a version label or a Git SHA-1 hash, for example. For App Engine standard environment, the version is set to the version of the app. + "A String", + ], + }, + "id": "A String", # Optional. The widget id. Ids may be made up of alphanumerics, dashes and underscores. Widget ids are optional. "incidentList": { # A widget that displays a list of incidents # A widget that shows list of incidents. "monitoredResources": [ # Optional. The monitored resource for which incidents are listed. The resource doesn't need to be fully specified. That is, you can specify the resource type but not the values of the resource labels. The resource type and labels are used for filtering. { # An object representing a resource that can be used for monitoring, logging, billing, or other purposes. Examples include virtual machine instances, databases, and storage devices such as disks. The type field identifies a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object that describes the resource's schema. Information in the labels field identifies the actual resource and its attributes according to the schema. For example, a particular Compute Engine VM instance could be represented by the following object, because the MonitoredResourceDescriptor for "gce_instance" has labels "project_id", "instance_id" and "zone": { "type": "gce_instance", "labels": { "project_id": "my-project", "instance_id": "12345678901234", "zone": "us-central1-a" }} @@ -11800,8 +12042,6 @@

Method Details

}, ], "showLabels": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not the pie chart should show slices' labels - "showTotal": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not donut chart should show the total in the middle - "sliceAggregatedThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. If slices's values are smaller than this value, they will be combined into other category }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "blankView": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } # Will cause the Scorecard to show only the value, with no indicator to its value relative to its thresholds. diff --git a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.services.serviceLevelObjectives.html b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.services.serviceLevelObjectives.html index d61cfb7d5cd..f1b7b190f00 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.services.serviceLevelObjectives.html +++ b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.services.serviceLevelObjectives.html @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@

Method Details

}, } - serviceLevelObjectiveId: string, Optional. The ServiceLevelObjective id to use for this ServiceLevelObjective. If omitted, an id will be generated instead. Must match the pattern [a-z0-9\-]+ + serviceLevelObjectiveId: string, Optional. The ServiceLevelObjective id to use for this ServiceLevelObjective. If omitted, an id will be generated instead. Must match the pattern ^[a-zA-Z0-9-_:.]+$ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.instances.html index ff09ba3c7c4..73cb8009488 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.instances.html @@ -104,6 +104,9 @@

Instance Methods

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ migrate(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Migrates an existing User-Managed Notebook to Workbench Instances.

register(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Registers an existing legacy notebook instance to the Notebooks API server. Legacy instances are instances created with the legacy Compute Engine calls. They are not manageable by the Notebooks API out of the box. This call makes these instances manageable by the Notebooks API.

@@ -762,6 +765,48 @@

Method Details

+
+ migrate(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Migrates an existing User-Managed Notebook to Workbench Instances.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request for migrating a User-Managed Notebook to Workbench Instances.
+  "postStartupScriptOption": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the behavior of post startup script during migration.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+
register(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Registers an existing legacy notebook instance to the Notebooks API server. Legacy instances are instances created with the legacy Compute Engine calls. They are not manageable by the Notebooks API out of the box. This call makes these instances manageable by the Notebooks API.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.runtimes.html b/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.runtimes.html
index c413d4e594b..7b5dd7caa62 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.runtimes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.runtimes.html
@@ -98,6 +98,9 @@ 

Instance Methods

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ migrate(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Migrate an existing Runtime to a new Workbench Instance.

patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

Update Notebook Runtime configuration.

@@ -719,6 +722,52 @@

Method Details

+
+ migrate(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Migrate an existing Runtime to a new Workbench Instance.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/runtimes/{runtime_id}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request for migrating a Runtime to a Workbench Instance.
+  "network": "A String", # Optional. Name of the VPC that the new Instance is in. This is required if the Runtime uses google-managed network. If the Runtime uses customer-owned network, it will reuse the same VPC, and this field must be empty. Format: `projects/{project_id}/global/networks/{network_id}`
+  "postStartupScriptOption": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the behavior of post startup script during migration.
+  "requestId": "A String", # Optional. Idempotent request UUID.
+  "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account to be included in the Compute Engine instance of the new Workbench Instance when the Runtime uses "single user only" mode for permission. If not specified, the [Compute Engine default service account](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used. When the Runtime uses service account mode for permission, it will reuse the same service account, and this field must be empty.
+  "subnet": "A String", # Optional. Name of the subnet that the new Instance is in. This is required if the Runtime uses google-managed network. If the Runtime uses customer-owned network, it will reuse the same subnet, and this field must be empty. Format: `projects/{project_id}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork_id}`
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+
patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
Update Notebook Runtime configuration.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.html b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.html
index 1c415e5f57b..e1269ba9cc9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.html
@@ -103,16 +103,25 @@ 

Method Details

"binarySourceInfo": [ # A bundle containing the binary and source information. { "binaryVersion": { # The binary package. This is significant when the source is different than the binary itself. Historically if they've differed, we've stored the name of the source and its version in the package/version fields, but we should also store the binary package info, as that's what's actually installed. See b/175908657#comment15. + "licenses": [ # The licenses associated with this package. Note that this has to go on the PackageVersion level, because we can have cases with images with the same source having different licences. E.g. in Alpine, musl and musl-utils both have the same origin musl, but have different sets of licenses. + "A String", + ], "name": "A String", "version": "A String", }, "sourceVersion": { # The source package. Similar to the above, this is significant when the source is different than the binary itself. Since the top-level package/version fields are based on an if/else, we need a separate field for both binary and source if we want to know definitively where the data is coming from. + "licenses": [ # The licenses associated with this package. Note that this has to go on the PackageVersion level, because we can have cases with images with the same source having different licences. E.g. in Alpine, musl and musl-utils both have the same origin musl, but have different sets of licenses. + "A String", + ], "name": "A String", "version": "A String", }, }, ], "binaryVersion": { # DEPRECATED + "licenses": [ # The licenses associated with this package. Note that this has to go on the PackageVersion level, because we can have cases with images with the same source having different licences. E.g. in Alpine, musl and musl-utils both have the same origin musl, but have different sets of licenses. + "A String", + ], "name": "A String", "version": "A String", }, @@ -129,6 +138,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], "hashDigest": "A String", # HashDigest stores the SHA512 hash digest of the jar file if the package is of type Maven. This field will be unset for non Maven packages. + "licenses": [ # The list of licenses found that are related to a given package. Note that licenses may also be stored on the BinarySourceInfo. If there is no BinarySourceInfo (because there's no concept of source vs binary), then it will be stored here, while if there are BinarySourceInfos, it will be stored there, as one source can have multiple binaries with different licenses. + "A String", + ], "maintainer": { # The maintainer of the package. "kind": "A String", "name": "A String", @@ -141,6 +153,9 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "sourceVersion": { # DEPRECATED + "licenses": [ # The licenses associated with this package. Note that this has to go on the PackageVersion level, because we can have cases with images with the same source having different licences. E.g. in Alpine, musl and musl-utils both have the same origin musl, but have different sets of licenses. + "A String", + ], "name": "A String", "version": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1beta1.projects.locations.scans.html b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1beta1.projects.locations.scans.html index 8133e403082..e4582360830 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1beta1.projects.locations.scans.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1beta1.projects.locations.scans.html @@ -102,16 +102,25 @@

Method Details

"binarySourceInfo": [ # A bundle containing the binary and source information. { "binaryVersion": { # The binary package. This is significant when the source is different than the binary itself. Historically if they've differed, we've stored the name of the source and its version in the package/version fields, but we should also store the binary package info, as that's what's actually installed. See b/175908657#comment15. + "licenses": [ # The licenses associated with this package. Note that this has to go on the PackageVersion level, because we can have cases with images with the same source having different licences. E.g. in Alpine, musl and musl-utils both have the same origin musl, but have different sets of licenses. + "A String", + ], "name": "A String", "version": "A String", }, "sourceVersion": { # The source package. Similar to the above, this is significant when the source is different than the binary itself. Since the top-level package/version fields are based on an if/else, we need a separate field for both binary and source if we want to know definitively where the data is coming from. + "licenses": [ # The licenses associated with this package. Note that this has to go on the PackageVersion level, because we can have cases with images with the same source having different licences. E.g. in Alpine, musl and musl-utils both have the same origin musl, but have different sets of licenses. + "A String", + ], "name": "A String", "version": "A String", }, }, ], "binaryVersion": { # DEPRECATED + "licenses": [ # The licenses associated with this package. Note that this has to go on the PackageVersion level, because we can have cases with images with the same source having different licences. E.g. in Alpine, musl and musl-utils both have the same origin musl, but have different sets of licenses. + "A String", + ], "name": "A String", "version": "A String", }, @@ -128,6 +137,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], "hashDigest": "A String", # HashDigest stores the SHA512 hash digest of the jar file if the package is of type Maven. This field will be unset for non Maven packages. + "licenses": [ # The list of licenses found that are related to a given package. Note that licenses may also be stored on the BinarySourceInfo. If there is no BinarySourceInfo (because there's no concept of source vs binary), then it will be stored here, while if there are BinarySourceInfos, it will be stored there, as one source can have multiple binaries with different licenses. + "A String", + ], "maintainer": { # The maintainer of the package. "kind": "A String", "name": "A String", @@ -140,6 +152,9 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "sourceVersion": { # DEPRECATED + "licenses": [ # The licenses associated with this package. Note that this has to go on the PackageVersion level, because we can have cases with images with the same source having different licences. E.g. in Alpine, musl and musl-utils both have the same origin musl, but have different sets of licenses. + "A String", + ], "name": "A String", "version": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/places_v1.places.html b/docs/dyn/places_v1.places.html index 56b211d093e..d8b1cb53a8e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/places_v1.places.html +++ b/docs/dyn/places_v1.places.html @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request proto for SearchText. - "includedType": "A String", # The requested place type. Full list of types supported: https://developers.google.com/places/supported_types. Only support one included type. + "includedType": "A String", # The requested place type. Full list of types supported: https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/places/web-service/place-types. Only support one included type. "languageCode": "A String", # Place details will be displayed with the preferred language if available. If the language code is unspecified or unrecognized, place details of any language may be returned, with a preference for English if such details exist. Current list of supported languages: https://developers.google.com/maps/faq#languagesupport. "locationBias": { # The region to search. This location serves as a bias which means results around given location might be returned. # The region to search. This location serves as a bias which means results around given location might be returned. Cannot be set along with location_restriction. "circle": { # Circle with a LatLng as center and radius. # A circle defined by center point and radius. @@ -130,12 +130,12 @@

Method Details

}, "maxResultCount": 42, # Maximum number of results to return. It must be between 1 and 20, inclusively. If the number is unset, it falls back to the upper limit. If the number is set to negative or exceeds the upper limit, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "minRating": 3.14, # Filter out results whose average user rating is strictly less than this limit. A valid value must be an float between 0 and 5 (inclusively) at a 0.5 cadence i.e. [0, 0.5, 1.0, ... , 5.0] inclusively. This is to keep parity with LocalRefinement_UserRating. The input rating will round up to the nearest 0.5(ceiling). For instance, a rating of 0.6 will eliminate all results with a less than 1.0 rating. - "openNow": True or False, # Used to restrict the search to places that are open at a specific time. open_now marks if a business is currently open. + "openNow": True or False, # Used to restrict the search to places that are currently open. "priceLevels": [ # Used to restrict the search to places that are marked as certain price levels. Users can choose any combinations of price levels. Default to select all price levels. "A String", ], "rankPreference": "A String", # How results will be ranked in the response. - "regionCode": "A String", # The Unicode country/region code (CLDR) of the location where the request is coming from. This parameter is used to display the place details, like region-specific place name, if available. The parameter can affect results based on applicable law. For more information, see http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#unicode_region_subtag. Note that 3-digit region codes are not currently supported. + "regionCode": "A String", # The Unicode country/region code (CLDR) of the location where the request is coming from. This parameter is used to display the place details, like region-specific place name, if available. The parameter can affect results based on applicable law. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/latest/supplemental/territory_language_information.html. Note that 3-digit region codes are not currently supported. "strictTypeFiltering": True or False, # Used to set strict type filtering for included_type. If set to true, only results of the same type will be returned. Default to false. "textQuery": "A String", # Required. The text query for textual search. } @@ -151,230 +151,230 @@

Method Details

{ # Response proto for SearchText. "places": [ # A list of places that meet the user's text search criteria. { # All the information representing a Place. - "accessibilityOptions": { # Information about the accessibility options a place offers. # Output only. Information about the accessibility options a place offers. + "accessibilityOptions": { # Information about the accessibility options a place offers. # Information about the accessibility options a place offers. "wheelchairAccessibleEntrance": True or False, # Places has wheelchair accessible entrance. }, - "addressComponents": [ # Output only. Repeated components for each locality level. + "addressComponents": [ # Repeated components for each locality level. Note the following facts about the address_components[] array: - The array of address components may contain more components than the formatted_address. - The array does not necessarily include all the political entities that contain an address, apart from those included in the formatted_address. To retrieve all the political entities that contain a specific address, you should use reverse geocoding, passing the latitude/longitude of the address as a parameter to the request. - The format of the response is not guaranteed to remain the same between requests. In particular, the number of address_components varies based on the address requested and can change over time for the same address. A component can change position in the array. The type of the component can change. A particular component may be missing in a later response. { # The structured components that form the formatted address, if this information is available. - "languageCode": "A String", # Output only. The language used to format this components, in CLDR notation. - "longText": "A String", # Output only. The full text description or name of the address component. For example, an address component for the country Australia may have a long_name of "Australia". - "shortText": "A String", # Output only. An abbreviated textual name for the address component, if available. For example, an address component for the country of Australia may have a short_name of "AU". - "types": [ # Output only. An array indicating the type(s) of the address component. + "languageCode": "A String", # The language used to format this components, in CLDR notation. + "longText": "A String", # The full text description or name of the address component. For example, an address component for the country Australia may have a long_name of "Australia". + "shortText": "A String", # An abbreviated textual name for the address component, if available. For example, an address component for the country of Australia may have a short_name of "AU". + "types": [ # An array indicating the type(s) of the address component. "A String", ], }, ], - "adrFormatAddress": "A String", # Output only. The place's address in adr microformat: http://microformats.org/wiki/adr. - "attributions": [ # Output only. A set of data provider that must be shown with this result. + "adrFormatAddress": "A String", # The place's address in adr microformat: http://microformats.org/wiki/adr. + "attributions": [ # A set of data provider that must be shown with this result. { # Information about data providers of this place. - "provider": "A String", # Output only. Name of the Place's data provider. - "providerUri": "A String", # Output only. URI to the Place's data provider. + "provider": "A String", # Name of the Place's data provider. + "providerUri": "A String", # URI to the Place's data provider. }, ], - "businessStatus": "A String", # Output only. The business status for the place. - "curbsidePickup": True or False, # Output only. Specifies if the business supports curbside pickup. - "currentOpeningHours": { # Information about business hour of the place. # Output only. The hours of operation for the next seven days (including today). The time period starts at midnight on the date of the request and ends at 11:59 pm six days later. This field includes the special_days subfield of all hours, set for dates that have exceptional hours. - "openNow": True or False, # Output only. Is this place open right now? Always present unless we lack time-of-day or timezone data for these opening hours. - "periods": [ # Output only. The periods that this place is open during the week. The periods are in chronological order, starting with Sunday in the place-local timezone. An empty (but not absent) value indicates a place that is never open, e.g. because it is closed temporarily for renovations. + "businessStatus": "A String", # The business status for the place. + "curbsidePickup": True or False, # Specifies if the business supports curbside pickup. + "currentOpeningHours": { # Information about business hour of the place. # The hours of operation for the next seven days (including today). The time period starts at midnight on the date of the request and ends at 11:59 pm six days later. This field includes the special_days subfield of all hours, set for dates that have exceptional hours. + "openNow": True or False, # Is this place open right now? Always present unless we lack time-of-day or timezone data for these opening hours. + "periods": [ # The periods that this place is open during the week. The periods are in chronological order, starting with Sunday in the place-local timezone. An empty (but not absent) value indicates a place that is never open, e.g. because it is closed temporarily for renovations. { # A period the place remains in open_now status. - "close": { # Status changing points. # Output only. The time that the place starts to be closed. - "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Output only. Date in the local timezone for the place. + "close": { # Status changing points. # The time that the place starts to be closed. + "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Date in the local timezone for the place. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. }, - "day": 42, # Output only. A day of the week, as an integer in the range 0-6. 0 is Sunday, 1 is Monday, etc. - "hour": 42, # Output only. The hour in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 23. - "minute": 42, # Output only. The minute in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 59. - "truncated": True or False, # Output only. Whether or not this endpoint was truncated. Truncation occurs when the real hours are outside the times we are willing to return hours between, so we truncate the hours back to these boundaries. This ensures that at most 24 * 7 hours from midnight of the day of the request are returned. + "day": 42, # A day of the week, as an integer in the range 0-6. 0 is Sunday, 1 is Monday, etc. + "hour": 42, # The hour in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 23. + "minute": 42, # The minute in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 59. + "truncated": True or False, # Whether or not this endpoint was truncated. Truncation occurs when the real hours are outside the times we are willing to return hours between, so we truncate the hours back to these boundaries. This ensures that at most 24 * 7 hours from midnight of the day of the request are returned. }, - "open": { # Status changing points. # Output only. The time that the place starts to be open. - "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Output only. Date in the local timezone for the place. + "open": { # Status changing points. # The time that the place starts to be open. + "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Date in the local timezone for the place. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. }, - "day": 42, # Output only. A day of the week, as an integer in the range 0-6. 0 is Sunday, 1 is Monday, etc. - "hour": 42, # Output only. The hour in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 23. - "minute": 42, # Output only. The minute in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 59. - "truncated": True or False, # Output only. Whether or not this endpoint was truncated. Truncation occurs when the real hours are outside the times we are willing to return hours between, so we truncate the hours back to these boundaries. This ensures that at most 24 * 7 hours from midnight of the day of the request are returned. + "day": 42, # A day of the week, as an integer in the range 0-6. 0 is Sunday, 1 is Monday, etc. + "hour": 42, # The hour in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 23. + "minute": 42, # The minute in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 59. + "truncated": True or False, # Whether or not this endpoint was truncated. Truncation occurs when the real hours are outside the times we are willing to return hours between, so we truncate the hours back to these boundaries. This ensures that at most 24 * 7 hours from midnight of the day of the request are returned. }, }, ], - "secondaryHoursType": "A String", # Output only. A type string used to identify the type of secondary hours. - "specialDays": [ # Output only. Structured information for special days that fall within the period that the returned opening hours cover. Special days are days that could impact the business hours of a place, e.g. Christmas day. Set for current_opening_hours and current_secondary_opening_hours if there are exceptional hours. + "secondaryHoursType": "A String", # A type string used to identify the type of secondary hours. + "specialDays": [ # Structured information for special days that fall within the period that the returned opening hours cover. Special days are days that could impact the business hours of a place, e.g. Christmas day. Set for current_opening_hours and current_secondary_opening_hours if there are exceptional hours. { # Structured information for special days that fall within the period that the returned opening hours cover. Special days are days that could impact the business hours of a place, e.g. Christmas day. - "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Output only. The date of this special day. + "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # The date of this special day. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. }, }, ], - "weekdayDescriptions": [ # Output only. Localized strings describing the opening hours of this place, one string for each day of the week. Will be empty if the hours are unknown or could not be converted to localized text. Example: "Sun: 18:00–06:00" + "weekdayDescriptions": [ # Localized strings describing the opening hours of this place, one string for each day of the week. Will be empty if the hours are unknown or could not be converted to localized text. Example: "Sun: 18:00–06:00" "A String", ], }, - "currentSecondaryOpeningHours": [ # Output only. Contains an array of entries for the next seven days including information about secondary hours of a business. Secondary hours are different from a business's main hours. For example, a restaurant can specify drive through hours or delivery hours as its secondary hours. This field populates the type subfield, which draws from a predefined list of opening hours types (such as DRIVE_THROUGH, PICKUP, or TAKEOUT) based on the types of the place. This field includes the special_days subfield of all hours, set for dates that have exceptional hours. + "currentSecondaryOpeningHours": [ # Contains an array of entries for the next seven days including information about secondary hours of a business. Secondary hours are different from a business's main hours. For example, a restaurant can specify drive through hours or delivery hours as its secondary hours. This field populates the type subfield, which draws from a predefined list of opening hours types (such as DRIVE_THROUGH, PICKUP, or TAKEOUT) based on the types of the place. This field includes the special_days subfield of all hours, set for dates that have exceptional hours. { # Information about business hour of the place. - "openNow": True or False, # Output only. Is this place open right now? Always present unless we lack time-of-day or timezone data for these opening hours. - "periods": [ # Output only. The periods that this place is open during the week. The periods are in chronological order, starting with Sunday in the place-local timezone. An empty (but not absent) value indicates a place that is never open, e.g. because it is closed temporarily for renovations. + "openNow": True or False, # Is this place open right now? Always present unless we lack time-of-day or timezone data for these opening hours. + "periods": [ # The periods that this place is open during the week. The periods are in chronological order, starting with Sunday in the place-local timezone. An empty (but not absent) value indicates a place that is never open, e.g. because it is closed temporarily for renovations. { # A period the place remains in open_now status. - "close": { # Status changing points. # Output only. The time that the place starts to be closed. - "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Output only. Date in the local timezone for the place. + "close": { # Status changing points. # The time that the place starts to be closed. + "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Date in the local timezone for the place. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. }, - "day": 42, # Output only. A day of the week, as an integer in the range 0-6. 0 is Sunday, 1 is Monday, etc. - "hour": 42, # Output only. The hour in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 23. - "minute": 42, # Output only. The minute in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 59. - "truncated": True or False, # Output only. Whether or not this endpoint was truncated. Truncation occurs when the real hours are outside the times we are willing to return hours between, so we truncate the hours back to these boundaries. This ensures that at most 24 * 7 hours from midnight of the day of the request are returned. + "day": 42, # A day of the week, as an integer in the range 0-6. 0 is Sunday, 1 is Monday, etc. + "hour": 42, # The hour in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 23. + "minute": 42, # The minute in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 59. + "truncated": True or False, # Whether or not this endpoint was truncated. Truncation occurs when the real hours are outside the times we are willing to return hours between, so we truncate the hours back to these boundaries. This ensures that at most 24 * 7 hours from midnight of the day of the request are returned. }, - "open": { # Status changing points. # Output only. The time that the place starts to be open. - "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Output only. Date in the local timezone for the place. + "open": { # Status changing points. # The time that the place starts to be open. + "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Date in the local timezone for the place. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. }, - "day": 42, # Output only. A day of the week, as an integer in the range 0-6. 0 is Sunday, 1 is Monday, etc. - "hour": 42, # Output only. The hour in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 23. - "minute": 42, # Output only. The minute in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 59. - "truncated": True or False, # Output only. Whether or not this endpoint was truncated. Truncation occurs when the real hours are outside the times we are willing to return hours between, so we truncate the hours back to these boundaries. This ensures that at most 24 * 7 hours from midnight of the day of the request are returned. + "day": 42, # A day of the week, as an integer in the range 0-6. 0 is Sunday, 1 is Monday, etc. + "hour": 42, # The hour in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 23. + "minute": 42, # The minute in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 59. + "truncated": True or False, # Whether or not this endpoint was truncated. Truncation occurs when the real hours are outside the times we are willing to return hours between, so we truncate the hours back to these boundaries. This ensures that at most 24 * 7 hours from midnight of the day of the request are returned. }, }, ], - "secondaryHoursType": "A String", # Output only. A type string used to identify the type of secondary hours. - "specialDays": [ # Output only. Structured information for special days that fall within the period that the returned opening hours cover. Special days are days that could impact the business hours of a place, e.g. Christmas day. Set for current_opening_hours and current_secondary_opening_hours if there are exceptional hours. + "secondaryHoursType": "A String", # A type string used to identify the type of secondary hours. + "specialDays": [ # Structured information for special days that fall within the period that the returned opening hours cover. Special days are days that could impact the business hours of a place, e.g. Christmas day. Set for current_opening_hours and current_secondary_opening_hours if there are exceptional hours. { # Structured information for special days that fall within the period that the returned opening hours cover. Special days are days that could impact the business hours of a place, e.g. Christmas day. - "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Output only. The date of this special day. + "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # The date of this special day. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. }, }, ], - "weekdayDescriptions": [ # Output only. Localized strings describing the opening hours of this place, one string for each day of the week. Will be empty if the hours are unknown or could not be converted to localized text. Example: "Sun: 18:00–06:00" + "weekdayDescriptions": [ # Localized strings describing the opening hours of this place, one string for each day of the week. Will be empty if the hours are unknown or could not be converted to localized text. Example: "Sun: 18:00–06:00" "A String", ], }, ], - "delivery": True or False, # Output only. Specifies if the business supports delivery. - "dineIn": True or False, # Output only. Specifies if the business supports indoor or outdoor seating options. - "displayName": { # Localized variant of a text in a particular language. # Output only. The localized name of the place, suitable as a short human-readable description. For example, "Google Sydney", "Starbucks", "Pyrmont", etc. + "delivery": True or False, # Specifies if the business supports delivery. + "dineIn": True or False, # Specifies if the business supports indoor or outdoor seating options. + "displayName": { # Localized variant of a text in a particular language. # The localized name of the place, suitable as a short human-readable description. For example, "Google Sydney", "Starbucks", "Pyrmont", etc. "languageCode": "A String", # The text's BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. - "text": "A String", # Localized string in the language corresponding to `language_code' below. + "text": "A String", # Localized string in the language corresponding to language_code below. }, - "editorialSummary": { # Localized variant of a text in a particular language. # Output only. Contains a summary of the place. A summary is comprised of a textual overview, and also includes the language code for these if applicable. Summary text must be presented as-is and can not be modified or altered. + "editorialSummary": { # Localized variant of a text in a particular language. # Contains a summary of the place. A summary is comprised of a textual overview, and also includes the language code for these if applicable. Summary text must be presented as-is and can not be modified or altered. "languageCode": "A String", # The text's BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. - "text": "A String", # Localized string in the language corresponding to `language_code' below. + "text": "A String", # Localized string in the language corresponding to language_code below. }, - "formattedAddress": "A String", # Output only. A full, human-readable address for this place. - "googleMapsUri": "A String", # Output only. A URL providing more information about this place. - "iconBackgroundColor": "A String", # Output only. Background color for icon_mask in hex format, e.g. #909CE1. - "iconMaskBaseUri": "A String", # Output only. A truncated URL to an v2 icon mask. User can access different icon type by appending type suffix to the end (eg, ".svg" or ".png"). - "id": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of a place. - "internationalPhoneNumber": "A String", # Output only. A human-readable phone number for the place, in international format. - "location": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # Output only. The position of this place. + "formattedAddress": "A String", # A full, human-readable address for this place. + "googleMapsUri": "A String", # A URL providing more information about this place. + "iconBackgroundColor": "A String", # Background color for icon_mask in hex format, e.g. #909CE1. + "iconMaskBaseUri": "A String", # A truncated URL to an v2 icon mask. User can access different icon type by appending type suffix to the end (eg, ".svg" or ".png"). + "id": "A String", # The unique identifier of a place. + "internationalPhoneNumber": "A String", # A human-readable phone number for the place, in international format. + "location": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # The position of this place. "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, - "name": "A String", # Output only. An ID representing this place which may be used to look up this place again (a.k.a. the API "resource" name: places/). - "nationalPhoneNumber": "A String", # Output only. A human-readable phone number for the place, in national format. - "plusCode": { # Plus code (http://plus.codes) is a location reference with two formats: global code defining a 14mx14m (1/8000th of a degree) or smaller rectangle, and compound code, replacing the prefix with a reference location. # Output only. Plus code of the place location lat/long. - "compoundCode": "A String", # Output only. Place's compound code, such as "33GV+HQ, Ramberg, Norway", containing the suffix of the global code and replacing the prefix with a formatted name of a reference entity. - "globalCode": "A String", # Output only. Place's global (full) code, such as "9FWM33GV+HQ", representing an 1/8000 by 1/8000 degree area (~14 by 14 meters). + "name": "A String", # An ID representing this place which may be used to look up this place again (a.k.a. the API "resource" name: places/place_id). + "nationalPhoneNumber": "A String", # A human-readable phone number for the place, in national format. + "plusCode": { # Plus code (http://plus.codes) is a location reference with two formats: global code defining a 14mx14m (1/8000th of a degree) or smaller rectangle, and compound code, replacing the prefix with a reference location. # Plus code of the place location lat/long. + "compoundCode": "A String", # Place's compound code, such as "33GV+HQ, Ramberg, Norway", containing the suffix of the global code and replacing the prefix with a formatted name of a reference entity. + "globalCode": "A String", # Place's global (full) code, such as "9FWM33GV+HQ", representing an 1/8000 by 1/8000 degree area (~14 by 14 meters). }, - "priceLevel": "A String", # Output only. Price level of the place. - "rating": 3.14, # Output only. A rating between 1.0 and 5.0, based on user reviews of this place. - "regularOpeningHours": { # Information about business hour of the place. # Output only. The regular hours of operation. - "openNow": True or False, # Output only. Is this place open right now? Always present unless we lack time-of-day or timezone data for these opening hours. - "periods": [ # Output only. The periods that this place is open during the week. The periods are in chronological order, starting with Sunday in the place-local timezone. An empty (but not absent) value indicates a place that is never open, e.g. because it is closed temporarily for renovations. + "priceLevel": "A String", # Price level of the place. + "rating": 3.14, # A rating between 1.0 and 5.0, based on user reviews of this place. + "regularOpeningHours": { # Information about business hour of the place. # The regular hours of operation. + "openNow": True or False, # Is this place open right now? Always present unless we lack time-of-day or timezone data for these opening hours. + "periods": [ # The periods that this place is open during the week. The periods are in chronological order, starting with Sunday in the place-local timezone. An empty (but not absent) value indicates a place that is never open, e.g. because it is closed temporarily for renovations. { # A period the place remains in open_now status. - "close": { # Status changing points. # Output only. The time that the place starts to be closed. - "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Output only. Date in the local timezone for the place. + "close": { # Status changing points. # The time that the place starts to be closed. + "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Date in the local timezone for the place. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. }, - "day": 42, # Output only. A day of the week, as an integer in the range 0-6. 0 is Sunday, 1 is Monday, etc. - "hour": 42, # Output only. The hour in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 23. - "minute": 42, # Output only. The minute in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 59. - "truncated": True or False, # Output only. Whether or not this endpoint was truncated. Truncation occurs when the real hours are outside the times we are willing to return hours between, so we truncate the hours back to these boundaries. This ensures that at most 24 * 7 hours from midnight of the day of the request are returned. + "day": 42, # A day of the week, as an integer in the range 0-6. 0 is Sunday, 1 is Monday, etc. + "hour": 42, # The hour in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 23. + "minute": 42, # The minute in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 59. + "truncated": True or False, # Whether or not this endpoint was truncated. Truncation occurs when the real hours are outside the times we are willing to return hours between, so we truncate the hours back to these boundaries. This ensures that at most 24 * 7 hours from midnight of the day of the request are returned. }, - "open": { # Status changing points. # Output only. The time that the place starts to be open. - "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Output only. Date in the local timezone for the place. + "open": { # Status changing points. # The time that the place starts to be open. + "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Date in the local timezone for the place. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. }, - "day": 42, # Output only. A day of the week, as an integer in the range 0-6. 0 is Sunday, 1 is Monday, etc. - "hour": 42, # Output only. The hour in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 23. - "minute": 42, # Output only. The minute in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 59. - "truncated": True or False, # Output only. Whether or not this endpoint was truncated. Truncation occurs when the real hours are outside the times we are willing to return hours between, so we truncate the hours back to these boundaries. This ensures that at most 24 * 7 hours from midnight of the day of the request are returned. + "day": 42, # A day of the week, as an integer in the range 0-6. 0 is Sunday, 1 is Monday, etc. + "hour": 42, # The hour in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 23. + "minute": 42, # The minute in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 59. + "truncated": True or False, # Whether or not this endpoint was truncated. Truncation occurs when the real hours are outside the times we are willing to return hours between, so we truncate the hours back to these boundaries. This ensures that at most 24 * 7 hours from midnight of the day of the request are returned. }, }, ], - "secondaryHoursType": "A String", # Output only. A type string used to identify the type of secondary hours. - "specialDays": [ # Output only. Structured information for special days that fall within the period that the returned opening hours cover. Special days are days that could impact the business hours of a place, e.g. Christmas day. Set for current_opening_hours and current_secondary_opening_hours if there are exceptional hours. + "secondaryHoursType": "A String", # A type string used to identify the type of secondary hours. + "specialDays": [ # Structured information for special days that fall within the period that the returned opening hours cover. Special days are days that could impact the business hours of a place, e.g. Christmas day. Set for current_opening_hours and current_secondary_opening_hours if there are exceptional hours. { # Structured information for special days that fall within the period that the returned opening hours cover. Special days are days that could impact the business hours of a place, e.g. Christmas day. - "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Output only. The date of this special day. + "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # The date of this special day. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. }, }, ], - "weekdayDescriptions": [ # Output only. Localized strings describing the opening hours of this place, one string for each day of the week. Will be empty if the hours are unknown or could not be converted to localized text. Example: "Sun: 18:00–06:00" + "weekdayDescriptions": [ # Localized strings describing the opening hours of this place, one string for each day of the week. Will be empty if the hours are unknown or could not be converted to localized text. Example: "Sun: 18:00–06:00" "A String", ], }, - "regularSecondaryOpeningHours": [ # Output only. Contains an array of entries for information about regular secondary hours of a business. Secondary hours are different from a business's main hours. For example, a restaurant can specify drive through hours or delivery hours as its secondary hours. This field populates the type subfield, which draws from a predefined list of opening hours types (such as DRIVE_THROUGH, PICKUP, or TAKEOUT) based on the types of the place. + "regularSecondaryOpeningHours": [ # Contains an array of entries for information about regular secondary hours of a business. Secondary hours are different from a business's main hours. For example, a restaurant can specify drive through hours or delivery hours as its secondary hours. This field populates the type subfield, which draws from a predefined list of opening hours types (such as DRIVE_THROUGH, PICKUP, or TAKEOUT) based on the types of the place. { # Information about business hour of the place. - "openNow": True or False, # Output only. Is this place open right now? Always present unless we lack time-of-day or timezone data for these opening hours. - "periods": [ # Output only. The periods that this place is open during the week. The periods are in chronological order, starting with Sunday in the place-local timezone. An empty (but not absent) value indicates a place that is never open, e.g. because it is closed temporarily for renovations. + "openNow": True or False, # Is this place open right now? Always present unless we lack time-of-day or timezone data for these opening hours. + "periods": [ # The periods that this place is open during the week. The periods are in chronological order, starting with Sunday in the place-local timezone. An empty (but not absent) value indicates a place that is never open, e.g. because it is closed temporarily for renovations. { # A period the place remains in open_now status. - "close": { # Status changing points. # Output only. The time that the place starts to be closed. - "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Output only. Date in the local timezone for the place. + "close": { # Status changing points. # The time that the place starts to be closed. + "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Date in the local timezone for the place. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. }, - "day": 42, # Output only. A day of the week, as an integer in the range 0-6. 0 is Sunday, 1 is Monday, etc. - "hour": 42, # Output only. The hour in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 23. - "minute": 42, # Output only. The minute in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 59. - "truncated": True or False, # Output only. Whether or not this endpoint was truncated. Truncation occurs when the real hours are outside the times we are willing to return hours between, so we truncate the hours back to these boundaries. This ensures that at most 24 * 7 hours from midnight of the day of the request are returned. + "day": 42, # A day of the week, as an integer in the range 0-6. 0 is Sunday, 1 is Monday, etc. + "hour": 42, # The hour in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 23. + "minute": 42, # The minute in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 59. + "truncated": True or False, # Whether or not this endpoint was truncated. Truncation occurs when the real hours are outside the times we are willing to return hours between, so we truncate the hours back to these boundaries. This ensures that at most 24 * 7 hours from midnight of the day of the request are returned. }, - "open": { # Status changing points. # Output only. The time that the place starts to be open. - "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Output only. Date in the local timezone for the place. + "open": { # Status changing points. # The time that the place starts to be open. + "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Date in the local timezone for the place. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. }, - "day": 42, # Output only. A day of the week, as an integer in the range 0-6. 0 is Sunday, 1 is Monday, etc. - "hour": 42, # Output only. The hour in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 23. - "minute": 42, # Output only. The minute in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 59. - "truncated": True or False, # Output only. Whether or not this endpoint was truncated. Truncation occurs when the real hours are outside the times we are willing to return hours between, so we truncate the hours back to these boundaries. This ensures that at most 24 * 7 hours from midnight of the day of the request are returned. + "day": 42, # A day of the week, as an integer in the range 0-6. 0 is Sunday, 1 is Monday, etc. + "hour": 42, # The hour in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 23. + "minute": 42, # The minute in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 59. + "truncated": True or False, # Whether or not this endpoint was truncated. Truncation occurs when the real hours are outside the times we are willing to return hours between, so we truncate the hours back to these boundaries. This ensures that at most 24 * 7 hours from midnight of the day of the request are returned. }, }, ], - "secondaryHoursType": "A String", # Output only. A type string used to identify the type of secondary hours. - "specialDays": [ # Output only. Structured information for special days that fall within the period that the returned opening hours cover. Special days are days that could impact the business hours of a place, e.g. Christmas day. Set for current_opening_hours and current_secondary_opening_hours if there are exceptional hours. + "secondaryHoursType": "A String", # A type string used to identify the type of secondary hours. + "specialDays": [ # Structured information for special days that fall within the period that the returned opening hours cover. Special days are days that could impact the business hours of a place, e.g. Christmas day. Set for current_opening_hours and current_secondary_opening_hours if there are exceptional hours. { # Structured information for special days that fall within the period that the returned opening hours cover. Special days are days that could impact the business hours of a place, e.g. Christmas day. - "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Output only. The date of this special day. + "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # The date of this special day. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. }, }, ], - "weekdayDescriptions": [ # Output only. Localized strings describing the opening hours of this place, one string for each day of the week. Will be empty if the hours are unknown or could not be converted to localized text. Example: "Sun: 18:00–06:00" + "weekdayDescriptions": [ # Localized strings describing the opening hours of this place, one string for each day of the week. Will be empty if the hours are unknown or could not be converted to localized text. Example: "Sun: 18:00–06:00" "A String", ], }, ], - "reservable": True or False, # Output only. Specifies if the place supports reservations. - "reviews": [ # Output only. List of reviews about this place. + "reservable": True or False, # Specifies if the place supports reservations. + "reviews": [ # List of reviews about this place. { # Information about a review of a place. "authorAttribution": { # Information about the author of the UGC data. Used in Photo, and Review. # Output only. This review's author. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Name of the author of the Photo or Review. @@ -383,31 +383,31 @@

Method Details

}, "originalText": { # Localized variant of a text in a particular language. # Output only. The review text in its original language. "languageCode": "A String", # The text's BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. - "text": "A String", # Localized string in the language corresponding to `language_code' below. + "text": "A String", # Localized string in the language corresponding to language_code below. }, "publishTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp for the review. "rating": 3.14, # Output only. A number between 1.0 and 5.0, a.k.a. the number of stars. "relativePublishTimeDescription": "A String", # Output only. A string of formatted recent time, expressing the review time relative to the current time in a form appropriate for the language and country. "text": { # Localized variant of a text in a particular language. # Output only. The localized text of the review. "languageCode": "A String", # The text's BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. - "text": "A String", # Localized string in the language corresponding to `language_code' below. + "text": "A String", # Localized string in the language corresponding to language_code below. }, }, ], - "servesBeer": True or False, # Output only. Specifies if the place serves beer. - "servesBreakfast": True or False, # Output only. Specifies if the place serves breakfast. - "servesBrunch": True or False, # Output only. Specifies if the place serves brunch. - "servesDinner": True or False, # Output only. Specifies if the place serves dinner. - "servesLunch": True or False, # Output only. Specifies if the place serves lunch. - "servesVegetarianFood": True or False, # Output only. Specifies if the place serves vegetarian food. - "servesWine": True or False, # Output only. Specifies if the place serves wine. - "takeout": True or False, # Output only. Specifies if the business supports takeout. - "types": [ # Output only. A set of type tags for this result. For example, "political" and "locality". + "servesBeer": True or False, # Specifies if the place serves beer. + "servesBreakfast": True or False, # Specifies if the place serves breakfast. + "servesBrunch": True or False, # Specifies if the place serves brunch. + "servesDinner": True or False, # Specifies if the place serves dinner. + "servesLunch": True or False, # Specifies if the place serves lunch. + "servesVegetarianFood": True or False, # Specifies if the place serves vegetarian food. + "servesWine": True or False, # Specifies if the place serves wine. + "takeout": True or False, # Specifies if the business supports takeout. + "types": [ # A set of type tags for this result. For example, "political" and "locality". See: https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/places/web-service/place-types "A String", ], - "userRatingCount": 42, # Output only. The total number of reviews (with or without text) for this place. - "utcOffsetMinutes": 42, # Output only. Number of minutes this place's timezone is currently offset from UTC. This is expressed in minutes to support timezones that are offset by fractions of an hour, e.g. X hours and 15 minutes. - "viewport": { # A latitude-longitude viewport, represented as two diagonally opposite `low` and `high` points. A viewport is considered a closed region, i.e. it includes its boundary. The latitude bounds must range between -90 to 90 degrees inclusive, and the longitude bounds must range between -180 to 180 degrees inclusive. Various cases include: - If `low` = `high`, the viewport consists of that single point. - If `low.longitude` > `high.longitude`, the longitude range is inverted (the viewport crosses the 180 degree longitude line). - If `low.longitude` = -180 degrees and `high.longitude` = 180 degrees, the viewport includes all longitudes. - If `low.longitude` = 180 degrees and `high.longitude` = -180 degrees, the longitude range is empty. - If `low.latitude` > `high.latitude`, the latitude range is empty. Both `low` and `high` must be populated, and the represented box cannot be empty (as specified by the definitions above). An empty viewport will result in an error. For example, this viewport fully encloses New York City: { "low": { "latitude": 40.477398, "longitude": -74.259087 }, "high": { "latitude": 40.91618, "longitude": -73.70018 } } # Output only. A viewport suitable for displaying the place on an average-sized map. + "userRatingCount": 42, # The total number of reviews (with or without text) for this place. + "utcOffsetMinutes": 42, # Number of minutes this place's timezone is currently offset from UTC. This is expressed in minutes to support timezones that are offset by fractions of an hour, e.g. X hours and 15 minutes. + "viewport": { # A latitude-longitude viewport, represented as two diagonally opposite `low` and `high` points. A viewport is considered a closed region, i.e. it includes its boundary. The latitude bounds must range between -90 to 90 degrees inclusive, and the longitude bounds must range between -180 to 180 degrees inclusive. Various cases include: - If `low` = `high`, the viewport consists of that single point. - If `low.longitude` > `high.longitude`, the longitude range is inverted (the viewport crosses the 180 degree longitude line). - If `low.longitude` = -180 degrees and `high.longitude` = 180 degrees, the viewport includes all longitudes. - If `low.longitude` = 180 degrees and `high.longitude` = -180 degrees, the longitude range is empty. - If `low.latitude` > `high.latitude`, the latitude range is empty. Both `low` and `high` must be populated, and the represented box cannot be empty (as specified by the definitions above). An empty viewport will result in an error. For example, this viewport fully encloses New York City: { "low": { "latitude": 40.477398, "longitude": -74.259087 }, "high": { "latitude": 40.91618, "longitude": -73.70018 } } # A viewport suitable for displaying the place on an average-sized map. "high": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # Required. The high point of the viewport. "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. @@ -417,7 +417,7 @@

Method Details

"longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, }, - "websiteUri": "A String", # Output only. The authoritative website for this place, e.g. a business' homepage. Note that for places that are part of a chain (e.g. an IKEA store), this will usually be the website for the individual store, not the overall chain. + "websiteUri": "A String", # The authoritative website for this place, e.g. a business' homepage. Note that for places that are part of a chain (e.g. an IKEA store), this will usually be the website for the individual store, not the overall chain. }, ], }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/playintegrity_v1.v1.html b/docs/dyn/playintegrity_v1.v1.html index aed3b9023f7..69af3e4a7f6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/playintegrity_v1.v1.html +++ b/docs/dyn/playintegrity_v1.v1.html @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

"guidanceDetails": { # Contains guidance details about the Integrity API response, providing additional context to the integrity verdicts. # Additional guidance related to the integrity API response. "userRemediationDetails": [ # This shows when there is an issue with at least one of the integrity verdicts, which can be remedied by the user and provides additional details. { # Contains details of remediation guidance that the user can perform. - "remediation": "A String", # Description of the user remediation action. Required. + "remediation": "A String", # Description of the user remediation action. }, ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/recaptchaenterprise_v1.projects.assessments.html b/docs/dyn/recaptchaenterprise_v1.projects.assessments.html index 15ae48518be..a718a3568b6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/recaptchaenterprise_v1.projects.assessments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/recaptchaenterprise_v1.projects.assessments.html @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@

Method Details

{ # The request message to annotate an Assessment. "annotation": "A String", # Optional. The annotation that will be assigned to the Event. This field can be left empty to provide reasons that apply to an event without concluding whether the event is legitimate or fraudulent. "hashedAccountId": "A String", # Optional. Unique stable hashed user identifier to apply to the assessment. This is an alternative to setting the hashed_account_id in CreateAssessment, for example when the account identifier is not yet known in the initial request. It is recommended that the identifier is hashed using hmac-sha256 with stable secret. - "reasons": [ # Optional. Optional reasons for the annotation that will be assigned to the Event. + "reasons": [ # Optional. Reasons for the annotation that are assigned to the event. "A String", ], "transactionEvent": { # Describes an event in the lifecycle of a payment transaction. # Optional. If the assessment is part of a payment transaction, provide details on payment lifecycle events that occur in the transaction. diff --git a/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html index c6decbcdb41..2771d11777a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html @@ -301,6 +301,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Unique name of the resource in this scope including project, location and cluster using the form: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}/certificateAuthority` }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html index a8ff4754a8e..e91c9ed5d02 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html @@ -301,6 +301,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Unique name of the resource in this scope including project, location and cluster using the form: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}/certificateAuthority` } diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.html index 228f39ea950..858ea06e05d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.html +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.html @@ -89,6 +89,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the findings Resource.

+

+ locations() +

+

Returns the locations Resource.

+

muteConfigs()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.locations.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.locations.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c19012b3479 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.locations.html @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ + + + +

Security Command Center API . folders . locations

+

Instance Methods

+

+ muteConfigs() +

+

Returns the muteConfigs Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.locations.muteConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.locations.muteConfigs.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fece5013fe7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.locations.muteConfigs.html @@ -0,0 +1,177 @@ + + + +

Security Command Center API . folders . locations . muteConfigs

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes an existing mute config.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets a mute config.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates a mute config.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes an existing mute config.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the mute config to delete. Its format is organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}, or projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets a mute config.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the mute config to retrieve. Its format is organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}, or projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A mute config is a Cloud SCC resource that contains the configuration to mute create/update events of findings.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the mute config was created. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation.
+  "description": "A String", # A description of the mute config.
+  "displayName": "A String", # The human readable name to be displayed for the mute config.
+  "filter": "A String", # Required. An expression that defines the filter to apply across create/update events of findings. While creating a filter string, be mindful of the scope in which the mute configuration is being created. E.g., If a filter contains project = X but is created under the project = Y scope, it might not match any findings. The following field and operator combinations are supported: * severity: `=`, `:` * category: `=`, `:` * resource.name: `=`, `:` * resource.project_name: `=`, `:` * resource.project_display_name: `=`, `:` * resource.folders.resource_folder: `=`, `:` * resource.parent_name: `=`, `:` * resource.parent_display_name: `=`, `:` * resource.type: `=`, `:` * finding_class: `=`, `:` * indicator.ip_addresses: `=`, `:` * indicator.domains: `=`, `:`
+  "mostRecentEditor": "A String", # Output only. Email address of the user who last edited the mute config. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation or update.
+  "name": "A String", # This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format "organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}"
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time at which the mute config was updated. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation or update.
+}
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates a mute config.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format "organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A mute config is a Cloud SCC resource that contains the configuration to mute create/update events of findings.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the mute config was created. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation.
+  "description": "A String", # A description of the mute config.
+  "displayName": "A String", # The human readable name to be displayed for the mute config.
+  "filter": "A String", # Required. An expression that defines the filter to apply across create/update events of findings. While creating a filter string, be mindful of the scope in which the mute configuration is being created. E.g., If a filter contains project = X but is created under the project = Y scope, it might not match any findings. The following field and operator combinations are supported: * severity: `=`, `:` * category: `=`, `:` * resource.name: `=`, `:` * resource.project_name: `=`, `:` * resource.project_display_name: `=`, `:` * resource.folders.resource_folder: `=`, `:` * resource.parent_name: `=`, `:` * resource.parent_display_name: `=`, `:` * resource.type: `=`, `:` * finding_class: `=`, `:` * indicator.ip_addresses: `=`, `:` * indicator.domains: `=`, `:`
+  "mostRecentEditor": "A String", # Output only. Email address of the user who last edited the mute config. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation or update.
+  "name": "A String", # This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format "organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}"
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time at which the mute config was updated. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation or update.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, The list of fields to be updated. If empty all mutable fields will be updated.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A mute config is a Cloud SCC resource that contains the configuration to mute create/update events of findings.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the mute config was created. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation.
+  "description": "A String", # A description of the mute config.
+  "displayName": "A String", # The human readable name to be displayed for the mute config.
+  "filter": "A String", # Required. An expression that defines the filter to apply across create/update events of findings. While creating a filter string, be mindful of the scope in which the mute configuration is being created. E.g., If a filter contains project = X but is created under the project = Y scope, it might not match any findings. The following field and operator combinations are supported: * severity: `=`, `:` * category: `=`, `:` * resource.name: `=`, `:` * resource.project_name: `=`, `:` * resource.project_display_name: `=`, `:` * resource.folders.resource_folder: `=`, `:` * resource.parent_name: `=`, `:` * resource.parent_display_name: `=`, `:` * resource.type: `=`, `:` * finding_class: `=`, `:` * indicator.ip_addresses: `=`, `:` * indicator.domains: `=`, `:`
+  "mostRecentEditor": "A String", # Output only. Email address of the user who last edited the mute config. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation or update.
+  "name": "A String", # This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format "organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}"
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time at which the mute config was updated. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation or update.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.muteConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.muteConfigs.html index 8b02397ef68..11f653d1393 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.muteConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.muteConfigs.html @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # The human readable name to be displayed for the mute config. "filter": "A String", # Required. An expression that defines the filter to apply across create/update events of findings. While creating a filter string, be mindful of the scope in which the mute configuration is being created. E.g., If a filter contains project = X but is created under the project = Y scope, it might not match any findings. The following field and operator combinations are supported: * severity: `=`, `:` * category: `=`, `:` * resource.name: `=`, `:` * resource.project_name: `=`, `:` * resource.project_display_name: `=`, `:` * resource.folders.resource_folder: `=`, `:` * resource.parent_name: `=`, `:` * resource.parent_display_name: `=`, `:` * resource.type: `=`, `:` * finding_class: `=`, `:` * indicator.ip_addresses: `=`, `:` * indicator.domains: `=`, `:` "mostRecentEditor": "A String", # Output only. Email address of the user who last edited the mute config. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation or update. - "name": "A String", # This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format "organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" + "name": "A String", # This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format "organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time at which the mute config was updated. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation or update. } @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # The human readable name to be displayed for the mute config. "filter": "A String", # Required. An expression that defines the filter to apply across create/update events of findings. While creating a filter string, be mindful of the scope in which the mute configuration is being created. E.g., If a filter contains project = X but is created under the project = Y scope, it might not match any findings. The following field and operator combinations are supported: * severity: `=`, `:` * category: `=`, `:` * resource.name: `=`, `:` * resource.project_name: `=`, `:` * resource.project_display_name: `=`, `:` * resource.folders.resource_folder: `=`, `:` * resource.parent_name: `=`, `:` * resource.parent_display_name: `=`, `:` * resource.type: `=`, `:` * finding_class: `=`, `:` * indicator.ip_addresses: `=`, `:` * indicator.domains: `=`, `:` "mostRecentEditor": "A String", # Output only. Email address of the user who last edited the mute config. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation or update. - "name": "A String", # This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format "organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" + "name": "A String", # This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format "organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time at which the mute config was updated. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation or update. } @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@

Method Details

Deletes an existing mute config.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Name of the mute config to delete. Its format is organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, or projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{config_id} (required)
+  name: string, Required. Name of the mute config to delete. Its format is organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}, or projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ 

Method Details

Gets a mute config.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Name of the mute config to retrieve. Its format is organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, or projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{config_id} (required)
+  name: string, Required. Name of the mute config to retrieve. Its format is organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}, or projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ 

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # The human readable name to be displayed for the mute config. "filter": "A String", # Required. An expression that defines the filter to apply across create/update events of findings. While creating a filter string, be mindful of the scope in which the mute configuration is being created. E.g., If a filter contains project = X but is created under the project = Y scope, it might not match any findings. The following field and operator combinations are supported: * severity: `=`, `:` * category: `=`, `:` * resource.name: `=`, `:` * resource.project_name: `=`, `:` * resource.project_display_name: `=`, `:` * resource.folders.resource_folder: `=`, `:` * resource.parent_name: `=`, `:` * resource.parent_display_name: `=`, `:` * resource.type: `=`, `:` * finding_class: `=`, `:` * indicator.ip_addresses: `=`, `:` * indicator.domains: `=`, `:` "mostRecentEditor": "A String", # Output only. Email address of the user who last edited the mute config. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation or update. - "name": "A String", # This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format "organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" + "name": "A String", # This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format "organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time at which the mute config was updated. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation or update. }
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # The human readable name to be displayed for the mute config. "filter": "A String", # Required. An expression that defines the filter to apply across create/update events of findings. While creating a filter string, be mindful of the scope in which the mute configuration is being created. E.g., If a filter contains project = X but is created under the project = Y scope, it might not match any findings. The following field and operator combinations are supported: * severity: `=`, `:` * category: `=`, `:` * resource.name: `=`, `:` * resource.project_name: `=`, `:` * resource.project_display_name: `=`, `:` * resource.folders.resource_folder: `=`, `:` * resource.parent_name: `=`, `:` * resource.parent_display_name: `=`, `:` * resource.type: `=`, `:` * finding_class: `=`, `:` * indicator.ip_addresses: `=`, `:` * indicator.domains: `=`, `:` "mostRecentEditor": "A String", # Output only. Email address of the user who last edited the mute config. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation or update. - "name": "A String", # This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format "organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" + "name": "A String", # This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format "organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time at which the mute config was updated. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation or update. }, ], @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@

Method Details

Updates a mute config.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format "organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" (required)
+  name: string, This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format "organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ 

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # The human readable name to be displayed for the mute config. "filter": "A String", # Required. An expression that defines the filter to apply across create/update events of findings. While creating a filter string, be mindful of the scope in which the mute configuration is being created. E.g., If a filter contains project = X but is created under the project = Y scope, it might not match any findings. The following field and operator combinations are supported: * severity: `=`, `:` * category: `=`, `:` * resource.name: `=`, `:` * resource.project_name: `=`, `:` * resource.project_display_name: `=`, `:` * resource.folders.resource_folder: `=`, `:` * resource.parent_name: `=`, `:` * resource.parent_display_name: `=`, `:` * resource.type: `=`, `:` * finding_class: `=`, `:` * indicator.ip_addresses: `=`, `:` * indicator.domains: `=`, `:` "mostRecentEditor": "A String", # Output only. Email address of the user who last edited the mute config. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation or update. - "name": "A String", # This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format "organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" + "name": "A String", # This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format "organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time at which the mute config was updated. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation or update. } @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # The human readable name to be displayed for the mute config. "filter": "A String", # Required. An expression that defines the filter to apply across create/update events of findings. While creating a filter string, be mindful of the scope in which the mute configuration is being created. E.g., If a filter contains project = X but is created under the project = Y scope, it might not match any findings. The following field and operator combinations are supported: * severity: `=`, `:` * category: `=`, `:` * resource.name: `=`, `:` * resource.project_name: `=`, `:` * resource.project_display_name: `=`, `:` * resource.folders.resource_folder: `=`, `:` * resource.parent_name: `=`, `:` * resource.parent_display_name: `=`, `:` * resource.type: `=`, `:` * finding_class: `=`, `:` * indicator.ip_addresses: `=`, `:` * indicator.domains: `=`, `:` "mostRecentEditor": "A String", # Output only. Email address of the user who last edited the mute config. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation or update. - "name": "A String", # This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format "organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" + "name": "A String", # This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format "organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time at which the mute config was updated. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation or update. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html index be9e5a4363d..71217959783 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html @@ -101,6 +101,9 @@

Instance Methods

patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates the SecurityHealthAnalyticsCustomModule under the given name based on the given update mask. Updating the enablement state is supported on both resident and inherited modules (though resident modules cannot have an enablement state of "inherited"). Updating the display name and custom config of a module is supported on resident modules only.

+

+ simulate(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Simulates a given SecurityHealthAnalyticsCustomModule and Resource.

Method Details

close() @@ -515,4 +518,496 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ simulate(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Simulates a given SecurityHealthAnalyticsCustomModule and Resource.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The relative resource name of the organization, project, or folder. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name An example is: "organizations/{organization_id}". (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message to simulate a CustomConfig against a given test resource. Maximum size of the request is 4 MB by default.
+  "customConfig": { # Defines the properties in a custom module configuration for Security Health Analytics. Use the custom module configuration to create custom detectors that generate custom findings for resources that you specify. # Required. The user specified custom configuration to test.
+    "customOutput": { # A set of optional name-value pairs that define custom source properties to return with each finding that is generated by the custom module. The custom source properties that are defined here are included in the finding JSON under `sourceProperties`. # Custom output properties.
+      "properties": [ # A list of custom output properties to add to the finding.
+        { # An individual name-value pair that defines a custom source property.
+          "name": "A String", # Name of the property for the custom output.
+          "valueExpression": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The CEL expression for the custom output. A resource property can be specified to return the value of the property or a text string enclosed in quotation marks.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+            "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+            "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+            "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "description": "A String", # Text that describes the vulnerability or misconfiguration that the custom module detects. This explanation is returned with each finding instance to help investigators understand the detected issue. The text must be enclosed in quotation marks.
+    "predicate": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The CEL expression to evaluate to produce findings. When the expression evaluates to true against a resource, a finding is generated.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+      "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+      "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+      "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+    },
+    "recommendation": "A String", # An explanation of the recommended steps that security teams can take to resolve the detected issue. This explanation is returned with each finding generated by this module in the `nextSteps` property of the finding JSON.
+    "resourceSelector": { # Resource for selecting resource type. # The resource types that the custom module operates on. Each custom module can specify up to 5 resource types.
+      "resourceTypes": [ # The resource types to run the detector on.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "severity": "A String", # The severity to assign to findings generated by the module.
+  },
+  "resource": { # Manually constructed resource. If the custom module only evaluates against the resource data, the iam_policy_data field can be omitted, and vice versa. # Required. Resource data to simulate custom module against.
+    "iamPolicyData": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # Optional. A representation of the IAM policy.
+      "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+        { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+          "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+            { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+              "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+            },
+          ],
+          "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+        },
+      ],
+      "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+        { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+          "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+            "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+            "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+            "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+          },
+          "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+        },
+      ],
+      "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+      "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+    },
+    "resourceData": { # Optional. A representation of the GCP resource. Should match the GCP resource JSON format.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+    "resourceType": "A String", # Required. The type of the resource, e.g. `compute.googleapis.com/Disk`.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for simulating a SecurityHealthAnalyticsCustomModule against a given resource.
+  "result": { # Possible test result. # Result for test case in the corresponding request.
+    "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Error encountered during the test.
+      "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+      "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+        {
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+    },
+    "finding": { # Security Command Center finding. A finding is a record of assessment data like security, risk, health, or privacy, that is ingested into Security Command Center for presentation, notification, analysis, policy testing, and enforcement. For example, a cross-site scripting (XSS) vulnerability in an App Engine application is a finding. # Finding that would be published for the test case, if a violation is detected.
+      "access": { # Represents an access event. # Access details associated with the finding, such as more information on the caller, which method was accessed, and from where.
+        "callerIp": "A String", # Caller's IP address, such as "1.1.1.1".
+        "callerIpGeo": { # Represents a geographical location for a given access. # The caller IP's geolocation, which identifies where the call came from.
+          "regionCode": "A String", # A CLDR.
+        },
+        "methodName": "A String", # The method that the service account called, e.g. "SetIamPolicy".
+        "principalEmail": "A String", # Associated email, such as "foo@google.com". The email address of the authenticated user or a service account acting on behalf of a third party principal making the request. For third party identity callers, the `principal_subject` field is populated instead of this field. For privacy reasons, the principal email address is sometimes redacted. For more information, see [Caller identities in audit logs](https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/audit#user-id).
+        "principalSubject": "A String", # A string that represents the principal_subject that is associated with the identity. Unlike `principal_email`, `principal_subject` supports principals that aren't associated with email addresses, such as third party principals. For most identities, the format is `principal://iam.googleapis.com/{identity pool name}/subject/{subject}`. Some GKE identities, such as GKE_WORKLOAD, FREEFORM, and GKE_HUB_WORKLOAD, still use the legacy format `serviceAccount:{identity pool name}[{subject}]`.
+        "serviceAccountDelegationInfo": [ # The identity delegation history of an authenticated service account that made the request. The `serviceAccountDelegationInfo[]` object contains information about the real authorities that try to access Google Cloud resources by delegating on a service account. When multiple authorities are present, they are guaranteed to be sorted based on the original ordering of the identity delegation events.
+          { # Identity delegation history of an authenticated service account.
+            "principalEmail": "A String", # The email address of a Google account.
+            "principalSubject": "A String", # A string representing the principal_subject associated with the identity. As compared to `principal_email`, supports principals that aren't associated with email addresses, such as third party principals. For most identities, the format will be `principal://iam.googleapis.com/{identity pool name}/subjects/{subject}` except for some GKE identities (GKE_WORKLOAD, FREEFORM, GKE_HUB_WORKLOAD) that are still in the legacy format `serviceAccount:{identity pool name}[{subject}]`
+          },
+        ],
+        "serviceAccountKeyName": "A String", # The name of the service account key that was used to create or exchange credentials when authenticating the service account that made the request. This is a scheme-less URI full resource name. For example: "//iam.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT}/keys/{key}".
+        "serviceName": "A String", # This is the API service that the service account made a call to, e.g. "iam.googleapis.com"
+        "userAgent": "A String", # The caller's user agent string associated with the finding.
+        "userAgentFamily": "A String", # Type of user agent associated with the finding. For example, an operating system shell or an embedded or standalone application.
+        "userName": "A String", # A string that represents a username. The username provided depends on the type of the finding and is likely not an IAM principal. For example, this can be a system username if the finding is related to a virtual machine, or it can be an application login username.
+      },
+      "attackExposure": { # An attack exposure contains the results of an attack path simulation run. # The results of an attack path simulation relevant to this finding.
+        "attackExposureResult": "A String", # The resource name of the attack path simulation result that contains the details regarding this attack exposure score. Example: organizations/123/attackExposureResults/456
+        "exposedHighValueResourcesCount": 42, # The number of high value resources that are exposed as a result of this finding.
+        "exposedLowValueResourcesCount": 42, # The number of high value resources that are exposed as a result of this finding.
+        "exposedMediumValueResourcesCount": 42, # The number of medium value resources that are exposed as a result of this finding.
+        "latestCalculationTime": "A String", # The most recent time the attack exposure was updated on this finding.
+        "score": 3.14, # A number between 0 (inclusive) and infinity that represents how important this finding is to remediate. The higher the score, the more important it is to remediate.
+        "state": "A String", # What state this AttackExposure is in. This captures whether or not an attack exposure has been calculated or not.
+      },
+      "canonicalName": "A String", # The canonical name of the finding. It's either "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}" or "projects/{project_number}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", depending on the closest CRM ancestor of the resource associated with the finding.
+      "category": "A String", # The additional taxonomy group within findings from a given source. This field is immutable after creation time. Example: "XSS_FLASH_INJECTION"
+      "cloudDlpDataProfile": { # The [data profile](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/data-profiles) associated with the finding. # Cloud DLP data profile that is associated with the finding.
+        "dataProfile": "A String", # Name of the data profile, for example, `projects/123/locations/europe/tableProfiles/8383929`.
+        "parentType": "A String", # The resource hierarchy level at which the data profile was generated.
+      },
+      "cloudDlpInspection": { # Details about the Cloud Data Loss Prevention (Cloud DLP) [inspection job](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/concepts-job-triggers) that produced the finding. # Cloud Data Loss Prevention (Cloud DLP) inspection results that are associated with the finding.
+        "fullScan": True or False, # Whether Cloud DLP scanned the complete resource or a sampled subset.
+        "infoType": "A String", # The type of information (or *[infoType](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference)*) found, for example, `EMAIL_ADDRESS` or `STREET_ADDRESS`.
+        "infoTypeCount": "A String", # The number of times Cloud DLP found this infoType within this job and resource.
+        "inspectJob": "A String", # Name of the inspection job, for example, `projects/123/locations/europe/dlpJobs/i-8383929`.
+      },
+      "compliances": [ # Contains compliance information for security standards associated to the finding.
+        { # Contains compliance information about a security standard indicating unmet recommendations.
+          "ids": [ # Policies within the standard or benchmark, for example, A.12.4.1
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "standard": "A String", # Industry-wide compliance standards or benchmarks, such as CIS, PCI, and OWASP.
+          "version": "A String", # Version of the standard or benchmark, for example, 1.1
+        },
+      ],
+      "connections": [ # Contains information about the IP connection associated with the finding.
+        { # Contains information about the IP connection associated with the finding.
+          "destinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address. Not present for sockets that are listening and not connected.
+          "destinationPort": 42, # Destination port. Not present for sockets that are listening and not connected.
+          "protocol": "A String", # IANA Internet Protocol Number such as TCP(6) and UDP(17).
+          "sourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address.
+          "sourcePort": 42, # Source port.
+        },
+      ],
+      "contacts": { # Output only. Map containing the points of contact for the given finding. The key represents the type of contact, while the value contains a list of all the contacts that pertain. Please refer to: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/managing-notification-contacts#notification-categories { "security": { "contacts": [ { "email": "person1@company.com" }, { "email": "person2@company.com" } ] } }
+        "a_key": { # Details about specific contacts
+          "contacts": [ # A list of contacts
+            { # The email address of a contact.
+              "email": "A String", # An email address. For example, "`person123@company.com`".
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+      "containers": [ # Containers associated with the finding. This field provides information for both Kubernetes and non-Kubernetes containers.
+        { # Container associated with the finding.
+          "createTime": "A String", # The time that the container was created.
+          "imageId": "A String", # Optional container image ID, if provided by the container runtime. Uniquely identifies the container image launched using a container image digest.
+          "labels": [ # Container labels, as provided by the container runtime.
+            { # Represents a generic name-value label. A label has separate name and value fields to support filtering with the `contains()` function. For more information, see [Filtering on array-type fields](https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/how-to-api-list-findings#array-contains-filtering).
+              "name": "A String", # Name of the label.
+              "value": "A String", # Value that corresponds to the label's name.
+            },
+          ],
+          "name": "A String", # Name of the container.
+          "uri": "A String", # Container image URI provided when configuring a pod or container. This string can identify a container image version using mutable tags.
+        },
+      ],
+      "createTime": "A String", # The time at which the finding was created in Security Command Center.
+      "database": { # Represents database access information, such as queries. A database may be a sub-resource of an instance (as in the case of Cloud SQL instances or Cloud Spanner instances), or the database instance itself. Some database resources might not have the [full resource name](https://google.aip.dev/122#full-resource-names) populated because these resource types, such as Cloud SQL databases, are not yet supported by Cloud Asset Inventory. In these cases only the display name is provided. # Database associated with the finding.
+        "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the database that the user connected to.
+        "grantees": [ # The target usernames, roles, or groups of an SQL privilege grant, which is not an IAM policy change.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "name": "A String", # Some database resources may not have the [full resource name](https://google.aip.dev/122#full-resource-names) populated because these resource types are not yet supported by Cloud Asset Inventory (e.g. Cloud SQL databases). In these cases only the display name will be provided. The [full resource name](https://google.aip.dev/122#full-resource-names) of the database that the user connected to, if it is supported by Cloud Asset Inventory.
+        "query": "A String", # The SQL statement that is associated with the database access.
+        "userName": "A String", # The username used to connect to the database. The username might not be an IAM principal and does not have a set format.
+        "version": "A String", # The version of the database, for example, POSTGRES_14. See [the complete list](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/admin-api/rest/v1/SqlDatabaseVersion).
+      },
+      "description": "A String", # Contains more details about the finding.
+      "eventTime": "A String", # The time the finding was first detected. If an existing finding is updated, then this is the time the update occurred. For example, if the finding represents an open firewall, this property captures the time the detector believes the firewall became open. The accuracy is determined by the detector. If the finding is later resolved, then this time reflects when the finding was resolved. This must not be set to a value greater than the current timestamp.
+      "exfiltration": { # Exfiltration represents a data exfiltration attempt from one or more sources to one or more targets. The `sources` attribute lists the sources of the exfiltrated data. The `targets` attribute lists the destinations the data was copied to. # Represents exfiltrations associated with the finding.
+        "sources": [ # If there are multiple sources, then the data is considered "joined" between them. For instance, BigQuery can join multiple tables, and each table would be considered a source.
+          { # Resource where data was exfiltrated from or exfiltrated to.
+            "components": [ # Subcomponents of the asset that was exfiltrated, like URIs used during exfiltration, table names, databases, and filenames. For example, multiple tables might have been exfiltrated from the same Cloud SQL instance, or multiple files might have been exfiltrated from the same Cloud Storage bucket.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "name": "A String", # The resource's [full resource name](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#full_resource_name).
+          },
+        ],
+        "targets": [ # If there are multiple targets, each target would get a complete copy of the "joined" source data.
+          { # Resource where data was exfiltrated from or exfiltrated to.
+            "components": [ # Subcomponents of the asset that was exfiltrated, like URIs used during exfiltration, table names, databases, and filenames. For example, multiple tables might have been exfiltrated from the same Cloud SQL instance, or multiple files might have been exfiltrated from the same Cloud Storage bucket.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "name": "A String", # The resource's [full resource name](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#full_resource_name).
+          },
+        ],
+        "totalExfiltratedBytes": "A String", # Total exfiltrated bytes processed for the entire job.
+      },
+      "externalSystems": { # Output only. Third party SIEM/SOAR fields within SCC, contains external system information and external system finding fields.
+        "a_key": { # Representation of third party SIEM/SOAR fields within SCC.
+          "assignees": [ # References primary/secondary etc assignees in the external system.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "externalSystemUpdateTime": "A String", # The time when the case was last updated, as reported by the external system.
+          "externalUid": "A String", # The identifier that's used to track the finding's corresponding case in the external system.
+          "name": "A String", # Full resource name of the external system, for example: "organizations/1234/sources/5678/findings/123456/externalSystems/jira", "folders/1234/sources/5678/findings/123456/externalSystems/jira", "projects/1234/sources/5678/findings/123456/externalSystems/jira"
+          "status": "A String", # The most recent status of the finding's corresponding case, as reported by the external system.
+        },
+      },
+      "externalUri": "A String", # The URI that, if available, points to a web page outside of Security Command Center where additional information about the finding can be found. This field is guaranteed to be either empty or a well formed URL.
+      "files": [ # File associated with the finding.
+        { # File information about the related binary/library used by an executable, or the script used by a script interpreter
+          "contents": "A String", # Prefix of the file contents as a JSON-encoded string.
+          "hashedSize": "A String", # The length in bytes of the file prefix that was hashed. If hashed_size == size, any hashes reported represent the entire file.
+          "partiallyHashed": True or False, # True when the hash covers only a prefix of the file.
+          "path": "A String", # Absolute path of the file as a JSON encoded string.
+          "sha256": "A String", # SHA256 hash of the first hashed_size bytes of the file encoded as a hex string. If hashed_size == size, sha256 represents the SHA256 hash of the entire file.
+          "size": "A String", # Size of the file in bytes.
+        },
+      ],
+      "findingClass": "A String", # The class of the finding.
+      "iamBindings": [ # Represents IAM bindings associated with the finding.
+        { # Represents a particular IAM binding, which captures a member's role addition, removal, or state.
+          "action": "A String", # The action that was performed on a Binding.
+          "member": "A String", # A single identity requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource, for example, "foo@google.com".
+          "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to "members". For example, "roles/viewer", "roles/editor", or "roles/owner".
+        },
+      ],
+      "indicator": { # Represents what's commonly known as an _indicator of compromise_ (IoC) in computer forensics. This is an artifact observed on a network or in an operating system that, with high confidence, indicates a computer intrusion. For more information, see [Indicator of compromise](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Indicator_of_compromise). # Represents what's commonly known as an *indicator of compromise* (IoC) in computer forensics. This is an artifact observed on a network or in an operating system that, with high confidence, indicates a computer intrusion. For more information, see [Indicator of compromise](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Indicator_of_compromise).
+        "domains": [ # List of domains associated to the Finding.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "ipAddresses": [ # The list of IP addresses that are associated with the finding.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "signatures": [ # The list of matched signatures indicating that the given process is present in the environment.
+          { # Indicates what signature matched this process.
+            "memoryHashSignature": { # A signature corresponding to memory page hashes. # Signature indicating that a binary family was matched.
+              "binaryFamily": "A String", # The binary family.
+              "detections": [ # The list of memory hash detections contributing to the binary family match.
+                { # Memory hash detection contributing to the binary family match.
+                  "binary": "A String", # The name of the binary associated with the memory hash signature detection.
+                  "percentPagesMatched": 3.14, # The percentage of memory page hashes in the signature that were matched.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "yaraRuleSignature": { # A signature corresponding to a YARA rule. # Signature indicating that a YARA rule was matched.
+              "yaraRule": "A String", # The name of the YARA rule.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "uris": [ # The list of URIs associated to the Findings.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "kernelRootkit": { # Kernel mode rootkit signatures. # Signature of the kernel rootkit.
+        "name": "A String", # Rootkit name, when available.
+        "unexpectedCodeModification": True or False, # True if unexpected modifications of kernel code memory are present.
+        "unexpectedFtraceHandler": True or False, # True if `ftrace` points are present with callbacks pointing to regions that are not in the expected kernel or module code range.
+        "unexpectedInterruptHandler": True or False, # True if interrupt handlers that are are not in the expected kernel or module code regions are present.
+        "unexpectedKernelCodePages": True or False, # True if kernel code pages that are not in the expected kernel or module code regions are present.
+        "unexpectedKprobeHandler": True or False, # True if `kprobe` points are present with callbacks pointing to regions that are not in the expected kernel or module code range.
+        "unexpectedProcessesInRunqueue": True or False, # True if unexpected processes in the scheduler run queue are present. Such processes are in the run queue, but not in the process task list.
+        "unexpectedReadOnlyDataModification": True or False, # True if unexpected modifications of kernel read-only data memory are present.
+        "unexpectedSystemCallHandler": True or False, # True if system call handlers that are are not in the expected kernel or module code regions are present.
+      },
+      "kubernetes": { # Kubernetes-related attributes. # Kubernetes resources associated with the finding.
+        "accessReviews": [ # Provides information on any Kubernetes access reviews (privilege checks) relevant to the finding.
+          { # Conveys information about a Kubernetes access review (such as one returned by a [`kubectl auth can-i`](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/access-authn-authz/authorization/#checking-api-access) command) that was involved in a finding.
+            "group": "A String", # The API group of the resource. "*" means all.
+            "name": "A String", # The name of the resource being requested. Empty means all.
+            "ns": "A String", # Namespace of the action being requested. Currently, there is no distinction between no namespace and all namespaces. Both are represented by "" (empty).
+            "resource": "A String", # The optional resource type requested. "*" means all.
+            "subresource": "A String", # The optional subresource type.
+            "verb": "A String", # A Kubernetes resource API verb, like get, list, watch, create, update, delete, proxy. "*" means all.
+            "version": "A String", # The API version of the resource. "*" means all.
+          },
+        ],
+        "bindings": [ # Provides Kubernetes role binding information for findings that involve [RoleBindings or ClusterRoleBindings](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/role-based-access-control).
+          { # Represents a Kubernetes RoleBinding or ClusterRoleBinding.
+            "name": "A String", # Name for the binding.
+            "ns": "A String", # Namespace for the binding.
+            "role": { # Kubernetes Role or ClusterRole. # The Role or ClusterRole referenced by the binding.
+              "kind": "A String", # Role type.
+              "name": "A String", # Role name.
+              "ns": "A String", # Role namespace.
+            },
+            "subjects": [ # Represents one or more subjects that are bound to the role. Not always available for PATCH requests.
+              { # Represents a Kubernetes subject.
+                "kind": "A String", # Authentication type for the subject.
+                "name": "A String", # Name for the subject.
+                "ns": "A String", # Namespace for the subject.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+        ],
+        "nodePools": [ # GKE [node pools](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/node-pools) associated with the finding. This field contains node pool information for each node, when it is available.
+          { # Provides GKE node pool information.
+            "name": "A String", # Kubernetes node pool name.
+            "nodes": [ # Nodes associated with the finding.
+              { # Kubernetes nodes associated with the finding.
+                "name": "A String", # [Full resource name](https://google.aip.dev/122#full-resource-names) of the Compute Engine VM running the cluster node.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+        ],
+        "nodes": [ # Provides Kubernetes [node](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/cluster-architecture#nodes) information.
+          { # Kubernetes nodes associated with the finding.
+            "name": "A String", # [Full resource name](https://google.aip.dev/122#full-resource-names) of the Compute Engine VM running the cluster node.
+          },
+        ],
+        "objects": [ # Kubernetes objects related to the finding.
+          { # Kubernetes object related to the finding, uniquely identified by GKNN. Used if the object Kind is not one of Pod, Node, NodePool, Binding, or AccessReview.
+            "group": "A String", # Kubernetes object group, such as "policy.k8s.io/v1".
+            "kind": "A String", # Kubernetes object kind, such as “Namespace”.
+            "name": "A String", # Kubernetes object name. For details see https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/.
+            "ns": "A String", # Kubernetes object namespace. Must be a valid DNS label. Named "ns" to avoid collision with C++ namespace keyword. For details see https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/namespaces/.
+          },
+        ],
+        "pods": [ # Kubernetes [Pods](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/pod) associated with the finding. This field contains Pod records for each container that is owned by a Pod.
+          { # A Kubernetes Pod.
+            "containers": [ # Pod containers associated with this finding, if any.
+              { # Container associated with the finding.
+                "createTime": "A String", # The time that the container was created.
+                "imageId": "A String", # Optional container image ID, if provided by the container runtime. Uniquely identifies the container image launched using a container image digest.
+                "labels": [ # Container labels, as provided by the container runtime.
+                  { # Represents a generic name-value label. A label has separate name and value fields to support filtering with the `contains()` function. For more information, see [Filtering on array-type fields](https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/how-to-api-list-findings#array-contains-filtering).
+                    "name": "A String", # Name of the label.
+                    "value": "A String", # Value that corresponds to the label's name.
+                  },
+                ],
+                "name": "A String", # Name of the container.
+                "uri": "A String", # Container image URI provided when configuring a pod or container. This string can identify a container image version using mutable tags.
+              },
+            ],
+            "labels": [ # Pod labels. For Kubernetes containers, these are applied to the container.
+              { # Represents a generic name-value label. A label has separate name and value fields to support filtering with the `contains()` function. For more information, see [Filtering on array-type fields](https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/how-to-api-list-findings#array-contains-filtering).
+                "name": "A String", # Name of the label.
+                "value": "A String", # Value that corresponds to the label's name.
+              },
+            ],
+            "name": "A String", # Kubernetes Pod name.
+            "ns": "A String", # Kubernetes Pod namespace.
+          },
+        ],
+        "roles": [ # Provides Kubernetes role information for findings that involve [Roles or ClusterRoles](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/role-based-access-control).
+          { # Kubernetes Role or ClusterRole.
+            "kind": "A String", # Role type.
+            "name": "A String", # Role name.
+            "ns": "A String", # Role namespace.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "loadBalancers": [ # The load balancers associated with the finding.
+        { # Contains information related to the load balancer associated with the finding.
+          "name": "A String", # The name of the load balancer associated with the finding.
+        },
+      ],
+      "mitreAttack": { # MITRE ATT&CK tactics and techniques related to this finding. See: https://attack.mitre.org # MITRE ATT&CK tactics and techniques related to this finding. See: https://attack.mitre.org
+        "additionalTactics": [ # Additional MITRE ATT&CK tactics related to this finding, if any.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "additionalTechniques": [ # Additional MITRE ATT&CK techniques related to this finding, if any, along with any of their respective parent techniques.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "primaryTactic": "A String", # The MITRE ATT&CK tactic most closely represented by this finding, if any.
+        "primaryTechniques": [ # The MITRE ATT&CK technique most closely represented by this finding, if any. primary_techniques is a repeated field because there are multiple levels of MITRE ATT&CK techniques. If the technique most closely represented by this finding is a sub-technique (e.g. `SCANNING_IP_BLOCKS`), both the sub-technique and its parent technique(s) will be listed (e.g. `SCANNING_IP_BLOCKS`, `ACTIVE_SCANNING`).
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "version": "A String", # The MITRE ATT&CK version referenced by the above fields. E.g. "8".
+      },
+      "moduleName": "A String", # Unique identifier of the module which generated the finding. Example: folders/598186756061/securityHealthAnalyticsSettings/customModules/56799441161885
+      "mute": "A String", # Indicates the mute state of a finding (either muted, unmuted or undefined). Unlike other attributes of a finding, a finding provider shouldn't set the value of mute.
+      "muteInitiator": "A String", # Records additional information about the mute operation, for example, the [mute configuration](/security-command-center/docs/how-to-mute-findings) that muted the finding and the user who muted the finding.
+      "muteUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time this finding was muted or unmuted.
+      "name": "A String", # The [relative resource name](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name) of the finding. Example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "projects/{project_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}".
+      "nextSteps": "A String", # Steps to address the finding.
+      "orgPolicies": [ # Contains information about the org policies associated with the finding.
+        { # Contains information about the org policies associated with the finding.
+          "name": "A String", # The resource name of the org policy. Example: "organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}"
+        },
+      ],
+      "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}"
+      "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics".
+      "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding.
+        { # Represents an operating system process.
+          "args": [ # Process arguments as JSON encoded strings.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "argumentsTruncated": True or False, # True if `args` is incomplete.
+          "binary": { # File information about the related binary/library used by an executable, or the script used by a script interpreter # File information for the process executable.
+            "contents": "A String", # Prefix of the file contents as a JSON-encoded string.
+            "hashedSize": "A String", # The length in bytes of the file prefix that was hashed. If hashed_size == size, any hashes reported represent the entire file.
+            "partiallyHashed": True or False, # True when the hash covers only a prefix of the file.
+            "path": "A String", # Absolute path of the file as a JSON encoded string.
+            "sha256": "A String", # SHA256 hash of the first hashed_size bytes of the file encoded as a hex string. If hashed_size == size, sha256 represents the SHA256 hash of the entire file.
+            "size": "A String", # Size of the file in bytes.
+          },
+          "envVariables": [ # Process environment variables.
+            { # A name-value pair representing an environment variable used in an operating system process.
+              "name": "A String", # Environment variable name as a JSON encoded string.
+              "val": "A String", # Environment variable value as a JSON encoded string.
+            },
+          ],
+          "envVariablesTruncated": True or False, # True if `env_variables` is incomplete.
+          "libraries": [ # File information for libraries loaded by the process.
+            { # File information about the related binary/library used by an executable, or the script used by a script interpreter
+              "contents": "A String", # Prefix of the file contents as a JSON-encoded string.
+              "hashedSize": "A String", # The length in bytes of the file prefix that was hashed. If hashed_size == size, any hashes reported represent the entire file.
+              "partiallyHashed": True or False, # True when the hash covers only a prefix of the file.
+              "path": "A String", # Absolute path of the file as a JSON encoded string.
+              "sha256": "A String", # SHA256 hash of the first hashed_size bytes of the file encoded as a hex string. If hashed_size == size, sha256 represents the SHA256 hash of the entire file.
+              "size": "A String", # Size of the file in bytes.
+            },
+          ],
+          "name": "A String", # The process name, as displayed in utilities like `top` and `ps`. This name can be accessed through `/proc/[pid]/comm` and changed with `prctl(PR_SET_NAME)`.
+          "parentPid": "A String", # The parent process ID.
+          "pid": "A String", # The process ID.
+          "script": { # File information about the related binary/library used by an executable, or the script used by a script interpreter # When the process represents the invocation of a script, `binary` provides information about the interpreter, while `script` provides information about the script file provided to the interpreter.
+            "contents": "A String", # Prefix of the file contents as a JSON-encoded string.
+            "hashedSize": "A String", # The length in bytes of the file prefix that was hashed. If hashed_size == size, any hashes reported represent the entire file.
+            "partiallyHashed": True or False, # True when the hash covers only a prefix of the file.
+            "path": "A String", # Absolute path of the file as a JSON encoded string.
+            "sha256": "A String", # SHA256 hash of the first hashed_size bytes of the file encoded as a hex string. If hashed_size == size, sha256 represents the SHA256 hash of the entire file.
+            "size": "A String", # Size of the file in bytes.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "resourceName": "A String", # For findings on Google Cloud resources, the full resource name of the Google Cloud resource this finding is for. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#full_resource_name When the finding is for a non-Google Cloud resource, the resourceName can be a customer or partner defined string. This field is immutable after creation time.
+      "securityMarks": { # User specified security marks that are attached to the parent Security Command Center resource. Security marks are scoped within a Security Command Center organization -- they can be modified and viewed by all users who have proper permissions on the organization. # Output only. User specified security marks. These marks are entirely managed by the user and come from the SecurityMarks resource that belongs to the finding.
+        "canonicalName": "A String", # The canonical name of the marks. Examples: "organizations/{organization_id}/assets/{asset_id}/securityMarks" "folders/{folder_id}/assets/{asset_id}/securityMarks" "projects/{project_number}/assets/{asset_id}/securityMarks" "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}/securityMarks" "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}/securityMarks" "projects/{project_number}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}/securityMarks"
+        "marks": { # Mutable user specified security marks belonging to the parent resource. Constraints are as follows: * Keys and values are treated as case insensitive * Keys must be between 1 - 256 characters (inclusive) * Keys must be letters, numbers, underscores, or dashes * Values have leading and trailing whitespace trimmed, remaining characters must be between 1 - 4096 characters (inclusive)
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+        "name": "A String", # The relative resource name of the SecurityMarks. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name Examples: "organizations/{organization_id}/assets/{asset_id}/securityMarks" "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}/securityMarks".
+      },
+      "securityPosture": { # Represents a posture that is deployed on Google Cloud by the Security Command Center Posture Management service. A posture contains one or more policy sets. A policy set is a group of policies that enforce a set of security rules on Google Cloud. # The security posture associated with the finding.
+        "changedPolicy": "A String", # The name of the policy that has been updated, for example, `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}`.
+        "name": "A String", # Name of the posture, for example, `organizations/{org_id}/locations/{location}/postures/{posture_name}`.
+        "postureDeployment": "A String", # The name of the posture deployment, for example, `projects/{project_id}/posturedeployments/{posture_deployment_id}`.
+        "postureDeploymentResource": "A String", # The project, folder, or organization on which the posture is deployed, for example, `projects/{project_id}`.
+        "revisionId": "A String", # The version of the posture, for example, `c7cfa2a8`.
+      },
+      "severity": "A String", # The severity of the finding. This field is managed by the source that writes the finding.
+      "sourceProperties": { # Source specific properties. These properties are managed by the source that writes the finding. The key names in the source_properties map must be between 1 and 255 characters, and must start with a letter and contain alphanumeric characters or underscores only.
+        "a_key": "",
+      },
+      "state": "A String", # The state of the finding.
+      "vulnerability": { # Refers to common vulnerability fields e.g. cve, cvss, cwe etc. # Represents vulnerability-specific fields like CVE and CVSS scores. CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (https://cve.mitre.org/about/)
+        "cve": { # CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures. More information: https://cve.mitre.org # CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (https://cve.mitre.org/about/)
+          "cvssv3": { # Common Vulnerability Scoring System version 3. # Describe Common Vulnerability Scoring System specified at https://www.first.org/cvss/v3.1/specification-document
+            "attackComplexity": "A String", # This metric describes the conditions beyond the attacker's control that must exist in order to exploit the vulnerability.
+            "attackVector": "A String", # Base Metrics Represents the intrinsic characteristics of a vulnerability that are constant over time and across user environments. This metric reflects the context by which vulnerability exploitation is possible.
+            "availabilityImpact": "A String", # This metric measures the impact to the availability of the impacted component resulting from a successfully exploited vulnerability.
+            "baseScore": 3.14, # The base score is a function of the base metric scores.
+            "confidentialityImpact": "A String", # This metric measures the impact to the confidentiality of the information resources managed by a software component due to a successfully exploited vulnerability.
+            "integrityImpact": "A String", # This metric measures the impact to integrity of a successfully exploited vulnerability.
+            "privilegesRequired": "A String", # This metric describes the level of privileges an attacker must possess before successfully exploiting the vulnerability.
+            "scope": "A String", # The Scope metric captures whether a vulnerability in one vulnerable component impacts resources in components beyond its security scope.
+            "userInteraction": "A String", # This metric captures the requirement for a human user, other than the attacker, to participate in the successful compromise of the vulnerable component.
+          },
+          "id": "A String", # The unique identifier for the vulnerability. e.g. CVE-2021-34527
+          "references": [ # Additional information about the CVE. e.g. https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2021-34527
+            { # Additional Links
+              "source": "A String", # Source of the reference e.g. NVD
+              "uri": "A String", # Uri for the mentioned source e.g. https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2021-34527.
+            },
+          ],
+          "upstreamFixAvailable": True or False, # Whether upstream fix is available for the CVE.
+        },
+      },
+    },
+    "noViolation": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } # Indicates that the test case does not trigger any violation.
+    },
+  },
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.sources.findings.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.sources.findings.html index 83365b23141..ac8e7a844cf 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.sources.findings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.sources.findings.html @@ -485,6 +485,11 @@

Method Details

"muteUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time this finding was muted or unmuted. "name": "A String", # The [relative resource name](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name) of the finding. Example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "projects/{project_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}". "nextSteps": "A String", # Steps to address the finding. + "orgPolicies": [ # Contains information about the org policies associated with the finding. + { # Contains information about the org policies associated with the finding. + "name": "A String", # The resource name of the org policy. Example: "organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}" + }, + ], "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}" "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics". "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding. @@ -916,6 +921,11 @@

Method Details

"muteUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time this finding was muted or unmuted. "name": "A String", # The [relative resource name](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name) of the finding. Example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "projects/{project_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}". "nextSteps": "A String", # Steps to address the finding. + "orgPolicies": [ # Contains information about the org policies associated with the finding. + { # Contains information about the org policies associated with the finding. + "name": "A String", # The resource name of the org policy. Example: "organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}" + }, + ], "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}" "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics". "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding. @@ -1310,6 +1320,11 @@

Method Details

"muteUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time this finding was muted or unmuted. "name": "A String", # The [relative resource name](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name) of the finding. Example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "projects/{project_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}". "nextSteps": "A String", # Steps to address the finding. + "orgPolicies": [ # Contains information about the org policies associated with the finding. + { # Contains information about the org policies associated with the finding. + "name": "A String", # The resource name of the org policy. Example: "organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}" + }, + ], "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}" "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics". "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding. @@ -1717,6 +1732,11 @@

Method Details

"muteUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time this finding was muted or unmuted. "name": "A String", # The [relative resource name](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name) of the finding. Example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "projects/{project_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}". "nextSteps": "A String", # Steps to address the finding. + "orgPolicies": [ # Contains information about the org policies associated with the finding. + { # Contains information about the org policies associated with the finding. + "name": "A String", # The resource name of the org policy. Example: "organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}" + }, + ], "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}" "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics". "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding. @@ -2125,6 +2145,11 @@

Method Details

"muteUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time this finding was muted or unmuted. "name": "A String", # The [relative resource name](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name) of the finding. Example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "projects/{project_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}". "nextSteps": "A String", # Steps to address the finding. + "orgPolicies": [ # Contains information about the org policies associated with the finding. + { # Contains information about the org policies associated with the finding. + "name": "A String", # The resource name of the org policy. Example: "organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}" + }, + ], "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}" "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics". "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding. diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.html index 4c26edfc6e2..685d5f21f0b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.html @@ -94,6 +94,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the findings Resource.

+

+ locations() +

+

Returns the locations Resource.

+

muteConfigs()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.locations.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.locations.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6bcb5965f1b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.locations.html @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ + + + +

Security Command Center API . organizations . locations

+

Instance Methods

+

+ muteConfigs() +

+

Returns the muteConfigs Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.locations.muteConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.locations.muteConfigs.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a70ce5d018d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.locations.muteConfigs.html @@ -0,0 +1,177 @@ + + + +

Security Command Center API . organizations . locations . muteConfigs

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes an existing mute config.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets a mute config.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates a mute config.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes an existing mute config.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the mute config to delete. Its format is organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}, or projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets a mute config.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the mute config to retrieve. Its format is organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}, or projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A mute config is a Cloud SCC resource that contains the configuration to mute create/update events of findings.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the mute config was created. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation.
+  "description": "A String", # A description of the mute config.
+  "displayName": "A String", # The human readable name to be displayed for the mute config.
+  "filter": "A String", # Required. An expression that defines the filter to apply across create/update events of findings. While creating a filter string, be mindful of the scope in which the mute configuration is being created. E.g., If a filter contains project = X but is created under the project = Y scope, it might not match any findings. The following field and operator combinations are supported: * severity: `=`, `:` * category: `=`, `:` * resource.name: `=`, `:` * resource.project_name: `=`, `:` * resource.project_display_name: `=`, `:` * resource.folders.resource_folder: `=`, `:` * resource.parent_name: `=`, `:` * resource.parent_display_name: `=`, `:` * resource.type: `=`, `:` * finding_class: `=`, `:` * indicator.ip_addresses: `=`, `:` * indicator.domains: `=`, `:`
+  "mostRecentEditor": "A String", # Output only. Email address of the user who last edited the mute config. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation or update.
+  "name": "A String", # This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format "organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}"
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time at which the mute config was updated. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation or update.
+}
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates a mute config.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format "organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A mute config is a Cloud SCC resource that contains the configuration to mute create/update events of findings.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the mute config was created. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation.
+  "description": "A String", # A description of the mute config.
+  "displayName": "A String", # The human readable name to be displayed for the mute config.
+  "filter": "A String", # Required. An expression that defines the filter to apply across create/update events of findings. While creating a filter string, be mindful of the scope in which the mute configuration is being created. E.g., If a filter contains project = X but is created under the project = Y scope, it might not match any findings. The following field and operator combinations are supported: * severity: `=`, `:` * category: `=`, `:` * resource.name: `=`, `:` * resource.project_name: `=`, `:` * resource.project_display_name: `=`, `:` * resource.folders.resource_folder: `=`, `:` * resource.parent_name: `=`, `:` * resource.parent_display_name: `=`, `:` * resource.type: `=`, `:` * finding_class: `=`, `:` * indicator.ip_addresses: `=`, `:` * indicator.domains: `=`, `:`
+  "mostRecentEditor": "A String", # Output only. Email address of the user who last edited the mute config. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation or update.
+  "name": "A String", # This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format "organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}"
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time at which the mute config was updated. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation or update.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, The list of fields to be updated. If empty all mutable fields will be updated.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A mute config is a Cloud SCC resource that contains the configuration to mute create/update events of findings.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the mute config was created. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation.
+  "description": "A String", # A description of the mute config.
+  "displayName": "A String", # The human readable name to be displayed for the mute config.
+  "filter": "A String", # Required. An expression that defines the filter to apply across create/update events of findings. While creating a filter string, be mindful of the scope in which the mute configuration is being created. E.g., If a filter contains project = X but is created under the project = Y scope, it might not match any findings. The following field and operator combinations are supported: * severity: `=`, `:` * category: `=`, `:` * resource.name: `=`, `:` * resource.project_name: `=`, `:` * resource.project_display_name: `=`, `:` * resource.folders.resource_folder: `=`, `:` * resource.parent_name: `=`, `:` * resource.parent_display_name: `=`, `:` * resource.type: `=`, `:` * finding_class: `=`, `:` * indicator.ip_addresses: `=`, `:` * indicator.domains: `=`, `:`
+  "mostRecentEditor": "A String", # Output only. Email address of the user who last edited the mute config. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation or update.
+  "name": "A String", # This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format "organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}"
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time at which the mute config was updated. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation or update.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.muteConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.muteConfigs.html index a3fa3b8bda6..12dfc071e1d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.muteConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.muteConfigs.html @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # The human readable name to be displayed for the mute config. "filter": "A String", # Required. An expression that defines the filter to apply across create/update events of findings. While creating a filter string, be mindful of the scope in which the mute configuration is being created. E.g., If a filter contains project = X but is created under the project = Y scope, it might not match any findings. The following field and operator combinations are supported: * severity: `=`, `:` * category: `=`, `:` * resource.name: `=`, `:` * resource.project_name: `=`, `:` * resource.project_display_name: `=`, `:` * resource.folders.resource_folder: `=`, `:` * resource.parent_name: `=`, `:` * resource.parent_display_name: `=`, `:` * resource.type: `=`, `:` * finding_class: `=`, `:` * indicator.ip_addresses: `=`, `:` * indicator.domains: `=`, `:` "mostRecentEditor": "A String", # Output only. Email address of the user who last edited the mute config. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation or update. - "name": "A String", # This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format "organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" + "name": "A String", # This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format "organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time at which the mute config was updated. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation or update. } @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # The human readable name to be displayed for the mute config. "filter": "A String", # Required. An expression that defines the filter to apply across create/update events of findings. While creating a filter string, be mindful of the scope in which the mute configuration is being created. E.g., If a filter contains project = X but is created under the project = Y scope, it might not match any findings. The following field and operator combinations are supported: * severity: `=`, `:` * category: `=`, `:` * resource.name: `=`, `:` * resource.project_name: `=`, `:` * resource.project_display_name: `=`, `:` * resource.folders.resource_folder: `=`, `:` * resource.parent_name: `=`, `:` * resource.parent_display_name: `=`, `:` * resource.type: `=`, `:` * finding_class: `=`, `:` * indicator.ip_addresses: `=`, `:` * indicator.domains: `=`, `:` "mostRecentEditor": "A String", # Output only. Email address of the user who last edited the mute config. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation or update. - "name": "A String", # This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format "organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" + "name": "A String", # This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format "organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time at which the mute config was updated. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation or update. } @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@

Method Details

Deletes an existing mute config.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Name of the mute config to delete. Its format is organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, or projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{config_id} (required)
+  name: string, Required. Name of the mute config to delete. Its format is organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}, or projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ 

Method Details

Gets a mute config.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Name of the mute config to retrieve. Its format is organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, or projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{config_id} (required)
+  name: string, Required. Name of the mute config to retrieve. Its format is organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}, or projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ 

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # The human readable name to be displayed for the mute config. "filter": "A String", # Required. An expression that defines the filter to apply across create/update events of findings. While creating a filter string, be mindful of the scope in which the mute configuration is being created. E.g., If a filter contains project = X but is created under the project = Y scope, it might not match any findings. The following field and operator combinations are supported: * severity: `=`, `:` * category: `=`, `:` * resource.name: `=`, `:` * resource.project_name: `=`, `:` * resource.project_display_name: `=`, `:` * resource.folders.resource_folder: `=`, `:` * resource.parent_name: `=`, `:` * resource.parent_display_name: `=`, `:` * resource.type: `=`, `:` * finding_class: `=`, `:` * indicator.ip_addresses: `=`, `:` * indicator.domains: `=`, `:` "mostRecentEditor": "A String", # Output only. Email address of the user who last edited the mute config. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation or update. - "name": "A String", # This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format "organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" + "name": "A String", # This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format "organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time at which the mute config was updated. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation or update. }
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # The human readable name to be displayed for the mute config. "filter": "A String", # Required. An expression that defines the filter to apply across create/update events of findings. While creating a filter string, be mindful of the scope in which the mute configuration is being created. E.g., If a filter contains project = X but is created under the project = Y scope, it might not match any findings. The following field and operator combinations are supported: * severity: `=`, `:` * category: `=`, `:` * resource.name: `=`, `:` * resource.project_name: `=`, `:` * resource.project_display_name: `=`, `:` * resource.folders.resource_folder: `=`, `:` * resource.parent_name: `=`, `:` * resource.parent_display_name: `=`, `:` * resource.type: `=`, `:` * finding_class: `=`, `:` * indicator.ip_addresses: `=`, `:` * indicator.domains: `=`, `:` "mostRecentEditor": "A String", # Output only. Email address of the user who last edited the mute config. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation or update. - "name": "A String", # This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format "organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" + "name": "A String", # This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format "organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time at which the mute config was updated. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation or update. }, ], @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@

Method Details

Updates a mute config.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format "organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" (required)
+  name: string, This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format "organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ 

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # The human readable name to be displayed for the mute config. "filter": "A String", # Required. An expression that defines the filter to apply across create/update events of findings. While creating a filter string, be mindful of the scope in which the mute configuration is being created. E.g., If a filter contains project = X but is created under the project = Y scope, it might not match any findings. The following field and operator combinations are supported: * severity: `=`, `:` * category: `=`, `:` * resource.name: `=`, `:` * resource.project_name: `=`, `:` * resource.project_display_name: `=`, `:` * resource.folders.resource_folder: `=`, `:` * resource.parent_name: `=`, `:` * resource.parent_display_name: `=`, `:` * resource.type: `=`, `:` * finding_class: `=`, `:` * indicator.ip_addresses: `=`, `:` * indicator.domains: `=`, `:` "mostRecentEditor": "A String", # Output only. Email address of the user who last edited the mute config. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation or update. - "name": "A String", # This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format "organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" + "name": "A String", # This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format "organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time at which the mute config was updated. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation or update. } @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # The human readable name to be displayed for the mute config. "filter": "A String", # Required. An expression that defines the filter to apply across create/update events of findings. While creating a filter string, be mindful of the scope in which the mute configuration is being created. E.g., If a filter contains project = X but is created under the project = Y scope, it might not match any findings. The following field and operator combinations are supported: * severity: `=`, `:` * category: `=`, `:` * resource.name: `=`, `:` * resource.project_name: `=`, `:` * resource.project_display_name: `=`, `:` * resource.folders.resource_folder: `=`, `:` * resource.parent_name: `=`, `:` * resource.parent_display_name: `=`, `:` * resource.type: `=`, `:` * finding_class: `=`, `:` * indicator.ip_addresses: `=`, `:` * indicator.domains: `=`, `:` "mostRecentEditor": "A String", # Output only. Email address of the user who last edited the mute config. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation or update. - "name": "A String", # This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format "organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" + "name": "A String", # This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format "organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time at which the mute config was updated. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation or update. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html index 5f463fc7247..96fe74950f7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html @@ -101,6 +101,9 @@

Instance Methods

patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates the SecurityHealthAnalyticsCustomModule under the given name based on the given update mask. Updating the enablement state is supported on both resident and inherited modules (though resident modules cannot have an enablement state of "inherited"). Updating the display name and custom config of a module is supported on resident modules only.

+

+ simulate(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Simulates a given SecurityHealthAnalyticsCustomModule and Resource.

Method Details

close() @@ -515,4 +518,496 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ simulate(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Simulates a given SecurityHealthAnalyticsCustomModule and Resource.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The relative resource name of the organization, project, or folder. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name An example is: "organizations/{organization_id}". (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message to simulate a CustomConfig against a given test resource. Maximum size of the request is 4 MB by default.
+  "customConfig": { # Defines the properties in a custom module configuration for Security Health Analytics. Use the custom module configuration to create custom detectors that generate custom findings for resources that you specify. # Required. The user specified custom configuration to test.
+    "customOutput": { # A set of optional name-value pairs that define custom source properties to return with each finding that is generated by the custom module. The custom source properties that are defined here are included in the finding JSON under `sourceProperties`. # Custom output properties.
+      "properties": [ # A list of custom output properties to add to the finding.
+        { # An individual name-value pair that defines a custom source property.
+          "name": "A String", # Name of the property for the custom output.
+          "valueExpression": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The CEL expression for the custom output. A resource property can be specified to return the value of the property or a text string enclosed in quotation marks.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+            "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+            "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+            "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "description": "A String", # Text that describes the vulnerability or misconfiguration that the custom module detects. This explanation is returned with each finding instance to help investigators understand the detected issue. The text must be enclosed in quotation marks.
+    "predicate": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The CEL expression to evaluate to produce findings. When the expression evaluates to true against a resource, a finding is generated.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+      "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+      "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+      "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+    },
+    "recommendation": "A String", # An explanation of the recommended steps that security teams can take to resolve the detected issue. This explanation is returned with each finding generated by this module in the `nextSteps` property of the finding JSON.
+    "resourceSelector": { # Resource for selecting resource type. # The resource types that the custom module operates on. Each custom module can specify up to 5 resource types.
+      "resourceTypes": [ # The resource types to run the detector on.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "severity": "A String", # The severity to assign to findings generated by the module.
+  },
+  "resource": { # Manually constructed resource. If the custom module only evaluates against the resource data, the iam_policy_data field can be omitted, and vice versa. # Required. Resource data to simulate custom module against.
+    "iamPolicyData": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # Optional. A representation of the IAM policy.
+      "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+        { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+          "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+            { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+              "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+            },
+          ],
+          "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+        },
+      ],
+      "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+        { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+          "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+            "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+            "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+            "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+          },
+          "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+        },
+      ],
+      "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+      "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+    },
+    "resourceData": { # Optional. A representation of the GCP resource. Should match the GCP resource JSON format.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+    "resourceType": "A String", # Required. The type of the resource, e.g. `compute.googleapis.com/Disk`.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for simulating a SecurityHealthAnalyticsCustomModule against a given resource.
+  "result": { # Possible test result. # Result for test case in the corresponding request.
+    "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Error encountered during the test.
+      "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+      "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+        {
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+    },
+    "finding": { # Security Command Center finding. A finding is a record of assessment data like security, risk, health, or privacy, that is ingested into Security Command Center for presentation, notification, analysis, policy testing, and enforcement. For example, a cross-site scripting (XSS) vulnerability in an App Engine application is a finding. # Finding that would be published for the test case, if a violation is detected.
+      "access": { # Represents an access event. # Access details associated with the finding, such as more information on the caller, which method was accessed, and from where.
+        "callerIp": "A String", # Caller's IP address, such as "1.1.1.1".
+        "callerIpGeo": { # Represents a geographical location for a given access. # The caller IP's geolocation, which identifies where the call came from.
+          "regionCode": "A String", # A CLDR.
+        },
+        "methodName": "A String", # The method that the service account called, e.g. "SetIamPolicy".
+        "principalEmail": "A String", # Associated email, such as "foo@google.com". The email address of the authenticated user or a service account acting on behalf of a third party principal making the request. For third party identity callers, the `principal_subject` field is populated instead of this field. For privacy reasons, the principal email address is sometimes redacted. For more information, see [Caller identities in audit logs](https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/audit#user-id).
+        "principalSubject": "A String", # A string that represents the principal_subject that is associated with the identity. Unlike `principal_email`, `principal_subject` supports principals that aren't associated with email addresses, such as third party principals. For most identities, the format is `principal://iam.googleapis.com/{identity pool name}/subject/{subject}`. Some GKE identities, such as GKE_WORKLOAD, FREEFORM, and GKE_HUB_WORKLOAD, still use the legacy format `serviceAccount:{identity pool name}[{subject}]`.
+        "serviceAccountDelegationInfo": [ # The identity delegation history of an authenticated service account that made the request. The `serviceAccountDelegationInfo[]` object contains information about the real authorities that try to access Google Cloud resources by delegating on a service account. When multiple authorities are present, they are guaranteed to be sorted based on the original ordering of the identity delegation events.
+          { # Identity delegation history of an authenticated service account.
+            "principalEmail": "A String", # The email address of a Google account.
+            "principalSubject": "A String", # A string representing the principal_subject associated with the identity. As compared to `principal_email`, supports principals that aren't associated with email addresses, such as third party principals. For most identities, the format will be `principal://iam.googleapis.com/{identity pool name}/subjects/{subject}` except for some GKE identities (GKE_WORKLOAD, FREEFORM, GKE_HUB_WORKLOAD) that are still in the legacy format `serviceAccount:{identity pool name}[{subject}]`
+          },
+        ],
+        "serviceAccountKeyName": "A String", # The name of the service account key that was used to create or exchange credentials when authenticating the service account that made the request. This is a scheme-less URI full resource name. For example: "//iam.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT}/keys/{key}".
+        "serviceName": "A String", # This is the API service that the service account made a call to, e.g. "iam.googleapis.com"
+        "userAgent": "A String", # The caller's user agent string associated with the finding.
+        "userAgentFamily": "A String", # Type of user agent associated with the finding. For example, an operating system shell or an embedded or standalone application.
+        "userName": "A String", # A string that represents a username. The username provided depends on the type of the finding and is likely not an IAM principal. For example, this can be a system username if the finding is related to a virtual machine, or it can be an application login username.
+      },
+      "attackExposure": { # An attack exposure contains the results of an attack path simulation run. # The results of an attack path simulation relevant to this finding.
+        "attackExposureResult": "A String", # The resource name of the attack path simulation result that contains the details regarding this attack exposure score. Example: organizations/123/attackExposureResults/456
+        "exposedHighValueResourcesCount": 42, # The number of high value resources that are exposed as a result of this finding.
+        "exposedLowValueResourcesCount": 42, # The number of high value resources that are exposed as a result of this finding.
+        "exposedMediumValueResourcesCount": 42, # The number of medium value resources that are exposed as a result of this finding.
+        "latestCalculationTime": "A String", # The most recent time the attack exposure was updated on this finding.
+        "score": 3.14, # A number between 0 (inclusive) and infinity that represents how important this finding is to remediate. The higher the score, the more important it is to remediate.
+        "state": "A String", # What state this AttackExposure is in. This captures whether or not an attack exposure has been calculated or not.
+      },
+      "canonicalName": "A String", # The canonical name of the finding. It's either "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}" or "projects/{project_number}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", depending on the closest CRM ancestor of the resource associated with the finding.
+      "category": "A String", # The additional taxonomy group within findings from a given source. This field is immutable after creation time. Example: "XSS_FLASH_INJECTION"
+      "cloudDlpDataProfile": { # The [data profile](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/data-profiles) associated with the finding. # Cloud DLP data profile that is associated with the finding.
+        "dataProfile": "A String", # Name of the data profile, for example, `projects/123/locations/europe/tableProfiles/8383929`.
+        "parentType": "A String", # The resource hierarchy level at which the data profile was generated.
+      },
+      "cloudDlpInspection": { # Details about the Cloud Data Loss Prevention (Cloud DLP) [inspection job](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/concepts-job-triggers) that produced the finding. # Cloud Data Loss Prevention (Cloud DLP) inspection results that are associated with the finding.
+        "fullScan": True or False, # Whether Cloud DLP scanned the complete resource or a sampled subset.
+        "infoType": "A String", # The type of information (or *[infoType](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference)*) found, for example, `EMAIL_ADDRESS` or `STREET_ADDRESS`.
+        "infoTypeCount": "A String", # The number of times Cloud DLP found this infoType within this job and resource.
+        "inspectJob": "A String", # Name of the inspection job, for example, `projects/123/locations/europe/dlpJobs/i-8383929`.
+      },
+      "compliances": [ # Contains compliance information for security standards associated to the finding.
+        { # Contains compliance information about a security standard indicating unmet recommendations.
+          "ids": [ # Policies within the standard or benchmark, for example, A.12.4.1
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "standard": "A String", # Industry-wide compliance standards or benchmarks, such as CIS, PCI, and OWASP.
+          "version": "A String", # Version of the standard or benchmark, for example, 1.1
+        },
+      ],
+      "connections": [ # Contains information about the IP connection associated with the finding.
+        { # Contains information about the IP connection associated with the finding.
+          "destinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address. Not present for sockets that are listening and not connected.
+          "destinationPort": 42, # Destination port. Not present for sockets that are listening and not connected.
+          "protocol": "A String", # IANA Internet Protocol Number such as TCP(6) and UDP(17).
+          "sourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address.
+          "sourcePort": 42, # Source port.
+        },
+      ],
+      "contacts": { # Output only. Map containing the points of contact for the given finding. The key represents the type of contact, while the value contains a list of all the contacts that pertain. Please refer to: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/managing-notification-contacts#notification-categories { "security": { "contacts": [ { "email": "person1@company.com" }, { "email": "person2@company.com" } ] } }
+        "a_key": { # Details about specific contacts
+          "contacts": [ # A list of contacts
+            { # The email address of a contact.
+              "email": "A String", # An email address. For example, "`person123@company.com`".
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+      "containers": [ # Containers associated with the finding. This field provides information for both Kubernetes and non-Kubernetes containers.
+        { # Container associated with the finding.
+          "createTime": "A String", # The time that the container was created.
+          "imageId": "A String", # Optional container image ID, if provided by the container runtime. Uniquely identifies the container image launched using a container image digest.
+          "labels": [ # Container labels, as provided by the container runtime.
+            { # Represents a generic name-value label. A label has separate name and value fields to support filtering with the `contains()` function. For more information, see [Filtering on array-type fields](https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/how-to-api-list-findings#array-contains-filtering).
+              "name": "A String", # Name of the label.
+              "value": "A String", # Value that corresponds to the label's name.
+            },
+          ],
+          "name": "A String", # Name of the container.
+          "uri": "A String", # Container image URI provided when configuring a pod or container. This string can identify a container image version using mutable tags.
+        },
+      ],
+      "createTime": "A String", # The time at which the finding was created in Security Command Center.
+      "database": { # Represents database access information, such as queries. A database may be a sub-resource of an instance (as in the case of Cloud SQL instances or Cloud Spanner instances), or the database instance itself. Some database resources might not have the [full resource name](https://google.aip.dev/122#full-resource-names) populated because these resource types, such as Cloud SQL databases, are not yet supported by Cloud Asset Inventory. In these cases only the display name is provided. # Database associated with the finding.
+        "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the database that the user connected to.
+        "grantees": [ # The target usernames, roles, or groups of an SQL privilege grant, which is not an IAM policy change.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "name": "A String", # Some database resources may not have the [full resource name](https://google.aip.dev/122#full-resource-names) populated because these resource types are not yet supported by Cloud Asset Inventory (e.g. Cloud SQL databases). In these cases only the display name will be provided. The [full resource name](https://google.aip.dev/122#full-resource-names) of the database that the user connected to, if it is supported by Cloud Asset Inventory.
+        "query": "A String", # The SQL statement that is associated with the database access.
+        "userName": "A String", # The username used to connect to the database. The username might not be an IAM principal and does not have a set format.
+        "version": "A String", # The version of the database, for example, POSTGRES_14. See [the complete list](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/admin-api/rest/v1/SqlDatabaseVersion).
+      },
+      "description": "A String", # Contains more details about the finding.
+      "eventTime": "A String", # The time the finding was first detected. If an existing finding is updated, then this is the time the update occurred. For example, if the finding represents an open firewall, this property captures the time the detector believes the firewall became open. The accuracy is determined by the detector. If the finding is later resolved, then this time reflects when the finding was resolved. This must not be set to a value greater than the current timestamp.
+      "exfiltration": { # Exfiltration represents a data exfiltration attempt from one or more sources to one or more targets. The `sources` attribute lists the sources of the exfiltrated data. The `targets` attribute lists the destinations the data was copied to. # Represents exfiltrations associated with the finding.
+        "sources": [ # If there are multiple sources, then the data is considered "joined" between them. For instance, BigQuery can join multiple tables, and each table would be considered a source.
+          { # Resource where data was exfiltrated from or exfiltrated to.
+            "components": [ # Subcomponents of the asset that was exfiltrated, like URIs used during exfiltration, table names, databases, and filenames. For example, multiple tables might have been exfiltrated from the same Cloud SQL instance, or multiple files might have been exfiltrated from the same Cloud Storage bucket.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "name": "A String", # The resource's [full resource name](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#full_resource_name).
+          },
+        ],
+        "targets": [ # If there are multiple targets, each target would get a complete copy of the "joined" source data.
+          { # Resource where data was exfiltrated from or exfiltrated to.
+            "components": [ # Subcomponents of the asset that was exfiltrated, like URIs used during exfiltration, table names, databases, and filenames. For example, multiple tables might have been exfiltrated from the same Cloud SQL instance, or multiple files might have been exfiltrated from the same Cloud Storage bucket.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "name": "A String", # The resource's [full resource name](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#full_resource_name).
+          },
+        ],
+        "totalExfiltratedBytes": "A String", # Total exfiltrated bytes processed for the entire job.
+      },
+      "externalSystems": { # Output only. Third party SIEM/SOAR fields within SCC, contains external system information and external system finding fields.
+        "a_key": { # Representation of third party SIEM/SOAR fields within SCC.
+          "assignees": [ # References primary/secondary etc assignees in the external system.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "externalSystemUpdateTime": "A String", # The time when the case was last updated, as reported by the external system.
+          "externalUid": "A String", # The identifier that's used to track the finding's corresponding case in the external system.
+          "name": "A String", # Full resource name of the external system, for example: "organizations/1234/sources/5678/findings/123456/externalSystems/jira", "folders/1234/sources/5678/findings/123456/externalSystems/jira", "projects/1234/sources/5678/findings/123456/externalSystems/jira"
+          "status": "A String", # The most recent status of the finding's corresponding case, as reported by the external system.
+        },
+      },
+      "externalUri": "A String", # The URI that, if available, points to a web page outside of Security Command Center where additional information about the finding can be found. This field is guaranteed to be either empty or a well formed URL.
+      "files": [ # File associated with the finding.
+        { # File information about the related binary/library used by an executable, or the script used by a script interpreter
+          "contents": "A String", # Prefix of the file contents as a JSON-encoded string.
+          "hashedSize": "A String", # The length in bytes of the file prefix that was hashed. If hashed_size == size, any hashes reported represent the entire file.
+          "partiallyHashed": True or False, # True when the hash covers only a prefix of the file.
+          "path": "A String", # Absolute path of the file as a JSON encoded string.
+          "sha256": "A String", # SHA256 hash of the first hashed_size bytes of the file encoded as a hex string. If hashed_size == size, sha256 represents the SHA256 hash of the entire file.
+          "size": "A String", # Size of the file in bytes.
+        },
+      ],
+      "findingClass": "A String", # The class of the finding.
+      "iamBindings": [ # Represents IAM bindings associated with the finding.
+        { # Represents a particular IAM binding, which captures a member's role addition, removal, or state.
+          "action": "A String", # The action that was performed on a Binding.
+          "member": "A String", # A single identity requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource, for example, "foo@google.com".
+          "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to "members". For example, "roles/viewer", "roles/editor", or "roles/owner".
+        },
+      ],
+      "indicator": { # Represents what's commonly known as an _indicator of compromise_ (IoC) in computer forensics. This is an artifact observed on a network or in an operating system that, with high confidence, indicates a computer intrusion. For more information, see [Indicator of compromise](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Indicator_of_compromise). # Represents what's commonly known as an *indicator of compromise* (IoC) in computer forensics. This is an artifact observed on a network or in an operating system that, with high confidence, indicates a computer intrusion. For more information, see [Indicator of compromise](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Indicator_of_compromise).
+        "domains": [ # List of domains associated to the Finding.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "ipAddresses": [ # The list of IP addresses that are associated with the finding.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "signatures": [ # The list of matched signatures indicating that the given process is present in the environment.
+          { # Indicates what signature matched this process.
+            "memoryHashSignature": { # A signature corresponding to memory page hashes. # Signature indicating that a binary family was matched.
+              "binaryFamily": "A String", # The binary family.
+              "detections": [ # The list of memory hash detections contributing to the binary family match.
+                { # Memory hash detection contributing to the binary family match.
+                  "binary": "A String", # The name of the binary associated with the memory hash signature detection.
+                  "percentPagesMatched": 3.14, # The percentage of memory page hashes in the signature that were matched.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "yaraRuleSignature": { # A signature corresponding to a YARA rule. # Signature indicating that a YARA rule was matched.
+              "yaraRule": "A String", # The name of the YARA rule.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "uris": [ # The list of URIs associated to the Findings.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "kernelRootkit": { # Kernel mode rootkit signatures. # Signature of the kernel rootkit.
+        "name": "A String", # Rootkit name, when available.
+        "unexpectedCodeModification": True or False, # True if unexpected modifications of kernel code memory are present.
+        "unexpectedFtraceHandler": True or False, # True if `ftrace` points are present with callbacks pointing to regions that are not in the expected kernel or module code range.
+        "unexpectedInterruptHandler": True or False, # True if interrupt handlers that are are not in the expected kernel or module code regions are present.
+        "unexpectedKernelCodePages": True or False, # True if kernel code pages that are not in the expected kernel or module code regions are present.
+        "unexpectedKprobeHandler": True or False, # True if `kprobe` points are present with callbacks pointing to regions that are not in the expected kernel or module code range.
+        "unexpectedProcessesInRunqueue": True or False, # True if unexpected processes in the scheduler run queue are present. Such processes are in the run queue, but not in the process task list.
+        "unexpectedReadOnlyDataModification": True or False, # True if unexpected modifications of kernel read-only data memory are present.
+        "unexpectedSystemCallHandler": True or False, # True if system call handlers that are are not in the expected kernel or module code regions are present.
+      },
+      "kubernetes": { # Kubernetes-related attributes. # Kubernetes resources associated with the finding.
+        "accessReviews": [ # Provides information on any Kubernetes access reviews (privilege checks) relevant to the finding.
+          { # Conveys information about a Kubernetes access review (such as one returned by a [`kubectl auth can-i`](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/access-authn-authz/authorization/#checking-api-access) command) that was involved in a finding.
+            "group": "A String", # The API group of the resource. "*" means all.
+            "name": "A String", # The name of the resource being requested. Empty means all.
+            "ns": "A String", # Namespace of the action being requested. Currently, there is no distinction between no namespace and all namespaces. Both are represented by "" (empty).
+            "resource": "A String", # The optional resource type requested. "*" means all.
+            "subresource": "A String", # The optional subresource type.
+            "verb": "A String", # A Kubernetes resource API verb, like get, list, watch, create, update, delete, proxy. "*" means all.
+            "version": "A String", # The API version of the resource. "*" means all.
+          },
+        ],
+        "bindings": [ # Provides Kubernetes role binding information for findings that involve [RoleBindings or ClusterRoleBindings](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/role-based-access-control).
+          { # Represents a Kubernetes RoleBinding or ClusterRoleBinding.
+            "name": "A String", # Name for the binding.
+            "ns": "A String", # Namespace for the binding.
+            "role": { # Kubernetes Role or ClusterRole. # The Role or ClusterRole referenced by the binding.
+              "kind": "A String", # Role type.
+              "name": "A String", # Role name.
+              "ns": "A String", # Role namespace.
+            },
+            "subjects": [ # Represents one or more subjects that are bound to the role. Not always available for PATCH requests.
+              { # Represents a Kubernetes subject.
+                "kind": "A String", # Authentication type for the subject.
+                "name": "A String", # Name for the subject.
+                "ns": "A String", # Namespace for the subject.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+        ],
+        "nodePools": [ # GKE [node pools](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/node-pools) associated with the finding. This field contains node pool information for each node, when it is available.
+          { # Provides GKE node pool information.
+            "name": "A String", # Kubernetes node pool name.
+            "nodes": [ # Nodes associated with the finding.
+              { # Kubernetes nodes associated with the finding.
+                "name": "A String", # [Full resource name](https://google.aip.dev/122#full-resource-names) of the Compute Engine VM running the cluster node.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+        ],
+        "nodes": [ # Provides Kubernetes [node](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/cluster-architecture#nodes) information.
+          { # Kubernetes nodes associated with the finding.
+            "name": "A String", # [Full resource name](https://google.aip.dev/122#full-resource-names) of the Compute Engine VM running the cluster node.
+          },
+        ],
+        "objects": [ # Kubernetes objects related to the finding.
+          { # Kubernetes object related to the finding, uniquely identified by GKNN. Used if the object Kind is not one of Pod, Node, NodePool, Binding, or AccessReview.
+            "group": "A String", # Kubernetes object group, such as "policy.k8s.io/v1".
+            "kind": "A String", # Kubernetes object kind, such as “Namespace”.
+            "name": "A String", # Kubernetes object name. For details see https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/.
+            "ns": "A String", # Kubernetes object namespace. Must be a valid DNS label. Named "ns" to avoid collision with C++ namespace keyword. For details see https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/namespaces/.
+          },
+        ],
+        "pods": [ # Kubernetes [Pods](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/pod) associated with the finding. This field contains Pod records for each container that is owned by a Pod.
+          { # A Kubernetes Pod.
+            "containers": [ # Pod containers associated with this finding, if any.
+              { # Container associated with the finding.
+                "createTime": "A String", # The time that the container was created.
+                "imageId": "A String", # Optional container image ID, if provided by the container runtime. Uniquely identifies the container image launched using a container image digest.
+                "labels": [ # Container labels, as provided by the container runtime.
+                  { # Represents a generic name-value label. A label has separate name and value fields to support filtering with the `contains()` function. For more information, see [Filtering on array-type fields](https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/how-to-api-list-findings#array-contains-filtering).
+                    "name": "A String", # Name of the label.
+                    "value": "A String", # Value that corresponds to the label's name.
+                  },
+                ],
+                "name": "A String", # Name of the container.
+                "uri": "A String", # Container image URI provided when configuring a pod or container. This string can identify a container image version using mutable tags.
+              },
+            ],
+            "labels": [ # Pod labels. For Kubernetes containers, these are applied to the container.
+              { # Represents a generic name-value label. A label has separate name and value fields to support filtering with the `contains()` function. For more information, see [Filtering on array-type fields](https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/how-to-api-list-findings#array-contains-filtering).
+                "name": "A String", # Name of the label.
+                "value": "A String", # Value that corresponds to the label's name.
+              },
+            ],
+            "name": "A String", # Kubernetes Pod name.
+            "ns": "A String", # Kubernetes Pod namespace.
+          },
+        ],
+        "roles": [ # Provides Kubernetes role information for findings that involve [Roles or ClusterRoles](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/role-based-access-control).
+          { # Kubernetes Role or ClusterRole.
+            "kind": "A String", # Role type.
+            "name": "A String", # Role name.
+            "ns": "A String", # Role namespace.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "loadBalancers": [ # The load balancers associated with the finding.
+        { # Contains information related to the load balancer associated with the finding.
+          "name": "A String", # The name of the load balancer associated with the finding.
+        },
+      ],
+      "mitreAttack": { # MITRE ATT&CK tactics and techniques related to this finding. See: https://attack.mitre.org # MITRE ATT&CK tactics and techniques related to this finding. See: https://attack.mitre.org
+        "additionalTactics": [ # Additional MITRE ATT&CK tactics related to this finding, if any.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "additionalTechniques": [ # Additional MITRE ATT&CK techniques related to this finding, if any, along with any of their respective parent techniques.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "primaryTactic": "A String", # The MITRE ATT&CK tactic most closely represented by this finding, if any.
+        "primaryTechniques": [ # The MITRE ATT&CK technique most closely represented by this finding, if any. primary_techniques is a repeated field because there are multiple levels of MITRE ATT&CK techniques. If the technique most closely represented by this finding is a sub-technique (e.g. `SCANNING_IP_BLOCKS`), both the sub-technique and its parent technique(s) will be listed (e.g. `SCANNING_IP_BLOCKS`, `ACTIVE_SCANNING`).
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "version": "A String", # The MITRE ATT&CK version referenced by the above fields. E.g. "8".
+      },
+      "moduleName": "A String", # Unique identifier of the module which generated the finding. Example: folders/598186756061/securityHealthAnalyticsSettings/customModules/56799441161885
+      "mute": "A String", # Indicates the mute state of a finding (either muted, unmuted or undefined). Unlike other attributes of a finding, a finding provider shouldn't set the value of mute.
+      "muteInitiator": "A String", # Records additional information about the mute operation, for example, the [mute configuration](/security-command-center/docs/how-to-mute-findings) that muted the finding and the user who muted the finding.
+      "muteUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time this finding was muted or unmuted.
+      "name": "A String", # The [relative resource name](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name) of the finding. Example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "projects/{project_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}".
+      "nextSteps": "A String", # Steps to address the finding.
+      "orgPolicies": [ # Contains information about the org policies associated with the finding.
+        { # Contains information about the org policies associated with the finding.
+          "name": "A String", # The resource name of the org policy. Example: "organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}"
+        },
+      ],
+      "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}"
+      "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics".
+      "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding.
+        { # Represents an operating system process.
+          "args": [ # Process arguments as JSON encoded strings.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "argumentsTruncated": True or False, # True if `args` is incomplete.
+          "binary": { # File information about the related binary/library used by an executable, or the script used by a script interpreter # File information for the process executable.
+            "contents": "A String", # Prefix of the file contents as a JSON-encoded string.
+            "hashedSize": "A String", # The length in bytes of the file prefix that was hashed. If hashed_size == size, any hashes reported represent the entire file.
+            "partiallyHashed": True or False, # True when the hash covers only a prefix of the file.
+            "path": "A String", # Absolute path of the file as a JSON encoded string.
+            "sha256": "A String", # SHA256 hash of the first hashed_size bytes of the file encoded as a hex string. If hashed_size == size, sha256 represents the SHA256 hash of the entire file.
+            "size": "A String", # Size of the file in bytes.
+          },
+          "envVariables": [ # Process environment variables.
+            { # A name-value pair representing an environment variable used in an operating system process.
+              "name": "A String", # Environment variable name as a JSON encoded string.
+              "val": "A String", # Environment variable value as a JSON encoded string.
+            },
+          ],
+          "envVariablesTruncated": True or False, # True if `env_variables` is incomplete.
+          "libraries": [ # File information for libraries loaded by the process.
+            { # File information about the related binary/library used by an executable, or the script used by a script interpreter
+              "contents": "A String", # Prefix of the file contents as a JSON-encoded string.
+              "hashedSize": "A String", # The length in bytes of the file prefix that was hashed. If hashed_size == size, any hashes reported represent the entire file.
+              "partiallyHashed": True or False, # True when the hash covers only a prefix of the file.
+              "path": "A String", # Absolute path of the file as a JSON encoded string.
+              "sha256": "A String", # SHA256 hash of the first hashed_size bytes of the file encoded as a hex string. If hashed_size == size, sha256 represents the SHA256 hash of the entire file.
+              "size": "A String", # Size of the file in bytes.
+            },
+          ],
+          "name": "A String", # The process name, as displayed in utilities like `top` and `ps`. This name can be accessed through `/proc/[pid]/comm` and changed with `prctl(PR_SET_NAME)`.
+          "parentPid": "A String", # The parent process ID.
+          "pid": "A String", # The process ID.
+          "script": { # File information about the related binary/library used by an executable, or the script used by a script interpreter # When the process represents the invocation of a script, `binary` provides information about the interpreter, while `script` provides information about the script file provided to the interpreter.
+            "contents": "A String", # Prefix of the file contents as a JSON-encoded string.
+            "hashedSize": "A String", # The length in bytes of the file prefix that was hashed. If hashed_size == size, any hashes reported represent the entire file.
+            "partiallyHashed": True or False, # True when the hash covers only a prefix of the file.
+            "path": "A String", # Absolute path of the file as a JSON encoded string.
+            "sha256": "A String", # SHA256 hash of the first hashed_size bytes of the file encoded as a hex string. If hashed_size == size, sha256 represents the SHA256 hash of the entire file.
+            "size": "A String", # Size of the file in bytes.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "resourceName": "A String", # For findings on Google Cloud resources, the full resource name of the Google Cloud resource this finding is for. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#full_resource_name When the finding is for a non-Google Cloud resource, the resourceName can be a customer or partner defined string. This field is immutable after creation time.
+      "securityMarks": { # User specified security marks that are attached to the parent Security Command Center resource. Security marks are scoped within a Security Command Center organization -- they can be modified and viewed by all users who have proper permissions on the organization. # Output only. User specified security marks. These marks are entirely managed by the user and come from the SecurityMarks resource that belongs to the finding.
+        "canonicalName": "A String", # The canonical name of the marks. Examples: "organizations/{organization_id}/assets/{asset_id}/securityMarks" "folders/{folder_id}/assets/{asset_id}/securityMarks" "projects/{project_number}/assets/{asset_id}/securityMarks" "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}/securityMarks" "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}/securityMarks" "projects/{project_number}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}/securityMarks"
+        "marks": { # Mutable user specified security marks belonging to the parent resource. Constraints are as follows: * Keys and values are treated as case insensitive * Keys must be between 1 - 256 characters (inclusive) * Keys must be letters, numbers, underscores, or dashes * Values have leading and trailing whitespace trimmed, remaining characters must be between 1 - 4096 characters (inclusive)
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+        "name": "A String", # The relative resource name of the SecurityMarks. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name Examples: "organizations/{organization_id}/assets/{asset_id}/securityMarks" "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}/securityMarks".
+      },
+      "securityPosture": { # Represents a posture that is deployed on Google Cloud by the Security Command Center Posture Management service. A posture contains one or more policy sets. A policy set is a group of policies that enforce a set of security rules on Google Cloud. # The security posture associated with the finding.
+        "changedPolicy": "A String", # The name of the policy that has been updated, for example, `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}`.
+        "name": "A String", # Name of the posture, for example, `organizations/{org_id}/locations/{location}/postures/{posture_name}`.
+        "postureDeployment": "A String", # The name of the posture deployment, for example, `projects/{project_id}/posturedeployments/{posture_deployment_id}`.
+        "postureDeploymentResource": "A String", # The project, folder, or organization on which the posture is deployed, for example, `projects/{project_id}`.
+        "revisionId": "A String", # The version of the posture, for example, `c7cfa2a8`.
+      },
+      "severity": "A String", # The severity of the finding. This field is managed by the source that writes the finding.
+      "sourceProperties": { # Source specific properties. These properties are managed by the source that writes the finding. The key names in the source_properties map must be between 1 and 255 characters, and must start with a letter and contain alphanumeric characters or underscores only.
+        "a_key": "",
+      },
+      "state": "A String", # The state of the finding.
+      "vulnerability": { # Refers to common vulnerability fields e.g. cve, cvss, cwe etc. # Represents vulnerability-specific fields like CVE and CVSS scores. CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (https://cve.mitre.org/about/)
+        "cve": { # CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures. More information: https://cve.mitre.org # CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (https://cve.mitre.org/about/)
+          "cvssv3": { # Common Vulnerability Scoring System version 3. # Describe Common Vulnerability Scoring System specified at https://www.first.org/cvss/v3.1/specification-document
+            "attackComplexity": "A String", # This metric describes the conditions beyond the attacker's control that must exist in order to exploit the vulnerability.
+            "attackVector": "A String", # Base Metrics Represents the intrinsic characteristics of a vulnerability that are constant over time and across user environments. This metric reflects the context by which vulnerability exploitation is possible.
+            "availabilityImpact": "A String", # This metric measures the impact to the availability of the impacted component resulting from a successfully exploited vulnerability.
+            "baseScore": 3.14, # The base score is a function of the base metric scores.
+            "confidentialityImpact": "A String", # This metric measures the impact to the confidentiality of the information resources managed by a software component due to a successfully exploited vulnerability.
+            "integrityImpact": "A String", # This metric measures the impact to integrity of a successfully exploited vulnerability.
+            "privilegesRequired": "A String", # This metric describes the level of privileges an attacker must possess before successfully exploiting the vulnerability.
+            "scope": "A String", # The Scope metric captures whether a vulnerability in one vulnerable component impacts resources in components beyond its security scope.
+            "userInteraction": "A String", # This metric captures the requirement for a human user, other than the attacker, to participate in the successful compromise of the vulnerable component.
+          },
+          "id": "A String", # The unique identifier for the vulnerability. e.g. CVE-2021-34527
+          "references": [ # Additional information about the CVE. e.g. https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2021-34527
+            { # Additional Links
+              "source": "A String", # Source of the reference e.g. NVD
+              "uri": "A String", # Uri for the mentioned source e.g. https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2021-34527.
+            },
+          ],
+          "upstreamFixAvailable": True or False, # Whether upstream fix is available for the CVE.
+        },
+      },
+    },
+    "noViolation": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } # Indicates that the test case does not trigger any violation.
+    },
+  },
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.sources.findings.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.sources.findings.html index a2da5e417bd..623c0a6a271 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.sources.findings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.sources.findings.html @@ -418,6 +418,11 @@

Method Details

"muteUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time this finding was muted or unmuted. "name": "A String", # The [relative resource name](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name) of the finding. Example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "projects/{project_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}". "nextSteps": "A String", # Steps to address the finding. + "orgPolicies": [ # Contains information about the org policies associated with the finding. + { # Contains information about the org policies associated with the finding. + "name": "A String", # The resource name of the org policy. Example: "organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}" + }, + ], "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}" "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics". "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding. @@ -812,6 +817,11 @@

Method Details

"muteUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time this finding was muted or unmuted. "name": "A String", # The [relative resource name](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name) of the finding. Example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "projects/{project_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}". "nextSteps": "A String", # Steps to address the finding. + "orgPolicies": [ # Contains information about the org policies associated with the finding. + { # Contains information about the org policies associated with the finding. + "name": "A String", # The resource name of the org policy. Example: "organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}" + }, + ], "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}" "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics". "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding. @@ -1277,6 +1287,11 @@

Method Details

"muteUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time this finding was muted or unmuted. "name": "A String", # The [relative resource name](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name) of the finding. Example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "projects/{project_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}". "nextSteps": "A String", # Steps to address the finding. + "orgPolicies": [ # Contains information about the org policies associated with the finding. + { # Contains information about the org policies associated with the finding. + "name": "A String", # The resource name of the org policy. Example: "organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}" + }, + ], "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}" "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics". "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding. @@ -1708,6 +1723,11 @@

Method Details

"muteUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time this finding was muted or unmuted. "name": "A String", # The [relative resource name](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name) of the finding. Example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "projects/{project_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}". "nextSteps": "A String", # Steps to address the finding. + "orgPolicies": [ # Contains information about the org policies associated with the finding. + { # Contains information about the org policies associated with the finding. + "name": "A String", # The resource name of the org policy. Example: "organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}" + }, + ], "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}" "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics". "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding. @@ -2102,6 +2122,11 @@

Method Details

"muteUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time this finding was muted or unmuted. "name": "A String", # The [relative resource name](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name) of the finding. Example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "projects/{project_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}". "nextSteps": "A String", # Steps to address the finding. + "orgPolicies": [ # Contains information about the org policies associated with the finding. + { # Contains information about the org policies associated with the finding. + "name": "A String", # The resource name of the org policy. Example: "organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}" + }, + ], "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}" "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics". "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding. @@ -2509,6 +2534,11 @@

Method Details

"muteUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time this finding was muted or unmuted. "name": "A String", # The [relative resource name](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name) of the finding. Example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "projects/{project_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}". "nextSteps": "A String", # Steps to address the finding. + "orgPolicies": [ # Contains information about the org policies associated with the finding. + { # Contains information about the org policies associated with the finding. + "name": "A String", # The resource name of the org policy. Example: "organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}" + }, + ], "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}" "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics". "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding. @@ -2917,6 +2947,11 @@

Method Details

"muteUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time this finding was muted or unmuted. "name": "A String", # The [relative resource name](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name) of the finding. Example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "projects/{project_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}". "nextSteps": "A String", # Steps to address the finding. + "orgPolicies": [ # Contains information about the org policies associated with the finding. + { # Contains information about the org policies associated with the finding. + "name": "A String", # The resource name of the org policy. Example: "organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}" + }, + ], "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}" "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics". "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding. diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.html index 92103572fc4..5cbea666193 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.html @@ -89,6 +89,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the findings Resource.

+

+ locations() +

+

Returns the locations Resource.

+

muteConfigs()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.locations.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7edc6490aa8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ + + + +

Security Command Center API . projects . locations

+

Instance Methods

+

+ muteConfigs() +

+

Returns the muteConfigs Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.locations.muteConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.locations.muteConfigs.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6940f548401 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.locations.muteConfigs.html @@ -0,0 +1,177 @@ + + + +

Security Command Center API . projects . locations . muteConfigs

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes an existing mute config.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets a mute config.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates a mute config.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes an existing mute config.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the mute config to delete. Its format is organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}, or projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets a mute config.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the mute config to retrieve. Its format is organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}, or projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A mute config is a Cloud SCC resource that contains the configuration to mute create/update events of findings.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the mute config was created. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation.
+  "description": "A String", # A description of the mute config.
+  "displayName": "A String", # The human readable name to be displayed for the mute config.
+  "filter": "A String", # Required. An expression that defines the filter to apply across create/update events of findings. While creating a filter string, be mindful of the scope in which the mute configuration is being created. E.g., If a filter contains project = X but is created under the project = Y scope, it might not match any findings. The following field and operator combinations are supported: * severity: `=`, `:` * category: `=`, `:` * resource.name: `=`, `:` * resource.project_name: `=`, `:` * resource.project_display_name: `=`, `:` * resource.folders.resource_folder: `=`, `:` * resource.parent_name: `=`, `:` * resource.parent_display_name: `=`, `:` * resource.type: `=`, `:` * finding_class: `=`, `:` * indicator.ip_addresses: `=`, `:` * indicator.domains: `=`, `:`
+  "mostRecentEditor": "A String", # Output only. Email address of the user who last edited the mute config. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation or update.
+  "name": "A String", # This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format "organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}"
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time at which the mute config was updated. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation or update.
+}
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates a mute config.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format "organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A mute config is a Cloud SCC resource that contains the configuration to mute create/update events of findings.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the mute config was created. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation.
+  "description": "A String", # A description of the mute config.
+  "displayName": "A String", # The human readable name to be displayed for the mute config.
+  "filter": "A String", # Required. An expression that defines the filter to apply across create/update events of findings. While creating a filter string, be mindful of the scope in which the mute configuration is being created. E.g., If a filter contains project = X but is created under the project = Y scope, it might not match any findings. The following field and operator combinations are supported: * severity: `=`, `:` * category: `=`, `:` * resource.name: `=`, `:` * resource.project_name: `=`, `:` * resource.project_display_name: `=`, `:` * resource.folders.resource_folder: `=`, `:` * resource.parent_name: `=`, `:` * resource.parent_display_name: `=`, `:` * resource.type: `=`, `:` * finding_class: `=`, `:` * indicator.ip_addresses: `=`, `:` * indicator.domains: `=`, `:`
+  "mostRecentEditor": "A String", # Output only. Email address of the user who last edited the mute config. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation or update.
+  "name": "A String", # This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format "organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}"
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time at which the mute config was updated. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation or update.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, The list of fields to be updated. If empty all mutable fields will be updated.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A mute config is a Cloud SCC resource that contains the configuration to mute create/update events of findings.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the mute config was created. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation.
+  "description": "A String", # A description of the mute config.
+  "displayName": "A String", # The human readable name to be displayed for the mute config.
+  "filter": "A String", # Required. An expression that defines the filter to apply across create/update events of findings. While creating a filter string, be mindful of the scope in which the mute configuration is being created. E.g., If a filter contains project = X but is created under the project = Y scope, it might not match any findings. The following field and operator combinations are supported: * severity: `=`, `:` * category: `=`, `:` * resource.name: `=`, `:` * resource.project_name: `=`, `:` * resource.project_display_name: `=`, `:` * resource.folders.resource_folder: `=`, `:` * resource.parent_name: `=`, `:` * resource.parent_display_name: `=`, `:` * resource.type: `=`, `:` * finding_class: `=`, `:` * indicator.ip_addresses: `=`, `:` * indicator.domains: `=`, `:`
+  "mostRecentEditor": "A String", # Output only. Email address of the user who last edited the mute config. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation or update.
+  "name": "A String", # This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format "organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}"
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time at which the mute config was updated. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation or update.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.muteConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.muteConfigs.html index a95dc126e72..2ffd4d057c1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.muteConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.muteConfigs.html @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # The human readable name to be displayed for the mute config. "filter": "A String", # Required. An expression that defines the filter to apply across create/update events of findings. While creating a filter string, be mindful of the scope in which the mute configuration is being created. E.g., If a filter contains project = X but is created under the project = Y scope, it might not match any findings. The following field and operator combinations are supported: * severity: `=`, `:` * category: `=`, `:` * resource.name: `=`, `:` * resource.project_name: `=`, `:` * resource.project_display_name: `=`, `:` * resource.folders.resource_folder: `=`, `:` * resource.parent_name: `=`, `:` * resource.parent_display_name: `=`, `:` * resource.type: `=`, `:` * finding_class: `=`, `:` * indicator.ip_addresses: `=`, `:` * indicator.domains: `=`, `:` "mostRecentEditor": "A String", # Output only. Email address of the user who last edited the mute config. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation or update. - "name": "A String", # This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format "organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" + "name": "A String", # This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format "organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time at which the mute config was updated. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation or update. } @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # The human readable name to be displayed for the mute config. "filter": "A String", # Required. An expression that defines the filter to apply across create/update events of findings. While creating a filter string, be mindful of the scope in which the mute configuration is being created. E.g., If a filter contains project = X but is created under the project = Y scope, it might not match any findings. The following field and operator combinations are supported: * severity: `=`, `:` * category: `=`, `:` * resource.name: `=`, `:` * resource.project_name: `=`, `:` * resource.project_display_name: `=`, `:` * resource.folders.resource_folder: `=`, `:` * resource.parent_name: `=`, `:` * resource.parent_display_name: `=`, `:` * resource.type: `=`, `:` * finding_class: `=`, `:` * indicator.ip_addresses: `=`, `:` * indicator.domains: `=`, `:` "mostRecentEditor": "A String", # Output only. Email address of the user who last edited the mute config. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation or update. - "name": "A String", # This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format "organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" + "name": "A String", # This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format "organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time at which the mute config was updated. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation or update. } @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@

Method Details

Deletes an existing mute config.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Name of the mute config to delete. Its format is organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, or projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{config_id} (required)
+  name: string, Required. Name of the mute config to delete. Its format is organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}, or projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ 

Method Details

Gets a mute config.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Name of the mute config to retrieve. Its format is organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, or projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{config_id} (required)
+  name: string, Required. Name of the mute config to retrieve. Its format is organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}, or projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ 

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # The human readable name to be displayed for the mute config. "filter": "A String", # Required. An expression that defines the filter to apply across create/update events of findings. While creating a filter string, be mindful of the scope in which the mute configuration is being created. E.g., If a filter contains project = X but is created under the project = Y scope, it might not match any findings. The following field and operator combinations are supported: * severity: `=`, `:` * category: `=`, `:` * resource.name: `=`, `:` * resource.project_name: `=`, `:` * resource.project_display_name: `=`, `:` * resource.folders.resource_folder: `=`, `:` * resource.parent_name: `=`, `:` * resource.parent_display_name: `=`, `:` * resource.type: `=`, `:` * finding_class: `=`, `:` * indicator.ip_addresses: `=`, `:` * indicator.domains: `=`, `:` "mostRecentEditor": "A String", # Output only. Email address of the user who last edited the mute config. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation or update. - "name": "A String", # This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format "organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" + "name": "A String", # This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format "organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time at which the mute config was updated. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation or update. }
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # The human readable name to be displayed for the mute config. "filter": "A String", # Required. An expression that defines the filter to apply across create/update events of findings. While creating a filter string, be mindful of the scope in which the mute configuration is being created. E.g., If a filter contains project = X but is created under the project = Y scope, it might not match any findings. The following field and operator combinations are supported: * severity: `=`, `:` * category: `=`, `:` * resource.name: `=`, `:` * resource.project_name: `=`, `:` * resource.project_display_name: `=`, `:` * resource.folders.resource_folder: `=`, `:` * resource.parent_name: `=`, `:` * resource.parent_display_name: `=`, `:` * resource.type: `=`, `:` * finding_class: `=`, `:` * indicator.ip_addresses: `=`, `:` * indicator.domains: `=`, `:` "mostRecentEditor": "A String", # Output only. Email address of the user who last edited the mute config. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation or update. - "name": "A String", # This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format "organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" + "name": "A String", # This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format "organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time at which the mute config was updated. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation or update. }, ], @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@

Method Details

Updates a mute config.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format "organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" (required)
+  name: string, This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format "organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ 

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # The human readable name to be displayed for the mute config. "filter": "A String", # Required. An expression that defines the filter to apply across create/update events of findings. While creating a filter string, be mindful of the scope in which the mute configuration is being created. E.g., If a filter contains project = X but is created under the project = Y scope, it might not match any findings. The following field and operator combinations are supported: * severity: `=`, `:` * category: `=`, `:` * resource.name: `=`, `:` * resource.project_name: `=`, `:` * resource.project_display_name: `=`, `:` * resource.folders.resource_folder: `=`, `:` * resource.parent_name: `=`, `:` * resource.parent_display_name: `=`, `:` * resource.type: `=`, `:` * finding_class: `=`, `:` * indicator.ip_addresses: `=`, `:` * indicator.domains: `=`, `:` "mostRecentEditor": "A String", # Output only. Email address of the user who last edited the mute config. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation or update. - "name": "A String", # This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format "organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" + "name": "A String", # This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format "organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time at which the mute config was updated. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation or update. } @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # The human readable name to be displayed for the mute config. "filter": "A String", # Required. An expression that defines the filter to apply across create/update events of findings. While creating a filter string, be mindful of the scope in which the mute configuration is being created. E.g., If a filter contains project = X but is created under the project = Y scope, it might not match any findings. The following field and operator combinations are supported: * severity: `=`, `:` * category: `=`, `:` * resource.name: `=`, `:` * resource.project_name: `=`, `:` * resource.project_display_name: `=`, `:` * resource.folders.resource_folder: `=`, `:` * resource.parent_name: `=`, `:` * resource.parent_display_name: `=`, `:` * resource.type: `=`, `:` * finding_class: `=`, `:` * indicator.ip_addresses: `=`, `:` * indicator.domains: `=`, `:` "mostRecentEditor": "A String", # Output only. Email address of the user who last edited the mute config. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation or update. - "name": "A String", # This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format "organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" + "name": "A String", # This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format "organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}" "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time at which the mute config was updated. This field is set by the server and will be ignored if provided on config creation or update. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html index 3ec18c9279c..12d001bc19c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html @@ -101,6 +101,9 @@

Instance Methods

patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates the SecurityHealthAnalyticsCustomModule under the given name based on the given update mask. Updating the enablement state is supported on both resident and inherited modules (though resident modules cannot have an enablement state of "inherited"). Updating the display name and custom config of a module is supported on resident modules only.

+

+ simulate(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Simulates a given SecurityHealthAnalyticsCustomModule and Resource.

Method Details

close() @@ -515,4 +518,496 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ simulate(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Simulates a given SecurityHealthAnalyticsCustomModule and Resource.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The relative resource name of the organization, project, or folder. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name An example is: "organizations/{organization_id}". (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message to simulate a CustomConfig against a given test resource. Maximum size of the request is 4 MB by default.
+  "customConfig": { # Defines the properties in a custom module configuration for Security Health Analytics. Use the custom module configuration to create custom detectors that generate custom findings for resources that you specify. # Required. The user specified custom configuration to test.
+    "customOutput": { # A set of optional name-value pairs that define custom source properties to return with each finding that is generated by the custom module. The custom source properties that are defined here are included in the finding JSON under `sourceProperties`. # Custom output properties.
+      "properties": [ # A list of custom output properties to add to the finding.
+        { # An individual name-value pair that defines a custom source property.
+          "name": "A String", # Name of the property for the custom output.
+          "valueExpression": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The CEL expression for the custom output. A resource property can be specified to return the value of the property or a text string enclosed in quotation marks.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+            "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+            "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+            "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "description": "A String", # Text that describes the vulnerability or misconfiguration that the custom module detects. This explanation is returned with each finding instance to help investigators understand the detected issue. The text must be enclosed in quotation marks.
+    "predicate": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The CEL expression to evaluate to produce findings. When the expression evaluates to true against a resource, a finding is generated.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+      "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+      "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+      "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+    },
+    "recommendation": "A String", # An explanation of the recommended steps that security teams can take to resolve the detected issue. This explanation is returned with each finding generated by this module in the `nextSteps` property of the finding JSON.
+    "resourceSelector": { # Resource for selecting resource type. # The resource types that the custom module operates on. Each custom module can specify up to 5 resource types.
+      "resourceTypes": [ # The resource types to run the detector on.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "severity": "A String", # The severity to assign to findings generated by the module.
+  },
+  "resource": { # Manually constructed resource. If the custom module only evaluates against the resource data, the iam_policy_data field can be omitted, and vice versa. # Required. Resource data to simulate custom module against.
+    "iamPolicyData": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # Optional. A representation of the IAM policy.
+      "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+        { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+          "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+            { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+              "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+            },
+          ],
+          "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+        },
+      ],
+      "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+        { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+          "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+            "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+            "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+            "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+          },
+          "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+        },
+      ],
+      "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+      "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+    },
+    "resourceData": { # Optional. A representation of the GCP resource. Should match the GCP resource JSON format.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+    "resourceType": "A String", # Required. The type of the resource, e.g. `compute.googleapis.com/Disk`.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for simulating a SecurityHealthAnalyticsCustomModule against a given resource.
+  "result": { # Possible test result. # Result for test case in the corresponding request.
+    "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Error encountered during the test.
+      "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+      "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+        {
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+    },
+    "finding": { # Security Command Center finding. A finding is a record of assessment data like security, risk, health, or privacy, that is ingested into Security Command Center for presentation, notification, analysis, policy testing, and enforcement. For example, a cross-site scripting (XSS) vulnerability in an App Engine application is a finding. # Finding that would be published for the test case, if a violation is detected.
+      "access": { # Represents an access event. # Access details associated with the finding, such as more information on the caller, which method was accessed, and from where.
+        "callerIp": "A String", # Caller's IP address, such as "1.1.1.1".
+        "callerIpGeo": { # Represents a geographical location for a given access. # The caller IP's geolocation, which identifies where the call came from.
+          "regionCode": "A String", # A CLDR.
+        },
+        "methodName": "A String", # The method that the service account called, e.g. "SetIamPolicy".
+        "principalEmail": "A String", # Associated email, such as "foo@google.com". The email address of the authenticated user or a service account acting on behalf of a third party principal making the request. For third party identity callers, the `principal_subject` field is populated instead of this field. For privacy reasons, the principal email address is sometimes redacted. For more information, see [Caller identities in audit logs](https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/audit#user-id).
+        "principalSubject": "A String", # A string that represents the principal_subject that is associated with the identity. Unlike `principal_email`, `principal_subject` supports principals that aren't associated with email addresses, such as third party principals. For most identities, the format is `principal://iam.googleapis.com/{identity pool name}/subject/{subject}`. Some GKE identities, such as GKE_WORKLOAD, FREEFORM, and GKE_HUB_WORKLOAD, still use the legacy format `serviceAccount:{identity pool name}[{subject}]`.
+        "serviceAccountDelegationInfo": [ # The identity delegation history of an authenticated service account that made the request. The `serviceAccountDelegationInfo[]` object contains information about the real authorities that try to access Google Cloud resources by delegating on a service account. When multiple authorities are present, they are guaranteed to be sorted based on the original ordering of the identity delegation events.
+          { # Identity delegation history of an authenticated service account.
+            "principalEmail": "A String", # The email address of a Google account.
+            "principalSubject": "A String", # A string representing the principal_subject associated with the identity. As compared to `principal_email`, supports principals that aren't associated with email addresses, such as third party principals. For most identities, the format will be `principal://iam.googleapis.com/{identity pool name}/subjects/{subject}` except for some GKE identities (GKE_WORKLOAD, FREEFORM, GKE_HUB_WORKLOAD) that are still in the legacy format `serviceAccount:{identity pool name}[{subject}]`
+          },
+        ],
+        "serviceAccountKeyName": "A String", # The name of the service account key that was used to create or exchange credentials when authenticating the service account that made the request. This is a scheme-less URI full resource name. For example: "//iam.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT}/keys/{key}".
+        "serviceName": "A String", # This is the API service that the service account made a call to, e.g. "iam.googleapis.com"
+        "userAgent": "A String", # The caller's user agent string associated with the finding.
+        "userAgentFamily": "A String", # Type of user agent associated with the finding. For example, an operating system shell or an embedded or standalone application.
+        "userName": "A String", # A string that represents a username. The username provided depends on the type of the finding and is likely not an IAM principal. For example, this can be a system username if the finding is related to a virtual machine, or it can be an application login username.
+      },
+      "attackExposure": { # An attack exposure contains the results of an attack path simulation run. # The results of an attack path simulation relevant to this finding.
+        "attackExposureResult": "A String", # The resource name of the attack path simulation result that contains the details regarding this attack exposure score. Example: organizations/123/attackExposureResults/456
+        "exposedHighValueResourcesCount": 42, # The number of high value resources that are exposed as a result of this finding.
+        "exposedLowValueResourcesCount": 42, # The number of high value resources that are exposed as a result of this finding.
+        "exposedMediumValueResourcesCount": 42, # The number of medium value resources that are exposed as a result of this finding.
+        "latestCalculationTime": "A String", # The most recent time the attack exposure was updated on this finding.
+        "score": 3.14, # A number between 0 (inclusive) and infinity that represents how important this finding is to remediate. The higher the score, the more important it is to remediate.
+        "state": "A String", # What state this AttackExposure is in. This captures whether or not an attack exposure has been calculated or not.
+      },
+      "canonicalName": "A String", # The canonical name of the finding. It's either "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}" or "projects/{project_number}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", depending on the closest CRM ancestor of the resource associated with the finding.
+      "category": "A String", # The additional taxonomy group within findings from a given source. This field is immutable after creation time. Example: "XSS_FLASH_INJECTION"
+      "cloudDlpDataProfile": { # The [data profile](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/data-profiles) associated with the finding. # Cloud DLP data profile that is associated with the finding.
+        "dataProfile": "A String", # Name of the data profile, for example, `projects/123/locations/europe/tableProfiles/8383929`.
+        "parentType": "A String", # The resource hierarchy level at which the data profile was generated.
+      },
+      "cloudDlpInspection": { # Details about the Cloud Data Loss Prevention (Cloud DLP) [inspection job](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/concepts-job-triggers) that produced the finding. # Cloud Data Loss Prevention (Cloud DLP) inspection results that are associated with the finding.
+        "fullScan": True or False, # Whether Cloud DLP scanned the complete resource or a sampled subset.
+        "infoType": "A String", # The type of information (or *[infoType](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference)*) found, for example, `EMAIL_ADDRESS` or `STREET_ADDRESS`.
+        "infoTypeCount": "A String", # The number of times Cloud DLP found this infoType within this job and resource.
+        "inspectJob": "A String", # Name of the inspection job, for example, `projects/123/locations/europe/dlpJobs/i-8383929`.
+      },
+      "compliances": [ # Contains compliance information for security standards associated to the finding.
+        { # Contains compliance information about a security standard indicating unmet recommendations.
+          "ids": [ # Policies within the standard or benchmark, for example, A.12.4.1
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "standard": "A String", # Industry-wide compliance standards or benchmarks, such as CIS, PCI, and OWASP.
+          "version": "A String", # Version of the standard or benchmark, for example, 1.1
+        },
+      ],
+      "connections": [ # Contains information about the IP connection associated with the finding.
+        { # Contains information about the IP connection associated with the finding.
+          "destinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address. Not present for sockets that are listening and not connected.
+          "destinationPort": 42, # Destination port. Not present for sockets that are listening and not connected.
+          "protocol": "A String", # IANA Internet Protocol Number such as TCP(6) and UDP(17).
+          "sourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address.
+          "sourcePort": 42, # Source port.
+        },
+      ],
+      "contacts": { # Output only. Map containing the points of contact for the given finding. The key represents the type of contact, while the value contains a list of all the contacts that pertain. Please refer to: https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/managing-notification-contacts#notification-categories { "security": { "contacts": [ { "email": "person1@company.com" }, { "email": "person2@company.com" } ] } }
+        "a_key": { # Details about specific contacts
+          "contacts": [ # A list of contacts
+            { # The email address of a contact.
+              "email": "A String", # An email address. For example, "`person123@company.com`".
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+      "containers": [ # Containers associated with the finding. This field provides information for both Kubernetes and non-Kubernetes containers.
+        { # Container associated with the finding.
+          "createTime": "A String", # The time that the container was created.
+          "imageId": "A String", # Optional container image ID, if provided by the container runtime. Uniquely identifies the container image launched using a container image digest.
+          "labels": [ # Container labels, as provided by the container runtime.
+            { # Represents a generic name-value label. A label has separate name and value fields to support filtering with the `contains()` function. For more information, see [Filtering on array-type fields](https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/how-to-api-list-findings#array-contains-filtering).
+              "name": "A String", # Name of the label.
+              "value": "A String", # Value that corresponds to the label's name.
+            },
+          ],
+          "name": "A String", # Name of the container.
+          "uri": "A String", # Container image URI provided when configuring a pod or container. This string can identify a container image version using mutable tags.
+        },
+      ],
+      "createTime": "A String", # The time at which the finding was created in Security Command Center.
+      "database": { # Represents database access information, such as queries. A database may be a sub-resource of an instance (as in the case of Cloud SQL instances or Cloud Spanner instances), or the database instance itself. Some database resources might not have the [full resource name](https://google.aip.dev/122#full-resource-names) populated because these resource types, such as Cloud SQL databases, are not yet supported by Cloud Asset Inventory. In these cases only the display name is provided. # Database associated with the finding.
+        "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the database that the user connected to.
+        "grantees": [ # The target usernames, roles, or groups of an SQL privilege grant, which is not an IAM policy change.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "name": "A String", # Some database resources may not have the [full resource name](https://google.aip.dev/122#full-resource-names) populated because these resource types are not yet supported by Cloud Asset Inventory (e.g. Cloud SQL databases). In these cases only the display name will be provided. The [full resource name](https://google.aip.dev/122#full-resource-names) of the database that the user connected to, if it is supported by Cloud Asset Inventory.
+        "query": "A String", # The SQL statement that is associated with the database access.
+        "userName": "A String", # The username used to connect to the database. The username might not be an IAM principal and does not have a set format.
+        "version": "A String", # The version of the database, for example, POSTGRES_14. See [the complete list](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/admin-api/rest/v1/SqlDatabaseVersion).
+      },
+      "description": "A String", # Contains more details about the finding.
+      "eventTime": "A String", # The time the finding was first detected. If an existing finding is updated, then this is the time the update occurred. For example, if the finding represents an open firewall, this property captures the time the detector believes the firewall became open. The accuracy is determined by the detector. If the finding is later resolved, then this time reflects when the finding was resolved. This must not be set to a value greater than the current timestamp.
+      "exfiltration": { # Exfiltration represents a data exfiltration attempt from one or more sources to one or more targets. The `sources` attribute lists the sources of the exfiltrated data. The `targets` attribute lists the destinations the data was copied to. # Represents exfiltrations associated with the finding.
+        "sources": [ # If there are multiple sources, then the data is considered "joined" between them. For instance, BigQuery can join multiple tables, and each table would be considered a source.
+          { # Resource where data was exfiltrated from or exfiltrated to.
+            "components": [ # Subcomponents of the asset that was exfiltrated, like URIs used during exfiltration, table names, databases, and filenames. For example, multiple tables might have been exfiltrated from the same Cloud SQL instance, or multiple files might have been exfiltrated from the same Cloud Storage bucket.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "name": "A String", # The resource's [full resource name](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#full_resource_name).
+          },
+        ],
+        "targets": [ # If there are multiple targets, each target would get a complete copy of the "joined" source data.
+          { # Resource where data was exfiltrated from or exfiltrated to.
+            "components": [ # Subcomponents of the asset that was exfiltrated, like URIs used during exfiltration, table names, databases, and filenames. For example, multiple tables might have been exfiltrated from the same Cloud SQL instance, or multiple files might have been exfiltrated from the same Cloud Storage bucket.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "name": "A String", # The resource's [full resource name](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#full_resource_name).
+          },
+        ],
+        "totalExfiltratedBytes": "A String", # Total exfiltrated bytes processed for the entire job.
+      },
+      "externalSystems": { # Output only. Third party SIEM/SOAR fields within SCC, contains external system information and external system finding fields.
+        "a_key": { # Representation of third party SIEM/SOAR fields within SCC.
+          "assignees": [ # References primary/secondary etc assignees in the external system.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "externalSystemUpdateTime": "A String", # The time when the case was last updated, as reported by the external system.
+          "externalUid": "A String", # The identifier that's used to track the finding's corresponding case in the external system.
+          "name": "A String", # Full resource name of the external system, for example: "organizations/1234/sources/5678/findings/123456/externalSystems/jira", "folders/1234/sources/5678/findings/123456/externalSystems/jira", "projects/1234/sources/5678/findings/123456/externalSystems/jira"
+          "status": "A String", # The most recent status of the finding's corresponding case, as reported by the external system.
+        },
+      },
+      "externalUri": "A String", # The URI that, if available, points to a web page outside of Security Command Center where additional information about the finding can be found. This field is guaranteed to be either empty or a well formed URL.
+      "files": [ # File associated with the finding.
+        { # File information about the related binary/library used by an executable, or the script used by a script interpreter
+          "contents": "A String", # Prefix of the file contents as a JSON-encoded string.
+          "hashedSize": "A String", # The length in bytes of the file prefix that was hashed. If hashed_size == size, any hashes reported represent the entire file.
+          "partiallyHashed": True or False, # True when the hash covers only a prefix of the file.
+          "path": "A String", # Absolute path of the file as a JSON encoded string.
+          "sha256": "A String", # SHA256 hash of the first hashed_size bytes of the file encoded as a hex string. If hashed_size == size, sha256 represents the SHA256 hash of the entire file.
+          "size": "A String", # Size of the file in bytes.
+        },
+      ],
+      "findingClass": "A String", # The class of the finding.
+      "iamBindings": [ # Represents IAM bindings associated with the finding.
+        { # Represents a particular IAM binding, which captures a member's role addition, removal, or state.
+          "action": "A String", # The action that was performed on a Binding.
+          "member": "A String", # A single identity requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource, for example, "foo@google.com".
+          "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to "members". For example, "roles/viewer", "roles/editor", or "roles/owner".
+        },
+      ],
+      "indicator": { # Represents what's commonly known as an _indicator of compromise_ (IoC) in computer forensics. This is an artifact observed on a network or in an operating system that, with high confidence, indicates a computer intrusion. For more information, see [Indicator of compromise](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Indicator_of_compromise). # Represents what's commonly known as an *indicator of compromise* (IoC) in computer forensics. This is an artifact observed on a network or in an operating system that, with high confidence, indicates a computer intrusion. For more information, see [Indicator of compromise](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Indicator_of_compromise).
+        "domains": [ # List of domains associated to the Finding.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "ipAddresses": [ # The list of IP addresses that are associated with the finding.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "signatures": [ # The list of matched signatures indicating that the given process is present in the environment.
+          { # Indicates what signature matched this process.
+            "memoryHashSignature": { # A signature corresponding to memory page hashes. # Signature indicating that a binary family was matched.
+              "binaryFamily": "A String", # The binary family.
+              "detections": [ # The list of memory hash detections contributing to the binary family match.
+                { # Memory hash detection contributing to the binary family match.
+                  "binary": "A String", # The name of the binary associated with the memory hash signature detection.
+                  "percentPagesMatched": 3.14, # The percentage of memory page hashes in the signature that were matched.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "yaraRuleSignature": { # A signature corresponding to a YARA rule. # Signature indicating that a YARA rule was matched.
+              "yaraRule": "A String", # The name of the YARA rule.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "uris": [ # The list of URIs associated to the Findings.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "kernelRootkit": { # Kernel mode rootkit signatures. # Signature of the kernel rootkit.
+        "name": "A String", # Rootkit name, when available.
+        "unexpectedCodeModification": True or False, # True if unexpected modifications of kernel code memory are present.
+        "unexpectedFtraceHandler": True or False, # True if `ftrace` points are present with callbacks pointing to regions that are not in the expected kernel or module code range.
+        "unexpectedInterruptHandler": True or False, # True if interrupt handlers that are are not in the expected kernel or module code regions are present.
+        "unexpectedKernelCodePages": True or False, # True if kernel code pages that are not in the expected kernel or module code regions are present.
+        "unexpectedKprobeHandler": True or False, # True if `kprobe` points are present with callbacks pointing to regions that are not in the expected kernel or module code range.
+        "unexpectedProcessesInRunqueue": True or False, # True if unexpected processes in the scheduler run queue are present. Such processes are in the run queue, but not in the process task list.
+        "unexpectedReadOnlyDataModification": True or False, # True if unexpected modifications of kernel read-only data memory are present.
+        "unexpectedSystemCallHandler": True or False, # True if system call handlers that are are not in the expected kernel or module code regions are present.
+      },
+      "kubernetes": { # Kubernetes-related attributes. # Kubernetes resources associated with the finding.
+        "accessReviews": [ # Provides information on any Kubernetes access reviews (privilege checks) relevant to the finding.
+          { # Conveys information about a Kubernetes access review (such as one returned by a [`kubectl auth can-i`](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/access-authn-authz/authorization/#checking-api-access) command) that was involved in a finding.
+            "group": "A String", # The API group of the resource. "*" means all.
+            "name": "A String", # The name of the resource being requested. Empty means all.
+            "ns": "A String", # Namespace of the action being requested. Currently, there is no distinction between no namespace and all namespaces. Both are represented by "" (empty).
+            "resource": "A String", # The optional resource type requested. "*" means all.
+            "subresource": "A String", # The optional subresource type.
+            "verb": "A String", # A Kubernetes resource API verb, like get, list, watch, create, update, delete, proxy. "*" means all.
+            "version": "A String", # The API version of the resource. "*" means all.
+          },
+        ],
+        "bindings": [ # Provides Kubernetes role binding information for findings that involve [RoleBindings or ClusterRoleBindings](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/role-based-access-control).
+          { # Represents a Kubernetes RoleBinding or ClusterRoleBinding.
+            "name": "A String", # Name for the binding.
+            "ns": "A String", # Namespace for the binding.
+            "role": { # Kubernetes Role or ClusterRole. # The Role or ClusterRole referenced by the binding.
+              "kind": "A String", # Role type.
+              "name": "A String", # Role name.
+              "ns": "A String", # Role namespace.
+            },
+            "subjects": [ # Represents one or more subjects that are bound to the role. Not always available for PATCH requests.
+              { # Represents a Kubernetes subject.
+                "kind": "A String", # Authentication type for the subject.
+                "name": "A String", # Name for the subject.
+                "ns": "A String", # Namespace for the subject.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+        ],
+        "nodePools": [ # GKE [node pools](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/node-pools) associated with the finding. This field contains node pool information for each node, when it is available.
+          { # Provides GKE node pool information.
+            "name": "A String", # Kubernetes node pool name.
+            "nodes": [ # Nodes associated with the finding.
+              { # Kubernetes nodes associated with the finding.
+                "name": "A String", # [Full resource name](https://google.aip.dev/122#full-resource-names) of the Compute Engine VM running the cluster node.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+        ],
+        "nodes": [ # Provides Kubernetes [node](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/cluster-architecture#nodes) information.
+          { # Kubernetes nodes associated with the finding.
+            "name": "A String", # [Full resource name](https://google.aip.dev/122#full-resource-names) of the Compute Engine VM running the cluster node.
+          },
+        ],
+        "objects": [ # Kubernetes objects related to the finding.
+          { # Kubernetes object related to the finding, uniquely identified by GKNN. Used if the object Kind is not one of Pod, Node, NodePool, Binding, or AccessReview.
+            "group": "A String", # Kubernetes object group, such as "policy.k8s.io/v1".
+            "kind": "A String", # Kubernetes object kind, such as “Namespace”.
+            "name": "A String", # Kubernetes object name. For details see https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/.
+            "ns": "A String", # Kubernetes object namespace. Must be a valid DNS label. Named "ns" to avoid collision with C++ namespace keyword. For details see https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/namespaces/.
+          },
+        ],
+        "pods": [ # Kubernetes [Pods](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/pod) associated with the finding. This field contains Pod records for each container that is owned by a Pod.
+          { # A Kubernetes Pod.
+            "containers": [ # Pod containers associated with this finding, if any.
+              { # Container associated with the finding.
+                "createTime": "A String", # The time that the container was created.
+                "imageId": "A String", # Optional container image ID, if provided by the container runtime. Uniquely identifies the container image launched using a container image digest.
+                "labels": [ # Container labels, as provided by the container runtime.
+                  { # Represents a generic name-value label. A label has separate name and value fields to support filtering with the `contains()` function. For more information, see [Filtering on array-type fields](https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/how-to-api-list-findings#array-contains-filtering).
+                    "name": "A String", # Name of the label.
+                    "value": "A String", # Value that corresponds to the label's name.
+                  },
+                ],
+                "name": "A String", # Name of the container.
+                "uri": "A String", # Container image URI provided when configuring a pod or container. This string can identify a container image version using mutable tags.
+              },
+            ],
+            "labels": [ # Pod labels. For Kubernetes containers, these are applied to the container.
+              { # Represents a generic name-value label. A label has separate name and value fields to support filtering with the `contains()` function. For more information, see [Filtering on array-type fields](https://cloud.google.com/security-command-center/docs/how-to-api-list-findings#array-contains-filtering).
+                "name": "A String", # Name of the label.
+                "value": "A String", # Value that corresponds to the label's name.
+              },
+            ],
+            "name": "A String", # Kubernetes Pod name.
+            "ns": "A String", # Kubernetes Pod namespace.
+          },
+        ],
+        "roles": [ # Provides Kubernetes role information for findings that involve [Roles or ClusterRoles](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/role-based-access-control).
+          { # Kubernetes Role or ClusterRole.
+            "kind": "A String", # Role type.
+            "name": "A String", # Role name.
+            "ns": "A String", # Role namespace.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "loadBalancers": [ # The load balancers associated with the finding.
+        { # Contains information related to the load balancer associated with the finding.
+          "name": "A String", # The name of the load balancer associated with the finding.
+        },
+      ],
+      "mitreAttack": { # MITRE ATT&CK tactics and techniques related to this finding. See: https://attack.mitre.org # MITRE ATT&CK tactics and techniques related to this finding. See: https://attack.mitre.org
+        "additionalTactics": [ # Additional MITRE ATT&CK tactics related to this finding, if any.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "additionalTechniques": [ # Additional MITRE ATT&CK techniques related to this finding, if any, along with any of their respective parent techniques.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "primaryTactic": "A String", # The MITRE ATT&CK tactic most closely represented by this finding, if any.
+        "primaryTechniques": [ # The MITRE ATT&CK technique most closely represented by this finding, if any. primary_techniques is a repeated field because there are multiple levels of MITRE ATT&CK techniques. If the technique most closely represented by this finding is a sub-technique (e.g. `SCANNING_IP_BLOCKS`), both the sub-technique and its parent technique(s) will be listed (e.g. `SCANNING_IP_BLOCKS`, `ACTIVE_SCANNING`).
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "version": "A String", # The MITRE ATT&CK version referenced by the above fields. E.g. "8".
+      },
+      "moduleName": "A String", # Unique identifier of the module which generated the finding. Example: folders/598186756061/securityHealthAnalyticsSettings/customModules/56799441161885
+      "mute": "A String", # Indicates the mute state of a finding (either muted, unmuted or undefined). Unlike other attributes of a finding, a finding provider shouldn't set the value of mute.
+      "muteInitiator": "A String", # Records additional information about the mute operation, for example, the [mute configuration](/security-command-center/docs/how-to-mute-findings) that muted the finding and the user who muted the finding.
+      "muteUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time this finding was muted or unmuted.
+      "name": "A String", # The [relative resource name](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name) of the finding. Example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "projects/{project_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}".
+      "nextSteps": "A String", # Steps to address the finding.
+      "orgPolicies": [ # Contains information about the org policies associated with the finding.
+        { # Contains information about the org policies associated with the finding.
+          "name": "A String", # The resource name of the org policy. Example: "organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}"
+        },
+      ],
+      "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}"
+      "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics".
+      "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding.
+        { # Represents an operating system process.
+          "args": [ # Process arguments as JSON encoded strings.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "argumentsTruncated": True or False, # True if `args` is incomplete.
+          "binary": { # File information about the related binary/library used by an executable, or the script used by a script interpreter # File information for the process executable.
+            "contents": "A String", # Prefix of the file contents as a JSON-encoded string.
+            "hashedSize": "A String", # The length in bytes of the file prefix that was hashed. If hashed_size == size, any hashes reported represent the entire file.
+            "partiallyHashed": True or False, # True when the hash covers only a prefix of the file.
+            "path": "A String", # Absolute path of the file as a JSON encoded string.
+            "sha256": "A String", # SHA256 hash of the first hashed_size bytes of the file encoded as a hex string. If hashed_size == size, sha256 represents the SHA256 hash of the entire file.
+            "size": "A String", # Size of the file in bytes.
+          },
+          "envVariables": [ # Process environment variables.
+            { # A name-value pair representing an environment variable used in an operating system process.
+              "name": "A String", # Environment variable name as a JSON encoded string.
+              "val": "A String", # Environment variable value as a JSON encoded string.
+            },
+          ],
+          "envVariablesTruncated": True or False, # True if `env_variables` is incomplete.
+          "libraries": [ # File information for libraries loaded by the process.
+            { # File information about the related binary/library used by an executable, or the script used by a script interpreter
+              "contents": "A String", # Prefix of the file contents as a JSON-encoded string.
+              "hashedSize": "A String", # The length in bytes of the file prefix that was hashed. If hashed_size == size, any hashes reported represent the entire file.
+              "partiallyHashed": True or False, # True when the hash covers only a prefix of the file.
+              "path": "A String", # Absolute path of the file as a JSON encoded string.
+              "sha256": "A String", # SHA256 hash of the first hashed_size bytes of the file encoded as a hex string. If hashed_size == size, sha256 represents the SHA256 hash of the entire file.
+              "size": "A String", # Size of the file in bytes.
+            },
+          ],
+          "name": "A String", # The process name, as displayed in utilities like `top` and `ps`. This name can be accessed through `/proc/[pid]/comm` and changed with `prctl(PR_SET_NAME)`.
+          "parentPid": "A String", # The parent process ID.
+          "pid": "A String", # The process ID.
+          "script": { # File information about the related binary/library used by an executable, or the script used by a script interpreter # When the process represents the invocation of a script, `binary` provides information about the interpreter, while `script` provides information about the script file provided to the interpreter.
+            "contents": "A String", # Prefix of the file contents as a JSON-encoded string.
+            "hashedSize": "A String", # The length in bytes of the file prefix that was hashed. If hashed_size == size, any hashes reported represent the entire file.
+            "partiallyHashed": True or False, # True when the hash covers only a prefix of the file.
+            "path": "A String", # Absolute path of the file as a JSON encoded string.
+            "sha256": "A String", # SHA256 hash of the first hashed_size bytes of the file encoded as a hex string. If hashed_size == size, sha256 represents the SHA256 hash of the entire file.
+            "size": "A String", # Size of the file in bytes.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "resourceName": "A String", # For findings on Google Cloud resources, the full resource name of the Google Cloud resource this finding is for. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#full_resource_name When the finding is for a non-Google Cloud resource, the resourceName can be a customer or partner defined string. This field is immutable after creation time.
+      "securityMarks": { # User specified security marks that are attached to the parent Security Command Center resource. Security marks are scoped within a Security Command Center organization -- they can be modified and viewed by all users who have proper permissions on the organization. # Output only. User specified security marks. These marks are entirely managed by the user and come from the SecurityMarks resource that belongs to the finding.
+        "canonicalName": "A String", # The canonical name of the marks. Examples: "organizations/{organization_id}/assets/{asset_id}/securityMarks" "folders/{folder_id}/assets/{asset_id}/securityMarks" "projects/{project_number}/assets/{asset_id}/securityMarks" "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}/securityMarks" "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}/securityMarks" "projects/{project_number}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}/securityMarks"
+        "marks": { # Mutable user specified security marks belonging to the parent resource. Constraints are as follows: * Keys and values are treated as case insensitive * Keys must be between 1 - 256 characters (inclusive) * Keys must be letters, numbers, underscores, or dashes * Values have leading and trailing whitespace trimmed, remaining characters must be between 1 - 4096 characters (inclusive)
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+        "name": "A String", # The relative resource name of the SecurityMarks. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name Examples: "organizations/{organization_id}/assets/{asset_id}/securityMarks" "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}/securityMarks".
+      },
+      "securityPosture": { # Represents a posture that is deployed on Google Cloud by the Security Command Center Posture Management service. A posture contains one or more policy sets. A policy set is a group of policies that enforce a set of security rules on Google Cloud. # The security posture associated with the finding.
+        "changedPolicy": "A String", # The name of the policy that has been updated, for example, `projects/{project_id}/policies/{constraint_name}`.
+        "name": "A String", # Name of the posture, for example, `organizations/{org_id}/locations/{location}/postures/{posture_name}`.
+        "postureDeployment": "A String", # The name of the posture deployment, for example, `projects/{project_id}/posturedeployments/{posture_deployment_id}`.
+        "postureDeploymentResource": "A String", # The project, folder, or organization on which the posture is deployed, for example, `projects/{project_id}`.
+        "revisionId": "A String", # The version of the posture, for example, `c7cfa2a8`.
+      },
+      "severity": "A String", # The severity of the finding. This field is managed by the source that writes the finding.
+      "sourceProperties": { # Source specific properties. These properties are managed by the source that writes the finding. The key names in the source_properties map must be between 1 and 255 characters, and must start with a letter and contain alphanumeric characters or underscores only.
+        "a_key": "",
+      },
+      "state": "A String", # The state of the finding.
+      "vulnerability": { # Refers to common vulnerability fields e.g. cve, cvss, cwe etc. # Represents vulnerability-specific fields like CVE and CVSS scores. CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (https://cve.mitre.org/about/)
+        "cve": { # CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures. More information: https://cve.mitre.org # CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (https://cve.mitre.org/about/)
+          "cvssv3": { # Common Vulnerability Scoring System version 3. # Describe Common Vulnerability Scoring System specified at https://www.first.org/cvss/v3.1/specification-document
+            "attackComplexity": "A String", # This metric describes the conditions beyond the attacker's control that must exist in order to exploit the vulnerability.
+            "attackVector": "A String", # Base Metrics Represents the intrinsic characteristics of a vulnerability that are constant over time and across user environments. This metric reflects the context by which vulnerability exploitation is possible.
+            "availabilityImpact": "A String", # This metric measures the impact to the availability of the impacted component resulting from a successfully exploited vulnerability.
+            "baseScore": 3.14, # The base score is a function of the base metric scores.
+            "confidentialityImpact": "A String", # This metric measures the impact to the confidentiality of the information resources managed by a software component due to a successfully exploited vulnerability.
+            "integrityImpact": "A String", # This metric measures the impact to integrity of a successfully exploited vulnerability.
+            "privilegesRequired": "A String", # This metric describes the level of privileges an attacker must possess before successfully exploiting the vulnerability.
+            "scope": "A String", # The Scope metric captures whether a vulnerability in one vulnerable component impacts resources in components beyond its security scope.
+            "userInteraction": "A String", # This metric captures the requirement for a human user, other than the attacker, to participate in the successful compromise of the vulnerable component.
+          },
+          "id": "A String", # The unique identifier for the vulnerability. e.g. CVE-2021-34527
+          "references": [ # Additional information about the CVE. e.g. https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2021-34527
+            { # Additional Links
+              "source": "A String", # Source of the reference e.g. NVD
+              "uri": "A String", # Uri for the mentioned source e.g. https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2021-34527.
+            },
+          ],
+          "upstreamFixAvailable": True or False, # Whether upstream fix is available for the CVE.
+        },
+      },
+    },
+    "noViolation": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } # Indicates that the test case does not trigger any violation.
+    },
+  },
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.sources.findings.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.sources.findings.html index 3f3d717343a..6ddc430668b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.sources.findings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.sources.findings.html @@ -485,6 +485,11 @@

Method Details

"muteUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time this finding was muted or unmuted. "name": "A String", # The [relative resource name](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name) of the finding. Example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "projects/{project_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}". "nextSteps": "A String", # Steps to address the finding. + "orgPolicies": [ # Contains information about the org policies associated with the finding. + { # Contains information about the org policies associated with the finding. + "name": "A String", # The resource name of the org policy. Example: "organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}" + }, + ], "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}" "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics". "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding. @@ -916,6 +921,11 @@

Method Details

"muteUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time this finding was muted or unmuted. "name": "A String", # The [relative resource name](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name) of the finding. Example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "projects/{project_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}". "nextSteps": "A String", # Steps to address the finding. + "orgPolicies": [ # Contains information about the org policies associated with the finding. + { # Contains information about the org policies associated with the finding. + "name": "A String", # The resource name of the org policy. Example: "organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}" + }, + ], "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}" "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics". "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding. @@ -1310,6 +1320,11 @@

Method Details

"muteUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time this finding was muted or unmuted. "name": "A String", # The [relative resource name](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name) of the finding. Example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "projects/{project_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}". "nextSteps": "A String", # Steps to address the finding. + "orgPolicies": [ # Contains information about the org policies associated with the finding. + { # Contains information about the org policies associated with the finding. + "name": "A String", # The resource name of the org policy. Example: "organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}" + }, + ], "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}" "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics". "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding. @@ -1717,6 +1732,11 @@

Method Details

"muteUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time this finding was muted or unmuted. "name": "A String", # The [relative resource name](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name) of the finding. Example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "projects/{project_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}". "nextSteps": "A String", # Steps to address the finding. + "orgPolicies": [ # Contains information about the org policies associated with the finding. + { # Contains information about the org policies associated with the finding. + "name": "A String", # The resource name of the org policy. Example: "organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}" + }, + ], "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}" "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics". "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding. @@ -2125,6 +2145,11 @@

Method Details

"muteUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time this finding was muted or unmuted. "name": "A String", # The [relative resource name](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name) of the finding. Example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "folders/{folder_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}", "projects/{project_id}/sources/{source_id}/findings/{finding_id}". "nextSteps": "A String", # Steps to address the finding. + "orgPolicies": [ # Contains information about the org policies associated with the finding. + { # Contains information about the org policies associated with the finding. + "name": "A String", # The resource name of the org policy. Example: "organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}" + }, + ], "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}" "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics". "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding. diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1beta2.folders.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1beta2.folders.html index 4537dce72f4..57581759b8d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1beta2.folders.html +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1beta2.folders.html @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Resource capturing the settings for Security Center. + { # Resource capturing the settings for Security Center. Next ID: 12 "logSinkProject": "A String", # The resource name of the project to send logs to. This project must be part of the organization this resource resides in. The format is `projects/{project_id}`. An empty value disables logging. This value is only referenced by services that support log sink. Please refer to the documentation for an updated list of compatible services. This may only be specified for organization level onboarding. "name": "A String", # The resource name of the SecurityCenterSettings. Format: organizations/{organization}/securityCenterSettings Format: folders/{folder}/securityCenterSettings Format: projects/{project}/securityCenterSettings "onboardingTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of when the customer organization was onboarded to SCC. diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1beta2.organizations.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1beta2.organizations.html index e3fe44c1e08..6c2ae1b9fa9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1beta2.organizations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1beta2.organizations.html @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Resource capturing the settings for Security Center. + { # Resource capturing the settings for Security Center. Next ID: 12 "logSinkProject": "A String", # The resource name of the project to send logs to. This project must be part of the organization this resource resides in. The format is `projects/{project_id}`. An empty value disables logging. This value is only referenced by services that support log sink. Please refer to the documentation for an updated list of compatible services. This may only be specified for organization level onboarding. "name": "A String", # The resource name of the SecurityCenterSettings. Format: organizations/{organization}/securityCenterSettings Format: folders/{folder}/securityCenterSettings Format: projects/{project}/securityCenterSettings "onboardingTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of when the customer organization was onboarded to SCC. diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1beta2.projects.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1beta2.projects.html index eead39c5e01..0253b640621 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1beta2.projects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1beta2.projects.html @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Resource capturing the settings for Security Center. + { # Resource capturing the settings for Security Center. Next ID: 12 "logSinkProject": "A String", # The resource name of the project to send logs to. This project must be part of the organization this resource resides in. The format is `projects/{project_id}`. An empty value disables logging. This value is only referenced by services that support log sink. Please refer to the documentation for an updated list of compatible services. This may only be specified for organization level onboarding. "name": "A String", # The resource name of the SecurityCenterSettings. Format: organizations/{organization}/securityCenterSettings Format: folders/{folder}/securityCenterSettings Format: projects/{project}/securityCenterSettings "onboardingTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of when the customer organization was onboarded to SCC. diff --git a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.sessions.html index 003c3d9feb0..945584e7f43 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.sessions.html @@ -552,7 +552,14 @@

Method Details

"arrayElementType": # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements. "code": "A String", # Required. The TypeCode for this type. "protoTypeFqn": "A String", # If code == PROTO or code == ENUM, then `proto_type_fqn` is the fully qualified name of the proto type representing the proto/enum definition. - "structType": # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields. + "structType": { # `StructType` defines the fields of a STRUCT type. # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields. + "fields": [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query. + { # Message representing a single field of a struct. + "name": "A String", # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `"Word"` in the query `"SELECT 'hello' AS Word"`), or the column name (e.g., `"ColName"` in the query `"SELECT ColName FROM Table"`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `"SELECT UPPER(ColName)"`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name. + "type": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field. + }, + ], + }, "typeAnnotation": "A String", # The TypeAnnotationCode that disambiguates SQL type that Spanner will use to represent values of this type during query processing. This is necessary for some type codes because a single TypeCode can be mapped to different SQL types depending on the SQL dialect. type_annotation typically is not needed to process the content of a value (it doesn't affect serialization) and clients can ignore it on the read path. }, }, @@ -613,13 +620,7 @@

Method Details

"fields": [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query. { # Message representing a single field of a struct. "name": "A String", # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `"Word"` in the query `"SELECT 'hello' AS Word"`), or the column name (e.g., `"ColName"` in the query `"SELECT ColName FROM Table"`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `"SELECT UPPER(ColName)"`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name. - "type": { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query. # The type of the field. - "arrayElementType": # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements. - "code": "A String", # Required. The TypeCode for this type. - "protoTypeFqn": "A String", # If code == PROTO or code == ENUM, then `proto_type_fqn` is the fully qualified name of the proto type representing the proto/enum definition. - "structType": # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields. - "typeAnnotation": "A String", # The TypeAnnotationCode that disambiguates SQL type that Spanner will use to represent values of this type during query processing. This is necessary for some type codes because a single TypeCode can be mapped to different SQL types depending on the SQL dialect. type_annotation typically is not needed to process the content of a value (it doesn't affect serialization) and clients can ignore it on the read path. - }, + "type": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field. }, ], }, @@ -631,13 +632,7 @@

Method Details

"fields": [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query. { # Message representing a single field of a struct. "name": "A String", # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `"Word"` in the query `"SELECT 'hello' AS Word"`), or the column name (e.g., `"ColName"` in the query `"SELECT ColName FROM Table"`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `"SELECT UPPER(ColName)"`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name. - "type": { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query. # The type of the field. - "arrayElementType": # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements. - "code": "A String", # Required. The TypeCode for this type. - "protoTypeFqn": "A String", # If code == PROTO or code == ENUM, then `proto_type_fqn` is the fully qualified name of the proto type representing the proto/enum definition. - "structType": # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields. - "typeAnnotation": "A String", # The TypeAnnotationCode that disambiguates SQL type that Spanner will use to represent values of this type during query processing. This is necessary for some type codes because a single TypeCode can be mapped to different SQL types depending on the SQL dialect. type_annotation typically is not needed to process the content of a value (it doesn't affect serialization) and clients can ignore it on the read path. - }, + "type": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field. }, ], }, @@ -675,6 +670,16 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "queryAdvice": { # Output of query advisor analysis. # Optional. The advices/recommendations for a query. Currently this field will be serving index recommendations for a query. + "indexAdvice": [ # Optional. Index Recommendation for a query. This is an optional field and the recommendation will only be available when the recommendation guarantees significant improvement in query performance. + { # Recommendation to add new indexes to run queries more efficiently. + "ddl": [ # Optional. DDL statements to add new indexes that will improve the query. + "A String", + ], + "improvementFactor": 3.14, # Optional. Estimated latency improvement factor. For example if the query currently takes 500 ms to run and the estimated latency with new indexes is 100 ms this field will be 5. + }, + ], + }, }, "queryStats": { # Aggregated statistics from the execution of the query. Only present when the query is profiled. For example, a query could return the statistics as follows: { "rows_returned": "3", "elapsed_time": "1.22 secs", "cpu_time": "1.19 secs" } "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -712,7 +717,14 @@

Method Details

"arrayElementType": # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements. "code": "A String", # Required. The TypeCode for this type. "protoTypeFqn": "A String", # If code == PROTO or code == ENUM, then `proto_type_fqn` is the fully qualified name of the proto type representing the proto/enum definition. - "structType": # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields. + "structType": { # `StructType` defines the fields of a STRUCT type. # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields. + "fields": [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query. + { # Message representing a single field of a struct. + "name": "A String", # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `"Word"` in the query `"SELECT 'hello' AS Word"`), or the column name (e.g., `"ColName"` in the query `"SELECT ColName FROM Table"`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `"SELECT UPPER(ColName)"`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name. + "type": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field. + }, + ], + }, "typeAnnotation": "A String", # The TypeAnnotationCode that disambiguates SQL type that Spanner will use to represent values of this type during query processing. This is necessary for some type codes because a single TypeCode can be mapped to different SQL types depending on the SQL dialect. type_annotation typically is not needed to process the content of a value (it doesn't affect serialization) and clients can ignore it on the read path. }, }, @@ -782,13 +794,7 @@

Method Details

"fields": [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query. { # Message representing a single field of a struct. "name": "A String", # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `"Word"` in the query `"SELECT 'hello' AS Word"`), or the column name (e.g., `"ColName"` in the query `"SELECT ColName FROM Table"`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `"SELECT UPPER(ColName)"`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name. - "type": { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query. # The type of the field. - "arrayElementType": # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements. - "code": "A String", # Required. The TypeCode for this type. - "protoTypeFqn": "A String", # If code == PROTO or code == ENUM, then `proto_type_fqn` is the fully qualified name of the proto type representing the proto/enum definition. - "structType": # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields. - "typeAnnotation": "A String", # The TypeAnnotationCode that disambiguates SQL type that Spanner will use to represent values of this type during query processing. This is necessary for some type codes because a single TypeCode can be mapped to different SQL types depending on the SQL dialect. type_annotation typically is not needed to process the content of a value (it doesn't affect serialization) and clients can ignore it on the read path. - }, + "type": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field. }, ], }, @@ -800,13 +806,7 @@

Method Details

"fields": [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query. { # Message representing a single field of a struct. "name": "A String", # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `"Word"` in the query `"SELECT 'hello' AS Word"`), or the column name (e.g., `"ColName"` in the query `"SELECT ColName FROM Table"`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `"SELECT UPPER(ColName)"`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name. - "type": { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query. # The type of the field. - "arrayElementType": # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements. - "code": "A String", # Required. The TypeCode for this type. - "protoTypeFqn": "A String", # If code == PROTO or code == ENUM, then `proto_type_fqn` is the fully qualified name of the proto type representing the proto/enum definition. - "structType": # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields. - "typeAnnotation": "A String", # The TypeAnnotationCode that disambiguates SQL type that Spanner will use to represent values of this type during query processing. This is necessary for some type codes because a single TypeCode can be mapped to different SQL types depending on the SQL dialect. type_annotation typically is not needed to process the content of a value (it doesn't affect serialization) and clients can ignore it on the read path. - }, + "type": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field. }, ], }, @@ -844,6 +844,16 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "queryAdvice": { # Output of query advisor analysis. # Optional. The advices/recommendations for a query. Currently this field will be serving index recommendations for a query. + "indexAdvice": [ # Optional. Index Recommendation for a query. This is an optional field and the recommendation will only be available when the recommendation guarantees significant improvement in query performance. + { # Recommendation to add new indexes to run queries more efficiently. + "ddl": [ # Optional. DDL statements to add new indexes that will improve the query. + "A String", + ], + "improvementFactor": 3.14, # Optional. Estimated latency improvement factor. For example if the query currently takes 500 ms to run and the estimated latency with new indexes is 100 ms this field will be 5. + }, + ], + }, }, "queryStats": { # Aggregated statistics from the execution of the query. Only present when the query is profiled. For example, a query could return the statistics as follows: { "rows_returned": "3", "elapsed_time": "1.22 secs", "cpu_time": "1.19 secs" } "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -870,7 +880,14 @@

Method Details

"arrayElementType": # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements. "code": "A String", # Required. The TypeCode for this type. "protoTypeFqn": "A String", # If code == PROTO or code == ENUM, then `proto_type_fqn` is the fully qualified name of the proto type representing the proto/enum definition. - "structType": # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields. + "structType": { # `StructType` defines the fields of a STRUCT type. # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields. + "fields": [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query. + { # Message representing a single field of a struct. + "name": "A String", # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `"Word"` in the query `"SELECT 'hello' AS Word"`), or the column name (e.g., `"ColName"` in the query `"SELECT ColName FROM Table"`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `"SELECT UPPER(ColName)"`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name. + "type": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field. + }, + ], + }, "typeAnnotation": "A String", # The TypeAnnotationCode that disambiguates SQL type that Spanner will use to represent values of this type during query processing. This is necessary for some type codes because a single TypeCode can be mapped to different SQL types depending on the SQL dialect. type_annotation typically is not needed to process the content of a value (it doesn't affect serialization) and clients can ignore it on the read path. }, }, @@ -941,13 +958,7 @@

Method Details

"fields": [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query. { # Message representing a single field of a struct. "name": "A String", # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `"Word"` in the query `"SELECT 'hello' AS Word"`), or the column name (e.g., `"ColName"` in the query `"SELECT ColName FROM Table"`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `"SELECT UPPER(ColName)"`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name. - "type": { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query. # The type of the field. - "arrayElementType": # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements. - "code": "A String", # Required. The TypeCode for this type. - "protoTypeFqn": "A String", # If code == PROTO or code == ENUM, then `proto_type_fqn` is the fully qualified name of the proto type representing the proto/enum definition. - "structType": # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields. - "typeAnnotation": "A String", # The TypeAnnotationCode that disambiguates SQL type that Spanner will use to represent values of this type during query processing. This is necessary for some type codes because a single TypeCode can be mapped to different SQL types depending on the SQL dialect. type_annotation typically is not needed to process the content of a value (it doesn't affect serialization) and clients can ignore it on the read path. - }, + "type": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field. }, ], }, @@ -959,13 +970,7 @@

Method Details

"fields": [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query. { # Message representing a single field of a struct. "name": "A String", # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `"Word"` in the query `"SELECT 'hello' AS Word"`), or the column name (e.g., `"ColName"` in the query `"SELECT ColName FROM Table"`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `"SELECT UPPER(ColName)"`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name. - "type": { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query. # The type of the field. - "arrayElementType": # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements. - "code": "A String", # Required. The TypeCode for this type. - "protoTypeFqn": "A String", # If code == PROTO or code == ENUM, then `proto_type_fqn` is the fully qualified name of the proto type representing the proto/enum definition. - "structType": # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields. - "typeAnnotation": "A String", # The TypeAnnotationCode that disambiguates SQL type that Spanner will use to represent values of this type during query processing. This is necessary for some type codes because a single TypeCode can be mapped to different SQL types depending on the SQL dialect. type_annotation typically is not needed to process the content of a value (it doesn't affect serialization) and clients can ignore it on the read path. - }, + "type": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field. }, ], }, @@ -999,6 +1004,16 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "queryAdvice": { # Output of query advisor analysis. # Optional. The advices/recommendations for a query. Currently this field will be serving index recommendations for a query. + "indexAdvice": [ # Optional. Index Recommendation for a query. This is an optional field and the recommendation will only be available when the recommendation guarantees significant improvement in query performance. + { # Recommendation to add new indexes to run queries more efficiently. + "ddl": [ # Optional. DDL statements to add new indexes that will improve the query. + "A String", + ], + "improvementFactor": 3.14, # Optional. Estimated latency improvement factor. For example if the query currently takes 500 ms to run and the estimated latency with new indexes is 100 ms this field will be 5. + }, + ], + }, }, "queryStats": { # Aggregated statistics from the execution of the query. Only present when the query is profiled. For example, a query could return the statistics as follows: { "rows_returned": "3", "elapsed_time": "1.22 secs", "cpu_time": "1.19 secs" } "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -1099,7 +1114,14 @@

Method Details

"arrayElementType": # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements. "code": "A String", # Required. The TypeCode for this type. "protoTypeFqn": "A String", # If code == PROTO or code == ENUM, then `proto_type_fqn` is the fully qualified name of the proto type representing the proto/enum definition. - "structType": # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields. + "structType": { # `StructType` defines the fields of a STRUCT type. # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields. + "fields": [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query. + { # Message representing a single field of a struct. + "name": "A String", # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `"Word"` in the query `"SELECT 'hello' AS Word"`), or the column name (e.g., `"ColName"` in the query `"SELECT ColName FROM Table"`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `"SELECT UPPER(ColName)"`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name. + "type": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field. + }, + ], + }, "typeAnnotation": "A String", # The TypeAnnotationCode that disambiguates SQL type that Spanner will use to represent values of this type during query processing. This is necessary for some type codes because a single TypeCode can be mapped to different SQL types depending on the SQL dialect. type_annotation typically is not needed to process the content of a value (it doesn't affect serialization) and clients can ignore it on the read path. }, }, @@ -1363,13 +1385,7 @@

Method Details

"fields": [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query. { # Message representing a single field of a struct. "name": "A String", # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `"Word"` in the query `"SELECT 'hello' AS Word"`), or the column name (e.g., `"ColName"` in the query `"SELECT ColName FROM Table"`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `"SELECT UPPER(ColName)"`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name. - "type": { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query. # The type of the field. - "arrayElementType": # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements. - "code": "A String", # Required. The TypeCode for this type. - "protoTypeFqn": "A String", # If code == PROTO or code == ENUM, then `proto_type_fqn` is the fully qualified name of the proto type representing the proto/enum definition. - "structType": # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields. - "typeAnnotation": "A String", # The TypeAnnotationCode that disambiguates SQL type that Spanner will use to represent values of this type during query processing. This is necessary for some type codes because a single TypeCode can be mapped to different SQL types depending on the SQL dialect. type_annotation typically is not needed to process the content of a value (it doesn't affect serialization) and clients can ignore it on the read path. - }, + "type": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field. }, ], }, @@ -1381,13 +1397,7 @@

Method Details

"fields": [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query. { # Message representing a single field of a struct. "name": "A String", # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `"Word"` in the query `"SELECT 'hello' AS Word"`), or the column name (e.g., `"ColName"` in the query `"SELECT ColName FROM Table"`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `"SELECT UPPER(ColName)"`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name. - "type": { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query. # The type of the field. - "arrayElementType": # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements. - "code": "A String", # Required. The TypeCode for this type. - "protoTypeFqn": "A String", # If code == PROTO or code == ENUM, then `proto_type_fqn` is the fully qualified name of the proto type representing the proto/enum definition. - "structType": # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields. - "typeAnnotation": "A String", # The TypeAnnotationCode that disambiguates SQL type that Spanner will use to represent values of this type during query processing. This is necessary for some type codes because a single TypeCode can be mapped to different SQL types depending on the SQL dialect. type_annotation typically is not needed to process the content of a value (it doesn't affect serialization) and clients can ignore it on the read path. - }, + "type": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field. }, ], }, @@ -1425,6 +1435,16 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "queryAdvice": { # Output of query advisor analysis. # Optional. The advices/recommendations for a query. Currently this field will be serving index recommendations for a query. + "indexAdvice": [ # Optional. Index Recommendation for a query. This is an optional field and the recommendation will only be available when the recommendation guarantees significant improvement in query performance. + { # Recommendation to add new indexes to run queries more efficiently. + "ddl": [ # Optional. DDL statements to add new indexes that will improve the query. + "A String", + ], + "improvementFactor": 3.14, # Optional. Estimated latency improvement factor. For example if the query currently takes 500 ms to run and the estimated latency with new indexes is 100 ms this field will be 5. + }, + ], + }, }, "queryStats": { # Aggregated statistics from the execution of the query. Only present when the query is profiled. For example, a query could return the statistics as follows: { "rows_returned": "3", "elapsed_time": "1.22 secs", "cpu_time": "1.19 secs" } "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -1558,13 +1578,7 @@

Method Details

"fields": [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query. { # Message representing a single field of a struct. "name": "A String", # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `"Word"` in the query `"SELECT 'hello' AS Word"`), or the column name (e.g., `"ColName"` in the query `"SELECT ColName FROM Table"`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `"SELECT UPPER(ColName)"`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name. - "type": { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query. # The type of the field. - "arrayElementType": # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements. - "code": "A String", # Required. The TypeCode for this type. - "protoTypeFqn": "A String", # If code == PROTO or code == ENUM, then `proto_type_fqn` is the fully qualified name of the proto type representing the proto/enum definition. - "structType": # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields. - "typeAnnotation": "A String", # The TypeAnnotationCode that disambiguates SQL type that Spanner will use to represent values of this type during query processing. This is necessary for some type codes because a single TypeCode can be mapped to different SQL types depending on the SQL dialect. type_annotation typically is not needed to process the content of a value (it doesn't affect serialization) and clients can ignore it on the read path. - }, + "type": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field. }, ], }, @@ -1576,13 +1590,7 @@

Method Details

"fields": [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query. { # Message representing a single field of a struct. "name": "A String", # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `"Word"` in the query `"SELECT 'hello' AS Word"`), or the column name (e.g., `"ColName"` in the query `"SELECT ColName FROM Table"`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `"SELECT UPPER(ColName)"`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name. - "type": { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query. # The type of the field. - "arrayElementType": # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements. - "code": "A String", # Required. The TypeCode for this type. - "protoTypeFqn": "A String", # If code == PROTO or code == ENUM, then `proto_type_fqn` is the fully qualified name of the proto type representing the proto/enum definition. - "structType": # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields. - "typeAnnotation": "A String", # The TypeAnnotationCode that disambiguates SQL type that Spanner will use to represent values of this type during query processing. This is necessary for some type codes because a single TypeCode can be mapped to different SQL types depending on the SQL dialect. type_annotation typically is not needed to process the content of a value (it doesn't affect serialization) and clients can ignore it on the read path. - }, + "type": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field. }, ], }, @@ -1616,6 +1624,16 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "queryAdvice": { # Output of query advisor analysis. # Optional. The advices/recommendations for a query. Currently this field will be serving index recommendations for a query. + "indexAdvice": [ # Optional. Index Recommendation for a query. This is an optional field and the recommendation will only be available when the recommendation guarantees significant improvement in query performance. + { # Recommendation to add new indexes to run queries more efficiently. + "ddl": [ # Optional. DDL statements to add new indexes that will improve the query. + "A String", + ], + "improvementFactor": 3.14, # Optional. Estimated latency improvement factor. For example if the query currently takes 500 ms to run and the estimated latency with new indexes is 100 ms this field will be 5. + }, + ], + }, }, "queryStats": { # Aggregated statistics from the execution of the query. Only present when the query is profiled. For example, a query could return the statistics as follows: { "rows_returned": "3", "elapsed_time": "1.22 secs", "cpu_time": "1.19 secs" } "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. diff --git a/docs/dyn/testing_v1.projects.testMatrices.html b/docs/dyn/testing_v1.projects.testMatrices.html index 56e4fb36c94..8385f6de202 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/testing_v1.projects.testMatrices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/testing_v1.projects.testMatrices.html @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@

Method Details

"orchestratorOption": "A String", # The option of whether running each test within its own invocation of instrumentation with Android Test Orchestrator or not. ** Orchestrator is only compatible with AndroidJUnitRunner version 1.1 or higher! ** Orchestrator offers the following benefits: - No shared state - Crashes are isolated - Logs are scoped per test See for more information about Android Test Orchestrator. If not set, the test will be run without the orchestrator. "shardingOption": { # Options for enabling sharding. # The option to run tests in multiple shards in parallel. "manualSharding": { # Shards test cases into the specified groups of packages, classes, and/or methods. With manual sharding enabled, specifying test targets via environment_variables or in InstrumentationTest is invalid. # Shards test cases into the specified groups of packages, classes, and/or methods. - "testTargetsForShard": [ # Required. Group of packages, classes, and/or test methods to be run for each manually-created shard. You must specify at least one shard if this field is present. When you select one or more physical devices, the number of repeated test_targets_for_shard must be <= 50. When you select one or more ARM virtual devices, it must be <= 100. When you select only x86 virtual devices, it must be <= 500. + "testTargetsForShard": [ # Required. Group of packages, classes, and/or test methods to be run for each manually-created shard. You must specify at least one shard if this field is present. When you select one or more physical devices, the number of repeated test_targets_for_shard must be <= 50. When you select one or more ARM virtual devices, it must be <= 200. When you select only x86 virtual devices, it must be <= 500. { # Test targets for a shard. "testTargets": [ # Group of packages, classes, and/or test methods to be run for each shard. The targets need to be specified in AndroidJUnitRunner argument format. For example, "package com.my.packages" "class com.my.package.MyClass". The number of test_targets must be greater than 0. "A String", @@ -247,10 +247,10 @@

Method Details

], }, "smartSharding": { # Shards test based on previous test case timing records. # Shards test based on previous test case timing records. - "targetedShardDuration": "A String", # The amount of time tests within a shard should take. Default: 300 seconds (5 minutes). The minimum allowed: 120 seconds (2 minutes). The shard count is dynamically set based on time, up to the maximum shard limit (described below). To guarantee at least one test case for each shard, the number of shards will not exceed the number of test cases. Shard duration will be exceeded if: - The maximum shard limit is reached and there is more calculated test time remaining to allocate into shards. - Any individual test is estimated to be longer than the targeted shard duration. Shard duration is not guaranteed because smart sharding uses test case history and default durations which may not be accurate. The rules for finding the test case timing records are: - If the service has processed a test case in the last 30 days, the record of the latest successful test case will be used. - For new test cases, the average duration of other known test cases will be used. - If there are no previous test case timing records available, the default test case duration is 15 seconds. Because the actual shard duration can exceed the targeted shard duration, we recommend that you set the targeted value at least 5 minutes less than the maximum allowed test timeout (45 minutes for physical devices and 60 minutes for virtual), or that you use the custom test timeout value that you set. This approach avoids cancelling the shard before all tests can finish. Note that there is a limit for maximum number of shards. When you select one or more physical devices, the number of shards must be <= 50. When you select one or more ARM virtual devices, it must be <= 100. When you select only x86 virtual devices, it must be <= 500. To guarantee at least one test case for per shard, the number of shards will not exceed the number of test cases. Each shard created counts toward daily test quota. + "targetedShardDuration": "A String", # The amount of time tests within a shard should take. Default: 300 seconds (5 minutes). The minimum allowed: 120 seconds (2 minutes). The shard count is dynamically set based on time, up to the maximum shard limit (described below). To guarantee at least one test case for each shard, the number of shards will not exceed the number of test cases. Shard duration will be exceeded if: - The maximum shard limit is reached and there is more calculated test time remaining to allocate into shards. - Any individual test is estimated to be longer than the targeted shard duration. Shard duration is not guaranteed because smart sharding uses test case history and default durations which may not be accurate. The rules for finding the test case timing records are: - If the service has processed a test case in the last 30 days, the record of the latest successful test case will be used. - For new test cases, the average duration of other known test cases will be used. - If there are no previous test case timing records available, the default test case duration is 15 seconds. Because the actual shard duration can exceed the targeted shard duration, we recommend that you set the targeted value at least 5 minutes less than the maximum allowed test timeout (45 minutes for physical devices and 60 minutes for virtual), or that you use the custom test timeout value that you set. This approach avoids cancelling the shard before all tests can finish. Note that there is a limit for maximum number of shards. When you select one or more physical devices, the number of shards must be <= 50. When you select one or more ARM virtual devices, it must be <= 200. When you select only x86 virtual devices, it must be <= 500. To guarantee at least one test case for per shard, the number of shards will not exceed the number of test cases. Each shard created counts toward daily test quota. }, "uniformSharding": { # Uniformly shards test cases given a total number of shards. For instrumentation tests, it will be translated to "-e numShard" and "-e shardIndex" AndroidJUnitRunner arguments. With uniform sharding enabled, specifying either of these sharding arguments via `environment_variables` is invalid. Based on the sharding mechanism AndroidJUnitRunner uses, there is no guarantee that test cases will be distributed uniformly across all shards. # Uniformly shards test cases given a total number of shards. - "numShards": 42, # Required. The total number of shards to create. This must always be a positive number that is no greater than the total number of test cases. When you select one or more physical devices, the number of shards must be <= 50. When you select one or more ARM virtual devices, it must be <= 100. When you select only x86 virtual devices, it must be <= 500. + "numShards": 42, # Required. The total number of shards to create. This must always be a positive number that is no greater than the total number of test cases. When you select one or more physical devices, the number of shards must be <= 50. When you select one or more ARM virtual devices, it must be <= 200. When you select only x86 virtual devices, it must be <= 500. }, }, "testApk": { # A reference to a file, used for user inputs. # Required. The APK containing the test code to be executed. @@ -447,7 +447,7 @@

Method Details

"orchestratorOption": "A String", # The option of whether running each test within its own invocation of instrumentation with Android Test Orchestrator or not. ** Orchestrator is only compatible with AndroidJUnitRunner version 1.1 or higher! ** Orchestrator offers the following benefits: - No shared state - Crashes are isolated - Logs are scoped per test See for more information about Android Test Orchestrator. If not set, the test will be run without the orchestrator. "shardingOption": { # Options for enabling sharding. # The option to run tests in multiple shards in parallel. "manualSharding": { # Shards test cases into the specified groups of packages, classes, and/or methods. With manual sharding enabled, specifying test targets via environment_variables or in InstrumentationTest is invalid. # Shards test cases into the specified groups of packages, classes, and/or methods. - "testTargetsForShard": [ # Required. Group of packages, classes, and/or test methods to be run for each manually-created shard. You must specify at least one shard if this field is present. When you select one or more physical devices, the number of repeated test_targets_for_shard must be <= 50. When you select one or more ARM virtual devices, it must be <= 100. When you select only x86 virtual devices, it must be <= 500. + "testTargetsForShard": [ # Required. Group of packages, classes, and/or test methods to be run for each manually-created shard. You must specify at least one shard if this field is present. When you select one or more physical devices, the number of repeated test_targets_for_shard must be <= 50. When you select one or more ARM virtual devices, it must be <= 200. When you select only x86 virtual devices, it must be <= 500. { # Test targets for a shard. "testTargets": [ # Group of packages, classes, and/or test methods to be run for each shard. The targets need to be specified in AndroidJUnitRunner argument format. For example, "package com.my.packages" "class com.my.package.MyClass". The number of test_targets must be greater than 0. "A String", @@ -456,10 +456,10 @@

Method Details

], }, "smartSharding": { # Shards test based on previous test case timing records. # Shards test based on previous test case timing records. - "targetedShardDuration": "A String", # The amount of time tests within a shard should take. Default: 300 seconds (5 minutes). The minimum allowed: 120 seconds (2 minutes). The shard count is dynamically set based on time, up to the maximum shard limit (described below). To guarantee at least one test case for each shard, the number of shards will not exceed the number of test cases. Shard duration will be exceeded if: - The maximum shard limit is reached and there is more calculated test time remaining to allocate into shards. - Any individual test is estimated to be longer than the targeted shard duration. Shard duration is not guaranteed because smart sharding uses test case history and default durations which may not be accurate. The rules for finding the test case timing records are: - If the service has processed a test case in the last 30 days, the record of the latest successful test case will be used. - For new test cases, the average duration of other known test cases will be used. - If there are no previous test case timing records available, the default test case duration is 15 seconds. Because the actual shard duration can exceed the targeted shard duration, we recommend that you set the targeted value at least 5 minutes less than the maximum allowed test timeout (45 minutes for physical devices and 60 minutes for virtual), or that you use the custom test timeout value that you set. This approach avoids cancelling the shard before all tests can finish. Note that there is a limit for maximum number of shards. When you select one or more physical devices, the number of shards must be <= 50. When you select one or more ARM virtual devices, it must be <= 100. When you select only x86 virtual devices, it must be <= 500. To guarantee at least one test case for per shard, the number of shards will not exceed the number of test cases. Each shard created counts toward daily test quota. + "targetedShardDuration": "A String", # The amount of time tests within a shard should take. Default: 300 seconds (5 minutes). The minimum allowed: 120 seconds (2 minutes). The shard count is dynamically set based on time, up to the maximum shard limit (described below). To guarantee at least one test case for each shard, the number of shards will not exceed the number of test cases. Shard duration will be exceeded if: - The maximum shard limit is reached and there is more calculated test time remaining to allocate into shards. - Any individual test is estimated to be longer than the targeted shard duration. Shard duration is not guaranteed because smart sharding uses test case history and default durations which may not be accurate. The rules for finding the test case timing records are: - If the service has processed a test case in the last 30 days, the record of the latest successful test case will be used. - For new test cases, the average duration of other known test cases will be used. - If there are no previous test case timing records available, the default test case duration is 15 seconds. Because the actual shard duration can exceed the targeted shard duration, we recommend that you set the targeted value at least 5 minutes less than the maximum allowed test timeout (45 minutes for physical devices and 60 minutes for virtual), or that you use the custom test timeout value that you set. This approach avoids cancelling the shard before all tests can finish. Note that there is a limit for maximum number of shards. When you select one or more physical devices, the number of shards must be <= 50. When you select one or more ARM virtual devices, it must be <= 200. When you select only x86 virtual devices, it must be <= 500. To guarantee at least one test case for per shard, the number of shards will not exceed the number of test cases. Each shard created counts toward daily test quota. }, "uniformSharding": { # Uniformly shards test cases given a total number of shards. For instrumentation tests, it will be translated to "-e numShard" and "-e shardIndex" AndroidJUnitRunner arguments. With uniform sharding enabled, specifying either of these sharding arguments via `environment_variables` is invalid. Based on the sharding mechanism AndroidJUnitRunner uses, there is no guarantee that test cases will be distributed uniformly across all shards. # Uniformly shards test cases given a total number of shards. - "numShards": 42, # Required. The total number of shards to create. This must always be a positive number that is no greater than the total number of test cases. When you select one or more physical devices, the number of shards must be <= 50. When you select one or more ARM virtual devices, it must be <= 100. When you select only x86 virtual devices, it must be <= 500. + "numShards": 42, # Required. The total number of shards to create. This must always be a positive number that is no greater than the total number of test cases. When you select one or more physical devices, the number of shards must be <= 50. When you select one or more ARM virtual devices, it must be <= 200. When you select only x86 virtual devices, it must be <= 500. }, }, "testApk": { # A reference to a file, used for user inputs. # Required. The APK containing the test code to be executed. @@ -761,7 +761,7 @@

Method Details

"orchestratorOption": "A String", # The option of whether running each test within its own invocation of instrumentation with Android Test Orchestrator or not. ** Orchestrator is only compatible with AndroidJUnitRunner version 1.1 or higher! ** Orchestrator offers the following benefits: - No shared state - Crashes are isolated - Logs are scoped per test See for more information about Android Test Orchestrator. If not set, the test will be run without the orchestrator. "shardingOption": { # Options for enabling sharding. # The option to run tests in multiple shards in parallel. "manualSharding": { # Shards test cases into the specified groups of packages, classes, and/or methods. With manual sharding enabled, specifying test targets via environment_variables or in InstrumentationTest is invalid. # Shards test cases into the specified groups of packages, classes, and/or methods. - "testTargetsForShard": [ # Required. Group of packages, classes, and/or test methods to be run for each manually-created shard. You must specify at least one shard if this field is present. When you select one or more physical devices, the number of repeated test_targets_for_shard must be <= 50. When you select one or more ARM virtual devices, it must be <= 100. When you select only x86 virtual devices, it must be <= 500. + "testTargetsForShard": [ # Required. Group of packages, classes, and/or test methods to be run for each manually-created shard. You must specify at least one shard if this field is present. When you select one or more physical devices, the number of repeated test_targets_for_shard must be <= 50. When you select one or more ARM virtual devices, it must be <= 200. When you select only x86 virtual devices, it must be <= 500. { # Test targets for a shard. "testTargets": [ # Group of packages, classes, and/or test methods to be run for each shard. The targets need to be specified in AndroidJUnitRunner argument format. For example, "package com.my.packages" "class com.my.package.MyClass". The number of test_targets must be greater than 0. "A String", @@ -770,10 +770,10 @@

Method Details

], }, "smartSharding": { # Shards test based on previous test case timing records. # Shards test based on previous test case timing records. - "targetedShardDuration": "A String", # The amount of time tests within a shard should take. Default: 300 seconds (5 minutes). The minimum allowed: 120 seconds (2 minutes). The shard count is dynamically set based on time, up to the maximum shard limit (described below). To guarantee at least one test case for each shard, the number of shards will not exceed the number of test cases. Shard duration will be exceeded if: - The maximum shard limit is reached and there is more calculated test time remaining to allocate into shards. - Any individual test is estimated to be longer than the targeted shard duration. Shard duration is not guaranteed because smart sharding uses test case history and default durations which may not be accurate. The rules for finding the test case timing records are: - If the service has processed a test case in the last 30 days, the record of the latest successful test case will be used. - For new test cases, the average duration of other known test cases will be used. - If there are no previous test case timing records available, the default test case duration is 15 seconds. Because the actual shard duration can exceed the targeted shard duration, we recommend that you set the targeted value at least 5 minutes less than the maximum allowed test timeout (45 minutes for physical devices and 60 minutes for virtual), or that you use the custom test timeout value that you set. This approach avoids cancelling the shard before all tests can finish. Note that there is a limit for maximum number of shards. When you select one or more physical devices, the number of shards must be <= 50. When you select one or more ARM virtual devices, it must be <= 100. When you select only x86 virtual devices, it must be <= 500. To guarantee at least one test case for per shard, the number of shards will not exceed the number of test cases. Each shard created counts toward daily test quota. + "targetedShardDuration": "A String", # The amount of time tests within a shard should take. Default: 300 seconds (5 minutes). The minimum allowed: 120 seconds (2 minutes). The shard count is dynamically set based on time, up to the maximum shard limit (described below). To guarantee at least one test case for each shard, the number of shards will not exceed the number of test cases. Shard duration will be exceeded if: - The maximum shard limit is reached and there is more calculated test time remaining to allocate into shards. - Any individual test is estimated to be longer than the targeted shard duration. Shard duration is not guaranteed because smart sharding uses test case history and default durations which may not be accurate. The rules for finding the test case timing records are: - If the service has processed a test case in the last 30 days, the record of the latest successful test case will be used. - For new test cases, the average duration of other known test cases will be used. - If there are no previous test case timing records available, the default test case duration is 15 seconds. Because the actual shard duration can exceed the targeted shard duration, we recommend that you set the targeted value at least 5 minutes less than the maximum allowed test timeout (45 minutes for physical devices and 60 minutes for virtual), or that you use the custom test timeout value that you set. This approach avoids cancelling the shard before all tests can finish. Note that there is a limit for maximum number of shards. When you select one or more physical devices, the number of shards must be <= 50. When you select one or more ARM virtual devices, it must be <= 200. When you select only x86 virtual devices, it must be <= 500. To guarantee at least one test case for per shard, the number of shards will not exceed the number of test cases. Each shard created counts toward daily test quota. }, "uniformSharding": { # Uniformly shards test cases given a total number of shards. For instrumentation tests, it will be translated to "-e numShard" and "-e shardIndex" AndroidJUnitRunner arguments. With uniform sharding enabled, specifying either of these sharding arguments via `environment_variables` is invalid. Based on the sharding mechanism AndroidJUnitRunner uses, there is no guarantee that test cases will be distributed uniformly across all shards. # Uniformly shards test cases given a total number of shards. - "numShards": 42, # Required. The total number of shards to create. This must always be a positive number that is no greater than the total number of test cases. When you select one or more physical devices, the number of shards must be <= 50. When you select one or more ARM virtual devices, it must be <= 100. When you select only x86 virtual devices, it must be <= 500. + "numShards": 42, # Required. The total number of shards to create. This must always be a positive number that is no greater than the total number of test cases. When you select one or more physical devices, the number of shards must be <= 50. When you select one or more ARM virtual devices, it must be <= 200. When you select only x86 virtual devices, it must be <= 500. }, }, "testApk": { # A reference to a file, used for user inputs. # Required. The APK containing the test code to be executed. @@ -970,7 +970,7 @@

Method Details

"orchestratorOption": "A String", # The option of whether running each test within its own invocation of instrumentation with Android Test Orchestrator or not. ** Orchestrator is only compatible with AndroidJUnitRunner version 1.1 or higher! ** Orchestrator offers the following benefits: - No shared state - Crashes are isolated - Logs are scoped per test See for more information about Android Test Orchestrator. If not set, the test will be run without the orchestrator. "shardingOption": { # Options for enabling sharding. # The option to run tests in multiple shards in parallel. "manualSharding": { # Shards test cases into the specified groups of packages, classes, and/or methods. With manual sharding enabled, specifying test targets via environment_variables or in InstrumentationTest is invalid. # Shards test cases into the specified groups of packages, classes, and/or methods. - "testTargetsForShard": [ # Required. Group of packages, classes, and/or test methods to be run for each manually-created shard. You must specify at least one shard if this field is present. When you select one or more physical devices, the number of repeated test_targets_for_shard must be <= 50. When you select one or more ARM virtual devices, it must be <= 100. When you select only x86 virtual devices, it must be <= 500. + "testTargetsForShard": [ # Required. Group of packages, classes, and/or test methods to be run for each manually-created shard. You must specify at least one shard if this field is present. When you select one or more physical devices, the number of repeated test_targets_for_shard must be <= 50. When you select one or more ARM virtual devices, it must be <= 200. When you select only x86 virtual devices, it must be <= 500. { # Test targets for a shard. "testTargets": [ # Group of packages, classes, and/or test methods to be run for each shard. The targets need to be specified in AndroidJUnitRunner argument format. For example, "package com.my.packages" "class com.my.package.MyClass". The number of test_targets must be greater than 0. "A String", @@ -979,10 +979,10 @@

Method Details

], }, "smartSharding": { # Shards test based on previous test case timing records. # Shards test based on previous test case timing records. - "targetedShardDuration": "A String", # The amount of time tests within a shard should take. Default: 300 seconds (5 minutes). The minimum allowed: 120 seconds (2 minutes). The shard count is dynamically set based on time, up to the maximum shard limit (described below). To guarantee at least one test case for each shard, the number of shards will not exceed the number of test cases. Shard duration will be exceeded if: - The maximum shard limit is reached and there is more calculated test time remaining to allocate into shards. - Any individual test is estimated to be longer than the targeted shard duration. Shard duration is not guaranteed because smart sharding uses test case history and default durations which may not be accurate. The rules for finding the test case timing records are: - If the service has processed a test case in the last 30 days, the record of the latest successful test case will be used. - For new test cases, the average duration of other known test cases will be used. - If there are no previous test case timing records available, the default test case duration is 15 seconds. Because the actual shard duration can exceed the targeted shard duration, we recommend that you set the targeted value at least 5 minutes less than the maximum allowed test timeout (45 minutes for physical devices and 60 minutes for virtual), or that you use the custom test timeout value that you set. This approach avoids cancelling the shard before all tests can finish. Note that there is a limit for maximum number of shards. When you select one or more physical devices, the number of shards must be <= 50. When you select one or more ARM virtual devices, it must be <= 100. When you select only x86 virtual devices, it must be <= 500. To guarantee at least one test case for per shard, the number of shards will not exceed the number of test cases. Each shard created counts toward daily test quota. + "targetedShardDuration": "A String", # The amount of time tests within a shard should take. Default: 300 seconds (5 minutes). The minimum allowed: 120 seconds (2 minutes). The shard count is dynamically set based on time, up to the maximum shard limit (described below). To guarantee at least one test case for each shard, the number of shards will not exceed the number of test cases. Shard duration will be exceeded if: - The maximum shard limit is reached and there is more calculated test time remaining to allocate into shards. - Any individual test is estimated to be longer than the targeted shard duration. Shard duration is not guaranteed because smart sharding uses test case history and default durations which may not be accurate. The rules for finding the test case timing records are: - If the service has processed a test case in the last 30 days, the record of the latest successful test case will be used. - For new test cases, the average duration of other known test cases will be used. - If there are no previous test case timing records available, the default test case duration is 15 seconds. Because the actual shard duration can exceed the targeted shard duration, we recommend that you set the targeted value at least 5 minutes less than the maximum allowed test timeout (45 minutes for physical devices and 60 minutes for virtual), or that you use the custom test timeout value that you set. This approach avoids cancelling the shard before all tests can finish. Note that there is a limit for maximum number of shards. When you select one or more physical devices, the number of shards must be <= 50. When you select one or more ARM virtual devices, it must be <= 200. When you select only x86 virtual devices, it must be <= 500. To guarantee at least one test case for per shard, the number of shards will not exceed the number of test cases. Each shard created counts toward daily test quota. }, "uniformSharding": { # Uniformly shards test cases given a total number of shards. For instrumentation tests, it will be translated to "-e numShard" and "-e shardIndex" AndroidJUnitRunner arguments. With uniform sharding enabled, specifying either of these sharding arguments via `environment_variables` is invalid. Based on the sharding mechanism AndroidJUnitRunner uses, there is no guarantee that test cases will be distributed uniformly across all shards. # Uniformly shards test cases given a total number of shards. - "numShards": 42, # Required. The total number of shards to create. This must always be a positive number that is no greater than the total number of test cases. When you select one or more physical devices, the number of shards must be <= 50. When you select one or more ARM virtual devices, it must be <= 100. When you select only x86 virtual devices, it must be <= 500. + "numShards": 42, # Required. The total number of shards to create. This must always be a positive number that is no greater than the total number of test cases. When you select one or more physical devices, the number of shards must be <= 50. When you select one or more ARM virtual devices, it must be <= 200. When you select only x86 virtual devices, it must be <= 500. }, }, "testApk": { # A reference to a file, used for user inputs. # Required. The APK containing the test code to be executed. @@ -1291,7 +1291,7 @@

Method Details

"orchestratorOption": "A String", # The option of whether running each test within its own invocation of instrumentation with Android Test Orchestrator or not. ** Orchestrator is only compatible with AndroidJUnitRunner version 1.1 or higher! ** Orchestrator offers the following benefits: - No shared state - Crashes are isolated - Logs are scoped per test See for more information about Android Test Orchestrator. If not set, the test will be run without the orchestrator. "shardingOption": { # Options for enabling sharding. # The option to run tests in multiple shards in parallel. "manualSharding": { # Shards test cases into the specified groups of packages, classes, and/or methods. With manual sharding enabled, specifying test targets via environment_variables or in InstrumentationTest is invalid. # Shards test cases into the specified groups of packages, classes, and/or methods. - "testTargetsForShard": [ # Required. Group of packages, classes, and/or test methods to be run for each manually-created shard. You must specify at least one shard if this field is present. When you select one or more physical devices, the number of repeated test_targets_for_shard must be <= 50. When you select one or more ARM virtual devices, it must be <= 100. When you select only x86 virtual devices, it must be <= 500. + "testTargetsForShard": [ # Required. Group of packages, classes, and/or test methods to be run for each manually-created shard. You must specify at least one shard if this field is present. When you select one or more physical devices, the number of repeated test_targets_for_shard must be <= 50. When you select one or more ARM virtual devices, it must be <= 200. When you select only x86 virtual devices, it must be <= 500. { # Test targets for a shard. "testTargets": [ # Group of packages, classes, and/or test methods to be run for each shard. The targets need to be specified in AndroidJUnitRunner argument format. For example, "package com.my.packages" "class com.my.package.MyClass". The number of test_targets must be greater than 0. "A String", @@ -1300,10 +1300,10 @@

Method Details

], }, "smartSharding": { # Shards test based on previous test case timing records. # Shards test based on previous test case timing records. - "targetedShardDuration": "A String", # The amount of time tests within a shard should take. Default: 300 seconds (5 minutes). The minimum allowed: 120 seconds (2 minutes). The shard count is dynamically set based on time, up to the maximum shard limit (described below). To guarantee at least one test case for each shard, the number of shards will not exceed the number of test cases. Shard duration will be exceeded if: - The maximum shard limit is reached and there is more calculated test time remaining to allocate into shards. - Any individual test is estimated to be longer than the targeted shard duration. Shard duration is not guaranteed because smart sharding uses test case history and default durations which may not be accurate. The rules for finding the test case timing records are: - If the service has processed a test case in the last 30 days, the record of the latest successful test case will be used. - For new test cases, the average duration of other known test cases will be used. - If there are no previous test case timing records available, the default test case duration is 15 seconds. Because the actual shard duration can exceed the targeted shard duration, we recommend that you set the targeted value at least 5 minutes less than the maximum allowed test timeout (45 minutes for physical devices and 60 minutes for virtual), or that you use the custom test timeout value that you set. This approach avoids cancelling the shard before all tests can finish. Note that there is a limit for maximum number of shards. When you select one or more physical devices, the number of shards must be <= 50. When you select one or more ARM virtual devices, it must be <= 100. When you select only x86 virtual devices, it must be <= 500. To guarantee at least one test case for per shard, the number of shards will not exceed the number of test cases. Each shard created counts toward daily test quota. + "targetedShardDuration": "A String", # The amount of time tests within a shard should take. Default: 300 seconds (5 minutes). The minimum allowed: 120 seconds (2 minutes). The shard count is dynamically set based on time, up to the maximum shard limit (described below). To guarantee at least one test case for each shard, the number of shards will not exceed the number of test cases. Shard duration will be exceeded if: - The maximum shard limit is reached and there is more calculated test time remaining to allocate into shards. - Any individual test is estimated to be longer than the targeted shard duration. Shard duration is not guaranteed because smart sharding uses test case history and default durations which may not be accurate. The rules for finding the test case timing records are: - If the service has processed a test case in the last 30 days, the record of the latest successful test case will be used. - For new test cases, the average duration of other known test cases will be used. - If there are no previous test case timing records available, the default test case duration is 15 seconds. Because the actual shard duration can exceed the targeted shard duration, we recommend that you set the targeted value at least 5 minutes less than the maximum allowed test timeout (45 minutes for physical devices and 60 minutes for virtual), or that you use the custom test timeout value that you set. This approach avoids cancelling the shard before all tests can finish. Note that there is a limit for maximum number of shards. When you select one or more physical devices, the number of shards must be <= 50. When you select one or more ARM virtual devices, it must be <= 200. When you select only x86 virtual devices, it must be <= 500. To guarantee at least one test case for per shard, the number of shards will not exceed the number of test cases. Each shard created counts toward daily test quota. }, "uniformSharding": { # Uniformly shards test cases given a total number of shards. For instrumentation tests, it will be translated to "-e numShard" and "-e shardIndex" AndroidJUnitRunner arguments. With uniform sharding enabled, specifying either of these sharding arguments via `environment_variables` is invalid. Based on the sharding mechanism AndroidJUnitRunner uses, there is no guarantee that test cases will be distributed uniformly across all shards. # Uniformly shards test cases given a total number of shards. - "numShards": 42, # Required. The total number of shards to create. This must always be a positive number that is no greater than the total number of test cases. When you select one or more physical devices, the number of shards must be <= 50. When you select one or more ARM virtual devices, it must be <= 100. When you select only x86 virtual devices, it must be <= 500. + "numShards": 42, # Required. The total number of shards to create. This must always be a positive number that is no greater than the total number of test cases. When you select one or more physical devices, the number of shards must be <= 50. When you select one or more ARM virtual devices, it must be <= 200. When you select only x86 virtual devices, it must be <= 500. }, }, "testApk": { # A reference to a file, used for user inputs. # Required. The APK containing the test code to be executed. @@ -1500,7 +1500,7 @@

Method Details

"orchestratorOption": "A String", # The option of whether running each test within its own invocation of instrumentation with Android Test Orchestrator or not. ** Orchestrator is only compatible with AndroidJUnitRunner version 1.1 or higher! ** Orchestrator offers the following benefits: - No shared state - Crashes are isolated - Logs are scoped per test See for more information about Android Test Orchestrator. If not set, the test will be run without the orchestrator. "shardingOption": { # Options for enabling sharding. # The option to run tests in multiple shards in parallel. "manualSharding": { # Shards test cases into the specified groups of packages, classes, and/or methods. With manual sharding enabled, specifying test targets via environment_variables or in InstrumentationTest is invalid. # Shards test cases into the specified groups of packages, classes, and/or methods. - "testTargetsForShard": [ # Required. Group of packages, classes, and/or test methods to be run for each manually-created shard. You must specify at least one shard if this field is present. When you select one or more physical devices, the number of repeated test_targets_for_shard must be <= 50. When you select one or more ARM virtual devices, it must be <= 100. When you select only x86 virtual devices, it must be <= 500. + "testTargetsForShard": [ # Required. Group of packages, classes, and/or test methods to be run for each manually-created shard. You must specify at least one shard if this field is present. When you select one or more physical devices, the number of repeated test_targets_for_shard must be <= 50. When you select one or more ARM virtual devices, it must be <= 200. When you select only x86 virtual devices, it must be <= 500. { # Test targets for a shard. "testTargets": [ # Group of packages, classes, and/or test methods to be run for each shard. The targets need to be specified in AndroidJUnitRunner argument format. For example, "package com.my.packages" "class com.my.package.MyClass". The number of test_targets must be greater than 0. "A String", @@ -1509,10 +1509,10 @@

Method Details

], }, "smartSharding": { # Shards test based on previous test case timing records. # Shards test based on previous test case timing records. - "targetedShardDuration": "A String", # The amount of time tests within a shard should take. Default: 300 seconds (5 minutes). The minimum allowed: 120 seconds (2 minutes). The shard count is dynamically set based on time, up to the maximum shard limit (described below). To guarantee at least one test case for each shard, the number of shards will not exceed the number of test cases. Shard duration will be exceeded if: - The maximum shard limit is reached and there is more calculated test time remaining to allocate into shards. - Any individual test is estimated to be longer than the targeted shard duration. Shard duration is not guaranteed because smart sharding uses test case history and default durations which may not be accurate. The rules for finding the test case timing records are: - If the service has processed a test case in the last 30 days, the record of the latest successful test case will be used. - For new test cases, the average duration of other known test cases will be used. - If there are no previous test case timing records available, the default test case duration is 15 seconds. Because the actual shard duration can exceed the targeted shard duration, we recommend that you set the targeted value at least 5 minutes less than the maximum allowed test timeout (45 minutes for physical devices and 60 minutes for virtual), or that you use the custom test timeout value that you set. This approach avoids cancelling the shard before all tests can finish. Note that there is a limit for maximum number of shards. When you select one or more physical devices, the number of shards must be <= 50. When you select one or more ARM virtual devices, it must be <= 100. When you select only x86 virtual devices, it must be <= 500. To guarantee at least one test case for per shard, the number of shards will not exceed the number of test cases. Each shard created counts toward daily test quota. + "targetedShardDuration": "A String", # The amount of time tests within a shard should take. Default: 300 seconds (5 minutes). The minimum allowed: 120 seconds (2 minutes). The shard count is dynamically set based on time, up to the maximum shard limit (described below). To guarantee at least one test case for each shard, the number of shards will not exceed the number of test cases. Shard duration will be exceeded if: - The maximum shard limit is reached and there is more calculated test time remaining to allocate into shards. - Any individual test is estimated to be longer than the targeted shard duration. Shard duration is not guaranteed because smart sharding uses test case history and default durations which may not be accurate. The rules for finding the test case timing records are: - If the service has processed a test case in the last 30 days, the record of the latest successful test case will be used. - For new test cases, the average duration of other known test cases will be used. - If there are no previous test case timing records available, the default test case duration is 15 seconds. Because the actual shard duration can exceed the targeted shard duration, we recommend that you set the targeted value at least 5 minutes less than the maximum allowed test timeout (45 minutes for physical devices and 60 minutes for virtual), or that you use the custom test timeout value that you set. This approach avoids cancelling the shard before all tests can finish. Note that there is a limit for maximum number of shards. When you select one or more physical devices, the number of shards must be <= 50. When you select one or more ARM virtual devices, it must be <= 200. When you select only x86 virtual devices, it must be <= 500. To guarantee at least one test case for per shard, the number of shards will not exceed the number of test cases. Each shard created counts toward daily test quota. }, "uniformSharding": { # Uniformly shards test cases given a total number of shards. For instrumentation tests, it will be translated to "-e numShard" and "-e shardIndex" AndroidJUnitRunner arguments. With uniform sharding enabled, specifying either of these sharding arguments via `environment_variables` is invalid. Based on the sharding mechanism AndroidJUnitRunner uses, there is no guarantee that test cases will be distributed uniformly across all shards. # Uniformly shards test cases given a total number of shards. - "numShards": 42, # Required. The total number of shards to create. This must always be a positive number that is no greater than the total number of test cases. When you select one or more physical devices, the number of shards must be <= 50. When you select one or more ARM virtual devices, it must be <= 100. When you select only x86 virtual devices, it must be <= 500. + "numShards": 42, # Required. The total number of shards to create. This must always be a positive number that is no greater than the total number of test cases. When you select one or more physical devices, the number of shards must be <= 50. When you select one or more ARM virtual devices, it must be <= 200. When you select only x86 virtual devices, it must be <= 500. }, }, "testApk": { # A reference to a file, used for user inputs. # Required. The APK containing the test code to be executed. diff --git a/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1.projects.locations.targetProjects.html b/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1.projects.locations.targetProjects.html index acb96e270d2..e9da2842681 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1.projects.locations.targetProjects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1.projects.locations.targetProjects.html @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this target project resource was created (not related to when the Compute Engine project it points to was created). "description": "A String", # The target project's description. "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the target project. - "project": "A String", # The target project ID (number) or project name. + "project": "A String", # Required. The target project ID (number) or project name. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the target project resource was updated. } @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this target project resource was created (not related to when the Compute Engine project it points to was created). "description": "A String", # The target project's description. "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the target project. - "project": "A String", # The target project ID (number) or project name. + "project": "A String", # Required. The target project ID (number) or project name. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the target project resource was updated. } @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this target project resource was created (not related to when the Compute Engine project it points to was created). "description": "A String", # The target project's description. "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the target project. - "project": "A String", # The target project ID (number) or project name. + "project": "A String", # Required. The target project ID (number) or project name. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the target project resource was updated. }, ], @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this target project resource was created (not related to when the Compute Engine project it points to was created). "description": "A String", # The target project's description. "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the target project. - "project": "A String", # The target project ID (number) or project name. + "project": "A String", # Required. The target project ID (number) or project name. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the target project resource was updated. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1alpha1.projects.locations.targetProjects.html b/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1alpha1.projects.locations.targetProjects.html index 8108d7b1ba7..b2bff127917 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1alpha1.projects.locations.targetProjects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1alpha1.projects.locations.targetProjects.html @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this target project resource was created (not related to when the Compute Engine project it points to was created). "description": "A String", # The target project's description. "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the target project. - "project": "A String", # The target project ID (number) or project name. + "project": "A String", # Required. The target project ID (number) or project name. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the target project resource was updated. } @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this target project resource was created (not related to when the Compute Engine project it points to was created). "description": "A String", # The target project's description. "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the target project. - "project": "A String", # The target project ID (number) or project name. + "project": "A String", # Required. The target project ID (number) or project name. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the target project resource was updated. } @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this target project resource was created (not related to when the Compute Engine project it points to was created). "description": "A String", # The target project's description. "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the target project. - "project": "A String", # The target project ID (number) or project name. + "project": "A String", # Required. The target project ID (number) or project name. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the target project resource was updated. }, ], @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this target project resource was created (not related to when the Compute Engine project it points to was created). "description": "A String", # The target project's description. "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the target project. - "project": "A String", # The target project ID (number) or project name. + "project": "A String", # Required. The target project ID (number) or project name. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the target project resource was updated. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/workflowexecutions_v1.projects.locations.workflows.executions.html b/docs/dyn/workflowexecutions_v1.projects.locations.workflows.executions.html index eae2e8622ff..361a55cdf66 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/workflowexecutions_v1.projects.locations.workflows.executions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/workflowexecutions_v1.projects.locations.workflows.executions.html @@ -366,8 +366,8 @@

Method Details

Args: parent: string, Required. Name of the workflow for which the executions should be listed. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workflows/{workflow} (required) - filter: string, Optional. Filters applied to the [Executions.ListExecutions] results. The following fields are supported for filtering: executionID, state, startTime, endTime, duration, workflowRevisionID, stepName, and label. - orderBy: string, Optional. The ordering applied to the [Executions.ListExecutions] results. By default the ordering is based on descending start time. The following fields are supported for order by: executionID, startTime, endTime, duration, state, and workflowRevisionID. + filter: string, Optional. Filters applied to the `[Executions.ListExecutions]` results. The following fields are supported for filtering: `executionId`, `state`, `startTime`, `endTime`, `duration`, `workflowRevisionId`, `stepName`, and `label`. For details, see AIP-160. For example, if you are using the Google APIs Explorer: `state="SUCCEEDED"` or `startTime>"2023-08-01" AND state="FAILED"` + orderBy: string, Optional. Comma-separated list of fields that specify the ordering applied to the `[Executions.ListExecutions]` results. By default the ordering is based on descending `startTime`. The following fields are supported for ordering: `executionId`, `state`, `startTime`, `endTime`, `duration`, and `workflowRevisionId`. For details, see AIP-132. pageSize: integer, Maximum number of executions to return per call. Max supported value depends on the selected Execution view: it's 1000 for BASIC and 100 for FULL. The default value used if the field is not specified is 100, regardless of the selected view. Values greater than the max value will be coerced down to it. pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListExecutions` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListExecutions` must match the call that provided the page token. Note that pagination is applied to dynamic data. The list of executions returned can change between page requests. view: string, Optional. A view defining which fields should be filled in the returned executions. The API will default to the BASIC view. diff --git a/docs/dyn/workflows_v1.projects.locations.workflows.html b/docs/dyn/workflows_v1.projects.locations.workflows.html index 9b1f5451986..d5ff21b0bb4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/workflows_v1.projects.locations.workflows.html +++ b/docs/dyn/workflows_v1.projects.locations.workflows.html @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@

Method Details

Args: parent: string, Required. Project and location from which the workflows should be listed. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location} (required) - filter: string, Filter to restrict results to specific workflows. + filter: string, Filter to restrict results to specific workflows. For details, see AIP-160. For example, if you are using the Google APIs Explorer: `state="SUCCEEDED"` or `createTime>"2023-08-01" AND state="FAILED"` orderBy: string, Comma-separated list of fields that specify the order of the results. Default sorting order for a field is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, append a "desc" suffix. If not specified, the results are returned in an unspecified order. pageSize: integer, Maximum number of workflows to return per call. The service might return fewer than this value even if not at the end of the collection. If a value is not specified, a default value of 500 is used. The maximum permitted value is 1000 and values greater than 1000 are coerced down to 1000. pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListWorkflows` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListWorkflows` must match the call that provided the page token. diff --git a/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.workstationClusters.html b/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.workstationClusters.html index 8d02c8acc06..b8b4129618c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.workstationClusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.workstationClusters.html @@ -135,6 +135,9 @@

Method Details

"degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this workstation cluster is in degraded mode, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. Details can be found in conditions. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation cluster was soft-deleted. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable name for this workstation cluster. + "domainConfig": { # Configuration options for a custom domain. # Optional. Configuration options for a custom domain. + "domain": "A String", # Immutable. Domain used by Workstations for HTTP ingress. + }, "etag": "A String", # Optional. Checksum computed by the server. May be sent on update and delete requests to make sure that the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. "labels": { # Optional. [Labels](https://cloud.google.com/workstations/docs/label-resources) that are applied to the workstation cluster and that are also propagated to the underlying Compute Engine resources. "a_key": "A String", @@ -258,6 +261,9 @@

Method Details

"degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this workstation cluster is in degraded mode, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. Details can be found in conditions. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation cluster was soft-deleted. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable name for this workstation cluster. + "domainConfig": { # Configuration options for a custom domain. # Optional. Configuration options for a custom domain. + "domain": "A String", # Immutable. Domain used by Workstations for HTTP ingress. + }, "etag": "A String", # Optional. Checksum computed by the server. May be sent on update and delete requests to make sure that the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. "labels": { # Optional. [Labels](https://cloud.google.com/workstations/docs/label-resources) that are applied to the workstation cluster and that are also propagated to the underlying Compute Engine resources. "a_key": "A String", @@ -321,6 +327,9 @@

Method Details

"degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this workstation cluster is in degraded mode, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. Details can be found in conditions. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation cluster was soft-deleted. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable name for this workstation cluster. + "domainConfig": { # Configuration options for a custom domain. # Optional. Configuration options for a custom domain. + "domain": "A String", # Immutable. Domain used by Workstations for HTTP ingress. + }, "etag": "A String", # Optional. Checksum computed by the server. May be sent on update and delete requests to make sure that the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. "labels": { # Optional. [Labels](https://cloud.google.com/workstations/docs/label-resources) that are applied to the workstation cluster and that are also propagated to the underlying Compute Engine resources. "a_key": "A String", @@ -387,6 +396,9 @@

Method Details

"degraded": True or False, # Output only. Whether this workstation cluster is in degraded mode, in which case it may require user action to restore full functionality. Details can be found in conditions. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this workstation cluster was soft-deleted. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable name for this workstation cluster. + "domainConfig": { # Configuration options for a custom domain. # Optional. Configuration options for a custom domain. + "domain": "A String", # Immutable. Domain used by Workstations for HTTP ingress. + }, "etag": "A String", # Optional. Checksum computed by the server. May be sent on update and delete requests to make sure that the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. "labels": { # Optional. [Labels](https://cloud.google.com/workstations/docs/label-resources) that are applied to the workstation cluster and that are also propagated to the underlying Compute Engine resources. "a_key": "A String", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acceleratedmobilepageurl.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acceleratedmobilepageurl.v1.json index 2299488fed7..31329cf6d03 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acceleratedmobilepageurl.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acceleratedmobilepageurl.v1.json @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231015", + "revision": "20231022", "rootUrl": "https://acceleratedmobilepageurl.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AmpUrl": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accessapproval.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accessapproval.v1.json index ef847439e6b..896769e1679 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accessapproval.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accessapproval.v1.json @@ -913,7 +913,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231013", + "revision": "20231020", "rootUrl": "https://accessapproval.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessApprovalServiceAccount": { @@ -1054,8 +1054,13 @@ "format": "google-datetime", "type": "string" }, + "requestedDuration": { + "description": "The requested access duration.", + "format": "google-duration", + "type": "string" + }, "requestedExpiration": { - "description": "The requested expiration for the approval. If the request is approved, access will be granted from the time of approval until the expiration time.", + "description": "The original requested expiration for the approval. Calculated by adding the requested_duration to the request_time.", "format": "google-datetime", "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json index b425e18992b..9c579441490 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json @@ -1235,7 +1235,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231011", + "revision": "20231022", "rootUrl": "https://accesscontextmanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessContextManagerOperationMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1beta.json index 3859efe0ac5..f3ff7685ca4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1beta.json @@ -609,7 +609,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231011", + "revision": "20231022", "rootUrl": "https://accesscontextmanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessContextManagerOperationMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acmedns.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acmedns.v1.json index c8f21d3e864..cb8f7d5f0d3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acmedns.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acmedns.v1.json @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231011", + "revision": "20231022", "rootUrl": "https://acmedns.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcmeChallengeSet": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json index afc7871da62..9592c7482b4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json @@ -2568,7 +2568,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231016", + "revision": "20231023", "rootUrl": "https://adexchangebuyer.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbsoluteDateRange": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.datatransfer_v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.datatransfer_v1.json index c22be117a83..f7f57a089f8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.datatransfer_v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.datatransfer_v1.json @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231005", + "revision": "20231017", "rootUrl": "https://admin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Application": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json index 8654db66806..b654e506370 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json @@ -4643,7 +4643,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231005", + "revision": "20231017", "rootUrl": "https://admin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Alias": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.reports_v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.reports_v1.json index e48cf03dbd1..0052c5f1319 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.reports_v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.reports_v1.json @@ -623,7 +623,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231005", + "revision": "20231017", "rootUrl": "https://admin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Activities": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1.json index 04afef01560..1048db51768 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1.json @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231011", + "revision": "20231023", "rootUrl": "https://admob.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdUnit": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1beta.json index 5846f9f85f3..e14a175d434 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1beta.json @@ -758,7 +758,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231016", + "revision": "20231023", "rootUrl": "https://admob.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdSource": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json index ccb129c3ebe..4231933dd11 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json @@ -1844,7 +1844,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231017", + "revision": "20231023", "rootUrl": "https://adsense.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Account": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/advisorynotifications.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/advisorynotifications.v1.json index 1c9dd493b88..66fea77240b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/advisorynotifications.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/advisorynotifications.v1.json @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231008", + "revision": "20231022", "rootUrl": "https://advisorynotifications.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudAdvisorynotificationsV1Attachment": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json index d48412ad0c9..3f6d6d942bd 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json @@ -4114,6 +4114,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { + "description": "Required. The resource name of the EntityType or FeatureGroup to create a Feature. Format for entity_type as parent: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}` Format for feature_group as parent: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/featurestores/[^/]+/entityTypes/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -4166,7 +4167,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { - "description": "Required. The name of the Feature resource. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}`", + "description": "Required. The name of the Feature resource. Format for entity_type as parent: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}` Format for feature_group as parent: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/featurestores/[^/]+/entityTypes/[^/]+/features/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -4196,7 +4197,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "latestStatsCount": { - "description": "If set, return the most recent ListFeaturesRequest.latest_stats_count of stats for each Feature in response. Valid value is [0, 10]. If number of stats exists < ListFeaturesRequest.latest_stats_count, return all existing stats.", + "description": "Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). If set, return the most recent ListFeaturesRequest.latest_stats_count of stats for each Feature in response. Valid value is [0, 10]. If number of stats exists < ListFeaturesRequest.latest_stats_count, return all existing stats.", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" @@ -4213,12 +4214,12 @@ "type": "integer" }, "pageToken": { - "description": "A page token, received from a previous FeaturestoreService.ListFeatures call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to FeaturestoreService.ListFeatures must match the call that provided the page token.", + "description": "A page token, received from a previous FeaturestoreService.ListFeatures call or FeatureRegistryService.ListFeatures call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to FeaturestoreService.ListFeatures or or FeatureRegistryService.ListFeatures must match the call that provided the page token.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "parent": { - "description": "Required. The resource name of the Location to list Features. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}`", + "description": "Required. The resource name of the Location to list Features. Format for entity_type as parent: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}` Format for feature_group as parent: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/featurestores/[^/]+/entityTypes/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -4249,14 +4250,14 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { - "description": "Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type.", + "description": "Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/featurestores/[^/]+/entityTypes/[^/]+/features/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" }, "updateMask": { - "description": "Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Features resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then only the non-empty fields present in the request will be overwritten. Set the update_mask to `*` to override all fields. Updatable fields: * `description` * `labels` * `disable_monitoring`", + "description": "Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Features resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then only the non-empty fields present in the request will be overwritten. Set the update_mask to `*` to override all fields. Updatable fields: * `description` * `labels` * `disable_monitoring` (Not supported for FeatureRegistry Feature)", "format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -14414,6 +14415,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { + "description": "Required. The resource name of the EntityType or FeatureGroup to create a Feature. Format for entity_type as parent: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}` Format for feature_group as parent: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}`", "type": "string" } }, @@ -14708,6 +14710,10 @@ "description": "Optional. The full name of the Compute Engine [network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the Job should be peered. For example, `projects/12345/global/networks/myVPC`. [Format](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/networks/insert) is of the form `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. Where {project} is a project number, as in `12345`, and {network} is a network name. To specify this field, you must have already [configured VPC Network Peering for Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/vpc-peering). If this field is left unspecified, the job is not peered with any network.", "type": "string" }, + "protectedArtifactLocationId": { + "description": "The ID of the location to store protected artifacts. e.g. us-central1. Populate only when the location is different than CustomJob location. For unprotected artifacts, the value of this field is ignored. List of supported locations: https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/locations", + "type": "string" + }, "reservedIpRanges": { "description": "Optional. A list of names for the reserved ip ranges under the VPC network that can be used for this job. If set, we will deploy the job within the provided ip ranges. Otherwise, the job will be deployed to any ip ranges under the provided VPC network. Example: ['vertex-ai-ip-range'].", "items": { @@ -16732,11 +16738,11 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Feature": { - "description": "Feature Metadata information that describes an attribute of an entity type. For example, apple is an entity type, and color is a feature that describes apple.", + "description": "Feature Metadata information. For example, color is a feature that describes an apple.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Feature", "properties": { "createTime": { - "description": "Output only. Timestamp when this EntityType was created.", + "description": "Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Timestamp when this EntityType was created.", "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -16746,7 +16752,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "disableMonitoring": { - "description": "Optional. If not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If set to true, all types of data monitoring are disabled despite the config on EntityType.", + "description": "Optional. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). If not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If set to true, all types of data monitoring are disabled despite the config on EntityType.", "type": "boolean" }, "etag": { @@ -16761,7 +16767,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "monitoringStatsAnomalies": { - "description": "Output only. The list of historical stats and anomalies with specified objectives.", + "description": "Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). The list of historical stats and anomalies with specified objectives.", "items": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1FeatureMonitoringStatsAnomaly" }, @@ -16769,17 +16775,17 @@ "type": "array" }, "name": { - "description": "Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type.", + "description": "Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type.", "type": "string" }, "updateTime": { - "description": "Output only. Timestamp when this EntityType was most recently updated.", + "description": "Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Timestamp when this EntityType was most recently updated.", "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "valueType": { - "description": "Immutable. Type of Feature value.", + "description": "Immutable. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Type of Feature value.", "enum": [ "VALUE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "BOOL", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json index 85c7783f578..5daae0c9a32 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json @@ -4370,6 +4370,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { + "description": "Required. The resource name of the EntityType or FeatureGroup to create a Feature. Format for entity_type as parent: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}` Format for feature_group as parent: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/featureGroups/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -4422,7 +4423,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { - "description": "Required. The name of the Feature resource. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}`", + "description": "Required. The name of the Feature resource. Format for entity_type as parent: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}` Format for feature_group as parent: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/featureGroups/[^/]+/features/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -4452,7 +4453,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "latestStatsCount": { - "description": "If set, return the most recent ListFeaturesRequest.latest_stats_count of stats for each Feature in response. Valid value is [0, 10]. If number of stats exists < ListFeaturesRequest.latest_stats_count, return all existing stats.", + "description": "Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). If set, return the most recent ListFeaturesRequest.latest_stats_count of stats for each Feature in response. Valid value is [0, 10]. If number of stats exists < ListFeaturesRequest.latest_stats_count, return all existing stats.", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" @@ -4469,12 +4470,12 @@ "type": "integer" }, "pageToken": { - "description": "A page token, received from a previous FeaturestoreService.ListFeatures call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to FeaturestoreService.ListFeatures must match the call that provided the page token.", + "description": "A page token, received from a previous FeaturestoreService.ListFeatures call or FeatureRegistryService.ListFeatures call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to FeaturestoreService.ListFeatures or or FeatureRegistryService.ListFeatures must match the call that provided the page token.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "parent": { - "description": "Required. The resource name of the Location to list Features. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}`", + "description": "Required. The resource name of the Location to list Features. Format for entity_type as parent: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}` Format for feature_group as parent: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/featureGroups/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -4505,14 +4506,14 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { - "description": "Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type.", + "description": "Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/featureGroups/[^/]+/features/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" }, "updateMask": { - "description": "Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Features resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then only the non-empty fields present in the request will be overwritten. Set the update_mask to `*` to override all fields. Updatable fields: * `description` * `labels` * `disable_monitoring`", + "description": "Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Features resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then only the non-empty fields present in the request will be overwritten. Set the update_mask to `*` to override all fields. Updatable fields: * `description` * `labels` * `disable_monitoring` (Not supported for FeatureRegistry Feature)", "format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -6358,6 +6359,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { + "description": "Required. The resource name of the EntityType or FeatureGroup to create a Feature. Format for entity_type as parent: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}` Format for feature_group as parent: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/featurestores/[^/]+/entityTypes/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -6410,7 +6412,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { - "description": "Required. The name of the Feature resource. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}`", + "description": "Required. The name of the Feature resource. Format for entity_type as parent: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}` Format for feature_group as parent: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/featurestores/[^/]+/entityTypes/[^/]+/features/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -6440,7 +6442,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "latestStatsCount": { - "description": "If set, return the most recent ListFeaturesRequest.latest_stats_count of stats for each Feature in response. Valid value is [0, 10]. If number of stats exists < ListFeaturesRequest.latest_stats_count, return all existing stats.", + "description": "Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). If set, return the most recent ListFeaturesRequest.latest_stats_count of stats for each Feature in response. Valid value is [0, 10]. If number of stats exists < ListFeaturesRequest.latest_stats_count, return all existing stats.", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" @@ -6457,12 +6459,12 @@ "type": "integer" }, "pageToken": { - "description": "A page token, received from a previous FeaturestoreService.ListFeatures call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to FeaturestoreService.ListFeatures must match the call that provided the page token.", + "description": "A page token, received from a previous FeaturestoreService.ListFeatures call or FeatureRegistryService.ListFeatures call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to FeaturestoreService.ListFeatures or or FeatureRegistryService.ListFeatures must match the call that provided the page token.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "parent": { - "description": "Required. The resource name of the Location to list Features. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}`", + "description": "Required. The resource name of the Location to list Features. Format for entity_type as parent: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}` Format for feature_group as parent: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/featurestores/[^/]+/entityTypes/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -6493,14 +6495,14 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { - "description": "Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type.", + "description": "Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/featurestores/[^/]+/entityTypes/[^/]+/features/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" }, "updateMask": { - "description": "Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Features resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then only the non-empty fields present in the request will be overwritten. Set the update_mask to `*` to override all fields. Updatable fields: * `description` * `labels` * `disable_monitoring`", + "description": "Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Features resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then only the non-empty fields present in the request will be overwritten. Set the update_mask to `*` to override all fields. Updatable fields: * `description` * `labels` * `disable_monitoring` (Not supported for FeatureRegistry Feature)", "format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -17626,6 +17628,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { + "description": "Required. The resource name of the EntityType or FeatureGroup to create a Feature. Format for entity_type as parent: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}` Format for feature_group as parent: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}`", "type": "string" } }, @@ -17690,6 +17693,21 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1CreateNotebookExecutionJobOperationMetadata": { + "description": "Metadata information for NotebookService.CreateNotebookExecutionJob.", + "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1CreateNotebookExecutionJobOperationMetadata", + "properties": { + "genericMetadata": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GenericOperationMetadata", + "description": "The operation generic information." + }, + "progressMessage": { + "description": "A human-readable message that shows the intermediate progress details of NotebookRuntime.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1CreateNotebookRuntimeTemplateOperationMetadata": { "description": "Metadata information for NotebookService.CreateNotebookRuntimeTemplate.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1CreateNotebookRuntimeTemplateOperationMetadata", @@ -17968,6 +17986,10 @@ "description": "Optional. The ID of the PersistentResource in the same Project and Location which to run If this is specified, the job will be run on existing machines held by the PersistentResource instead of on-demand short-live machines. The network and CMEK configs on the job should be consistent with those on the PersistentResource, otherwise, the job will be rejected.", "type": "string" }, + "protectedArtifactLocationId": { + "description": "The ID of the location to store protected artifacts. e.g. us-central1. Populate only when the location is different than CustomJob location. For unprotected artifacts, the value of this field is ignored. List of supported locations: https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/locations", + "type": "string" + }, "reservedIpRanges": { "description": "Optional. A list of names for the reserved ip ranges under the VPC network that can be used for this job. If set, we will deploy the job within the provided ip ranges. Otherwise, the job will be deployed to any ip ranges under the provided VPC network. Example: ['vertex-ai-ip-range'].", "items": { @@ -20069,11 +20091,11 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Feature": { - "description": "Feature Metadata information that describes an attribute of an entity type. For example, apple is an entity type, and color is a feature that describes apple.", + "description": "Feature Metadata information. For example, color is a feature that describes an apple.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Feature", "properties": { "createTime": { - "description": "Output only. Timestamp when this EntityType was created.", + "description": "Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Timestamp when this EntityType was created.", "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -20083,7 +20105,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "disableMonitoring": { - "description": "Optional. If not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If set to true, all types of data monitoring are disabled despite the config on EntityType.", + "description": "Optional. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). If not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If set to true, all types of data monitoring are disabled despite the config on EntityType.", "type": "boolean" }, "etag": { @@ -20100,10 +20122,10 @@ "monitoringConfig": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1FeaturestoreMonitoringConfig", "deprecated": true, - "description": "Optional. Deprecated: The custom monitoring configuration for this Feature, if not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If this is populated with FeaturestoreMonitoringConfig.disabled = true, snapshot analysis monitoring is disabled; if FeaturestoreMonitoringConfig.monitoring_interval specified, snapshot analysis monitoring is enabled. Otherwise, snapshot analysis monitoring config is same as the EntityType's this Feature belongs to." + "description": "Optional. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Deprecated: The custom monitoring configuration for this Feature, if not set, use the monitoring_config defined for the EntityType this Feature belongs to. Only Features with type (Feature.ValueType) BOOL, STRING, DOUBLE or INT64 can enable monitoring. If this is populated with FeaturestoreMonitoringConfig.disabled = true, snapshot analysis monitoring is disabled; if FeaturestoreMonitoringConfig.monitoring_interval specified, snapshot analysis monitoring is enabled. Otherwise, snapshot analysis monitoring config is same as the EntityType's this Feature belongs to." }, "monitoringStats": { - "description": "Output only. A list of historical SnapshotAnalysis stats requested by user, sorted by FeatureStatsAnomaly.start_time descending.", + "description": "Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). A list of historical SnapshotAnalysis stats requested by user, sorted by FeatureStatsAnomaly.start_time descending.", "items": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1FeatureStatsAnomaly" }, @@ -20111,7 +20133,7 @@ "type": "array" }, "monitoringStatsAnomalies": { - "description": "Output only. The list of historical stats and anomalies with specified objectives.", + "description": "Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). The list of historical stats and anomalies with specified objectives.", "items": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1FeatureMonitoringStatsAnomaly" }, @@ -20119,17 +20141,17 @@ "type": "array" }, "name": { - "description": "Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type.", + "description": "Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type.", "type": "string" }, "updateTime": { - "description": "Output only. Timestamp when this EntityType was most recently updated.", + "description": "Output only. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Timestamp when this EntityType was most recently updated.", "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "valueType": { - "description": "Immutable. Type of Feature value.", + "description": "Immutable. Only applicable for Vertex AI Feature Store (Legacy). Type of Feature value.", "enum": [ "VALUE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "BOOL", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json index d27e7b84ad8..ba65d789ae5 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231016", + "revision": "20231023", "rootUrl": "https://alertcenter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbuseDetected": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1.json index 454a454429f..3afbd31254c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1.json @@ -1489,7 +1489,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231006", + "revision": "20231011", "rootUrl": "https://alloydb.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AutomatedBackupPolicy": { @@ -3097,7 +3097,8 @@ }, "resourceId": { "$ref": "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainDatabaseResourceId", - "description": "Required. Primary key associated with the Resource" + "deprecated": true, + "description": "Primary key associated with the Resource. resource_id is available in individual feed level as well." }, "resourceMetadata": { "$ref": "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainDatabaseResourceMetadata" @@ -3164,7 +3165,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "resourceContainer": { - "description": "Closest parent container of this resource. In GCP, 'container' refers to a Cloud Resource Manager project. It must be resource name of a Cloud Resource Manager project with the format of \"provider//\", such as \"gcp/projects/123\".", + "description": "Closest parent container of this resource. In GCP, 'container' refers to a Cloud Resource Manager project. It must be resource name of a Cloud Resource Manager project with the format of \"provider//\", such as \"gcp/projects/123\". For GCP provided resources, number should be project number.", "type": "string" }, "resourceName": { @@ -3460,7 +3461,7 @@ "description": "The product this resource represents." }, "resourceContainer": { - "description": "Closest parent Cloud Resource Manager container of this resource. It must be resource name of a Cloud Resource Manager project with the format of \"provider//\", such as \"gcp/projects/123\".", + "description": "Closest parent Cloud Resource Manager container of this resource. It must be resource name of a Cloud Resource Manager project with the format of \"provider//\", such as \"gcp/projects/123\". For GCP provided resources, number should be project number.", "type": "string" }, "resourceName": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1alpha.json index 22f975cd525..f5732f4661b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1alpha.json @@ -1489,7 +1489,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231006", + "revision": "20231011", "rootUrl": "https://alloydb.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AutomatedBackupPolicy": { @@ -3146,7 +3146,8 @@ }, "resourceId": { "$ref": "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainDatabaseResourceId", - "description": "Required. Primary key associated with the Resource" + "deprecated": true, + "description": "Primary key associated with the Resource. resource_id is available in individual feed level as well." }, "resourceMetadata": { "$ref": "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainDatabaseResourceMetadata" @@ -3213,7 +3214,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "resourceContainer": { - "description": "Closest parent container of this resource. In GCP, 'container' refers to a Cloud Resource Manager project. It must be resource name of a Cloud Resource Manager project with the format of \"provider//\", such as \"gcp/projects/123\".", + "description": "Closest parent container of this resource. In GCP, 'container' refers to a Cloud Resource Manager project. It must be resource name of a Cloud Resource Manager project with the format of \"provider//\", such as \"gcp/projects/123\". For GCP provided resources, number should be project number.", "type": "string" }, "resourceName": { @@ -3509,7 +3510,7 @@ "description": "The product this resource represents." }, "resourceContainer": { - "description": "Closest parent Cloud Resource Manager container of this resource. It must be resource name of a Cloud Resource Manager project with the format of \"provider//\", such as \"gcp/projects/123\".", + "description": "Closest parent Cloud Resource Manager container of this resource. It must be resource name of a Cloud Resource Manager project with the format of \"provider//\", such as \"gcp/projects/123\". For GCP provided resources, number should be project number.", "type": "string" }, "resourceName": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1beta.json index c1825008ee4..41fe3856d8e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1beta.json @@ -1486,7 +1486,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231006", + "revision": "20231011", "rootUrl": "https://alloydb.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AutomatedBackupPolicy": { @@ -3122,7 +3122,8 @@ }, "resourceId": { "$ref": "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainDatabaseResourceId", - "description": "Required. Primary key associated with the Resource" + "deprecated": true, + "description": "Primary key associated with the Resource. resource_id is available in individual feed level as well." }, "resourceMetadata": { "$ref": "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainDatabaseResourceMetadata" @@ -3189,7 +3190,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "resourceContainer": { - "description": "Closest parent container of this resource. In GCP, 'container' refers to a Cloud Resource Manager project. It must be resource name of a Cloud Resource Manager project with the format of \"provider//\", such as \"gcp/projects/123\".", + "description": "Closest parent container of this resource. In GCP, 'container' refers to a Cloud Resource Manager project. It must be resource name of a Cloud Resource Manager project with the format of \"provider//\", such as \"gcp/projects/123\". For GCP provided resources, number should be project number.", "type": "string" }, "resourceName": { @@ -3485,7 +3486,7 @@ "description": "The product this resource represents." }, "resourceContainer": { - "description": "Closest parent Cloud Resource Manager container of this resource. It must be resource name of a Cloud Resource Manager project with the format of \"provider//\", such as \"gcp/projects/123\".", + "description": "Closest parent Cloud Resource Manager container of this resource. It must be resource name of a Cloud Resource Manager project with the format of \"provider//\", such as \"gcp/projects/123\". For GCP provided resources, number should be project number.", "type": "string" }, "resourceName": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json index cc9cd9592be..bd6abaf02d2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json @@ -4298,7 +4298,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231015", + "revision": "20231022", "rootUrl": "https://analyticsadmin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaAccessBetweenFilter": { @@ -5668,7 +5668,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "systemDefined": { - "description": "Output only. Default Channel Group defined by Google, which cannot be updated.", + "description": "Output only. If true, then this channel group is the Default Channel Group predefined by Google Analytics. Display name and grouping rules cannot be updated for this channel group.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" } diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1beta.json index c5dc7904424..ec017476a58 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1beta.json @@ -1628,7 +1628,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231015", + "revision": "20231022", "rootUrl": "https://analyticsadmin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1betaAccessBetweenFilter": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json index 3ad73f02f7d..5e18068123a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231015", + "revision": "20231022", "rootUrl": "https://analyticsdata.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActiveMetricRestriction": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1.json index 4efa44881af..186ef02214a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1.json @@ -964,7 +964,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231002", + "revision": "20231009", "rootUrl": "https://analyticshub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1beta1.json index 0e68809acea..fec9b75f9fb 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1beta1.json @@ -695,7 +695,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231002", + "revision": "20231009", "rootUrl": "https://analyticshub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androiddeviceprovisioning.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androiddeviceprovisioning.v1.json index fb7a7ec8560..095c368862c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androiddeviceprovisioning.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androiddeviceprovisioning.v1.json @@ -851,7 +851,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231015", + "revision": "20231021", "rootUrl": "https://androiddeviceprovisioning.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ClaimDeviceRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidenterprise.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidenterprise.v1.json index 55c4aeb580e..547861b19d6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidenterprise.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidenterprise.v1.json @@ -2649,7 +2649,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231016", + "revision": "20231023", "rootUrl": "https://androidenterprise.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Administrator": { @@ -3990,11 +3990,11 @@ "id": "Permission", "properties": { "description": { - "description": "A longer description of the Permissions resource, giving more details of what it affects.", + "description": "A longer description of the Permissions resource, giving more details of what it affects. This field may be absent.", "type": "string" }, "name": { - "description": "The name of the permission.", + "description": "The name of the permission. This field may be absent.", "type": "string" }, "permissionId": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json index 74fb2ce4712..6d6c34433c5 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json @@ -1095,7 +1095,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231009", + "revision": "20231016", "rootUrl": "https://androidmanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdbShellCommandEvent": { @@ -3031,7 +3031,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "FreezePeriod": { - "description": "A system freeze period. When a device\u2019s clock is within the freeze period, all incoming system updates (including security patches) are blocked and won\u2019t be installed. When a device is outside the freeze period, normal update behavior applies. Leap years are ignored in freeze period calculations, in particular: * If Feb. 29th is set as the start or end date of a freeze period, the freeze period will start or end on Feb. 28th instead. * When a device\u2019s system clock reads Feb. 29th, it\u2019s treated as Feb. 28th. * When calculating the number of days in a freeze period or the time between two freeze periods, Feb. 29th is ignored and not counted as a day.Note: For Freeze Periods to take effect, SystemUpdateType cannot be specified as SYSTEM_UPDATE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED, because freeze periods require a defined policy to be specified.", + "description": "A system freeze period. When a device\u2019s clock is within the freeze period, all incoming system updates (including security patches) are blocked and won\u2019t be installed.When the device is outside any set freeze periods, the normal policy behavior (automatic, windowed, or postponed) applies.Leap years are ignored in freeze period calculations, in particular: If Feb. 29th is set as the start or end date of a freeze period, the freeze period will start or end on Feb. 28th instead. When a device\u2019s system clock reads Feb. 29th, it\u2019s treated as Feb. 28th. When calculating the number of days in a freeze period or the time between two freeze periods, Feb. 29th is ignored and not counted as a day.Note: For Freeze Periods to take effect, SystemUpdateType cannot be specified as SYSTEM_UPDATE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED, because freeze periods require a defined policy to be specified.", "id": "FreezePeriod", "properties": { "endDate": { @@ -4375,7 +4375,7 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "maxDaysWithWorkOff": { - "description": "Controls how long the work profile can stay off. The minimum duration must be at least 3 days. Other details are as follows: - If the duration is set to 0, the feature is turned off. - If the duration is set to any value between 1-2 days, the feature is automatically set to 3 days. *Note:* If you want to avoid personal profiles being suspended during long periods of off-time, you can temporarily set a large value for this parameter.", + "description": "Controls how long the work profile can stay off. The minimum duration must be at least 3 days. Other details are as follows: - If the duration is set to 0, the feature is turned off. - If the duration is set to a value smaller than the minimum duration, the feature returns an error. *Note:* If you want to avoid personal profiles being suspended during long periods of off-time, you can temporarily set a large value for this parameter.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json index 46e1590a72e..499cf7086ac 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json @@ -4047,7 +4047,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231017", + "revision": "20231024", "rootUrl": "https://androidpublisher.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Abi": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1.json index 57f04cb5523..0be3ab6c336 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1.json @@ -1083,7 +1083,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231002", + "revision": "20231010", "rootUrl": "https://apigateway.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApigatewayApi": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1beta.json index 9f4b1390aff..96ab35e23af 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1beta.json @@ -1083,7 +1083,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231002", + "revision": "20231010", "rootUrl": "https://apigateway.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApigatewayApi": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apikeys.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apikeys.v2.json index 42a9e7a04c3..60aaf9333cb 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apikeys.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apikeys.v2.json @@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231015", + "revision": "20231018", "rootUrl": "https://apikeys.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Operation": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json index a29ed7f9adf..9cc272c0540 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json @@ -1610,7 +1610,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231004", + "revision": "20231016", "rootUrl": "https://appengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApiConfigHandler": { @@ -3747,6 +3747,7 @@ "properties": { "apiConfig": { "$ref": "ApiConfigHandler", + "deprecated": true, "description": "Serving configuration for Google Cloud Endpoints (https://cloud.google.com/endpoints).Only returned in GET requests if view=FULL is set." }, "appEngineApis": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1alpha.json index d1d8a036d09..ec0ed8d605d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1alpha.json @@ -887,7 +887,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231004", + "revision": "20231016", "rootUrl": "https://appengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuthorizedCertificate": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json index aeb053596d5..7efc4fecd6a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json @@ -1859,7 +1859,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231004", + "revision": "20231016", "rootUrl": "https://appengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApiConfigHandler": { @@ -4151,6 +4151,7 @@ "properties": { "apiConfig": { "$ref": "ApiConfigHandler", + "deprecated": true, "description": "Serving configuration for Google Cloud Endpoints (https://cloud.google.com/endpoints).Only returned in GET requests if view=FULL is set." }, "appEngineApis": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/area120tables.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/area120tables.v1alpha1.json index e0cc77c361a..621274c70ce 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/area120tables.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/area120tables.v1alpha1.json @@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231015", + "revision": "20231022", "rootUrl": "https://area120tables.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "BatchCreateRowsRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json index 9c6f42c0a71..86630fc5b3f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json @@ -1713,7 +1713,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231006", + "revision": "20231018", "rootUrl": "https://artifactregistry.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AptArtifact": { @@ -3013,6 +3013,10 @@ "$ref": "PythonRepository", "description": "Specific settings for a Python remote repository." }, + "upstreamCredentials": { + "$ref": "UpstreamCredentials", + "description": "Optional. The credentials used to access the remote repository." + }, "yumRepository": { "$ref": "YumRepository", "description": "Specific settings for a Yum remote repository." @@ -3390,6 +3394,17 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "UpstreamCredentials": { + "description": "The credentials to access the remote repository.", + "id": "UpstreamCredentials", + "properties": { + "usernamePasswordCredentials": { + "$ref": "UsernamePasswordCredentials", + "description": "Use username and password to access the remote repository." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "UpstreamPolicy": { "description": "Artifact policy configuration for the repository contents.", "id": "UpstreamPolicy", @@ -3410,6 +3425,21 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "UsernamePasswordCredentials": { + "description": "Username and password credentials.", + "id": "UsernamePasswordCredentials", + "properties": { + "passwordSecretVersion": { + "description": "The Secret Manager key version that holds the password to access the remote repository. Must be in the format of `projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}`.", + "type": "string" + }, + "username": { + "description": "The username to access the remote repository.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "VPCSCConfig": { "description": "The Artifact Registry VPC SC config that apply to a Project.", "id": "VPCSCConfig", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json index 8687069885b..76267d6118f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json @@ -981,7 +981,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231006", + "revision": "20231018", "rootUrl": "https://artifactregistry.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Binding": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json index 12cf5e1b757..ca9ca45ae14 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json @@ -1187,7 +1187,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231006", + "revision": "20231018", "rootUrl": "https://artifactregistry.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AptArtifact": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json index 7f500275e24..0af2b3c3b1d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json @@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231009", + "revision": "20231017", "rootUrl": "https://assuredworkloads.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1AcknowledgeViolationRequest": { @@ -1207,6 +1207,11 @@ "description": "Input only. The parent resource for the resources managed by this Assured Workload. May be either empty or a folder resource which is a child of the Workload parent. If not specified all resources are created under the parent organization. Format: folders/{folder_id}", "type": "string" }, + "resourceMonitoringEnabled": { + "description": "Output only. Indicates whether resource monitoring is enabled for workload or not. It is true when Resource feed is subscribed to AWM topic and AWM Service Agent Role is binded to AW Service Account for resource Assured workload.", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "boolean" + }, "resourceSettings": { "description": "Input only. Resource properties that are used to customize workload resources. These properties (such as custom project id) will be used to create workload resources if possible. This field is optional.", "items": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1beta1.json index dcfe2fdaa48..339913c7791 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1beta1.json @@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231009", + "revision": "20231017", "rootUrl": "https://assuredworkloads.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1AcknowledgeViolationRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/authorizedbuyersmarketplace.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/authorizedbuyersmarketplace.v1.json index 31bc1c41141..a1eeea94c2c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/authorizedbuyersmarketplace.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/authorizedbuyersmarketplace.v1.json @@ -1307,7 +1307,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231016", + "revision": "20231023", "rootUrl": "https://authorizedbuyersmarketplace.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceptProposalRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/backupdr.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/backupdr.v1.json index d0e18be0236..812634af62e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/backupdr.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/backupdr.v1.json @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ "canonicalName": "Backupdr", "description": "", "discoveryVersion": "v1", - "documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/", + "documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/backup-disaster-recovery", "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, "icons": { "x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif", @@ -535,7 +535,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231001", + "revision": "20231008", "rootUrl": "https://backupdr.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/baremetalsolution.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/baremetalsolution.v2.json index 906290609d7..edda7046fcb 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/baremetalsolution.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/baremetalsolution.v2.json @@ -1613,7 +1613,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231009", + "revision": "20231018", "rootUrl": "https://baremetalsolution.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AllowedClient": { @@ -2563,7 +2563,11 @@ }, "vrf": { "$ref": "VRF", - "description": "The vrf for the Network." + "description": "The Vrf for the Network. Use this only if a new Vrf needs to be created." + }, + "vrfAttachment": { + "description": "Optional. The name of a pre-existing Vrf that the network should be attached to. Format is `vrfs/{vrf}`.", + "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/batch.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/batch.v1.json index 04fea491ceb..0de4d032afb 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/batch.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/batch.v1.json @@ -561,7 +561,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231003", + "revision": "20231009", "rootUrl": "https://batch.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Accelerator": { @@ -2033,7 +2033,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parallelism": { - "description": "Max number of tasks that can run in parallel. Default to min(task_count, 1000). Field parallelism must be 1 if the scheduling_policy is IN_ORDER.", + "description": "Max number of tasks that can run in parallel. Default to min(task_count, parallel tasks per job limit). See: [Job Limits](https://cloud.google.com/batch/quotas#job_limits). Field parallelism must be 1 if the scheduling_policy is IN_ORDER.", "format": "int64", "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/beyondcorp.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/beyondcorp.v1.json index 2a935a3fd88..9d968353359 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/beyondcorp.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/beyondcorp.v1.json @@ -1804,7 +1804,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231002", + "revision": "20231011", "rootUrl": "https://beyondcorp.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AllocatedConnection": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/beyondcorp.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/beyondcorp.v1alpha.json index 4d09a6803e6..f25ec1aae41 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/beyondcorp.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/beyondcorp.v1alpha.json @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "updateMask": { - "description": "Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the PartnerTenant resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten. ", + "description": "Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the PartnerTenant resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten. Mutable fields: display_name, partner_metadata, group_information.", "format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -609,7 +609,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "parent": { - "description": "Required. The resource name of the Tenant using the form: `organizations/{organization_id}/locations/global/tenants/{tenant_id}`", + "description": "Required. The resource name of the parent PartnerTenant using the form: `organizations/{organization_id}/locations/global/partnerTenants/{partner_tenant_id}`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/global/partnerTenants/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { - "description": "Required. The resource name of the ProxyConfig using the form: `organizations/{organization_id}/locations/global/tenants/{tenant_id}/proxyConfigs/{proxy_config_id}`", + "description": "Required. The resource name of the ProxyConfig using the form: `organizations/{organization_id}/locations/global/partnerTenants/{partner_tenant_id}/proxyConfigs/{proxy_config_id}`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/global/partnerTenants/[^/]+/proxyConfigs/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -3674,7 +3674,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231002", + "revision": "20231011", "rootUrl": "https://beyondcorp.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AllocatedConnection": { @@ -5237,7 +5237,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaProxyConfig": { - "description": "Proxy Configuration of a Tenant.", + "description": "Proxy Configuration of a PartnerTenant.", "id": "GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaProxyConfig", "properties": { "createTime": { @@ -5259,10 +5259,6 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, - "proxyProtocolConfig": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaProxyProtocolConfig", - "description": "Optional. Protocol config data for the Proxy." - }, "proxyUri": { "description": "Required. The URI of the proxy server.", "type": "string" @@ -5284,20 +5280,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, - "GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaProxyProtocolConfig": { - "description": "The protocol data that specifies how to communicate with Partner's Proxy.", - "id": "GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaProxyProtocolConfig", - "properties": { - "metadata": { - "additionalProperties": { - "type": "string" - }, - "description": "Optional. Untyped property bag to be sent back to the proxy using client specific mechanism.", - "type": "object" - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, "GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRoutingInfo": { "description": "Message contains the routing information to direct traffic to the proxy server.", "id": "GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRoutingInfo", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json index e6fb4bfcbe0..cf6eebeacee 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json @@ -1686,7 +1686,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231008", + "revision": "20231012", "rootUrl": "https://bigquery.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AggregateClassificationMetrics": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryconnection.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryconnection.v1beta1.json index e5759cab27a..8ad5c39a74f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryconnection.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryconnection.v1beta1.json @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231009", + "revision": "20231013", "rootUrl": "https://bigqueryconnection.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatatransfer.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatatransfer.v1.json index f225dd3c462..a40f47fe919 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatatransfer.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatatransfer.v1.json @@ -1342,7 +1342,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231007", + "revision": "20231017", "rootUrl": "https://bigquerydatatransfer.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CheckValidCredsRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json index ae9d2fcf890..816bfc3ffcf 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json @@ -831,7 +831,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231007", + "revision": "20231015", "rootUrl": "https://bigqueryreservation.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Assignment": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v2.json index 1b7f9473130..8f947b7cd3f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v2.json @@ -1966,7 +1966,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231005", + "revision": "20231013", "rootUrl": "https://bigtableadmin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppProfile": { @@ -1989,9 +1989,30 @@ "description": "The unique name of the app profile. Values are of the form `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/appProfiles/_a-zA-Z0-9*`.", "type": "string" }, + "priority": { + "deprecated": true, + "description": "This field has been deprecated in favor of `standard_isolation.priority`. If you set this field, `standard_isolation.priority` will be set instead. The priority of requests sent using this app profile.", + "enum": [ + "PRIORITY_UNSPECIFIED", + "PRIORITY_LOW", + "PRIORITY_MEDIUM", + "PRIORITY_HIGH" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Default value. Mapped to PRIORITY_HIGH (the legacy behavior) on creation.", + "", + "", + "" + ], + "type": "string" + }, "singleClusterRouting": { "$ref": "SingleClusterRouting", "description": "Use a single-cluster routing policy." + }, + "standardIsolation": { + "$ref": "StandardIsolation", + "description": "The standard options used for isolating this app profile's traffic from other use cases." } }, "type": "object" @@ -3067,10 +3088,6 @@ "description": "Request message for google.bigtable.admin.v2.BigtableTableAdmin.ModifyColumnFamilies", "id": "ModifyColumnFamiliesRequest", "properties": { - "ignoreWarnings": { - "description": "If true, ignore safety checks when modifying the column families.", - "type": "boolean" - }, "modifications": { "description": "Required. Modifications to be atomically applied to the specified table's families. Entries are applied in order, meaning that earlier modifications can be masked by later ones (in the case of repeated updates to the same family, for example).", "items": { @@ -3366,6 +3383,29 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "StandardIsolation": { + "description": "Standard options for isolating this app profile's traffic from other use cases.", + "id": "StandardIsolation", + "properties": { + "priority": { + "description": "The priority of requests sent using this app profile.", + "enum": [ + "PRIORITY_UNSPECIFIED", + "PRIORITY_LOW", + "PRIORITY_MEDIUM", + "PRIORITY_HIGH" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Default value. Mapped to PRIORITY_HIGH (the legacy behavior) on creation.", + "", + "", + "" + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "Status": { "description": "The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).", "id": "Status", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1.json index 17e1d6d0ab9..c4c3e4ff842 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1.json @@ -706,7 +706,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231006", + "revision": "20231020", "rootUrl": "https://binaryauthorization.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdmissionRule": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1beta1.json index e5bb7a122ad..a3c951596eb 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1beta1.json @@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231006", + "revision": "20231020", "rootUrl": "https://binaryauthorization.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdmissionRule": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blockchainnodeengine.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blockchainnodeengine.v1.json index 230406e5283..39c45669df2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blockchainnodeengine.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blockchainnodeengine.v1.json @@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231011", + "revision": "20231018", "rootUrl": "https://blockchainnodeengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "BlockchainNode": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v2.json index 0f266ab550f..f091d74fc5b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v2.json @@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231011", + "revision": "20231023", "rootUrl": "https://blogger.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Blog": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v3.json index 7eb7d161310..278dd78a34f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v3.json @@ -1710,7 +1710,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231011", + "revision": "20231023", "rootUrl": "https://blogger.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Blog": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/books.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/books.v1.json index 34dca60627a..3a6de89e973 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/books.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/books.v1.json @@ -2672,7 +2672,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231011", + "revision": "20231017", "rootUrl": "https://books.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Annotation": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/businessprofileperformance.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/businessprofileperformance.v1.json index ff0b16d2769..14cac082b48 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/businessprofileperformance.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/businessprofileperformance.v1.json @@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231016", + "revision": "20231022", "rootUrl": "https://businessprofileperformance.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "DailyMetricTimeSeries": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json index 99543fee2b2..33948ac5d23 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json @@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ ] }, "get": { - "description": "Returns details about a membership. For an example, see [Get a membership](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/members/get). Requires [authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth). Fully supports [service account authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts) and [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users). [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users).", + "description": "Returns details about a membership. For an example, see [Get a membership](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/members/get). Requires [authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth). Fully supports [service account authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts) and [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users).", "flatPath": "v1/spaces/{spacesId}/members/{membersId}", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "chat.spaces.members.get", @@ -507,7 +507,7 @@ ] }, "list": { - "description": "Lists memberships in a space. For an example, see [List memberships](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/members/list). Listing memberships with [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts) lists memberships in spaces that the Chat app has access to, but excludes Chat app memberships, including its own. Listing memberships with [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users) lists memberships in spaces that the authenticated user has access to. Requires [authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth). Fully supports [service account authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts) and [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users). [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users).", + "description": "Lists memberships in a space. For an example, see [List memberships](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/members/list). Listing memberships with [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts) lists memberships in spaces that the Chat app has access to, but excludes Chat app memberships, including its own. Listing memberships with [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users) lists memberships in spaces that the authenticated user has access to. Requires [authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth). Fully supports [service account authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts) and [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users).", "flatPath": "v1/spaces/{spacesId}/members", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "chat.spaces.members.list", @@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ ] }, "delete": { - "description": "Deletes a message. For an example, see [Delete a message](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/delete). Requires [authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth). Fully supports [service account authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts) and [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users). [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users). Requests authenticated with service accounts can only delete messages created by the calling Chat app.", + "description": "Deletes a message. For an example, see [Delete a message](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/delete). Requires [authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth). Fully supports [service account authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts) and [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users). Requests authenticated with service accounts can only delete messages created by the calling Chat app.", "flatPath": "v1/spaces/{spacesId}/messages/{messagesId}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", "id": "chat.spaces.messages.delete", @@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ ] }, "get": { - "description": "Returns details about a message. For an example, see [Read a message](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/get). Requires [authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth). Fully supports [service account authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts) and [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users). [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users). Note: Might return a message from a blocked member or space.", + "description": "Returns details about a message. For an example, see [Read a message](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/get). Requires [authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth). Fully supports [service account authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts) and [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users). Note: Might return a message from a blocked member or space.", "flatPath": "v1/spaces/{spacesId}/messages/{messagesId}", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "chat.spaces.messages.get", @@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ ] }, "patch": { - "description": "Updates a message. There's a difference between the `patch` and `update` methods. The `patch` method uses a `patch` request while the `update` method uses a `put` request. We recommend using the `patch` method. For an example, see [Update a message](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/update). Requires [authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth). Fully supports [service account authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts) and [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users). [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users). Requests authenticated with service accounts can only update messages created by the calling Chat app.", + "description": "Updates a message. There's a difference between the `patch` and `update` methods. The `patch` method uses a `patch` request while the `update` method uses a `put` request. We recommend using the `patch` method. For an example, see [Update a message](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/update). Requires [authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth). Fully supports [service account authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts) and [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users). Requests authenticated with service accounts can only update messages created by the calling Chat app.", "flatPath": "v1/spaces/{spacesId}/messages/{messagesId}", "httpMethod": "PATCH", "id": "chat.spaces.messages.patch", @@ -775,7 +775,7 @@ ] }, "update": { - "description": "Updates a message. There's a difference between the `patch` and `update` methods. The `patch` method uses a `patch` request while the `update` method uses a `put` request. We recommend using the `patch` method. For an example, see [Update a message](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/update). Requires [authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth). Fully supports [service account authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts) and [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users). [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users). Requests authenticated with service accounts can only update messages created by the calling Chat app.", + "description": "Updates a message. There's a difference between the `patch` and `update` methods. The `patch` method uses a `patch` request while the `update` method uses a `put` request. We recommend using the `patch` method. For an example, see [Update a message](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/update). Requires [authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth). Fully supports [service account authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts) and [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users). Requests authenticated with service accounts can only update messages created by the calling Chat app.", "flatPath": "v1/spaces/{spacesId}/messages/{messagesId}", "httpMethod": "PUT", "id": "chat.spaces.messages.update", @@ -957,7 +957,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231008", + "revision": "20231019", "rootUrl": "https://chat.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActionParameter": { @@ -1309,12 +1309,12 @@ "type": "object" }, "ChatClientDataSourceMarkup": { - "description": "Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from Google Chat. For example, a list of Google Chat spaces of which the user is a member. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview).", + "description": "Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Chat. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu. For example, a user can select Google Chat spaces that they're a member of.", "id": "ChatClientDataSourceMarkup", "properties": { "spaceDataSource": { "$ref": "SpaceDataSource", - "description": "A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview)." + "description": "Google Chat spaces that the user is a member of." } }, "type": "object" @@ -2339,24 +2339,24 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleAppsCardV1PlatformDataSource": { - "description": "Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, the data from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). Used to populate the items in the multi-select menu. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview).", + "description": "Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu.", "id": "GoogleAppsCardV1PlatformDataSource", "properties": { "commonDataSource": { - "description": "For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source shared by all Google Workspace host applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview).", + "description": "A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization.", "enum": [ "UNKNOWN", "USER" ], "enumDescriptions": [ - "Default value. Don't use. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview).", - "A list of users provided by the Google Workspace host application. For example, to source users from Google Chat, use the resource name of the [user](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/User). Format: users/{user} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview)." + "Default value. Don't use.", + "Google Workspace users. The user can only view and select users from their Google Workspace organization." ], "type": "string" }, "hostAppDataSource": { "$ref": "HostAppDataSourceMarkup", - "description": "A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such as Gmail emails, Google Calendar events, or Google Chat messages. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview)." + "description": "A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat." } }, "type": "object" @@ -2394,7 +2394,7 @@ "properties": { "externalDataSource": { "$ref": "GoogleAppsCardV1Action", - "description": "An external data source, such as a relational data base. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview)." + "description": "An external data source, such as a relational data base." }, "items": { "description": "An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items.", @@ -2408,12 +2408,12 @@ "type": "string" }, "multiSelectMaxSelectedItems": { - "description": "For multi-select menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, set to 3 items. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview).", + "description": "For multiselect menus, the maximum number of items that a user can select. Minimum value is 1 item. If unspecified, defaults to 3 items.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, "multiSelectMinQueryLength": { - "description": "For multi-select menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items on the card. If unspecified, set to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview).", + "description": "For multiselect menus, the number of text characters that a user inputs before the Chat app queries autocomplete and displays suggested items in the menu. If unspecified, defaults to 0 characters for static data sources and 3 characters for external data sources.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, @@ -2427,7 +2427,7 @@ }, "platformDataSource": { "$ref": "GoogleAppsCardV1PlatformDataSource", - "description": "A data source from a [Google Workspace host application](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/HostApp). [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview)." + "description": "A data source from Google Workspace." }, "type": { "description": "The type of items that are displayed to users in a `SelectionInput` widget. Selection types support different types of interactions. For example, users can select one or more checkboxes, but they can only select one value from a dropdown menu.", @@ -2443,7 +2443,7 @@ "A set of radio buttons. Users can select one radio button.", "A set of switches. Users can turn on one or more switches.", "A dropdown menu. Users can select one item from the menu.", - "Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. A multi-select menu for static or dynamic data. From the menu bar, users select one or more items. Users can also input values to populate dynamic data. For example, users can start typing the name of a Google Chat space and the widget autosuggests the space. To populate items for a multi-select menu, you can use one of the following types of data sources: * Static data: Items are specified as `SelectionItem` objects in the widget. Up to 100 items. * Google Workspace data: Items are populated using data from a Google Workspace application, such as Google Chat users or spaces. * External data: Items are populated from a dynamic external data source. For examples of how to implement multi-select menus, see the [`SelectionInput` widget page](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/selection-input). [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview)." + "Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. A multiselect menu for static or dynamic data. From the menu bar, users select one or more items. Users can also input values to populate dynamic data. For example, users can start typing the name of a Google Chat space and the widget autosuggests the space. To populate items for a multiselect menu, you can use one of the following types of data sources: * Static data: Items are specified as `SelectionItem` objects in the widget. Up to 100 items. * Google Workspace data: Items are populated using data from Google Workspace, such as Google Workspace users or Google Chat spaces. * External data: Items are populated from an external data source outside of Google Workspace. For examples of how to implement multiselect menus, see the [`SelectionInput` widget page](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/selection-input#multiselect-menu)." ], "type": "string" } @@ -2455,7 +2455,7 @@ "id": "GoogleAppsCardV1SelectionItem", "properties": { "bottomText": { - "description": "For multi-select menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview).", + "description": "For multiselect menus, a text description or label that's displayed below the item's `text` field.", "type": "string" }, "selected": { @@ -2463,7 +2463,7 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "startIconUri": { - "description": "For multi-select menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview).", + "description": "For multiselect menus, the URL for the icon displayed next to the item's `text` field. Supports PNG and JPEG files. Must be an `HTTPS` URL. For example, `https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png`.", "type": "string" }, "text": { @@ -2700,12 +2700,12 @@ "type": "object" }, "HostAppDataSourceMarkup": { - "description": "Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multi-select menu, a data source from a Google Workspace host application. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview).", + "description": "Chat apps only. For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates selection items for the multiselect menu.", "id": "HostAppDataSourceMarkup", "properties": { "chatDataSource": { "$ref": "ChatClientDataSourceMarkup", - "description": "The data source is Google Chat. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview)." + "description": "A data source from Google Chat." } }, "type": "object" @@ -3483,11 +3483,11 @@ "type": "object" }, "SpaceDataSource": { - "description": "A data source representing a Google Chat space. Format: spaces/{space} [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview).", + "description": "A data source that populates Google Chat spaces as selection items for a multiselect menu. Only populates spaces that the user is a member of.", "id": "SpaceDataSource", "properties": { "defaultToCurrentSpace": { - "description": "When `true`, uses the card's Google Chat space as the default selection. The default value is `false`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview).", + "description": "If set to `true`, the multiselect menu selects the current Google Chat space as an item by default.", "type": "boolean" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/checks.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/checks.v1alpha.json index 19f308ec363..ea4be0d6667 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/checks.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/checks.v1alpha.json @@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231015", + "revision": "20231022", "rootUrl": "https://checks.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CancelOperationRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromemanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromemanagement.v1.json index e787b664bf2..3d0f47c5e23 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromemanagement.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromemanagement.v1.json @@ -1040,7 +1040,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231015", + "revision": "20231022", "rootUrl": "https://chromemanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleChromeManagementV1AndroidAppInfo": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromepolicy.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromepolicy.v1.json index fb4f89a7659..2c64580e301 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromepolicy.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromepolicy.v1.json @@ -557,7 +557,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231015", + "revision": "20231022", "rootUrl": "https://chromepolicy.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleChromePolicyVersionsV1AdditionalTargetKeyName": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromeuxreport.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromeuxreport.v1.json index 0c555b3b6f5..0fe0840686e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromeuxreport.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromeuxreport.v1.json @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231012", + "revision": "20231019", "rootUrl": "https://chromeuxreport.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Bin": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/civicinfo.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/civicinfo.v2.json index 673ebd8d049..f32e43f612e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/civicinfo.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/civicinfo.v2.json @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231002", + "revision": "20231017", "rootUrl": "https://civicinfo.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdministrationRegion": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/classroom.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/classroom.v1.json index 1a8e836e879..5700916cb99 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/classroom.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/classroom.v1.json @@ -2400,7 +2400,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231005", + "revision": "20231017", "rootUrl": "https://classroom.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Announcement": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1.json index c55ed36191f..4933daf4de7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1.json @@ -731,7 +731,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "filter": { - "description": "The expression to filter AnalyzeOrgPoliciesResponse.org_policy_results. The only supported field is `consolidated_policy.attached_resource`, and the only supported operator is `=`. Example: consolidated_policy.attached_resource=\"//cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/folders/001\" will return the org policy results of\"folders/001\".", + "description": "The expression to filter AnalyzeOrgPoliciesResponse.org_policy_results. Filtering is currently available for bare literal values and the following fields: * consolidated_policy.attached_resource * consolidated_policy.rules.enforce When filtering by a specific field, the only supported operator is `=`. For example, filtering by consolidated_policy.attached_resource=\"//cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/folders/001\" will return all the Organization Policy results attached to \"folders/001\".", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -777,7 +777,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "filter": { - "description": "The expression to filter the governed assets in result. The only supported fields for governed resources are `governed_resource.project` and `governed_resource.folders`. The only supported fields for governed iam policies are `governed_iam_policy.project` and `governed_iam_policy.folders`. The only supported operator is `=`. Example 1: governed_resource.project=\"projects/12345678\" filter will return all governed resources under projects/12345678 including the project ifself, if applicable. Example 2: governed_iam_policy.folders=\"folders/12345678\" filter will return all governed iam policies under folders/12345678, if applicable.", + "description": "The expression to filter AnalyzeOrgPolicyGovernedAssetsResponse.governed_assets. For governed resources, filtering is currently available for bare literal values and the following fields: * governed_resource.project * governed_resource.folders * consolidated_policy.rules.enforce When filtering by `governed_resource.project` or `consolidated_policy.rules.enforce`, the only supported operator is `=`. When filtering by `governed_resource.folders`, the supported operators are `=` and `:`. For example, filtering by `governed_resource.project=\"projects/12345678\"` will return all the governed resources under \"projects/12345678\", including the project itself if applicable. For governed IAM policies, filtering is currently available for bare literal values and the following fields: * governed_iam_policy.project * governed_iam_policy.folders * consolidated_policy.rules.enforce When filtering by `governed_iam_policy.project` or `consolidated_policy.rules.enforce`, the only supported operator is `=`. When filtering by `governed_iam_policy.folders`, the supported operators are `=` and `:`. For example, filtering by `governed_iam_policy.folders:\"folders/12345678\"` will return all the governed IAM policies under \"folders/001\".", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -823,7 +823,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "filter": { - "description": "The expression to filter the governed containers in result. The only supported field is `parent`, and the only supported operator is `=`. Example: parent=\"//cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/folders/001\" will return all containers under \"folders/001\".", + "description": "The expression to filter AnalyzeOrgPolicyGovernedContainersResponse.governed_containers. Filtering is currently available for bare literal values and the following fields: * parent * consolidated_policy.rules.enforce When filtering by a specific field, the only supported operator is `=`. For example, filtering by parent=\"//cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/folders/001\" will return all the containers under \"folders/001\".", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -1095,7 +1095,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231006", + "revision": "20231013", "rootUrl": "https://cloudasset.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessSelector": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1beta1.json index 004e4c5b9f4..3afad6633b7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1beta1.json @@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231006", + "revision": "20231013", "rootUrl": "https://cloudasset.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunningMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p1beta1.json index c1caa583db4..26d19b8c079 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p1beta1.json @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231006", + "revision": "20231013", "rootUrl": "https://cloudasset.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunningMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p5beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p5beta1.json index aad8c7faeea..172af7f7125 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p5beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p5beta1.json @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231006", + "revision": "20231013", "rootUrl": "https://cloudasset.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunningMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p7beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p7beta1.json index fa2c729f806..6956955735e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p7beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p7beta1.json @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231006", + "revision": "20231013", "rootUrl": "https://cloudasset.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunningMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1.json index 42602352b58..843e45f4c9d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1.json @@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231006", + "revision": "20231020", "rootUrl": "https://cloudbilling.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AggregationInfo": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1beta.json index 9a234fd9b29..8183e2a1889 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1beta.json @@ -664,7 +664,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231006", + "revision": "20231020", "rootUrl": "https://cloudbilling.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CacheFillRegions": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json index 1a2e25c9326..1daafe9f791 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json @@ -2319,7 +2319,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230920", + "revision": "20231017", "rootUrl": "https://cloudbuild.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApprovalConfig": { @@ -5041,6 +5041,20 @@ "object": { "description": "Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.", "type": "string" + }, + "sourceFetcher": { + "description": "Optional. Option to specify the tool to fetch the source file for the build.", + "enum": [ + "SOURCE_FETCHER_UNSPECIFIED", + "GSUTIL", + "GCS_FETCHER" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Unspecified defaults to GSUTIL.", + "Use the \"gsutil\" tool to download the source file.", + "Use the Cloud Storage Fetcher tool to download the source file." + ], + "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v2.json index fc85284fb36..ea94b971355 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v2.json @@ -844,7 +844,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230920", + "revision": "20231017", "rootUrl": "https://cloudbuild.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { @@ -987,7 +987,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "Connection": { - "description": "A connection to a SCM like GitHub, GitHub Enterprise, Bitbucket Server or GitLab.", + "description": "A connection to a SCM like GitHub, GitHub Enterprise, Bitbucket Data Center or GitLab.", "id": "Connection", "properties": { "annotations": { @@ -1843,7 +1843,7 @@ "description": "PipelineRef refer to a specific instance of a Pipeline." }, "pipelineRunStatus": { - "description": "Status of the PipelineRun.", + "description": "Pipelinerun status the user can provide. Used for cancellation.", "enum": [ "PIPELINE_RUN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED", "PIPELINE_RUN_CANCELLED" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json index faac55de243..c1a66c2cacd 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json @@ -2178,7 +2178,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231011", + "revision": "20231022", "rootUrl": "https://cloudchannel.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudChannelV1ActivateEntitlementRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddeploy.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddeploy.v1.json index d439e07ab15..78c57365296 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddeploy.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddeploy.v1.json @@ -1479,7 +1479,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231004", + "revision": "20231015", "rootUrl": "https://clouddeploy.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbandonReleaseRequest": { @@ -1878,6 +1878,11 @@ "description": "CloudRunMetadata contains information from a Cloud Run deployment.", "id": "CloudRunMetadata", "properties": { + "job": { + "description": "Output only. The name of the Cloud Run job that is associated with a `Rollout`. Format is projects/{project}/locations/{location}/jobs/{job_name}.", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, "revision": { "description": "Output only. The Cloud Run Revision id associated with a `Rollout`.", "readOnly": true, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouderrorreporting.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouderrorreporting.v1beta1.json index 7ce19419100..cc708d65608 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouderrorreporting.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouderrorreporting.v1beta1.json @@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230927", + "revision": "20231013", "rootUrl": "https://clouderrorreporting.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "DeleteEventsResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v1.json index fafd9b56063..8643c3ed044 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v1.json @@ -372,6 +372,12 @@ "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/functions/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" + }, + "versionId": { + "description": "Optional. The optional version of the function whose details should be obtained. The version of a 1st Gen function is an integer that starts from 1 and gets incremented on redeployments. Each deployment creates a config version of the underlying function. GCF may keep historical configs for old versions. This field can be specified to fetch the historical configs. Leave it blank or set to 0 to get the latest version of the function.", + "format": "int64", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" } }, "path": "v1/{+name}", @@ -546,7 +552,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231005", + "revision": "20231012", "rootUrl": "https://cloudfunctions.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2.json index 0202258b1d9..77e69d9f74a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2.json @@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231005", + "revision": "20231012", "rootUrl": "https://cloudfunctions.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2alpha.json index f71278bcf4a..bd21e25c137 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2alpha.json @@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231005", + "revision": "20231012", "rootUrl": "https://cloudfunctions.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2beta.json index 6edfc7e7ff1..7886103b903 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2beta.json @@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231005", + "revision": "20231012", "rootUrl": "https://cloudfunctions.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudkms.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudkms.v1.json index 3b3ada57e8c..22bbe9d01dc 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudkms.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudkms.v1.json @@ -18,6 +18,13 @@ "description": "Manages keys and performs cryptographic operations in a central cloud service, for direct use by other cloud resources and applications. ", "discoveryVersion": "v1", "documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/kms/", + "endpoints": [ + { + "description": "Regional Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://cloudkms.me-central2.rep.googleapis.com/", + "location": "me-central2" + } + ], "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, "icons": { "x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif", @@ -1821,7 +1828,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231004", + "revision": "20231012", "rootUrl": "https://cloudkms.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AsymmetricDecryptRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1.json index f08dfe093f7..89ed1cdb628 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1.json @@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ ] }, "search": { - "description": "Searches Organization resources that are visible to the user and satisfy the specified filter. This method returns Organizations in an unspecified order. New Organizations do not necessarily appear at the end of the results. Search will only return organizations on which the user has the permission `resourcemanager.organizations.get`", + "description": "Searches Organization resources that are visible to the user and satisfy the specified filter. This method returns Organizations in an unspecified order. New Organizations do not necessarily appear at the end of the results. Search will only return organizations on which the user has the permission `resourcemanager.organizations.get` or has super admin privileges.", "flatPath": "v1/organizations:search", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "cloudresourcemanager.organizations.search", @@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ ] }, "setIamPolicy": { - "description": "Sets the IAM access control policy for the specified Project. CAUTION: This method will replace the existing policy, and cannot be used to append additional IAM settings. NOTE: Removing service accounts from policies or changing their roles can render services completely inoperable. It is important to understand how the service account is being used before removing or updating its roles. For additional information about `resource` (e.g. my-project-id) structure and identification, see [Resource Names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names). The following constraints apply when using `setIamPolicy()`: + Project does not support `allUsers` and `allAuthenticatedUsers` as `members` in a `Binding` of a `Policy`. + The owner role can be granted to a `user`, `serviceAccount`, or a group that is part of an organization. For example, group@myownpersonaldomain.com could be added as an owner to a project in the myownpersonaldomain.com organization, but not the examplepetstore.com organization. + Service accounts can be made owners of a project directly without any restrictions. However, to be added as an owner, a user must be invited via Cloud Platform console and must accept the invitation. + A user cannot be granted the owner role using `setIamPolicy()`. The user must be granted the owner role using the Cloud Platform Console and must explicitly accept the invitation. + You can only grant ownership of a project to a member by using the GCP Console. Inviting a member will deliver an invitation email that they must accept. An invitation email is not generated if you are granting a role other than owner, or if both the member you are inviting and the project are part of your organization. + If the project is not part of an organization, there must be at least one owner who has accepted the Terms of Service (ToS) agreement in the policy. Calling `setIamPolicy()` to remove the last ToS-accepted owner from the policy will fail. This restriction also applies to legacy projects that no longer have owners who have accepted the ToS. Edits to IAM policies will be rejected until the lack of a ToS-accepting owner is rectified. If the project is part of an organization, you can remove all owners, potentially making the organization inaccessible. Authorization requires the Google IAM permission `resourcemanager.projects.setIamPolicy` on the project", + "description": "Sets the IAM access control policy for the specified Project. CAUTION: This method will replace the existing policy, and cannot be used to append additional IAM settings. NOTE: Removing service accounts from policies or changing their roles can render services completely inoperable. It is important to understand how the service account is being used before removing or updating its roles. For additional information about `resource` (e.g. my-project-id) structure and identification, see [Resource Names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names). The following constraints apply when using `setIamPolicy()`: + Project does not support `allUsers` and `allAuthenticatedUsers` as `members` in a `Binding` of a `Policy`. + The owner role can be granted to a `user`, `serviceAccount`, or a group that is part of an organization. For example, group@myownpersonaldomain.com could be added as an owner to a project in the myownpersonaldomain.com organization, but not the examplepetstore.com organization. + Service accounts can be made owners of a project directly without any restrictions. However, to be added as an owner, a user must be invited via Cloud Platform console and must accept the invitation. + A user cannot be granted the owner role using `setIamPolicy()`. The user must be granted the owner role using the Cloud Platform Console and must explicitly accept the invitation. + You can only grant ownership of a project to a member by using the Google Cloud console. Inviting a member will deliver an invitation email that they must accept. An invitation email is not generated if you are granting a role other than owner, or if both the member you are inviting and the project are part of your organization. + If the project is not part of an organization, there must be at least one owner who has accepted the Terms of Service (ToS) agreement in the policy. Calling `setIamPolicy()` to remove the last ToS-accepted owner from the policy will fail. This restriction also applies to legacy projects that no longer have owners who have accepted the ToS. Edits to IAM policies will be rejected until the lack of a ToS-accepting owner is rectified. If the project is part of an organization, you can remove all owners, potentially making the organization inaccessible. Authorization requires the Google IAM permission `resourcemanager.projects.setIamPolicy` on the project", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{resource}:setIamPolicy", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "cloudresourcemanager.projects.setIamPolicy", @@ -1171,7 +1171,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231008", + "revision": "20231022", "rootUrl": "https://cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Ancestor": { @@ -1956,7 +1956,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "displayName": { - "description": "A human-readable string that refers to the Organization in the GCP Console UI. This string is set by the server and cannot be changed. The string will be set to the primary domain (for example, \"google.com\") of the G Suite customer that owns the organization.", + "description": "A human-readable string that refers to the Organization in the Google Cloud console. This string is set by the server and cannot be changed. The string will be set to the primary domain (for example, \"google.com\") of the G Suite customer that owns the organization.", "type": "string" }, "lifecycleState": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1beta1.json index 6a0cf173a25..4c7424bce16 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1beta1.json @@ -568,7 +568,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231008", + "revision": "20231022", "rootUrl": "https://cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Ancestor": { @@ -1018,7 +1018,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "displayName": { - "description": "A human-readable string that refers to the Organization in the GCP Console UI. This string is set by the server and cannot be changed. The string will be set to the primary domain (for example, \"google.com\") of the G Suite customer that owns the organization.", + "description": "A human-readable string that refers to the Organization in the Google Cloud console. This string is set by the server and cannot be changed. The string will be set to the primary domain (for example, \"google.com\") of the G Suite customer that owns the organization.", "type": "string" }, "lifecycleState": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2.json index 0fd5f0d4dca..24a4bc3a573 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2.json @@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231008", + "revision": "20231022", "rootUrl": "https://cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2beta1.json index fe19555a409..b7516f85b2a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2beta1.json @@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231008", + "revision": "20231022", "rootUrl": "https://cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v3.json index 9353c79a9ad..6f80d112a0a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v3.json @@ -660,7 +660,7 @@ ] }, "search": { - "description": "Searches organization resources that are visible to the user and satisfy the specified filter. This method returns organizations in an unspecified order. New organizations do not necessarily appear at the end of the results, and may take a small amount of time to appear. Search will only return organizations on which the user has the permission `resourcemanager.organizations.get`", + "description": "Searches organization resources that are visible to the user and satisfy the specified filter. This method returns organizations in an unspecified order. New organizations do not necessarily appear at the end of the results, and may take a small amount of time to appear. Search will only return organizations on which the user has the permission `resourcemanager.organizations.get` or has super admin privileges.", "flatPath": "v3/organizations:search", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "cloudresourcemanager.organizations.search", @@ -952,7 +952,7 @@ ] }, "search": { - "description": "Search for projects that the caller has both `resourcemanager.projects.get` permission on, and also satisfy the specified query. This method returns projects in an unspecified order. This method is eventually consistent with project mutations; this means that a newly created project may not appear in the results or recent updates to an existing project may not be reflected in the results. To retrieve the latest state of a project, use the GetProject method.", + "description": "Search for projects that the caller has the `resourcemanager.projects.get` permission on, and also satisfy the specified query. This method returns projects in an unspecified order. This method is eventually consistent with project mutations; this means that a newly created project may not appear in the results or recent updates to an existing project may not be reflected in the results. To retrieve the latest state of a project, use the GetProject method.", "flatPath": "v3/projects:search", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "cloudresourcemanager.projects.search", @@ -1805,7 +1805,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231008", + "revision": "20231022", "rootUrl": "https://cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1.json index cd648e9df0c..7b6797647d8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1.json @@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231006", + "revision": "20231013", "rootUrl": "https://cloudscheduler.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppEngineHttpTarget": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1beta1.json index d731a2eeece..abb52e8a1ca 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1beta1.json @@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231006", + "revision": "20231013", "rootUrl": "https://cloudscheduler.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppEngineHttpTarget": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudshell.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudshell.v1.json index 9c06bf16bab..93e9d580b90 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudshell.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudshell.v1.json @@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230925", + "revision": "20231023", "rootUrl": "https://cloudshell.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddPublicKeyMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2.json index b16f7eed4ed..1c63e8b7449 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2.json @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231015", + "revision": "20231022", "rootUrl": "https://cloudsupport.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Actor": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2beta.json index 20b5bc5696f..e060dfbe2d8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2beta.json @@ -548,7 +548,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231015", + "revision": "20231022", "rootUrl": "https://cloudsupport.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Actor": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v1.json index 9ff985982f4..bd100a0ff6f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v1.json @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231005", + "revision": "20231012", "rootUrl": "https://cloudtrace.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v2.json index c55962b9f9b..b3b1756746a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v2.json @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231005", + "revision": "20231012", "rootUrl": "https://cloudtrace.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Annotation": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v2beta1.json index bc153108d9c..b7f2363b5c5 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v2beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v2beta1.json @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231005", + "revision": "20231012", "rootUrl": "https://cloudtrace.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1.json index 9809a884f4b..5d28a81bdec 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1.json @@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231004", + "revision": "20231016", "rootUrl": "https://composer.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AllowedIpRange": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1beta1.json index 982695b00fd..cfda948b1d0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1beta1.json @@ -655,7 +655,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231004", + "revision": "20231016", "rootUrl": "https://composer.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AllowedIpRange": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json index fe2a88b5581..428a55324df 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json @@ -15168,7 +15168,7 @@ ] }, "getDiagnostics": { - "description": "Returns the interconnectDiagnostics for the specified Interconnect.", + "description": "Returns the interconnectDiagnostics for the specified Interconnect. In the event of a global outage, do not use this API to make decisions about where to redirect your network traffic. Unlike a VLAN attachment, which is regional, a Cloud Interconnect connection is a global resource. A global outage can prevent this API from functioning properly.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/interconnects/{interconnect}/getDiagnostics", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "compute.interconnects.getDiagnostics", @@ -43489,7 +43489,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231003", + "revision": "20231011", "rootUrl": "https://compute.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AWSV4Signature": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json index 77c4acdecd2..61664f1f295 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json @@ -20875,6 +20875,44 @@ }, "publicAdvertisedPrefixes": { "methods": { + "announce": { + "description": "Announces the specified PublicAdvertisedPrefix", + "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/publicAdvertisedPrefixes/{publicAdvertisedPrefix}/announce", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "compute.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.announce", + "parameterOrder": [ + "project", + "publicAdvertisedPrefix" + ], + "parameters": { + "project": { + "description": "Project ID for this request.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "publicAdvertisedPrefix": { + "description": "The name of the public advertised prefix. It should comply with RFC1035.", + "location": "path", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "requestId": { + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "projects/{project}/global/publicAdvertisedPrefixes/{publicAdvertisedPrefix}/announce", + "response": { + "$ref": "Operation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" + ] + }, "delete": { "description": "Deletes the specified PublicAdvertisedPrefix", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/publicAdvertisedPrefixes/{publicAdvertisedPrefix}", @@ -21079,6 +21117,44 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] + }, + "withdraw": { + "description": "Withdraws the specified PublicAdvertisedPrefix", + "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/publicAdvertisedPrefixes/{publicAdvertisedPrefix}/withdraw", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "compute.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.withdraw", + "parameterOrder": [ + "project", + "publicAdvertisedPrefix" + ], + "parameters": { + "project": { + "description": "Project ID for this request.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "publicAdvertisedPrefix": { + "description": "The name of the public advertised prefix. It should comply with RFC1035.", + "location": "path", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "requestId": { + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "projects/{project}/global/publicAdvertisedPrefixes/{publicAdvertisedPrefix}/withdraw", + "response": { + "$ref": "Operation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" + ] } } }, @@ -21149,6 +21225,51 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] }, + "announce": { + "description": "Announces the specified PublicDelegatedPrefix in the given region.", + "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/publicDelegatedPrefixes/{publicDelegatedPrefix}/announce", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "compute.publicDelegatedPrefixes.announce", + "parameterOrder": [ + "project", + "region", + "publicDelegatedPrefix" + ], + "parameters": { + "project": { + "description": "Project ID for this request.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "publicDelegatedPrefix": { + "description": "The name of the public delegated prefix. It should comply with RFC1035.", + "location": "path", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "region": { + "description": "The name of the region where the public delegated prefix is located. It should comply with RFC1035.", + "location": "path", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "requestId": { + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/publicDelegatedPrefixes/{publicDelegatedPrefix}/announce", + "response": { + "$ref": "Operation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" + ] + }, "delete": { "description": "Deletes the specified PublicDelegatedPrefix in the given region.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/publicDelegatedPrefixes/{publicDelegatedPrefix}", @@ -21393,6 +21514,51 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] + }, + "withdraw": { + "description": "Withdraws the specified PublicDelegatedPrefix in the given region.", + "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/publicDelegatedPrefixes/{publicDelegatedPrefix}/withdraw", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "compute.publicDelegatedPrefixes.withdraw", + "parameterOrder": [ + "project", + "region", + "publicDelegatedPrefix" + ], + "parameters": { + "project": { + "description": "Project ID for this request.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "publicDelegatedPrefix": { + "description": "The name of the public delegated prefix. It should comply with RFC1035.", + "location": "path", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "region": { + "description": "The name of the region where the public delegated prefix is located. It should comply with RFC1035.", + "location": "path", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "requestId": { + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/publicDelegatedPrefixes/{publicDelegatedPrefix}/withdraw", + "response": { + "$ref": "Operation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" + ] } } }, @@ -40049,7 +40215,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231011", + "revision": "20231017", "rootUrl": "https://compute.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AWSV4Signature": { @@ -43209,7 +43375,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "ipAddressSelectionPolicy": { - "description": "Specifies preference of traffic to the backend (from the proxy and from the client for proxyless gRPC). The possible values are: - IPV4_ONLY: Only send IPv4 traffic to the backends of the Backend Service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group) regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv4 health-checks are used to check the health of the backends. This is the default setting. - PREFER_IPV6: Prioritize the connection to the endpoints IPv6 address over its IPv4 address (provided there is a healthy IPv6 address). - IPV6_ONLY: Only send IPv6 traffic to the backends of the Backend Service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group) regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv6 health-checks are used to check the health of the backends. This field is applicable to either: - Advanced Global External HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme EXTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional External HTTPS Load Balancing, - Internal TCP Proxy (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional Internal HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Traffic Director with Envoy proxies and proxyless gRPC (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED). ", + "description": "Specifies a preference for traffic sent from the proxy to the backend (or from the client to the backend for proxyless gRPC). The possible values are: - IPV4_ONLY: Only send IPv4 traffic to the backends of the backend service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group), regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv4 health checks are used to check the health of the backends. This is the default setting. - PREFER_IPV6: Prioritize the connection to the endpoint's IPv6 address over its IPv4 address (provided there is a healthy IPv6 address). - IPV6_ONLY: Only send IPv6 traffic to the backends of the backend service (Instance Group, Managed Instance Group, Network Endpoint Group), regardless of traffic from the client to the proxy. Only IPv6 health checks are used to check the health of the backends. This field is applicable to either: - Advanced Global External HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme EXTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional External HTTPS Load Balancing, - Internal TCP Proxy (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Regional Internal HTTPS Load Balancing (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_MANAGED), - Traffic Director with Envoy proxies and proxyless gRPC (load balancing scheme INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED). ", "enum": [ "IPV4_ONLY", "IPV6_ONLY", @@ -68275,7 +68441,7 @@ "description": "[Output Only] The Cloud Armor Managed Protection (CAMP) tier for this project. It can be one of the following values: CA_STANDARD, CAMP_PLUS_MONTHLY. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be CA_STANDARD.", "enum": [ "CAMP_PLUS_ANNUAL", - "CAMP_PLUS_MONTHLY", + "CAMP_PLUS_PAYGO", "CA_STANDARD" ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -68416,7 +68582,7 @@ "description": "Managed protection tier to be set.", "enum": [ "CAMP_PLUS_ANNUAL", - "CAMP_PLUS_MONTHLY", + "CAMP_PLUS_PAYGO", "CA_STANDARD" ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -68433,6 +68599,18 @@ "description": "A public advertised prefix represents an aggregated IP prefix or netblock which customers bring to cloud. The IP prefix is a single unit of route advertisement and is announced globally to the internet.", "id": "PublicAdvertisedPrefix", "properties": { + "byoipApiVersion": { + "description": "[Output Only] The version of BYOIP API.", + "enum": [ + "V1", + "V2" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "This public advertised prefix can be used to create both regional and global public delegated prefixes. It usually takes 4 weeks to create or delete a public delegated prefix. The BGP status cannot be changed.", + "This public advertised prefix can only be used to create regional public delegated prefixes. Public delegated prefix creation and deletion takes minutes and the BGP status can be modified." + ], + "type": "string" + }, "creationTimestamp": { "description": "[Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.", "type": "string" @@ -68474,6 +68652,20 @@ "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "type": "string" }, + "pdpScope": { + "description": "Specifies how child public delegated prefix will be scoped. It could be one of following values: - `REGIONAL`: The public delegated prefix is regional only. The provisioning will take a few minutes. - `GLOBAL`: The public delegated prefix is global only. The provisioning will take ~4 weeks. - `GLOBAL_AND_REGIONAL` [output only]: The public delegated prefixes is BYOIP V1 legacy prefix. This is output only value and no longer supported in BYOIP V2. ", + "enum": [ + "GLOBAL", + "GLOBAL_AND_REGIONAL", + "REGIONAL" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "The public delegated prefix is global only. The provisioning will take ~4 weeks.", + "The public delegated prefixes is BYOIP V1 legacy prefix. This is output only value and no longer supported in BYOIP V2.", + "The public delegated prefix is regional only. The provisioning will take a few minutes." + ], + "type": "string" + }, "publicDelegatedPrefixs": { "description": "[Output Only] The list of public delegated prefixes that exist for this public advertised prefix.", "items": { @@ -68492,20 +68684,24 @@ "status": { "description": "The status of the public advertised prefix. Possible values include: - `INITIAL`: RPKI validation is complete. - `PTR_CONFIGURED`: User has configured the PTR. - `VALIDATED`: Reverse DNS lookup is successful. - `REVERSE_DNS_LOOKUP_FAILED`: Reverse DNS lookup failed. - `PREFIX_CONFIGURATION_IN_PROGRESS`: The prefix is being configured. - `PREFIX_CONFIGURATION_COMPLETE`: The prefix is fully configured. - `PREFIX_REMOVAL_IN_PROGRESS`: The prefix is being removed. ", "enum": [ + "ANNOUNCED_TO_INTERNET", "INITIAL", "PREFIX_CONFIGURATION_COMPLETE", "PREFIX_CONFIGURATION_IN_PROGRESS", "PREFIX_REMOVAL_IN_PROGRESS", "PTR_CONFIGURED", + "READY_TO_ANNOUNCE", "REVERSE_DNS_LOOKUP_FAILED", "VALIDATED" ], "enumDescriptions": [ + "The prefix is announced to Internet.", "RPKI validation is complete.", "The prefix is fully configured.", "The prefix is being configured.", "The prefix is being removed.", "User has configured the PTR.", + "The prefix is currently withdrawn but ready to be announced.", "Reverse DNS lookup failed.", "Reverse DNS lookup is successful." ], @@ -68696,6 +68892,18 @@ "description": "A PublicDelegatedPrefix resource represents an IP block within a PublicAdvertisedPrefix that is configured within a single cloud scope (global or region). IPs in the block can be allocated to resources within that scope. Public delegated prefixes may be further broken up into smaller IP blocks in the same scope as the parent block.", "id": "PublicDelegatedPrefix", "properties": { + "byoipApiVersion": { + "description": "[Output Only] The version of BYOIP API.", + "enum": [ + "V1", + "V2" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "This public delegated prefix usually takes 4 weeks to delete, and the BGP status cannot be changed. Announce and Withdraw APIs can not be used on this prefix.", + "This public delegated prefix takes minutes to delete. Announce and Withdraw APIs can be used on this prefix to change the BGP status." + ], + "type": "string" + }, "creationTimestamp": { "description": "[Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.", "type": "string" @@ -68760,12 +68968,16 @@ "description": "[Output Only] The status of the public delegated prefix, which can be one of following values: - `INITIALIZING` The public delegated prefix is being initialized and addresses cannot be created yet. - `READY_TO_ANNOUNCE` The public delegated prefix is a live migration prefix and is active. - `ANNOUNCED` The public delegated prefix is active. - `DELETING` The public delegated prefix is being deprovsioned. ", "enum": [ "ANNOUNCED", + "ANNOUNCED_TO_GOOGLE", + "ANNOUNCED_TO_INTERNET", "DELETING", "INITIALIZING", "READY_TO_ANNOUNCE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "The public delegated prefix is active.", + "The prefix is announced within Google network.", + "The prefix is announced to Internet and within Google.", "The public delegated prefix is being deprovsioned.", "The public delegated prefix is being initialized and addresses cannot be created yet.", "The public delegated prefix is currently withdrawn but ready to be announced." @@ -77683,6 +77895,10 @@ "$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKey", "description": "The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key." }, + "sourceDiskForRecoveryCheckpoint": { + "description": "The source disk whose recovery checkpoint will be used to create this snapshot.", + "type": "string" + }, "sourceDiskId": { "description": "[Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this snapshot. This value may be used to determine whether the snapshot was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.", "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json index 5db2bffb7f7..42e1a81811e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json @@ -1184,6 +1184,47 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] }, + "getIamPolicy": { + "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.", + "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendBuckets/{resource}/getIamPolicy", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "compute.backendBuckets.getIamPolicy", + "parameterOrder": [ + "project", + "resource" + ], + "parameters": { + "optionsRequestedPolicyVersion": { + "description": "Requested IAM Policy version.", + "format": "int32", + "location": "query", + "type": "integer" + }, + "project": { + "description": "Project ID for this request.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "resource": { + "description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9_]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "projects/{project}/global/backendBuckets/{resource}/getIamPolicy", + "response": { + "$ref": "Policy" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" + ] + }, "insert": { "description": "Creates a BackendBucket resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendBuckets", @@ -1356,6 +1397,81 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] }, + "setIamPolicy": { + "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.", + "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendBuckets/{resource}/setIamPolicy", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "compute.backendBuckets.setIamPolicy", + "parameterOrder": [ + "project", + "resource" + ], + "parameters": { + "project": { + "description": "Project ID for this request.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "resource": { + "description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9_]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "projects/{project}/global/backendBuckets/{resource}/setIamPolicy", + "request": { + "$ref": "GlobalSetPolicyRequest" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "Policy" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" + ] + }, + "testIamPermissions": { + "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.", + "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendBuckets/{resource}/testIamPermissions", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "compute.backendBuckets.testIamPermissions", + "parameterOrder": [ + "project", + "resource" + ], + "parameters": { + "project": { + "description": "Project ID for this request.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "resource": { + "description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9_]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "projects/{project}/global/backendBuckets/{resource}/testIamPermissions", + "request": { + "$ref": "TestPermissionsRequest" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "TestPermissionsResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" + ] + }, "update": { "description": "Updates the specified BackendBucket resource with the data included in the request.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendBuckets/{backendBucket}", @@ -2010,6 +2126,44 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] }, + "testIamPermissions": { + "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.", + "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{resource}/testIamPermissions", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "compute.backendServices.testIamPermissions", + "parameterOrder": [ + "project", + "resource" + ], + "parameters": { + "project": { + "description": "Project ID for this request.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "resource": { + "description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9_]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{resource}/testIamPermissions", + "request": { + "$ref": "TestPermissionsRequest" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "TestPermissionsResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" + ] + }, "update": { "description": "Updates the specified BackendService resource with the data included in the request. For more information, see Backend services overview.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}", @@ -12292,7 +12446,7 @@ ] }, "getDiagnostics": { - "description": "Returns the interconnectDiagnostics for the specified Interconnect.", + "description": "Returns the interconnectDiagnostics for the specified Interconnect. In the event of a global outage, do not use this API to make decisions about where to redirect your network traffic. Unlike a VLAN attachment, which is regional, a Cloud Interconnect connection is a global resource. A global outage can prevent this API from functioning properly.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/interconnects/{interconnect}/getDiagnostics", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "compute.interconnects.getDiagnostics", @@ -17879,6 +18033,44 @@ }, "publicAdvertisedPrefixes": { "methods": { + "announce": { + "description": "Announces the specified PublicAdvertisedPrefix", + "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/publicAdvertisedPrefixes/{publicAdvertisedPrefix}/announce", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "compute.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.announce", + "parameterOrder": [ + "project", + "publicAdvertisedPrefix" + ], + "parameters": { + "project": { + "description": "Project ID for this request.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "publicAdvertisedPrefix": { + "description": "The name of the public advertised prefix. It should comply with RFC1035.", + "location": "path", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "requestId": { + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "projects/{project}/global/publicAdvertisedPrefixes/{publicAdvertisedPrefix}/announce", + "response": { + "$ref": "Operation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" + ] + }, "delete": { "description": "Deletes the specified PublicAdvertisedPrefix", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/publicAdvertisedPrefixes/{publicAdvertisedPrefix}", @@ -18083,6 +18275,44 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] + }, + "withdraw": { + "description": "Withdraws the specified PublicAdvertisedPrefix", + "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/publicAdvertisedPrefixes/{publicAdvertisedPrefix}/withdraw", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "compute.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.withdraw", + "parameterOrder": [ + "project", + "publicAdvertisedPrefix" + ], + "parameters": { + "project": { + "description": "Project ID for this request.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "publicAdvertisedPrefix": { + "description": "The name of the public advertised prefix. It should comply with RFC1035.", + "location": "path", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "requestId": { + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "projects/{project}/global/publicAdvertisedPrefixes/{publicAdvertisedPrefix}/withdraw", + "response": { + "$ref": "Operation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" + ] } } }, @@ -18153,6 +18383,51 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] }, + "announce": { + "description": "Announces the specified PublicDelegatedPrefix in the given region.", + "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/publicDelegatedPrefixes/{publicDelegatedPrefix}/announce", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "compute.publicDelegatedPrefixes.announce", + "parameterOrder": [ + "project", + "region", + "publicDelegatedPrefix" + ], + "parameters": { + "project": { + "description": "Project ID for this request.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "publicDelegatedPrefix": { + "description": "The name of the public delegated prefix. It should comply with RFC1035.", + "location": "path", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "region": { + "description": "The name of the region where the public delegated prefix is located. It should comply with RFC1035.", + "location": "path", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "requestId": { + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/publicDelegatedPrefixes/{publicDelegatedPrefix}/announce", + "response": { + "$ref": "Operation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" + ] + }, "delete": { "description": "Deletes the specified PublicDelegatedPrefix in the given region.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/publicDelegatedPrefixes/{publicDelegatedPrefix}", @@ -18397,6 +18672,51 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] + }, + "withdraw": { + "description": "Withdraws the specified PublicDelegatedPrefix in the given region.", + "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/publicDelegatedPrefixes/{publicDelegatedPrefix}/withdraw", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "compute.publicDelegatedPrefixes.withdraw", + "parameterOrder": [ + "project", + "region", + "publicDelegatedPrefix" + ], + "parameters": { + "project": { + "description": "Project ID for this request.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "publicDelegatedPrefix": { + "description": "The name of the public delegated prefix. It should comply with RFC1035.", + "location": "path", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "region": { + "description": "The name of the region where the public delegated prefix is located. It should comply with RFC1035.", + "location": "path", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "requestId": { + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/publicDelegatedPrefixes/{publicDelegatedPrefix}/withdraw", + "response": { + "$ref": "Operation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" + ] } } }, @@ -19192,6 +19512,52 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] }, + "testIamPermissions": { + "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.", + "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{resource}/testIamPermissions", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "compute.regionBackendServices.testIamPermissions", + "parameterOrder": [ + "project", + "region", + "resource" + ], + "parameters": { + "project": { + "description": "Project ID for this request.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "region": { + "description": "The name of the region for this request.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "resource": { + "description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{resource}/testIamPermissions", + "request": { + "$ref": "TestPermissionsRequest" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "TestPermissionsResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" + ] + }, "update": { "description": "Updates the specified regional BackendService resource with the data included in the request. For more information, see Backend services overview .", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}", @@ -28999,6 +29365,77 @@ } } }, + "snapshotSettings": { + "methods": { + "get": { + "description": "Get snapshot settings.", + "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshotSettings", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "compute.snapshotSettings.get", + "parameterOrder": [ + "project" + ], + "parameters": { + "project": { + "description": "Project ID for this request.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "projects/{project}/global/snapshotSettings", + "response": { + "$ref": "SnapshotSettings" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" + ] + }, + "patch": { + "description": "Patch snapshot settings.", + "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshotSettings", + "httpMethod": "PATCH", + "id": "compute.snapshotSettings.patch", + "parameterOrder": [ + "project" + ], + "parameters": { + "project": { + "description": "Project ID for this request.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "requestId": { + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "updateMask": { + "description": "update_mask indicates fields to be updated as part of this request.", + "format": "google-fieldmask", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "projects/{project}/global/snapshotSettings", + "request": { + "$ref": "SnapshotSettings" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "Operation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" + ] + } + } + }, "snapshots": { "methods": { "delete": { @@ -34830,7 +35267,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231003", + "revision": "20231017", "rootUrl": "https://compute.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AWSV4Signature": { @@ -60590,6 +61027,18 @@ "description": "A public advertised prefix represents an aggregated IP prefix or netblock which customers bring to cloud. The IP prefix is a single unit of route advertisement and is announced globally to the internet.", "id": "PublicAdvertisedPrefix", "properties": { + "byoipApiVersion": { + "description": "[Output Only] The version of BYOIP API.", + "enum": [ + "V1", + "V2" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "This public advertised prefix can be used to create both regional and global public delegated prefixes. It usually takes 4 weeks to create or delete a public delegated prefix. The BGP status cannot be changed.", + "This public advertised prefix can only be used to create regional public delegated prefixes. Public delegated prefix creation and deletion takes minutes and the BGP status can be modified." + ], + "type": "string" + }, "creationTimestamp": { "description": "[Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.", "type": "string" @@ -60631,6 +61080,20 @@ "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "type": "string" }, + "pdpScope": { + "description": "Specifies how child public delegated prefix will be scoped. It could be one of following values: - `REGIONAL`: The public delegated prefix is regional only. The provisioning will take a few minutes. - `GLOBAL`: The public delegated prefix is global only. The provisioning will take ~4 weeks. - `GLOBAL_AND_REGIONAL` [output only]: The public delegated prefixes is BYOIP V1 legacy prefix. This is output only value and no longer supported in BYOIP V2. ", + "enum": [ + "GLOBAL", + "GLOBAL_AND_REGIONAL", + "REGIONAL" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "The public delegated prefix is global only. The provisioning will take ~4 weeks.", + "The public delegated prefixes is BYOIP V1 legacy prefix. This is output only value and no longer supported in BYOIP V2.", + "The public delegated prefix is regional only. The provisioning will take a few minutes." + ], + "type": "string" + }, "publicDelegatedPrefixs": { "description": "[Output Only] The list of public delegated prefixes that exist for this public advertised prefix.", "items": { @@ -60649,20 +61112,24 @@ "status": { "description": "The status of the public advertised prefix. Possible values include: - `INITIAL`: RPKI validation is complete. - `PTR_CONFIGURED`: User has configured the PTR. - `VALIDATED`: Reverse DNS lookup is successful. - `REVERSE_DNS_LOOKUP_FAILED`: Reverse DNS lookup failed. - `PREFIX_CONFIGURATION_IN_PROGRESS`: The prefix is being configured. - `PREFIX_CONFIGURATION_COMPLETE`: The prefix is fully configured. - `PREFIX_REMOVAL_IN_PROGRESS`: The prefix is being removed. ", "enum": [ + "ANNOUNCED_TO_INTERNET", "INITIAL", "PREFIX_CONFIGURATION_COMPLETE", "PREFIX_CONFIGURATION_IN_PROGRESS", "PREFIX_REMOVAL_IN_PROGRESS", "PTR_CONFIGURED", + "READY_TO_ANNOUNCE", "REVERSE_DNS_LOOKUP_FAILED", "VALIDATED" ], "enumDescriptions": [ + "The prefix is announced to Internet.", "RPKI validation is complete.", "The prefix is fully configured.", "The prefix is being configured.", "The prefix is being removed.", "User has configured the PTR.", + "The prefix is currently withdrawn but ready to be announced.", "Reverse DNS lookup failed.", "Reverse DNS lookup is successful." ], @@ -60853,6 +61320,18 @@ "description": "A PublicDelegatedPrefix resource represents an IP block within a PublicAdvertisedPrefix that is configured within a single cloud scope (global or region). IPs in the block can be allocated to resources within that scope. Public delegated prefixes may be further broken up into smaller IP blocks in the same scope as the parent block.", "id": "PublicDelegatedPrefix", "properties": { + "byoipApiVersion": { + "description": "[Output Only] The version of BYOIP API.", + "enum": [ + "V1", + "V2" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "This public delegated prefix usually takes 4 weeks to delete, and the BGP status cannot be changed. Announce and Withdraw APIs can not be used on this prefix.", + "This public delegated prefix takes minutes to delete. Announce and Withdraw APIs can be used on this prefix to change the BGP status." + ], + "type": "string" + }, "creationTimestamp": { "description": "[Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.", "type": "string" @@ -60917,12 +61396,16 @@ "description": "[Output Only] The status of the public delegated prefix, which can be one of following values: - `INITIALIZING` The public delegated prefix is being initialized and addresses cannot be created yet. - `READY_TO_ANNOUNCE` The public delegated prefix is a live migration prefix and is active. - `ANNOUNCED` The public delegated prefix is active. - `DELETING` The public delegated prefix is being deprovsioned. ", "enum": [ "ANNOUNCED", + "ANNOUNCED_TO_GOOGLE", + "ANNOUNCED_TO_INTERNET", "DELETING", "INITIALIZING", "READY_TO_ANNOUNCE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "The public delegated prefix is active.", + "The prefix is announced within Google network.", + "The prefix is announced to Internet and within Google.", "The public delegated prefix is being deprovsioned.", "The public delegated prefix is being initialized and addresses cannot be created yet.", "The public delegated prefix is currently withdrawn but ready to be announced." @@ -69267,6 +69750,10 @@ "$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKey", "description": "The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key." }, + "sourceDiskForRecoveryCheckpoint": { + "description": "The source disk whose recovery checkpoint will be used to create this snapshot.", + "type": "string" + }, "sourceDiskId": { "description": "[Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this snapshot. This value may be used to determine whether the snapshot was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.", "type": "string" @@ -69476,6 +69963,56 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "SnapshotSettings": { + "id": "SnapshotSettings", + "properties": { + "storageLocation": { + "$ref": "SnapshotSettingsStorageLocationSettings", + "description": "Policy of which storage location is going to be resolved, and additional data that particularizes how the policy is going to be carried out." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "SnapshotSettingsStorageLocationSettings": { + "id": "SnapshotSettingsStorageLocationSettings", + "properties": { + "locations": { + "additionalProperties": { + "$ref": "SnapshotSettingsStorageLocationSettingsStorageLocationPreference" + }, + "description": "When the policy is SPECIFIC_LOCATIONS, snapshots will be stored in the locations listed in this field. Keys are GCS bucket locations.", + "type": "object" + }, + "policy": { + "description": "The chosen location policy.", + "enum": [ + "LOCAL_REGION", + "NEAREST_MULTI_REGION", + "SPECIFIC_LOCATIONS", + "STORAGE_LOCATION_POLICY_UNSPECIFIED" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Store snapshot in the same region as with the originating disk. No additional parameters are needed.", + "Store snapshot to the nearest multi region GCS bucket, relative to the originating disk. No additional parameters are needed.", + "Store snapshot in the specific locations, as specified by the user. The list of regions to store must be defined under the `locations` field.", + "" + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "SnapshotSettingsStorageLocationSettingsStorageLocationPreference": { + "description": "A structure for specifying storage locations.", + "id": "SnapshotSettingsStorageLocationSettingsStorageLocationPreference", + "properties": { + "name": { + "description": "Name of the location. It should be one of the GCS buckets.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "SourceDiskEncryptionKey": { "id": "SourceDiskEncryptionKey", "properties": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v1.json index 5f74f0640ca..0de7446561a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v1.json @@ -1832,7 +1832,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231011", + "revision": "20231015", "rootUrl": "https://connectors.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v2.json index 586fb50d84a..17b3e27c5ad 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v2.json @@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231011", + "revision": "20231015", "rootUrl": "https://connectors.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Action": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json index b4cb3ab4078..4796f260e76 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json @@ -1384,7 +1384,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231016", + "revision": "20231023", "rootUrl": "https://contactcenterinsights.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1Analysis": { @@ -1668,6 +1668,14 @@ "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, + "partialErrors": { + "description": "Output only. Partial errors during ingest operation that might cause the operation output to be incomplete.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleRpcStatus" + }, + "readOnly": true, + "type": "array" + }, "request": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1BulkAnalyzeConversationsRequest", "description": "The original request for bulk analyze." @@ -2018,7 +2026,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1ConversationDataSource": { - "description": "The conversation source, which is a combination of transcript and audio.", + "description": "The conversation source, which is a combination of transcript, audio, and metadata.", "id": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1ConversationDataSource", "properties": { "dialogflowSource": { @@ -3972,6 +3980,14 @@ "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, + "partialErrors": { + "description": "Output only. Partial errors during ingest operation that might cause the operation output to be incomplete.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleRpcStatus" + }, + "readOnly": true, + "type": "array" + }, "request": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1alpha1BulkAnalyzeConversationsRequest", "description": "The original request for bulk analyze." @@ -4217,7 +4233,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1alpha1ConversationDataSource": { - "description": "The conversation source, which is a combination of transcript and audio.", + "description": "The conversation source, which is a combination of transcript, audio, and metadata.", "id": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1alpha1ConversationDataSource", "properties": { "dialogflowSource": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1.json index 639a7bf26ed..bb968427e26 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1.json @@ -2540,7 +2540,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231001", + "revision": "20231012", "rootUrl": "https://container.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceleratorConfig": { @@ -3605,6 +3605,10 @@ "$ref": "NetworkTags", "description": "The desired network tags that apply to all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters." }, + "desiredNodePoolAutoConfigResourceManagerTags": { + "$ref": "ResourceManagerTags", + "description": "The desired resource manager tags that apply to all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters." + }, "desiredNodePoolAutoscaling": { "$ref": "NodePoolAutoscaling", "description": "Autoscaler configuration for the node pool specified in desired_node_pool_id. If there is only one pool in the cluster and desired_node_pool_id is not provided then the change applies to that single node pool." @@ -4070,11 +4074,13 @@ "enum": [ "CHANNEL_UNSPECIFIED", "CHANNEL_DISABLED", + "CHANNEL_EXPERIMENTAL", "CHANNEL_STANDARD" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Gateway API support is disabled", + "Gateway API support is enabled, experimental CRDs are installed", "Gateway API support is enabled, standard CRDs are installed" ], "type": "string" @@ -5186,6 +5192,10 @@ "description": "The resource labels for the node pool to use to annotate any related Google Compute Engine resources.", "type": "object" }, + "resourceManagerTags": { + "$ref": "ResourceManagerTags", + "description": "A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes." + }, "sandboxConfig": { "$ref": "SandboxConfig", "description": "Sandbox configuration for this node." @@ -5483,6 +5493,10 @@ "networkTags": { "$ref": "NetworkTags", "description": "The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during cluster creation. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035." + }, + "resourceManagerTags": { + "$ref": "ResourceManagerTags", + "description": "Resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies." } }, "type": "object" @@ -5674,7 +5688,8 @@ "SET_NODE_POOL_SIZE", "SET_NETWORK_POLICY", "SET_MAINTENANCE_POLICY", - "RESIZE_CLUSTER" + "RESIZE_CLUSTER", + "FLEET_FEATURE_UPGRADE" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, @@ -5694,6 +5709,7 @@ false, true, true, + false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -5714,7 +5730,8 @@ "The node pool is being resized. With the exception of resizing to or from size zero, the node pool is generally usable during this operation.", "Unused. Updating network policy uses UPDATE_CLUSTER.", "Unused. Updating maintenance policy uses UPDATE_CLUSTER.", - "The control plane is being resized. This operation type is initiated by GKE. These operations are often performed preemptively to ensure that the control plane has sufficient resources and is not typically an indication of issues. For more details, see [documentation on resizes](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/maintenance-windows-and-exclusions#repairs)." + "The control plane is being resized. This operation type is initiated by GKE. These operations are often performed preemptively to ensure that the control plane has sufficient resources and is not typically an indication of issues. For more details, see [documentation on resizes](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/maintenance-windows-and-exclusions#repairs).", + "Fleet features of GKE Enterprise are being upgraded. The cluster should be assumed to be blocked for other upgrades until the operation finishes." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -6094,6 +6111,20 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "ResourceManagerTags": { + "description": "A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values.", + "id": "ResourceManagerTags", + "properties": { + "tags": { + "additionalProperties": { + "type": "string" + }, + "description": "TagKeyValue must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}`", + "type": "object" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "ResourceUsageExportConfig": { "description": "Configuration for exporting cluster resource usages.", "id": "ResourceUsageExportConfig", @@ -7093,6 +7124,10 @@ "$ref": "ResourceLabels", "description": "The resource labels for the node pool to use to annotate any related Google Compute Engine resources." }, + "resourceManagerTags": { + "$ref": "ResourceManagerTags", + "description": "Desired resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Existing tags will be replaced with new values." + }, "tags": { "$ref": "NetworkTags", "description": "The desired network tags to be applied to all nodes in the node pool. If this field is not present, the tags will not be changed. Otherwise, the existing network tags will be *replaced* with the provided tags." diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1beta1.json index 524e81341ae..66472a81c56 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1beta1.json @@ -2565,7 +2565,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231001", + "revision": "20231012", "rootUrl": "https://container.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceleratorConfig": { @@ -3763,6 +3763,10 @@ "$ref": "NetworkTags", "description": "The desired network tags that apply to all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters." }, + "desiredNodePoolAutoConfigResourceManagerTags": { + "$ref": "ResourceManagerTags", + "description": "The desired resource manager tags that apply to all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters." + }, "desiredNodePoolAutoscaling": { "$ref": "NodePoolAutoscaling", "description": "Autoscaler configuration for the node pool specified in desired_node_pool_id. If there is only one pool in the cluster and desired_node_pool_id is not provided then the change applies to that single node pool." @@ -4283,11 +4287,13 @@ "enum": [ "CHANNEL_UNSPECIFIED", "CHANNEL_DISABLED", + "CHANNEL_EXPERIMENTAL", "CHANNEL_STANDARD" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Gateway API support is disabled", + "Gateway API support is enabled, experimental CRDs are installed", "Gateway API support is enabled, standard CRDs are installed" ], "type": "string" @@ -4450,6 +4456,10 @@ "Nodes receive infrastructure and hypervisor updates on a periodic basis, minimizing the number of maintenance operations (live migrations or terminations) on an individual VM. This may mean underlying VMs will take longer to receive an update than if it was configured for AS_NEEDED. Security updates will still be applied as soon as they are available." ], "type": "string" + }, + "opportunisticMaintenanceStrategy": { + "$ref": "OpportunisticMaintenanceStrategy", + "description": "Strategy that will trigger maintenance on behalf of the customer." } }, "type": "object" @@ -5567,6 +5577,10 @@ "description": "The resource labels for the node pool to use to annotate any related Google Compute Engine resources.", "type": "object" }, + "resourceManagerTags": { + "$ref": "ResourceManagerTags", + "description": "A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes." + }, "sandboxConfig": { "$ref": "SandboxConfig", "description": "Sandbox configuration for this node." @@ -5868,6 +5882,10 @@ "networkTags": { "$ref": "NetworkTags", "description": "The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during cluster creation. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035." + }, + "resourceManagerTags": { + "$ref": "ResourceManagerTags", + "description": "Resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies." } }, "type": "object" @@ -6059,7 +6077,8 @@ "SET_NODE_POOL_SIZE", "SET_NETWORK_POLICY", "SET_MAINTENANCE_POLICY", - "RESIZE_CLUSTER" + "RESIZE_CLUSTER", + "FLEET_FEATURE_UPGRADE" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, @@ -6079,6 +6098,7 @@ false, true, true, + false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -6099,7 +6119,8 @@ "The node pool is being resized. With the exception of resizing to or from size zero, the node pool is generally usable during this operation.", "Unused. Updating network policy uses UPDATE_CLUSTER.", "Unused. Updating maintenance policy uses UPDATE_CLUSTER.", - "The control plane is being resized. This operation type is initiated by GKE. These operations are often performed preemptively to ensure that the control plane has sufficient resources and is not typically an indication of issues. For more details, see [documentation on resizes](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/maintenance-windows-and-exclusions#repairs)." + "The control plane is being resized. This operation type is initiated by GKE. These operations are often performed preemptively to ensure that the control plane has sufficient resources and is not typically an indication of issues. For more details, see [documentation on resizes](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/maintenance-windows-and-exclusions#repairs).", + "Fleet features of GKE Enterprise are being upgraded. The cluster should be assumed to be blocked for other upgrades until the operation finishes." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -6195,6 +6216,28 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "OpportunisticMaintenanceStrategy": { + "description": "Strategy that will trigger maintenance on behalf of the customer.", + "id": "OpportunisticMaintenanceStrategy", + "properties": { + "maintenanceAvailabilityWindow": { + "description": "The window of time that opportunistic maintenance can run. Example: A setting of 14 days implies that opportunistic maintenance can only be ran in the 2 weeks leading up to the scheduled maintenance date. Setting 28 days allows opportunistic maintenance to run at any time in the scheduled maintenance window (all `PERIODIC` maintenance is set 28 days in advance).", + "format": "google-duration", + "type": "string" + }, + "minNodesPerPool": { + "description": "The minimum nodes required to be available in a pool. Blocks maintenance if it would cause the number of running nodes to dip below this value.", + "format": "int64", + "type": "string" + }, + "nodeIdleTimeWindow": { + "description": "The amount of time that a node can remain idle (no customer owned workloads running), before triggering maintenance.", + "format": "google-duration", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "ParentProductConfig": { "description": "ParentProductConfig is the configuration of the parent product of the cluster. This field is used by Google internal products that are built on top of a GKE cluster and take the ownership of the cluster.", "id": "ParentProductConfig", @@ -6534,6 +6577,20 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "ResourceManagerTags": { + "description": "A map of resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Tags must be according to specifications in https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/tags-firewalls-overview#specifications. A maximum of 5 tag key-value pairs can be specified. Existing tags will be replaced with new values.", + "id": "ResourceManagerTags", + "properties": { + "tags": { + "additionalProperties": { + "type": "string" + }, + "description": "Tags must be in one of the following formats ([KEY]=[VALUE]) 1. `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}=tagValues/{tag_value_id}` 2. `{org_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}` 3. `{project_id}/{tag_key_name}={tag_value_name}`", + "type": "object" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "ResourceUsageExportConfig": { "description": "Configuration for exporting cluster resource usages.", "id": "ResourceUsageExportConfig", @@ -7566,6 +7623,10 @@ "$ref": "ResourceLabels", "description": "The resource labels for the node pool to use to annotate any related Google Compute Engine resources." }, + "resourceManagerTags": { + "$ref": "ResourceManagerTags", + "description": "Desired resource manager tag keys and values to be attached to the nodes for managing Compute Engine firewalls using Network Firewall Policies. Existing tags will be replaced with new values." + }, "tags": { "$ref": "NetworkTags", "description": "The desired network tags to be applied to all nodes in the node pool. If this field is not present, the tags will not be changed. Otherwise, the existing network tags will be *replaced* with the provided tags." diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1.json index 121629355cf..93ebcdec6f0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1.json @@ -755,7 +755,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231006", + "revision": "20231013", "rootUrl": "https://containeranalysis.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AliasContext": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1alpha1.json index 30211671f5e..bcfeea081e9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1alpha1.json @@ -1233,7 +1233,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231006", + "revision": "20231013", "rootUrl": "https://containeranalysis.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalysisCompleted": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1beta1.json index 8a425133813..55a6cbcf2f6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1beta1.json @@ -815,7 +815,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231006", + "revision": "20231013", "rootUrl": "https://containeranalysis.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AliasContext": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.1.json index 8aff901112e..fd610ec131f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.1.json @@ -6488,7 +6488,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231013", + "revision": "20231020", "rootUrl": "https://shoppingcontent.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Account": { @@ -6523,6 +6523,10 @@ }, "type": "array" }, + "businessIdentity": { + "$ref": "AccountBusinessIdentity", + "description": "The business identity attributes can be used to self-declare attributes that let customers know more about your business." + }, "businessInformation": { "$ref": "AccountBusinessInformation", "description": "The business information of the account." @@ -6646,6 +6650,37 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "AccountBusinessIdentity": { + "description": "The [business identity attributes](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/10342414) can be used to self-declare attributes that let customers know more about your business. NEXT ID: 7.", + "id": "AccountBusinessIdentity", + "properties": { + "blackOwned": { + "$ref": "AccountIdentityType", + "description": "Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being black-owned. This optional field is only available for merchants with a business country set to \"US\". This field is not allowed for marketplaces or marketplace sellers." + }, + "includeForPromotions": { + "description": "Required. By setting this field, your business may be included in promotions for all the selected attributes. If you clear this option, it won't affect your identification with any of the attributes. For this field to be set, the merchant must self identify with at least one of the `AccountIdentityType`. If none are included, the request will be considered invalid.", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "latinoOwned": { + "$ref": "AccountIdentityType", + "description": "Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being latino-owned. This optional field is only available for merchants with a business country set to \"US\". This field is not allowed for marketplaces or marketplace sellers." + }, + "smallBusiness": { + "$ref": "AccountIdentityType", + "description": "Specifies whether the business identifies itself as a small business. This optional field is only available for merchants with a business country set to \"US\". It is also not allowed for marketplaces, but it is allowed to marketplace sellers." + }, + "veteranOwned": { + "$ref": "AccountIdentityType", + "description": "Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being veteran-owned. This optional field is only available for merchants with a business country set to \"US\". This field is not allowed for marketplaces or marketplace sellers." + }, + "womenOwned": { + "$ref": "AccountIdentityType", + "description": "Specifies whether the business identifies itself as being women-owned. This optional field is only available for merchants with a business country set to \"US\". This field is not allowed for marketplaces or marketplace sellers." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "AccountBusinessInformation": { "id": "AccountBusinessInformation", "properties": { @@ -6770,6 +6805,12 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "AccountIdentityType": { + "description": "The account identity type used to specify attributes.", + "id": "AccountIdentityType", + "properties": {}, + "type": "object" + }, "AccountImageImprovements": { "description": "This improvement will attempt to automatically correct submitted images if they don't meet the [image requirements](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350), for example, removing overlays. If successful, the image will be replaced and approved. This improvement is only applied to images of disapproved offers. For more information see: [Automatic image improvements](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9242973)", "id": "AccountImageImprovements", @@ -10672,7 +10713,7 @@ "id": "LocalInventory", "properties": { "availability": { - "description": "Availability of the product. For accepted attribute values, see the local product inventory feed specification.", + "description": "The availability of the product. For accepted attribute values, see the local product inventory feed specification.", "type": "string" }, "customAttributes": { @@ -10683,7 +10724,7 @@ "type": "array" }, "instoreProductLocation": { - "description": "In-store product location.", + "description": "The in-store product location.", "type": "string" }, "kind": { @@ -10691,32 +10732,32 @@ "type": "string" }, "pickupMethod": { - "description": "Supported pickup method for this offer. Unless the value is \"not supported\", this field must be submitted together with `pickupSla`. For accepted attribute values, see the local product inventory feed specification.", + "description": "The supported pickup method for this offer. Unless the value is \"not supported\", this field must be submitted together with `pickupSla`. For accepted attribute values, see the local product inventory feed specification.", "type": "string" }, "pickupSla": { - "description": "Expected date that an order will be ready for pickup relative to the order date. Must be submitted together with `pickupMethod`. For accepted attribute values, see the local product inventory feed specification.", + "description": "The expected date that an order will be ready for pickup relative to the order date. Must be submitted together with `pickupMethod`. For accepted attribute values, see the local product inventory feed specification.", "type": "string" }, "price": { "$ref": "Price", - "description": "Price of the product." + "description": "The price of the product." }, "quantity": { - "description": "Quantity of the product. Must be nonnegative.", + "description": "The quantity of the product. Must be nonnegative.", "format": "uint32", "type": "integer" }, "salePrice": { "$ref": "Price", - "description": "Sale price of the product. Mandatory if `sale_price_effective_date` is defined." + "description": "The sale price of the product. Mandatory if `sale_price_effective_date` is defined." }, "salePriceEffectiveDate": { "description": "A date range represented by a pair of ISO 8601 dates separated by a space, comma, or slash. Both dates may be specified as 'null' if undecided.", "type": "string" }, "storeCode": { - "description": "Required. Store code of this local inventory resource.", + "description": "Required. The store code of this local inventory resource.", "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contentwarehouse.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contentwarehouse.v1.json index 74100f744ee..433c36bddb0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contentwarehouse.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contentwarehouse.v1.json @@ -1156,7 +1156,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231006", + "revision": "20231011", "rootUrl": "https://contentwarehouse.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbuseiamAbuseType": { @@ -3732,7 +3732,8 @@ "SUPPORT_CLASSIFICATION_UI_AFFINITY", "NOTEBOOKLM_AFFINITY", "PLAYSPACE_LABS_AFFINITY", - "ZOMBIE_CLOUD_AFFINITY" + "ZOMBIE_CLOUD_AFFINITY", + "RELATIONSHIPS_AFFINITY" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, @@ -4005,6 +4006,7 @@ false, false, false, + false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -4278,6 +4280,7 @@ "", "", "", + "", "" ], "type": "string" @@ -6673,7 +6676,7 @@ "description": "This field is stored in contact annotations and merged at read-time. It is available with CONTACT_ANNOTATION container type at read time." }, "shortDisplayName": { - "description": "Read-only. A possibly shorter version of the user's name. - The purpose of this field is to address the needs of UIs where a full display name might be too large to fit. Instead of relying on `first_name`, which might not be present, `short_display_name` is preferred. - This is only available for PROFILE and DOMAIN_PROFILE container types. - About the actual content in this field: will be the first name when it's visible to the requester, or the same as `display_name`, otherwise. A sample scenario where the first name may not be visible is when the limited profile is returned. For more info, see: http://shortn/_9iV7TJ33la", + "description": "NOTE: this is currently NOT IMPLEMENTED due to changed priorities. Clients usually rely on \"first name\" instead, when a short name is needed. Read-only. A possibly shorter version of the user's name. - The purpose of this field is to address the needs of UIs where a full display name might be too large to fit. Instead of relying on `first_name`, which might not be present, `short_display_name` is preferred. - This is only available for PROFILE and DOMAIN_PROFILE container types. - About the actual content in this field: will be the first name when it's visible to the requester, or the same as `display_name`, otherwise. A sample scenario where the first name may not be visible is when the limited profile is returned. For more info, see: http://shortn/_9iV7TJ33la", "type": "string" }, "unstructuredName": { @@ -13122,13 +13125,201 @@ }, "AssistantApiCoreTypesSurfaceIdentity": { "deprecated": true, - "description": "The set of information that helps the server identify the surface. This replaces the User-Agent string within the Assistant Server. Note: The SurfaceIdentity proto should only be used to derive the capabilities of a surface. It should not be accessed outside of the CapabilityBuilder or CapabilityChecker. NEXT ID: 5 IMPORTANT: The definitions of the SurfaceIdentity and SurfaceVersion protos are being moved to //assistant/api/core_types/governed/surface_identity.proto All existing references will be updated to point to the new location. If you are adding a reference, use the new SurfaceIdentity and SurfaceVersion protos instead of the protos defined here. LINT.IfChange", + "description": "The set of information that helps the server identify the surface. This replaces the User-Agent string within the Assistant Server. Note: The SurfaceIdentity proto should only be used to derive the capabilities of a surface. It should not be accessed outside of the CapabilityBuilder or CapabilityChecker. NEXT ID: 6 IMPORTANT: The definitions of the SurfaceIdentity and SurfaceVersion protos are being moved to //assistant/api/core_types/governed/surface_identity.proto All existing references will be updated to point to the new location. If you are adding a reference, use the new SurfaceIdentity and SurfaceVersion protos instead of the protos defined here. LINT.IfChange", "id": "AssistantApiCoreTypesSurfaceIdentity", "properties": { "deviceId": { "$ref": "AssistantApiCoreTypesDeviceId", "description": "The identifier of the device." }, + "legacySurfaceType": { + "deprecated": true, + "description": "DEPRECATED: The legacy device's surface type enum. NOTE: Prefer using the ontological `surface_type` field above. If you need to access the legacy surface type, please file a bug and add it in your code to migrate to ontological surface type.", + "enum": [ + "UNKNOWN", + "ANDROID_ALLO", + "ANDROID_AUTO", + "ANDROID_THINGS_CUBE", + "ANDROID_THINGS_JASPER", + "ANDROID_TV", + "ANDROID_TV_KIDS", + "ANDROID_WEAR", + "AR_GLASSES", + "ASSISTANT_SDK", + "AUDIOWEAR", + "BUBBLE_CHARACTERS_IOS", + "CAPABILITY_BASED_SURFACE", + "CHROMECAST_ASSISTANT", + "CHROMECAST_MANHATTAN", + "CHROMECAST_SEARCH", + "CLOUD_DEVICE", + "COMPANION_SCREEN", + "DYNAMITE_WEB", + "ENSEMBLE", + "EYESFREE_AGSA", + "EYESFREE_GMM", + "GBOARD", + "GLASS", + "GOOGLE_HOME", + "HANGOUTS_CHATBOT", + "IOS_ALLO", + "IOS_GSA", + "IOS_WEAR", + "LIBASSISTANT", + "LINE_CHATBOT", + "MULTIMODAL_AGSA", + "NON_ASSISTANT_SURFACE", + "OPA_AGSA", + "OPA_AGSA_CHROME_OS", + "OPA_ANDROID_AUTO", + "OPA_ANDROID_LITE", + "OPA_ANDROID_SCREENLESS", + "OPA_ANDROID_SMART_DISPLAY", + "OPA_ANDROID_TABLET", + "OPA_CROS", + "OPA_GACS", + "OPA_IOS", + "OPA_IOS_SCREENLESS", + "OPA_KAIOS", + "OPA_MOBILE_WEB", + "RTOS_PHONE", + "SMS_CHATBOT", + "TELEGRAM_CHATBOT", + "TELEPHONE_ASSISTANT", + "VERILY_ONDUO", + "YOUTUBE_APP", + "AGSA_BISTO_FOR_EVAL", + "COGSWORTH_FOR_EVAL", + "LOCKHART_MIC_FOR_EVAL", + "OPA_ANDROID_AUTO_EMBEDDED_FAKE", + "SPARK", + "WALLE", + "UNIT_TESTING" + ], + "enumDeprecated": [ + false, + false, + true, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + true, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + true, + false, + false, + false + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "", + "", + "Deprecated (never used). Use OPA_ANDROID_AUTO instead.", + "Assistant on small screen stationary device.", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "Assistant on AR Glasses with both visual and audio experiences. Ask ar-assistant@ for details.", + "For Assistant SDK gRPC client.", + "", + "go/assistant-lamda-overview-characters", + "Surface for capability based testing.", + "For chrome cast assistant web app.", + "For chrome cast with assistant + screen (e.g., Google Nest Hub).", + "", + "Virtual device for event-based triggering, e.g. executing time", + "scheduled routines: go/routine-cloud-ex For Quartz.", + "", + "", + "Deprecated. Please use OPA_ANDROID_SCREENLESS.", + "", + "For Gboard app", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "For standalone libassistant devices.", + "LINE 3P messaging app", + "Deprecated.", + "Surfaces that do not speak to the Assistant, i.e. web HQ", + "Assistant on Android phones accessed through the Google App (velvet). This represents neither all of the assistant on android phones (ANDROID_ALLO, VERILY_ONDUO, etc.) nor all of the assistant built on top of AGSA (ANDROID_WEAR, OPA_ANDROID_SCREENLESS, OPA_AGSA_CHROME_OS, etc.).", + "Deprecated. Please use OPA_CROS.", + "", + "This is OPA on Android Go (not part of AGSA)", + "Assistant on Nexus with screen off/locked. Use go/bisto device to trigger.", + "Assistant on Titan hub mode (go/titan-hubmode-surface). This is OPA Android first party Smart Display devices. The UI experience is built on Opal (Gallium and Flutter) and native Android.", + "Assistant on Android tablet", + "Assistant on native Chrome OS (go/croissant).", + "For assistant on GACS devices (go/gacs-dd). Google Assistant Conversation Service (GACS) defines intents the device accepts. This surface serves the intents in the assistant response.", + "", + "Assistant on iOS with screen off/locked. Use go/bisto device to trigger.", + "Assistant on KaiOS. go/kaiosama", + "Assistant on Mobile Web. go/opa-spidey", + "Assistant on low-cost RTOS phones (go/conceRTOS).", + "", + "Telegram 3P messaging app", + "Assistant on a phone call (go/telephone).", + "", + "A Youtube app.", + "Eval-only surfaces. These surfaces are not real surfaces. They are only used in intermediate steps of eval query and request generation: 1. Eval samplers (OPA query sampler and Cannery sampler) checks logs and temporarily assigns these surface types to the logs, to put Bisto, Lockhart Mic, ... queries in the correct query pools. 2. Request builders uses these surface types to determine how TaskRequest for Bisto, Lockhart Mic, ... should be built, like whether some user user agent should be used, whether some entry source should be set. The surface types in the generated TaskRequest is still the production surface types, like OPA_ANDROID_SCREENLESS or OPA_AGSA. Temp surface for Bisto Android eval. Will be merged with OPA_ANDROID_SCREENLESS in the future.", + "", + "", + "OPA_ANDROID_AUTO has another sub-surface (embedded) that differs in the reported capabilities, client-ops, flags but uses the same surface_type string of OPA_ANDROID_AUTO. This fake surface would allow running turing2 tests and evals for this embedded surface. Deprecated as of Feb 2019. Please use \"OPA_ANDROID_AUTO_EMBEDDED\" client type for tests and eval. See go/client-onboarding for more details. https://cs.corp.google.com/piper///depot/google3/assistant/assistant_server/tools/util/consts.h?l=32&rcl=247481455", + "Unlaunched new surface prototype, ask spark-eng@.", + "Wall-E is an Area120 Project building assistant powered robots. The surface is an extended joplin which have same capabilities as a google home adding custom robot features. Currently in active development. Please reach out walle-software@ or bingxin@ for questions. For details see go/walle-as-pipeline-1-pager.", + "Surface used for unit-testing purposes. Unit-tests might still require the existence of a \"valid\" SurfaceType to succeed (eg. initialization of the CapabilityBuilder, proto matching, etc.). With the move away from SurfaceType checks, a generic \"TESTING\" SurfaceType can be used for such tests without affecting the test behavior. Unlike the CAPABILITY_BASED_SURFACE, this proto does not have any capabilities or ResponseType tied to it. It should only be used for unit-tests and should not be exposed in the ASDebugger." + ], + "type": "string" + }, "surfaceType": { "description": "The device's surface type. The types are defined at google3/assistant/api/core_types/surfaces.gcl. For more details, refer to go/ontologicalize-surface-type.", "enum": [ @@ -19508,7 +19699,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "AssistantGroundingRankerDeviceTargetingFeaturesStates": { - "description": "The states of the device. They are dynamic and may change based on the current context. Next ID: 13", + "description": "The states of the device. They are dynamic and may change based on the current context. Next ID: 15", "id": "AssistantGroundingRankerDeviceTargetingFeaturesStates", "properties": { "distance": { @@ -19570,6 +19761,34 @@ "isTethered": { "description": "Indicate whether the device is tethered to another device.", "type": "boolean" + }, + "mediaFocusStateFromHearingDevice": { + "description": "Indicates the state of media focus from a separate non-local hearing device.", + "enum": [ + "NO_FOCUS", + "HARD_FOCUS", + "SOFT_FOCUS" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "There is no focus device available or the focus is invalid.", + "The focus is valid and there is a playing session on focus device.", + "The focus is valid however there is no playing session on focus device and might require confirmation from user (dialog) before proceeding to use focus device." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "mediaFocusStateFromLocalDevice": { + "description": "Indicates the state of media focus from a separate local device.", + "enum": [ + "NO_FOCUS", + "HARD_FOCUS", + "SOFT_FOCUS" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "There is no focus device available or the focus is invalid.", + "The focus is valid and there is a playing session on focus device.", + "The focus is valid however there is no playing session on focus device and might require confirmation from user (dialog) before proceeding to use focus device." + ], + "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -19707,7 +19926,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "AssistantGroundingRankerMediaGroundingProviderFeatures": { - "description": "Features to be passed from Media GP to HGR. Next ID: 19", + "description": "Features to be passed from Media GP to HGR. Next ID: 20", "id": "AssistantGroundingRankerMediaGroundingProviderFeatures", "properties": { "albumReleaseType": { @@ -19781,6 +20000,22 @@ "description": "Indicates whether this is youtube content seeking music.", "type": "boolean" }, + "mediaAccountType": { + "description": "Account Type of the user for the provider", + "enum": [ + "ANONYMOUS_ACCOUNT", + "BASIC_SUBSCRIPTION", + "PREMIUM_SUBSCRIPTION", + "FREE_CONTENT" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "User has not signed-in.", + "The user has signed-in for an account with basic subscription. This is the case, for example, with Video On Demand (VOD) or for music services such as Google Play Music All Access.", + "The user has signed-in for an account with premium subscription. This is the case, for example, with Pay TV services like Flix.", + "The user signed-in for free content." + ], + "type": "string" + }, "mediaContentType": { "description": "MediaAquaAction::media_content_type from interpretation. It can be used for cross-content type ranking, for example, if a candidate's content type does not match this content type from interpretation, this candidate will be slightly demoted. Also, we might avoid fetching some signals when the content type is generic music, since some content types do not need ranking.", "enum": [ @@ -22034,7 +22269,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "AssistantPrefulfillmentRankerPrefulfillmentSignals": { - "description": "Signals to be used by the Prefulfillment Ranker. Derived from the ParsingSignals and GroundingSignals carried by the FunctionCall. LINT.IfChange Next ID: 66", + "description": "Signals to be used by the Prefulfillment Ranker. Derived from the ParsingSignals and GroundingSignals carried by the FunctionCall. LINT.IfChange Next ID: 68", "id": "AssistantPrefulfillmentRankerPrefulfillmentSignals", "properties": { "bindingSetAuis": { @@ -22181,6 +22416,10 @@ "description": "Whether the intent is a media control intent.", "type": "boolean" }, + "isNspIntent": { + "description": "Whether this interpretation was genearted by NSP.", + "type": "boolean" + }, "isPlayGenericMusic": { "description": "Whether the intent is a PlayGenericMusic-type intent.", "type": "boolean" @@ -22420,6 +22659,10 @@ "format": "float", "type": "number" }, + "usesGroundingBox": { + "description": "Whether the interpretation should run through grounding box or not.", + "type": "boolean" + }, "verticalConfidenceScore": { "description": "Horizontal feature that stores information about confidence scores for each resolution within the binding set.", "format": "float", @@ -33164,6 +33407,7 @@ "PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GT_LANE_AUTOMATION", "PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GEO_NG_LOCAL", "PROVIDER_GOOGLE_MAPFACTS_CLEANUP", + "PROVIDER_GOOGLE_THIRD_PARTY_UGC", "PROVIDER_GOOGLE_LOCALSEARCH", "PROVIDER_GOOGLE_TRANSIT", "PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GEOWIKI", @@ -33886,6 +34130,7 @@ false, false, false, + false, true, false, false, @@ -34427,7 +34672,7 @@ "", "ABSTRACT", "", - "All new \"Google\" provider entries must be full ints. The next available ID is: 0x111730B6", + "All new \"Google\" provider entries must be full ints. The next available ID is: 0x111730B7", "ABSTRACT", "", "", @@ -34604,6 +34849,7 @@ "", "", "", + "UMBRELLA", "The next new \"Google\" provider entries should be placed above.", "UMBRELLA", "", @@ -38759,7 +39005,7 @@ "properties": { "curvature": { "$ref": "GeostoreCurvatureProto", - "description": "Curvature of the flowline. Note that, curvature can be present even if the flowline doesn't have a track. In which case, curvature will be derived from the segment polyline." + "description": "RESERVED" }, "track": { "$ref": "GeostoreTrackProto" @@ -39470,6 +39716,7 @@ "PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GT_LANE_AUTOMATION", "PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GEO_NG_LOCAL", "PROVIDER_GOOGLE_MAPFACTS_CLEANUP", + "PROVIDER_GOOGLE_THIRD_PARTY_UGC", "PROVIDER_GOOGLE_LOCALSEARCH", "PROVIDER_GOOGLE_TRANSIT", "PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GEOWIKI", @@ -40192,6 +40439,7 @@ false, false, false, + false, true, false, false, @@ -40733,7 +40981,7 @@ "", "ABSTRACT", "", - "All new \"Google\" provider entries must be full ints. The next available ID is: 0x111730B6", + "All new \"Google\" provider entries must be full ints. The next available ID is: 0x111730B7", "ABSTRACT", "", "", @@ -40910,6 +41158,7 @@ "", "", "", + "UMBRELLA", "The next new \"Google\" provider entries should be placed above.", "UMBRELLA", "", @@ -42134,7 +42383,7 @@ "This name is the ISO 3166-2 country subdivision code.", "This name is the country specific ID. For example, China government specifies an admin code for each administrative area (province, city and district).", "This name is an IETF BCP 47 language code, for example \"fr-CA\". Previously used for names of locales. See locale.proto for new way of defining this information.", - "This name is a timezone identifier in the Olson database, for example \"Europe/Zurich\". All timezones have an Olson identifier, understood by POSIX and Google's i18n/identifiers libraries. This flag applies only to features of TYPE_TIMEZONE type and at most one name should have this flag set", + "This name is a timezone identifier in the Olson database, for example \"Europe/Zurich\". All timezones have an Olson identifier, understood by POSIX and Google's i18n/identifiers libraries. This flag applies only to features of TYPE_TIMEZONE type.", "This name is the prefix for a phone number, starting with + and followed by a country code. This flag applies only to features of TYPE_PHONE_NUMBER_PREFIX type and at most one name should have this flag set.", "This name is the commonly used name for the area code of a phone number, including the national prefix if applicable. This flag applies only to features of TYPE_PHONE_NUMBER_AREA_CODE type and at most one name should have this flag set.", "The flag used to indicate the name was transliterated from some other character set. For example, this flag would be set on names transliterated from the Cyrillic or Greek alphabets to a Latin alphabet. The correct approach is to use the Google III language code to specify the appropriate language. For example, Greek transliterated into a Latin alphabet should have a language code of \"el-Latn\".", @@ -42403,6 +42652,7 @@ "PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GT_LANE_AUTOMATION", "PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GEO_NG_LOCAL", "PROVIDER_GOOGLE_MAPFACTS_CLEANUP", + "PROVIDER_GOOGLE_THIRD_PARTY_UGC", "PROVIDER_GOOGLE_LOCALSEARCH", "PROVIDER_GOOGLE_TRANSIT", "PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GEOWIKI", @@ -43125,6 +43375,7 @@ false, false, false, + false, true, false, false, @@ -43666,7 +43917,7 @@ "", "ABSTRACT", "", - "All new \"Google\" provider entries must be full ints. The next available ID is: 0x111730B6", + "All new \"Google\" provider entries must be full ints. The next available ID is: 0x111730B7", "ABSTRACT", "", "", @@ -43843,6 +44094,7 @@ "", "", "", + "UMBRELLA", "The next new \"Google\" provider entries should be placed above.", "UMBRELLA", "", @@ -45639,6 +45891,7 @@ "PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GT_LANE_AUTOMATION", "PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GEO_NG_LOCAL", "PROVIDER_GOOGLE_MAPFACTS_CLEANUP", + "PROVIDER_GOOGLE_THIRD_PARTY_UGC", "PROVIDER_GOOGLE_LOCALSEARCH", "PROVIDER_GOOGLE_TRANSIT", "PROVIDER_GOOGLE_GEOWIKI", @@ -46361,6 +46614,7 @@ false, false, false, + false, true, false, false, @@ -46902,7 +47156,7 @@ "", "ABSTRACT", "", - "All new \"Google\" provider entries must be full ints. The next available ID is: 0x111730B6", + "All new \"Google\" provider entries must be full ints. The next available ID is: 0x111730B7", "ABSTRACT", "", "", @@ -47079,6 +47333,7 @@ "", "", "", + "UMBRELLA", "The next new \"Google\" provider entries should be placed above.", "UMBRELLA", "", @@ -60622,6 +60877,168 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "HumanSensingFaceAttribute": { + "description": "Defines a generic attribute. The name field is the name of the attribute (for example beard, glasses, joy). The confidence defines how reliable the given annotation is. For binary attributes it is bounded between 0 and 1 and can be interpreted as the posterior probability. The value field can be used for continuous attributes like age. Information returned or stored in this message may be sensitive from a privacy, policy, or legal point of view. Clients should consult with their p-counsels and the privacy working group (go/pwg) to make sure their use respects Google policies.", + "id": "HumanSensingFaceAttribute", + "properties": { + "confidence": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "name": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": { + "enum": [ + "TYPE_UNKNOWN", + "FREE_FORM", + "FEMALE", + "MALE", + "AGE", + "NON_HUMAN", + "GLASSES", + "DARK_GLASSES", + "HEADWEAR", + "EYES_VISIBLE", + "LEFT_EYELID_CLOSED", + "RIGHT_EYELID_CLOSED", + "MOUTH_OPEN", + "FACIAL_HAIR", + "LONG_HAIR", + "FRONTAL_GAZE", + "SMILING", + "UNDER_EXPOSED", + "BLURRED", + "LEFT_EYE_VISIBLE", + "RIGHT_EYE_VISIBLE", + "LEFT_EAR_VISIBLE", + "RIGHT_EAR_VISIBLE", + "NOSE_TIP_VISIBLE", + "MOUTH_CENTER_VISIBLE", + "LOWER_FACE_COVERED", + "AMUSEMENT", + "ANGER", + "CONCENTRATION", + "CONFUSION", + "CONTENTMENT", + "DESIRE", + "DISAPPOINTMENT", + "DISGUST", + "ELATION", + "EMBARRASSMENT", + "INTEREST", + "LOVE", + "PAIN", + "PRIDE", + "RELIEF", + "SADNESS", + "SURPRISE", + "CANDID", + "POSED" + ], + "enumDeprecated": [ + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + true, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "", + "", + "Attribute types that describe the gender of a face. For an attribute if type FEMALE the confidence represent the probability of a face to be from a female person. Similarly, for an attribute of type MALE the confidence is the probability of a face to be from a male person. 4 is reserved for OTHER_GENDER.", + "", + "Attribute type that represent the age of the face. For an attribute of this type the field value represent the age. Values are assumed to be in the range [0, 95].", + "This attributes is used to distinguish actual human faces from other possible face detections like face of sculptures, cartoons faces, and some false detections.", + "Attributes types that describes face appearances/configurations (mouth open, eyes visibles and looking into the camera, smiling) and props (glasses, dark glasses, and headwear).", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "Attributes for the visibility of face landmarks. The landmarks refers to a single point in the image, so the eyes are visible if their center is visible, the ears are visible if the ear tragion is visible.", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "An attribute describing if the lower part of a face is covered by something like a face mask, a scarf or any other type of covering. The expectation is for both the mouth and the nose tip to be covered. This is useful for labeling faces in images captured during the Covid pandemic.", + "FeelNet expressions.", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "" + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "value": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "I18nPhonenumbersPhoneNumber": { "description": "The PhoneNumber object that is used by all LibPhoneNumber API's to fully represent a phone number.", "id": "I18nPhonenumbersPhoneNumber", @@ -61125,7 +61542,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "ImageData": { - "description": "This defines the per-doc data which is extracted from thumbnails and propagated over to indexing. It contains all information that can be used for restricts. Next tag id: 131", + "description": "This defines the per-doc data which is extracted from thumbnails and propagated over to indexing. It contains all information that can be used for restricts. Next tag id: 132", "id": "ImageData", "properties": { "adaboostImageFeaturePorn": { @@ -61249,6 +61666,10 @@ "$ref": "PhotosImageMetadata", "description": "The EXIF generated by photos backend team's (more specifically FIFE's) thumbnailer library. This exif model is more comprehensive since a dedicated team is constantly improving it and adding new fields over time. This is currently populated by moonshine for selected corpora." }, + "faceDetection": { + "$ref": "ReneFaceResponse", + "description": "Face Detection." + }, "featuredImageProp": { "$ref": "ImageMonetizationFeaturedImageProperties", "description": "Properties used in featured imagesearch project. inspiration_score indicates how well an image is related to products, or how inspirational it is." @@ -66057,7 +66478,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion": { - "description": "DataVersion tracks the version of data in CompositeDoc. The notion of \"data\" here is loose and people can define the name of their own. For example, a signal generated by Index Signals or an annotation generated by Goldmine (and other components) can all be considered as data here. Each field in this proto represents the human readable version string and the timestamp of one particular data. We choose to explicitly list out all of the data here for better understanding about which data are tracked. NOTE that human_readable_version is not intended for comparison, use timestamp_micros. In addition, we have an annotation about the field paths of each data. With proto reflection (using google3/net/proto2/util/public/field_path.h), downstream systems can take advantage of this annotation to automatically handle newly introduced data without modifying their code. Please also see the comment of FieldProjector above. There are also some fields in DataInfo that annotate who generates the data, the Index Signals or Goldmine annotator name for the fields already onboarded or being onboarded to FDP. Fields without annotation of signal_names or goldmine_annotator_names are not onboarded. Next ID: 538", + "description": "DataVersion tracks the version of data in CompositeDoc. The notion of \"data\" here is loose and people can define the name of their own. For example, a signal generated by Index Signals or an annotation generated by Goldmine (and other components) can all be considered as data here. Each field in this proto represents the human readable version string and the timestamp of one particular data. We choose to explicitly list out all of the data here for better understanding about which data are tracked. NOTE that human_readable_version is not intended for comparison, use timestamp_micros. In addition, we have an annotation about the field paths of each data. With proto reflection (using google3/net/proto2/util/public/field_path.h), downstream systems can take advantage of this annotation to automatically handle newly introduced data without modifying their code. Please also see the comment of FieldProjector above. There are also some fields in DataInfo that annotate who generates the data, the Index Signals or Goldmine annotator name for the fields already onboarded or being onboarded to FDP. Fields without annotation of signal_names or goldmine_annotator_names are not onboarded. Next ID: 539", "id": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion", "properties": { "acceleratedShoppingSignal": { @@ -66265,6 +66686,9 @@ "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo" }, "imageembed": { + "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo" + }, + "imageembedDomainNorm": { "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo", "description": "END DATA FIELDS" }, @@ -90827,6 +91251,7 @@ "SUPPORT_CLASSIFICATION_UI", "NOTEBOOKLM", "ZOMBIE_CLOUD", + "RELATIONSHIPS", "DEPRECATED_QUICKSTART_FLUME", "DUO_CLIENT", "ALBERT", @@ -91482,6 +91907,7 @@ false, false, false, + false, true, false, false, @@ -92137,6 +92563,7 @@ "Support Classification Ui Team contact: support-classification-eng@google.com", "Notebooklm Team contact: labs-tailwind-eng-team@google.com", "Zombie Cloud Team contact: zombie-cloud-eng@google.com", + "Relationships Team contact: hana-dev@google.com", "", "Duo Client Team contact: duo-eng@google.com", "Project albert (go/albert-frontend) Team contact: albert-eng@google.com", @@ -96003,6 +96430,578 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "PhotosVisionServiceFaceFaceParams": { + "description": "FaceParams are a collection of parameters of a single face found in an image. WARNING: This message has a jspb target. If you add a new message field inside, either put its definition inside this message as well or add the js file corresponding to the new message to the js_deps and proto_js rules in the BUILD file; otherwise it will break lots of builds. The js file name is the message name all in lowercase letters. Next available id: 40.", + "id": "PhotosVisionServiceFaceFaceParams", + "properties": { + "age": { + "description": "The age of the face. Range [0.0, 120.0].", + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "angerProbability": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "attribute": { + "description": "Attributes for the detected face. Information returned or stored in this message may be sensitive from a privacy, policy, or legal point of view. Clients should consult with their p-counsels and the privacy working group (go/pwg) to make sure their use respects Google policies.", + "items": { + "$ref": "HumanSensingFaceAttribute" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "beardProbability": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "blurredProbability": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "boundingBox": { + "$ref": "PhotosVisionServiceFaceFaceParamsBoundingBox", + "description": "Bounding box around the face. The coordinates of the bounding box are in the original image's scale as returned in ImageParams. The bounding box is computed to \"frame\" the face as a human would expect, and is typically used in UI (e.g. G+ to show circles around detected faces). It is based on the landmarker results." + }, + "darkGlassesProbability": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "detectionConfidence": { + "description": "Confidence is in the range [0,1].", + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "extendedLandmarks": { + "items": { + "$ref": "PhotosVisionServiceFaceFaceParamsExtendedLandmark" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "eyesClosedProbability": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "face2cartoonResults": { + "$ref": "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonFace2CartoonResults", + "description": "Attributes of the detected face useful for generating a cartoon version of the face." + }, + "faceCropV8": { + "$ref": "PhotosVisionServiceFaceFaceParamsFaceCropV8" + }, + "fdBoundingBox": { + "$ref": "PhotosVisionServiceFaceFaceParamsBoundingBox", + "description": "This other bounding box is tighter than the previous one, and encloses only the skin part of the face. It is typically used to eliminate the face from any image analysis that looks up the \"amount of skin\" visible in an image (e.g. safesearch content score). It is not based on the landmarker results, just on the initial face detection, hence the 'fd' prefix." + }, + "femaleProbability": { + "description": "Probability is in the range [0,1].", + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "frontalGazeProbability": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "glassesProbability": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "headwearProbability": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "imageParams": { + "$ref": "PhotosVisionServiceFaceImageParams", + "description": "A copy of the 'image_params' field that is also returned as part of the ExtractFacesReply. It contains the with and height of the image the face extraction was performed on and provides the original frame of reference for the bounding boxes above." + }, + "joyProbability": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "landmarkPositions": { + "items": { + "$ref": "PhotosVisionServiceFaceFaceParamsLandmarkPosition" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "landmarkingConfidence": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "leftEyeClosedProbability": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "longHairProbability": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "mouthOpenProbability": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "nonHumanProbability": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "panAngle": { + "description": "Yaw angle. Indicates how much leftward/rightward the face is pointing relative to the vertical plane perpendicular to the image. Range [-180,180].", + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "poseMatrix": { + "$ref": "PhotosVisionServiceFaceFaceParamsPoseMatrix" + }, + "pretemplate": { + "format": "byte", + "type": "string" + }, + "qualityScore": { + "description": "A score produced by the Face Quality Scoring Module that indicates overall quality of the face and its relative suitability for using it in conjunction with face recognition for instance. As such, the score predicts the likelihood to recognize a given face correctly. A face recognition client could use the score and a threshold to determine whether to use the face in a face model, or whether to even consider it for recognition.", + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "rightEyeClosedProbability": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "rollAngle": { + "description": "Roll angle indicates how much clockwise/anti-clockwise the face is rotated relative to the image vertical and about the axis perpendicular to the face. Range [-180,180].", + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "signature": { + "deprecated": true, + "description": "Deprecated: signature will continue to be used for the pre-1.7 SDK template format typically created by the converter module CNVprec_461. All newer templates created with CNVprec_465 or later will use the repeated 'versioned_signatures' field to store the templates and version info.", + "format": "byte", + "type": "string" + }, + "skinBrightnessProbability": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "sorrowProbability": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "surpriseProbability": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "tiltAngle": { + "description": "Pitch angle. Indicates how much upwards/downwards the face is pointing relative to the image's horizontal plane. Range [-180,180].", + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "underExposedProbability": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "versionedSignatures": { + "items": { + "$ref": "PhotosVisionServiceFaceVersionedFaceSignature" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "PhotosVisionServiceFaceFaceParamsBoundingBox": { + "id": "PhotosVisionServiceFaceFaceParamsBoundingBox", + "properties": { + "x1": { + "description": "These coordinates are in the same scale as the original image. 0 <= x < width, 0 <= y < height.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + }, + "x2": { + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + }, + "y1": { + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + }, + "y2": { + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "PhotosVisionServiceFaceFaceParamsExtendedLandmark": { + "description": "Below is the set of extended landmarks added by LMprec_508 and 510. All future additional landmarks should be added to this message.", + "id": "PhotosVisionServiceFaceFaceParamsExtendedLandmark", + "properties": { + "id": { + "enum": [ + "NOSE_BOTTOM_RIGHT", + "NOSE_BOTTOM_LEFT", + "NOSE_BOTTOM_CENTER", + "LEFT_EYE_TOP_BOUNDARY", + "LEFT_EYE_RIGHT_CORNER", + "LEFT_EYE_BOTTOM_BOUNDARY", + "LEFT_EYE_LEFT_CORNER", + "RIGHT_EYE_TOP_BOUNDARY", + "RIGHT_EYE_RIGHT_CORNER", + "RIGHT_EYE_BOTTOM_BOUNDARY", + "RIGHT_EYE_LEFT_CORNER", + "LEFT_EYEBROW_UPPER_MIDPOINT", + "RIGHT_EYEBROW_UPPER_MIDPOINT", + "LEFT_EAR_TRAGION", + "RIGHT_EAR_TRAGION", + "LEFT_EYE_PUPIL", + "RIGHT_EYE_PUPIL", + "FOREHEAD_GLABELLA", + "CHIN_GNATHION", + "CHIN_LEFT_GONION", + "CHIN_RIGHT_GONION", + "LEFT_CHEEK_CENTER", + "RIGHT_CHEEK_CENTER", + "UNKNOWN_LANDMARK" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "", + "", + "The following landmark is available with LMprec_508 and later", + "The following landmarks are extracted by LMprec_510 and later. See also documentation at www/~jsteffens/no_crawl/doc/FaceDetection/LM510.pdf", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "The following landmarks are extracted by LMprec_600 and later. See go/facesdk.", + "", + "Reserved id for an unknown landmark. This matches the id reserved by the core SDK for an external UNKNOWN landmark." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "x": { + "description": "NOTE that landmark positions may fall outside the bounds of the image when the face is near one or more edges of the image. That is, it is NOT guaranteed that 0 <= x < width or 0 <= y < height. Rounded version of x_f.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + }, + "xF": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "y": { + "description": "Rounded version of y_f.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + }, + "yF": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "z": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "PhotosVisionServiceFaceFaceParamsFaceCropV8": { + "description": "Information defining a FaceCrop for a particular face. See go/on-device-face-grouping-face-crops for more details.", + "id": "PhotosVisionServiceFaceFaceParamsFaceCropV8", + "properties": { + "centerX": { + "description": "The X coordinate of the center of the face crop.", + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "centerY": { + "description": "The Y coordinate of the center of the face crop.", + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "rotation": { + "description": "Rotation of the face crop, in radians.", + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "scale": { + "description": "Scale to apply to the coordinates of the face crop.", + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "PhotosVisionServiceFaceFaceParamsLandmarkPosition": { + "id": "PhotosVisionServiceFaceFaceParamsLandmarkPosition", + "properties": { + "landmark": { + "description": "Some landmarks are set during face finding and some are set during landmark finding. Only after landmarking will all landmarks be set.", + "enum": [ + "LEFT_EYE", + "RIGHT_EYE", + "LEFT_OF_LEFT_EYEBROW", + "RIGHT_OF_LEFT_EYEBROW", + "LEFT_OF_RIGHT_EYEBROW", + "RIGHT_OF_RIGHT_EYEBROW", + "MIDPOINT_BETWEEN_EYES", + "NOSE_TIP", + "UPPER_LIP", + "LOWER_LIP", + "MOUTH_LEFT", + "MOUTH_RIGHT", + "MOUTH_CENTER", + "DEPRECATED_NOSE_BOTTOM_RIGHT", + "DEPRECATED_NOSE_BOTTOM_LEFT", + "DEPRECATED_NOSE_BOTTOM_CENTER", + "DEPRECATED_LEFT_EYE_TOP_BOUNDARY", + "DEPRECATED_LEFT_EYE_RIGHT_CORNER", + "DEPRECATED_LEFT_EYE_BOTTOM_BOUNDARY", + "DEPRECATED_LEFT_EYE_LEFT_CORNER", + "DEPRECATED_RIGHT_EYE_TOP_BOUNDARY", + "DEPRECATED_RIGHT_EYE_RIGHT_CORNER", + "DEPRECATED_RIGHT_EYE_BOTTOM_BOUNDARY", + "DEPRECATED_RIGHT_EYE_LEFT_CORNER", + "DEPRECATED_LEFT_EYEBROW_UPPER_MIDPOINT", + "DEPRECATED_RIGHT_EYEBROW_UPPER_MIDPOINT", + "DEPRECATED_LEFT_EAR_TRAGION", + "DEPRECATED_RIGHT_EAR_TRAGION", + "DEPRECATED_FOREHEAD_GLABELLA", + "DEPRECATED_CHIN_GNATHION", + "DEPRECATED_CHIN_LEFT_GONION", + "DEPRECATED_CHIN_RIGHT_GONION", + "DEPRECATED_UNKNOWN_LANDMARK" + ], + "enumDeprecated": [ + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + true, + true, + true, + true, + true, + true, + true, + true, + true, + true, + true, + true, + true, + true, + true, + true, + true, + true, + true, + true + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Left and right are as viewed in the image without considering mirror projection typical in photos. So LEFT_EYE is typically the person's right eye. For convenience and consistency the enum values mirror the corresponding values defined by the Neven Vision SDK. See landmark table at: wiki/twiki/bin/view/Main/FRSDKLandmarkPositions The following landmarks are extracted by LMprec_502 and later", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "All values below are deprecated. Please use ExtendedLandmark to use them.", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "" + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "x": { + "description": "NOTE that landmark positions may fall outside the bounds of the image when the face is near one or more edges of the image. That is, it is NOT guaranteed that 0 <= x < width or 0 <= y < height. Rounded version of x_f.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + }, + "xF": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "y": { + "description": "Rounded version of y_f.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + }, + "yF": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "z": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "PhotosVisionServiceFaceFaceParamsPoseMatrix": { + "description": "Stores the full pose transformation matrix of the detected face. From this the roll, pan, tilt angles can be computed.", + "id": "PhotosVisionServiceFaceFaceParamsPoseMatrix", + "properties": { + "xx": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "xy": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "xz": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "yx": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "yy": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "yz": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "zx": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "zy": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "zz": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "PhotosVisionServiceFaceImageParams": { + "description": "ImageParams are a collection of parameters of the image on which face detection was performed.", + "id": "PhotosVisionServiceFaceImageParams", + "properties": { + "height": { + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + }, + "width": { + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "PhotosVisionServiceFaceVersionedFaceSignature": { + "description": "From newer SDK versions onward (1.7+), each face template (signature) will also store a version # derived from the converter version that created the template.", + "id": "PhotosVisionServiceFaceVersionedFaceSignature", + "properties": { + "confidence": { + "description": "Confidence score based on embedding uncertainty. This is populated if fetch_facenet_confidence has been set as true in FaceNetConfig, and FaceNet version satisfies one of the following: 1. FACENET_8. 2. FACENET_9 with confidence model enabled in FaceTemplatesConfig. If face_embedding_confidence module is requested, this will also be populated, and the signature will be empty.", + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "confidenceVersion": { + "description": "The Confidence version that populated the confidence.", + "enum": [ + "EMBEDDING_CONFIDENCE_VERSION_UNSPECIFIED", + "VERSION_1", + "VERSION_2" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "", + "Corresponds to VSSV1DNormTfLiteClient. Regions without an embedding confidence version should be assumed to have this version.", + "Corresponds to AAV2DNorm. This is an animal-aware version with scores compatible with VERSION_1." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "converterVersion": { + "description": "The converter version that created this template.", + "enum": [ + "UNKNOWN", + "PREC_461", + "PREC_465", + "PREC_470", + "FACENET_7", + "FACENET_8", + "FACENET_CELEBRITY", + "FACENET_9", + "FACENET_9_TPU", + "FACENET_MOBILE_V1_8BITS" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "" + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "signature": { + "description": "The face template bytes.", + "format": "byte", + "type": "string" + }, + "signatureSource": { + "description": "Specifies the source of the signature in cases where the bytes are from a lower level of the FaceNet architecture. This is useful in combination with the FaceNetClient when it returns multiple outputs and we need to keep track of their contents. For example, this could contain the string 'avgpool-0' while another instance can use the standard 'normalizing' string.", + "type": "string" + }, + "version": { + "description": "The internal version of the template. This is a copy of the version stored within the template.", + "format": "uint32", + "type": "integer" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "PornFlagData": { "description": "A protocol buffer to store the url, referer and porn flag for a url. and an optional image score. Next available tag id: 51.", "id": "PornFlagData", @@ -97304,6 +98303,7 @@ "TRAIN_DELAY", "TRAIN_PLATFORM", "NOTES_AND_LISTS_POST_MIGRATION", + "ROUTINES_STOP_WUWA_REMINDER", "UNIT_TESTING" ], "enumDeprecated": [ @@ -97726,6 +98726,7 @@ false, false, false, + false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -98148,6 +99149,7 @@ "", "", "Notifications for Notes and Lists", + "Notifications for user to stop the WUWA.", "NOTE: This should always stay at the bottom of the list." ], "type": "string" @@ -106367,6 +107369,20 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "ReneFaceResponse": { + "description": "The output of the face recognition signal.", + "id": "ReneFaceResponse", + "properties": { + "faces": { + "description": "Recognized faces in the image.", + "items": { + "$ref": "PhotosVisionServiceFaceFaceParams" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "RepositoryAnnotationsGeoTopic": { "description": "GeoTopicality of a document is a set of GeoTopics ordered by their normalized scores.", "id": "RepositoryAnnotationsGeoTopic", @@ -115487,6 +116503,961 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonAgeClassifierResults": { + "id": "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonAgeClassifierResults", + "properties": { + "age": { + "enum": [ + "UNKNOWN", + "BABY", + "KID", + "ADULT", + "OLD" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "", + "", + "", + "", + "" + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "predictedAge": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonChinLengthClassifierResults": { + "id": "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonChinLengthClassifierResults", + "properties": { + "chinLength": { + "enum": [ + "UNKNOWN", + "SHORT", + "AVERAGE", + "LONG" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "", + "", + "", + "" + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "confidence": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonEyeColorClassifierResults": { + "id": "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonEyeColorClassifierResults", + "properties": { + "color": { + "enum": [ + "UNKNOWN", + "BROWN_OR_BLACK", + "BLUE_OR_GREEN" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "", + "", + "" + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "confidence": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonEyeEyebrowDistanceClassifierResults": { + "description": "The measurement underlying this assumes fixed ear positions, so applying this combined with the FaceWidthClassifierResults may have an unintended outcome.", + "id": "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonEyeEyebrowDistanceClassifierResults", + "properties": { + "confidence": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "eyeEyebrowDistance": { + "enum": [ + "UNKNOWN", + "SMALL", + "AVERAGE", + "LARGE" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "", + "", + "", + "" + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonEyeShapeClassifierResults": { + "id": "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonEyeShapeClassifierResults", + "properties": { + "confidence": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "shape": { + "enum": [ + "UNKNOWN", + "DOUBLE_FOLD_EYELID", + "SINGLE_FOLD_EYELID" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "", + "", + "" + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonEyeSlantClassifierResults": { + "id": "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonEyeSlantClassifierResults", + "properties": { + "confidence": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "eyeSlant": { + "enum": [ + "UNKNOWN", + "OUTWARDS", + "AVERAGE", + "INWARDS" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "", + "", + "", + "" + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonEyeVerticalPositionClassifierResults": { + "description": "The measurement underlying this assumes fixed ear positions, so applying this combined with the FaceWidthClassifierResults may have an unintended outcome.", + "id": "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonEyeVerticalPositionClassifierResults", + "properties": { + "confidence": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "eyeVerticalPosition": { + "enum": [ + "UNKNOWN", + "HIGH", + "AVERAGE", + "LOW" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "", + "", + "", + "" + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonEyebrowShapeClassifierResults": { + "id": "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonEyebrowShapeClassifierResults", + "properties": { + "confidence": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "eyebrowShape": { + "enum": [ + "UNKNOWN", + "ST_BREAK", + "ST_BEND", + "HIGH_DIAGONAL", + "TILT", + "ROUND", + "ANGULAR", + "HIGH_CURVY", + "ROUND_UNEVEN", + "BUSHY_ST", + "UNI" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "" + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonEyebrowThicknessClassifierResults": { + "id": "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonEyebrowThicknessClassifierResults", + "properties": { + "confidence": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "eyebrowThickness": { + "enum": [ + "UNKNOWN", + "THIN", + "NORMAL", + "THICK", + "VERY_THICK" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "", + "", + "", + "", + "" + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonEyebrowWidthClassifierResults": { + "description": "The measurement underlying this assumes fixed ear positions, so applying this combined with the FaceWidthClassifierResults may have an unintended outcome.", + "id": "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonEyebrowWidthClassifierResults", + "properties": { + "confidence": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "eyebrowWidth": { + "enum": [ + "UNKNOWN", + "NARROW", + "AVERAGE", + "WIDE" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "", + "", + "", + "" + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonFace2CartoonResults": { + "description": "Results of the Face2Cartoon pipeline.", + "id": "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonFace2CartoonResults", + "properties": { + "ageClassifierResults": { + "items": { + "$ref": "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonAgeClassifierResults" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "chinLengthClassifierResults": { + "items": { + "$ref": "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonChinLengthClassifierResults" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "eyeColorClassifierResults": { + "items": { + "$ref": "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonEyeColorClassifierResults" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "eyeEyebrowDistanceClassifierResults": { + "items": { + "$ref": "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonEyeEyebrowDistanceClassifierResults" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "eyeShapeClassifierResults": { + "items": { + "$ref": "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonEyeShapeClassifierResults" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "eyeSlantClassifierResults": { + "items": { + "$ref": "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonEyeSlantClassifierResults" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "eyeVerticalPositionClassifierResults": { + "items": { + "$ref": "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonEyeVerticalPositionClassifierResults" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "eyebrowShapeClassifierResults": { + "items": { + "$ref": "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonEyebrowShapeClassifierResults" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "eyebrowThicknessClassifierResults": { + "items": { + "$ref": "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonEyebrowThicknessClassifierResults" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "eyebrowWidthClassifierResults": { + "items": { + "$ref": "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonEyebrowWidthClassifierResults" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "faceWidthClassifierResults": { + "items": { + "$ref": "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonFaceWidthClassifierResults" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "facialHairClassifierResults": { + "items": { + "$ref": "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonFacialHairClassifierResults" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "genderClassifierResults": { + "items": { + "$ref": "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonGenderClassifierResults" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "glassesClassifierResults": { + "items": { + "$ref": "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonGlassesClassifierResults" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "hairColorClassifierResults": { + "items": { + "$ref": "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonHairColorClassifierResults" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "hairStyleClassifierResults": { + "items": { + "$ref": "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonHairStyleClassifierResults" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "interEyeDistanceClassifierResults": { + "items": { + "$ref": "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonInterEyeDistanceClassifierResults" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "jawShapeClassifierResults": { + "items": { + "$ref": "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonJawShapeClassifierResults" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "lipThicknessClassifierResults": { + "items": { + "$ref": "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonLipThicknessClassifierResults" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "mouthVerticalPositionClassifierResults": { + "items": { + "$ref": "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonMouthVerticalPositionClassifierResults" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "mouthWidthClassifierResults": { + "items": { + "$ref": "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonMouthWidthClassifierResults" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "noseVerticalPositionClassifierResults": { + "items": { + "$ref": "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonNoseVerticalPositionClassifierResults" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "noseWidthClassifierResults": { + "items": { + "$ref": "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonNoseWidthClassifierResults" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "skinToneClassifierResults": { + "items": { + "$ref": "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonSkinToneClassifierResults" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonFaceWidthClassifierResults": { + "id": "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonFaceWidthClassifierResults", + "properties": { + "confidence": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "faceWidth": { + "enum": [ + "UNKNOWN", + "NARROW", + "AVERAGE", + "WIDE" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "", + "", + "", + "" + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonFacialHairClassifierResults": { + "id": "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonFacialHairClassifierResults", + "properties": { + "confidence": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "facialHair": { + "enum": [ + "UNKNOWN", + "NO_FACIAL_HAIR", + "CLOSE_SHAVE", + "SHORT_BEARD_2", + "SHORT_BEARD_1", + "MED_BEARD", + "SHORT_BEARD_5", + "GOATEE", + "MOUSTACHE", + "MOUSTACHE_GOATEE" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "" + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonGenderClassifierResults": { + "id": "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonGenderClassifierResults", + "properties": { + "confidence": { + "description": "Uses a scaled version of the FaceSDK classifier's probability as the confidence (since the probability for the selected gender is between (0.5, 1] we scale it to be between (0, 1]).", + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "gender": { + "enum": [ + "UNKNOWN", + "FEMALE", + "MALE" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "", + "", + "" + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonGlassesClassifierResults": { + "id": "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonGlassesClassifierResults", + "properties": { + "confidence": { + "description": "Uses a scaled version of the FaceSDK classifier's probability as the confidence (since the probability for the selected glasses is between (0.5, 1] we scale it to be between (0, 1]).", + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "glassesType": { + "enum": [ + "UNKNOWN", + "NO_GLASSES", + "GLASSES", + "DARK_GLASSES" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "", + "", + "", + "" + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonHairColorClassifierResults": { + "id": "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonHairColorClassifierResults", + "properties": { + "confidence": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "hairColor": { + "enum": [ + "UNKNOWN", + "BLACK", + "DARK_BROWN", + "LIGHT_BROWN", + "AUBURN", + "ORANGE", + "STRAWBERRY_BLONDE", + "DIRTY_BLONDE", + "BLEACHED_BLONDE", + "GREY", + "WHITE", + "MINT", + "PALE_PINK", + "LAVENDER", + "TEAL", + "PURPLE", + "PINK", + "BLUE", + "GREEN" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "" + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonHairStyleClassifierResults": { + "id": "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonHairStyleClassifierResults", + "properties": { + "confidence": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "hairStyle": { + "enum": [ + "UNKNOWN", + "BALD_1", + "BALD_2", + "BALD_3", + "SHAVE_1", + "FRONT_CREW_1", + "SHORT_STRAIGHT_9", + "SHORT_STRAIGHT_17", + "BUN_1", + "SHORT_STRAIGHT_2", + "SHORT_STRAIGHT_10", + "SHORT_STRAIGHT_1", + "SHORT_STRAIGHT_19", + "SHORT_STRAIGHT_4", + "SHORT_STRAIGHT_20", + "SHORT_STRAIGHT_18", + "SHORT_STRAIGHT_11", + "MEDIUM_STRAIGHT_5", + "MEDIUM_STRAIGHT_6", + "MEDIUM_STRAIGHT_3", + "LONG_STRAIGHT_6", + "LONG_STRAIGHT_4", + "LONG_STRAIGHT_2", + "LONG_STRAIGHT_PONYTAIL_2", + "LONG_STRAIGHT_PONYTAIL_1", + "SHORT_WAVY_2", + "MEDIUM_WAVY_1", + "MEDIUM_WAVY_4", + "MEDIUM_WAVY_2", + "LONG_WAVY_1", + "LONG_WAVY_3", + "LONG_WAVY_2", + "LONG_WAVY_4", + "LONG_WAVY_PONYTAIL_4", + "SHORT_CURLY_6", + "SHORT_CURLY_5", + "MEDIUM_CURLY_3", + "SHORT_CURLY_8", + "MEDIUM_CURLY_4", + "LONG_CURLY_3", + "LONG_CURLY_1", + "LONG_CURLY_5", + "LONG_CURLY_4", + "LONG_CURLY_2", + "LONG_CURLY_PONYTAIL_1", + "SHORT_COILY_1", + "SHORT_COILY_5", + "SHORT_COILY_4", + "SHORT_COILY_2", + "MEDIUM_COILY_1", + "LONG_COILY_2", + "LONG_COILY_PONYTAIL_1", + "SHORT_COILY_3", + "LONG_COILY_1", + "BOX_BRAIDS", + "BUN_2", + "COILY_PONYTAIL", + "LONG_COILY_3", + "LONG_COILY_4", + "LONG_COILY_5", + "LONG_COILY_PONYTAIL", + "OTT", + "SHORT_CORNROWS", + "TIGHT_BRAID", + "TIGHT_BRAIDS" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "", + "" + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonInterEyeDistanceClassifierResults": { + "description": "The measurement underlying this assumes fixed ear positions, so applying this combined with the FaceWidthClassifierResults may have an unintended outcome.", + "id": "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonInterEyeDistanceClassifierResults", + "properties": { + "confidence": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "interEyeDistance": { + "enum": [ + "UNKNOWN", + "WIDE", + "AVERAGE", + "CLOSE" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "", + "", + "", + "" + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonJawShapeClassifierResults": { + "id": "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonJawShapeClassifierResults", + "properties": { + "confidence": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "jawShape": { + "enum": [ + "UNKNOWN", + "TRIANGLE", + "OVAL", + "SQUARE", + "ROUND" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "", + "", + "", + "", + "" + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonLipThicknessClassifierResults": { + "id": "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonLipThicknessClassifierResults", + "properties": { + "confidence": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "lipThickness": { + "enum": [ + "UNKNOWN", + "THIN", + "AVERAGE", + "THICK" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "", + "", + "", + "" + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonMouthVerticalPositionClassifierResults": { + "description": "The measurement underlying this assumes fixed ear positions, so applying this combined with the FaceWidthClassifierResults may have an unintended outcome.", + "id": "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonMouthVerticalPositionClassifierResults", + "properties": { + "confidence": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "mouthVerticalPosition": { + "enum": [ + "UNKNOWN", + "HIGH", + "AVERAGE", + "LOW" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "", + "", + "", + "" + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonMouthWidthClassifierResults": { + "description": "The measurement underlying this assumes fixed ear positions, so applying this combined with the FaceWidthClassifierResults may have an unintended outcome.", + "id": "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonMouthWidthClassifierResults", + "properties": { + "confidence": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "mouthWidth": { + "enum": [ + "UNKNOWN", + "NARROW", + "AVERAGE", + "WIDE" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "", + "", + "", + "" + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonNoseVerticalPositionClassifierResults": { + "description": "The measurement underlying this assumes fixed ear positions, so applying this combined with the FaceWidthClassifierResults may have an unintended outcome.", + "id": "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonNoseVerticalPositionClassifierResults", + "properties": { + "confidence": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "noseVerticalPosition": { + "enum": [ + "UNKNOWN", + "HIGH", + "AVERAGE", + "LOW" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "", + "", + "", + "" + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonNoseWidthClassifierResults": { + "description": "The measurement underlying this assumes fixed ear positions, so applying this combined with the FaceWidthClassifierResults may have an unintended outcome.", + "id": "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonNoseWidthClassifierResults", + "properties": { + "confidence": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "noseWidth": { + "enum": [ + "UNKNOWN", + "NARROW", + "AVERAGE", + "WIDE" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "", + "", + "", + "" + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonSkinToneClassifierResults": { + "id": "ResearchVisionFace2cartoonSkinToneClassifierResults", + "properties": { + "confidence": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "skinToneType": { + "enum": [ + "UNKNOWN", + "TYPE_1", + "TYPE_2", + "TYPE_3", + "TYPE_4", + "TYPE_5", + "TYPE_6", + "TYPE_7", + "TYPE_8", + "TYPE_9", + "TYPE_10", + "TYPE_11" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "See the images from the links at: https://storage.googleapis.com/cc_8e814306-f840-4e2e-9415-36b06251cf8e/ skin_tone_exemplars/skin-*.png", + "(darkest) RGB: #603d30", + "RGB: #88594b", + "RGB: #aa7454", + "RGB: #c78b5d", + "RGB: #d9a16e", + "RGB: #e3b47e", + "RGB: #eeaf94", + "RGB: #f0c092", + "RGB: #f6d8c1", + "RGB: #fbcdb6", + "(lightest) RGB: #fbdbd1" + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "RichsnippetsDataObject": { "description": "Next ID: 11", "id": "RichsnippetsDataObject", @@ -116021,6 +117992,16 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "SafesearchImageOffensiveAnnotation": { + "id": "SafesearchImageOffensiveAnnotation", + "properties": { + "hatefulDerogatoryScore": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "SafesearchInternalImageSignals": { "description": "A proto that stores SafeSearch internal signals that are not exported to clients.", "id": "SafesearchInternalImageSignals", @@ -116029,6 +118010,9 @@ "format": "float", "type": "number" }, + "offensiveAnnotation": { + "$ref": "SafesearchImageOffensiveAnnotation" + }, "starburstPornScore": { "description": "Additional SafeSearch signals that are used to compute final scores.", "format": "float", @@ -122137,6 +124121,7 @@ "ISOLATION_SCOUTS_SOCIETAL_CONTEXT_ENTITIES", "ISOLATION_ASTROLOGY_HOROSCOPE", "ISOLATION_LLM_GENERATED_TVM_SYNOPSIS", + "ISOLATION_GENERATED_DATA", "UMP_TESTING_ONLY", "INTENTJOINS_NB_SIGNALS", "ADS_INTEGRITY_ANNOTATION", @@ -122350,6 +124335,7 @@ false, false, false, + false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -122516,7 +124502,8 @@ "For Search sustainability's food choice feature, Recipe Ingredient Insights. Assign existing KG entities feature types to classify triggering behavior and insights. Owned by salehh@ and s12y-eng@ See go/rii-kg-triggering-migration for more information.", "Access controls for SCOUTS Societal Context Repository entities. Please contact johnhenry-eng@ before reading or writing this data. DD: go/scouts-kg-integration-dd", "Access controls for Astrology Horoscope features. Please contact search-india-verticals@ before reading or writing this data. DD: go/daily-horoscope-dd", - "Access controls for LLM generated tvm synopsis. DD: go/i18n-tvm-descriptions Please contact dkrish-team@ before reading or writing this data.", + "TODO(b/304563444) Deprecate ISOLATION_LLM_GENERATED_TVM_SYNOPSIS if it's not used. Prefer using ISOLATION_GENERATED_DATA even for generated tvm synopsis. Access controls for LLM generated tvm synopsis. DD: go/i18n-tvm-descriptions Please contact dkrish-team@ before reading or writing this data.", + "Access controls for LLM generated data. Please contact UMP team(go/ump-contacts) before reading or writing this data.", "This access control is used to guard data used by the Unified Media Platform team (ke-media-actions-serving@) for testing new features. It should never be used for purposes other than testing. More context at go/fake-media-provider.", "Access controls for the IntentJoins Navboost data. YOU MUST CONTACT intentjoins-eng@ before reading or writing this data.", "Access controls for Ads Integrity annotation data. Ads Integrity annotations are only available for Ads Integrity policy enforcement. See go/ai-political-km for more details. YOU MUST CONTACT ai-pacg@ before reading or writing this data.", @@ -125996,8 +127983,6 @@ "PGSS_DETAILS_PAGE_AQUALITY_UNKNOWN_EVENT_LEVEL", "PGSS_DETAILS_PAGE_AQUALITY_FAILED_EVENT_LEVEL", "PGSS_DETAILS_PAGE_AQUALITY_PASSED_EVENT_LEVEL", - "PRE_INSTALL_LOW_QUALITY_DETAILS_PAGE_SIMILAR_APPS_ABSENT_EVENT_LEVEL", - "PRE_INSTALL_LOW_QUALITY_DETAILS_PAGE_SIMILAR_APPS_PRESENT_EVENT_LEVEL", "INLINE_DETAILS_CALLER_AQUALITY_CHECK_PASS", "INLINE_DETAILS_CALLER_AQUALITY_CHECK_FAIL", "HSDP_AD_NETWORK_CALLER_TABLET_AQUALITY_CHECK_PASS", @@ -126043,7 +128028,6 @@ "ZERO_COPY_NOT_SUFFICIENT_EVENT_LEVEL", "ZERO_COPY_ALLOWS_INSTALL_EVENT_LEVEL", "ZERO_COPY_NOT_REQUIRED_EVENT_LEVEL", - "SHOULD_SEE_ICON_XSELL_CLUSTER_LOW_Q_DP_EVENT_LEVEL", "SHOULD_SEE_SCREENSHOT_XSELL_CLUSTER_LOW_Q_DP_EVENT_LEVEL", "SHOULD_SEE_RICH_LIST_XSELL_CLUSTER_LOW_Q_DP_EVENT_LEVEL", "DEVICE_TIER_HIGH_EVENT_LEVEL", @@ -126293,6 +128277,7 @@ "IN_APP_OFFER_BATTLESTAR_APP_MAHJONG_VILLAGE_AT_SESSION_LEVEL", "IN_APP_OFFER_BATTLESTAR_APP_ONE_PUNCH_MAN_KR_AT_SESSION_LEVEL", "IN_APP_OFFER_BATTLESTAR_APP_ONE_PUNCH_MAN_TW_AT_SESSION_LEVEL", + "IN_APP_OFFER_BATTLESTAR_APP_GRAND_CROSS_AT_SESSION_LEVEL", "IN_APP_OFFER_ELIGIBLE_AT_SESSION_LEVEL", "IN_APP_OFFER_ELIGIBLE_APP_1_AT_SESSION_LEVEL", "IN_APP_OFFER_ELIGIBLE_APP_2_AT_SESSION_LEVEL", @@ -126313,6 +128298,7 @@ "IN_APP_OFFER_BATTLESTAR_ELIGIBLE_APP_MAHJONG_VILLAGE_AT_SESSION_LEVEL", "IN_APP_OFFER_BATTLESTAR_ELIGIBLE_APP_ONE_PUNCH_MAN_KR_AT_SESSION_LEVEL", "IN_APP_OFFER_BATTLESTAR_ELIGIBLE_APP_ONE_PUNCH_MAN_TW_AT_SESSION_LEVEL", + "IN_APP_OFFER_BATTLESTAR_ELIGIBLE_APP_GRAND_CROSS_AT_SESSION_LEVEL", "IN_APP_OFFER_SAVED_AT_SESSION_LEVEL", "IN_APP_OFFER_SAVED_APP_1_AT_SESSION_LEVEL", "IN_APP_OFFER_SAVED_APP_2_AT_SESSION_LEVEL", @@ -126491,8 +128477,6 @@ "PGSS_DETAILS_PAGE_AQUALITY_UNKNOWN_SESSION_LEVEL", "PGSS_DETAILS_PAGE_AQUALITY_FAILED_SESSION_LEVEL", "PGSS_DETAILS_PAGE_AQUALITY_PASSED_SESSION_LEVEL", - "PRE_INSTALL_LOW_QUALITY_DETAILS_PAGE_SIMILAR_APPS_ABSENT_SESSION_LEVEL", - "PRE_INSTALL_LOW_QUALITY_DETAILS_PAGE_SIMILAR_APPS_PRESENT_SESSION_LEVEL", "PRE_INSTALL_LOW_QUALITY_DETAILS_PAGE_WITH_GAME_SESSION_LEVEL", "PRE_INSTALL_LOW_QUALITY_DETAILS_PAGE_WITH_NON_GAME_SESSION_LEVEL", "QUERY_DEPENDENT_SNIPPET_SESSION_LEVEL", @@ -126714,7 +128698,6 @@ "ZERO_COPY_ALLOWS_INSTALL_SESSION_LEVEL", "ZERO_COPY_NOT_REQUIRED_SESSION_LEVEL", "BOOKS_SEARCH_SERIES_EXPANSION_SESSION_LEVEL", - "SHOULD_SEE_ICON_XSELL_CLUSTER_LOW_Q_DP_SESSION_LEVEL", "SHOULD_SEE_SCREENSHOT_XSELL_CLUSTER_LOW_Q_DP_SESSION_LEVEL", "SHOULD_SEE_RICH_LIST_XSELL_CLUSTER_LOW_Q_DP_SESSION_LEVEL", "DEVICE_TIER_HIGH_SESSION_LEVEL", @@ -126819,6 +128802,7 @@ "SHOULD_SEE_FIRST_PARTY_PROMO_LIVE_OP_SUBSCRIPTION_SESSION_LEVEL", "SUBS_PAYMENT_DECLINE_SESSION_LEVEL", "CART_ABANDONMENT_REMINDER_SESSION_LEVEL", + "CART_ABANDONMENT_REMINDER_POPULAR_APPS_SESSION_LEVEL", "SUBSCRIPTION_OFFER_SWITCH_DATA_PRESENT_SESSION_LEVEL", "BOOKS_READ_NOW_DUAL_FORMAT_REQUEST_SESSION_LEVEL", "BOOKS_READ_NOW_WITH_HEADER_REQUEST_SESSION_LEVEL", @@ -126850,6 +128834,7 @@ "LOYALTY_WEEKLY_REWARDS_ICC_FORMAT_NOW_HOME_SESSION_LEVEL", "MULTILINE_SUBSCRIPTION_ADDON_TITLE_SESSION_LEVEL", "PAYTM_WALLET_FAILURE_SESSION_LEVEL", + "CART_ABANDONMENT_SUBSCRIPTION_BENEFITS_SESSION_LEVEL_V2", "SESSION_LEVEL_TEST_CODE_LIMIT", "CART_ABANDONMENT_USER_LEVEL", "IN_APP_PRODUCTS_IN_DETAILS_PAGE_USER_LEVEL", @@ -126927,6 +128912,7 @@ "IN_APP_OFFER_BATTLESTAR_APP_MAHJONG_VILLAGE_AT_USER_LEVEL", "IN_APP_OFFER_BATTLESTAR_APP_ONE_PUNCH_MAN_KR_AT_USER_LEVEL", "IN_APP_OFFER_BATTLESTAR_APP_ONE_PUNCH_MAN_TW_AT_USER_LEVEL", + "IN_APP_OFFER_BATTLESTAR_APP_GRAND_CROSS_AT_USER_LEVEL", "IN_APP_OFFER_ELIGIBLE_AT_USER_LEVEL", "IN_APP_OFFER_ELIGIBLE_APP_1_AT_USER_LEVEL", "IN_APP_OFFER_ELIGIBLE_APP_2_AT_USER_LEVEL", @@ -126947,6 +128933,7 @@ "IN_APP_OFFER_BATTLESTAR_ELIGIBLE_APP_MAHJONG_VILLAGE_AT_USER_LEVEL", "IN_APP_OFFER_BATTLESTAR_ELIGIBLE_APP_ONE_PUNCH_MAN_KR_AT_USER_LEVEL", "IN_APP_OFFER_BATTLESTAR_ELIGIBLE_APP_ONE_PUNCH_MAN_TW_AT_USER_LEVEL", + "IN_APP_OFFER_BATTLESTAR_ELIGIBLE_APP_GRAND_CROSS_AT_USER_LEVEL", "IN_APP_OFFER_SAVED_AT_USER_LEVEL", "IN_APP_OFFER_SAVED_APP_1_AT_USER_LEVEL", "IN_APP_OFFER_SAVED_APP_2_AT_USER_LEVEL", @@ -127065,6 +129052,7 @@ "LINK_BIOMETRICS_NEW_SETUP_USER_LEVEL_V3_1", "LINK_BIOMETRICS_NEW_SETUP_USER_LEVEL_V3_2", "LINK_BIOMETRICS_NEW_SETUP_USER_LEVEL_V3_3", + "LINK_BIOMETRICS_NEW_SETUP_USER_LEVEL_V3_4", "POST_SUCCESS_ADD_BACKUP_FLOW_USER_LEVEL", "SKIP_CHECK_MARK_SCREEN_WITH_BACKUP_FLOW_USER_LEVEL", "IS_ELIGIBLE_FOR_ONE_CLICK_BACKUP_FOP_USER_LEVEL", @@ -127142,6 +129130,7 @@ "PURCHASE_READINESS_ADD_FOP_AUTH_USER_LEVEL", "SUBS_PAYMENT_DECLINE_USER_LEVEL", "CART_ABANDONMENT_REMINDER_USER_LEVEL", + "CART_ABANDONMENT_REMINDER_POPULAR_APPS_USER_LEVEL", "SUBSCRIPTION_OFFER_SWITCH_DATA_PRESENT_USER_LEVEL", "FCC_FIRST_PARTY_CATEGORICAL_SEARCH_OFFERS_USER_LEVEL", "MERCH_CONTENT_EXP_ACTIVE_PUBG_USER_LEVEL", @@ -127208,6 +129197,8 @@ "MULTILINE_SUBSCRIPTION_ADDON_TITLE_USER_LEVEL", "UNIFIED_ITEM_RECOMMENDATION_USER_LEVEL", "UNIFIED_ITEM_RECOMMENDATION_LOWER_PRICED_USER_LEVEL", + "CART_WITH_BROKEN_FOP_USER_LEVEL", + "CART_ABANDONMENT_SUBSCRIPTION_BENEFITS_USER_LEVEL_V2", "USER_LEVEL_TEST_CODE_LIMIT" ], "enumDeprecated": [ @@ -127402,206 +129393,342 @@ false, false, false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + true, false, false, false, @@ -127877,32 +130004,6 @@ false, false, false, - true, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, false, false, false, @@ -127961,6 +130062,7 @@ false, false, false, + true, false, false, false, @@ -128303,90 +130405,7 @@ false, false, false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, + true, false, false, false, @@ -128441,31 +130460,6 @@ false, false, false, - true, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, - false, false, false, false, @@ -128553,6 +130547,7 @@ false, false, false, + true, false, false, false, @@ -128746,8 +130741,6 @@ "", "", "", - "Indicate whether the similar apps cluster is dropped due to little recommendations generated from low quality seed app.", - "", "", "", "", @@ -128793,7 +130786,6 @@ "Event level test codes for go/zero-copy", "", "", - "Event level test codes for content forward x-sell cluster on low quality details page. Design: go/cf-xsell-dp-design", "", "", "Event level test code for high device tier.", @@ -129070,6 +131062,8 @@ "", "", "", + "", + "", "see go/reordering-subnav-tabs", "see go/reordering-subnav-tabs", "", @@ -129243,8 +131237,6 @@ "", "", "", - "", - "", "Session level test code for query dependent snippet.", "Session level test code for Fop Steering Promotion with initial billing profile.", "Session level test code for Fop Steering Promotion displayed in cart with add fop action.", @@ -129464,7 +131456,6 @@ "", "", "Session level test code that indicates if the user has issued a books search query that triggers ebook or audiobook series search.", - "Session level test codes for content forward x-sell cluster on low quality details page. Design: go/cf-xsell-dp-design", "", "", "Session level test code for high device tier.", @@ -129564,11 +131555,12 @@ "Session-level test code for a third-party review.", "Session-level test code for Game Hub Developer Video cluster.", "Session-level test code corresponding to game-centric email icon assets appearing in the bottom sheet for a selected list of Battlestar games.", - "Session-level for showing subscription benefits in cart abandonment.", + "Session-level for showing subscription benefits in cart abandonment. Deprecated. Use CART_ABANDONMENT_SUBSCRIPTION_BENEFITS_SESSION_LEVEL_V2", "Session-level test code for Game Hub Developer Video cluster eligibility.", "Session-level for showing 1P LiveOps subscription offer.", "Session-level test code for Subscription Payment Decline Reminder.", "Session-level test code for Cart Abandonment Reminder.", + "", "Session-level test code for OfferSwitchData in CreateCarts", "Session-level test code for Books legacy clients that request both ebook and audiobook format clusters from the Books Read PSS response.", "Session-level test code for legacy clients that request header placeholder clusters from the Read Now PSS response.", @@ -129600,6 +131592,7 @@ "Session-level test code for loyalty weekly rewards in Now! home.", "Session-level test code for multiline addon title.", "Session-level test code for Paytm wallet failures.", + "Session-level for showing subscription benefits in cart abandonment.", "", "Cart abandonment flow for purchase flow.", "User saw/would have seen the in app products section in App", @@ -129704,6 +131697,8 @@ "", "", "", + "", + "", "User saw/would have seen the subscription one time pass offer", "", "", @@ -129815,6 +131810,7 @@ "User level test code for link biometrics with impression cap and foped user setup after traffic rebalancing.", "User level test code for link biometrics with impression cap and foped user setup after traffic rebalancing.", "User level test code for link biometrics with impression cap and foped user setup after traffic rebalancing.", + "User level test code for link biometrics with impression cap and foped user setup after traffic rebalancing.", "User level test code for post success add backup flow.", "User level test code for skipping ckechmark screen with backup flow.", "User level test code for users who are eligible for one-click backup fop.", @@ -129892,6 +131888,7 @@ "User-level test code for user who is eligible for adding Form of Payment and then adding Auth Settings from Purchase Readiness Reminder.", "User level test code for Subscription Payment Decline Reminder.", "User level test code for Cart Abandonment Reminder.", + "", "User level test code for OfferSwitchData in CreateCarts", "User level test code for 1P fcc categorical search offers.", "User-level test code for running content experiments for merch curated clusters.", @@ -129929,7 +131926,7 @@ "", "", "User-level test code for Game Hub Developer Video cluster.", - "User-level for showing subscription benefits in cart abandonment.", + "User-level for showing subscription benefits in cart abandonment. Deprecated. CART_ABANDONMENT_SUBSCRIPTION_BENEFITS_USER_LEVEL_V2", "User-level test code for Game Hub Developer Video cluster eligibility.", "User-level for showing 1P LiveOps subscription offer.", "User-level test code for Subscription Payment Decline Reminder V2.", @@ -129958,6 +131955,8 @@ "User level test code for multiline addon title.", "User level test code for unified SKU Recommendations. Used when user is eligible for any SKU Recommendation, currently either cart-abandonment or post-success upsell.", "", + "User level test code indicating that user starts the purchase with a cart that has broken existing form of payment.", + "User-level for showing subscription benefits in cart abandonment.", "" ], "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/customsearch.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/customsearch.v1.json index d8b55c78add..bfa1c42ab37 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/customsearch.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/customsearch.v1.json @@ -688,7 +688,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231015", + "revision": "20231021", "rootUrl": "https://customsearch.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Promotion": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1.json index 108af0b7cd8..b1bf65ccf0a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1.json @@ -2144,7 +2144,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230929", + "revision": "20231013", "rootUrl": "https://datacatalog.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Binding": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1beta1.json index e238c33379f..90f1c32adba 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1beta1.json @@ -1813,7 +1813,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230929", + "revision": "20231013", "rootUrl": "https://datacatalog.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Binding": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataflow.v1b3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataflow.v1b3.json index f68c8484cf2..548877c8889 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataflow.v1b3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataflow.v1b3.json @@ -2221,7 +2221,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231008", + "revision": "20231015", "rootUrl": "https://dataflow.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApproximateProgress": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datafusion.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datafusion.v1.json index 7b943fdf851..41df8ea44ad 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datafusion.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datafusion.v1.json @@ -737,7 +737,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230718", + "revision": "20231017", "rootUrl": "https://datafusion.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Accelerator": { @@ -1055,6 +1055,10 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, + "patchRevision": { + "description": "Optional. Current patch revision of the Data Fusion.", + "type": "string" + }, "privateInstance": { "description": "Specifies whether the Data Fusion instance should be private. If set to true, all Data Fusion nodes will have private IP addresses and will not be able to access the public internet.", "type": "boolean" @@ -1142,6 +1146,11 @@ "description": "Current version of the Data Fusion. Only specifiable in Update.", "type": "string" }, + "workforceIdentityServiceEndpoint": { + "description": "Output only. Endpoint on which the Data Fusion UI is accessible to third-party users", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, "zone": { "description": "Name of the zone in which the Data Fusion instance will be created. Only DEVELOPER instances use this field.", "type": "string" @@ -1324,7 +1333,7 @@ "description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", "type": "any" }, - "description": "The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", + "description": "The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", "type": "object" } }, @@ -1375,7 +1384,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "Policy": { - "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", + "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", "id": "Policy", "properties": { "auditConfigs": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datafusion.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datafusion.v1beta1.json index 1289d135457..8592c7dfbb6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datafusion.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datafusion.v1beta1.json @@ -935,7 +935,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230718", + "revision": "20231017", "rootUrl": "https://datafusion.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Accelerator": { @@ -1268,6 +1268,10 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, + "patchRevision": { + "description": "Optional. Current patch revision of the Data Fusion.", + "type": "string" + }, "privateInstance": { "description": "Specifies whether the Data Fusion instance should be private. If set to true, all Data Fusion nodes will have private IP addresses and will not be able to access the public internet.", "type": "boolean" @@ -1355,6 +1359,11 @@ "description": "Current version of Data Fusion.", "type": "string" }, + "workforceIdentityServiceEndpoint": { + "description": "Output only. Endpoint on which the Data Fusion UI is accessible to third-party users.", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, "zone": { "description": "Name of the zone in which the Data Fusion instance will be created. Only DEVELOPER instances use this field.", "type": "string" @@ -1530,13 +1539,31 @@ "description": "Network configuration for a Data Fusion instance. These configurations are used for peering with the customer network. Configurations are optional when a public Data Fusion instance is to be created. However, providing these configurations allows several benefits, such as reduced network latency while accessing the customer resources from managed Data Fusion instance nodes, as well as access to the customer on-prem resources.", "id": "NetworkConfig", "properties": { + "connectionType": { + "description": "Optional. Type of connection for establishing private IP connectivity between the Data Fusion customer project VPC and the corresponding tenant project from a predefined list of available connection modes. If this field is unspecified for a private instance, VPC peering is used.", + "enum": [ + "CONNECTION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", + "VPC_PEERING", + "PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT_INTERFACES" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "No specific connection type was requested, the default value of VPC_PEERING is chosen.", + "Requests the use of VPC peerings for connecting the consumer and tenant projects.", + "Requests the use of Private Service Connect Interfaces for connecting the consumer and tenant projects." + ], + "type": "string" + }, "ipAllocation": { - "description": "The IP range in CIDR notation to use for the managed Data Fusion instance nodes. This range must not overlap with any other ranges used in the Data Fusion instance network.", + "description": "Optional. The IP range in CIDR notation to use for the managed Data Fusion instance nodes. This range must not overlap with any other ranges used in the Data Fusion instance network. This is required only when using connection type VPC_PEERING. Format: a.b.c.d/22 Example: 192.168.0.0/22", "type": "string" }, "network": { - "description": "Name of the network in the customer project with which the Tenant Project will be peered for executing pipelines. In case of shared VPC where the network resides in another host project the network should specified in the form of projects/{host-project-id}/global/networks/{network}", + "description": "Optional. Name of the network in the customer project with which the Tenant Project will be peered for executing pipelines. This is required only when using connection type VPC peering. In case of shared VPC where the network resides in another host project the network should specified in the form of projects/{project-id}/global/networks/{network}. This is only required for connectivity type VPC_PEERING.", "type": "string" + }, + "privateServiceConnectConfig": { + "$ref": "PrivateServiceConnectConfig", + "description": "Optional. Configuration for Private Service Connect. This is required only when using connection type PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT_INTERFACES." } }, "type": "object" @@ -1570,7 +1597,7 @@ "description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", "type": "any" }, - "description": "The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", + "description": "The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", "type": "object" } }, @@ -1621,7 +1648,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "Policy": { - "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", + "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", "id": "Policy", "properties": { "auditConfigs": { @@ -1651,6 +1678,26 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "PrivateServiceConnectConfig": { + "description": "Configuration for using Private Service Connect to establish connectivity between the Data Fusion consumer project and the corresponding tenant project.", + "id": "PrivateServiceConnectConfig", + "properties": { + "effectiveUnreachableCidrBlock": { + "description": "Output only. The CIDR block to which the CDF instance can't route traffic to in the consumer project VPC. The size of this block is /25. The format of this field is governed by RFC 4632. Example: 240.0.0.0/25", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "networkAttachment": { + "description": "Required. The reference to the network attachment used to establish private connectivity. It will be of the form projects/{project-id}/regions/{region}/networkAttachments/{network-attachment-id}.", + "type": "string" + }, + "unreachableCidrBlock": { + "description": "Optional. Input only. The CIDR block to which the CDF instance can't route traffic to in the consumer project VPC. The size of this block should be at least /25. This range should not overlap with the primary address range of any subnetwork used by the network attachment. This range can be used for other purposes in the consumer VPC as long as there is no requirement for CDF to reach destinations using these addresses. If this value is not provided, the server chooses a non RFC 1918 address range. The format of this field is governed by RFC 4632. Example: 192.168.0.0/25", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "RemoveIamPolicyRequest": { "description": "Request message for RemoveIamPolicy method.", "id": "RemoveIamPolicyRequest", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datalabeling.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datalabeling.v1beta1.json index a82fe8e5af3..94622b13b0a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datalabeling.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datalabeling.v1beta1.json @@ -1596,7 +1596,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231010", + "revision": "20231014", "rootUrl": "https://datalabeling.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDatalabelingV1alpha1CreateInstructionMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datalineage.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datalineage.v1.json index f633d69f351..d2e7f11332c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datalineage.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datalineage.v1.json @@ -798,7 +798,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231006", + "revision": "20231013", "rootUrl": "https://datalineage.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDatacatalogLineageV1BatchSearchLinkProcessesRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1.json index 3b77f3a98df..f5ce8f460f2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1.json @@ -2097,7 +2097,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230925", + "revision": "20231011", "rootUrl": "https://datamigration.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AlloyDbConnectionProfile": { @@ -2477,10 +2477,10 @@ "SQL_DATABASE_VERSION_UNSPECIFIED", "MYSQL_5_6", "MYSQL_5_7", + "MYSQL_8_0", "POSTGRES_9_6", "POSTGRES_11", "POSTGRES_10", - "MYSQL_8_0", "POSTGRES_12", "POSTGRES_13", "POSTGRES_14", @@ -2490,10 +2490,10 @@ "Unspecified version.", "MySQL 5.6.", "MySQL 5.7.", + "MySQL 8.0.", "PostgreSQL 9.6.", "PostgreSQL 11.", "PostgreSQL 10.", - "MySQL 8.0.", "PostgreSQL 12.", "PostgreSQL 13.", "PostgreSQL 14.", @@ -2982,7 +2982,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "version": { - "description": "Required. Engine named version, for example 12.c.1.", + "description": "Required. Engine version, for example \"12.c.1\".", "type": "string" } }, @@ -4507,7 +4507,8 @@ "ERROR_RDBMS", "SOURCE_SIZE_EXCEEDS_THRESHOLD", "EXISTING_CONFLICTING_DATABASES", - "PARALLEL_IMPORT_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE" + "PARALLEL_IMPORT_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE", + "EXISTING_DATA" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "An unknown error occurred", @@ -4537,7 +4538,8 @@ "There was an underlying RDBMS error.", "The source DB size in Bytes exceeds a certain threshold. The migration might require an increase of quota, or might not be supported.", "The destination DB contains existing databases that are conflicting with those in the source DB.", - "Insufficient privilege to enable the parallelism configuration." + "Insufficient privilege to enable the parallelism configuration.", + "The destination instance contains existing data or user defined entities (for example databases, tables, or functions). You can only migrate to empty instances. Clear your destination instance and retry the migration job." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1beta1.json index 09bb2b96509..fb250273ad5 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1beta1.json @@ -1049,7 +1049,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230925", + "revision": "20231011", "rootUrl": "https://datamigration.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { @@ -1773,7 +1773,8 @@ "ERROR_RDBMS", "SOURCE_SIZE_EXCEEDS_THRESHOLD", "EXISTING_CONFLICTING_DATABASES", - "PARALLEL_IMPORT_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE" + "PARALLEL_IMPORT_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE", + "EXISTING_DATA" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "An unknown error occurred", @@ -1791,7 +1792,8 @@ "There was an underlying RDBMS error.", "The source DB size in Bytes exceeds a certain threshold. The migration might require an increase of quota, or might not be supported.", "The destination DB contains existing databases that are conflicting with those in the source DB.", - "Insufficient privilege to enable the parallelism configuration." + "Insufficient privilege to enable the parallelism configuration.", + "The destination instance contains existing data or user defined entities (for example databases, tables, or functions). You can only migrate to empty instances. Clear your destination instance and retry the migration job." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataproc.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataproc.v1.json index 429e732a648..e93e3d5708f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataproc.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataproc.v1.json @@ -3006,7 +3006,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231002", + "revision": "20231012", "rootUrl": "https://dataproc.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceleratorConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1.json index af73928acf3..bb60b59b988 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1.json @@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231009", + "revision": "20231015", "rootUrl": "https://datastore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Aggregation": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta1.json index 64728a2d9da..951adaf7a21 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta1.json @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231009", + "revision": "20231015", "rootUrl": "https://datastore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleDatastoreAdminV1CommonMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta3.json index 88ff58bc787..4bdae823e94 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta3.json @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231009", + "revision": "20231015", "rootUrl": "https://datastore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Aggregation": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json index 92f54130534..585e38687cf 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json @@ -8327,7 +8327,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231002", + "revision": "20231019", "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings": { @@ -14155,6 +14155,21 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2EncryptionSpec": { + "description": "A customer-managed encryption key specification that can be applied to all created resources (e.g. Conversation).", + "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2EncryptionSpec", + "properties": { + "kmsKey": { + "description": "Required. The name of customer-managed encryption key that is used to secure a resource and its sub-resources. If empty, the resource is secured by the default Google encryption key. Only the key in the same location as this resource is allowed to be used for encryption. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{key}`", + "type": "string" + }, + "name": { + "description": "Immutable. The resource name of the encryption key specification resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/encryptionSpec", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2EntityType": { "description": "Each intent parameter has a type, called the entity type, which dictates exactly how data from an end-user expression is extracted. Dialogflow provides predefined system entities that can match many common types of data. For example, there are system entities for matching dates, times, colors, email addresses, and so on. You can also create your own custom entities for matching custom data. For example, you could define a vegetable entity that can match the types of vegetables available for purchase with a grocery store agent. For more information, see the [Entity guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/entities-overview).", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2EntityType", @@ -15139,6 +15154,29 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2InitializeEncryptionSpecMetadata": { + "description": "Metadata for initializing a location-level encryption specification.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2InitializeEncryptionSpecMetadata", + "properties": { + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2InitializeEncryptionSpecRequest", + "description": "Output only. The original request for initialization.", + "readOnly": true + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2InitializeEncryptionSpecRequest": { + "description": "The request to initialize a location-level encryption specification.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2InitializeEncryptionSpecRequest", + "properties": { + "encryptionSpec": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2EncryptionSpec", + "description": "Required. The encryption spec used for CMEK encryption. It is required that the kms key is in the same region as the endpoint. The same key will be used for all provisioned resources, if encryption is available. If the kms_key_name is left empty, no encryption will be enforced." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2InputAudioConfig": { "description": "Instructs the speech recognizer how to process the audio content.", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2InputAudioConfig", @@ -18154,6 +18192,21 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1EncryptionSpec": { + "description": "A customer-managed encryption key specification that can be applied to all created resources (e.g. Conversation).", + "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1EncryptionSpec", + "properties": { + "kmsKey": { + "description": "Required. The name of customer-managed encryption key that is used to secure a resource and its sub-resources. If empty, the resource is secured by the default Google encryption key. Only the key in the same location as this resource is allowed to be used for encryption. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{key}`", + "type": "string" + }, + "name": { + "description": "Immutable. The resource name of the encryption key specification resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/encryptionSpec", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1EntityType": { "description": "Each intent parameter has a type, called the entity type, which dictates exactly how data from an end-user expression is extracted. Dialogflow provides predefined system entities that can match many common types of data. For example, there are system entities for matching dates, times, colors, email addresses, and so on. You can also create your own custom entities for matching custom data. For example, you could define a vegetable entity that can match the types of vegetables available for purchase with a grocery store agent. For more information, see the [Entity guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/entities-overview).", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1EntityType", @@ -18358,6 +18411,29 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1InitializeEncryptionSpecMetadata": { + "description": "Metadata for initializing a location-level encryption specification.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1InitializeEncryptionSpecMetadata", + "properties": { + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1InitializeEncryptionSpecRequest", + "description": "Output only. The original request for initialization.", + "readOnly": true + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1InitializeEncryptionSpecRequest": { + "description": "The request to initialize a location-level encryption specification.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1InitializeEncryptionSpecRequest", + "properties": { + "encryptionSpec": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1EncryptionSpec", + "description": "Required. The encryption spec used for CMEK encryption. It is required that the kms key is in the same region as the endpoint. The same key will be used for all provisioned resources, if encryption is available. If the kms_key_name is left empty, no encryption will be enforced." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1Intent": { "description": "An intent categorizes an end-user's intention for one conversation turn. For each agent, you define many intents, where your combined intents can handle a complete conversation. When an end-user writes or says something, referred to as an end-user expression or end-user input, Dialogflow matches the end-user input to the best intent in your agent. Matching an intent is also known as intent classification. For more information, see the [intent guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/intents-overview).", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1Intent", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json index aa7a6a8d320..ce0ba4a162b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json @@ -7695,7 +7695,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231002", + "revision": "20231019", "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings": { @@ -12461,6 +12461,21 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2EncryptionSpec": { + "description": "A customer-managed encryption key specification that can be applied to all created resources (e.g. Conversation).", + "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2EncryptionSpec", + "properties": { + "kmsKey": { + "description": "Required. The name of customer-managed encryption key that is used to secure a resource and its sub-resources. If empty, the resource is secured by the default Google encryption key. Only the key in the same location as this resource is allowed to be used for encryption. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{key}`", + "type": "string" + }, + "name": { + "description": "Immutable. The resource name of the encryption key specification resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/encryptionSpec", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2EntityType": { "description": "Each intent parameter has a type, called the entity type, which dictates exactly how data from an end-user expression is extracted. Dialogflow provides predefined system entities that can match many common types of data. For example, there are system entities for matching dates, times, colors, email addresses, and so on. You can also create your own custom entities for matching custom data. For example, you could define a vegetable entity that can match the types of vegetables available for purchase with a grocery store agent. For more information, see the [Entity guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/entities-overview).", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2EntityType", @@ -12704,6 +12719,29 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2InitializeEncryptionSpecMetadata": { + "description": "Metadata for initializing a location-level encryption specification.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2InitializeEncryptionSpecMetadata", + "properties": { + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2InitializeEncryptionSpecRequest", + "description": "Output only. The original request for initialization.", + "readOnly": true + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2InitializeEncryptionSpecRequest": { + "description": "The request to initialize a location-level encryption specification.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2InitializeEncryptionSpecRequest", + "properties": { + "encryptionSpec": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2EncryptionSpec", + "description": "Required. The encryption spec used for CMEK encryption. It is required that the kms key is in the same region as the endpoint. The same key will be used for all provisioned resources, if encryption is available. If the kms_key_name is left empty, no encryption will be enforced." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2InputDataset": { "description": "InputDataset used to create model or do evaluation. NextID:5", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2InputDataset", @@ -15523,6 +15561,21 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1EncryptionSpec": { + "description": "A customer-managed encryption key specification that can be applied to all created resources (e.g. Conversation).", + "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1EncryptionSpec", + "properties": { + "kmsKey": { + "description": "Required. The name of customer-managed encryption key that is used to secure a resource and its sub-resources. If empty, the resource is secured by the default Google encryption key. Only the key in the same location as this resource is allowed to be used for encryption. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{key}`", + "type": "string" + }, + "name": { + "description": "Immutable. The resource name of the encryption key specification resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/encryptionSpec", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1EntityType": { "description": "Each intent parameter has a type, called the entity type, which dictates exactly how data from an end-user expression is extracted. Dialogflow provides predefined system entities that can match many common types of data. For example, there are system entities for matching dates, times, colors, email addresses, and so on. You can also create your own custom entities for matching custom data. For example, you could define a vegetable entity that can match the types of vegetables available for purchase with a grocery store agent. For more information, see the [Entity guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/entities-overview).", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1EntityType", @@ -16397,6 +16450,29 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1InitializeEncryptionSpecMetadata": { + "description": "Metadata for initializing a location-level encryption specification.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1InitializeEncryptionSpecMetadata", + "properties": { + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1InitializeEncryptionSpecRequest", + "description": "Output only. The original request for initialization.", + "readOnly": true + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1InitializeEncryptionSpecRequest": { + "description": "The request to initialize a location-level encryption specification.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1InitializeEncryptionSpecRequest", + "properties": { + "encryptionSpec": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1EncryptionSpec", + "description": "Required. The encryption spec used for CMEK encryption. It is required that the kms key is in the same region as the endpoint. The same key will be used for all provisioned resources, if encryption is available. If the kms_key_name is left empty, no encryption will be enforced." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1InputAudioConfig": { "description": "Instructs the speech recognizer on how to process the audio content.", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1InputAudioConfig", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json index 187cf22eefa..f593dda8b63 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json @@ -4126,7 +4126,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231002", + "revision": "20231019", "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings": { @@ -7175,6 +7175,14 @@ "description": "Whether to disable webhook calls for this request.", "type": "boolean" }, + "endUserMetadata": { + "additionalProperties": { + "description": "Properties of the object.", + "type": "any" + }, + "description": "Optional. Information about the end-user to improve the relevance and accuracy of generative answers. This will be interpreted and used by a language model, so, for good results, the data should be self-descriptive, and in a simple structure. Example: ```json { \"subscription plan\": \"Business Premium Plus\", \"devices owned\": [ {\"model\": \"Google Pixel 7\"}, {\"model\": \"Google Pixel Tablet\"} ] } ```", + "type": "object" + }, "flowVersions": { "description": "A list of flow versions to override for the request. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//versions/`. If version 1 of flow X is included in this list, the traffic of flow X will go through version 1 regardless of the version configuration in the environment. Each flow can have at most one version specified in this list.", "items": { @@ -11627,6 +11635,21 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2EncryptionSpec": { + "description": "A customer-managed encryption key specification that can be applied to all created resources (e.g. Conversation).", + "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2EncryptionSpec", + "properties": { + "kmsKey": { + "description": "Required. The name of customer-managed encryption key that is used to secure a resource and its sub-resources. If empty, the resource is secured by the default Google encryption key. Only the key in the same location as this resource is allowed to be used for encryption. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{key}`", + "type": "string" + }, + "name": { + "description": "Immutable. The resource name of the encryption key specification resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/encryptionSpec", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2EntityType": { "description": "Each intent parameter has a type, called the entity type, which dictates exactly how data from an end-user expression is extracted. Dialogflow provides predefined system entities that can match many common types of data. For example, there are system entities for matching dates, times, colors, email addresses, and so on. You can also create your own custom entities for matching custom data. For example, you could define a vegetable entity that can match the types of vegetables available for purchase with a grocery store agent. For more information, see the [Entity guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/entities-overview).", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2EntityType", @@ -11870,6 +11893,29 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2InitializeEncryptionSpecMetadata": { + "description": "Metadata for initializing a location-level encryption specification.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2InitializeEncryptionSpecMetadata", + "properties": { + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2InitializeEncryptionSpecRequest", + "description": "Output only. The original request for initialization.", + "readOnly": true + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2InitializeEncryptionSpecRequest": { + "description": "The request to initialize a location-level encryption specification.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2InitializeEncryptionSpecRequest", + "properties": { + "encryptionSpec": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2EncryptionSpec", + "description": "Required. The encryption spec used for CMEK encryption. It is required that the kms key is in the same region as the endpoint. The same key will be used for all provisioned resources, if encryption is available. If the kms_key_name is left empty, no encryption will be enforced." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2InputDataset": { "description": "InputDataset used to create model or do evaluation. NextID:5", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2InputDataset", @@ -13569,6 +13615,21 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1EncryptionSpec": { + "description": "A customer-managed encryption key specification that can be applied to all created resources (e.g. Conversation).", + "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1EncryptionSpec", + "properties": { + "kmsKey": { + "description": "Required. The name of customer-managed encryption key that is used to secure a resource and its sub-resources. If empty, the resource is secured by the default Google encryption key. Only the key in the same location as this resource is allowed to be used for encryption. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{key}`", + "type": "string" + }, + "name": { + "description": "Immutable. The resource name of the encryption key specification resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/encryptionSpec", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1EntityType": { "description": "Each intent parameter has a type, called the entity type, which dictates exactly how data from an end-user expression is extracted. Dialogflow provides predefined system entities that can match many common types of data. For example, there are system entities for matching dates, times, colors, email addresses, and so on. You can also create your own custom entities for matching custom data. For example, you could define a vegetable entity that can match the types of vegetables available for purchase with a grocery store agent. For more information, see the [Entity guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/entities-overview).", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1EntityType", @@ -13773,6 +13834,29 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1InitializeEncryptionSpecMetadata": { + "description": "Metadata for initializing a location-level encryption specification.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1InitializeEncryptionSpecMetadata", + "properties": { + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1InitializeEncryptionSpecRequest", + "description": "Output only. The original request for initialization.", + "readOnly": true + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1InitializeEncryptionSpecRequest": { + "description": "The request to initialize a location-level encryption specification.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1InitializeEncryptionSpecRequest", + "properties": { + "encryptionSpec": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1EncryptionSpec", + "description": "Required. The encryption spec used for CMEK encryption. It is required that the kms key is in the same region as the endpoint. The same key will be used for all provisioned resources, if encryption is available. If the kms_key_name is left empty, no encryption will be enforced." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1Intent": { "description": "An intent categorizes an end-user's intention for one conversation turn. For each agent, you define many intents, where your combined intents can handle a complete conversation. When an end-user writes or says something, referred to as an end-user expression or end-user input, Dialogflow matches the end-user input to the best intent in your agent. Matching an intent is also known as intent classification. For more information, see the [intent guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/intents-overview).", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1Intent", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json index c514b8cb70e..1ccef8db8e1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json @@ -4126,7 +4126,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231002", + "revision": "20231019", "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings": { @@ -9358,6 +9358,14 @@ "description": "Whether to disable webhook calls for this request.", "type": "boolean" }, + "endUserMetadata": { + "additionalProperties": { + "description": "Properties of the object.", + "type": "any" + }, + "description": "Optional. Information about the end-user to improve the relevance and accuracy of generative answers. This will be interpreted and used by a language model, so, for good results, the data should be self-descriptive, and in a simple structure. Example: ```json { \"subscription plan\": \"Business Premium Plus\", \"devices owned\": [ {\"model\": \"Google Pixel 7\"}, {\"model\": \"Google Pixel Tablet\"} ] } ```", + "type": "object" + }, "flowVersions": { "description": "A list of flow versions to override for the request. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//versions/`. If version 1 of flow X is included in this list, the traffic of flow X will go through version 1 regardless of the version configuration in the environment. Each flow can have at most one version specified in this list.", "items": { @@ -11627,6 +11635,21 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2EncryptionSpec": { + "description": "A customer-managed encryption key specification that can be applied to all created resources (e.g. Conversation).", + "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2EncryptionSpec", + "properties": { + "kmsKey": { + "description": "Required. The name of customer-managed encryption key that is used to secure a resource and its sub-resources. If empty, the resource is secured by the default Google encryption key. Only the key in the same location as this resource is allowed to be used for encryption. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{key}`", + "type": "string" + }, + "name": { + "description": "Immutable. The resource name of the encryption key specification resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/encryptionSpec", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2EntityType": { "description": "Each intent parameter has a type, called the entity type, which dictates exactly how data from an end-user expression is extracted. Dialogflow provides predefined system entities that can match many common types of data. For example, there are system entities for matching dates, times, colors, email addresses, and so on. You can also create your own custom entities for matching custom data. For example, you could define a vegetable entity that can match the types of vegetables available for purchase with a grocery store agent. For more information, see the [Entity guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/entities-overview).", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2EntityType", @@ -11870,6 +11893,29 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2InitializeEncryptionSpecMetadata": { + "description": "Metadata for initializing a location-level encryption specification.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2InitializeEncryptionSpecMetadata", + "properties": { + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2InitializeEncryptionSpecRequest", + "description": "Output only. The original request for initialization.", + "readOnly": true + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2InitializeEncryptionSpecRequest": { + "description": "The request to initialize a location-level encryption specification.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2InitializeEncryptionSpecRequest", + "properties": { + "encryptionSpec": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2EncryptionSpec", + "description": "Required. The encryption spec used for CMEK encryption. It is required that the kms key is in the same region as the endpoint. The same key will be used for all provisioned resources, if encryption is available. If the kms_key_name is left empty, no encryption will be enforced." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2InputDataset": { "description": "InputDataset used to create model or do evaluation. NextID:5", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2InputDataset", @@ -13569,6 +13615,21 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1EncryptionSpec": { + "description": "A customer-managed encryption key specification that can be applied to all created resources (e.g. Conversation).", + "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1EncryptionSpec", + "properties": { + "kmsKey": { + "description": "Required. The name of customer-managed encryption key that is used to secure a resource and its sub-resources. If empty, the resource is secured by the default Google encryption key. Only the key in the same location as this resource is allowed to be used for encryption. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyRing}/cryptoKeys/{key}`", + "type": "string" + }, + "name": { + "description": "Immutable. The resource name of the encryption key specification resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/encryptionSpec", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1EntityType": { "description": "Each intent parameter has a type, called the entity type, which dictates exactly how data from an end-user expression is extracted. Dialogflow provides predefined system entities that can match many common types of data. For example, there are system entities for matching dates, times, colors, email addresses, and so on. You can also create your own custom entities for matching custom data. For example, you could define a vegetable entity that can match the types of vegetables available for purchase with a grocery store agent. For more information, see the [Entity guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/entities-overview).", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1EntityType", @@ -13773,6 +13834,29 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1InitializeEncryptionSpecMetadata": { + "description": "Metadata for initializing a location-level encryption specification.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1InitializeEncryptionSpecMetadata", + "properties": { + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1InitializeEncryptionSpecRequest", + "description": "Output only. The original request for initialization.", + "readOnly": true + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1InitializeEncryptionSpecRequest": { + "description": "The request to initialize a location-level encryption specification.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1InitializeEncryptionSpecRequest", + "properties": { + "encryptionSpec": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1EncryptionSpec", + "description": "Required. The encryption spec used for CMEK encryption. It is required that the kms key is in the same region as the endpoint. The same key will be used for all provisioned resources, if encryption is available. If the kms_key_name is left empty, no encryption will be enforced." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1Intent": { "description": "An intent categorizes an end-user's intention for one conversation turn. For each agent, you define many intents, where your combined intents can handle a complete conversation. When an end-user writes or says something, referred to as an end-user expression or end-user input, Dialogflow matches the end-user input to the best intent in your agent. Matching an intent is also known as intent classification. For more information, see the [intent guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/intents-overview).", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1Intent", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json index 3241b6bb99b..348be6dafd1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231010", + "revision": "20231014", "rootUrl": "https://digitalassetlinks.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AndroidAppAsset": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v1.json index 656a31fc4ca..4e954aa6e7b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v1.json @@ -8146,7 +8146,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231012", + "revision": "20231020", "rootUrl": "https://displayvideo.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActivateManualTriggerRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v2.json index 3ee57995e9d..43408ba549c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v2.json @@ -9172,7 +9172,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231012", + "revision": "20231020", "rootUrl": "https://displayvideo.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActivateManualTriggerRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v3.json index b1bc9b06007..2350feb57bb 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v3.json @@ -9127,7 +9127,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231012", + "revision": "20231020", "rootUrl": "https://displayvideo.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActiveViewVideoViewabilityMetricConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json index 8447a0b49e1..621b73f3e66 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json @@ -665,6 +665,157 @@ } } }, + "discoveryConfigs": { + "methods": { + "create": { + "description": "Creates a config for Discovery to scan and profile storage.", + "flatPath": "v2/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/discoveryConfigs", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "dlp.organizations.locations.discoveryConfigs.create", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "parent": { + "description": "Required. Parent resource name. The format of this value is as follows: `projects/`PROJECT_ID`/locations/`LOCATION_ID The following example `parent` string specifies a parent project with the identifier `example-project`, and specifies the `europe-west3` location for processing data: parent=projects/example-project/locations/europe-west3", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v2/{+parent}/discoveryConfigs", + "request": { + "$ref": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2CreateDiscoveryConfigRequest" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2DiscoveryConfig" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "delete": { + "description": "Deletes a Discovery configuration.", + "flatPath": "v2/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/discoveryConfigs/{discoveryConfigsId}", + "httpMethod": "DELETE", + "id": "dlp.organizations.locations.discoveryConfigs.delete", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. Resource name of the project and the config, for example `projects/dlp-test-project/discoveryConfigs/53234423`.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/discoveryConfigs/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v2/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "get": { + "description": "Gets a Discovery configuration.", + "flatPath": "v2/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/discoveryConfigs/{discoveryConfigsId}", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "dlp.organizations.locations.discoveryConfigs.get", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. Resource name of the project and the configuration, for example `projects/dlp-test-project/discoveryConfigs/53234423`.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/discoveryConfigs/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v2/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2DiscoveryConfig" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "list": { + "description": "Lists Discovery configurations.", + "flatPath": "v2/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/discoveryConfigs", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "dlp.organizations.locations.discoveryConfigs.list", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "orderBy": { + "description": "Comma separated list of config fields to order by, followed by `asc` or `desc` postfix. This list is case-insensitive, default sorting order is ascending, redundant space characters are insignificant. Example: `name asc,update_time, create_time desc` Supported fields are: - `last_run_time`: corresponds to the last time the DiscoveryConfig ran. - `name`: corresponds to the DiscoveryConfig's name. - `status`: corresponds to DiscoveryConfig's status.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "pageSize": { + "description": "Size of the page, can be limited by a server.", + "format": "int32", + "location": "query", + "type": "integer" + }, + "pageToken": { + "description": "Page token to continue retrieval. Comes from previous call to ListDiscoveryConfigs. `order_by` field must not change for subsequent calls.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "parent": { + "description": "Required. Parent resource name. The format of this value is as follows: `projects/`PROJECT_ID`/locations/`LOCATION_ID The following example `parent` string specifies a parent project with the identifier `example-project`, and specifies the `europe-west3` location for processing data: parent=projects/example-project/locations/europe-west3", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v2/{+parent}/discoveryConfigs", + "response": { + "$ref": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2ListDiscoveryConfigsResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "patch": { + "description": "Updates a Discovery configuration.", + "flatPath": "v2/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/discoveryConfigs/{discoveryConfigsId}", + "httpMethod": "PATCH", + "id": "dlp.organizations.locations.discoveryConfigs.patch", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. Resource name of the project and the configuration, for example `projects/dlp-test-project/discoveryConfigs/53234423`.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/discoveryConfigs/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v2/{+name}", + "request": { + "$ref": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2UpdateDiscoveryConfigRequest" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2DiscoveryConfig" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + } + } + }, "dlpJobs": { "methods": { "list": { @@ -2443,6 +2594,157 @@ } } }, + "discoveryConfigs": { + "methods": { + "create": { + "description": "Creates a config for Discovery to scan and profile storage.", + "flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/discoveryConfigs", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "dlp.projects.locations.discoveryConfigs.create", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "parent": { + "description": "Required. Parent resource name. The format of this value is as follows: `projects/`PROJECT_ID`/locations/`LOCATION_ID The following example `parent` string specifies a parent project with the identifier `example-project`, and specifies the `europe-west3` location for processing data: parent=projects/example-project/locations/europe-west3", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v2/{+parent}/discoveryConfigs", + "request": { + "$ref": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2CreateDiscoveryConfigRequest" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2DiscoveryConfig" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "delete": { + "description": "Deletes a Discovery configuration.", + "flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/discoveryConfigs/{discoveryConfigsId}", + "httpMethod": "DELETE", + "id": "dlp.projects.locations.discoveryConfigs.delete", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. Resource name of the project and the config, for example `projects/dlp-test-project/discoveryConfigs/53234423`.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/discoveryConfigs/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v2/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "get": { + "description": "Gets a Discovery configuration.", + "flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/discoveryConfigs/{discoveryConfigsId}", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "dlp.projects.locations.discoveryConfigs.get", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. Resource name of the project and the configuration, for example `projects/dlp-test-project/discoveryConfigs/53234423`.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/discoveryConfigs/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v2/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2DiscoveryConfig" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "list": { + "description": "Lists Discovery configurations.", + "flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/discoveryConfigs", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "dlp.projects.locations.discoveryConfigs.list", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "orderBy": { + "description": "Comma separated list of config fields to order by, followed by `asc` or `desc` postfix. This list is case-insensitive, default sorting order is ascending, redundant space characters are insignificant. Example: `name asc,update_time, create_time desc` Supported fields are: - `last_run_time`: corresponds to the last time the DiscoveryConfig ran. - `name`: corresponds to the DiscoveryConfig's name. - `status`: corresponds to DiscoveryConfig's status.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "pageSize": { + "description": "Size of the page, can be limited by a server.", + "format": "int32", + "location": "query", + "type": "integer" + }, + "pageToken": { + "description": "Page token to continue retrieval. Comes from previous call to ListDiscoveryConfigs. `order_by` field must not change for subsequent calls.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "parent": { + "description": "Required. Parent resource name. The format of this value is as follows: `projects/`PROJECT_ID`/locations/`LOCATION_ID The following example `parent` string specifies a parent project with the identifier `example-project`, and specifies the `europe-west3` location for processing data: parent=projects/example-project/locations/europe-west3", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v2/{+parent}/discoveryConfigs", + "response": { + "$ref": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2ListDiscoveryConfigsResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "patch": { + "description": "Updates a Discovery configuration.", + "flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/discoveryConfigs/{discoveryConfigsId}", + "httpMethod": "PATCH", + "id": "dlp.projects.locations.discoveryConfigs.patch", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. Resource name of the project and the configuration, for example `projects/dlp-test-project/discoveryConfigs/53234423`.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/discoveryConfigs/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v2/{+name}", + "request": { + "$ref": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2UpdateDiscoveryConfigRequest" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2DiscoveryConfig" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + } + } + }, "dlpJobs": { "methods": { "cancel": { @@ -3412,7 +3714,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231008", + "revision": "20231015", "rootUrl": "https://dlp.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GooglePrivacyDlpV2Action": { @@ -3473,6 +3775,12 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, + "GooglePrivacyDlpV2AllOtherBigQueryTables": { + "description": "Catch-all for all other tables not specified by other filters. Should always be last, except for single-table configurations, which will only have a TableReference target.", + "id": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2AllOtherBigQueryTables", + "properties": {}, + "type": "object" + }, "GooglePrivacyDlpV2AllText": { "description": "Apply to all text.", "id": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2AllText", @@ -3544,6 +3852,29 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GooglePrivacyDlpV2BigQueryDiscoveryTarget": { + "description": "Target used to match against for Discovery with BigQuery tables", + "id": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2BigQueryDiscoveryTarget", + "properties": { + "cadence": { + "$ref": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2DiscoveryGenerationCadence", + "description": "How often and when to update profiles. New tables that match both the filter and conditions are scanned as quickly as possible depending on system capacity." + }, + "conditions": { + "$ref": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2DiscoveryBigQueryConditions", + "description": "In addition to matching the filter, these conditions must be true before a profile is generated." + }, + "disabled": { + "$ref": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2Disabled", + "description": "Tables that match this filter will not have profiles created." + }, + "filter": { + "$ref": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2DiscoveryBigQueryFilter", + "description": "Required. The tables the Discovery cadence applies to. The first target with a matching filter will be the one to apply to a table." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GooglePrivacyDlpV2BigQueryField": { "description": "Message defining a field of a BigQuery table.", "id": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2BigQueryField", @@ -3630,6 +3961,39 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GooglePrivacyDlpV2BigQueryRegex": { + "description": "A pattern to match against one or more tables, datasets, or projects that contain BigQuery tables. At least one pattern must be specified. Regular expressions use RE2 [syntax](https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax); a guide can be found under the google/re2 repository on GitHub.", + "id": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2BigQueryRegex", + "properties": { + "datasetIdRegex": { + "description": "If unset, this property matches all datasets.", + "type": "string" + }, + "projectIdRegex": { + "description": "For organizations, if unset, will match all projects. Has no effect for data profile configurations created within a project.", + "type": "string" + }, + "tableIdRegex": { + "description": "If unset, this property matches all tables.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GooglePrivacyDlpV2BigQueryRegexes": { + "description": "A collection of regular expressions to determine what tables to match against.", + "id": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2BigQueryRegexes", + "properties": { + "patterns": { + "description": "A single BigQuery regular expression pattern to match against one or more tables, datasets, or projects that contain BigQuery tables.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2BigQueryRegex" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GooglePrivacyDlpV2BigQueryTable": { "description": "Message defining the location of a BigQuery table. A table is uniquely identified by its project_id, dataset_id, and table_name. Within a query a table is often referenced with a string in the format of: `:.` or `..`.", "id": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2BigQueryTable", @@ -3649,6 +4013,41 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GooglePrivacyDlpV2BigQueryTableCollection": { + "description": "Specifies a collection of BigQuery tables. Used for Discovery.", + "id": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2BigQueryTableCollection", + "properties": { + "includeRegexes": { + "$ref": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2BigQueryRegexes", + "description": "A collection of regular expressions to match a BigQuery table against." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GooglePrivacyDlpV2BigQueryTableTypes": { + "description": "The types of bigquery tables supported by Cloud DLP.", + "id": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2BigQueryTableTypes", + "properties": { + "types": { + "description": "A set of bigquery table types.", + "items": { + "enum": [ + "BIG_QUERY_TABLE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", + "BIG_QUERY_TABLE_TYPE_TABLE", + "BIG_QUERY_TABLE_TYPE_EXTERNAL_BIG_LAKE" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Unused.", + "A normal BigQuery table.", + "A table that references data stored in Cloud Storage." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GooglePrivacyDlpV2BoundingBox": { "description": "Bounding box encompassing detected text within an image.", "id": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2BoundingBox", @@ -4353,6 +4752,21 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GooglePrivacyDlpV2CreateDiscoveryConfigRequest": { + "description": "Request message for CreateDiscoveryConfig.", + "id": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2CreateDiscoveryConfigRequest", + "properties": { + "configId": { + "description": "The config id can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens; that is, it must match the regular expression: `[a-zA-Z\\d-_]+`. The maximum length is 100 characters. Can be empty to allow the system to generate one.", + "type": "string" + }, + "discoveryConfig": { + "$ref": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2DiscoveryConfig", + "description": "Required. The DiscoveryConfig to create." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GooglePrivacyDlpV2CreateDlpJobRequest": { "description": "Request message for CreateDlpJobRequest. Used to initiate long running jobs such as calculating risk metrics or inspecting Google Cloud Storage.", "id": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2CreateDlpJobRequest", @@ -5158,6 +5572,262 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GooglePrivacyDlpV2Disabled": { + "description": "Do nothing.", + "id": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2Disabled", + "properties": {}, + "type": "object" + }, + "GooglePrivacyDlpV2DiscoveryBigQueryConditions": { + "description": "Requirements that must be true before a table is scanned in Discovery for the first time. There is an AND relationship between the top-level attributes.", + "id": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2DiscoveryBigQueryConditions", + "properties": { + "createdAfter": { + "description": "BigQuery table must have been created after this date. Used to avoid backfilling.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + }, + "orConditions": { + "$ref": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2OrConditions", + "description": "At least one of the conditions must be true for a table to be scanned." + }, + "typeCollection": { + "description": "Restrict Discovery to categories of table types.", + "enum": [ + "BIG_QUERY_COLLECTION_UNSPECIFIED", + "BIG_QUERY_COLLECTION_ALL_TYPES", + "BIG_QUERY_COLLECTION_ONLY_SUPPORTED_TYPES" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Unused.", + "Automatically generate profiles for all tables, even if the table type is not yet fully supported for analysis. These unsupported profiles will be generated with errors to indicate their partial support. When support is added, they will automatically be profiled during the next scheduled run.", + "Only those types fully supported will be profiled. Will expand automatically as new support is added. Unsupported table types will not have a profile generated." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "types": { + "$ref": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2BigQueryTableTypes", + "description": "Restrict Discovery to specific table types." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GooglePrivacyDlpV2DiscoveryBigQueryFilter": { + "description": "Determines what tables will have profiles generated within an organization or project. Includes the ability to filter by regular expression patterns on project ID, dataset ID, and table ID. Also lets you set minimum conditions that must be met before Cloud DLP scans a table (like a minimum row count or a minimum table age).", + "id": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2DiscoveryBigQueryFilter", + "properties": { + "otherTables": { + "$ref": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2AllOtherBigQueryTables", + "description": "Catch-all. This should always be the last filter in the list because anything above it will apply first. Should only appear once in a configuration. If none is specified, a default one will be added automatically." + }, + "tables": { + "$ref": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2BigQueryTableCollection", + "description": "A specific set of tables for this filter to apply to. A table collection must be specified in only one filter per config. If a table id or dataset is empty, Cloud DLP assumes all tables in that collection must be profiled. Must specify a project ID." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GooglePrivacyDlpV2DiscoveryConfig": { + "description": "Configuration for Discovery to scan resources for profile generation. Only one Discovery configuration may exist per organization, folder, or project. The generated data profiles are retained according to the [data retention policy] (https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/data-profiles#retention).", + "id": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2DiscoveryConfig", + "properties": { + "actions": { + "description": "Actions to execute at the completion of scanning.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2DataProfileAction" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "createTime": { + "description": "Output only. The creation timestamp of a DiscoveryConfig.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "displayName": { + "description": "Display name (max 100 chars)", + "type": "string" + }, + "errors": { + "description": "Output only. A stream of errors encountered when the config was activated. Repeated errors may result in the config automatically being paused. Output only field. Will return the last 100 errors. Whenever the config is modified this list will be cleared.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2Error" + }, + "readOnly": true, + "type": "array" + }, + "inspectTemplates": { + "description": "Detection logic for profile generation. Not all template features are used by Discovery. FindingLimits, include_quote and exclude_info_types have no impact on Discovery. Multiple templates may be provided if there is data in multiple regions. At most one template must be specified per-region (including \"global\"). Each region is scanned using the applicable template. If no region-specific template is specified, but a \"global\" template is specified, it will be copied to that region and used instead. If no global or region-specific template is provided for a region with data, that region's data will not be scanned. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/data-profiles#data_residency.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "lastRunTime": { + "description": "Output only. The timestamp of the last time this config was executed.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "name": { + "description": "Unique resource name for the DiscoveryConfig, assigned by the service when the DiscoveryConfig is created, for example `projects/dlp-test-project/locations/global/discoveryConfigs/53234423`.", + "type": "string" + }, + "orgConfig": { + "$ref": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2OrgConfig", + "description": "Only set when the parent is an org." + }, + "status": { + "description": "Required. A status for this configuration.", + "enum": [ + "STATUS_UNSPECIFIED", + "RUNNING", + "PAUSED" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Unused", + "The Discovery config is currently active.", + "The Discovery config is paused temporarily." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "targets": { + "description": "Target to match against for determining what to scan and how frequently.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2DiscoveryTarget" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "updateTime": { + "description": "Output only. The last update timestamp of a DiscoveryConfig.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GooglePrivacyDlpV2DiscoveryGenerationCadence": { + "description": "What must take place for a profile to be updated and how frequently it should occur. New tables are scanned as quickly as possible depending on system capacity.", + "id": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2DiscoveryGenerationCadence", + "properties": { + "schemaModifiedCadence": { + "$ref": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2DiscoverySchemaModifiedCadence", + "description": "Governs when to update data profiles when a schema is modified." + }, + "tableModifiedCadence": { + "$ref": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2DiscoveryTableModifiedCadence", + "description": "Governs when to update data profiles when a table is modified." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GooglePrivacyDlpV2DiscoverySchemaModifiedCadence": { + "description": "The cadence at which to update data profiles when a schema is modified.", + "id": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2DiscoverySchemaModifiedCadence", + "properties": { + "frequency": { + "description": "How frequently profiles may be updated when schemas are modified. Defaults to monthly.", + "enum": [ + "UPDATE_FREQUENCY_UNSPECIFIED", + "UPDATE_FREQUENCY_NEVER", + "UPDATE_FREQUENCY_DAILY", + "UPDATE_FREQUENCY_MONTHLY" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Unspecified.", + "After the data profile is created, it will never be updated.", + "The data profile can be updated up to once every 24 hours.", + "The data profile can be updated up to once every 30 days. Default." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "types": { + "description": "The type of events to consider when deciding if the table's schema has been modified and should have the profile updated. Defaults to NEW_COLUMNS.", + "items": { + "enum": [ + "SCHEMA_MODIFICATION_UNSPECIFIED", + "SCHEMA_NEW_COLUMNS", + "SCHEMA_REMOVED_COLUMNS" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Unused", + "Profiles should be regenerated when new columns are added to the table. Default.", + "Profiles should be regenerated when columns are removed from the table." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GooglePrivacyDlpV2DiscoveryStartingLocation": { + "description": "The location to begin a Discovery scan. Denotes an organization ID or folder ID within an organization.", + "id": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2DiscoveryStartingLocation", + "properties": { + "folderId": { + "description": "The ID of the Folder within an organization to scan.", + "format": "int64", + "type": "string" + }, + "organizationId": { + "description": "The ID of an organization to scan.", + "format": "int64", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GooglePrivacyDlpV2DiscoveryTableModifiedCadence": { + "description": "The cadence at which to update data profiles when a table is modified.", + "id": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2DiscoveryTableModifiedCadence", + "properties": { + "frequency": { + "description": "How frequently data profiles can be updated when tables are modified. Defaults to never.", + "enum": [ + "UPDATE_FREQUENCY_UNSPECIFIED", + "UPDATE_FREQUENCY_NEVER", + "UPDATE_FREQUENCY_DAILY", + "UPDATE_FREQUENCY_MONTHLY" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Unspecified.", + "After the data profile is created, it will never be updated.", + "The data profile can be updated up to once every 24 hours.", + "The data profile can be updated up to once every 30 days. Default." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "types": { + "description": "The type of events to consider when deciding if the table has been modified and should have the profile updated. Defaults to MODIFIED_TIMESTAMP.", + "items": { + "enum": [ + "TABLE_MODIFICATION_UNSPECIFIED", + "TABLE_MODIFIED_TIMESTAMP" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Unused.", + "A table will be considered modified when the last_modified_time from BigQuery has been updated." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GooglePrivacyDlpV2DiscoveryTarget": { + "description": "Target used to match against for Discovery.", + "id": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2DiscoveryTarget", + "properties": { + "bigQueryTarget": { + "$ref": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2BigQueryDiscoveryTarget", + "description": "BigQuery target for Discovery. The first target to match a table will be the one applied." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GooglePrivacyDlpV2DlpJob": { "description": "Combines all of the information about a DLP job.", "id": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2DlpJob", @@ -6852,6 +7522,24 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GooglePrivacyDlpV2ListDiscoveryConfigsResponse": { + "description": "Response message for ListDiscoveryConfigs.", + "id": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2ListDiscoveryConfigsResponse", + "properties": { + "discoveryConfigs": { + "description": "List of configs, up to page_size in ListDiscoveryConfigsRequest.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2DiscoveryConfig" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "nextPageToken": { + "description": "If the next page is available then the next page token to be used in following ListDiscoveryConfigs request.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GooglePrivacyDlpV2ListDlpJobsResponse": { "description": "The response message for listing DLP jobs.", "id": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2ListDlpJobsResponse", @@ -7026,6 +7714,38 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GooglePrivacyDlpV2OrConditions": { + "description": "There is an OR relationship between these attributes. They are used to determine if a table should be scanned or not in Discovery.", + "id": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2OrConditions", + "properties": { + "minAge": { + "description": "Minimum age a table must have before Cloud DLP can profile it. Value must be 1 hour or greater.", + "format": "google-duration", + "type": "string" + }, + "minRowCount": { + "description": "Minimum number of rows that should be present before Cloud DLP profiles a table", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GooglePrivacyDlpV2OrgConfig": { + "description": "Project and scan location information. Only set when the parent is an org.", + "id": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2OrgConfig", + "properties": { + "location": { + "$ref": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2DiscoveryStartingLocation", + "description": "The data to scan: folder, org, or project" + }, + "projectId": { + "description": "The project that will run the scan. The DLP service account that exists within this project must have access to all resources that are profiled, and the Cloud DLP API must be enabled.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GooglePrivacyDlpV2OtherInfoTypeSummary": { "description": "Infotype details for other infoTypes found within a column.", "id": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2OtherInfoTypeSummary", @@ -8691,6 +9411,22 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GooglePrivacyDlpV2UpdateDiscoveryConfigRequest": { + "description": "Request message for UpdateDiscoveryConfig.", + "id": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2UpdateDiscoveryConfigRequest", + "properties": { + "discoveryConfig": { + "$ref": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2DiscoveryConfig", + "description": "New DiscoveryConfig value." + }, + "updateMask": { + "description": "Mask to control which fields get updated.", + "format": "google-fieldmask", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GooglePrivacyDlpV2UpdateInspectTemplateRequest": { "description": "Request message for UpdateInspectTemplate.", "id": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2UpdateInspectTemplateRequest", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/docs.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/docs.v1.json index 945ab83c906..c33ee444613 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/docs.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/docs.v1.json @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231011", + "revision": "20231017", "rootUrl": "https://docs.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AutoText": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domainsrdap.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domainsrdap.v1.json index 1dfab726993..ba959122c1c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domainsrdap.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domainsrdap.v1.json @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231012", + "revision": "20231023", "rootUrl": "https://domainsrdap.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "HttpBody": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclickbidmanager.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclickbidmanager.v2.json index 1c0a3647b1a..67b2a11a629 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclickbidmanager.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclickbidmanager.v2.json @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231003", + "revision": "20231017", "rootUrl": "https://doubleclickbidmanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ChannelGrouping": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclicksearch.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclicksearch.v2.json index dcb34740bf6..fd999b512c6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclicksearch.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclicksearch.v2.json @@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231010", + "revision": "20231017", "rootUrl": "https://doubleclicksearch.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Availability": { @@ -619,6 +619,20 @@ "format": "int64", "type": "string" }, + "adUserDataConsent": { + "description": "Ad user data consent for this conversion.", + "enum": [ + "UNKNOWN", + "GRANTED", + "DENIED" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Not specified.", + "Granted.", + "Denied." + ], + "type": "string" + }, "advertiserId": { "description": "DS advertiser ID.", "format": "int64", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json index a074dd7fbd0..283b8f7abc9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json @@ -3842,7 +3842,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231011", + "revision": "20231017", "rootUrl": "https://www.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "About": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json index bcbba1fbd3a..e382b754fdd 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json @@ -2433,7 +2433,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231011", + "revision": "20231017", "rootUrl": "https://www.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "About": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/driveactivity.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/driveactivity.v2.json index db9c147dc5f..8de764beb1b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/driveactivity.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/driveactivity.v2.json @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231011", + "revision": "20231021", "rootUrl": "https://driveactivity.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Action": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drivelabels.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drivelabels.v2.json index ffe41a0222f..9d4eba35171 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drivelabels.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drivelabels.v2.json @@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231011", + "revision": "20231018", "rootUrl": "https://drivelabels.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleAppsDriveLabelsV2BadgeColors": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drivelabels.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drivelabels.v2beta.json index 9265243d2a7..d9582b3bc60 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drivelabels.v2beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drivelabels.v2beta.json @@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231011", + "revision": "20231018", "rootUrl": "https://drivelabels.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleAppsDriveLabelsV2betaBadgeColors": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json index 127f3374457..30dee019a76 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json @@ -850,7 +850,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231015", + "revision": "20231022", "rootUrl": "https://essentialcontacts.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudEssentialcontactsV1ComputeContactsResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1.json index 87b2b738e5c..b52e4b0cdc7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1.json @@ -1197,7 +1197,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231006", + "revision": "20231013", "rootUrl": "https://eventarc.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1beta1.json index 4fe2a7ab296..55ba968eaa3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1beta1.json @@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231006", + "revision": "20231013", "rootUrl": "https://eventarc.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcm.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcm.v1.json index f4377730100..7cea7802ffc 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcm.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcm.v1.json @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231013", + "revision": "20231020", "rootUrl": "https://fcm.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AndroidConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcmdata.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcmdata.v1beta1.json index 41302c8a333..50bd4e48421 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcmdata.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcmdata.v1beta1.json @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231015", + "revision": "20231022", "rootUrl": "https://fcmdata.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleFirebaseFcmDataV1beta1AndroidDeliveryData": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebase.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebase.v1beta1.json index d56966d93b3..e224a3a1540 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebase.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebase.v1beta1.json @@ -1324,7 +1324,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231013", + "revision": "20231018", "rootUrl": "https://firebase.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddFirebaseRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1.json index 7b470ec5cd9..5d1d2dfb860 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1.json @@ -1343,7 +1343,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231009", + "revision": "20231023", "rootUrl": "https://firebaseappcheck.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleFirebaseAppcheckV1AppAttestConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1beta.json index e9b94ef7428..72c99257c8a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1beta.json @@ -1625,7 +1625,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231009", + "revision": "20231023", "rootUrl": "https://firebaseappcheck.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleFirebaseAppcheckV1betaAppAttestConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappdistribution.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappdistribution.v1.json index 71f49d18e45..aa65c1b8db8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappdistribution.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappdistribution.v1.json @@ -941,7 +941,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231012", + "revision": "20231023", "rootUrl": "https://firebaseappdistribution.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GdataBlobstore2Info": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json index 32855ce3f52..51cbd644e43 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231015", + "revision": "20231022", "rootUrl": "https://firebasedatabase.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "DatabaseInstance": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedynamiclinks.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedynamiclinks.v1.json index 86b6a7a2306..835695c2fd0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedynamiclinks.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedynamiclinks.v1.json @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231012", + "revision": "20231023", "rootUrl": "https://firebasedynamiclinks.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyticsInfo": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1.json index 07b1ec1c7ee..d5dfa12688c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1.json @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231011", + "revision": "20231022", "rootUrl": "https://firebasehosting.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CancelOperationRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1beta1.json index 8279621c965..b6e7f45f89a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1beta1.json @@ -2422,7 +2422,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231011", + "revision": "20231022", "rootUrl": "https://firebasehosting.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActingUser": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1.json index 69a56325f23..eb8dfa8c7dc 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1.json @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231011", + "revision": "20231018", "rootUrl": "https://firebaseml.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CancelOperationRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1beta2.json index 10d79ffc2d0..148e36f2a1e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1beta2.json @@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231011", + "revision": "20231018", "rootUrl": "https://firebaseml.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "DownloadModelResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasestorage.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasestorage.v1beta.json index 08f0df9e9b5..275977b6b44 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasestorage.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasestorage.v1beta.json @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230922", + "revision": "20231006", "rootUrl": "https://firebasestorage.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddFirebaseRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json index 6c9a50ef835..c44f229567a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json @@ -1672,7 +1672,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231009", + "revision": "20231015", "rootUrl": "https://firestore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Aggregation": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta1.json index c0a0ab58547..72439f767c2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta1.json @@ -950,7 +950,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231009", + "revision": "20231015", "rootUrl": "https://firestore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Aggregation": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta2.json index 867d83dbfbb..b2ded35d132 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta2.json @@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231009", + "revision": "20231015", "rootUrl": "https://firestore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/forms.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/forms.v1.json index 6c04ab3c598..b1894332972 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/forms.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/forms.v1.json @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231003", + "revision": "20231017", "rootUrl": "https://forms.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Answer": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkebackup.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkebackup.v1.json index 8eb5e40e633..5b2625e05bc 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkebackup.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkebackup.v1.json @@ -1688,7 +1688,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231004", + "revision": "20231011", "rootUrl": "https://gkebackup.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json index 0999baaa908..b8fdac5d8d5 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json @@ -1834,7 +1834,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231006", + "revision": "20231013", "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppDevExperienceFeatureSpec": { @@ -2013,6 +2013,10 @@ "configmanagement": { "$ref": "ConfigManagementMembershipSpec", "description": "Config Management-specific spec." + }, + "policycontroller": { + "$ref": "PolicyControllerMembershipSpec", + "description": "Policy Controller spec." } }, "type": "object" @@ -3973,6 +3977,10 @@ "origin": { "$ref": "Origin", "description": "Whether this per-Membership spec was inherited from a fleet-level default. This field can be updated by users by either overriding a Membership config (updated to USER implicitly) or setting to FLEET explicitly." + }, + "policycontroller": { + "$ref": "PolicyControllerMembershipSpec", + "description": "Policy Controller spec." } }, "type": "object" @@ -3997,6 +4005,10 @@ "$ref": "IdentityServiceMembershipState", "description": "Identity Service-specific state." }, + "policycontroller": { + "$ref": "PolicyControllerMembershipState", + "description": "Policycontroller-specific state." + }, "servicemesh": { "$ref": "ServiceMeshMembershipState", "description": "Service Mesh-specific state." @@ -4344,6 +4356,368 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "PolicyControllerBundleInstallSpec": { + "description": "BundleInstallSpec is the specification configuration for a single managed bundle.", + "id": "PolicyControllerBundleInstallSpec", + "properties": { + "exemptedNamespaces": { + "description": "The set of namespaces to be exempted from the bundle.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "PolicyControllerHubConfig": { + "description": "Configuration for Policy Controller", + "id": "PolicyControllerHubConfig", + "properties": { + "auditIntervalSeconds": { + "description": "Sets the interval for Policy Controller Audit Scans (in seconds). When set to 0, this disables audit functionality altogether.", + "format": "int64", + "type": "string" + }, + "constraintViolationLimit": { + "description": "The maximum number of audit violations to be stored in a constraint. If not set, the internal default (currently 20) will be used.", + "format": "int64", + "type": "string" + }, + "deploymentConfigs": { + "additionalProperties": { + "$ref": "PolicyControllerPolicyControllerDeploymentConfig" + }, + "description": "Map of deployment configs to deployments (\"admission\", \"audit\", \"mutation').", + "type": "object" + }, + "exemptableNamespaces": { + "description": "The set of namespaces that are excluded from Policy Controller checks. Namespaces do not need to currently exist on the cluster.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "installSpec": { + "description": "The install_spec represents the intended state specified by the latest request that mutated install_spec in the feature spec, not the lifecycle state of the feature observed by the Hub feature controller that is reported in the feature state.", + "enum": [ + "INSTALL_SPEC_UNSPECIFIED", + "INSTALL_SPEC_NOT_INSTALLED", + "INSTALL_SPEC_ENABLED", + "INSTALL_SPEC_SUSPENDED", + "INSTALL_SPEC_DETACHED" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Spec is unknown.", + "Request to uninstall Policy Controller.", + "Request to install and enable Policy Controller.", + "Request to suspend Policy Controller i.e. its webhooks. If Policy Controller is not installed, it will be installed but suspended.", + "Request to stop all reconciliation actions by PoCo Hub controller. This is a breakglass mechanism to stop PoCo Hub from affecting cluster resources." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "logDeniesEnabled": { + "description": "Logs all denies and dry run failures.", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "monitoring": { + "$ref": "PolicyControllerMonitoringConfig", + "description": "Monitoring specifies the configuration of monitoring." + }, + "mutationEnabled": { + "description": "Enables the ability to mutate resources using Policy Controller.", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "policyContent": { + "$ref": "PolicyControllerPolicyContentSpec", + "description": "Specifies the desired policy content on the cluster" + }, + "referentialRulesEnabled": { + "description": "Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated.", + "type": "boolean" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "PolicyControllerMembershipSpec": { + "description": "**Policy Controller**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the PolicyController CR.", + "id": "PolicyControllerMembershipSpec", + "properties": { + "policyControllerHubConfig": { + "$ref": "PolicyControllerHubConfig", + "description": "Policy Controller configuration for the cluster." + }, + "version": { + "description": "Version of Policy Controller installed.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "PolicyControllerMembershipState": { + "description": "**Policy Controller**: State for a single cluster.", + "id": "PolicyControllerMembershipState", + "properties": { + "componentStates": { + "additionalProperties": { + "$ref": "PolicyControllerOnClusterState" + }, + "description": "Currently these include (also serving as map keys): 1. \"admission\" 2. \"audit\" 3. \"mutation\"", + "type": "object" + }, + "policyContentState": { + "$ref": "PolicyControllerPolicyContentState", + "description": "The overall content state observed by the Hub Feature controller." + }, + "state": { + "description": "The overall Policy Controller lifecycle state observed by the Hub Feature controller.", + "enum": [ + "LIFECYCLE_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", + "NOT_INSTALLED", + "INSTALLING", + "ACTIVE", + "UPDATING", + "DECOMMISSIONING", + "CLUSTER_ERROR", + "HUB_ERROR", + "SUSPENDED", + "DETACHED" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "The lifecycle state is unspecified.", + "The PC does not exist on the given cluster, and no k8s resources of any type that are associated with the PC should exist there. The cluster does not possess a membership with the PCH.", + "The PCH possesses a Membership, however the PC is not fully installed on the cluster. In this state the hub can be expected to be taking actions to install the PC on the cluster.", + "The PC is fully installed on the cluster and in an operational mode. In this state PCH will be reconciling state with the PC, and the PC will be performing it's operational tasks per that software. Entering a READY state requires that the hub has confirmed the PC is installed and its pods are operational with the version of the PC the PCH expects.", + "The PC is fully installed, but in the process of changing the configuration (including changing the version of PC either up and down, or modifying the manifests of PC) of the resources running on the cluster. The PCH has a Membership, is aware of the version the cluster should be running in, but has not confirmed for itself that the PC is running with that version.", + "The PC may have resources on the cluster, but the PCH wishes to remove the Membership. The Membership still exists.", + "The PC is not operational, and the PCH is unable to act to make it operational. Entering a CLUSTER_ERROR state happens automatically when the PCH determines that a PC installed on the cluster is non-operative or that the cluster does not meet requirements set for the PCH to administer the cluster but has nevertheless been given an instruction to do so (such as 'install').", + "In this state, the PC may still be operational, and only the PCH is unable to act. The hub should not issue instructions to change the PC state, or otherwise interfere with the on-cluster resources. Entering a HUB_ERROR state happens automatically when the PCH determines the hub is in an unhealthy state and it wishes to 'take hands off' to avoid corrupting the PC or other data.", + "Policy Controller (PC) is installed but suspended. This means that the policies are not enforced, but violations are still recorded (through audit).", + "PoCo Hub is not taking any action to reconcile cluster objects. Changes to those objects will not be overwritten by PoCo Hub." + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "PolicyControllerMonitoringConfig": { + "description": "MonitoringConfig specifies the backends Policy Controller should export metrics to. For example, to specify metrics should be exported to Cloud Monitoring and Prometheus, specify backends: [\"cloudmonitoring\", \"prometheus\"]", + "id": "PolicyControllerMonitoringConfig", + "properties": { + "backends": { + "description": "Specifies the list of backends Policy Controller will export to. An empty list would effectively disable metrics export.", + "items": { + "enum": [ + "MONITORING_BACKEND_UNSPECIFIED", + "PROMETHEUS", + "CLOUD_MONITORING" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Backend cannot be determined", + "Prometheus backend for monitoring", + "Stackdriver/Cloud Monitoring backend for monitoring" + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "PolicyControllerOnClusterState": { + "description": "OnClusterState represents the state of a sub-component of Policy Controller.", + "id": "PolicyControllerOnClusterState", + "properties": { + "details": { + "description": "Surface potential errors or information logs.", + "type": "string" + }, + "state": { + "description": "The lifecycle state of this component.", + "enum": [ + "LIFECYCLE_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", + "NOT_INSTALLED", + "INSTALLING", + "ACTIVE", + "UPDATING", + "DECOMMISSIONING", + "CLUSTER_ERROR", + "HUB_ERROR", + "SUSPENDED", + "DETACHED" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "The lifecycle state is unspecified.", + "The PC does not exist on the given cluster, and no k8s resources of any type that are associated with the PC should exist there. The cluster does not possess a membership with the PCH.", + "The PCH possesses a Membership, however the PC is not fully installed on the cluster. In this state the hub can be expected to be taking actions to install the PC on the cluster.", + "The PC is fully installed on the cluster and in an operational mode. In this state PCH will be reconciling state with the PC, and the PC will be performing it's operational tasks per that software. Entering a READY state requires that the hub has confirmed the PC is installed and its pods are operational with the version of the PC the PCH expects.", + "The PC is fully installed, but in the process of changing the configuration (including changing the version of PC either up and down, or modifying the manifests of PC) of the resources running on the cluster. The PCH has a Membership, is aware of the version the cluster should be running in, but has not confirmed for itself that the PC is running with that version.", + "The PC may have resources on the cluster, but the PCH wishes to remove the Membership. The Membership still exists.", + "The PC is not operational, and the PCH is unable to act to make it operational. Entering a CLUSTER_ERROR state happens automatically when the PCH determines that a PC installed on the cluster is non-operative or that the cluster does not meet requirements set for the PCH to administer the cluster but has nevertheless been given an instruction to do so (such as 'install').", + "In this state, the PC may still be operational, and only the PCH is unable to act. The hub should not issue instructions to change the PC state, or otherwise interfere with the on-cluster resources. Entering a HUB_ERROR state happens automatically when the PCH determines the hub is in an unhealthy state and it wishes to 'take hands off' to avoid corrupting the PC or other data.", + "Policy Controller (PC) is installed but suspended. This means that the policies are not enforced, but violations are still recorded (through audit).", + "PoCo Hub is not taking any action to reconcile cluster objects. Changes to those objects will not be overwritten by PoCo Hub." + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "PolicyControllerPolicyContentSpec": { + "description": "PolicyContentSpec defines the user's desired content configuration on the cluster.", + "id": "PolicyControllerPolicyContentSpec", + "properties": { + "bundles": { + "additionalProperties": { + "$ref": "PolicyControllerBundleInstallSpec" + }, + "description": "map of bundle name to BundleInstallSpec. The bundle name maps to the `bundleName` key in the `policycontroller.gke.io/constraintData` annotation on a constraint.", + "type": "object" + }, + "templateLibrary": { + "$ref": "PolicyControllerTemplateLibraryConfig", + "description": "Configures the installation of the Template Library." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "PolicyControllerPolicyContentState": { + "description": "The state of the policy controller policy content", + "id": "PolicyControllerPolicyContentState", + "properties": { + "bundleStates": { + "additionalProperties": { + "$ref": "PolicyControllerOnClusterState" + }, + "description": "The state of the any bundles included in the chosen version of the manifest", + "type": "object" + }, + "referentialSyncConfigState": { + "$ref": "PolicyControllerOnClusterState", + "description": "The state of the referential data sync configuration. This could represent the state of either the syncSet object(s) or the config object, depending on the version of PoCo configured by the user." + }, + "templateLibraryState": { + "$ref": "PolicyControllerOnClusterState", + "description": "The state of the template library" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "PolicyControllerPolicyControllerDeploymentConfig": { + "description": "Deployment-specific configuration.", + "id": "PolicyControllerPolicyControllerDeploymentConfig", + "properties": { + "containerResources": { + "$ref": "PolicyControllerResourceRequirements", + "description": "Container resource requirements." + }, + "podAffinity": { + "description": "Pod affinity configuration.", + "enum": [ + "AFFINITY_UNSPECIFIED", + "NO_AFFINITY", + "ANTI_AFFINITY" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "No affinity configuration has been specified.", + "Affinity configurations will be removed from the deployment.", + "Anti-affinity configuration will be applied to this deployment. Default for admissions deployment." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "podAntiAffinity": { + "description": "Pod anti-affinity enablement.", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "podTolerations": { + "description": "Pod tolerations of node taints.", + "items": { + "$ref": "PolicyControllerToleration" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "replicaCount": { + "description": "Pod replica count.", + "format": "int64", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "PolicyControllerResourceList": { + "description": "ResourceList contains container resource requirements.", + "id": "PolicyControllerResourceList", + "properties": { + "cpu": { + "description": "CPU requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units.", + "type": "string" + }, + "memory": { + "description": "Memory requirement expressed in Kubernetes resource units.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "PolicyControllerResourceRequirements": { + "description": "ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements.", + "id": "PolicyControllerResourceRequirements", + "properties": { + "limits": { + "$ref": "PolicyControllerResourceList", + "description": "Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed for use by the running container." + }, + "requests": { + "$ref": "PolicyControllerResourceList", + "description": "Requests describes the amount of compute resources reserved for the container by the kube-scheduler." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "PolicyControllerTemplateLibraryConfig": { + "description": "The config specifying which default library templates to install.", + "id": "PolicyControllerTemplateLibraryConfig", + "properties": { + "installation": { + "description": "Configures the manner in which the template library is installed on the cluster.", + "enum": [ + "INSTALLATION_UNSPECIFIED", + "NOT_INSTALLED", + "ALL" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "No installation strategy has been specified.", + "Do not install the template library.", + "Install the entire template library." + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "PolicyControllerToleration": { + "description": "Toleration of a node taint.", + "id": "PolicyControllerToleration", + "properties": { + "effect": { + "description": "Matches a taint effect.", + "type": "string" + }, + "key": { + "description": "Matches a taint key (not necessarily unique).", + "type": "string" + }, + "operator": { + "description": "Matches a taint operator.", + "type": "string" + }, + "value": { + "description": "Matches a taint value.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "RBACRoleBinding": { "description": "RBACRoleBinding represents a rbacrolebinding across the Fleet", "id": "RBACRoleBinding", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json index 93e9f542187..90b11806632 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json @@ -2414,7 +2414,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231006", + "revision": "20231013", "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnthosObservabilityFeatureSpec": { @@ -2998,6 +2998,10 @@ "identityservice": { "$ref": "IdentityServiceMembershipSpec", "description": "Identity Service-specific spec." + }, + "policycontroller": { + "$ref": "PolicyControllerMembershipSpec", + "description": "Policy Controller spec." } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha2.json index fe635d9572e..e0f2247ba95 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha2.json @@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231006", + "revision": "20231013", "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApplianceCluster": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json index 8e215ab1021..d771fa71bda 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json @@ -2340,7 +2340,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231006", + "revision": "20231013", "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnthosObservabilityFeatureSpec": { @@ -2557,6 +2557,10 @@ "identityservice": { "$ref": "IdentityServiceMembershipSpec", "description": "Identity Service-specific spec." + }, + "policycontroller": { + "$ref": "PolicyControllerMembershipSpec", + "description": "Policy Controller spec." } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json index 8250118cba2..4160181994a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json @@ -712,7 +712,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231006", + "revision": "20231013", "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApplianceCluster": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2alpha.json index c02c729d971..106ae485d3f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2alpha.json @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231006", + "revision": "20231013", "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CancelOperationRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkeonprem.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkeonprem.v1.json index f603f585076..f6d4f9af9b6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkeonprem.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkeonprem.v1.json @@ -2996,7 +2996,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231004", + "revision": "20231011", "rootUrl": "https://gkeonprem.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Authorization": { @@ -5505,7 +5505,8 @@ }, "preparedSecrets": { "$ref": "VmwareAdminPreparedSecretsConfig", - "description": "The VMware admin cluster prepared secrets configuration." + "description": "Output only. The VMware admin cluster prepared secrets configuration. It should always be enabled by the Central API, instead of letting users set it.", + "readOnly": true }, "reconciling": { "description": "Output only. If set, there are currently changes in flight to the VMware admin cluster.", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1.json index 8a8bb41d286..6d641bfbb32 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1.json @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231015", + "revision": "20231022", "rootUrl": "https://gmailpostmastertools.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "DeliveryError": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1beta1.json index 9eafc243f8d..9c7ad397caa 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1beta1.json @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231015", + "revision": "20231022", "rootUrl": "https://gmailpostmastertools.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "DeliveryError": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/groupsmigration.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/groupsmigration.v1.json index 0870ce9a4f4..28c352162e4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/groupsmigration.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/groupsmigration.v1.json @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231002", + "revision": "20231005", "rootUrl": "https://groupsmigration.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Groups": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1.json index ca1a32a4b2a..552cc69d0ce 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1.json @@ -3582,7 +3582,7 @@ ] }, "search": { - "description": "Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` \"next\", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changes and when the change is reflected in search results. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).", + "description": "Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` \"next\", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changed, and the time when the change reflects in search results. The only exception is resource identifier data, which is indexed synchronously as a special index. As a result, searching using resource identifier is not subject to indexing delay. To use the special synchronous index, the search term for identifier should be in the pattern `identifier=[system]|[value]` or `identifier=[value]`, and any of the following search result parameters can be used: * `_count` * `_include` * `_revinclude` * `_summary` * `_elements` If your query contains any other search parameters, the standard asynchronous index will be used instead. Note that searching against the special index is optimized for resolving a small number of matches. The search isn't optimized if your identifier search criteria matches a large number (i.e. more than 2,000) of resources. For a search query that will match a large number of resources, you can avoiding using the special synchronous index by including an additional `_sort` parameter in your query. Use `_sort=-_lastUpdated` if you want to keep the default sorting order. Note: The special synchronous identifier index are currently disabled for DocumentReference and DocumentManifest searches. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}/fhir/_search", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.search", @@ -3611,7 +3611,7 @@ ] }, "search-type": { - "description": "Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` \"next\", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changes and when the change is reflected in search results. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).", + "description": "Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` \"next\", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changed, and the time when the change reflects in search results. The only exception is resource identifier data, which is indexed synchronously as a special index. As a result, searching using resource identifier is not subject to indexing delay. To use the special synchronous index, the search term for identifier should be in the pattern `identifier=[system]|[value]` or `identifier=[value]`, and any of the following search result parameters can be used: * `_count` * `_include` * `_revinclude` * `_summary` * `_elements` If your query contains any other search parameters, the standard asynchronous index will be used instead. Note that searching against the special index is optimized for resolving a small number of matches. The search isn't optimized if your identifier search criteria matches a large number (i.e. more than 2,000) of resources. For a search query that will match a large number of resources, you can avoiding using the special synchronous index by including an additional `_sort` parameter in your query. Use `_sort=-_lastUpdated` if you want to keep the default sorting order. Note: The special synchronous identifier index are currently disabled for DocumentReference and DocumentManifest searches. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}/fhir/{resourceType}/_search", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.search-type", @@ -4431,7 +4431,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231008", + "revision": "20231023", "rootUrl": "https://healthcare.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActivateConsentRequest": { @@ -5409,7 +5409,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "filter": { - "description": "Restricts messages exported to those matching a filter, only applicable to PubsubDestination and GcsDestination. The following syntax is available: * A string field value can be written as text inside quotation marks, for example `\"query text\"`. The only valid relational operation for text fields is equality (`=`), where text is searched within the field, rather than having the field be equal to the text. For example, `\"Comment = great\"` returns messages with `great` in the comment field. * A number field value can be written as an integer, a decimal, or an exponential. The valid relational operators for number fields are the equality operator (`=`), along with the less than/greater than operators (`<`, `<=`, `>`, `>=`). Note that there is no inequality (`!=`) operator. You can prepend the `NOT` operator to an expression to negate it. * A date field value must be written in the `yyyy-mm-dd` format. Fields with date and time use the RFC3339 time format. Leading zeros are required for one-digit months and days. The valid relational operators for date fields are the equality operator (`=`) , along with the less than/greater than operators (`<`, `<=`, `>`, `>=`). Note that there is no inequality (`!=`) operator. You can prepend the `NOT` operator to an expression to negate it. * Multiple field query expressions can be combined in one query by adding `AND` or `OR` operators between the expressions. If a boolean operator appears within a quoted string, it is not treated as special, and is just another part of the character string to be matched. You can prepend the `NOT` operator to an expression to negate it. The following fields and functions are available for filtering: * `message_type`, from the MSH-9.1 field. For example, `NOT message_type = \"ADT\"`. * `send_date` or `sendDate`, the `yyyy-mm-dd` date the message was sent in the dataset's time_zone, from the MSH-7 segment. For example, `send_date < \"2017-01-02\"`. * `send_time`, the timestamp when the message was sent, using the RFC3339 time format for comparisons, from the MSH-7 segment. For example, `send_time < \"2017-01-02T00:00:00-05:00\"`. * `create_time`, the timestamp when the message was created in the HL7v2 store. Use the RFC3339 time format for comparisons. For example, `create_time < \"2017-01-02T00:00:00-05:00\"`. * `send_facility`, the care center that the message came from, from the MSH-4 segment. For example, `send_facility = \"ABC\"`. Note: The filter will be applied to every message in the HL7v2 store whose `send_time` lies in the range defined by the `start_time` and the `end_time`. Even if the filter only matches a small set of messages, the export operation can still take a long time to finish when a lot of messages are between the specified `start_time` and `end_time` range.", + "description": "Restricts messages exported to those matching a filter, only applicable to PubsubDestination. The following syntax is available: * A string field value can be written as text inside quotation marks, for example `\"query text\"`. The only valid relational operation for text fields is equality (`=`), where text is searched within the field, rather than having the field be equal to the text. For example, `\"Comment = great\"` returns messages with `great` in the comment field. * A number field value can be written as an integer, a decimal, or an exponential. The valid relational operators for number fields are the equality operator (`=`), along with the less than/greater than operators (`<`, `<=`, `>`, `>=`). Note that there is no inequality (`!=`) operator. You can prepend the `NOT` operator to an expression to negate it. * A date field value must be written in the `yyyy-mm-dd` format. Fields with date and time use the RFC3339 time format. Leading zeros are required for one-digit months and days. The valid relational operators for date fields are the equality operator (`=`) , along with the less than/greater than operators (`<`, `<=`, `>`, `>=`). Note that there is no inequality (`!=`) operator. You can prepend the `NOT` operator to an expression to negate it. * Multiple field query expressions can be combined in one query by adding `AND` or `OR` operators between the expressions. If a boolean operator appears within a quoted string, it is not treated as special, and is just another part of the character string to be matched. You can prepend the `NOT` operator to an expression to negate it. The following fields and functions are available for filtering: * `message_type`, from the MSH-9.1 field. For example, `NOT message_type = \"ADT\"`. * `send_date` or `sendDate`, the `yyyy-mm-dd` date the message was sent in the dataset's time_zone, from the MSH-7 segment. For example, `send_date < \"2017-01-02\"`. * `send_time`, the timestamp when the message was sent, using the RFC3339 time format for comparisons, from the MSH-7 segment. For example, `send_time < \"2017-01-02T00:00:00-05:00\"`. * `create_time`, the timestamp when the message was created in the HL7v2 store. Use the RFC3339 time format for comparisons. For example, `create_time < \"2017-01-02T00:00:00-05:00\"`. * `send_facility`, the care center that the message came from, from the MSH-4 segment. For example, `send_facility = \"ABC\"`. Note: The filter will be applied to every message in the HL7v2 store whose `send_time` lies in the range defined by the `start_time` and the `end_time`. Even if the filter only matches a small set of messages, the export operation can still take a long time to finish when a lot of messages are between the specified `start_time` and `end_time` range.", "type": "string" }, "gcsDestination": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1beta1.json index 4562d39de2a..5ddf0547b57 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1beta1.json @@ -3676,6 +3676,35 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, + "rollback": { + "description": "Rolls back resources from the FHIR store to the specified time. This method returns an Operation that can be used to track the status of the rollback by calling GetOperation. Immediate fatal errors appear in the error field, errors are also logged to Cloud Logging (see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)). Otherwise, when the operation finishes, a detailed response of type RollbackFhirResourcesResponse is returned in the response field. The metadata field type for this operation is OperationMetadata.", + "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}:rollback", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.rollback", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. The name of the FHIR store to rollback, in the format of \"projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id} /fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}\".", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/datasets/[^/]+/fhirStores/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta1/{+name}:rollback", + "request": { + "$ref": "RollbackFhirResourcesRequest" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "Operation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-healthcare", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, "setIamPolicy": { "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}:setIamPolicy", @@ -4430,7 +4459,7 @@ ] }, "search": { - "description": "Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` \"next\", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changes and when the change is reflected in search results. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).", + "description": "Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` \"next\", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changed, and the time when the change reflects in search results. The only exception is resource identifier data, which is indexed synchronously as a special index. As a result, searching using resource identifier is not subject to indexing delay. To use the special synchronous index, the search term for identifier should be in the pattern `identifier=[system]|[value]` or `identifier=[value]`, and any of the following search result parameters can be used: * `_count` * `_include` * `_revinclude` * `_summary` * `_elements` If your query contains any other search parameters, the standard asynchronous index will be used instead. Note that searching against the special index is optimized for resolving a small number of matches. The search isn't optimized if your identifier search criteria matches a large number (i.e. more than 2,000) of resources. For a search query that will match a large number of resources, you can avoiding using the special synchronous index by including an additional `_sort` parameter in your query. Use `_sort=-_lastUpdated` if you want to keep the default sorting order. Note: The special synchronous identifier index are currently disabled for DocumentReference and DocumentManifest searches. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}/fhir/_search", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.search", @@ -4459,7 +4488,7 @@ ] }, "search-type": { - "description": "Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` \"next\", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changes and when the change is reflected in search results. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).", + "description": "Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `recurse` (DSTU2 and STU3) or `:iterate` (R4). Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. The server might return fewer resources than requested to prevent excessively large responses. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` \"next\", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changed, and the time when the change reflects in search results. The only exception is resource identifier data, which is indexed synchronously as a special index. As a result, searching using resource identifier is not subject to indexing delay. To use the special synchronous index, the search term for identifier should be in the pattern `identifier=[system]|[value]` or `identifier=[value]`, and any of the following search result parameters can be used: * `_count` * `_include` * `_revinclude` * `_summary` * `_elements` If your query contains any other search parameters, the standard asynchronous index will be used instead. Note that searching against the special index is optimized for resolving a small number of matches. The search isn't optimized if your identifier search criteria matches a large number (i.e. more than 2,000) of resources. For a search query that will match a large number of resources, you can avoiding using the special synchronous index by including an additional `_sort` parameter in your query. Use `_sort=-_lastUpdated` if you want to keep the default sorting order. Note: The special synchronous identifier index are currently disabled for DocumentReference and DocumentManifest searches. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}/fhir/{resourceType}/_search", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.search-type", @@ -5332,7 +5361,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231008", + "revision": "20231023", "rootUrl": "https://healthcare.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessDeterminationLogConfig": { @@ -6871,7 +6900,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "filter": { - "description": "Restricts messages exported to those matching a filter, only applicable to PubsubDestination and GcsDestination. The following syntax is available: * A string field value can be written as text inside quotation marks, for example `\"query text\"`. The only valid relational operation for text fields is equality (`=`), where text is searched within the field, rather than having the field be equal to the text. For example, `\"Comment = great\"` returns messages with `great` in the comment field. * A number field value can be written as an integer, a decimal, or an exponential. The valid relational operators for number fields are the equality operator (`=`), along with the less than/greater than operators (`<`, `<=`, `>`, `>=`). Note that there is no inequality (`!=`) operator. You can prepend the `NOT` operator to an expression to negate it. * A date field value must be written in the `yyyy-mm-dd` format. Fields with date and time use the RFC3339 time format. Leading zeros are required for one-digit months and days. The valid relational operators for date fields are the equality operator (`=`) , along with the less than/greater than operators (`<`, `<=`, `>`, `>=`). Note that there is no inequality (`!=`) operator. You can prepend the `NOT` operator to an expression to negate it. * Multiple field query expressions can be combined in one query by adding `AND` or `OR` operators between the expressions. If a boolean operator appears within a quoted string, it is not treated as special, and is just another part of the character string to be matched. You can prepend the `NOT` operator to an expression to negate it. The following fields and functions are available for filtering: * `message_type`, from the MSH-9.1 field. For example, `NOT message_type = \"ADT\"`. * `send_date` or `sendDate`, the YYYY-MM-DD date the message was sent in the dataset's time_zone, from the MSH-7 segment. For example, `send_date < \"2017-01-02\"`. * `send_time`, the timestamp when the message was sent, using the RFC3339 time format for comparisons, from the MSH-7 segment. For example, `send_time < \"2017-01-02T00:00:00-05:00\"`. * `create_time`, the timestamp when the message was created in the HL7v2 store. Use the RFC3339 time format for comparisons. For example, `create_time < \"2017-01-02T00:00:00-05:00\"`. * `send_facility`, the care center that the message came from, from the MSH-4 segment. For example, `send_facility = \"ABC\"`. Note: The filter will be applied to every message in the HL7v2 store whose `send_time` lies in the range defined by the `start_time` and the `end_time`. Even if the filter only matches a small set of messages, the export operation can still take a long time to finish when a lot of messages are between the specified `start_time` and `end_time` range.", + "description": "Restricts messages exported to those matching a filter, only applicable to PubsubDestination. The following syntax is available: * A string field value can be written as text inside quotation marks, for example `\"query text\"`. The only valid relational operation for text fields is equality (`=`), where text is searched within the field, rather than having the field be equal to the text. For example, `\"Comment = great\"` returns messages with `great` in the comment field. * A number field value can be written as an integer, a decimal, or an exponential. The valid relational operators for number fields are the equality operator (`=`), along with the less than/greater than operators (`<`, `<=`, `>`, `>=`). Note that there is no inequality (`!=`) operator. You can prepend the `NOT` operator to an expression to negate it. * A date field value must be written in the `yyyy-mm-dd` format. Fields with date and time use the RFC3339 time format. Leading zeros are required for one-digit months and days. The valid relational operators for date fields are the equality operator (`=`) , along with the less than/greater than operators (`<`, `<=`, `>`, `>=`). Note that there is no inequality (`!=`) operator. You can prepend the `NOT` operator to an expression to negate it. * Multiple field query expressions can be combined in one query by adding `AND` or `OR` operators between the expressions. If a boolean operator appears within a quoted string, it is not treated as special, and is just another part of the character string to be matched. You can prepend the `NOT` operator to an expression to negate it. The following fields and functions are available for filtering: * `message_type`, from the MSH-9.1 field. For example, `NOT message_type = \"ADT\"`. * `send_date` or `sendDate`, the YYYY-MM-DD date the message was sent in the dataset's time_zone, from the MSH-7 segment. For example, `send_date < \"2017-01-02\"`. * `send_time`, the timestamp when the message was sent, using the RFC3339 time format for comparisons, from the MSH-7 segment. For example, `send_time < \"2017-01-02T00:00:00-05:00\"`. * `create_time`, the timestamp when the message was created in the HL7v2 store. Use the RFC3339 time format for comparisons. For example, `create_time < \"2017-01-02T00:00:00-05:00\"`. * `send_facility`, the care center that the message came from, from the MSH-4 segment. For example, `send_facility = \"ABC\"`. Note: The filter will be applied to every message in the HL7v2 store whose `send_time` lies in the range defined by the `start_time` and the `end_time`. Even if the filter only matches a small set of messages, the export operation can still take a long time to finish when a lot of messages are between the specified `start_time` and `end_time` range.", "type": "string" }, "gcsDestination": { @@ -8863,6 +8892,93 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "RollbackFhirResourceFilteringFields": { + "description": "Filters to select resources that need to be rolled back.", + "id": "RollbackFhirResourceFilteringFields", + "properties": { + "metadataFilter": { + "description": "Optional. A string to use for filtering resource metadata. Complies with AIP-160 except without the has operator. Additionally, supports 2 functions: hastag(\"system\") = \"code\" for tag filtering and extension_ts_value(\"uri\") = timestamp for filtering extensions with timestamp, which is given as a unix timestamp. extension_ts_url can be used with >, <, <=, >=, != comparisons as well.", + "type": "string" + }, + "operationIds": { + "description": "Optional. A list of operation IDs to roll back. Only changes made by these operations will be rolled back.", + "items": { + "format": "uint64", + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "RollbackFhirResourcesRequest": { + "description": "Request to roll back resources.", + "id": "RollbackFhirResourcesRequest", + "properties": { + "changeType": { + "description": "Optional. CREATE/UPDATE/DELETE/ALL for reverting all txns of a certain type.", + "enum": [ + "CHANGE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", + "ALL", + "CREATE", + "UPDATE", + "DELETE" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "When unspecified, revert all transactions", + "All transactions", + "Revert only CREATE transactions", + "Revert only Update transactions", + "Revert only Delete transactions" + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "excludeRollbacks": { + "description": "Optional. Specifies whether to exclude earlier rollbacks.", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "filteringFields": { + "$ref": "RollbackFhirResourceFilteringFields", + "description": "Optional. Tag represents fields that HDE needs to identify resources that will be reverted. Parameters for filtering resources" + }, + "force": { + "description": "Optional. When enabled, changes will be reverted without explicit confirmation", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "inputGcsObject": { + "description": "Optional. Cloud Storage object containing list of {resourceType}/{resourceId} lines, identifying resources to be reverted", + "type": "string" + }, + "resultGcsBucket": { + "description": "Required. Bucket to deposit result", + "type": "string" + }, + "rollbackTime": { + "description": "Required. Time point to rollback to.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + }, + "type": { + "description": "Optional. If specified, revert only resources of these types", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "RollbackFhirResourcesResponse": { + "description": "Final response of rollback FIHR resources request.", + "id": "RollbackFhirResourcesResponse", + "properties": { + "fhirStore": { + "description": "The name of the FHIR store to rollback, in the format of \"projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id} /fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}\".", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "SchemaConfig": { "description": "Configuration for the FHIR BigQuery schema. Determines how the server generates the schema.", "id": "SchemaConfig", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/homegraph.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/homegraph.v1.json index eb1f21f77ee..62b0d9cb93e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/homegraph.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/homegraph.v1.json @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231006", + "revision": "20231013", "rootUrl": "https://homegraph.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AgentDeviceId": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json index 1a329d17998..462d98a96c4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json @@ -2850,7 +2850,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230914", + "revision": "20231012", "rootUrl": "https://iam.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdminAuditData": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2.json index 0a64f017cad..2b1cfecd561 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2.json @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230914", + "revision": "20231012", "rootUrl": "https://iam.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudCommonOperationMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2beta.json index f7a5a9559df..cdbd19d3c23 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2beta.json @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230914", + "revision": "20231012", "rootUrl": "https://iam.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudCommonOperationMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json index 5e21dd643ee..60f31ba610f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json @@ -682,7 +682,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231006", + "revision": "20231020", "rootUrl": "https://iap.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessDeniedPageSettings": { @@ -1158,7 +1158,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "policyType": { - "description": "How IAP determines the effective policy in cases of hierarchial policies. Policies are merged from higher in the hierarchy to lower in the hierarchy.", + "description": "How IAP determines the effective policy in cases of hierarchical policies. Policies are merged from higher in the hierarchy to lower in the hierarchy.", "enum": [ "POLICY_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "MINIMUM", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1beta1.json index a1572474b2e..33bc9cc5e48 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1beta1.json @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231006", + "revision": "20231013", "rootUrl": "https://iap.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Binding": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/identitytoolkit.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/identitytoolkit.v2.json index d7e44684c84..d6ce1c1ee35 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/identitytoolkit.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/identitytoolkit.v2.json @@ -1777,7 +1777,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231007", + "revision": "20231016", "rootUrl": "https://identitytoolkit.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitAdminV2AllowByDefault": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/integrations.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/integrations.v1alpha.json index d9ce0a59788..7c7d3ed492b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/integrations.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/integrations.v1alpha.json @@ -3524,7 +3524,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231006", + "revision": "20231017", "rootUrl": "https://integrations.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CrmlogErrorCode": { @@ -9007,12 +9007,12 @@ "id": "GoogleCloudIntegrationsV1alphaAttemptStats", "properties": { "endTime": { - "description": "The end time of the event execution for current attempt.", + "description": "The end time of the integration execution for current attempt.", "format": "google-datetime", "type": "string" }, "startTime": { - "description": "The start time of the event execution for current attempt. This could be in the future if it's been scheduled.", + "description": "The start time of the integration execution for current attempt. This could be in the future if it's been scheduled.", "format": "google-datetime", "type": "string" } @@ -11676,10 +11676,10 @@ "Task is under processing.", "Task execution successfully finished. There's no more change after this state.", "Task execution failed. There's no more change after this state.", - "Task execution failed and cause the whole event execution to fail immediately. There's no more change after this state.", + "Task execution failed and cause the whole integration execution to fail immediately. There's no more change after this state.", "Task execution failed and waiting for retry.", - "Task execution skipped. This happens when its precondition wasn't met, or the event execution been canceled before reach to the task. There's no more changes after this state.", - "Task execution canceled when in progress. This happens when event execution been canceled or any other task fall in fatal state.", + "Task execution skipped. This happens when its precondition wasn't met, or the integration execution been canceled before reach to the task. There's no more changes after this state.", + "Task execution canceled when in progress. This happens when integration execution been canceled or any other task fall in fatal state.", "Task is waiting for its dependency tasks' rollback to finish to start its rollback.", "Task is rolling back.", "Task is rolled back. This is the state we will set regardless of rollback succeeding or failing.", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/jobs.v3p1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/jobs.v3p1beta1.json index 0b64d7de7ec..862d02a0412 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/jobs.v3p1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/jobs.v3p1beta1.json @@ -682,7 +682,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230925", + "revision": "20231018", "rootUrl": "https://jobs.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApplicationInfo": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/keep.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/keep.v1.json index bf3be1a3516..d5f3384735d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/keep.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/keep.v1.json @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231003", + "revision": "20231017", "rootUrl": "https://keep.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Attachment": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1.json index 21584b50a59..9a590d6d0e7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1.json @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231007", + "revision": "20231014", "rootUrl": "https://language.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyzeEntitiesRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta2.json index 95e49fa973a..a24414ae9cb 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta2.json @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231007", + "revision": "20231014", "rootUrl": "https://language.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyzeEntitiesRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v2.json index f4d4f931288..9ecfcd50bcb 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v2.json @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231007", + "revision": "20231014", "rootUrl": "https://language.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyzeEntitiesRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/libraryagent.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/libraryagent.v1.json index 54dc8178e3f..a94796145dd 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/libraryagent.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/libraryagent.v1.json @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231015", + "revision": "20231022", "rootUrl": "https://libraryagent.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleExampleLibraryagentV1Book": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/licensing.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/licensing.v1.json index f9e06be5148..3aae0b98e76 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/licensing.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/licensing.v1.json @@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231013", + "revision": "20231021", "rootUrl": "https://licensing.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/lifesciences.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/lifesciences.v2beta.json index ff9ad6b0125..e2927b70d0b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/lifesciences.v2beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/lifesciences.v2beta.json @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231006", + "revision": "20231017", "rootUrl": "https://lifesciences.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Accelerator": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/localservices.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/localservices.v1.json index e5e57218b6a..77233b93609 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/localservices.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/localservices.v1.json @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231015", + "revision": "20231022", "rootUrl": "https://localservices.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleAdsHomeservicesLocalservicesV1AccountReport": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/managedidentities.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/managedidentities.v1.json index 352879ae486..f7b0985de1b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/managedidentities.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/managedidentities.v1.json @@ -1515,7 +1515,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230712", + "revision": "20231010", "rootUrl": "https://managedidentities.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AttachTrustRequest": { @@ -2704,7 +2704,7 @@ "description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", "type": "any" }, - "description": "The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", + "description": "The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", "type": "object" } }, @@ -2818,7 +2818,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "Policy": { - "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", + "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", "id": "Policy", "properties": { "bindings": { @@ -3189,7 +3189,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "denyMaintenancePeriods": { - "description": "Deny Maintenance Period that is applied to resource to indicate when maintenance is forbidden. User can specify zero or more non-overlapping deny periods. Maximum number of deny_maintenance_periods expected is one.", + "description": "Deny Maintenance Period that is applied to resource to indicate when maintenance is forbidden. The protocol supports zero-to-many such periods, but the current SLM Rollout implementation only supports zero-to-one.", "items": { "$ref": "DenyMaintenancePeriod" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/managedidentities.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/managedidentities.v1alpha1.json index 50ece49de6d..86d72999dc3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/managedidentities.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/managedidentities.v1alpha1.json @@ -1515,7 +1515,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230712", + "revision": "20231010", "rootUrl": "https://managedidentities.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AttachTrustRequest": { @@ -2706,7 +2706,7 @@ "description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", "type": "any" }, - "description": "The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", + "description": "The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", "type": "object" } }, @@ -2820,7 +2820,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "Policy": { - "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", + "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", "id": "Policy", "properties": { "bindings": { @@ -3176,7 +3176,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "denyMaintenancePeriods": { - "description": "Deny Maintenance Period that is applied to resource to indicate when maintenance is forbidden. User can specify zero or more non-overlapping deny periods. Maximum number of deny_maintenance_periods expected is one.", + "description": "Deny Maintenance Period that is applied to resource to indicate when maintenance is forbidden. The protocol supports zero-to-many such periods, but the current SLM Rollout implementation only supports zero-to-one.", "items": { "$ref": "DenyMaintenancePeriod" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/managedidentities.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/managedidentities.v1beta1.json index c7a5d9d65a7..8df0eff3954 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/managedidentities.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/managedidentities.v1beta1.json @@ -1515,7 +1515,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230712", + "revision": "20231010", "rootUrl": "https://managedidentities.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AttachTrustRequest": { @@ -2716,7 +2716,7 @@ "description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", "type": "any" }, - "description": "The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", + "description": "The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", "type": "object" } }, @@ -2830,7 +2830,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "Policy": { - "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", + "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", "id": "Policy", "properties": { "bindings": { @@ -3201,7 +3201,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "denyMaintenancePeriods": { - "description": "Deny Maintenance Period that is applied to resource to indicate when maintenance is forbidden. User can specify zero or more non-overlapping deny periods. Maximum number of deny_maintenance_periods expected is one.", + "description": "Deny Maintenance Period that is applied to resource to indicate when maintenance is forbidden. The protocol supports zero-to-many such periods, but the current SLM Rollout implementation only supports zero-to-one.", "items": { "$ref": "DenyMaintenancePeriod" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1.json index dfd4043d107..ecdcd68f7d1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1.json @@ -2099,7 +2099,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230928", + "revision": "20231013", "rootUrl": "https://migrationcenter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddAssetsToGroupRequest": { @@ -3173,11 +3173,11 @@ "type": "string" }, "description": { - "description": "The description of the resource.", + "description": "Optional. The description of the group.", "type": "string" }, "displayName": { - "description": "User-friendly display name.", + "description": "Optional. User-friendly display name.", "type": "string" }, "labels": { @@ -5309,6 +5309,10 @@ "description": "Describes the Migration Center settings related to the project.", "id": "Settings", "properties": { + "disableCloudLogging": { + "description": "Disable Cloud Logging for the Migration Center API. Users are billed for the logs.", + "type": "boolean" + }, "name": { "description": "Output only. The name of the resource.", "readOnly": true, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1alpha1.json index fcb1c8fdc2e..508533558a7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1alpha1.json @@ -2102,7 +2102,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230928", + "revision": "20231013", "rootUrl": "https://migrationcenter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddAssetsToGroupRequest": { @@ -2865,6 +2865,23 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "DetectedSoftware": { + "description": "Information about software detected on an asset.", + "id": "DetectedSoftware", + "properties": { + "softwareFamily": { + "description": "Output only. Software family of the detected software, e.g. Database, SAP family.", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "softwareName": { + "description": "Output only. Software's name.", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "DiskEntry": { "description": "Single disk entry.", "id": "DiskEntry", @@ -3277,11 +3294,11 @@ "type": "string" }, "description": { - "description": "The description of the resource.", + "description": "Optional. The description of the group.", "type": "string" }, "displayName": { - "description": "User-friendly display name.", + "description": "Optional. User-friendly display name.", "type": "string" }, "labels": { @@ -3733,6 +3750,11 @@ "$ref": "MigrationInsight", "description": "Output only. An insight about potential migrations for an asset.", "readOnly": true + }, + "softwareInsight": { + "$ref": "SoftwareInsight", + "description": "Output only. An insight regarding software detected on an asset.", + "readOnly": true } }, "type": "object" @@ -5313,6 +5335,18 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "SoftwareInsight": { + "description": "An insight regarding software detected on an asset.", + "id": "SoftwareInsight", + "properties": { + "detectedSoftware": { + "$ref": "DetectedSoftware", + "description": "Output only. Information about the detected software.", + "readOnly": true + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "SoleTenancyPreferences": { "description": "Preferences concerning Sole Tenancy nodes and VMs.", "id": "SoleTenancyPreferences", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ml.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ml.v1.json index 767fdcc8264..65015bad969 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ml.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ml.v1.json @@ -1486,7 +1486,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231006", + "revision": "20231017", "rootUrl": "https://ml.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleApi__HttpBody": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v1.json index 00d4d98b0de..fe29eb5cc4d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v1.json @@ -753,7 +753,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231009", + "revision": "20231016", "rootUrl": "https://monitoring.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Aggregation": { @@ -1269,6 +1269,34 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, + "ErrorReportingPanel": { + "description": "A widget that displays a list of error groups.", + "id": "ErrorReportingPanel", + "properties": { + "projectNames": { + "description": "The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written as projects/{projectID} or projects/{projectNumber}, where {projectID} and {projectNumber} can be found in the Google Cloud console (https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158840).Examples: projects/my-project-123, projects/5551234.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "services": { + "description": "An identifier of the service, such as the name of the executable, job, or Google App Engine service name. This field is expected to have a low number of values that are relatively stable over time, as opposed to version, which can be changed whenever new code is deployed.Contains the service name for error reports extracted from Google App Engine logs or default if the App Engine default service is used.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "versions": { + "description": "Represents the source code version that the developer provided, which could represent a version label or a Git SHA-1 hash, for example. For App Engine standard environment, the version is set to the version of the app.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "Field": { "description": "A single field of a message type.", "id": "Field", @@ -1800,15 +1828,6 @@ "showLabels": { "description": "Optional. Indicates whether or not the pie chart should show slices' labels", "type": "boolean" - }, - "showTotal": { - "description": "Optional. Indicates whether or not donut chart should show the total in the middle", - "type": "boolean" - }, - "sliceAggregatedThreshold": { - "description": "Optional. If slices's values are smaller than this value, they will be combined into other category", - "format": "float", - "type": "number" } }, "type": "object" @@ -2583,6 +2602,14 @@ "$ref": "CollapsibleGroup", "description": "A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets." }, + "errorReportingPanel": { + "$ref": "ErrorReportingPanel", + "description": "A widget that displays a list of error groups." + }, + "id": { + "description": "Optional. The widget id. Ids may be made up of alphanumerics, dashes and underscores. Widget ids are optional.", + "type": "string" + }, "incidentList": { "$ref": "IncidentList", "description": "A widget that shows list of incidents." diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json index 23b94a1c0ce..ef72f6d4d41 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json @@ -2498,7 +2498,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "serviceLevelObjectiveId": { - "description": "Optional. The ServiceLevelObjective id to use for this ServiceLevelObjective. If omitted, an id will be generated instead. Must match the pattern [a-z0-9\\-]+", + "description": "Optional. The ServiceLevelObjective id to use for this ServiceLevelObjective. If omitted, an id will be generated instead. Must match the pattern ^[a-zA-Z0-9-_:.]+$", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -2714,7 +2714,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231009", + "revision": "20231016", "rootUrl": "https://monitoring.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Aggregation": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessaccountmanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessaccountmanagement.v1.json index ee42f6fb18c..16ea16836b9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessaccountmanagement.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessaccountmanagement.v1.json @@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231016", + "revision": "20231022", "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessaccountmanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceptInvitationRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessbusinessinformation.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessbusinessinformation.v1.json index 30a5673a96c..41d39498f3d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessbusinessinformation.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessbusinessinformation.v1.json @@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231016", + "revision": "20231022", "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessbusinessinformation.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdWordsLocationExtensions": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinesslodging.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinesslodging.v1.json index ef0b1ef6ffd..71812d777e9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinesslodging.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinesslodging.v1.json @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231016", + "revision": "20231022", "rootUrl": "https://mybusinesslodging.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Accessibility": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessnotifications.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessnotifications.v1.json index e480ee1f739..47ca8292940 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessnotifications.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessnotifications.v1.json @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231016", + "revision": "20231022", "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessnotifications.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "NotificationSetting": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessplaceactions.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessplaceactions.v1.json index 120fbd718bb..6d96a51cca2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessplaceactions.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessplaceactions.v1.json @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231016", + "revision": "20231022", "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessplaceactions.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessqanda.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessqanda.v1.json index ef0f3ad9dba..51e2e3a3d0d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessqanda.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessqanda.v1.json @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231016", + "revision": "20231022", "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessqanda.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Answer": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessverifications.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessverifications.v1.json index 92e1c10e2c8..b5818147f7c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessverifications.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessverifications.v1.json @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231016", + "revision": "20231022", "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessverifications.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddressVerificationData": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v1.json index 0407c17b040..5ad58301a1f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v1.json @@ -692,6 +692,34 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, + "migrate": { + "description": "Migrates an existing User-Managed Notebook to Workbench Instances.", + "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/instances/{instancesId}:migrate", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "notebooks.projects.locations.instances.migrate", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}`", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/instances/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+name}:migrate", + "request": { + "$ref": "MigrateInstanceRequest" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "Operation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, "register": { "description": "Registers an existing legacy notebook instance to the Notebooks API server. Legacy instances are instances created with the legacy Compute Engine calls. They are not manageable by the Notebooks API out of the box. This call makes these instances manageable by the Notebooks API.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/instances:register", @@ -1493,6 +1521,34 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, + "migrate": { + "description": "Migrate an existing Runtime to a new Workbench Instance.", + "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/runtimes/{runtimesId}:migrate", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "notebooks.projects.locations.runtimes.migrate", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/runtimes/{runtime_id}`", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/runtimes/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+name}:migrate", + "request": { + "$ref": "MigrateRuntimeRequest" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "Operation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, "patch": { "description": "Update Notebook Runtime configuration.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/runtimes/{runtimesId}", @@ -1952,7 +2008,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230926", + "revision": "20231003", "rootUrl": "https://notebooks.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceleratorConfig": { @@ -2835,7 +2891,7 @@ ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default type.", - "The UmN uses an machine type that's unsupported in WbI. It will be migrated with the default machine type n2-standard-4. Users can change the machine type after the migration.", + "The UmN uses an machine type that's unsupported in WbI. It will be migrated with the default machine type e2-standard-4. Users can change the machine type after the migration.", "The UmN uses an accelerator type that's unsupported in WbI. It will be migrated without an accelerator. User can attach an accelerator after the migration.", "The UmN uses an operating system that's unsupported in WbI (e.g. Debian 10, Ubuntu). It will be replaced with Debian 11 in WbI.", "This UmN is configured with no_remove_data_disk, which is no longer available in WbI.", @@ -3182,6 +3238,64 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "MigrateInstanceRequest": { + "description": "Request for migrating a User-Managed Notebook to Workbench Instances.", + "id": "MigrateInstanceRequest", + "properties": { + "postStartupScriptOption": { + "description": "Optional. Specifies the behavior of post startup script during migration.", + "enum": [ + "POST_STARTUP_SCRIPT_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED", + "POST_STARTUP_SCRIPT_OPTION_SKIP", + "POST_STARTUP_SCRIPT_OPTION_RERUN" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Post startup script option is not specified. Default is POST_STARTUP_SCRIPT_OPTION_SKIP.", + "Not migrate the post startup script to the new Workbench Instance.", + "Redownload and rerun the same post startup script as the User-Managed Notebook." + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "MigrateRuntimeRequest": { + "description": "Request for migrating a Runtime to a Workbench Instance.", + "id": "MigrateRuntimeRequest", + "properties": { + "network": { + "description": "Optional. Name of the VPC that the new Instance is in. This is required if the Runtime uses google-managed network. If the Runtime uses customer-owned network, it will reuse the same VPC, and this field must be empty. Format: `projects/{project_id}/global/networks/{network_id}`", + "type": "string" + }, + "postStartupScriptOption": { + "description": "Optional. Specifies the behavior of post startup script during migration.", + "enum": [ + "POST_STARTUP_SCRIPT_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED", + "POST_STARTUP_SCRIPT_OPTION_SKIP", + "POST_STARTUP_SCRIPT_OPTION_RERUN" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Post startup script option is not specified. Default is POST_STARTUP_SCRIPT_OPTION_SKIP.", + "Not migrate the post startup script to the new Workbench Instance.", + "Redownload and rerun the same post startup script as the Google-Managed Notebook." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "requestId": { + "description": "Optional. Idempotent request UUID.", + "type": "string" + }, + "serviceAccount": { + "description": "Optional. The service account to be included in the Compute Engine instance of the new Workbench Instance when the Runtime uses \"single user only\" mode for permission. If not specified, the [Compute Engine default service account](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used. When the Runtime uses service account mode for permission, it will reuse the same service account, and this field must be empty.", + "type": "string" + }, + "subnet": { + "description": "Optional. Name of the subnet that the new Instance is in. This is required if the Runtime uses google-managed network. If the Runtime uses customer-owned network, it will reuse the same subnet, and this field must be empty. Format: `projects/{project_id}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork_id}`", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "Operation": { "description": "This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.", "id": "Operation", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v2.json index 9097a2007ec..0e2a2c55c80 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v2.json @@ -823,7 +823,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230926", + "revision": "20231003", "rootUrl": "https://notebooks.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceleratorConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json index 83182133af5..46b2093b4a6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231009", + "revision": "20231016", "rootUrl": "https://ondemandscanning.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AliasContext": { @@ -1874,6 +1874,13 @@ "description": "HashDigest stores the SHA512 hash digest of the jar file if the package is of type Maven. This field will be unset for non Maven packages.", "type": "string" }, + "licenses": { + "description": "The list of licenses found that are related to a given package. Note that licenses may also be stored on the BinarySourceInfo. If there is no BinarySourceInfo (because there's no concept of source vs binary), then it will be stored here, while if there are BinarySourceInfos, it will be stored there, as one source can have multiple binaries with different licenses.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, "maintainer": { "$ref": "Maintainer", "description": "The maintainer of the package." @@ -2056,6 +2063,13 @@ "PackageVersion": { "id": "PackageVersion", "properties": { + "licenses": { + "description": "The licenses associated with this package. Note that this has to go on the PackageVersion level, because we can have cases with images with the same source having different licences. E.g. in Alpine, musl and musl-utils both have the same origin musl, but have different sets of licenses.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, "name": { "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json index c0b67331eae..d875565aea8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231009", + "revision": "20231016", "rootUrl": "https://ondemandscanning.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AliasContext": { @@ -1869,6 +1869,13 @@ "description": "HashDigest stores the SHA512 hash digest of the jar file if the package is of type Maven. This field will be unset for non Maven packages.", "type": "string" }, + "licenses": { + "description": "The list of licenses found that are related to a given package. Note that licenses may also be stored on the BinarySourceInfo. If there is no BinarySourceInfo (because there's no concept of source vs binary), then it will be stored here, while if there are BinarySourceInfos, it will be stored there, as one source can have multiple binaries with different licenses.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, "maintainer": { "$ref": "Maintainer", "description": "The maintainer of the package." @@ -2051,6 +2058,13 @@ "PackageVersion": { "id": "PackageVersion", "properties": { + "licenses": { + "description": "The licenses associated with this package. Note that this has to go on the PackageVersion level, because we can have cases with images with the same source having different licences. E.g. in Alpine, musl and musl-utils both have the same origin musl, but have different sets of licenses.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, "name": { "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json index 19737e5b33b..d55837612d7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json @@ -915,7 +915,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231015", + "revision": "20231022", "rootUrl": "https://orgpolicy.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2AlternatePolicySpec": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json index 8f94d6fa38e..8d7ecd6a4c8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json @@ -1000,7 +1000,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231008", + "revision": "20231022", "rootUrl": "https://osconfig.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AptSettings": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json index a4beb830ce8..e0f33c1c7c9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json @@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231008", + "revision": "20231022", "rootUrl": "https://osconfig.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CVSSv3": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1beta.json index 6f2b270a1b5..f26ce9bbe57 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1beta.json @@ -689,7 +689,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231008", + "revision": "20231022", "rootUrl": "https://osconfig.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AptRepository": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pagespeedonline.v5.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pagespeedonline.v5.json index 16a9a73da83..d4dec1af6d2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pagespeedonline.v5.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pagespeedonline.v5.json @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231012", + "revision": "20231020", "rootUrl": "https://pagespeedonline.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditRefs": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json index a75d79e4e46..d8d10920a7b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json @@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231015", + "revision": "20231022", "rootUrl": "https://paymentsresellersubscription.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudPaymentsResellerSubscriptionV1Amount": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json index eac2ecd2019..6e062beca32 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json @@ -1172,7 +1172,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231011", + "revision": "20231022", "rootUrl": "https://people.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Address": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/places.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/places.v1.json index dd8d35ddb0c..627b2381af9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/places.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/places.v1.json @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231011", + "revision": "20231022", "rootUrl": "https://places.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleGeoTypeViewport": { @@ -198,32 +198,28 @@ "properties": { "accessibilityOptions": { "$ref": "GoogleMapsPlacesV1PlaceAccessibilityOptions", - "description": "Output only. Information about the accessibility options a place offers.", - "readOnly": true + "description": "Information about the accessibility options a place offers." }, "addressComponents": { - "description": "Output only. Repeated components for each locality level.", + "description": "Repeated components for each locality level. Note the following facts about the address_components[] array: - The array of address components may contain more components than the formatted_address. - The array does not necessarily include all the political entities that contain an address, apart from those included in the formatted_address. To retrieve all the political entities that contain a specific address, you should use reverse geocoding, passing the latitude/longitude of the address as a parameter to the request. - The format of the response is not guaranteed to remain the same between requests. In particular, the number of address_components varies based on the address requested and can change over time for the same address. A component can change position in the array. The type of the component can change. A particular component may be missing in a later response.", "items": { "$ref": "GoogleMapsPlacesV1PlaceAddressComponent" }, - "readOnly": true, "type": "array" }, "adrFormatAddress": { - "description": "Output only. The place's address in adr microformat: http://microformats.org/wiki/adr.", - "readOnly": true, + "description": "The place's address in adr microformat: http://microformats.org/wiki/adr.", "type": "string" }, "attributions": { - "description": "Output only. A set of data provider that must be shown with this result.", + "description": "A set of data provider that must be shown with this result.", "items": { "$ref": "GoogleMapsPlacesV1PlaceAttribution" }, - "readOnly": true, "type": "array" }, "businessStatus": { - "description": "Output only. The business status for the place.", + "description": "The business status for the place.", "enum": [ "BUSINESS_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED", "OPERATIONAL", @@ -236,99 +232,81 @@ "The establishment is temporarily closed.", "The establishment is permanently closed." ], - "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "curbsidePickup": { - "description": "Output only. Specifies if the business supports curbside pickup.", - "readOnly": true, + "description": "Specifies if the business supports curbside pickup.", "type": "boolean" }, "currentOpeningHours": { "$ref": "GoogleMapsPlacesV1PlaceOpeningHours", - "description": "Output only. The hours of operation for the next seven days (including today). The time period starts at midnight on the date of the request and ends at 11:59 pm six days later. This field includes the special_days subfield of all hours, set for dates that have exceptional hours.", - "readOnly": true + "description": "The hours of operation for the next seven days (including today). The time period starts at midnight on the date of the request and ends at 11:59 pm six days later. This field includes the special_days subfield of all hours, set for dates that have exceptional hours." }, "currentSecondaryOpeningHours": { - "description": "Output only. Contains an array of entries for the next seven days including information about secondary hours of a business. Secondary hours are different from a business's main hours. For example, a restaurant can specify drive through hours or delivery hours as its secondary hours. This field populates the type subfield, which draws from a predefined list of opening hours types (such as DRIVE_THROUGH, PICKUP, or TAKEOUT) based on the types of the place. This field includes the special_days subfield of all hours, set for dates that have exceptional hours.", + "description": "Contains an array of entries for the next seven days including information about secondary hours of a business. Secondary hours are different from a business's main hours. For example, a restaurant can specify drive through hours or delivery hours as its secondary hours. This field populates the type subfield, which draws from a predefined list of opening hours types (such as DRIVE_THROUGH, PICKUP, or TAKEOUT) based on the types of the place. This field includes the special_days subfield of all hours, set for dates that have exceptional hours.", "items": { "$ref": "GoogleMapsPlacesV1PlaceOpeningHours" }, - "readOnly": true, "type": "array" }, "delivery": { - "description": "Output only. Specifies if the business supports delivery.", - "readOnly": true, + "description": "Specifies if the business supports delivery.", "type": "boolean" }, "dineIn": { - "description": "Output only. Specifies if the business supports indoor or outdoor seating options.", - "readOnly": true, + "description": "Specifies if the business supports indoor or outdoor seating options.", "type": "boolean" }, "displayName": { "$ref": "GoogleTypeLocalizedText", - "description": "Output only. The localized name of the place, suitable as a short human-readable description. For example, \"Google Sydney\", \"Starbucks\", \"Pyrmont\", etc.", - "readOnly": true + "description": "The localized name of the place, suitable as a short human-readable description. For example, \"Google Sydney\", \"Starbucks\", \"Pyrmont\", etc." }, "editorialSummary": { "$ref": "GoogleTypeLocalizedText", - "description": "Output only. Contains a summary of the place. A summary is comprised of a textual overview, and also includes the language code for these if applicable. Summary text must be presented as-is and can not be modified or altered.", - "readOnly": true + "description": "Contains a summary of the place. A summary is comprised of a textual overview, and also includes the language code for these if applicable. Summary text must be presented as-is and can not be modified or altered." }, "formattedAddress": { - "description": "Output only. A full, human-readable address for this place.", - "readOnly": true, + "description": "A full, human-readable address for this place.", "type": "string" }, "googleMapsUri": { - "description": "Output only. A URL providing more information about this place.", - "readOnly": true, + "description": "A URL providing more information about this place.", "type": "string" }, "iconBackgroundColor": { - "description": "Output only. Background color for icon_mask in hex format, e.g. #909CE1.", - "readOnly": true, + "description": "Background color for icon_mask in hex format, e.g. #909CE1.", "type": "string" }, "iconMaskBaseUri": { - "description": "Output only. A truncated URL to an v2 icon mask. User can access different icon type by appending type suffix to the end (eg, \".svg\" or \".png\").", - "readOnly": true, + "description": "A truncated URL to an v2 icon mask. User can access different icon type by appending type suffix to the end (eg, \".svg\" or \".png\").", "type": "string" }, "id": { - "description": "Output only. The unique identifier of a place.", - "readOnly": true, + "description": "The unique identifier of a place.", "type": "string" }, "internationalPhoneNumber": { - "description": "Output only. A human-readable phone number for the place, in international format.", - "readOnly": true, + "description": "A human-readable phone number for the place, in international format.", "type": "string" }, "location": { "$ref": "GoogleTypeLatLng", - "description": "Output only. The position of this place.", - "readOnly": true + "description": "The position of this place." }, "name": { - "description": "Output only. An ID representing this place which may be used to look up this place again (a.k.a. the API \"resource\" name: places/).", - "readOnly": true, + "description": "An ID representing this place which may be used to look up this place again (a.k.a. the API \"resource\" name: places/place_id).", "type": "string" }, "nationalPhoneNumber": { - "description": "Output only. A human-readable phone number for the place, in national format.", - "readOnly": true, + "description": "A human-readable phone number for the place, in national format.", "type": "string" }, "plusCode": { "$ref": "GoogleMapsPlacesV1PlacePlusCode", - "description": "Output only. Plus code of the place location lat/long.", - "readOnly": true + "description": "Plus code of the place location lat/long." }, "priceLevel": { - "description": "Output only. Price level of the place.", + "description": "Price level of the place.", "enum": [ "PRICE_LEVEL_UNSPECIFIED", "PRICE_LEVEL_FREE", @@ -345,109 +323,90 @@ "Place provides expensive services.", "Place provides very expensive service s." ], - "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "rating": { - "description": "Output only. A rating between 1.0 and 5.0, based on user reviews of this place.", + "description": "A rating between 1.0 and 5.0, based on user reviews of this place.", "format": "double", - "readOnly": true, "type": "number" }, "regularOpeningHours": { "$ref": "GoogleMapsPlacesV1PlaceOpeningHours", - "description": "Output only. The regular hours of operation.", - "readOnly": true + "description": "The regular hours of operation." }, "regularSecondaryOpeningHours": { - "description": "Output only. Contains an array of entries for information about regular secondary hours of a business. Secondary hours are different from a business's main hours. For example, a restaurant can specify drive through hours or delivery hours as its secondary hours. This field populates the type subfield, which draws from a predefined list of opening hours types (such as DRIVE_THROUGH, PICKUP, or TAKEOUT) based on the types of the place.", + "description": "Contains an array of entries for information about regular secondary hours of a business. Secondary hours are different from a business's main hours. For example, a restaurant can specify drive through hours or delivery hours as its secondary hours. This field populates the type subfield, which draws from a predefined list of opening hours types (such as DRIVE_THROUGH, PICKUP, or TAKEOUT) based on the types of the place.", "items": { "$ref": "GoogleMapsPlacesV1PlaceOpeningHours" }, - "readOnly": true, "type": "array" }, "reservable": { - "description": "Output only. Specifies if the place supports reservations.", - "readOnly": true, + "description": "Specifies if the place supports reservations.", "type": "boolean" }, "reviews": { - "description": "Output only. List of reviews about this place.", + "description": "List of reviews about this place.", "items": { "$ref": "GoogleMapsPlacesV1Review" }, - "readOnly": true, "type": "array" }, "servesBeer": { - "description": "Output only. Specifies if the place serves beer.", - "readOnly": true, + "description": "Specifies if the place serves beer.", "type": "boolean" }, "servesBreakfast": { - "description": "Output only. Specifies if the place serves breakfast.", - "readOnly": true, + "description": "Specifies if the place serves breakfast.", "type": "boolean" }, "servesBrunch": { - "description": "Output only. Specifies if the place serves brunch.", - "readOnly": true, + "description": "Specifies if the place serves brunch.", "type": "boolean" }, "servesDinner": { - "description": "Output only. Specifies if the place serves dinner.", - "readOnly": true, + "description": "Specifies if the place serves dinner.", "type": "boolean" }, "servesLunch": { - "description": "Output only. Specifies if the place serves lunch.", - "readOnly": true, + "description": "Specifies if the place serves lunch.", "type": "boolean" }, "servesVegetarianFood": { - "description": "Output only. Specifies if the place serves vegetarian food.", - "readOnly": true, + "description": "Specifies if the place serves vegetarian food.", "type": "boolean" }, "servesWine": { - "description": "Output only. Specifies if the place serves wine.", - "readOnly": true, + "description": "Specifies if the place serves wine.", "type": "boolean" }, "takeout": { - "description": "Output only. Specifies if the business supports takeout.", - "readOnly": true, + "description": "Specifies if the business supports takeout.", "type": "boolean" }, "types": { - "description": "Output only. A set of type tags for this result. For example, \"political\" and \"locality\".", + "description": "A set of type tags for this result. For example, \"political\" and \"locality\". See: https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/places/web-service/place-types", "items": { "type": "string" }, - "readOnly": true, "type": "array" }, "userRatingCount": { - "description": "Output only. The total number of reviews (with or without text) for this place.", + "description": "The total number of reviews (with or without text) for this place.", "format": "int32", - "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "utcOffsetMinutes": { - "description": "Output only. Number of minutes this place's timezone is currently offset from UTC. This is expressed in minutes to support timezones that are offset by fractions of an hour, e.g. X hours and 15 minutes.", + "description": "Number of minutes this place's timezone is currently offset from UTC. This is expressed in minutes to support timezones that are offset by fractions of an hour, e.g. X hours and 15 minutes.", "format": "int32", - "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "viewport": { "$ref": "GoogleGeoTypeViewport", - "description": "Output only. A viewport suitable for displaying the place on an average-sized map.", - "readOnly": true + "description": "A viewport suitable for displaying the place on an average-sized map." }, "websiteUri": { - "description": "Output only. The authoritative website for this place, e.g. a business' homepage. Note that for places that are part of a chain (e.g. an IKEA store), this will usually be the website for the individual store, not the overall chain.", - "readOnly": true, + "description": "The authoritative website for this place, e.g. a business' homepage. Note that for places that are part of a chain (e.g. an IKEA store), this will usually be the website for the individual store, not the overall chain.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -469,26 +428,22 @@ "id": "GoogleMapsPlacesV1PlaceAddressComponent", "properties": { "languageCode": { - "description": "Output only. The language used to format this components, in CLDR notation.", - "readOnly": true, + "description": "The language used to format this components, in CLDR notation.", "type": "string" }, "longText": { - "description": "Output only. The full text description or name of the address component. For example, an address component for the country Australia may have a long_name of \"Australia\".", - "readOnly": true, + "description": "The full text description or name of the address component. For example, an address component for the country Australia may have a long_name of \"Australia\".", "type": "string" }, "shortText": { - "description": "Output only. An abbreviated textual name for the address component, if available. For example, an address component for the country of Australia may have a short_name of \"AU\".", - "readOnly": true, + "description": "An abbreviated textual name for the address component, if available. For example, an address component for the country of Australia may have a short_name of \"AU\".", "type": "string" }, "types": { - "description": "Output only. An array indicating the type(s) of the address component.", + "description": "An array indicating the type(s) of the address component.", "items": { "type": "string" }, - "readOnly": true, "type": "array" } }, @@ -499,13 +454,11 @@ "id": "GoogleMapsPlacesV1PlaceAttribution", "properties": { "provider": { - "description": "Output only. Name of the Place's data provider.", - "readOnly": true, + "description": "Name of the Place's data provider.", "type": "string" }, "providerUri": { - "description": "Output only. URI to the Place's data provider.", - "readOnly": true, + "description": "URI to the Place's data provider.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -516,20 +469,18 @@ "id": "GoogleMapsPlacesV1PlaceOpeningHours", "properties": { "openNow": { - "description": "Output only. Is this place open right now? Always present unless we lack time-of-day or timezone data for these opening hours.", - "readOnly": true, + "description": "Is this place open right now? Always present unless we lack time-of-day or timezone data for these opening hours.", "type": "boolean" }, "periods": { - "description": "Output only. The periods that this place is open during the week. The periods are in chronological order, starting with Sunday in the place-local timezone. An empty (but not absent) value indicates a place that is never open, e.g. because it is closed temporarily for renovations.", + "description": "The periods that this place is open during the week. The periods are in chronological order, starting with Sunday in the place-local timezone. An empty (but not absent) value indicates a place that is never open, e.g. because it is closed temporarily for renovations.", "items": { "$ref": "GoogleMapsPlacesV1PlaceOpeningHoursPeriod" }, - "readOnly": true, "type": "array" }, "secondaryHoursType": { - "description": "Output only. A type string used to identify the type of secondary hours.", + "description": "A type string used to identify the type of secondary hours.", "enum": [ "SECONDARY_HOURS_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "DRIVE_THROUGH", @@ -562,23 +513,20 @@ "The special hours for seniors.", "The online service hours." ], - "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "specialDays": { - "description": "Output only. Structured information for special days that fall within the period that the returned opening hours cover. Special days are days that could impact the business hours of a place, e.g. Christmas day. Set for current_opening_hours and current_secondary_opening_hours if there are exceptional hours.", + "description": "Structured information for special days that fall within the period that the returned opening hours cover. Special days are days that could impact the business hours of a place, e.g. Christmas day. Set for current_opening_hours and current_secondary_opening_hours if there are exceptional hours.", "items": { "$ref": "GoogleMapsPlacesV1PlaceOpeningHoursSpecialDay" }, - "readOnly": true, "type": "array" }, "weekdayDescriptions": { - "description": "Output only. Localized strings describing the opening hours of this place, one string for each day of the week. Will be empty if the hours are unknown or could not be converted to localized text. Example: \"Sun: 18:00\u201306:00\"", + "description": "Localized strings describing the opening hours of this place, one string for each day of the week. Will be empty if the hours are unknown or could not be converted to localized text. Example: \"Sun: 18:00\u201306:00\"", "items": { "type": "string" }, - "readOnly": true, "type": "array" } }, @@ -590,13 +538,11 @@ "properties": { "close": { "$ref": "GoogleMapsPlacesV1PlaceOpeningHoursPeriodPoint", - "description": "Output only. The time that the place starts to be closed.", - "readOnly": true + "description": "The time that the place starts to be closed." }, "open": { "$ref": "GoogleMapsPlacesV1PlaceOpeningHoursPeriodPoint", - "description": "Output only. The time that the place starts to be open.", - "readOnly": true + "description": "The time that the place starts to be open." } }, "type": "object" @@ -607,30 +553,25 @@ "properties": { "date": { "$ref": "GoogleTypeDate", - "description": "Output only. Date in the local timezone for the place.", - "readOnly": true + "description": "Date in the local timezone for the place." }, "day": { - "description": "Output only. A day of the week, as an integer in the range 0-6. 0 is Sunday, 1 is Monday, etc.", + "description": "A day of the week, as an integer in the range 0-6. 0 is Sunday, 1 is Monday, etc.", "format": "int32", - "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "hour": { - "description": "Output only. The hour in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 23.", + "description": "The hour in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 23.", "format": "int32", - "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "minute": { - "description": "Output only. The minute in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 59.", + "description": "The minute in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 59.", "format": "int32", - "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "truncated": { - "description": "Output only. Whether or not this endpoint was truncated. Truncation occurs when the real hours are outside the times we are willing to return hours between, so we truncate the hours back to these boundaries. This ensures that at most 24 * 7 hours from midnight of the day of the request are returned.", - "readOnly": true, + "description": "Whether or not this endpoint was truncated. Truncation occurs when the real hours are outside the times we are willing to return hours between, so we truncate the hours back to these boundaries. This ensures that at most 24 * 7 hours from midnight of the day of the request are returned.", "type": "boolean" } }, @@ -642,8 +583,7 @@ "properties": { "date": { "$ref": "GoogleTypeDate", - "description": "Output only. The date of this special day.", - "readOnly": true + "description": "The date of this special day." } }, "type": "object" @@ -653,13 +593,11 @@ "id": "GoogleMapsPlacesV1PlacePlusCode", "properties": { "compoundCode": { - "description": "Output only. Place's compound code, such as \"33GV+HQ, Ramberg, Norway\", containing the suffix of the global code and replacing the prefix with a formatted name of a reference entity.", - "readOnly": true, + "description": "Place's compound code, such as \"33GV+HQ, Ramberg, Norway\", containing the suffix of the global code and replacing the prefix with a formatted name of a reference entity.", "type": "string" }, "globalCode": { - "description": "Output only. Place's global (full) code, such as \"9FWM33GV+HQ\", representing an 1/8000 by 1/8000 degree area (~14 by 14 meters).", - "readOnly": true, + "description": "Place's global (full) code, such as \"9FWM33GV+HQ\", representing an 1/8000 by 1/8000 degree area (~14 by 14 meters).", "type": "string" } }, @@ -709,7 +647,7 @@ "id": "GoogleMapsPlacesV1SearchTextRequest", "properties": { "includedType": { - "description": "The requested place type. Full list of types supported: https://developers.google.com/places/supported_types. Only support one included type.", + "description": "The requested place type. Full list of types supported: https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/places/web-service/place-types. Only support one included type.", "type": "string" }, "languageCode": { @@ -735,7 +673,7 @@ "type": "number" }, "openNow": { - "description": "Used to restrict the search to places that are open at a specific time. open_now marks if a business is currently open.", + "description": "Used to restrict the search to places that are currently open.", "type": "boolean" }, "priceLevels": { @@ -776,7 +714,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "regionCode": { - "description": "The Unicode country/region code (CLDR) of the location where the request is coming from. This parameter is used to display the place details, like region-specific place name, if available. The parameter can affect results based on applicable law. For more information, see http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#unicode_region_subtag. Note that 3-digit region codes are not currently supported.", + "description": "The Unicode country/region code (CLDR) of the location where the request is coming from. This parameter is used to display the place details, like region-specific place name, if available. The parameter can affect results based on applicable law. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/latest/supplemental/territory_language_information.html. Note that 3-digit region codes are not currently supported.", "type": "string" }, "strictTypeFiltering": { @@ -878,7 +816,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "text": { - "description": "Localized string in the language corresponding to `language_code' below.", + "description": "Localized string in the language corresponding to language_code below.", "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playcustomapp.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playcustomapp.v1.json index 2efac19f0e5..e6e5e7a7bc7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playcustomapp.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playcustomapp.v1.json @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231015", + "revision": "20231023", "rootUrl": "https://playcustomapp.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CustomApp": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1alpha1.json index 6a6ca340a44..877d6e10b83 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1alpha1.json @@ -941,7 +941,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231015", + "revision": "20231023", "rootUrl": "https://playdeveloperreporting.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GooglePlayDeveloperReportingV1alpha1Anomaly": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1beta1.json index ff4de4049eb..5dfec0d77cd 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1beta1.json @@ -941,7 +941,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231015", + "revision": "20231023", "rootUrl": "https://playdeveloperreporting.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GooglePlayDeveloperReportingV1beta1Anomaly": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playgrouping.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playgrouping.v1alpha1.json index 45a8b2a0f75..a0dc2eeebb0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playgrouping.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playgrouping.v1alpha1.json @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231015", + "revision": "20231022", "rootUrl": "https://playgrouping.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CreateOrUpdateTagsRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playintegrity.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playintegrity.v1.json index 66ab0cdd47e..96249bdb914 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playintegrity.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playintegrity.v1.json @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231015", + "revision": "20231023", "rootUrl": "https://playintegrity.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccountActivity": { @@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ "id": "UserRemediationDetails", "properties": { "remediation": { - "description": "Description of the user remediation action. Required.", + "description": "Description of the user remediation action.", "enum": [ "UNKNOWN_USER_REMEDIATION", "RESTORE_FACTORY_ROM", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1.json index 07715b79510..0967a11baa7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1.json @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231015", + "revision": "20231022", "rootUrl": "https://policyanalyzer.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudPolicyanalyzerV1Activity": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1beta1.json index d3c90fc5292..d254295e273 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1beta1.json @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231015", + "revision": "20231022", "rootUrl": "https://policyanalyzer.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudPolicyanalyzerV1beta1Activity": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1.json index 9a5bca980c1..51279b4a448 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1.json @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231015", + "revision": "20231022", "rootUrl": "https://policytroubleshooter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudPolicytroubleshooterV1AccessTuple": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1beta.json index 90c817feda4..efc706fb2be 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1beta.json @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231015", + "revision": "20231022", "rootUrl": "https://policytroubleshooter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudPolicytroubleshooterV1betaAccessTuple": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1.json index a3d834df8eb..be876261627 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1.json @@ -1605,7 +1605,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231004", + "revision": "20231011", "rootUrl": "https://privateca.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessUrls": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1beta1.json index 49268dfd0aa..6317ca77ad2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1beta1.json @@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231004", + "revision": "20231011", "rootUrl": "https://privateca.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/prod_tt_sasportal.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/prod_tt_sasportal.v1alpha1.json index 60b78762091..5804f1c63ed 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/prod_tt_sasportal.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/prod_tt_sasportal.v1alpha1.json @@ -2637,7 +2637,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231008", + "revision": "20231022", "rootUrl": "https://prod-tt-sasportal.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "SasPortalAssignment": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1.json index e9dea9995de..ae5939b79df 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1.json @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231009", + "revision": "20231016", "rootUrl": "https://publicca.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ExternalAccountKey": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1alpha1.json index bf144109e34..a1dcc47073e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1alpha1.json @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231009", + "revision": "20231016", "rootUrl": "https://publicca.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ExternalAccountKey": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1beta1.json index 303c29b2f55..2775e2532fa 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1beta1.json @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231009", + "revision": "20231016", "rootUrl": "https://publicca.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ExternalAccountKey": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1.json index 2c5e1a792ae..d69034253bc 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1.json @@ -1573,7 +1573,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231003", + "revision": "20231010", "rootUrl": "https://pubsub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcknowledgeRequest": { @@ -1616,14 +1616,16 @@ "ACTIVE", "PERMISSION_DENIED", "NOT_FOUND", - "SCHEMA_MISMATCH" + "SCHEMA_MISMATCH", + "IN_TRANSIT_LOCATION_RESTRICTION" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value. This value is unused.", "The subscription can actively send messages to BigQuery", "Cannot write to the BigQuery table because of permission denied errors. This can happen if - Pub/Sub SA has not been granted the [appropriate BigQuery IAM permissions](https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/create-subscription#assign_bigquery_service_account) - bigquery.googleapis.com API is not enabled for the project ([instructions](https://cloud.google.com/service-usage/docs/enable-disable))", "Cannot write to the BigQuery table because it does not exist.", - "Cannot write to the BigQuery table due to a schema mismatch." + "Cannot write to the BigQuery table due to a schema mismatch.", + "Cannot write to the destination because enforce_in_transit is set to true and the destination locations are not in the allowed regions." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -1701,13 +1703,15 @@ "STATE_UNSPECIFIED", "ACTIVE", "PERMISSION_DENIED", - "NOT_FOUND" + "NOT_FOUND", + "IN_TRANSIT_LOCATION_RESTRICTION" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value. This value is unused.", "The subscription can actively send messages to Cloud Storage.", "Cannot write to the Cloud Storage bucket because of permission denied errors.", - "Cannot write to the Cloud Storage bucket because it does not exist." + "Cannot write to the Cloud Storage bucket because it does not exist.", + "Cannot write to the destination because enforce_in_transit is set to true and the destination locations are not in the allowed regions." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta1a.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta1a.json index 121727771f6..d903f3c95da 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta1a.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta1a.json @@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231003", + "revision": "20231010", "rootUrl": "https://pubsub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcknowledgeRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta2.json index 1470c5af482..8c5e6084d7f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta2.json @@ -731,7 +731,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231003", + "revision": "20231010", "rootUrl": "https://pubsub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcknowledgeRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/rapidmigrationassessment.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/rapidmigrationassessment.v1.json index 15af08193b1..3d475208079 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/rapidmigrationassessment.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/rapidmigrationassessment.v1.json @@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230930", + "revision": "20231013", "rootUrl": "https://rapidmigrationassessment.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Annotation": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/readerrevenuesubscriptionlinking.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/readerrevenuesubscriptionlinking.v1.json index 91b760b5fe4..14cc8c4aee4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/readerrevenuesubscriptionlinking.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/readerrevenuesubscriptionlinking.v1.json @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231015", + "revision": "20231022", "rootUrl": "https://readerrevenuesubscriptionlinking.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "DeleteReaderResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1.json index 0ff5de45f7a..3bbd58fef4b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1.json @@ -1305,7 +1305,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231016", + "revision": "20231023", "rootUrl": "https://realtimebidding.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActivatePretargetingConfigRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json index 97ecf8fcef5..d820810c175 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json @@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231008", + "revision": "20231015", "rootUrl": "https://recaptchaenterprise.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudRecaptchaenterpriseV1AccountDefenderAssessment": { @@ -807,7 +807,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "reasons": { - "description": "Optional. Optional reasons for the annotation that will be assigned to the Event.", + "description": "Optional. Reasons for the annotation that are assigned to the event.", "items": { "enum": [ "REASON_UNSPECIFIED", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1.json index 585e8b9291b..988180abe99 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1.json @@ -1686,7 +1686,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231008", + "revision": "20231015", "rootUrl": "https://recommender.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1CostProjection": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1beta1.json index 01a5e76ce76..1541b77a8c8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1beta1.json @@ -1748,7 +1748,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231008", + "revision": "20231015", "rootUrl": "https://recommender.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1CostProjection": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json index 486128c8853..ac8259785b3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json @@ -821,7 +821,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231009", + "revision": "20231017", "rootUrl": "https://redis.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CertChain": { @@ -843,6 +843,10 @@ "properties": { "managedServerCa": { "$ref": "ManagedCertificateAuthority" + }, + "name": { + "description": "Identifier. Unique name of the resource in this scope including project, location and cluster using the form: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}/certificateAuthority`", + "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json index 2ed3bf6cecd..2248316af95 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json @@ -821,7 +821,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231009", + "revision": "20231017", "rootUrl": "https://redis.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CertChain": { @@ -843,6 +843,10 @@ "properties": { "managedServerCa": { "$ref": "ManagedCertificateAuthority" + }, + "name": { + "description": "Identifier. Unique name of the resource in this scope including project, location and cluster using the form: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}/certificateAuthority`", + "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/reseller.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/reseller.v1.json index f465a55828a..c6730ab3e13 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/reseller.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/reseller.v1.json @@ -651,7 +651,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231012", + "revision": "20231022", "rootUrl": "https://reseller.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Address": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/resourcesettings.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/resourcesettings.v1.json index 376db147f3a..b7f2c214588 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/resourcesettings.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/resourcesettings.v1.json @@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231011", + "revision": "20231022", "rootUrl": "https://resourcesettings.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudResourcesettingsV1ListSettingsResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json index 0550212372b..c4b2e4a1e7b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json @@ -2289,7 +2289,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231008", + "revision": "20231015", "rootUrl": "https://run.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Addressable": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json index d99dc44e983..8a6c25cba50 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json @@ -1115,7 +1115,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231008", + "revision": "20231015", "rootUrl": "https://run.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudRunV2BinaryAuthorization": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/runtimeconfig.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/runtimeconfig.v1beta1.json index ec40c18ecb5..1cb83d8f9ba 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/runtimeconfig.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/runtimeconfig.v1beta1.json @@ -805,7 +805,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231016", + "revision": "20231023", "rootUrl": "https://runtimeconfig.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Binding": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/safebrowsing.v4.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/safebrowsing.v4.json index 40da85dc8ce..1e2106c6021 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/safebrowsing.v4.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/safebrowsing.v4.json @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231008", + "revision": "20231015", "rootUrl": "https://safebrowsing.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleProtobufEmpty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/safebrowsing.v5.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/safebrowsing.v5.json index 2a7d11430d5..3f2f8583aea 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/safebrowsing.v5.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/safebrowsing.v5.json @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231008", + "revision": "20231015", "rootUrl": "https://safebrowsing.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleSecuritySafebrowsingV5FullHash": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/script.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/script.v1.json index a4396c72643..d7c0fc2b5d1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/script.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/script.v1.json @@ -887,7 +887,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231012", + "revision": "20231017", "rootUrl": "https://script.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Content": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/searchconsole.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/searchconsole.v1.json index bd98a161319..fe57d83a9d3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/searchconsole.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/searchconsole.v1.json @@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231015", + "revision": "20231023", "rootUrl": "https://searchconsole.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AmpInspectionResult": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json index a906c4fa263..ab0414e19bf 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json @@ -434,6 +434,98 @@ } } }, + "locations": { + "resources": { + "muteConfigs": { + "methods": { + "delete": { + "description": "Deletes an existing mute config.", + "flatPath": "v1/folders/{foldersId}/locations/{locationsId}/muteConfigs/{muteConfigsId}", + "httpMethod": "DELETE", + "id": "securitycenter.folders.locations.muteConfigs.delete", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. Name of the mute config to delete. Its format is organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}, or projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^folders/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/muteConfigs/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "Empty" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "get": { + "description": "Gets a mute config.", + "flatPath": "v1/folders/{foldersId}/locations/{locationsId}/muteConfigs/{muteConfigsId}", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "securitycenter.folders.locations.muteConfigs.get", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. Name of the mute config to retrieve. Its format is organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}, or projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^folders/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/muteConfigs/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV1MuteConfig" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "patch": { + "description": "Updates a mute config.", + "flatPath": "v1/folders/{foldersId}/locations/{locationsId}/muteConfigs/{muteConfigsId}", + "httpMethod": "PATCH", + "id": "securitycenter.folders.locations.muteConfigs.patch", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format \"organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\" \"folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\" \"projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\" \"organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\" \"folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\" \"projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\"", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^folders/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/muteConfigs/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "updateMask": { + "description": "The list of fields to be updated. If empty all mutable fields will be updated.", + "format": "google-fieldmask", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+name}", + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV1MuteConfig" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV1MuteConfig" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + } + } + } + } + }, "muteConfigs": { "methods": { "create": { @@ -479,7 +571,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { - "description": "Required. Name of the mute config to delete. Its format is organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, or projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{config_id}", + "description": "Required. Name of the mute config to delete. Its format is organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}, or projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^folders/[^/]+/muteConfigs/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -504,7 +596,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { - "description": "Required. Name of the mute config to retrieve. Its format is organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, or projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{config_id}", + "description": "Required. Name of the mute config to retrieve. Its format is organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}, or projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^folders/[^/]+/muteConfigs/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -565,7 +657,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { - "description": "This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format \"organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\" \"folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\" \"projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\"", + "description": "This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format \"organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\" \"folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\" \"projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\" \"organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\" \"folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\" \"projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\"", "location": "path", "pattern": "^folders/[^/]+/muteConfigs/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -935,6 +1027,34 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] + }, + "simulate": { + "description": "Simulates a given SecurityHealthAnalyticsCustomModule and Resource.", + "flatPath": "v1/folders/{foldersId}/securityHealthAnalyticsSettings/customModules:simulate", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "securitycenter.folders.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.simulate", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "parent": { + "description": "Required. The relative resource name of the organization, project, or folder. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name An example is: \"organizations/{organization_id}\".", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^folders/[^/]+/securityHealthAnalyticsSettings$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+parent}/customModules:simulate", + "request": { + "$ref": "SimulateSecurityHealthAnalyticsCustomModuleRequest" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "SimulateSecurityHealthAnalyticsCustomModuleResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] } } }, @@ -1920,6 +2040,98 @@ } } }, + "locations": { + "resources": { + "muteConfigs": { + "methods": { + "delete": { + "description": "Deletes an existing mute config.", + "flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/muteConfigs/{muteConfigsId}", + "httpMethod": "DELETE", + "id": "securitycenter.organizations.locations.muteConfigs.delete", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. Name of the mute config to delete. Its format is organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}, or projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/muteConfigs/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "Empty" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "get": { + "description": "Gets a mute config.", + "flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/muteConfigs/{muteConfigsId}", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "securitycenter.organizations.locations.muteConfigs.get", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. Name of the mute config to retrieve. Its format is organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}, or projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/muteConfigs/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV1MuteConfig" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "patch": { + "description": "Updates a mute config.", + "flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/muteConfigs/{muteConfigsId}", + "httpMethod": "PATCH", + "id": "securitycenter.organizations.locations.muteConfigs.patch", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format \"organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\" \"folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\" \"projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\" \"organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\" \"folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\" \"projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\"", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/muteConfigs/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "updateMask": { + "description": "The list of fields to be updated. If empty all mutable fields will be updated.", + "format": "google-fieldmask", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+name}", + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV1MuteConfig" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV1MuteConfig" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + } + } + } + } + }, "muteConfigs": { "methods": { "create": { @@ -1965,7 +2177,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { - "description": "Required. Name of the mute config to delete. Its format is organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, or projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{config_id}", + "description": "Required. Name of the mute config to delete. Its format is organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}, or projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/muteConfigs/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -1990,7 +2202,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { - "description": "Required. Name of the mute config to retrieve. Its format is organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, or projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{config_id}", + "description": "Required. Name of the mute config to retrieve. Its format is organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}, or projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/muteConfigs/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -2051,7 +2263,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { - "description": "This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format \"organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\" \"folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\" \"projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\"", + "description": "This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format \"organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\" \"folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\" \"projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\" \"organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\" \"folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\" \"projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\"", "location": "path", "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/muteConfigs/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -2693,6 +2905,34 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] + }, + "simulate": { + "description": "Simulates a given SecurityHealthAnalyticsCustomModule and Resource.", + "flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/securityHealthAnalyticsSettings/customModules:simulate", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "securitycenter.organizations.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.simulate", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "parent": { + "description": "Required. The relative resource name of the organization, project, or folder. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name An example is: \"organizations/{organization_id}\".", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/securityHealthAnalyticsSettings$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+parent}/customModules:simulate", + "request": { + "$ref": "SimulateSecurityHealthAnalyticsCustomModuleRequest" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "SimulateSecurityHealthAnalyticsCustomModuleResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] } } }, @@ -3868,6 +4108,98 @@ } } }, + "locations": { + "resources": { + "muteConfigs": { + "methods": { + "delete": { + "description": "Deletes an existing mute config.", + "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/muteConfigs/{muteConfigsId}", + "httpMethod": "DELETE", + "id": "securitycenter.projects.locations.muteConfigs.delete", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. Name of the mute config to delete. Its format is organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}, or projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/muteConfigs/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "Empty" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "get": { + "description": "Gets a mute config.", + "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/muteConfigs/{muteConfigsId}", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "securitycenter.projects.locations.muteConfigs.get", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. Name of the mute config to retrieve. Its format is organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}, or projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/muteConfigs/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV1MuteConfig" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "patch": { + "description": "Updates a mute config.", + "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/muteConfigs/{muteConfigsId}", + "httpMethod": "PATCH", + "id": "securitycenter.projects.locations.muteConfigs.patch", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format \"organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\" \"folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\" \"projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\" \"organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\" \"folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\" \"projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\"", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/muteConfigs/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "updateMask": { + "description": "The list of fields to be updated. If empty all mutable fields will be updated.", + "format": "google-fieldmask", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+name}", + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV1MuteConfig" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV1MuteConfig" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + } + } + } + } + }, "muteConfigs": { "methods": { "create": { @@ -3913,7 +4245,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { - "description": "Required. Name of the mute config to delete. Its format is organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, or projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{config_id}", + "description": "Required. Name of the mute config to delete. Its format is organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}, or projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/muteConfigs/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -3938,7 +4270,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { - "description": "Required. Name of the mute config to retrieve. Its format is organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, or projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{config_id}", + "description": "Required. Name of the mute config to retrieve. Its format is organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{config_id}, organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}, folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}, or projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{config_id}.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/muteConfigs/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -3999,7 +4331,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { - "description": "This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format \"organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\" \"folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\" \"projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\"", + "description": "This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format \"organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\" \"folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\" \"projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\" \"organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\" \"folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\" \"projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\"", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/muteConfigs/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -4369,6 +4701,34 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] + }, + "simulate": { + "description": "Simulates a given SecurityHealthAnalyticsCustomModule and Resource.", + "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/securityHealthAnalyticsSettings/customModules:simulate", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "securitycenter.projects.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.simulate", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "parent": { + "description": "Required. The relative resource name of the organization, project, or folder. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name An example is: \"organizations/{organization_id}\".", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/securityHealthAnalyticsSettings$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+parent}/customModules:simulate", + "request": { + "$ref": "SimulateSecurityHealthAnalyticsCustomModuleRequest" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "SimulateSecurityHealthAnalyticsCustomModuleResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] } } }, @@ -4750,7 +5110,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231005", + "revision": "20231023", "rootUrl": "https://securitycenter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Access": { @@ -6006,6 +6366,13 @@ "description": "Steps to address the finding.", "type": "string" }, + "orgPolicies": { + "description": "Contains information about the org policies associated with the finding.", + "items": { + "$ref": "OrgPolicy" + }, + "type": "array" + }, "parent": { "description": "The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: \"organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}\"", "type": "string" @@ -6363,7 +6730,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { - "description": "This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format \"organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\" \"folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\" \"projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\"", + "description": "This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format \"organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\" \"folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\" \"projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\" \"organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\" \"folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\" \"projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\"", "type": "string" }, "updateTime": { @@ -7918,6 +8285,17 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "OrgPolicy": { + "description": "Contains information about the org policies associated with the finding.", + "id": "OrgPolicy", + "properties": { + "name": { + "description": "The resource name of the org policy. Example: \"organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}\"", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "OrganizationSettings": { "description": "User specified settings that are attached to the Security Command Center organization.", "id": "OrganizationSettings", @@ -8385,6 +8763,74 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "SimulateSecurityHealthAnalyticsCustomModuleRequest": { + "description": "Request message to simulate a CustomConfig against a given test resource. Maximum size of the request is 4 MB by default.", + "id": "SimulateSecurityHealthAnalyticsCustomModuleRequest", + "properties": { + "customConfig": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV1CustomConfig", + "description": "Required. The user specified custom configuration to test." + }, + "resource": { + "$ref": "SimulatedResource", + "description": "Required. Resource data to simulate custom module against." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "SimulateSecurityHealthAnalyticsCustomModuleResponse": { + "description": "Response message for simulating a SecurityHealthAnalyticsCustomModule against a given resource.", + "id": "SimulateSecurityHealthAnalyticsCustomModuleResponse", + "properties": { + "result": { + "$ref": "SimulatedResult", + "description": "Result for test case in the corresponding request." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "SimulatedResource": { + "description": "Manually constructed resource. If the custom module only evaluates against the resource data, the iam_policy_data field can be omitted, and vice versa.", + "id": "SimulatedResource", + "properties": { + "iamPolicyData": { + "$ref": "Policy", + "description": "Optional. A representation of the IAM policy." + }, + "resourceData": { + "additionalProperties": { + "description": "Properties of the object.", + "type": "any" + }, + "description": "Optional. A representation of the GCP resource. Should match the GCP resource JSON format.", + "type": "object" + }, + "resourceType": { + "description": "Required. The type of the resource, e.g. `compute.googleapis.com/Disk`.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "SimulatedResult": { + "description": "Possible test result.", + "id": "SimulatedResult", + "properties": { + "error": { + "$ref": "Status", + "description": "Error encountered during the test." + }, + "finding": { + "$ref": "Finding", + "description": "Finding that would be published for the test case, if a violation is detected." + }, + "noViolation": { + "$ref": "Empty", + "description": "Indicates that the test case does not trigger any violation." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "Simulation": { "description": "Attack path simulation", "id": "Simulation", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json index 0edb88ec944..52e21def2de 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json @@ -896,7 +896,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231005", + "revision": "20231023", "rootUrl": "https://securitycenter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Access": { @@ -1871,6 +1871,13 @@ "description": "Steps to address the finding.", "type": "string" }, + "orgPolicies": { + "description": "Contains information about the org policies associated with the finding.", + "items": { + "$ref": "OrgPolicy" + }, + "type": "array" + }, "parent": { "description": "The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: \"organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}\"", "type": "string" @@ -2228,7 +2235,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { - "description": "This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format \"organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\" \"folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\" \"projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\"", + "description": "This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format \"organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\" \"folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\" \"projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\" \"organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\" \"folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\" \"projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\"", "type": "string" }, "updateTime": { @@ -3593,6 +3600,17 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "OrgPolicy": { + "description": "Contains information about the org policies associated with the finding.", + "id": "OrgPolicy", + "properties": { + "name": { + "description": "The resource name of the org policy. Example: \"organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}\"", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "OrganizationSettings": { "description": "User specified settings that are attached to the Security Command Center organization.", "id": "OrganizationSettings", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json index f20db706ded..117ca420220 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json @@ -1906,7 +1906,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231005", + "revision": "20231023", "rootUrl": "https://securitycenter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Access": { @@ -2888,6 +2888,13 @@ "description": "Steps to address the finding.", "type": "string" }, + "orgPolicies": { + "description": "Contains information about the org policies associated with the finding.", + "items": { + "$ref": "OrgPolicy" + }, + "type": "array" + }, "parent": { "description": "The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: \"organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}\"", "type": "string" @@ -3222,7 +3229,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { - "description": "This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format \"organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\" \"folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\" \"projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\"", + "description": "This field will be ignored if provided on config creation. Format \"organizations/{organization}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\" \"folders/{folder}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\" \"projects/{project}/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\" \"organizations/{organization}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\" \"folders/{folder}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\" \"projects/{project}/locations/global/muteConfigs/{mute_config}\"", "type": "string" }, "updateTime": { @@ -4222,6 +4229,17 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "OrgPolicy": { + "description": "Contains information about the org policies associated with the finding.", + "id": "OrgPolicy", + "properties": { + "name": { + "description": "The resource name of the org policy. Example: \"organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name}\"", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "Pod": { "description": "A Kubernetes Pod.", "id": "Pod", @@ -4409,7 +4427,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "SecurityCenterSettings": { - "description": "Resource capturing the settings for Security Center.", + "description": "Resource capturing the settings for Security Center. Next ID: 12", "id": "SecurityCenterSettings", "properties": { "logSinkProject": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json index 4628678309d..bd7a2d42da8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json @@ -542,7 +542,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231015", + "revision": "20231018", "rootUrl": "https://serviceconsumermanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddTenantProjectRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json index 54339275718..a26b5d6038c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json @@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231015", + "revision": "20231018", "rootUrl": "https://serviceconsumermanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Api": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v1.json index b7d073329f0..91f66a87bda 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v1.json @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231006", + "revision": "20231016", "rootUrl": "https://servicecontrol.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AllocateInfo": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v2.json index e9ba7e92d79..8b9d6792cc2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v2.json @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231006", + "revision": "20231016", "rootUrl": "https://servicecontrol.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Api": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1.json index 5dd738307f6..ef003f8735a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1.json @@ -883,7 +883,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231001", + "revision": "20231015", "rootUrl": "https://servicedirectory.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Binding": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1beta1.json index 336a1fd0915..a52b0f17478 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1beta1.json @@ -971,7 +971,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231001", + "revision": "20231015", "rootUrl": "https://servicedirectory.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Binding": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicemanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicemanagement.v1.json index af010937e18..9bcff4e886f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicemanagement.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicemanagement.v1.json @@ -830,7 +830,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231006", + "revision": "20231013", "rootUrl": "https://servicemanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Advice": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json index c3f50fbeece..8d92538d46a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json @@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231015", + "revision": "20231018", "rootUrl": "https://serviceusage.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddEnableRulesMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json index 79b0bd28269..eeba79a5e5a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json @@ -964,7 +964,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231015", + "revision": "20231018", "rootUrl": "https://serviceusage.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddEnableRulesMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json index e5d027c3b55..b85191feda4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json @@ -870,7 +870,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231011", + "revision": "20231017", "rootUrl": "https://sheets.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddBandingRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/slides.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/slides.v1.json index d288441bbba..5b62e6834a6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/slides.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/slides.v1.json @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231011", + "revision": "20231017", "rootUrl": "https://slides.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AffineTransform": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/spanner.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/spanner.v1.json index c7b4fb36403..b346f54bc09 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/spanner.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/spanner.v1.json @@ -21,6 +21,13 @@ "description": "Cloud Spanner is a managed, mission-critical, globally consistent and scalable relational database service.", "discoveryVersion": "v1", "documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/spanner/", + "endpoints": [ + { + "description": "Regional Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://spanner.me-central2.rep.googleapis.com/", + "location": "me-central2" + } + ], "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, "icons": { "x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif", @@ -2594,7 +2601,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231010", + "revision": "20231017", "rootUrl": "https://spanner.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Backup": { @@ -3658,6 +3665,25 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "IndexAdvice": { + "description": "Recommendation to add new indexes to run queries more efficiently.", + "id": "IndexAdvice", + "properties": { + "ddl": { + "description": "Optional. DDL statements to add new indexes that will improve the query.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "improvementFactor": { + "description": "Optional. Estimated latency improvement factor. For example if the query currently takes 500 ms to run and the estimated latency with new indexes is 100 ms this field will be 5.", + "format": "double", + "type": "number" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "IndexedHotKey": { "description": "A message representing a (sparse) collection of hot keys for specific key buckets.", "id": "IndexedHotKey", @@ -4740,6 +4766,20 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "QueryAdvisorResult": { + "description": "Output of query advisor analysis.", + "id": "QueryAdvisorResult", + "properties": { + "indexAdvice": { + "description": "Optional. Index Recommendation for a query. This is an optional field and the recommendation will only be available when the recommendation guarantees significant improvement in query performance.", + "items": { + "$ref": "IndexAdvice" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "QueryOptions": { "description": "Query optimizer configuration.", "id": "QueryOptions", @@ -4765,6 +4805,10 @@ "$ref": "PlanNode" }, "type": "array" + }, + "queryAdvice": { + "$ref": "QueryAdvisorResult", + "description": "Optional. The advices/recommendations for a query. Currently this field will be serving index recommendations for a query." } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1.json index a1eb8d336b0..1bf51173ac7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1.json @@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231002", + "revision": "20231012", "rootUrl": "https://speech.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ABNFGrammar": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1p1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1p1beta1.json index 2485582c2f7..a7b7d9bbcf9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1p1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1p1beta1.json @@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231002", + "revision": "20231012", "rootUrl": "https://speech.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ABNFGrammar": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json index 997b00b97f1..566a3b973c9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ "description": "Stores and retrieves potentially large, immutable data objects.", "discoveryVersion": "v1", "documentationLink": "https://developers.google.com/storage/docs/json_api/", - "etag": "\"3133333835393639383131353638313238353437\"", + "etag": "\"38393830393831373134383332353836373131\"", "icons": { "x16": "https://www.google.com/images/icons/product/cloud_storage-16.png", "x32": "https://www.google.com/images/icons/product/cloud_storage-32.png" @@ -3563,7 +3563,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231012", + "revision": "20231020", "rootUrl": "https://storage.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Bucket": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/streetviewpublish.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/streetviewpublish.v1.json index efd5b1bf881..d2b788d2d3a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/streetviewpublish.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/streetviewpublish.v1.json @@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231015", + "revision": "20231022", "rootUrl": "https://streetviewpublish.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "BatchDeletePhotosRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json index 69a68f1e87d..0c6a94e9ae8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231006", + "revision": "20231016", "rootUrl": "https://sts.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleIamV1Binding": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json index 49906282987..46fded0e1b9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231006", + "revision": "20231016", "rootUrl": "https://sts.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleIamV1Binding": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v1.json index 51d6994042b..678bd59ee61 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v1.json @@ -1932,7 +1932,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231011", + "revision": "20231018", "rootUrl": "https://tagmanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Account": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v2.json index a91f009ccd9..fc0e28466a0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v2.json @@ -3890,7 +3890,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231011", + "revision": "20231018", "rootUrl": "https://tagmanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Account": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json index f3a305caa48..e577026ab8b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json @@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231015", + "revision": "20231021", "rootUrl": "https://tasks.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Task": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/testing.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/testing.v1.json index 1045b5376d9..b82e0814a05 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/testing.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/testing.v1.json @@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231010", + "revision": "20231017", "rootUrl": "https://testing.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Account": { @@ -1758,7 +1758,7 @@ "id": "ManualSharding", "properties": { "testTargetsForShard": { - "description": "Required. Group of packages, classes, and/or test methods to be run for each manually-created shard. You must specify at least one shard if this field is present. When you select one or more physical devices, the number of repeated test_targets_for_shard must be <= 50. When you select one or more ARM virtual devices, it must be <= 100. When you select only x86 virtual devices, it must be <= 500.", + "description": "Required. Group of packages, classes, and/or test methods to be run for each manually-created shard. You must specify at least one shard if this field is present. When you select one or more physical devices, the number of repeated test_targets_for_shard must be <= 50. When you select one or more ARM virtual devices, it must be <= 200. When you select only x86 virtual devices, it must be <= 500.", "items": { "$ref": "TestTargetsForShard" }, @@ -2142,7 +2142,7 @@ "id": "SmartSharding", "properties": { "targetedShardDuration": { - "description": "The amount of time tests within a shard should take. Default: 300 seconds (5 minutes). The minimum allowed: 120 seconds (2 minutes). The shard count is dynamically set based on time, up to the maximum shard limit (described below). To guarantee at least one test case for each shard, the number of shards will not exceed the number of test cases. Shard duration will be exceeded if: - The maximum shard limit is reached and there is more calculated test time remaining to allocate into shards. - Any individual test is estimated to be longer than the targeted shard duration. Shard duration is not guaranteed because smart sharding uses test case history and default durations which may not be accurate. The rules for finding the test case timing records are: - If the service has processed a test case in the last 30 days, the record of the latest successful test case will be used. - For new test cases, the average duration of other known test cases will be used. - If there are no previous test case timing records available, the default test case duration is 15 seconds. Because the actual shard duration can exceed the targeted shard duration, we recommend that you set the targeted value at least 5 minutes less than the maximum allowed test timeout (45 minutes for physical devices and 60 minutes for virtual), or that you use the custom test timeout value that you set. This approach avoids cancelling the shard before all tests can finish. Note that there is a limit for maximum number of shards. When you select one or more physical devices, the number of shards must be <= 50. When you select one or more ARM virtual devices, it must be <= 100. When you select only x86 virtual devices, it must be <= 500. To guarantee at least one test case for per shard, the number of shards will not exceed the number of test cases. Each shard created counts toward daily test quota.", + "description": "The amount of time tests within a shard should take. Default: 300 seconds (5 minutes). The minimum allowed: 120 seconds (2 minutes). The shard count is dynamically set based on time, up to the maximum shard limit (described below). To guarantee at least one test case for each shard, the number of shards will not exceed the number of test cases. Shard duration will be exceeded if: - The maximum shard limit is reached and there is more calculated test time remaining to allocate into shards. - Any individual test is estimated to be longer than the targeted shard duration. Shard duration is not guaranteed because smart sharding uses test case history and default durations which may not be accurate. The rules for finding the test case timing records are: - If the service has processed a test case in the last 30 days, the record of the latest successful test case will be used. - For new test cases, the average duration of other known test cases will be used. - If there are no previous test case timing records available, the default test case duration is 15 seconds. Because the actual shard duration can exceed the targeted shard duration, we recommend that you set the targeted value at least 5 minutes less than the maximum allowed test timeout (45 minutes for physical devices and 60 minutes for virtual), or that you use the custom test timeout value that you set. This approach avoids cancelling the shard before all tests can finish. Note that there is a limit for maximum number of shards. When you select one or more physical devices, the number of shards must be <= 50. When you select one or more ARM virtual devices, it must be <= 200. When you select only x86 virtual devices, it must be <= 500. To guarantee at least one test case for per shard, the number of shards will not exceed the number of test cases. Each shard created counts toward daily test quota.", "format": "google-duration", "type": "string" } @@ -2741,7 +2741,7 @@ "id": "UniformSharding", "properties": { "numShards": { - "description": "Required. The total number of shards to create. This must always be a positive number that is no greater than the total number of test cases. When you select one or more physical devices, the number of shards must be <= 50. When you select one or more ARM virtual devices, it must be <= 100. When you select only x86 virtual devices, it must be <= 500.", + "description": "Required. The total number of shards to create. This must always be a positive number that is no greater than the total number of test cases. When you select one or more physical devices, the number of shards must be <= 50. When you select one or more ARM virtual devices, it must be <= 200. When you select only x86 virtual devices, it must be <= 500.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" } diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1.json index e9b31fed87a..7322c368789 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1.json @@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231011", + "revision": "20231013", "rootUrl": "https://texttospeech.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AudioConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1beta1.json index e21871ce018..a988d5e24d8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1beta1.json @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231011", + "revision": "20231013", "rootUrl": "https://texttospeech.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AudioConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json index b4c9e795f91..338ec8182bf 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json @@ -1463,7 +1463,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231016", + "revision": "20231023", "rootUrl": "https://toolresults.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ANR": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1.json index 2427f0c9970..0f46b0e7cc8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1.json @@ -659,7 +659,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231005", + "revision": "20231012", "rootUrl": "https://tpu.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceleratorType": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1alpha1.json index 97c627561ee..156e9fe3a48 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1alpha1.json @@ -669,7 +669,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231005", + "revision": "20231012", "rootUrl": "https://tpu.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceleratorType": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v2.json index bd171c1ed6b..99bf0ada783 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v2.json @@ -721,7 +721,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231005", + "revision": "20231012", "rootUrl": "https://tpu.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceleratorConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v2alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v2alpha1.json index 2f24343f8bd..6638f3ec8d6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v2alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v2alpha1.json @@ -925,7 +925,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231005", + "revision": "20231012", "rootUrl": "https://tpu.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceleratorConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/transcoder.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/transcoder.v1.json index f40fc2303b3..f072c1023de 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/transcoder.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/transcoder.v1.json @@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231004", + "revision": "20231011", "rootUrl": "https://transcoder.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdBreak": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/translate.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/translate.v3.json index 1197b723e4e..580cb09bb7c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/translate.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/translate.v3.json @@ -135,8 +135,7 @@ "$ref": "DetectLanguageResponse" }, "scopes": [ - "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", - "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-translation" + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, "getSupportedLanguages": { @@ -199,8 +198,7 @@ "$ref": "RomanizeTextResponse" }, "scopes": [ - "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", - "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-translation" + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, "translateText": { @@ -228,8 +226,7 @@ "$ref": "TranslateTextResponse" }, "scopes": [ - "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", - "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-translation" + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] } }, @@ -317,8 +314,7 @@ "$ref": "DetectLanguageResponse" }, "scopes": [ - "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", - "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-translation" + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, "get": { @@ -449,8 +445,7 @@ "$ref": "RomanizeTextResponse" }, "scopes": [ - "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", - "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-translation" + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, "translateDocument": { @@ -507,8 +502,7 @@ "$ref": "TranslateTextResponse" }, "scopes": [ - "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", - "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-translation" + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] } }, @@ -540,8 +534,7 @@ "$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ - "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", - "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-translation" + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, "delete": { @@ -621,8 +614,7 @@ "$ref": "Dataset" }, "scopes": [ - "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", - "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-translation" + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, "importData": { @@ -687,8 +679,7 @@ "$ref": "ListDatasetsResponse" }, "scopes": [ - "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", - "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-translation" + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] } }, @@ -1170,8 +1161,7 @@ "$ref": "ListModelsResponse" }, "scopes": [ - "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", - "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-translation" + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] } } @@ -1337,7 +1327,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230922", + "revision": "20231013", "rootUrl": "https://translation.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "BatchDocumentInputConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/translate.v3beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/translate.v3beta1.json index a19c87e780d..621a6eb73ea 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/translate.v3beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/translate.v3beta1.json @@ -744,7 +744,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230922", + "revision": "20231013", "rootUrl": "https://translation.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "BatchDocumentInputConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/travelimpactmodel.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/travelimpactmodel.v1.json index d9ad76a0937..d4d47c3863b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/travelimpactmodel.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/travelimpactmodel.v1.json @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231015", + "revision": "20231023", "rootUrl": "https://travelimpactmodel.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ComputeFlightEmissionsRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vault.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vault.v1.json index c1537bf7773..31dab23bf56 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vault.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vault.v1.json @@ -1193,7 +1193,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231004", + "revision": "20231018", "rootUrl": "https://vault.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccountCount": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/versionhistory.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/versionhistory.v1.json index 1de91b6324b..542cd018e82 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/versionhistory.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/versionhistory.v1.json @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231011", + "revision": "20231022", "rootUrl": "https://versionhistory.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Channel": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1.json index b77adf9743b..fc788973c51 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1.json @@ -1972,7 +1972,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231008", + "revision": "20231012", "rootUrl": "https://vmmigration.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessKeyCredentials": { @@ -4139,7 +4139,8 @@ "CLONE_ERROR", "CUTOVER_ERROR", "UTILIZATION_REPORT_ERROR", - "APPLIANCE_UPGRADE_ERROR" + "APPLIANCE_UPGRADE_ERROR", + "IMAGE_IMPORT_ERROR" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value. This value is not used.", @@ -4151,7 +4152,8 @@ "Migrate to Virtual Machines encountered an error in clone operation.", "Migrate to Virtual Machines encountered an error in cutover operation.", "Migrate to Virtual Machines encountered an error during utilization report creation.", - "Migrate to Virtual Machines encountered an error during appliance upgrade." + "Migrate to Virtual Machines encountered an error during appliance upgrade.", + "Migrate to Virtual Machines encountered an error in image import operation." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -4738,7 +4740,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "project": { - "description": "The target project ID (number) or project name.", + "description": "Required. The target project ID (number) or project name.", "type": "string" }, "updateTime": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1alpha1.json index ed4605b8f7c..f1681aab573 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1alpha1.json @@ -1972,7 +1972,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231008", + "revision": "20231012", "rootUrl": "https://vmmigration.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessKeyCredentials": { @@ -4184,7 +4184,8 @@ "CLONE_ERROR", "CUTOVER_ERROR", "UTILIZATION_REPORT_ERROR", - "APPLIANCE_UPGRADE_ERROR" + "APPLIANCE_UPGRADE_ERROR", + "IMAGE_IMPORT_ERROR" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value. This value is not used.", @@ -4196,7 +4197,8 @@ "Migrate to Virtual Machines encountered an error in clone operation.", "Migrate to Virtual Machines encountered an error in cutover operation.", "Migrate to Virtual Machines encountered an error during utilization report creation.", - "Migrate to Virtual Machines encountered an error during appliance upgrade." + "Migrate to Virtual Machines encountered an error during appliance upgrade.", + "Migrate to Virtual Machines encountered an error in image import operation." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -4795,7 +4797,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "project": { - "description": "The target project ID (number) or project name.", + "description": "Required. The target project ID (number) or project name.", "type": "string" }, "updateTime": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmwareengine.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmwareengine.v1.json index 0c9b6a00ddc..5d203eb01cc 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmwareengine.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmwareengine.v1.json @@ -1929,7 +1929,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230922", + "revision": "20230929", "rootUrl": "https://vmwareengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vpcaccess.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vpcaccess.v1.json index 1f6d387355f..b52ce6cd9fc 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vpcaccess.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vpcaccess.v1.json @@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231005", + "revision": "20231016", "rootUrl": "https://vpcaccess.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Connector": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webfonts.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webfonts.v1.json index ae67d4216fe..701164bc5eb 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webfonts.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webfonts.v1.json @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230621", + "revision": "20231017", "rootUrl": "https://webfonts.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Axis": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webrisk.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webrisk.v1.json index 3e99f2c0f88..8912a28fc76 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webrisk.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webrisk.v1.json @@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231008", + "revision": "20231022", "rootUrl": "https://webrisk.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudWebriskV1ComputeThreatListDiffResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1.json index 2f4d0935379..51100252dd3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1.json @@ -274,12 +274,12 @@ ], "parameters": { "filter": { - "description": "Optional. Filters applied to the [Executions.ListExecutions] results. The following fields are supported for filtering: executionID, state, startTime, endTime, duration, workflowRevisionID, stepName, and label.", + "description": "Optional. Filters applied to the `[Executions.ListExecutions]` results. The following fields are supported for filtering: `executionId`, `state`, `startTime`, `endTime`, `duration`, `workflowRevisionId`, `stepName`, and `label`. For details, see AIP-160. For example, if you are using the Google APIs Explorer: `state=\"SUCCEEDED\"` or `startTime>\"2023-08-01\" AND state=\"FAILED\"`", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "orderBy": { - "description": "Optional. The ordering applied to the [Executions.ListExecutions] results. By default the ordering is based on descending start time. The following fields are supported for order by: executionID, startTime, endTime, duration, state, and workflowRevisionID.", + "description": "Optional. Comma-separated list of fields that specify the ordering applied to the `[Executions.ListExecutions]` results. By default the ordering is based on descending `startTime`. The following fields are supported for ordering: `executionId`, `state`, `startTime`, `endTime`, `duration`, and `workflowRevisionId`. For details, see AIP-132.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231003", + "revision": "20231016", "rootUrl": "https://workflowexecutions.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Callback": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1beta.json index cd3675af8e3..6a061b9ff67 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1beta.json @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231003", + "revision": "20231016", "rootUrl": "https://workflowexecutions.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CancelExecutionRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1.json index 8b886bbefec..b7a5da54cc4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1.json @@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "filter": { - "description": "Filter to restrict results to specific workflows.", + "description": "Filter to restrict results to specific workflows. For details, see AIP-160. For example, if you are using the Google APIs Explorer: `state=\"SUCCEEDED\"` or `createTime>\"2023-08-01\" AND state=\"FAILED\"`", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230927", + "revision": "20231011", "rootUrl": "https://workflows.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1beta.json index 5e03decb425..437888fa6d3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1beta.json @@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230927", + "revision": "20231011", "rootUrl": "https://workflows.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workstations.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workstations.v1.json index edc9a4fa74c..5b711c38c91 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workstations.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workstations.v1.json @@ -1195,7 +1195,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231001", + "revision": "20231011", "rootUrl": "https://workstations.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workstations.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workstations.v1beta.json index 12f57577cbf..9ae74d97e8a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workstations.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workstations.v1beta.json @@ -1127,7 +1127,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231001", + "revision": "20231011", "rootUrl": "https://workstations.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Accelerator": { @@ -1278,6 +1278,17 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "DomainConfig": { + "description": "Configuration options for a custom domain.", + "id": "DomainConfig", + "properties": { + "domain": { + "description": "Immutable. Domain used by Workstations for HTTP ingress.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "EphemeralDirectory": { "description": "An ephemeral directory which won't persist across workstation sessions. It is freshly created on every workstation start operation.", "id": "EphemeralDirectory", @@ -2081,6 +2092,10 @@ "description": "Optional. Human-readable name for this workstation cluster.", "type": "string" }, + "domainConfig": { + "$ref": "DomainConfig", + "description": "Optional. Configuration options for a custom domain." + }, "etag": { "description": "Optional. Checksum computed by the server. May be sent on update and delete requests to make sure that the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.", "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json index 0f7aec8ac5d..578151ec67c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json @@ -3994,7 +3994,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231011", + "revision": "20231022", "rootUrl": "https://youtube.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbuseReport": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubeAnalytics.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubeAnalytics.v2.json index f7acfea0af4..023aed572ff 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubeAnalytics.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubeAnalytics.v2.json @@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231015", + "revision": "20231023", "rootUrl": "https://youtubeanalytics.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "EmptyResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubereporting.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubereporting.v1.json index 686c1103aa6..2380de5ece4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubereporting.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubereporting.v1.json @@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20231015", + "revision": "20231023", "rootUrl": "https://youtubereporting.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": {